Today's Hours: 8:00am - 6:00pm

Books

all 912 "H" titles
  • Print
    by Haben Girma.
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    KF373.G567 A3 2019
    1
  • Digital
    [edited by] Neville F. Hacker, Joseph C. Gambone, Calvin J. Hobel.
    Digital Access ClinicalKey 2016
  • Digital
    editor, Admir Hadzic ; associate editors, Ana Lopez, Angela Lucia Balocco.
    Summary: "The definitive guide to ultrasound-guided nerve blocks by renowned experts at the New York School of Regional Anesthesia"-- Provided by publisher.
  • Digital
    editor, Admir Hadzic.
    Contents:
    Part 1. History
    Part 2. Section 1: Anatomy and histology of peripheral nervous system and newraxis
    Section 2: Pharmacology
    Section 3: Equipment for peripheral nerve blocks
    Section 4: Patient management considerations
    Part 3. Clinical practice of regional anesthesia
    Part 3A. Local and infiltrational anesthesia
    Part 3B. Intravenous regional block for upper & lower extremity
    Part 3C. Neuraxial anesthesia
    Section 1: Spinal anesthesi
    Section 2: Epidural anesthesia
    Section 3: Caudal anesthesia
    Section 4: Combined spinal and epidural anesthesia
    Section 5: Postdural puncture headache
    Part 3D. Ultrasound-guided nerve blocks
    Section 1: Fundamentals of ultrasound-guided regional anesthesia
    Section 2: Ultrasound-guided head and neck nerve blocks
    Section 3: Ultrasound-guided nerve blocks for the upper extremity
    Section 4: Ultraound-guided nerve blocks for the lower extremity
    Section 5: Ultrasound-guided nerve clocks for abdominal & thoracic wall
    Part 3E. Local and regional anesthesia for oral and maxillofacial surgery
    Part 3F. Local and regional anesthesia for the eye
    Part 4. ultrasound imaging of neuraxial and perivertebral space
    Part 5. Obstetric anesthesia
    Part 6. Pediatric anesthesia
    Part 7. Anesthesia in patients with specific considerations
    Part 8. Regional anesthesia in the emergency department
    Part 9. Complications of local and regional anesthesia
    Part 10. Last: Local anesthetic systemic toxicity
    Part 11. Perioperative outcome and economics of regional anesthesia
    Part 12. Acute pain management
    Part 13. Education in regional anesthesia
    Part 14. Statistics and principles of research design in regional anesthesia ansd acute pain medicine
    Part 15. Nerve stimulator and surface anatomy-based nerve blocks
    Section 1: Upper extremity
    Section 2: Truncal blocks
    Section 3: Lower extremity blocks.
  • Digital
    Mike Leach, Barbara J. Bain.
    Summary: "Despite the tremendous advances that have occurred in diagnostic haematopathology in recent decades haematology remains firmly based on a clinical assessment of the patient, on basic laboratory tests and on a critical assessment of peripheral blood and bone marrow films. In this book we seek to show how an appreciation of blood and bone marrow morphology, assessed with knowledge of the clinical context, can lead to a provisional or, sometimes, a definitive diagnosis that guides further investigation and management. Each of the 101 themes is followed by a related multiple choice question with the preferred answers and further discussion being found in the second part of the book. The themes are sometimes single cases and sometimes a composite of related cases. The book is directed at consultants and trainees in haematology and haematopathology and at clinical and biomedical scientists in these disciplines. We hope that readers will share our enjoyment of the constant sense of discovery that accompanies haematological morphology. All magnifications are stated in terms of the objective used. Common abbreviations that may be used without definition are given on pages xy. Other abbreviations are defined on first use in a theme. All images are of films stained with a May-Grünwald-Giemsa stain unless stated otherwise. The cases are not arranged thematically, since a more random arrangement better approximates to real life. We wish to thank our clinical and laboratory colleagues with whom we have collaborated over many years"-- Provided by publisher.
    Digital Access Wiley 2021
  • Digital
    Indu Singh, Alison Weston, Avinash Kundur.
    Summary: Hematology Case Studies with Blood Cell Morphology and Pathophysiology compiles specialized case studies with specific information on various hematological disorders with Full Blood Examination (FBE or CBC), blood film images and pathophysiology of each condition. In addition, it provides basic information on how to recognize and diagnose hematological conditions that are frequently observed in the laboratory. Technicians and scientists working in core laboratories such as biochemistry labs or blood banks will find this book to be extremely thorough. Moreover, it can be used as a reference book by technicians, scientists and hematologists in every level of expertise in diagnosing hematological disorders.

    Contents:
    1. Introduction
    2. Microcytic disorders
    3. Normocytic disorders-- 4. Macrocytic disorders
    5. Nonimmune haemolytic disorders (RBC metaolic abnormalities)
    6. Nonimmune haemolytic disorders (RBC membrane abnormalities)
    7. Immune haemolytic disorders
    8. Acute leukaemias
    9. Myeloproliferative/myelodysplastic disorders
    10. Chronic lymphoproliferative disorders
    11. Lymphomas
    12. Plasma cell disorders
    13. Haemostatic disorders (microangiopathic haemolytic anaemia)
    14. Haematological infections
    References
    Index.
    Digital Access ScienceDirect 2017
  • Digital
    [edited by] Carin A. Hagberg, Carlos A. Artime, Michael F. Aziz.
    Summary: Considered the go-to reference in airway management not only in anesthesia practice but also in emergency medicine and intensive care settings, Hagberg and Benumof's Airway Management ensures that practitioners worldwide are familiar and proficient with the most recent developments in equipment and scientific knowledge in this fast-changing area. Covering all aspects of this fundamental practice, the new 5th Edition facilitates the safe performance of airway management for all airway practitioners, regardless of specialty, using a concise, how-to approach, carefully chosen illustrations, and case examples and analysis throughout.

    Contents:
    Basic Clinical Science Considerations
    The Difficult Airway: Definition, Assessment, Planning, and Algorithms
    Preintubation-Ventilation Procedures
    The Airway Techniques
    Difficult Airway Situations
    Postintubation Procedures
    Societal Considerations.
    Digital Access ClinicalKey 2023
  • Digital
    Antonella Tosti, Daniel Asz-Sigall, Rodrigo Pirmez, editors.
    Summary: Conditions of the hair and scalp can be genetic or the result of infection, hormone imbalance, medication, trauma, or underlying primary disease. Regardless, they often cause significant psychological distress and sometimes physical discomfort, though much can be done to treat these complaints. Hair and Scalp Treatments focuses on therapy of hair and scalp disorders and includes chapters on procedures that are commonly used, as well as chapters on each specific disorders. Each chapter briefly describes the disease or the procedure to the reader and then teaches the step-by-step treatment algorithm or the way to perform the procedure. This book also discusses several topics that patients seeking treatment for hair disorders ask the physician, such as how to choose proper shampoo and conditioner, hair dyes, nutritional supplements, and future treatments with regenerative medicine. Hair and Scalp Treatments is the only book of its kind focused on treatment and addresses topics that are not covered by current titles on hair disorders. Written and edited by leading experts in the field, this practical guide can be used not only by dermatologists but by general practice and family physicians as well.

    Contents:
    Chapter 1. How to Best Confirm Diagnosis Before Starting Treatment
    Chapter 2. Intralesional Steroids: When and How to Inject?
    Chapter 3. Topical Immunotherapy: Step by Step
    Chapter 4. Regenerative Treatments (Microneedling, PRP)
    Chapter 5. Laser and Light-based Therapies in the Treatment of Hair Loss
    Chapter 6. What You Need to Know About Hair Transplantation
    Chapter 7. Role of Oral Supplements: When and How to Choose
    Chapter 8. Androgenetic Alopecia: Clinical Treatment
    Chapter 9. Alopecia Areata: Clinical Treatment
    Chapter 10. Telogen Effluvium
    Chapter 11. Scarring Alopecias
    Chapter 12. Seborrheic Dermatitis
    Chapter 13. Scalp Psoriasis
    Chapter 14. Infections and Infestations
    Chapter 15. Scalp Itch Treatment
    Chapter 16. Treatment in Children
    Chapter 17. How to Select a Good Shampoo and Conditioner
    Chapter 18. Camouflage, Extensions, and Electrical Devices to Improve Hair Volume
    Chapter 19. Hair Straightening and Hair Dyes: Facts and Controversies
    Chapter 20. How to Evaluate Treatment Response in Hair Diseases
    Chapter 21. The Most Common Patient Hair Questions and Answers
    Chapter 22. New Drugs for Alopecias.
    Digital Access Springer 2020
  • Digital
    Jeffrey E. Plowman, Duane P. Harland, Santanu Deb-Choudhury, editors.
    Summary: Hair is a sophisticated bio-based material, whether it is on a human head or part of a mammalian coat. In particular, the role of the proteins in the follicle, integral to hair development, are not well understood. This new book seeks to integrate the latest research in proteomic and morphological studies into a coherent description of fibre development from the follicle to its final mature, keratinized form. To achieve this the book has been divided into three sections. The first describes the keratins, their associated proteins and how they assemble into intermediate filaments in the fibre. The second covers the latest information on the morphological changes that occur from the base of the follicle, through the keratinization process to the mature fibre and the role that proteins play in this. The final section delves into fundamental fibre properties such as crosslinking, thermal and oxidative modifications and how these affect the mature fibre. The editors of this book are internationally recognised for their work in the area of mammalian hair, Jeffrey Plowman for his knowledge of the proteomics of the fibre, Santanu Deb-Choudhury for his work in the area of crosslinking in the fibre and Duane Harland for his understanding of the morphological development of the fibre. Together they have collected material from other international experts: Leopold Eckhart and Florian Ehrlich for their knowledge of the evolution of keratins; Dong Dong Wu and David Irwin for their studies on keratin associated protein evolution; David Parry and Bruce Fraser for their work on keratin and keratin associated protein structure and assembly; John McKinnon for his studies on macrofibril formation; Crisan Popescu for the thermodynamics of keratins; and Jolon Dyer for his oxidative modification studies of keratins. This book provides a comprehensive introduction, and useful reference guide to hair biology and will be of interest to both scientists and technologists.

    Contents:
    Fibre Ultrastructure
    The Follicle Cycle in Brief
    Diversity of Trichocyte Keratins and Keratin
    Evolution of Trichocyte Keratins
    Evolution of Trichocyte Keratin Associated Proteins
    Structural Hierarchy of Trichocyte Keratin Intermediate Filaments
    Trichocyte Keratin-Associated Proteins (KAPs)
    Introduction to Hair Development
    Environment of the Anagen Follicle
    Development of Hair Fibres
    Macrofibril Formation
    Crosslinking Between Trichocyte Keratins and Keratin Associated Proteins
    The Thermodynamics of Trichocyte Keratins
    Oxidative Modification of Trichocyte Keratins.
    Digital Access Springer 2018
  • Digital
    Linda N. Lee, editor.
    Summary: Hair Transplant Surgery and Platelet Rich Plasma: Evidence-Based Essentials is a high-level, focused guide poised to become a landmark text for any surgeon interested in learning about and treating hair restoration. Going beyond anecdotal and popularized treatments commonly found online, this text reviews evidence-based treatment options with demonstrated success to provide tailored and optimal results for patients. The content reviews essential topics for understanding of hair loss, the natural cycle of hair regrowth, and medical factors to consider in creating a treatment plan. Postoperative patient instructions and realistic patient expectations are discussed as well as risks and patient selection criteria. Authors also detail pearls and pitfalls for achieving desired results and avoiding rare complications.

    Contents:
    Chapter 1
    Anatomy and Physiology of the Hair Cycle
    Chapter 2
    Medical Treatments for Androgenetic Alopecia
    Chapter 3
    Hair Loss Physiology and Transplantation Principles
    Chapter 4
    Indications and Contraindications for Hair Transplant
    Chapter 5
    Designing the Hairline
    Chapter 6
    Follicular Unit Transplant (FUT) Technique
    Chapter 7
    Follicular Unit Extraction (FUE) Technique
    Chapter 8
    Local Anesthesia and Scalp Blocks
    Chapter 9
    Postoperative Expectations and Instructions
    Chapter 10
    Refining Techniques in Beard and Eyebrow Restoration
    Chapter 11
    Platelet Rich Plasma (PRP) for Hair Restoration
    Chapter 12
    Photography for Evaluating Patients with Hair Loss
    Chapter 13
    Surgical Pearls and Pitfalls.
    Digital Access Springer 2020
  • Digital
    [edited by] Robin Unger, Ronald Shapiro
    Summary: "This sixth edition of Hair Transplantation, edited by renowned surgeons Robin Unger and Ronald Shapiro and with contributions from innovators worldwide, builds on its longstanding reputation as the one trusted, unbiased, and acclaimed educational resource for state-of-the-art hair restoration techniques. Comprehensively updated with all the latest advances, this edition includes full discussion of the pros and cons of various surgical and nonsurgical approaches, controversies, and evidence-based clinical pearls gleaned through hands-on expertise. It also covers important practice management topics such as proper training, instrumentation, and medico-legal issues"-- Provided by publisher
    Digital Access
    Provider
    Version
    Thieme-Connect
    Thieme MedOne Plastic Surgery
  • Digital
    edited by Alfonso Barrera, Carlos Oscar Uebel.
    Contents:
    Anatomy and physiology of hair / Francisco Jimenez, Alfonso Barrera, Carlos Oscar Uebel
    Patient evaluation and selection / Alfonso Barrera, Carlos Oscar Uebel
    Preoperative planning and patient education / Alfonso Barrera, Carlos Oscar Uebel, Fernando F. Barrera
    Incorporating hair transplantation into your practice / Alfonso Barrera
    Sedation in the hair transplantation patient / Alfonso Barrera, Carlos Oscar Uebel
    Correction of male pattern baldness / Alfonso Barrera, Carlos Oscar Uebel, Jorge Moojen da Silveira
    Correction of female pattern baldness / Carlos Oscar Uebel, Anajara Gazzalle
    Combining facelift and hair transplantation / Carlos Oscar Uebel, Alfonso Barrera
    Follicular unit extraction / James Harris
    Combining follicular unit extraction and follicular unit transplantation: the untouched strip technique / Márcio Crisóstomo
    Revision of unfavorable results from previous hair transplantation / James Vogel
    Unfavorable results and complications / Carlos Oscar Uebel, Anajara Gazzalle
    Hair transplantation to enhance reconstruction of the face and scalp / Alfonso Barrera, Carlos Oscar Uebel
    Correction of alopecia secondary to facial rejuvenation surgery / Alfonso Barrera, Carlos Oscar Uebel
    Reconstruction of eyebrows and eyelashes / Marcelo Gandelman, Carlos Oscar Uebel
    Correction of hair loss in the crown area / Clerisvaldo Almeida Souza
    The transgender patient : feminization of the frontal hairline / Alfonso Barrera, Carlos Oscar Uebel
    Benefits of platelet-enriched growth factors / Carlos Oscar Uebel, Jorge Moojen da Silveira, Anajara Gazzalle
    The use of autologous cellular therapy in androgenic alopecia and inflammatory hair loss diseases / Joseph F. Greco
    Cell-based treatments for hair loss : tissue engineering and cloning / Jerry E. Cooley.
  • Digital
    Alfonso Barrera, Carlos Oscar Uebel
    Contents:
    Anatomy and physiology of hair / Francisco Jimenez, Alfonso Barrera, Carlos Oscar Uebel
    Patient evaluation and selection / Alfonso Barrera, Carlos Oscar Uebel
    Preoperative planning and patient education / Alfonso Barrera, Carlos Oscar Uebel, Fernando F. Barrera
    Incorporating hair transplantation into your practice / Alfonso Barrera
    Sedation in the hair transplantation patient / Alfonso Barrera, Carlos Oscar Uebel
    Correction of male pattern baldness / Alfonso Barrera, Carlos Oscar Uebel, Jorge Moojen da Silveira
    Correction of female pattern baldness / Carlos Oscar Uebel, Anajara Gazzalle
    Combining facelift and hair transplantation / Carlos Oscar Uebel, Alfonso Barrera
    Follicular unit extraction / James Harris
    Combining follicular unit extraction and follicular unit transplantation: the untouched strip technique / Márcio Crisóstomo
    Revision of unfavorable results from previous hair transplantation / James Vogel
    Unfavorable results and complications / Carlos Oscar Uebel, Anajara Gazzalle
    Hair transplantation to enhance reconstruction of the face and scalp / Alfonso Barrera, Carlos Oscar Uebel
    Correction of alopecia secondary to facial rejuvenation surgery / Alfonso Barrera, Carlos Oscar Uebel
    Reconstruction of eyebrows and eyelashes / Marcelo Gandelman, Carlos Oscar Uebel
    Correction of hair loss in the crown area / Clerisvaldo Almeida Souza
    The transgender patient : feminization of the frontal hairline / Alfonso Barrera, Carlos Oscar Uebel
    Benefits of platelet-enriched growth factors / Carlos Oscar Uebel, Jorge Moojen da Silveira, Anajara Gazzalle
    The use of autologous cellular therapy in androgenic alopecia and inflammatory hair loss diseases / Joseph F. Greco
    Cell-based treatments for hair loss : tissue engineering and cloning / Jerry E. Cooley.
  • Digital
    Vikas Srivastava, Shakti Mehrotra, Sonal Mishra, editors.
    Summary: The book discusses the various methods and protocols available in hairy root culture-based research. The utilization of Agrobacterium mediated genetic transformation and establishment of hairy root cultures has paved the way for large-scale secondary metabolite production in medicinal plants. Presenting recent research and offering insights from eminent research groups, the book covers a range of topics related to hairy root-based applications, including (i) establishment of hairy roots and native production of SM (ii) yield enhancement strategies for increased SM production, like elicitation (iii) hairy roots as a tool for value-added applications such as plant-microbe interaction, characterization of plant genes and root biology studies. As such it is an informative guide and experimental manual for researchers in diverse fields of plant biology.

    Contents:
    Intro
    Preface
    Contents
    Editors and Contributors
    Chapter 1: Hairy Roots Biotechnology Unzipped: A Journey of Reality and Promises
    1.1 Introduction
    1.2 Contribution of HRCs for Elemental Research
    1.3 Contribution of HRCs for Value Added Research
    1.4 Conclusion and Way Forward
    References
    Chapter 2: Hairy Roots as a Source of Tropane Alkaloids
    2.1 Introduction
    2.2 Some Protocols to Enhance Production of Tropane Alkaloids in the Hairy Root Cultures of Solanaceae Family Members
    2.2.1 Datura stramonium
    2.2.2 Atropa belladonna
    2.2.3 Duboisia leichhardtii 2.3 Conclusions
    References
    Chapter 3: Induction, Metabolite Analysis, and Transgenesis of Hairy Roots from Coleus forskohlii
    3.1 Introduction
    3.2 Protocol 1: Induction of Hairy Roots in Coleus forskohlii
    3.3 Protocol 2: Microscopic Detection of Metabolites in Hairy Roots
    3.4 Protocol 3: Detection of Key Metabolites in Roots and Hairy Root of C. forskohlii
    3.5 Protocol 4: Transgene Expression in Hairy Roots of C. forskohlii
    References
    Chapter 4: Establishment of Hairy Roots of Endangered Himalayan Plant Swertia chirata: A Sustainable Alternative to Extraction... 4.1 Introduction
    4.2 Protocol 1: Induction and Maintenance of Hairy Roots of Swertia chirata
    4.3 Protocol 2: Detection and Quantification of Key Metabolites from Normal Roots and Hairy Roots of S. chirata
    References
    Chapter 5: A Protocol for the Selection of Spontaneous Variants from Established Catharanthus roseus Hairy Root Cultures
    5.1 Introduction
    5.2 Materials
    5.2.1 Plant Material
    5.2.2 Culture Media Components
    5.2.3 Alkaloid Analysis
    5.2.4 General Labware, Supplies, and Equipment
    5.3 Methods
    5.3.1 Maintenance of J1/R1 Hairy Root Line in GRM/2 Medium 5.3.2 Maintenance of J1/R1 Hairy Root Line in GRM/2 Medium
    5.3.3 Induction of Cell Suspensions from Hairy Root Cultures
    5.3.4 Regeneration of Roots from the Cell Suspensions
    5.3.5 Alkaloid Analysis
    5.4 Notes
    References
    Chapter 6: Strategies for the Optimization of Culture Conditions for Increasing Metabolite Production Through Hairy Root Cultu...
    6.1 Introduction
    6.2 Materials
    6.2.1 Plant Material
    6.2.2 Culture Media Components (See Note 1)
    6.2.3 Chemical Elicitors
    6.2.4 Alkaloid Analysis
    6.2.5 General Labware, Supplies, and Equipment
    6.3 Methods 6.3.1 Maintenance of J1/R1 Hairy Root Line in GRM/2 Medium
    6.3.2 Culture of J1/R1 Hairy Root Line in Maintenance GRM/2 Medium
    6.3.3 Elicitation of J1/R1 Hairy Root Line
    6.3.4 Alkaloid Analysis
    6.4 Notes
    References
    Chapter 7: Protocol for Enhanced Withaferin-A Production in Elicited Withania somnifera (L.) Dunal Hairy Root Cultures
    7.1 Introduction
    7.2 Materials
    7.2.1 Media Preparation
    7.2.2 Bacterial Stock Culture
    7.2.3 Infection, Sonication, and Heat Treatment
    7.2.4 Co-cultivation and Establishment of Hairy Root Culture
    Digital Access Springer 2020
  • Digital
    Vikas Srivastava, Shakti Mehrotra, Sonal Mishra, editors.
    Summary: The growing scale of plant-based chemicals for industrial use has generated considerable interest in developing methods to meet their desired production levels. Among various available strategies for their production, the development of Agrobacterium rhizogenes mediated hairy root cultures (HRCs) is generally considered the most feasible approach. Additionally, several proof-of-principle experiments have demonstrated the practical feasibility of HRCs in the plant-based remediation of environment pollutants, biotransformation of important compounds, and production of therapeutic proteins.Given that hairy root biotechnology has now been recognized as a promising and highly dynamic research area, this book offers a timely update on recent advances, and approaches hairy roots as a multifaceted biological tool for various applications. Further, it seeks to investigate the loopholes in existing methodologies, identify remaining challenges and find potential solutions by presenting well thought-out scientific discussions from various eminent research groups working on hairy root biotechnology. This book provides detailed conceptual and practical information on HRC-based research, along with relevant case studies. The content is divided into three broad sections, namely (i) Hairy Roots and Secondary Metabolism, (ii) Progressive Applications, and (iii) Novel Approaches and Future Prospects. By informing the research and teaching community about the major strides made in HRC-based interventions in plant biology and their applications, the book is sure to spark further research in this fascinating field.

    Contents:
    Part I: Hairy Roots and Secondary Metabolism.- Progress and Prospects of Hairy Root Research.- A Critical Review on Biotechnological Interventions for Production and Yield Enhancement of Secondary Metabolites in Hairy Root Cultures.- pRi-Transformed Plants as a Source of Secondary Metabolites.- Biotechnological Intervention of Hairy Roots of Tropane Alkaloid Bearing Plants.- Hairy Root Cultures for Monoterpene Indole Alkaloid Pathway: Investigation and Biotechnological Production.- Stress Induced Metabolite Production Utilizing Plant Hairy Roots.- Bioreactor Design and Analysis for Large Scale Plant Cell and Hairy Root Cultivation.- Part II: Progressive Applications.
    Hairy Root Mediated Biotransformation: Recent Advances and Exiting Prospect.- Hairy Roots as Bioreactors for the Production of Biopharmaceuticals.- Phytoremediation of Persistent Organic Pollutants (POPs) Utilizing Transgenic Hairy Root Cultures: Past and Future Perspectives.- Use of Hairy Root System to study Signalling Pathways During Nodule Formation.- Hairy Roots as a Tool for the Functional Analysis of Plant Genes.- Part III: Novel Approaches and Future Prospects.- An Update on Transcriptome Sequencing of Hairy Root Cultures of Medicinally Important Plants.- Strategies for Monitoring and Modeling Growth of Hairy Root Cultures: An in Silico Perspective.- Engineering in Hairy Roots using CRISPR/Cas9 Mediated Editing.
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Digital
    Thomas W. Hale.
    Summary: "Written by a world-renowned expert in perinatal pharmacology, this essential reference contains current, complete, and evidence-based information on the transmission of maternal drugs into human milk. Because so many women ingest medications while breastfeeding, one of the most common questions encountered in pediatrics is: Which drugs are safe and which are hazardous for the infant? This 2019 edition has been extensively revised, and now includes 39 completely new and 331 updated medications, and state-of-the-art coverage of multiple diseases, vaccines, and syndromes. It addresses the use of radiopharmaceuticals, chemotherapeutic agents, and vaccines in breastfeeding mothers, and covers adult concerns, methods of reducing risk to infants, and infant monitoring."--Publisher's description.
    Digital Access R2Library 2019
    Limited to 1 simultaneous user
  • Digital
    Thomas W. Hale.
    Summary: "Written by a world-renowned expert in perinatal pharmacology, this essential reference contains current, complete, and evidence-based information on the transmission of maternal drugs into human milk. Because so many women ingest medications while breastfeeding, one of the most common questions encountered in pediatrics is: Which drugs are safe and which are hazardous for the infant? This 2021 edition has been extensively revised, and now includes 50 completely new and 356 updated medications, and state-of-the-art coverage of multiple diseases, vaccines, and syndromes. It addresses the use of radiopharmaceuticals, chemotherapeutic agents, and vaccines in breastfeeding mothers, and covers adult concerns, methods of reducing risk to infants, and infant monitoring"--Publisher's description.

    Contents:
    Key points about breastfeeding and medications
    Evaluation of the infant
    General suggestions for the clinician
    How to use this resource
    Dr. Hale's lactation risk categories
    Common abbreviations
    Drugs A to Z.
    Digital Access R2Library 2021
    Limited to 5 simultaneous users
  • Digital
    Paolo Brambilla, Massimo Carlo Mauri, Alfredo Carlo Altamura, editors.
    Summary: This book presents state of the art knowledge on the psychopathology, clinical symptomatology, biology, and treatment of hallucinations in patients with psychoses and affective disorders. The opening section describes and examines the origins of the hallucinatory symptoms associated with schizophrenia, bipolar disorders, and drug- or substance-induced psychoses. In addition, progress in understanding of hallucinations in children and adolescents and chronic hallucinatory disorder is reviewed, and the value of a Research Domain Criteria approach in elucidating the emergence of auditory hallucinations is explained. The biological basis of hallucinations is then closely scrutinized with reference to recent genetic research, neurochemical studies, and functional and structural neuroimaging data. Outcomes of a meta-analysis of diffusion tensor imaging studies regarding the association between white matter integrity and auditory verbal hallucinations are highlighted. The closing chapters focus on the roles of drug treatment and electric and magnetic brain stimulation techniques. The book will be of wide interest to psychiatrists and clinical psychologists.
    Digital Access Springer 2018
  • Print
    Liang, Matthew H.; Lew, Edward R.
    Summary: This book describes the major changes in American medicine and healthcare that took place during 100 years of efforts to deliver the fruits of biomedical science to all. The story is told through the life of Halsted Reid Holman, an icon in American academic medicine and arguably one of the most notable academic leaders in the US. His story is extraordinary, human, and inspiring.A charismatic figure, a beloved doctor, brilliant bench scientist, innovative teacher, mentor to many leaders in American medicine and leader of one of the world's great academic medical centers, Holman was a change age.
  • Digital
    edited by Raymond D. Harbison, Marie M. Bourgeois, and Giffe T. Johnson.
    Digital Access Wiley 2015
  • Print
    Chierchia, Sergio; Goodwin, John F.; Maseri, Attilio; Sobel, Burton E.
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Books: General Collection (Downstairs)
    RC681.A2 H22
    3
  • Digital
    Emily A. Cook, Jeremy J. Cook, editors.
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Digital
    [edited by] Mary Fran Tracy (PhD, RN, APRN, CCNS, FCNS, FAAN, associate professor, School of Nursing, University of Minnesota, Minneapolis, Minnesota), Eileen T. O'Grady (PhD, RN, ARNP, certified nurse practitioner and wellness coach, founder, the School of Wellness, McLean, Virginia), Susanne J. Phillips (DNP, RN, APRN, FNP-BC, FAANP, FAAN, associate dean of clinical affairs & clinical professor, Sue & Bill Gross School of Nursing, University of California, Irvine, Irvine, California).
    Summary: "Edited and written by a "Who's Who" of internationally known thought leaders in advanced practice nursing, Hamric and Hanson's Advanced Practice Nursing: An Integrative Approach, 7th Edition provides a clear, comprehensive, and contemporary introduction to advanced practice nursing today, addressing all major APRN competencies, roles, and issues. Thoroughly revised and updated, the 7th edition of this bestselling text covers topics ranging from the evolution of advanced practice nursing to evidence-based practice, leadership, ethical decision-making, and health policy." -- Amazon
    Digital Access ClinicalKey Nursing 2023
  • Digital
    [edited by] Mary Fran Tracy, Eileen T. O'Grady.
    Contents:
    History and evolution of advanced practice nursing
    Conceptualizations of advanced practice nursing
    A definition of advanced practice nursing
    Role development of the advanced practice nurse
    Evolving and innovative opportunities for advanced practice nursing
    International development of advanced practice nursing
    Direct clinical practice
    Coaching and guidance
    Consultation
    Evidence-based practice
    Leadership
    Collaboration
    Ethical decision making
    The clinical nurse specialist
    The primary care nurse practitioner
    The acute care nurse practitioner
    The certified nurse-midwife
    The certified registered nurse anesthetist
    Maximizing APRN power and influencing policy
    Marketing yourself as an APRN : negotiation and contracting
    Reimbursement and payment for APRN services
    Understanding regulatory, legal, and credentialing requirements
    An integrative review of APN outcomes and performance improvement research
    Using outcomes and performance improvement data to evaluate and improve practice.
    Digital Access R2Library 2019
    Limited to 1 simultaneous user
  • Digital
    Christopher C. Kaeding, James R. Borchers, editors.
    Summary: Injuries to the hamstring and quadriceps muscles can occur in both low- and high-impact sports and as such are among the more common injuries incurred by athletes. Reviewing the relevant physiology, epidemiology, mechanisms, clinical presentation and treatment of these conditions, Hamstring and Quadriceps Injuries in Athletes covers all sports-related injuries of the thigh musculature in one place. Topics covered include mid substance injuries, acute proximal tendon avulsions and harvesting of hamstrings, as well as strains, contusions and ruptures of the quadriceps, including the use of biologic enhancing agents in healing. Chapters on rehabilitation and injury prevention present techniques to maximize recovery and minimize long-term impairment, speeding up return to play. It will be an often-used and reliable guide for sports medicine practitioners, orthopedists, physical therapists, primary care physicians, team physicians and trainers who treat the injured athlete.

    Contents:
    Functional Anatomy of the Hamstrings and Quadriceps
    Quadriceps and Hamstrings Strength in Athletes
    Epidemiology of Hamstring and Quadriceps Injury
    Midsubstance Hamstring Injuries in the Athlete
    Acute Proximal Hamstring Tendon Avulsions
    Biologic Enhancement of Healing in Hamstring Injuries
    Hamstring Harvest: Rehabilitation and Clinical Outcomes
    Proximal Quadriceps Injuries in Athletes
    Contusions, Myositis Ossificans and Compartment Syndrome of the Thigh
    Quadriceps Tendon Ruptures
    Rehabilitation of Quadriceps Injuries
    Hamstring Injury Rehabilitation and Injury Prevention.
    Digital Access Springer 2014
  • Print
    edited by Raoul Tubiana.
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Books: General Collection (Downstairs)
    RD559 .H357
    4
  • Digital
    [edited by] Steven D. Maschke, MD, Hand and Upper Extremity Surgery, Department of Orthopaedic Surgery, Cleveland Clinic, Cleveland, Ohio, Thomas J. Graham, MD, Chief Innovation Officer, Justice Family Chair in Medical Innovations, Vice Chair, Department of Orthopaedic Surgery, Cleveland Clinic, Cleveland, Ohio, Peter J. Evans, MD, PhD, Director, Upper Extremity Center, Cleveland Combined Hand Fellowship and Peripheral Nerve Center, Department of Orthopaedic Surgery, Cleveland Clinic, Cleveland, Ohio.
    Digital Access
    Provider
    Version
    Ovid
    LWW Health Library
  • Digital
    Sébastien Gnecchi, François Moutet.
    Digital Access Springer 2015
  • Digital
    Göran Lundborg.
    Summary: This book presents the human hand from an overall perspective from the first appearance of hand-like structures in the fins of big fishes living millions of years ago to today's and the future s mind-controlled artificial hands. Much focus is given to the extremely well-developed sensation of the hand, its importance and its linkage to brain plasticity mechanisms. How can active hands rapidly expand their representational area in the brain? How can the sense of touch substitute for other deficient senses, such as in Braille reading where hand sensation substitutes for missing vision? How can the mere observation of active hands, belonging to others, activate the hand area in the observer's own brain and what is the importance of this phenomenon for learning by imitation and the understanding of other peoples actions, gestures and body language? Why are some of us left-handed and what are the consequences from cultural and physiological viewpoints? Why does phantom sensation and phantom pain occur after hand amputation, and what can we do about it? Why can salamanders regenerate new extremities while humans can not? Is it possible to transplant a hand from a diseased individual to an amputee? Can artificial robotic hands be controlled by our mind, and can they ever gain the role of a normal hand? What role did the hand and the brain play during evolution in tool construction and development of language and cognitive functions? The hand has a high symbolic value in religion, literature and art and our hands have a key role in gestures and body language. The Hand and the Brain is aimed at anybody with interest in life sciences, in the medical field especially hand surgeons, orthopaedic specialists, neurologists and general practitioners, and those working in rehabilitation medicine and pain treatment.

    Contents:
    Fins, Fossils And Fingers
    The Hand, The Brain And Mans Travel In Time
    The Brain, The Tools And The Technique
    How The Hand Created The Languge
    Hand Prints From The Past
    The Intelligent Hand
    An Extension Of The Brain
    Sensation And Emotions
    The Feeling Brain
    How The Hand Shapes The Brain
    The Interaction Between Senses
    Mirrors In The Brain
    Creative Hands
    Right Or Left?
    One Hand Missing
    Hand Transplantation
    The Thought-Controlled Robotic Hand.
    Digital Access Springer 2014
  • Digital
    Bernhard Hirt, Harun Seyhan, Michael Wagner, Rainer Zumhasch ; translator: Karen Leube.
    Contents:
    Anatomy and functional anatomy of the hand
    Surface anatomy of the forearm, wrist, and hand structures.
    Digital Access
    Provider
    Version
    Thieme MedOne Plastic Surgery
    Thieme-Connect
  • Digital
    Gary M. Lourie, editor.
    Summary: This book comprehensively reviews soft tissue, bone, ligament, and nerve injury of the hand and wrist unique to baseball. Organized into three sections, the book begins with a discussion on fractures of the hand and wrist, including the distal radius, scaphoid, and phalanges. Following this, section two examines ligament injuries from the wrist to the thumb. Section three then concludes the book with an analysis of tendon and nerve injuries. Chapters include high-quality images and tables to supplement expertly written text. Unique and thorough, Hand and Wrist Injuries in Baseball is an invaluable resource for orthopedic surgeons and sports medicine specialists, as well as primary care physicians, emergency room physicians, pediatricians, athletic trainers, and therapists.

    Contents:
    Intro
    Foreword
    Introduction
    Contents
    Contributors
    Part I: Fractures of the Hand and Wrist
    1: Distal Radius Fractures in Baseball
    Define the Specific Injury Your Chapter Will Address
    Pertinent Anatomy of the Injury You Are Describing. Please Make It Clinical Anatomy
    Mechanism of Injury
    History/Differential Dx
    Directed Physical Exam
    Imaging Including Advanced Methods
    Conservative Treatment
    Surgical Treatment
    Post-treatment Rehab (There Will Be a Specific Chapter to General Guidelines)
    Complications/Adverse Results
    Early Return to Play 4: Hook of the Hamate Fractures
    Introduction
    Incidence of Fractures of the Hook of the Hamate
    Clinical Anatomy
    Mechanism of Injury
    History
    Physical Exam
    Radiographs/Advanced Imaging
    Differential Diagnosis
    Treatment (Conservative Versus Surgical)
    Results
    Prevention/Management Optimization
    Conclusion
    References
    5: Carpometacarpal (CMC) Injuries Digits 2-5
    Introduction
    Carpometacarpal Bossing
    Carpometacarpal Dislocation
    References
    6: Phalangeal and Metacarpal Fractures of the Digits
    Introduction
    Anatomy
    Mechanism of Injury Differential Diagnosis
    Physical Examination
    Imaging
    Conservative Treatment
    Surgical Treatment
    Metacarpal Head Fractures
    Metacarpal Shaft Fractures
    Post-treatment Rehabilitation
    Complications
    Early Return to Play
    References
    7: Thumb Basilar Joint Injuries
    Fractures
    Introduction
    Pertinent Anatomy
    Mechanism of Injury/History
    Physical Exam
    Imaging
    Conservative Treatment
    Surgical Treatment
    Complications
    Return to Play
    Dislocations
    Introduction
    Mechanism of Injury
    Pertinent Anatomy
    History/Physical Exam
    Imaging Conservative Treatment
    Surgical Treatment
    References
    Fracture
    Dislocation
    8: Distal Tip Injuries and Blisters
    Blisters
    References
    Part II: Ligament Injuries of the Hand and Wrist
    9: Scapholunate Ligament Injuries in Baseball
    Introduction
    Anatomy and Biomechanics
    Diagnosis
    Clinical Presentation
    Imaging
    Diagnostic Arthroscopy
    Treatment
    Rehabilitation
    Summary
    References
    10: Thumb Metacarpophalangeal Joint Collateral Ligament Injury
    Thumb Ulnar Collateral Ligament
    Anatomy and Mechanism of Injury
    Diagnosis: History and Clinical Exam
    Digital Access Springer 2022
  • Digital
    Riccardo Luchetti, Loris Pegoli, Gregory I. Bain, editors.
    Summary: This well-illustrated book describes the injuries to the hand and wrist that are commonly encountered among participants in combat sports, explaining the mechanisms of injury and offering state of the art guidance on diagnosis and treatment. It covers both injuries characteristic of individual sports, such as kendo, karate, judo, jiu-jitsu, aikido, and mixed martial arts, and pathologies encountered across the full range of combat sports, including boxing, wrestling, and taekwondo. In addition to management, careful attention is paid to rehabilitation following injury and to psychological aspects of recovery from injury. The book is the result of a collaboration with the International Society for Sport Traumatology of the Hand (ISSPORTH) and has been designed to meet the needs of all practitioners who work with combat sports athletes. While especially helpful for surgeons, physicians, therapists, and rehabilitators, it will also be of value to coaches, trainers, and players. The authors are leading international experts in the field who have been involved with international societies and in some cases have personal experience of combat sports at a high level.
    Digital Access Springer 2018
  • Digital
    [edited by] Kevin C. Chung.
    Digital Access
    Provider
    Version
    ScienceDirect
    ClinicalKey
  • Digital
    Grégory Mesplié, editor.
    Summary: This book developed from the experience of the ISAMMS team (Institut Sud Aquitain de la Main et du Membre Superieur), that has been treating hand and wrist pathologies for over 20 years. Hand and wrist require specific care from a multidisciplinary staff. The patient has to be treated efficiently from injury in order to be able to return to work and sports activities. The book presents the most validated clinical examination, clinical reasoning, rehabilitation techniques and orthoses allowing the therapist to maximize their efficiency in treating patients with hand and wrist pathologies. This publication is intended for physiotherapists and occupational therapists, surgeons and practitioners specialized in physical rehabilitation, as well as for the students in these fields.

    Contents:
    Part 1 Clinical examination and clinical reasoning
    Clinical examination of the wrist and hand
    Clinical reasoning in the traumatic and micro-traumatic pathologies of the hand
    Part 2 Rehabilitation tools and techniques
    Physical agents
    Scar massage and treatment
    Hand and wrist mobilisations
    Neurodynamic mobilisations
    Physiology and rehabilitation of sensorial and motor disorders
    Rehabilitation of proprioception
    Rehabilitation using motor imagery after a post-traumatic cortical reorganization
    Self-rehabilitation
    Part 3 Common hand and wrist orthoses.
    Digital Access Springer 2022
  • Digital/Print
    by W. Morrant Baker and Vincent Dormer Harris.
    Digital Access
    Provider
    Version
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Stored offsite. Please request print.
    F34 .K59
    2
  • Digital/Print
    Print Access
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Stored offsite. Please request print.
    16
  • Digital
    edited by Mehmet Tuncay Duruoz.
    Summary: Accurate assessment of hand function is critical to any treatment regimen of the hand compromised patient. Hand Function is a practical, clinical book which provides the knowledge needed to distinguish the different dimensions of hand function, particularly impairment, disability and handicap. Beginning with an overview of basic principles and examination, subsequent chaptersevaluate the hand function inspecific afflicted populations, including the rheumatoid patient, the stroke patient, the trauma patient, the geriatric patient and the pediatric patient, as well as special populations such asdiabetes mellitus patients and musicians. An appendix containing hand function scales essential to theassessment ofdisability is also included. Rheumatologists, physiatrists, hand surgeons, orthopedists, occupational therapistsand physical therapists will all find Hand Function a useful and valuable addition to their clinical references.

    Contents:
    Part I: Basic Principles of Hand Function
    Functional Anatomy and Biomechanics of the Hand
    Physical Examination of the Hand
    Assessment of Hand Functions
    Part II: Hand Function Assessment in Clinical Practice
    Hand Function in Rheumatoid Arthritis
    Hand Function in Osteoarthritis
    Hand Function in Scleroderma
    Functional Assessment in Hands with Flexor and Extensor Tendon Injuries
    Hand Function in Stroke
    Hand Function in Tetraplegia
    Hand Function in Parkinson's Disease
    Hand Function in Children with Congenital Disorders
    Hand Function in Juvenile Idiopathic Arthritis
    Hand Function in Geriatric Conditions
    Hand Function in Common Hand Problems
    Hand Function in Metabolic Disorders: Haemodialysis, Diabetes Mellitus, Gout
    Part III: Hand Function and Imaging Outcomes
    Hand Function and Imaging Outcomes
    Appendices.
    Digital Access Springer 2014
  • Digital
    Mehmet Tuncay Duruöz, editor.
    Summary: This practical guide aids clinicians in distinguishing the different dimensions of hand function such as impairment, disability, and handicap. New and updated chapters discuss cerebral palsy, sports injuries, robotics, and assistive technologies. Extensively revised, the book provides a broad overview of the basic principles and examination of hand function. It describes how to evaluate hand function in specific afflicted populations, including the rheumatoid patient, the stroke patient, the trauma patient, the geriatric patient, and the pediatric patient as well as special populations such as diabetes mellitus patients and musicians. It also includes an appendix of hand function scales essential to the assessment of disability. The Second Edition of Hand Function is an ideal resource for all rheumatologists, physiatrists, hand surgeons, orthopedists, occupational therapists, and physical therapists caring for patients with impaired hand function.

    Contents:
    SECTION I: Basic Principles of Hand Function
    Functional Anatomy and Biomechanics of the Hand
    Physical Examination of the Hand
    Assessment of Hand Functions
    SECTION II: Hand Function in Clinical Practice
    Pain and Hand Function
    Hand Function in Rheumatoid Arthritis
    Hand Function in Osteoarthritis
    Hand Function in Scleroderma
    Functional Assessment in Hand with Flexor and Extensor Tendon Injuries
    Hand Function in Stroke
    Hand Function in Tetraplegia
    Hand Function in Parkinson's Disease
    Hand Function in Cerebral Palsy
    Hand Function in Children with Congenital Disorders
    Hand Function in Juvenile Idiopathic Arthritis
    Functional Assessment in Geriatric Conditions
    Hand Function in Common Hand Problems
    Hand Function in Sport Injuries
    Hand Function in Metabolic Disorders: Haemodialysis, Diabetes Mellitus, Gout
    SECTION III: Hand Function with Robotics and Assistive Technology
    Hand Function and Assistive Devices
    Sports and Recreational Adaptations for Hand
    The Functional Capacity of the Robotic Hands
    SECTION IV: Hand Function and Imaging Outcomes
    Hand Function and Imaging Outcomes
    Appendix: Some Hand Functional Scales.
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Digital
    edited by Didier Pittet, John M. Boyce, Benedetta Allegranzi.
    Digital Access Wiley 2017
  • Digital
    [edited by] Pedro K. Beredjiklian.
    Summary: "Hand surgery requires precision, in-depth expertise, and versatility in order to perform a wide variety of operations on fractures, tendon and nerve conditions, soft tissue injuries, rheumatoid deformities, and congenital defects. Hand Surgery: Tricks of the Trade by renowned Rothman Orthopaedic Institute hand surgeon Pedro K. Beredjiklian and an impressive group of contributors provides a clear roadmap on how to perform common hand surgery procedures. Concise step-by-step text enables readers to quickly read through, review, and understand the most salient points for each approach. Organized into 14 major sections and 88 chapters, this book encompasses the entire spectrum of orthopedic surgery procedures on the tendons, nerves, bones, and joints of the hand. The text starts with two sections focused on tendon repair and reconstruction. Subsequent sections detail open and endoscopic release and decompression techniques for nerve conditions, fixation and plating of hand and wrist fractures, osteotomy for bone reconstruction, arthroplasty for arthritis, and ligament repair for instability. The last four sections discuss plastic surgery procedures, including the use of diverse skin grafts and flaps, Dupuytren's disease, arthroscopy, and infections"-- Provided by publisher.
    Digital Access
    Provider
    Version
    Thieme MedOne Plastic Surgery
    Thieme-Connect
  • Digital
    Dariush Nikkhah.
    Contents:
    Assessment / Dariush Nikkhah, Jeremy Rodrigues
    Operative preparation / Dariush Nikkhah, Jeremy Rodrigues
    Incisions / Dariush Nikkhah
    Anesthesia in hand surgery / Dariush Nikkhah, Wojciech Konczalik, Jeremy Prout
    Nailbed repair / Dariush Nikkhah, Jeremy Rodrigues
    Hand infections / Dariush Nikkhah
    Flexor tendon repair / Dariush Nikkhah, Wojciech Konczalik
    Extensor tendon repair / Dariush Nikkhah, Amir Sadr
    Closed tendon ruptures / Dariush Nikkhah, Robert Pearl
    Thump MCP joint ulnar collateral ligament repair / Dariush Nikkhah, Amir Sadr
    Digital nerve repair / Dariush Nikkhah
    Replantation and revascularization / Dariush Nikkhah
    The spaghetti wrist / Dariush Nikkhah, Wojciech Konczalik
    Fracture fixation technique / Dariush Nikkhah, Nikki Burr, Robert Pearl
    Local and regional hand flaps / Dariush Nikkhah, Mo Akhavani
    Free tissue transfer / Dariush Nikkhah, Roshan Vijayan, Stamatis Sapzountzis
    Limb threatening emergencies / Dariush Nikkhah, Wojtech Konczalik
    Terminalization / Dariush Nikkhah, Amir Sadr.
    Digital Access
    Provider
    Version
    Thieme-Connect
    Thieme MedOne Plastic Surgery
  • Digital
    Prateush Singh, editor.
    Summary: This book comprehensively covers hand trauma from initial presentation to management. Material is presented in an easy to follow practically applicable way, bridging the gap between what trainees encounter during training and what is encountered in a busy emergency department . Topics covered include upper limb anatomy, soft tissue injuries and infections, hand fractures, anaesthesia, and referrals from primary care, with detailed guides provided on how to successfully perform techniques such as digit replantation, extravasation, and locoregional flaps. Hand Trauma in Clinical Practice systematically describes a variety of categories of hand trauma, and plastic and orthopaedic surgical techniques. Therefore, it represents a valuable resource for practising and trainee plastic surgeons, orthopaedic surgeons, and emergency care specialists.

    Contents:
    Hand anatomy
    History and examination
    Practical notes in hand trauma
    Soft tissue injuries
    Hand infections
    Hand emergencies
    Tendon injuries
    Locoregional flaps in the hand
    Hand fractures
    Anaesthesia for upper limb surgery
    Consent
    Referrals from primary care.
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Digital
    Lior Laver, Philippe Landreau, Romain Seil, Nebojsa Popovic, editors.
    Summary: This book is designed to help improve the medical care of athletes across the world who play team handball - including not only handball itself but also such sports as beach volleyball and mini-handball. It provides concise practical information on the nature of frequently encountered injuries, the management of these injuries, injury prevention, and rehabilitation following treatment. Individual sections also focus on physiologic, endocrinologic, biomechanical, and nutritional aspects; special considerations in particular groups of players; and psychological issues. The medical needs of a handball team are explained, and guidance offered on preparticipation assessment and screening. All of the authors are leaders in their field. Their excellent teamwork ensures that the book, published in collaboration with ESSKA, will represent a superb, comprehensive educational resource. It will meet the needs of both handball medical caregivers and handball personnel, providing readily accessible answers to a wide range of medical questions and facilitating effective collaboration among the various professionals involved in team handball.
    Digital Access Springer 2018
  • Digital
    edited by Nancy A. Obuchowski and G. Scott Gazelle.
    Contents:
    Imaging technology assessment / Pari V. Pandharipande, G. Scott Gazelle
    Clinical trials of therapy / Sayeh Lavasani, Ali Mahinbakht, Anthony F. Shields
    Clinical trials of image guided interventions including radiotherapy studies / Gary S. Dorfman, Stephen M. Hahn
    Imaging as predictor of therapeutic response / David A. Mankoff, Anthony F. Shields
    Screening trials and design / Constance D. Lehman, Diana L. Miglioretti
    Practicalities of running a trial / Michael T. Lu, Elizabeth C. Adami, Udo Hoffmann
    Statistical issues in study design / Nancy A. Obuchowski
    Introduction to biostatistical methods / Diana L. Miglioretti, Todd A. Alonzo, Nancy A. Obuchowski
    Methods of studies of diagnostic tests / Jeffrey D. Blume
    Methods for quantitative imaging biomarker studies / Alicia Y. Toledano, Nancy A. Obuchowski
    Introduction to cost-effectiveness analysis in clinical trials / Ruth C. Carlos, G. Scott Gazelle.
    Digital Access Wiley 2016
  • Digital
    Larry D. Purnell and Eric A. Fenkl.
    Summary: This concise, easy-to-read book tackles the potentially awkward subject of culture in a direct, non-intimidating style. It prepares all health professionals in any clinical setting to conduct thorough assessments of individual from culturally specific population groups, making it especially valuable in today's team-oriented healthcare environment. The book is suitable for healthcare workers in all fields, particularly nurses who interact with the patients 24 hours a day, every day of the week. Based on the Purnell Model for Cultural Competence, it explores 26 different cultures and the issues that healthcare professionals need to be sensitive to. For each group, the book includes an overview of heritage, communication styles, family roles and organization, workforce issues, biocultural ecology, high-risk health behaviors, nutrition, pregnancy and child bearing, death rituals, spirituality, healthcare practices, and the views of healthcare providers. It also discusses the variant characteristics of culture that determine the diversity of values, beliefs, and practices in an individual's cultural heritage in order to help prevent stereotyping. These characteristics include age, generation, nationality, race, color, gender, religion, educational status, socioeconomic status, occupation, military status, political beliefs, urban versus rural residence, enclave identity, marital status, parental status, physical characteristics, sexual orientation, gender issues, health literacy, and reasons for migration. Each chapter offers specific instructions, guidelines, tips, intervention strategies, and approaches specific to a particular cultural population.

    Contents:
    Introduction
    Chapter 1: Transcultural Diversity and Health Care
    Chapter 2: The Purnell Model for Cultural Competence
    Chapter 3: Barriers to Culturally Competent health Care
    Chapter 4: People of African American Heritage
    Chapter 5: People of American Indian/Alaskan Native Heritage
    Chapter 6: The Amish
    Chapter 7: People of Appalachian Heritage
    Chapter 8: People of Arab Heritage
    Chapter 9: People of Brasilian Heritage-- Chapter 10: People of Chinese Heritage
    Chapter 11: People of Cuban Heritage
    Chapter 12: People of European American Heritage
    Chapter 13: People of Filipino Heritage
    Chapter 14: People of German Heritage
    Chapter 15: People of Guatemalan Heritage
    Chapter 16: People of Haitian Heritage
    Chapter 17: People of Hindu Heritage
    Chapter 18: People of Hmong Heritage
    Chapter 19: People of Iranian Heritage
    Chapter 20: People of Japanese Heritage
    Chapter 21: People of Jewish Heritage
    Chapter 22: People of Irish Heritage-- Chapter 23: People of Korean Heritage
    Chapter 24: People of Mexican Heritage
    Chapter 25: People of Polish Heritage
    Chapter 26; People of Puerto Rican Heritage
    Chapter 27: People of Russian Heritage
    Chapter 28: People of Somali Heritage
    Chapter 29: People of Turkish Heritage
    Chapter 30: People of Vietnamese Heritage
    Glossary.
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Digital
    edited by Robert A. Goodnow, Jr.
    Contents:
    Just enough knowledge?
    A brief history of the development of combinatorial chemistry and the emerging need for DNA-encoded chemistry
    A history of DNA-encoding
    DNA-compatible chemistry
    Foundations of a DNA-encoded library (DEL)
    Practices for synthesizing DNA-encoded libraries
    Chemical gene design for DNA-encoded libraries
    Analytical challenges for DNA-encoded library systems
    Information technology: functionality and architectures for DNA-encoding
    Theoretical considerations of the application of DNA-encoded libraries to drug discovery
    Begin with the end in mind : the hit-to-lead process
    Enumeration and visualization of large combinatorial chemical libraries
    Screening large compound collections
    Reported applications of DNA-encoded library chemistry
    Dual-pharmacophore DNA-encoded chemical libraries
    Hit identification and hit follow-up
    Using DNA to program chemical synthesis, discover new reactions, and detect ligand binding
    An outlook and the changing feasibility and economics of chemical diversity exploration with DNA-encoded combinatorial approaches
    Keeping the promise? an outlook on dna chemical library technology.
    Digital Access Wiley 2014
  • Digital
    editors, Douglas A. Levine, MD, Associate Attending Surgeon, Gynecology Service, Department of Surgery, Memorial Sloan Kettering Cancer Center, New York, New York, Don S. Dizon, MD, FACP, Clinical Co-Director, Gynecologic Oncology, Director, Oncology, Sexual Health Clinic, Massachusetts General Hospital Cancer Center, Harvard Medical School, Boston, Massachusetts, Catheryn M. Yashar, MD, Professor, Department of Radiation Medicine and Applied Sciences, University of California - San Diego, [and 4 others].
    Contents:
    Principles of chemotherapy in gynecologic cancer / Don S. Dizon
    Biologic and physical aspects of radiation oncology / Sharon M. Lu and Cate Yashar
    Clinical genetics of gynecologic cancer / Douglas A. Levine
    Preinvasive lesions of the genital tract / Douglas A. Levine
    The vulva / Sharon M. Lu and Cate Yashar
    The vagina / Sharon M. Lu and Cate Yashar
    The uterine cervix / Sharon M. Lu and Cate Yashar
    The corpus : epithelial tumors / Jose Alejandro Rauh-Hain and Don Dizon
    The corpus : mesenchymal tumors / Douglas A. Levine
    Ovarian cancer (including the fallopian tube) / Douglas A. Levine
    Nonepithelial ovarian cancer / Tracilynn Hall and Don S. Dizon
    Molar pregnancy and gestational trophoblastic neoplasms / Rachel M. Clarke and Don S. Dizon.
    Digital Access Ovid 2015
  • Digital
    editors, Douglas A. Levine, Lillie Lin, Stéphanie Gaillard, Lilie L. Lin [and four others].
    Summary: "Easy to read and designed for on-the-spot reference, Handbook for Principles and Practice of Gynecologic Oncology, is a concise guide for fellows, residents, and specialist trainees in the diagnosis and management of gynecologic cancers. The text consists of authoritative coverage of the latest developments in the field, streamlined data that support treatment recommendations, and helpful algorithms and tables included throughout. This is based on and a companion to Principles and Practice of Gynecologic Oncology, 7th Edition. The new edition will be the first edition full-color with overhauled algorithms and design"-- Provided by publisher.

    Contents:
    Principles of chemotherapy in gynecologic cancer / Don S. Dizon
    Biologic and physical aspects of radiation oncology / Sharon M. Lu and Cate Yashar
    Clinical genetics of gynecologic cancer / Douglas A. Levine
    Preinvasive lesions of the genital tract / Douglas A. Levine
    The vulva / Sharon M. Lu and Cate Yashar
    The vagina / Sharon M. Lu and Cate Yashar
    The uterine cervix / Sharon M. Lu and Cate Yashar
    The corpus : epithelial tumors / Jose Alejandro Rauh-Hain and Don Dizon
    The corpus : mesenchymal tumors / Douglas A. Levine
    Ovarian cancer (including the fallopian tube) / Douglas A. Levine
    Nonepithelial ovarian cancer / Tracilynn Hall and Don S. Dizon
    Molar pregnancy and gestational trophoblastic neoplasms / Rachel M. Clarke and Don S. Dizon.
    Digital Access Ovid 2021
  • Digital
    Gregory Piazza, Benjamin Hohlfelder, Samuel Z. Goldhaber.
    Contents:
    Overview of Venous Thromboembolism
    Risk Factors for Venous Thromboembolism
    Pathophysiology of Deep Vein Thrombosis and Pulmonary Embolism
    Diagnosis of Deep Vein Thrombosis
    Diagnosis of Pulmonary Embolism
    Risk Stratification and Prognosis
    Advanced Therapy for Venous Thromboembolism
    Anticoagulation for Venous Thromboembolism
    Long-term Management of Venous Thromboembolism
    Prevention of Venous Thromboembolism .
    Digital Access Springer 2015
  • Digital
    Wolfgang Hiddemann, editor.
    Contents:
    Introduction
    Epidemiology, pathogenesis, and etiology of acute leukemia
    Clinical manifestations and diagnosis
    Diagnostic criteria, classification, and prognosis of acute leukemia
    Therapeutic management of acute myeloid leukemia
    Therapeutic management of acute promyelocytic leukemia
    Therapeutic management of acute lymphoblastic leukemia
    Future outlook for acute leukemia.
    Digital Access Springer 2016
  • Digital
    John J. Nagelhout, Karen L. Plaus.
    Summary: A practical reference for the clinical setting, Handbook of Anesthesia, 5th Edition puts key information at your fingertips. It's an ideal companion to Nurse Anesthesia, providing easy-access coverage of the subjects you look up most frequently, such as common diseases, common procedures, drugs, and protocols. It also includes the most current information related to perioperative management and anesthetic care considerations for a wide variety of surgical procedures. Written by leading CRNA experts John Nagelhout and Karen Plaus, this compact handbook provides the up-to-date clinical and drug information you'll use in daily practice.

    Contents:
    pt. 1. Common diseases. Section 1. Cardiovascular System. Cardiomyopathy ; Coronary Artery Disease ; Heart Failure ; Hypertension ; Myocardial Infarction ; Pericardial Disease ; Peripheral Vascular Disease ; Shock ; Valvular Heart Disease
    Section 2. Central Nervous System. Alzheimer's Disease/Dementia ; Autonomic Hypereflexia/Dysautonomia ; Cerebrovascular Disease ; Guillain-Barre Syndrome ; Hydrocephalus ; Intracranial Hypertension ; Mental Disorder ; Multiple Sclerosis ; Neuropathy/Myopathy ; Parkinson's Disease ; Seizures Spinal Cord Injury
    Section 3. Endocrine System. Acromegaly ; Adrenocortical Insufficiency ; Cushing's Disease ; Diabetes Insipidus ; Diabetes Mellitus ; Hyperaldosteronism ; Hypoaldosteronism ; Hyperparathyroidism ; Hypoparathyroidism ; Hyperthyroidism ; Hypothyroidism ; Pheochromocytoma
    Section 4. Gastrointestinal System. Carcinoid Tumors and Carcinoid Syndrome ; Gallstone/Gallbladder Disease ; Hiatal Hernia/Gastric Reflux ; Inflammatory Bowel Disease ; Pancreatitis ; Splenic Disorders
    Section 5. Hematologic System. AID/HIV Infection ; Anemia ; Disseminating Intravascular Coagulation ; Hemophilia ; Heparin Induced Thromocytopenia ; Leukemia ; Polycythemia Vera ; Sickle Cell Disease ; Thalassemia ; Von Willebrand Disease
    Section 6. Hepatic System. Cirrhosis/Portal Hypertension ; Hepatic Failure ; Hepatitis
    Section 7. Musculoskeletal System. Ankylosing Spondylitis ; Kyphoscoliosis ; Lambert-Eaton ; Myasthenic Syndrome ; Malignant Hyperthermia ; Muscular Dystrophy ; Myasthenia Gravis ; Myotonic Dystrophy ; Pectus Deformities ; Rheumatoid Arthritis
    Section 8. Renal System. Acute Renal Failure ; Chronic Renal Failure ; Urolithiasis
    Section 9. Respiratory System. Adult Respiratory Distress Syndrome ; Aspiration Pneumonia ; Asthma ; Chronic Obstructive Pulmonary Disease ; Cor Pulmonale ; Cystic Fibrosis ; Pneumothorax and Hemothorax ; Pulmonary Arterial Hypertension ; Pulmonary Edema ; Pulmonary Embolism ; Restrictive Pulmonary Diseases ; Tuberculosis
    Section 10. Other Conditions. Allergic Reactions and Hypersensitivity ; Geriatrics ; Glaucoma/Open Globe ; Malnutrition ; Obesity ; Scleroderma ; Systemic Lupus Erythematosus
    pt. 2. Common Procedures. Section 1. Cardiovascular System
    Section 2. Gastrointestinal System
    Section 3. Genitourinary System
    Section 4. Head and Neck
    Section 5. Intrathoracic and Extrathoracic
    Section 6. Neurologic System
    Section 7. Neuroskeletal System
    Section 8. Obstetrics and Gynecology
    Section 9. Orthopedics and Podiatry
    Section 10. Other Procedures
    Section 11. Pediatrics
    Section 12. Neonatal Anesthetic Considerations
    Section 13. Anesthesia for Therapeutic and Diagnostic Procedures
    Section 14. Vascular Surgery
    Section 15. Complications
    pt. 3. Drugs. Appendices. Antibiotics ; Antithrombotic Drugs ; Corticosteroid Replacement ; Diabetic Drugs ; Hematology ; Immunosuppressive Drugs ; Pediatric Considerations ; Preoperative Laboratory Tests ; Pulmonary Function Test Values.
    Digital Access ClinicalKey Nursing 2014
  • Digital
    Michelle A. Rudek, Cindy H. Chau, associate eidtors ; William D. Figg, Howard L. McLeod, senior editors.
    Summary: There are many steps on the road from discovery of an anticancer drug to securing its final approval by the Food and Drug Administration. In this thoroughly updated and expanded second edition of the Handbook of Anticancer Pharmacokinetics and Pharmacodynamics, leading investigators synthesize an invaluable overview of the experimental and clinical processes of anticancer drug development, creating a single indispensable reference that covers all the steps from the identification of cancer-specific molecular targets to screening techniques and the development and validation of bioanalytical methods to clinical trial design and all phases of clinical trials. The authors have included new material on phase 0 trials in oncology, organ dysfunction trials, drug formulations and their impact on anticancer drug PK/PD including strategies to improve drug delivery, pharmacogenomics and cancer therapy, high throughput platforms in drug metabolism and transport pharmacogenetics, imaging in drug development and nanotechnology in cancer. Authoritative and up-to-date, Handbook of Anticancer Pharmacokinetics and Pharmacodynamics, 2nd Edition provides in one comprehensive and highly practical volume a detailed step-by-step guide to the successful design and approval of anticancer drugs. Road map to anticancer drug development from discovery to NDA submission Discussion of molecular targets and preclinical screening Development and validation of bioanalytical methods Chapters on clinical trial design and phase 0, I, II, III clinical trials Pharmacokinetics, pharmacodynamics, pharmacogenomics, and pharmacogenetics of anticancer agents Review of the drug development process from both laboratory and clinical perspectives New technological advances in imaging, high throughput platforms, and nanotechnology in anticancer drug development.
    Digital Access Springer 2014
  • Digital/Print
    James K. Morishima ... [et al.].
    Digital Access Google Books 1979-
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Stored offsite. Please request print.
    RC451.5.A75 W37
    1
  • Digital
    edited by Martin S. Hagger, Linda D. Cameron, Kyra Hamilton, Nelli Hankonen, Taru Lintunen.
    Digital Access Cambridge 2020
  • Digital
    Neeraj Jain, Lalit Duggal, editors.
    Summary: Biologics have revolutionized the treatment of autoimmune diseases due to their efficacy, speed of onset, and tolerability. The development of new agents and expanded use of existing agents continues to be a highly active area of investigation among rheumatic diseases, with a multitude of innovative therapeutic strategies in various stages of development. Although the story of treatments continues rapidly, therapeutic research in some conditions is hindered by the rarity of the disease, variation in phenotype, and concerns about toxicity. This fast-paced development of therapeutics,necessitates immediate evaluation of individual biologic agents and their best use in the new treatment regimens. This book provides an inclusive approach with the existing evidence concerning effectiveness and implications on the usage of biologics in treating various rheumatologic disorders. It also covers the evidence behind the rational use of these agents in varied autoimmune diseases. This manual also offers a complete overview of the existing & futuristic biologic treatments, and draws recommendations on how to standardize the most suitable regimen for a specific patient in the context of current guidelines. The handbook of Biologics in Rheumatology serves as a present and concise compendium to the modern therapeutic developments in the field. This book is likely to benefit clinicians, residents, fellow and other healthcare workers dealing with rheumatological disorders, and also hard-core Rheumatologists, who are looking for a quick recap of Biologics of their interest.

    Contents:
    History of Biologics
    Biologics in Rheumatoid Arthritis
    Biologics in Spondylarthritis
    Biologics in Psoriatic Arthritis
    Biologics in Gout
    Biologics in Lupus
    Biologics in Sjogrens Syndrome
    Biologics in Systemic Sclerosis
    Biologics in Inflammatory Myopathies
    Biologics in ANCA Associated Vasculitis
    Biologics inBehcet's Syndrome
    Biologicsin Takayasu's Arteritis
    Biologics in Interstitial lung disease in Rheumatological conditions
    Biologics in Osteoporosis
    Biologics in Osteoarthritis
    Biologics in JIA
    Biologics in Paediatric CTD
    JAK inhibitors in Rheumatology
    Biologics in Rheumatic disease with Infections
    Biologics in Rheumatological conditions with Malignancy
    Biologics in Uveitis
    Biologics in Sarcoidosis
    Biologics in IgG4-RD
    Biosimilar in Rheumatology
    Off label use of Biologics in Rheumatological disorders
    Biologics & Ethical issues in Rheumatology
    Patient consent for use of biologics.
    Digital Access Springer 2022
  • Digital
    edited by Konstantina S. Nikita.
    Digital Access
    Provider
    Version
    Wiley
    Fulltext
  • Digital
    [edited by] Mark G. Hamilton, John G. Golfinos, Graham F. Pineo, William T. Couldwell.
    Digital Access
    Provider
    Version
    Thieme MedOne Neurosurgery
    Thieme-Connect
  • Digital
    edited by Gordon M. Shepherd and Sten Grillner.
    Summary: Updated and revised, the second edition of Handbook of brain microcircuits covers the functional organization of 53 brain regions. This now-classic text uses an interdisciplinary approach to examine the integration of structure, function, electrophysiology, pharmacology, brain imaging, and behavior. Through uniquely concise and authoritative chapters by leaders in their fields, the Handbook of brain microcircuits synthesizes many of the new principles of microcircuit organization that are defining a new era in understanding the brain connectome, integrating the major neuronal pathways and essential microcircuits with brain function.

    Contents:
    Introduction: principles of microcircuit organization and function
    Section 1. Neocortex
    Neocortical microcircuits
    Canonical cortical circuits
    Microcircuitry of the neocortex
    The cortical microcircuit as a recurrent neural network
    Barrel cortex
    Inhibitory mechanisms in the motor cortical circuit
    Prefrontal cortex
    Section 2. Thalamus
    Circuitry of the lateral geniculate nucleus
    Thalamocortical networks
    Second 3. Circadian system
    The suprachiasmatic nucleus
    Section 4. Basal ganglia
    Microcircuits of the striatum
    Templates for neural dynamics in the striatum: striosomes and matrisomes
    Subthalamo-pallidal circuit
    Section 5. Limbic system and memory
    Mesolimbic dopamine and the circuitry of reward
    The cholinergic multicompartmental basal forebrain microcircuit
    Amygdala microcircuits
    Hippocampus: intrinsic organization
    Hippocampus: network physiology
    Entorhinal cortex
    The neuronal circuit for simple forms of learning in Aplysia
    Section 6. Visual system
    Retina: microcircuits for daylight, twilight, and starlight vision
    Understanding retinal microcircuitry: then to now
    Fly optic lamina as a guide to neural circuit design
    The insect visual system: correspondence with vertebrates and with olfactory processing
    Section 7. Olfactory system
    Olfactory bulb
    Olfactory cortex
    Implications from microcircuits of a moth's antennal lobe for olfactory information processing
    Antennal lobe of the honeybee
    Mushroom body of the honeybee
    Olfactory microcircuits in Drosophilia melanogaster
    The circuit for chemotaxis and exploratory behavior in Caenorhabditis elegans
    Section 8. Taste system
    Taste coding and feedforward/feedback signaling in taste buds
    Microcircuitry of the rostral nucleus of the solitary tract
    Section 9. Auditory system
    Cochlear microcircuits
    Cochlear nucleus
    Nucleus laminaris
    Section 10. Cerebellum
    Cerebellar cortex
    Olivocerebellar system
    Section 11. Motor systems
    The superior colliculus
    Networks in the lamprey optic tectum
    Respiratory central pattern generator: microcircuit generation of the rhythms and patterns of breathing
    The mammalian brainstem chewing circuitry
    The crustacean stomatogastric nervous system
    The mauthnner cell microcircuits: sensory integration, decision-making, and motor functions
    Spinal circuit for escape in goldfish and zebrafish
    The lamprey postural circuit
    The lamprey locomotor central pattern generator
    Modularity and modulation of locomotor circuits in adult vertebrates
    Tadpole swimming network
    Neuronal circuits that generate swimming movements in leeches
    The Tritonia swim central pattern generator
    The swimming cicruit in the pteropod mollusk Clione limacina
    The heartbeat neural control system of the leech.
    Digital Access Oxford 2018
  • Digital
    edited by Herbert B. Newton, MD, FAAN.
    Summary: Handbook of Brain Tumor Chemotherapy, Molecular Therapeutics, and Immunotherapy, Second Edition, provides a comprehensive overview of the molecular methodologies in the neuro-oncology field. There have been profound changes in the landscape of approaches to brain tumor therapy since the first edition--mainly in the areas of molecular biology and molecular therapeutics, as well as in the maturation of immunotherapy approaches (e.g., vaccines). This updated edition has a new, primary focus on multidisciplinary molecular methods, and is broadened to include the latest cutting-edge molecular biology, therapeutics, immunobiology and immunotherapy approaches. As the first comprehensive book to address the molecular research into these concepts, users will find it to be an invaluable resource on the topics discussed. Key features: Provides the most up-to-date information regarding conventional forms of cytotoxic chemotherapy, as well as the basic science and clinical application of molecular therapeutics for the treatment of brain tumors; Broadly appeals to anyone interested in neuro-oncology and the treatment of brain tumors; Features updated chapters on molecular biology, molecular therapeutics, maturation of immunotherapy approaches, and a focus on multidisciplinary molecular methods; Includes a new section on the basic science of immunology, as well as thorough updates on the use of vaccine technology and immunotherapy for the treatment of brain tumors.
    Digital Access ScienceDirect 2018
  • Digital
    edited by Marc G. Jeschke, Lars-Peter Kamolz, Folke Sjöberg, Steven E. Wolf.
    Summary: The second edition of this volume provides updated information on acute burn treatment. It also discusses genomic responses to burns and novel techniques in this area. Divided into four topical parts, this book provides insights into the history, epidemiology, prevention of burns, as well as initial and pre-hospital management of burns, acute burn care and therapy, and non-thermal burns. All chapters have been edited by leading world authorities on burn care and offer readers a broad overview of the techniques and outcomes in this area. Please also have a look at "Handbook of Burns Volume 2 - Reconstruction and Rehabilitation 2nd edition."

    Contents:
    A History of burn care
    Epidemiology and prevention of burns throughout the world
    Prevention of burn injuries
    Burns associated with wars and disasters
    Population based research and outcomes
    Education in burns
    Team building in burns
    QI/PI and Benchmarks
    Outcome measures
    Translational research to improve outcomes
    First responder
    Pre-hospital management
    Transport/Telemedicine/Pictures/smart-phone
    Admission of burn patiens to the Burn Centre including Burn wound evaluation
    Burn size estimation, challeneges and novel technology
    Early management of burn patients and fluid resuscitation
    Novel resuscitation strategies and technology
    Diagnosis and management of Inhalation injury, respiratory therapy
    Pathophysiology of burn injury
    Genomic and Proteomic responses to burn
    Organ responses and organ support
    Critical care of thermally injured patients
    Nutrition support for the burn patient
    Anabolic and anti-catabolic agents after burn
    Treatment of Infections in burns
    Anaesthetisa for patients with acute burns, adult, peds, elderly
    Pain management after burn
    Psychological, Delirium, ASD management
    Nursing management of the burn-injured person
    Rehabilitation management during the acute phase
    Paediatric burn management
    Burns in older adults
    Burns in patients with special co-morbidities
    Wound healing and wound care
    Non-surgical management of burn patients
    Surgical management of burn patients
    Acute management of facial burns, acute vs. long term, surgical vs. non-surgical, face transplant
    Hand burns
    Treatment of burns novel technologies
    Scarring and scar management
    Electrical injury
    Chemical burns
    Necrotizing Soft Tissue Infections
    Frostbite
    TEN/SS
    Challenging burn cases examples.
    Digital Access Springer 2020
  • Digital
    Lars-Peter Kamolz, Marc G. Jeschke, Raymund E. Horch, Markus Küntscher, Pavel Brychta, editors.
    Summary: The second edition of this volume has been updated with chapters on scar treatment using laser, microneedling, tissue engineering, adipose tissue and lipofilling. It compiles the perspectives of a multi-author team, examining the entire spectrum of burn reconstruction and long-term treatment. Individual updated chapters cover basic aspects of wound healing and scarring, and plastic surgery relating to tissue rearrangement and the use of flaps, as well as the long-term use of skin and skin substitutes. Furthermore, it addresses topics such as rehabilitation and scar management in detail. It provides comprehensive reconstruction guidelines organized by anatomic region (e.g. face, hands, ...) as well as future trends and prospects in burn reconstruction, such as allotransplantation and bionics. Please also have a look at the volume "Handbook of Burns Volume 1 - Acute Burn Care 2nd edition".

    Contents:
    Intro
    Preface
    Contents
    Part I: Psychological Aspects and Long Time Consequences
    1: Acute Stress Disorder and Post-traumatic Stress Disorder in Individuals Suffering from Burn Injury
    1.1 Introduction
    1.2 Definition and Symptoms
    1.3 Prevalence
    1.3.1 ASD
    1.3.2 PTSD
    1.4 Comorbidity
    1.5 Risk Factors for the Development of Post-traumatic Stress
    1.6 Assessment
    1.6.1 ASD
    1.6.2 PTSD
    1.6.3 Assessment Considerations
    1.6.3.1 Mental Status and Delirium
    1.6.3.2 Pain
    1.6.3.3 Time
    1.7 Treatment
    1.7.1 Initial Intervention 1.7.2 Cognitive-Behavioral Therapies
    1.7.3 Other Psychosocial Interventions
    1.7.4 Medication
    1.8 Post-traumatic Growth
    1.9 Summary and Conclusions
    References
    2: Long-Term Outcomes Following Burn Injuries
    2.1 Introduction
    2.2 The Biopsychosocial Model of Recovery
    2.2.1 Pre-burn Emotional and Physical Health
    2.2.2 Injury Characteristics
    2.2.3 Coping
    2.2.4 Emotional Distress
    2.2.5 Post-traumatic Stress Disorder
    2.2.6 Depression
    2.2.7 Pain
    2.2.8 Nonpharmacological Chronic Burn Pain Management
    2.2.9 Sleep
    2.2.10 Pruritus 2.2.11 Body Image
    2.2.12 Return to Work
    2.2.13 Return to School
    2.3 Summary
    References
    Part II: Skin Architecture and Burn Wound Healing
    3: Skin Architecture and Function
    3.1 Skin Structure
    3.2 Epidermis
    3.3 Dermis
    3.4 Hypodermis (Subcutaneous Fat, Panniculus Adiposus)
    3.5 Skin (Stem) Cells: A Promising Source for Tissue Engineering and Regenerative Medicine?
    3.6 Keratinocytes: Immune Competent Epithelial Cells
    3.7 Melanocytes: Pigment Cells with Immune Properties
    3.8 Merkel Cells: Essential for Light-Touch Responses 3.9 Dendritic Cells: Key Regulators of the Immune Response
    3.10 Langerhans Cells: Required for Induction of Immunity and/or Tolerance?
    3.11 Dermal Dendritic Cell Subsets: Possessors of Diverse Functions
    3.12 Resident Skin T Cells: Important Mediators of Skin Homeostasis and Pathology
    3.13 Dermal-Epidermal Junction: Laden with Multiple Functions
    References
    4: Burn Wound Healing: Pathophysiology
    4.1 Introduction
    4.2 Local Biological Events Occurring After Burns
    4.2.1 Inflammation
    4.2.2 Edema
    4.2.3 Burn Wound Conversion 4.3 Evolution of the Burn Wound and Local Consequences of Burns
    4.4 General Factors Influencing the Burn Wound Evolution
    4.4.1 Types of Burns
    4.4.2 The Systemic Response to Local Burns
    4.4.3 Influence of Immediate Care on Burn Wounds
    4.4.4 Pathophysiological Consequences of Choice of Strategies Concerning Burn Wound Healing
    4.5 Conclusion
    References
    Part III: Scar Assessment, Treatment and Rehabilitation
    5: Scar Assessment
    5.1 Scar Assessment Tools
    5.2 Scar Features
    5.2.1 Clinimetrical Principles
    5.3 Subjective Scar Assessment Scales
    Digital Access Springer 2020
  • Digital
    Michael Feuerstein, Larissa Nekhlyudov, editors.
    Contents:
    Cancer Survivorship: A Bird's Eye View from an Insider a Decade Later
    Epidemiology
    Adaptation
    Quality Care
    Disparities
    Aging
    Financial Hardship
    Fatigue
    Distress
    Pain
    Cognitive Dysfunction
    Work
    Sleep
    Interpersonal Relationships
    Physical Activity
    Nutrition and Weight
    Smoking
    Primary Care
    Comprehensive Health Care
    International Perspectives
    Lessons Learned and Challenges Ahead. .
    Digital Access Springer 2018
  • Digital
    Vamsidhar Velcheti, Salman R Punekar.
    Digital Access
    Provider
    Version
    ScienceDirect
    ClinicalKey
  • Digital
    Zhaoshen Li, Zhuan Liao, Mark McAlindon, editors.
    Contents:
    The history of wireless capsule endoscopy
    The current main types of capsule endoscopy
    Small bowel capsule endoscopy
    Esophageal capsule endoscopy
    Colon capsule endoscopy
    Non-imaging capsule endoscopy
    Capsule endoscopy in pediatrics
    Comparison of capsule endoscopy and device assisted enteroscopy
    Future development of capsule endoscopy
    Case presentations.
    Digital Access Springer 2014
  • Print
    by Dr. Viktor Fischl ... and Prof. Dr. Hans Schlossberger ... ; English translation from the German [by] A.S. Schwartzman ...
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Stored offsite. Please request print.
    U663 .F52s
    1
  • Digital
    edited by Jeffrey R. Starke and Peter R. Donald.
    Contents:
    A brief history of childhood tuberculosis / Peter R. Donald
    Microbiology and pathology of tuberculosis / Anne-Marie Demers, Andrew C. Whitelaw, Kathleen D. Eisenach
    Immunology of tuberculosis / Beate Kampmann, Elizabeth Whittaker
    Natural history of childhood tuberculosis / Ben J. Marais
    Global epidemiology of childhood tuberculosis / Charalambos Sismanidis, Philille Glaziou, Malgosia Grzemska, Katherine Floyd, Mario Raviglione
    Diagnosis of tuberculosis infection in children / Anna M. Mandalakas, Andrew DiNardo
    Microbiologic diagnosis of tuberculosis disease in children / Mark P. Nicol, Heather J. Zar
    Radiology of childhood tuberculosis / Savvas Andronikou, Tracy Kilborn
    Diagnosis of intrathoracic tuberculosis / Carlos M. Perez-Velez
    Diagnosis of the most common forms of extrathoracic tuberculosis in children / H. Simon Schaaf, Anthony J. Garcia-Prats
    Central nervous system tuberculosis in children / Ronald van Toorn
    Tuberculosis in adolescents / Andrea T. Cruz
    Tuberculosis in neonates and infants / Adrie Bekker
    Tuberculosis in HIV-infected and exposed infants, children, and adolescents / Helena Rabie, Mark F. Cotton
    Antituberculosis drugs in children / Helen McIlleron
    Treatment of tuberculosis infection in children / Amina Ahmed
    Management of drug-susceptible tuberculosis in children / Soumya Swaminathan, N Poorana Ganga Devi
    Management of drug-resistant tuberculosis in children / James Seddon
    Tuberculosis vaccines : the old and the new / Kim Connelly Smith, Ian M. Orme, Jeffrey R. Starke
    Mycobacterium bovis [non-BCG] in children / Jeffrey R. Starke
    Public health and programmatic issues for childhood tuberculosis / Jeffrey R. Starke
    The roadmap for childhood tuberculosis / Stephen M. Graham, Anne Detjen.
    Digital Access Oxford 2016
  • Digital
    Timothy P Hughes, David M Ross, Junia V Melo.
    Summary: This concise, clinically focused pocket handbook assembles and synthesizes the latest developments and trends in the diagnosis and treatment of CML and provides an authoritative and convenient summary of the latest progress in TKI trials, the molecular monitoring of CML responses, and the development of new therapies to overcome resistance and improve patient care. Chronic myeloid leukemia (CML) is a rare type of leukemia (1?2 per 100,000 people) but is the most common chronic myeloproliferative neoplasm. CML remains a key model for the improved understanding of the pathophysiology of a malignancy at a molecular level; CML was the first cancer to be associated with a recurring chromosome abnormality, which generates the Philadelphia (Ph) chromosome and its associated fusion gene BCR-ABL1. The clinical outcome for patients with CML has changed dramatically in the past 15 years and this has been due to the development of tyrosine kinase inhibitors (TKIs), compounds that inhibit the activity of the oncogenic BCR-ABL1 protein. A number of first-, second- and third-generation TKIs are now available for the treatment of CML, although a number of treatment challenges remain, not least the development of treatment-resistant CML. Parallel to the development of specific drugs for treating CML, major advances have been made in the field of disease monitoring and standardization of response criteria.

    Contents:
    Epidemiology and risk factors.- Pathophysiology.-Diagnosis
    Management of patients with CML
    Challenges of treatment: treatment-resistant CML
    Useful resources for your patients and caregivers.
    Digital Access Springer 2014
  • Digital
    senior editor, Richard M. Pino ; associate editors, Meredith A. Albrecht, Edward A. Bittner, Hovig V. Chitilian, Wilton C. Levine, Susan A. Vassallo.
    Digital Access
    Provider
    Version
    Ovid
    LWW Health Library
  • Digital
    Xue-Hong Wan, Rui Zeng, editors.
    Summary: The book covers basic theories, basic knowledge and basic skills on clinical diagnosis, basic requirements for doctors' ethical conduct, clinical reasoning and documentation of medical records during the process of making a diagnosis. It consists of seven chapters. Part 1 'Symptoms' explains the causes, mechanism, clinical manifestations and history taking of symptoms of every system, underling the process in which students familiarize themselves with clinical manifestations and learn history taking. Part 2 'History Taking' focuses on the significance, content, methods and techniques of history taking and introduces special approaches for history taking under unusual conditions. Part 3 'Physical Examination' illustrates the importance and basic procedures of physical examination, content and methods used to examine organs and systems, and signs and their clinical significance. This chapter also discusses basic requirements and content for both general physical examination and specific physical examination. Part 4 'Supplementary Examination' introduces commonly used clinical supplementary examination procedures including electronic cardiography (ECG), blood gases and acid-base balance and endoscopy. Part 5 'Common Clinical Diagnosis Techniques' details indications, contraindications and operation essentials of common diagnosis and operation skills such as thoracentesis, abdominal paracentesis, lumbar puncture and bone marrow puncture. Part 6 'Diagnostic Process and Clinical Reasoning' emphasizes professionalism in the process of diagnosis and explains diagnostic procedures and basic principles and approaches of clinical reasoning. A vocabulary index is included for easy reference at the end of the book. This book is compiled by authors of 14 Chinese medical schools and universities, whose years of experience in clinical diagnostics, rich overseas learning and working experiences. This book is included in the first round of English textbooks series for clinical medicine major of China's higher medical colleges; and is among "13th Five-Year" planning textbooks of National Health Commission of the People's Republic of China. It is a co-publication book with People's Medical Publishing House (PMPH).

    Contents:
    Fever
    Headache
    Edema
    Obesity
    Emaciation.-Anemia
    Mucocutaneous hemorrhage
    Cough and expectoration
    Hemoptysis
    Chest pain
    Dyspnea
    Cyanosis
    Palpitation
    Nausea and vomiting
    Dysphagia
    Dispepsia
    Abdominal pain
    Hematemesis
    Hematochezia
    Diarrhea
    Constipation
    Jaundice
    Hematuria
    Frequency,urgency and dysuria
    Oliguria, anuria, polyuria
    Urinary incontinence
    Dysuria
    Low back pain
    Arthralgia
    Vertigo
    Syncope
    Tic and convulsion
    Disturbance of consciousness
    Affective disorders.
    Digital Access Springer 2020
  • Digital
    Minzhong Yu, Donnell Creel, Alessandro Iannaccone, editors.
    Summary: This book provides an analytical and thorough review of clinical electrophysiology of vision, and the progress made in the field in the past decade. Handbook of Clinical Electrophysiology of Vision is designed to aid the readers in understanding the types of electrophysiologic tests that should be used in specific diseases, how to explain the results of these exams, and how to perform the tests of clinical electrophysiology of vision. Concise in format, the Handbook of Clinical Electrophysiology of Vision is divided into two sections that discuss a wide range of relevant topics, such as technology of electroretinography, electrooculography, visual evoked potential, characteristics of electroretinography in retinal diseases, and the characteristics of optic nerve diseases. Part one begins with a discussion on the basic theory of electrophysiology of vision, illustrating physiologic sources of electrophysiological responses, the techniques of the recording, and analysis of electrophysiologic signals. Part two then dives into the clinical application of electrophysiology of vision, and subsequently summarizes the characteristics of the electrophysiological signals in a number of disorders of retina and optic nerve. Written by experts in the field, Handbook of Clinical Electrophysiology of Vision is an invaluable resource for ophthalmologists, optometrists, electrophysiologists, residents, fellows, researchers, technicians and students in ophthalmology, optometry and vision science.

    Contents:
    Intro
    Preface
    Contents
    Contributors
    Part I: Basic Theory of Electrophysiology of Vision
    Chapter 1: Electroretinography
    Components of ERG
    Types of ERG
    Full-Field ERG
    Dark-Adapted Rod-Driven Scotopic and Mixed Flash ERGs
    Light-Adapted Cone-Driven ERG
    Pattern ERG
    Multifocal ERG
    Focal Flash ERG
    Electrodes, Stimulation, and Recording Methods
    ERG Electrodes
    Stimulation
    Recording Method
    Dilation, Dark Adaptation, and Topical Anesthesia
    Testing Infants
    Advanced Analysis of ERG Data
    Intensity-Response Function of ERG B-Wave Kearns-Sayre Syndrome
    Neuropathy-Ataxia-Retinitis Pigmentosa Syndrome
    Maternally Inherited Diabetes and Deafness Syndrome
    Obesity Syndromes
    Bardet-Biedl Syndrome
    Alström Syndrome
    Cohen Syndrome
    Other Syndromes
    Cockayne Syndrome
    Alagille Syndrome (Arteriohepatic Dysplasia)
    Senior-Loken Syndrome
    Joubert Syndrome
    Metabolic Disorders
    Abetalipoproteinemia (Bassen-Kornzweig Syndrome)
    Neuronal Ceroid Lipofuscinoses (Batten's Disease)
    Mucopolysaccharidosis
    References
    Chapter 8: Characteristics of Visual Electrophysiology in Inflammatory Disorders Night-Blinding Disorders (Fig. 4.1)
    Congenital Stationary Night Blindness
    Oguchi Disease
    Fundus Albipunctatus
    Photophobia Disorders
    Achromatopsia (ACHM) and Blue Cone Monochromatism (BCM)
    Phenotypes Associated with Mutations in the Paired Box 6 Gene
    References
    Chapter 5: Macular Dystrophies
    Stargardt's Disease/Fundus Flavimaculatus
    X-Linked Retinoschisis
    Vitelliform Macular Dystrophy (Best's Disease)
    Pattern Dystrophies/Macular Pattern Dystrophy (MPD)
    Doyne's Honeycomb Macular Dystrophy (Malattia Leventinese)
    Occult Macular Dystrophy North Carolina Macular Dystrophy (NCMD)
    References
    Chapter 6: Degenerative Night-Blinding Disorders and Cone and Cone-Rod Dystrophies
    Retinitis Pigmentosa
    Leber's Congenital Amaurosis/EORP/SECORD
    Enhanced S-Cone Syndrome
    Choroideremia
    Gyrate Atrophy of Choroid and Retina
    Late-Onset Retinal Degeneration (L-ORD)
    Bietti's Crystalline Dystrophy
    Cone Dystrophies
    Cone-Rod Dystrophies
    References
    Chapter 7: Syndromic Disorders
    Hearing Loss Syndromes
    Usher Syndrome
    Refsum Disease
    Wolfram Syndrome (DIDMOAD)
    Mitochondrial Diseases Oscillatory Potentials (OPs) Analysis
    References
    Chapter 2: Visually Evoked Potentials
    Origins of VEP Components
    Electrode Placement
    Amplifier and Analysis
    Types of VEP
    Steady-State and Transient VEP
    Flash and Pattern VEP
    Multifocal VEP
    Clinical Protocol
    References
    Chapter 3: Electrooculography
    Origin of EOG
    Placement of Recording Electrodes, Parameters of Amplifier, and Stimulation
    Recording Procedure
    References
    Part II: Clinical Application of Electrophysiology of Vision
    Chapter 4: Congenital Non-Degenerative Retinal Diseases
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Digital/Print
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Books: General Collection (Downstairs)
    RC332 .H3
    95
  • Digital/Print
    Daube, Jasper R.; Mauguière, François.
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Books: General Collection (Downstairs)
    RC386.6.E43 H23
    2
  • Digital
    Ronald L. Hickman, Jr., PhD, RN, ACNP-BC, FNAP, FAAN, Celeste M. Alfes, DNP, MSN, RN, CNE, CHSE-A, Joyce J. Fitzpatrick, PhD, MBA, RN, FAAN, FNAP, editors.
    Summary: "Designed for recently graduated RNs and nurses transitioning to a new clinical area, this extensive clinical reference is the best resource to provide essential information on the critical care and emergency care specialty areas. Concise and practical entries provide fundamental coverage of the most common clinical problems and issues encountered in nursing practice today. Alphabetized for easy access, each entry includes a definition and description of the clinical problem; etiology; clinical aspects, such as assessment, nursing interventions, management, and implications; and outcomes. Each entry focuses on the role of the nurse throughout the treatment process, and discusses the role of other health care providers with a focus on multidisciplinary treatment. Handbook of Clinical Nursing: Critical and Emergency Care Nursing will be of value to nursing faculty, undergraduate and graduate-level nurses, and nursing students at all levels."--Back cover.
    Digital Access R2Library 2018
    Limited to 1 simultaneous user
  • Digital
    Celeste M. Alfes, DNP, MSN, RN, CNE, CHSE-A, Ronald L. Hickman, Jr., PhD, RN, ACNP-BC, FNAP, FAAN, Joyce J. Fitzpatrick, PhD, MBA, RN, FAAN, FNAP, editors.
    Digital Access R2Library 2018
    Limited to 1 simultaneous user
  • Digital
    edited by Connie Watkins Bales, Julie L. Locher, Edward Saltzman.
    Summary: This is the new and fully revised third edition of the well-received text that is the benchmark book in the field of nutrition and aging. The editors (specialists in geriatric nutrition, medical sociology, and clinical nutrition, respectively) and contributors (a panel of recognized academic nutritionists, geriatricians, clinicians, and other scientists) have added a number of new chapters and have thoroughly updated the widely acclaimed second edition. This third edition provides fresh perspectives and the latest scientific and clinical developments on the interaction of nutrition with age-associated disease and provides practical, evidence-based options to enhance this at-risk population?s potential for optimal health and disease prevention. Chapters on a wide range of topics, such as the role of nutrition in physical and cognitive function, and coverage of an array of clinical conditions (obesity, diabetes, heart failure, cancer, kidney disease, osteoporosis), compliment chapters on food insecurity, anti-aging and nutritional supplements, making this third edition uniquely different from previous editions. Handbook of Clinical Nutrition and Aging, Third Edition, is a practical and comprehensive resource and an invaluable guide to nutritionists, physicians, nurses, social workers and others who provide health care for the ever-increasing aging population.

    Contents:
    Part I. Overarching Issues for Nutritional Well-Being in Later Life
    1. Nutrition Interventions for Aging Populations
    2. Systematic Reviews in the Field of Nutrition
    3. Nutrition Assessment
    Part II. Fundamentals of Nutrition and Geriatric Syndromes
    4. Nutrition and the Aging Eye
    5. Nutrition and Oral Health: A Two-Way Relationship
    6. Loss of Muscle Mass and Muscle Strength in Obese and Non-Obese Older Adults
    7. Muscle Metabolism, Nutrition, and Functional Status in Older Adults
    8. Nutrition in the Prevention and Treatment of Cognitive Decline
    9. Food Insecurity and Hunger Among Older Adults
    Part III. Common Clinical Conditions
    10. Obesity in Older Adults and Strategies for Weight Management
    11. Nutrition and Lifestyle Change in Older Adults with Diabetes Mellitus and Metabolic Syndrome
    12. Preventive Cardiology: Counseling Older At-Risk Adults on Nutrition
    13. Chronic Heart Failure
    14. The Relationship of Nutrition and Pressure Ulcers
    15. Nutrition Support in Solid Tumor Cancer Patients
    16. Nutrition and Chronic Kidney Disease
    17. Nutritional Concerns in Osteoporosis
    18. Dementia-related Mealtime Difficulties: Assessment and Management in the Long-Term Care Setting
    19. Nutrition at the End of Life
    Part IV. Contemporary Diet-Focused Concerns
    20. Anti-Aging Effects of Nutritional Modification: The State of the Science on Calorie Restriction
    21. High-Risk Nutrients in the Aging Population
    22. Physical Activity and Exercise: Important Complements to Nutrition in Older Adults
    23. Dietary Supplements in Older Adults.
    Digital Access Springer 2015
  • Digital
    edited by Christine M. Hunter, Christopher L. Hunter, Rodger Kessler.
    Summary: Growing recognition of the role of behavioral health in overall health, the rise of health psychology, the trend toward interdisciplinary medicine--any number of factors have made clinical psychology an integral part of integrative care. Its applicability to the range of specialties, populations, and levels of care adds to its increasing necessity in diverse healthcare settings. The Handbook of Clinical Psychology in Medical Settings emphasizes evidence-based care and practical strategies for hands-on work with patients while illuminating the unique aspects of the practice of psychology within medical settings. Skills are examined in depth for more effective work with patients, more efficient teamwork with colleagues, and better functioning within medical settings, whether readers are involved in primary, secondary, or tertiary care or prevention. Chapters also focus on ethical, legal, and financial issues, as well as changes needed in training programs to ensure that the field keeps up with the evolution of care systems and service delivery. Included in the Handbook 's forward-looking coverage: Psychology and population health. Core competencies for success in medical settings. Evidence-based practice--and practice-based evidence. Marketing health psychology, both within and outside the medical setting. Competency for diverse populations. Plus chapters devoted to specific specialties and settings, from cardiology to women's health. Comprehensive yet highly readable, the Handbook of Clinical Psychology in Medical Settings is a practice-building resource for health psychologists, clinical psychologists, and primary care physicians.

    Contents:
    Psychology and Population Health Management
    A History of Clinical Psychology in Medical Settings
    Preparing the Next Generation for Integrated Care in Medical Settings: Training in Primary Care as a Foundation
    Core Competencies for Psychologists: How to Succeed in Medical Settings
    Ethics and the Law
    Evidence-Based Practice: Concepts and Techniques for Translating Research into Practice
    Marketing Health Psychology
    Balancing Value and Cost
    The Practice of Psychology in Medical Settings: Financially Sustainable Models
    Competency for Diverse Populations
    Working in Pediatrics
    Psychological Problems at Late Life: Holistic Care with Treatment Modules
    Practice in a Rural Setting
    Clinical Psychologists in Primary Care Settings
    Women's Health: Obstetrics and Gynecology
    The Hospital-Based Consultation and Liaison Service
    Endocrinology
    Gastrointestinal Conditions
    Cardiovascular Disease
    Chronic Pulmonary Diseases Across the Life Span
    Primary Insomnia and Sleep Apnea in Pediatric and Adult Populations
    Managing Chronic Pain in Primary Care
    Evidence-Based Practice in Clinical Behavioral Oncology
    Physical Rehabilitation Programs
    Neurology and Neuropsychology
    Preoperative Mental Health Evaluations
    Behavioral Dentistry
    Conclusion: Final Thoughts from the Editors.
    Digital Access Springer 2014
  • Digital
    Somnath Mookherjee, Ellen M. Cosgrove, editors.
    Contents:
    Introduction
    How to become a learner-centered teacher
    How to optimize teaching by using observation and feedback
    How to use learning preferences to optimize teaching effectiveness
    How to effectively teach millennials: understanding intergenerational factors
    How to use reflective and deliberate practice to maximize learning
    How to use teaching scripts to make teaching more effective and efficient
    How to give a great PowerPoint presentation
    How to give a great "chalk talk"
    How to teach at the bedside
    How to teach beginning students in the clinical setting
    How to teach medical students in an ambulatory clinic
    How to teach in free clinics: brief encounters with learners and patients in vulnerable communities
    How to teach students on an inpatient clerkship
    How to use Entrustable Professional Activities to evaluate and teach physician trainees
    How to teach in the emergency department
    How to teach in the operating room
    How to teach procedures
    How to teach quality improvement and patient safety
    How to teach fundamental communication skills
    How to teach clinical reasoning
    How to teach communication skills for palliative care conversations
    How to teach error disclosure to students and residents
    How to remediate learners on a short clinical rotation: getting the learner back on track
    How to give difficult feedback
    How to teach physical examination
    How to teach interprofessional learners.
    Digital Access Springer 2016
  • Digital
    edited by Jane A. Soxman.
    Summary: "The Second Edition of the Handbook of Clinical Techniques in Pediatric Dentistry features updated and expanded information on pediatric clinical dentistry, including eight new chapters written by educators with special interest in each topic. Since publication of the first edition, non-invasive treatment is at the forefront of pediatric dental care, and the new edition reflects this, with multiple options and techniques for non-invasive treatment. The book is filled with photographs for improved understanding and guidance through the procedures described. The book is an easy-to-read guide to clinical pediatric dentistry with practical evidence-based information for dental students, assistants, hygienists, residents in both general dentistry and specialty training, and general and pediatric dentists. Handbook of Clinical Techniques in Pediatric Dentistry is a valuable resource for assuring excellence in care for our youngest patients"-- Provided by publisher.

    Contents:
    Noninvasive and Minimally Invasive Treatment of Dental Caries / Jane A. Soxman, Jeanette MacLean, and Christel M. Haberland
    Sealants / Jane A. Soxman and Patrice Barsamian Wunsch
    Local Anesthesia for the Pediatric Patient / Janice A. Townsend, Jane A. Soxman, and Stanley F. Malamed
    Primary Incisor Restoration / Ari Kupietzky
    Primary Molar Adhesive Tooth Restoration / Constance M. Killian and Theodore P. Croll
    Vital Pulp Therapy for Primary Molars / Jane A. Soxman
    Pulpectomy for Primary Teeth / James A. Coll
    Full-Coverage Restoration of Primary Molars / Jane A. Soxman, Ehsan N. Azadani, and Paul S. Casamassimo
    Indirect Pulp Therapy for Young Permanent Molars / Patrice Barsamian Wunsch
    Direct Pulp Therapy for Young Permanent Molars / Patrice Barsamian Wunsch
    Diagnosis and Management of Molar-Incisor Hypomineralization / J. Timothy Wright
    Management of Esthetic Concerns / Elizabeth S. Gosnell, Roshan V. Patel, J. Timothy Wright, and S. Thikkurissy
    Extraction of Primary Dentition / Jane A. Soxman
    Traumatic Injury to the Primary Incisors / Patrice Barsamian Wunsch
    Pulpal Treatment in Young Permanent Incisors Following Traumatic Injuries / Joe H. Camp
    Reattachment of Permanent Incisor Enamel Fragments / Jane A. Soxman
    Ectopic Eruption of Maxillary First Permanent Molar / Ari Kupietzky and Jane A. Soxman
    Ectopic Eruption of Maxillary Permanent Canines / Jane A. Soxman
    Infraocclusion of Mandibular Primary Molars / Jane A. Soxman
    Space Maintenance / Jane A. Soxman
    Interceptive Orthodontic Treatment in the Mixed Dentition / Jane A. Soxman
    Non-nutritive Sucking and Parafunctional Habits / Jane A. Soxman
    Behavior Guidance / Jane A. Soxman and Janice A. Townsend
    Caries Risk Assessment / Christel M. Haberland
    Clinical Examination of the Infant / Jane A. Soxman and S. Thikkurissy
    Clinical Examination of the Patient with Special Healthcare Needs / S. Thikkurissy, Giulia M. Castrigano, and AnnMarie Matusak
    Sleep Disordered Breathing in Children / Cristina V. Perez
    Pediatric Oral Medicine / Christel M. Haberland.
    Digital Access Wiley 2021
  • Digital
    edited by Steven S. Coughlin, Selina A. Smith, Maria E. Fernandez.
    Contents:
    Overview of community-based participatory research / Steven S. Coughlin, Selina A. Smith, Maria E. Fernandez
    Community-based participatory research study approaches along a continuum of community-engaged research / Steven S. Coughlin, Wonsuk Yoo
    Research methods and community-based participatory research : challenges and opportunities / Carl Kendall, Annie L. Nguyen, Jennifer Glick, David Seal
    The use of GIS/GPS and spatial analyses in community-based participatory research / Tonny J. Oyana
    Ethical issues in community-based participatory research studies / Steven S. Coughlin, Leland K. Ackerson
    Participatory research studies in faith-based settings / Heather Kitzman-Ulrich, Cheryl L. Holt
    Special issues in conducting community-based participatory research studies with ethnic and racial minorities / Maria E. Fernandez [and 5 others]
    Community-based participatory research studies involving immigrants / Lisa M. Vaughn, Farrah Jacquez
    Applying a community-based participatory research approach to address determinants of cardiovascular disease and diabetes mellitus in an urban setting / Tobia Henry Akintobi [and 10 others]
    Community-based participatory research addressing infant mortality / Steven S. Coughlin, Selina A. Smith
    Clorectal cancer disparities and community-based participatory research / Selina A. Smith, Benjamin E. Ansa, Daniel S. Blumenthal
    Community-based participatory research studies on breast and cervical cancer screening / Steven S. Coughlin, Emily Youngblom, Deborah J. Bowen
    Overview of community-based participatory research in environmental health / Stephani S. Kim, Erin N. Haynes
    Community-based participatory research studies on interpersonal violence : ending the cycle of poverty and violence / Steven S. Coughlin
    Using community-based participatory research approaches in HIV : three case studies / Mara Bird [and 8 others]
    Engaging communities in translational research / Steven S. Coughlin, Carolyn M. Jenkins
    Summary and conclusions / Steven S. Coughlin.
    Digital Access Oxford 2017
  • Digital
    Rhonda Phillips, Cecilia Wong, editors.
    Summary: This Handbook brings together foundational and leading-edge research exploring dimensions of improving quality of life in communities of place. Social indicators and other assessment techniques will be explored, including from the framework of community perspectives which is concerned with enhancing quality of life for community members. As part of this trans-disciplinary work, participation, engagement, and empowerment will be key concepts presented. Along with capacity building and service provision, these elements influence community well-being and will be considered along with subjective and objective assessment approaches. Researchers from around the globe share their work on this important topic of community well-being, bringing together a diverse array of disciplinary perspectives. Those working in the areas of public policy, community development, community and social psychology, urban and regional planning, and sustainable development will find this volume particularly useful for the array of approaches presented.

    Contents:
    Part I. Foundations
    Chapter 1. Community Functioning that Fosters Sustainable Personal Well Being, Ronald E. Anderson
    Chapter 2. Self-Expression and Elite-Challenging Activities: A Punk Rock Approach to Community Well- Being; Craig Talmage, C. Bjorn Peterson and Richard Knopf
    Chapter 3. The ART of Hope: Healing the Wounded City; Derek Cook
    Chapter 4. A Multi-Dimensional Model of Community Well-being from a Public Service Delivery Perspective
    Chapter 5. Sustainable Neighborhoods for Happiness: A Framework for a Sustainable Future; Scott Cloutier and Deirdre Pfeiffer
    Part II. Engaging and Participating for Well-Being
    Chapter 6. Community-University Engagement for Community Well-Being with Métis Settlements in Alberta, Canada; Fay Fletcher, Alice Hibbert and Brent Hammer
    Chapter 7. Achieving Development and Community Well-being through Participatory Governance: The Case of Saemaul [New Community] Movement; Seung Jong Lee, Seoul National University, and Yunji Kim
    Chapter 8. A Citizen-Led Approach to Enhancing Community Well-Being; Sylvia Cheuy, Tamarack, Leesa Fawcett, Karen Hutchinson and Tracey Robertson
    Chapter 9. Digital Communications and Community Well-being; Claire Wallace and Kathryn Vincent
    Chapter 10. Festivity, Play, Well-Being: A Relationship and its Implications for Community Development; Vern Biaett
    Part III. The "Health" of Well-Being
    Chapter 11. What We Can Learn from America's Highest Well-Being Communities; Dan Witters
    Chapter 12. Public Health and Urban Planning: Challenging Options for Well-Being; Sabine Baumgart
    Chapter 13. Community-Driven Health Impact Assessment and Asset Based Community Development: An Innovative Path to Community Well-Being; Colleen Cameron and Tanya Wasacase
    Chapter 14. The Human Development Approach Stimulates a Fact-Based Conversation in Sonoma County, California; Sarah Burd-Sharps, Patrick Nolan Guyer and Kristen Lewis
    Chapter 15. Community Capacity in End of Life Care: Can a Community Development Model Address Suffering and Enhance Well-Being?; Kyle Whitfield and Martin LaBrie
    Part IV. Planning, Design, and Measuring
    Chapter 16. From National to Local: Measuring Well-Being at the Community Level; Bryan Smale and Margo Hilbrecht
    Chapter 17. Building Well-Being: Community Flourishing and Tools for Collaborative Urban Design; Jamie Anderson and Cathy Baldwin
    Chapter 18. Stakeholder Preferences on a Working Waterfront: Quality of Life, Land Uses and Planning Processes in Chelsea, Massachusetts; Justin Hollander and Jessica Soule
    Chapter 19. LISADEMAS: A Life Satisfaction Decision Making System for Integrated Community Development Planning; Vaios Kotsios
    Chapter 20. A Geographic and Mixed Methods Approach to Capture Unequal Quality of Life Conditions; Javier Martinez, Jeroen Verplanke and Gianluca Miscione
    Chapter 21. Community Quality-of-Life Indicators: Distinguishing Distressed Communities from Flourishing Communities; M. Joseph Sirgy, Don R. Rahtz, and Clifford J. Shultz II
    Chapter 22. Integrating Community Well-being and Happiness: Applications in Seoul, Korea and Frankfurt, Germany; Yunji Kim and Kai Ludwigs
    Chapter 23. Delivering Community Well-Being from the Happy City Concept: A Practical Approach to Urban Planning and Design; Tzu-Yuan Stessa Chao with students at the Department of Urban Planning (Shao-Kuan Liu, Balint Kalman, Hsin-Chieh Cindy Lu, Miaoqi Cai)
    Part V. Community Concepts and Applications
    Chapter 24. The Role of Community Based Organizations in Poverty Reduction and Improving Community Well-being: The Case of the Saemaul Women's Club; Oe-Chool Choi
    Chapter 25. Material and Sociocultural Disconnections: Perceptions of Well-Being in Rural Wales; Paul Milbourne and Brian Webb
    Chapter 26. The Role of Spirituality and Religion in Building Capacity for Women's Leadership in Crisis Conditions: A Community Level Analysis of Burma; Phyusin Myint
    Chapter 27. The Decisive Contribution of Youth to Community Well-Being; Ilya Shodjaee-Zrudlo and Hoda Farahmandpour
    Chapter 28. Community Well-being and National Well-being: The Opinion of Young People; Graciela Tonon
    Chapter 29. Understanding the Success of Alberta's Early Child Development Community Coalitions; Samantha Berger and Launa Clark
    Chapter 30. The Green Machine Mobile Food Market: An Innovative Response to Inner City Food Security, Antonio Raciti and Kenneth M. Reardon
    Chapter 31. Is Living Wage Always a Burden for Employers? A Study of Living Wage Effects on Work Performance Indicators in Hamilton; Zhaocheng Zeng and Benson Honig.
    Limited to 1 simultaneous users
  • Digital
    Paula C. Brady.
    Contents:
    General Principles
    Part I: Emergency Care
    Pelvic Pain
    Vaginal Hemorrhage
    Ectopic Pregnancy
    Adnexal Torsion
    Pelvic Infections
    Spontaneous Abortions
    Sexual Assault
    Pediatric Gynecology
    Obstetrics in the Emergency Room
    Part II: Inpatient and Post-procedural Care
    Common Problems
    High Acuity Problems
    Laparoscopic Surgery
    Induced Abortions
    Gynecologic Oncology
    Urogynecology and Pelvic Reconstructive Surgery
    Reproductive Endocrinology and Infertility
    Patient Communications.
    Digital Access Springer 2016
  • Digital
    Hoyle Leigh and Jon Streltzer.
    Contents:
    Part I. General Principles and Approaches: Nature, Evolution, and Practice of Consultation-Liaison Psychiatry
    1.Consultation-Liaison Psychiatry and Psychosomatic Medicine
    2.The Functions of CL Psychiatry
    3.The Why and How of Psychiatric Consultation
    4.Common Reasons for Consultation and their Management
    5.Psychiatric Consultation in the Emergency Setting
    6.Interviewing in Consultation-Liaison Psychiatry
    7.Basic Foundations of Diagnosis, Psychiatric Diagnosis, and Final Common Pathway Syndromes
    8.Psychopharmacology in Consultation-liaison Psychiatry
    9.Integrative Care Model of Psychiatry in the Primary Care Setting
    10.Systems and Ethical Issues in CL Psychiatry: Hospital as a Social System, Sick Role & Doctor Role, Ethical & Legal Issues
    11.Cultural Aspects of Consultation-Liaison Psychiatry
    Part II. Syndromes, Disorders, and Treatment in Consultation-Liaison Psychiatry
    12.Delirium, Alcohol Intoxication and Withdrawal Syndromes
    13.Neurocognitive Disorders (Dementias)
    14.Anxiety and Anxiety Disorders
    15.Mood Syndromes : Bipolar and Related Disorders and Depressive Disorders
    16.Trauma and Stressor-Related Disorders I: Acute Stress Disorder, Posttraumatic Stress Disorder
    17.Trauma and Stressor-Related Disorders 2: Adjustment Disorders
    18. Dissociative Disorder
    19.Psychosis
    20. Substance Use Problems
    21.Somatic Symptom and Related Disorders (Psychological Factors Affecting Medical Condition, Conversion, Factitious Disorder)
    22.Chronic Pain
    23.Somatization, Hypochondriasis (Illness Anxiety Disorder), and Somatization Disorder
    24. Obsessive Compulsive and Related Disorders
    25.Patient?s Personality, Personality Types and Traits, and Disorders
    26.Acute Settings and Conditions: Intensive Care Unit, Heart Disease, Stroke, Seizures
    27. The Chronic Patient/Palliative Care Settings
    28.The Kidney Impaired Patient
    29. The Immune-Compromised Patients- HIV and Organ Transplantation
    30.The Liver Impaired Patient
    31.Obstetrics and Gynecology Patients: Menstrual Cycle, Pregnancy, and Postpartum-Related Psychiatric Disorders: Do Hormones Have a Role in Affective State?
    32.Children and Adolescents
    33.The Geriatric Patient
    34.Special Procedures: Intravenous Sedative Interviews, Hoover Test, Hypnosis, Waddell Test.
    Digital Access Springer 2015
  • Digital
    Donna Shoupe, editor.
    Summary: This book presents an up-to-date and comprehensive review of female contraception, offering an extensive overview of contraception types, including oral, injectable, emergency, and various cervical barrier contraceptives. It also discusses behavioral and sterilization methods of contraception as well as the clinical effectiveness, advantages, disadvantages, side effects, and mechanisms of action of each method. Now in its fully revised and expanded third edition, this text includes seven new chapters that address specific clinical issues that healthcare providers face daily. These issues include patients with medical problems, perimenopausal women, the adolescent population, post-pregnancy patients, patients with bleeding problems, fibroids or hyperplasia, obese patients and patients with acne or hirutism. There is also a new chapter dedicated to contraceptive methods that are currently in development. Each chapter reviews the correct use of the individual method, the most appropriate candidates, timing of initiation, red flag contraindications, risks and benefits, method of action, handling side effects, non-contraceptive benefits, switching methods and the CDC Medical Eligibility for the method. Importantly however, there is a new emphasis placed on standardized evidence-based practice recommendations incorporating the most recent US Selected Practice Recommendations and rationale as published by the US CDC. Written by experts in the field, The Handbook of Contraception, Third Edition, is a valuable resource for obstetricians, gynecologists, reproductive medicine specialists and primary care physicians.

    Contents:
    Part 1: Prescribing Contraceptive Methods
    Contraceptive Effectiveness
    Combination Oral Contraceptive Pills
    Progestin-Only Oral Contraceptives
    Transdermal Contraceptive Delivery Systems
    The Contraceptive Vaginal Ring
    Depot medroxyprogesterone acetate
    Implantable Contraception
    Intrauterine Contraception
    Barrier Contraceptives
    Emergency Contraception
    Female Tubal Sterilization
    Behavioral Methods of Contraception
    Male Permanent Contraception: Vasectomy
    Part 2: Evidence Based Practice Guidelines
    Choosing the Right Contraceptive
    Contraception for the Postpartum Period
    Contraception in Perimenopausal Patients
    Contraception in the Adolescent
    Controversies in Contraception.
    Digital Access Springer 2020
  • Digital
    Joseph Varon.
    Contents:
    Approach to the Intensive Care Unit (ICU)
    The Basics of Critical Care
    Cardiovascular Disorders
    Endocrinologic Disorders
    Environmental Disorders
    Gastrointestinal Disorders
    Hematologic Disorders
    Infectious Diseases
    Neurologic Disorders.;- Nutrition
    Critical Care Oncology
    Critical Care of the Pregnant Patient
    Pulmonary Disorders
    Renal and Fluid-Electrolyte Disorders
    Special Techniques
    Toxicology
    Trauma
    Allergic and Immunologic Emergencies
    Pharmacologic Agents Commonly Used in the ICU
    Common Laboratory Values in the ICU. .
    Digital Access Springer 2016
  • Digital
    Joseph Varon.
    Summary: The latest edition of this handbook is a concise yet comprehensive guide for attending physicians, fellows, residents, and students who cover the ICU. The chapters follow an outline format and are divided by organ system, including neurologic disorders and cardiovascular disorders, and special topics, such as environmental disorders, trauma, and toxicology. The handbook includes thoroughly updated chapters from the previous edition, alongside completely new content. Written by an authority in the field, the Handbook of Critical and Intensive Care Medicine, Fourth Edition is a valuable one-stop reference for every practitioner engaged in Critical Care Medicine across the world.

    Contents:
    Approach to the Intensive Care Unit
    The Basics of Critical Care
    Cardiovascular Disorders
    Endocrinologic Disorders
    Environmental Disorders
    Gastrointestinal Disorders
    Hematologic Disorders
    Infectious Diseases
    Neurologic Disorders
    Nutrition
    Critical Care Oncology
    Critical Care of the Pregnant Patient
    Pulmonary Disorders
    Renal and Fluid-Electrolyte Disorders
    Special Techniques
    Toxicology
    Trauma
    Allergic and Immunologic Emergencies
    Pharmacologic Agents Commonly Used in the ICU
    Common Laboratory Values in the ICU.
    Digital Access Springer 2021
  • Digital
    edited by José M. Causadias, Eva H. Telzer, Nancy A. Gonzales.
    Contents:
    Part I. General Issues in Culture and Biology Interplay
    Part II. Animal Culture
    Part III. Cultural Genomics
    Part IV. Cultural Neurobiology
    Part V. Cultural Neuroscience.
    Digital Access Wiley 2018
  • Digital
    Amy G. Filbrun, Thomas Lahiri, Clement L. Ren.
    Contents:
    Introduction and epidemiology of cystic fibrosis
    Pathophysiology of cystic fibrosis
    Clinical features and complications of cystic fibrosis
    Diagnosis of cystic fibrosis
    Monitoring and evaluation of patients with cystic fibrosis
    Treatment of cystic fibrosis.
    Digital Access Springer 2016
  • Digital
    Edward S Friedman, Ian M Anderson ; with contributions from Danilo Arnone, Timothey Denko.
    Summary: Depression is a common mood disorder that affects approximately 10% of the global population at some point in their lives and can cause serious psychological, physical, and cognitive distress. Additionally, patients with depression are at a greater risk for cardiovascular disease, stroke, functional impairment, disability and all-cause mortality. Aside from the impact on the individual, this condition presents a very real economic burden, as depression is the most predominant mental health problem among working-age patients and the leading cause of lost work productivity. Despite advances in screening and treating depression in recent decades, a vast majority of patients with depression do not actively seek treatment and, of those that do, only a quarter have been found to receive adequate and effective interventions. Handbook of Depression, Second Edition is a concise review of assessment tools, available and emerging pharmacological and non-pharmacological treatment options, and consensus management guidelines that center on enhancing the clinician-patient relationship and improving patient quality of life. Cowritten by expert US- and UK-based authors, this handbook has an innovative global focus that consolidates current knowledge in a convenient, pocket-sized guide that is ideal for every day reference in a clinical setting.

    Contents:
    Chapter 1 Classification, causes and epidemiology
    Chapter 2 Depression in different types of patients
    Chapter 3 Disgnosis
    Chapter 4 Principles of therapy
    Chapter 5 Medications
    Chapter 6 Other treatments
    Chapter 7 Management of treatment nonresponse
    Chapter 8 Continuation andmaintenance treatment..
    Digital Access Springer 2014
  • Digital
    Elizabeth Hale, Julie Karen, Perry Robins.
    Summary: The Handbook of Dermatologic Surgery incorporates the most cutting edge technology applicable to dermatologists and dermatologic surgeons today. Designed as a reference guide for dermatologic surgery and aesthetic procedures, it disseminates key scientific information in an easy-to-use pocket book. This handbook is designed to be readily transportable for dermatologists and dermatologic surgeons, as well as those in training, dermatology residents and fellows, and medical students rotating through dermatology.

    Contents:
    Surgical Anatomy
    Excisional and non-excisional surgery
    Advanced repairs
    Caosmetic dermatology: fillers, neurotoxins, and chemical peels
    Lasers and other technology
    Leg veins.
    Digital Access Springer 2014
  • Digital
    edited by William Slikker, Jr., Merle G. Paule, Cheng Wang.
    Summary: Handbook of Developmental Neurotoxicology, Second Edition, provides a comprehensive view of the fundamental aspects of neurodevelopment, the pathways and agents that affect them, relevant clinical syndromes, and risk assessment procedures for developmental neurotoxicants. The editors and chapter authors are internationally recognized experts whose collaboration heralds a remarkable advance in the field, bridging developmental neuroscience with the principles of neurotoxicology. The book features eight new chapters with newly recruited authors, making it an essential text for students and professionals in toxicology, neurotoxicology, developmental biology, pharmacology, and neuroscience.

    Contents:
    Part I. Cellular and molecular morphogenesis of the nervous system
    Part II: developmental neurobiology/toxicology
    Part III: Synaptogenesis and neurotransmission
    Part IV: Nutrient and chemical disposition
    Part V: Behavioral assessment
    Part VI: Clinical assessment and epidemiology
    Part VII: Specific neurotoxic syndromes
    Part VIII: Risk assessment.
    Digital Access ScienceDirect 2018
  • Digital
    Rudy Bilous, Richard Donnelly, Iskandar Idris.
    Summary: "For over 20 years, our Handbook of Diabetes has been the perfect practical companion to its parent Textbook of Diabetes, one of Wiley's key medical copyrights and widely considered the most clinically-focused diabetes reference book. Cheaper, more practical/accessible, and less scientifically dense than reference books, the Handbook of Diabetes is perfect reading for all health professionals with an interest in diabetes, especially doctors in speciality diabetes/endocrinology training, foundation level doctors, diabetes specialist nurses, and GPs. Its focus is clearly on the clinical aspects of the disease and in particular, how to best manage patients suffering from diabetes. As well is the strong emphasis on the clinical, readers love its visual look and high production standards. Clear and easy-to-navigate, it's packed full of case histories, key learning/practice points, landmark clinical trials and additional resources to consult in every chapter, and benefits from a well-designed and full colour interior throughout. To support the text, over 400 figures, including 300 beautifully drawn colour diagrams provide the reader with a visual element unmatched in other diabetes handbooks"-- Provided by publisher.

    Contents:
    Introduction to diabetes
    History of diabetes
    Diagnosis and classification of diabetes
    Public health aspects of diabetes
    Normal physiology of insulin secretion and action, and the incretin effect
    Epidemiology and aetiology of type 1 diabetes
    Epidemiology and aetiology of type 2 diabetes
    Other types of diabetes
    Diabetes control and its measurement
    Management of type 1 diabetes
    Management of type 2 diabetes
    Diabetic ketoacidosis, hyperglycaemic hyperosmolar state and lactic acidosis
    Hypoglycaemia
    Causes of complications
    Diabetic eye disease
    Diabetic nephropathy
    Diabetic neuropathy
    Blood lipid abnormalities
    Hypertension in diabetes
    Macrovascular disease in diabetes:
    Foot problems in diabetes
    Sexual problems in diabetes
    Gastrointestinal problems in diabetes
    Non-alcoholic liver disease (NAFLD)
    Diabetes and cancer
    Skin and connective tissue disorders in diabetes
    Psychological and psychiatric problems in diabetes
    Intercurrent situations that affect diabetes control
    Pregnancy and diabetes
    Diabetes in childhood and adolescence
    Diabetes in old age
    Diabetes and lifestyle
    Organization of diabetes care: integrating diabetes service
    Transplantation and stem cell therapy.
    Digital Access Wiley 2021
  • Digital
    editor, Yves Reznik.
    Summary: This book covers the main fields of diabetes management through applied technologies. The different chapters include insulin therapy through basic insulin injection therapy, external and implantable insulin pumps and the more recent approaches such as sensor augmented pumps and close-loop systems. Islet transplantation is also described through its technical aspects and clinical evaluation. Glucose measurement through blood glucose meters and continuous glucose monitoring systems are comprehensively explained. Educational tools including videogames and software dedicated to diabetes management are depicted. Lastly, Telemedicine systems devoted to data transmission, telemonitoring and decision support systems are described and their use for supporting health systems are summarized. This book will help professionals involved in diabetes management understanding the contribution of diabetes technologies for promoting the optimization of glucose control and monitoring. This volume will be helpful in current clinical practice for diabetes management and also beneficial to students.

    Contents:
    Introduction to Diabetes technologies
    Insulin injection and blood glucose meter systems
    Insulin pump devices
    Continuous glucose monitoring systems
    Implantable pumps
    Close loop systems
    Islets transplantation
    Software in diabetes
    Telemedicine in Diabetes
    Videogames in Diabetes.
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Digital
    edited by William E. Winter, Lori J. Sokoll, Brett Holmquist, Roger L. Bertholf.
    Contents:
    Maximizing the value of laboratory tests
    Laboratory investigation of disorders of the pituitary gland
    Thyroid disease and laboratory assessment
    Disorders of the adrenal gland
    Endocrine disorders of the reproductive system
    Gastroenteropancreatic neuroendocrine tumors
    Evaluation of hypoglycemia
    Evaluation of hyperglycemia
    Lipoproteins
    Disorders of calcium metabolism
    Laboratory evaluation of endocrine hypertension
    Malignancy-associated endocrine disorders
    Laboratory assessment of acquired immunodeficiency syndrome endocrinopathies
    Laboratory evaluation of short stature in children
    Pregnancy and the fetus
    Disorders of sexual development
    Transgender endocrinology
    The endocrinology of aging.
    Digital Access ClinicalKey 2020
  • Digital
    edited by John T. Daugirdas, Peter G. Blake, Todd S. Ing.
    Summary: "Handbook of Dialysis is now completely revised in its Fifth Edition. It continues to provides practical, accessible information on all aspects of dialysis with emphasis on day-to-day patient management. Authored by international experts, chapters provide complete coverage of hemodialysis, peritoneal dialysis, special problems in dialysis patients, and problems pertaining to various organ systems"--Provided by publisher.
    Digital Access Ovid 2015
  • Digital
    [edited by] Allen R. Nissenson, MD, Chief Medical Officer, DaVita Kidney Care, Emeritus Professor of Medicine, David Geffen School of Medicine at UCLA, Los Angeles, California, Richard N. Fine, MD, Professor of Pediatrics, Stony Brook Medicine, Stony Brook, New York.
    Digital Access ClinicalKey 2017
  • Digital
    [edited] by Allen R. Nissenson, Richard N. Fine, Rajnish Mehrotra, Joshua Zaritsky.
    Digital Access ClinicalKey 2023
  • Digital
    Henry G.W. Paw, Rob Shulman.
    Summary: Now in its sixth edition, the Handbook of Drugs in Intensive Care is the essential guide to using drugs safely and effectively in the intensive care setting. The book is split into two sections: an A-Z guide to the drugs available, and concise notes on the key topics and situations faced on a daily basis. The A-Z section provides succinct information on each drug including uses, limitations, administration directions and adverse effects. The second section details practice guidelines such as insulin therapy, Parkinson's disease therapy when nil-by-mouth and drug dosing in renal failure. This revised edition includes seventeen new drug monographs and covers several new topics, including blood glucose management. A colour chart showing drug compatibility for intravenous administration included at the back of the book. Presented in a concise, compact format, this book is an invaluable resource for doctors, nurses, pharmacists and other healthcare professionals caring for critically ill patients.

    Contents:
    Drugs: An A-Z Guide; Short Notes; Prescribing Using Generic or Brand Names; Routes of Administration; Loading Dose; Drug Metabolism; Enzyme Systems; Drug Excretion; Drug Tolerance; Drug Interactions; Therapeutic Drug Monitoring; Target Range of Concentration; Pharmacology in the Critically Ill; Body Weight; Guide To Ideal Tidal Volume: Protective Lung ventilation; Cardiopulmonary Resuscitation; Drugs in Advanced Life Support Management of Acute Major AnaphylaxisManagement of Acute Severe Hyperkalaemia; Management of Malignant Hyperthermia (MH); Sedation, Analgesia and Neuromuscular Blockade; Antiretroviral Drugs: Alternatives for Swallowing Difficulties; Management of Status Epilepticus; Prevention of Delirium Tremens and Alcohol Withdrawal Syndrome; Prevention of Wernicke-Korsakoff Syndrome; Anti-Arrhythmic Drugs; Inotropes and Vasopressors; Bronchospasm; Anti-Ulcer Drugs; Immunonutrition in the ICU; Corticosteroids; Bone Marrow Rescue Following Nitrous Oxide; Heparin-Induced Thrombocytopenia; NOAC/DOAC AntioxidantsGuidelines for Patients with Absent or Dysfunctional Spleen; Antimicrobial Drugs; Bacterial Gram Staining; Antibiotics: Sensitivities; Alterations to Drug Dosing in Renal Dysfunction and Haemo(dia)filtration; Chemical Pleurodesis of Malignant Pleural Effusion; Appendices; Appendix A Creatinine Clearance; Appendix B Weight Conversion (stones/lb to kg); Appendix C Body Mass Index (BMI) Calculator; Appendix D Lean Body Weight Charts; Appendix E Ideal Tidal Volume (ITV) 6 ml/kg Based on Height/Predicted Body Weight (PBW); Appendix F Estimated Height from Ulna Length Appendix G Infusion Rate/Dose CalculationAppendix H Drug Compatibility Chart;
    Appendix I Sodium Content of Oral Medications; Appendix J Drug Management of the Brain-Stem-Dead Donor; Appendix K Vancomycin by Continuous Infusion; Appendix L Child-Pugh Score; Appendix M Severe Sepsis Algorithm; Appendix N Insulin guidelines; Index; Colour Plates
    Digital Access Cambridge 2019
  • Digital
    Charles H. Kellner.
    Summary: The Handbook of ECT covers all aspects of contemporary electroconvulsive therapy (ECT) practice. This concise yet informed text provides medical practitioners with both the theoretical background and practical knowledge to guide them in the practice of ECT. The text is filled with 'clinical pearls' from an expert practitioner which will be of great use to both new and seasoned practitioners of ECT. Each chapter is comprehensively referenced with the latest ECT research and clinical literature. Topics covered include research on mechanisms of action, patient selection by diagnosis, pre-procedural medical and laboratory evaluation, patient preparation in the ECT suite, stimulus dosing strategies, ECT anesthesia, clinical decision making and continuation/maintenance treatment strategies. This book will be of particular value for practicing psychiatrists, psychiatric residents and medical students rotating in psychiatry.
    Digital Access Cambridge 2019
  • Digital
    Brit Long, Alex Koyfman, editors.
    Summary: This book provides emergency physicians with an easy-to-use guide for diagnosing and treating ophthalmologic conditions in the emergency department. Ophthalmologic complaints are very common, but many emergency physicians are not as confident as they would like to be when evaluating and managing these conditions. This book answers that need by giving step-by-step instructions on how to diagnose and treat common eye conditions, including glaucoma, infections, neuro-ophthalmologic conditions, and trauma. For each disorder, the book discusses presentation/symptoms, physical examination techniques, lab and imaging findings, differential diagnoses, treatment guidelines, and referral suggestions. The text is filled with images that clearly present these common ophthalmologic complaints and conditions and guide the emergency physician to an accurate and swift diagnosis. Handbook of Emergency Ophthalmology is an essential resource for emergency physicians, residents, medical students, nurses, and other healthcare workers who evaluate and manage patients with ophthalmologic conditions.
    Digital Access Springer 2018
  • Digital
    edited by Trygve O. Tollefsbol.
    Contents:
    Section I. Overview
    Section II. Molecular mechanisms of epigenetics
    Section III. Methods in epigenetics
    Section IV. Model organisms of epigenetics
    Section V. Factors influencing epigenetic changes
    Section VI. Evolutionary epigenetics
    Section VII. Epigenetic epidemiology
    Section VIII. Epigenetics and human disease
    Section IX. Epigenetic therapy
    Section X. The future of epigenetics.
    Digital Access ScienceDirect 2017
  • Digital
    Lindsey Migliore, Caitlin McGee, Melita N. Moore, editors.
    Summary: Esports medicine is a subspecialty in its infancy: Research, resources, and guidelines are evolving rapidly as more is understood about this burgeoning patient population. This unique handbook provides a comprehensive overview of the basics of esports, play mechanics and terminology specifically targeted towards healthcare professionals previously unfamiliar with the subject matter. It conveys the essentials of an esports history and physical exam and acts as a step-by-step guide for treating video gamers and esports athletes. Furthermore, it guides providers through each and every major diagnosis related to gaming, with the specific mechanisms of the injury, relevant physical exam maneuvers, and treatments selected specifically for gaming, covering upper and lower extremity injuries, conditions of the neck and back, gaming ergonomics, and psychological, nutritional and cultural considerations. Timely and practical, Handbook of Esports Medicine is a valuable resource for primarily sports medicine, orthopedic, physical medical and rehabilitation, and pediatric physicians, as well as therapists, psychologists and trainers involved in competitive gaming.

    Contents:
    What is Esports? The Past, Present, and Future of Competitive Gaming
    Upper Extremity Disorders in Esports
    Neck and Back Disorders in Esports
    Lower Extremity Disorders in Esports
    The Ergonomics of Esports
    Nutrition for the Video Gamer
    The Psychology of Digital Games
    Esports Mental Performance
    Prevention of Esports Injuries
    Esports Cultural Competence.
    Digital Access Springer 2021
  • Digital
    [edited by] Eric K. Hansen, Mack Roach III.
    Contents:
    Skin cancer / Lisa Singer and Sue S. Yom
    Central nervous system / Yao Yu, Steve E. Braunstein, Daphne A. Haas-Kogan, and Jean L. Nakamura
    Malignant and benign diseases of the eye and orbit / Jason Chan and Kavita K. Mishra
    Cancer of the ear / Jason Chan and Sue S. Yom
    Nasopharyngeal cancer / Jason Chan and Sue S. Yom
    Nasal cavity and paranasal sinus cancer / Jason Chan and Sue S. Yom
    Oropharyngeal cancer / Christopher H. Chapman and Sue S. Yom
    Cancer of the lip an oral cavity / Christopher H. Chapman and Adam Garsa
    Larynx and Hypopharynx cancer / Christopher H. Chapman and Adam Garsa
    Salivary gland tumors / Christopher H. Chapman and Adam Garsa
    Thyroid cancer / Christopher H. Chapman and Adam Garsa
    Unusual neoplasms of the head and neck / Jason Chan and Adam Garsa
    Management of the neck and unknown primary of the head and neck / Jason Chan and Sue S. Yom
    Small cell lung cancer / Michael Wahl and Adam Garsa
    Non-small cell lung cancer / Michael Wahl, Matthew A. Gubens, and Sue S. Yom
    Mesothelioma and thymic tumors / Michael Wahl and Adam Garsa
    Breast cancer / Anna K. Paulsson, Tracy Sherertz, and Catherine C. Park
    Esophageal cancer / Yao Yu, Hans T. Chung, and Mekhail Anwar
    Gastric cancer / Jennifer S. Chang, Mekhail Anwar, and Hans T. Chung
    Pancreatic cancer / Jennifer S. Chang and Mekhail Anwar
    Hepatobiliary cancer / Jennifer S. Chang and Mekhail Anwar
    Colorectal cancer / Yao Yu, Mekhail Anwar, and Hans T. Chung
    Anal cancer / Serah Choi, Hans T. Chung, and Mekhail Anwar
    Renal cell carcinoma / Michael A. Garcia and Alexander R. Gottschalk
    Bladder cancer / Michael A. Garcia and Albert J. Chang
    Prostate cancer / Michael A. Garcia, Eric K. Hansen, and Mark Roach III
    Cancer of the penis / Michael A. Garcia and Alexander R. Gottschalk
    Testicular cancer / Michael A. Garcia and Alexander R. Gottschalk
    Cervical cancer / Serah Choi and I-Chow J. Hsu
    Endometrial cancer / Serah Choi and I-Chow J. Hsu
    Ovarian cancer / Serah Choi and I-Chow J. Hsu
    Vaginal cancer / Serah Choi and Tracy Sherertz
    Vulvar cancer / Serah Choi and Tracy Sherertz
    Urethral cancer / Serah Choi and Tracy Sherertz
    Hodgkin's lymphoma / Jason Chan and Steve E. Braunstein
    Non-hodgkin's lymphoma / Anna K. Paulsson and Adam Garsa
    Cutaneous lymphomas / Lisa Singer and Adam Garsa
    Multiple myeloma and plasmacytoma / Lauren Boreta and Steve E. Braunstein
    Bone tumors / Lauren Boreta and Steve E. Braunstein
    Soft-tissue sarcoma / Lauren Boreta and Alexander R. Gottschalk
    Pediatric (non-CNS) tumors / David R. Raleigh, Daphne A. Haas, Kogan, and Steve E. Braunstein
    Palliation and benign conditions / Lauren Boreta, Yao Yu, and Steve E. Braunstein
    Clinical radiobiology and physics / Serah Choi, Yao Yu, Eleanor A. Blakely and John Murnane.
    Digital Access Springer 2018
  • Digital
    Rajni A. Sethi, Igor J. Barani, David A. Larson, Mack Roach III, editors.
    Contents:
    Introduction to Stereotactic Radiosurgery and Stereotactic Body Radiotherapy
    Part I: Radiobiology of Stereotactic Radiosurgery and Stereotactic Body Radiotherapy
    Radiobiology of Stereotactic Radiosurgery and Stereotactic Body Radiotherapy
    Part II: Physics of Stereotactic Radiosurgery and Stereotactic Body Radiotherapy
    Physics of Stereotactic Radiosurgery and Stereotactic Body Radiotherapy
    Part III: Clinical Applications
    Intracranial Tumors
    Spine
    Head and Neck
    Lung
    Digestive System
    Genitourinary Sites
    Gynecologic Sites
    Soft Tissue Sarcoma
    Oligometastases
    Appendix A: Dose-Volume Criteria.
    Digital Access Springer 2016
  • Digital/Print
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
  • Digital
    Victor R. Preedy, Vinood B. Patel, editors.
    Summary: This book addresses the causes and effects of nutrient deficiencies along the cell-to-communities continuum. The book is primarily concerned with a lack or deficiency of one or more micro- or macronutrients in connection with malnutrition, under nutrition, and starvation. Embedded within the deficiency states is acute restriction whereby food is withdrawn completely for short periods, as when individuals are adhering to religious requirements or undergoing surgical procedures. Further downstream is the consumption of a fraction of the normal diet, as when individuals are dieting or when there is restriction in the amount or variety of food available. The causes of such reductions in dietary intake are varied and also include the social context of poverty, financial limitations, and famine. Refugees and displaced persons may also be vulnerable to under nutrition or total starvation. Diseases may also impact on the total food consumed, such as when there are physical impediments (intestinal obstruction or dysphagia) or anorexia (induced by organic disease or as a disease process per se, ie, anorexia nervosa). This book, organized as approximately 125 chapters in 17 major sections, covers the variable manifestations of dietary restrictions on cells, whole organs, the individual, and societies.

    Contents:
    General aspects of famine
    Effects of famine
    Food security, low income and poverty
    Effects of food security and poverty
    Refugees and displaced persons
    Medical causes of dietary restrictions and malnutrition
    Anorexia
    Anorexia Nervosa
    Classifications of starvation and malnutrition
    Kwashiorkor and marasmus
    Starvation and the individual
    Fasting and the individual
    Deficiencies of micro and macro nutrients
    Effects on organ systems
    Molecular Effects
    Modelling systems in vertebrates and lower organisms
    Policy and strategy.
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Digital
    Rajiv Shah.
    Contents:
    1. Foot and ankle examination
    2. Radiology in foot and ankle
    3. Rational prescription of foot and ankle orthotics
    4. In the foot and ankle operation theater
    4. Ten commandments of foot and ankle trauma management
    6. Tips, tricks, and management algorithm for foot and ankle injuries
    7. Foot and ankle malunions
    8. Deformity correction: foot and ankle
    9. Soft tissues are equally important
    10. Plantar heel pain
    11. Growing with flat feet: childhood to adulthood
    12. Lucid approach and simplistic management of diabetic foot
    13. Common foot and ankle infections: diagnosis and management
    14. Art of arthrodesis in foot and ankle
    15. Dealing with tendo achilles problems!
    16. Setting up of foot and ankle practice
    Appendix
    Index.
    Digital Access Thieme-Connect 2016
  • Digital
    edited by Burkhard Madea, Institute of Forensic Medicine, University of Bonn, Bonn, Germany.
    Contents:
    Part I. Duties of forensic medicine in modern societies
    Part II. Medical aspects of death
    Part III. Traumatology and violent death
    Part IV. Sudden and unexpected death from natural causes
    Part V. Clinical forensic medicine
    Part VI. Forensic psychiatry
    Part VII. Toxicology
    Part VIII. Traffic medicine
    Part IX. Identification
    Part X. The doctor and the law
    Part XI. Insurance medicine.
    Digital Access Wiley 2014
  • Digital
    Kenneth A. Egol, Kenneth J. Koval, Joseph D. Zuckerman.
    Digital Access Ovid 2015
  • Digital
    Kenneth A. Egol, MD, Kenneth J. Koval, MD, Joseph D. Zuckerman, MD.
    Summary: "Handbook of Fractures is a concise, bulleted review of fractures throughout the body. Each chapter reviews epidemiology, anatomy, mechanism of injury, clinical evaluation, imaging (which includes the formal classification systems used to name and grade fracture types), non-operative and operative treatment, and complications. This title is an almost obligatory purchase for first-year orthopaedic residents, and is also purchased in substantial numbers by other specialties involved in fracture care, including Pas and NPs in either orthopaedic or emergency medicine settings. It is very simply written, and many of the illustrations are derived from the Rockwood and Green franchise. Importantly, this title covers adult and pediatric fractures, and is thus usable in primary care, especially family practice settings"-- Provided by publisher.
    Digital Access
    Provider
    Version
    Ovid
    LWW Health Library
  • Digital
    [edited by] Todd H. Baron, Ryan J. Law.
    Summary: "The only handbook to cover both endoscopic and non-endoscopic GI procedures, Handbook of Gastroenterologic Procedures, 5th Edition, has been extensively revised and reorganized to be even more useful as a quick reference in your practice. New editors, 20 new chapters, and a concise, pocket-sized format make it a must-have resource for clinicians involved in any aspect of gastroenterologic procedures. Comprehensive yet succinct coverage of all diagnostic and therapeutic GI procedures-both endoscopic and non-endoscopic-in current use for adult and pediatric patients. A concise, logically structured format includes indications, contraindications, patient preparation, equipment, technique, post-procedure care, and adverse events. New chapters include balloon-assisted enteroscopy, placement of colonic self-expandable metal stents, endoscopic ultrasound-guided biopsies and drainage, endoscopic submucosal dissection, peroral endoscopic myotomy, and management of post-surgical adverse events. More than 100 drawings guide you through key steps"-- Provided by publisher.
    Digital Access Ovid 2021
  • Digital
    Clévio Nóbrega, Liliana Mendonça, Carlos A. Matos.
    Summary: This is a reference handbook for young researchers exploring gene and cell therapy. Gene therapy could be defined as a set of strategies modifying gene expression or correcting mutant/defective genes through the administration of DNA (or RNA) to cells, in order to treat disease. Important advances like the discovery of RNA interference, the completion of the Human Genome project or the development of induced pluripotent stem cells (iPSc) and the basics of gene therapy are covered. This is a great book for students, teachers, biomedical researchers delving into gene/cell therapy or researchers borrowing skills from this scientific field. -- Provided by publisher.

    Contents:
    Intro
    Acknowledgments
    Contents
    1: Gene and Cell Therapy
    1.1 The Concepts of Gene and Cell Therapy
    1.2 Types of Gene Therapy
    1.3 Gene Therapy Strategies
    1.4 Choice of the Therapeutic Target
    1.5 Administration Routes
    1.6 Delivery Systems
    1.7 Expression and Persistence of the Therapy
    1.8 Cell Targeting
    1.9 Immune Response to the Therapy
    1.10 Highlights in the History of Gene and Cell Therapy
    1.11 Current Status of Gene Therapy
    1.12 Ethical Questions and Concerns About Gene and Cell Therapy
    This Chapter in a Nutshell
    Review Questions 3.1 Lentiviral Vectors
    3.1.1 Replicative Cycle
    3.1.2 From Lentivirus to Lentiviral Vectors
    3.1.3 Additional Improvements to Lentiviral Vectors
    3.1.4 Lentiviral Vector Production
    3.1.5 Lentiviral Vectors in Clinical Trials
    3.2 Gamma Retrovirus
    3.3 Adenoviral Vectors
    3.3.1 Replicative Cycle
    3.3.2 From Adenovirus to Adenoviral Vectors
    3.3.3 Adenoviral Vector Modifications
    3.3.4 Adenoviral Vector Production
    3.3.5 Adenoviral Vectors in Clinical Trials
    3.4 Adeno-associated Virus (AAV)
    3.4.1 Replicative Cycle
    3.4.2 From AAV to AAV Vectors 3.4.3 AAV Modifications
    3.4.4 AAV Production
    3.4.5 AAV in Clinical Trials
    3.5 Herpes Simplex Virus
    3.5.1 Replicative Cycle
    3.5.2 From HSV to HSV Vectors
    3.5.3 HSV Modifications
    3.5.4 HSV Production
    3.5.5 HSV in Clinical Trials
    3.6 Vaccinia
    3.6.1 Replicative Cycle
    3.6.2 From Vaccinia Virus to Vaccinia Vectors
    3.6.3 Vaccinia Modifications
    3.6.4 Vaccinia Vector Production
    3.6.5 Vaccinia in Clinical Trials
    3.7 Baculovirus
    3.7.1 Replicative Cycle
    3.7.2 From Baculovirus to Baculovirus Vectors
    3.7.3 Baculovirus Modifications 3.7.4 Baculovirus Production
    3.7.5 Baculovirus in Clinical Trials
    3.8 Choice of the Viral Vector
    3.9 Oncolytic Virus Applications
    This Chapter in a Nutshell
    Review Questions
    References and Further Reading
    4: Barriers to Gene Delivery
    4.1 Extracellular Barriers
    4.1.1 Unspecific Interactions
    4.1.2 Endothelial Barriers
    4.1.3 Inflammatory and Immune Response
    4.2 Intracellular Barriers
    4.2.1 Cellular Uptake
    4.2.2 Endosomal Escape
    4.2.3 Intracellular Trafficking
    4.2.4 Nuclear Delivery
    4.3 Technical Barriers
    4.3.1 Physical Restrictions
    4.3.2 Cellular Targeting.
    Digital Access Springer 2020
  • Print
    Robert C. King, editor.
    Contents:

    v. 1. Bacteria, bacteriophages and fungi.--
    v. 2. Plants, plant viruses, and protists.--v. 3.Invertebrates of genetic interest.--
    v. 4. Vertebrates of genetic interest.--
    v. 5. Molecular genetics.
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Stored offsite. Please request print.
    D431 .K54
    5
  • Digital
    [edited] by Terry Fulmer, Bruce Chernoff.
    Summary: "Handbook of Geriatric Assessment, Fifth Edition is a multidisciplinary text that takes a contemporary approach in line with patient and family centered care. With contributions from the foremost experts in the field, it contains the latest information on geriatric assessments for older adults."--Provided by publisher"--Provided by publisher.

    Contents:
    Through the older person's eyes: what matters
    The context and future of geriatric care
    Demographic trends: a success story
    Age-friendly health systems
    Payment reform, health system transformation, and the impact on older adults
    The VA health system for older adults
    Following the assessment data, whose data is it: open notes in real time
    Assessment and care plans that support goals that matter to the person
    Self-care management
    The family context
    The social determinants of health
    Multiculturalism and geriatric assessment
    Vulnerable populations
    Targeting older persons for optimal team care outcomes
    Developing and managing a high-functioning interprofessional team
    Building on geriatric interdisciplinary team training (GITT)
    Community team-based geriatric care
    Effects of team care on quality and outcomes
    Evidence-based models in action that work
    Advance care planning
    Depression assessment and other mental illnesses
    Recognizing mistreatment in older adults
    Functional assessment of older adults
    Physical assessment
    Pain assessment
    Caregiver assessment
    Spiritual assessment as a key component of comprehensive geriatric care
    Substance use assessment
    Medication assessment in older adults
    Mobility assessment
    Nutritional assessment as a key component of comprehensive geriatric care
    Transitions of care
    Assessment of older adults in their home
    Aging in place: transitional housing and supported housing models
    Thriving in community
    Geriatric assessment in nursing homes
    Emergency department assessment at the time of hospitalization
    The older adult driver
    Advance care planning through the incorporation of values history discussion
    Clinical assessment of older persons with developmental disabilities
    Assessing disaster preparedness and response.
    Digital Access R2Library 2019
    Limited to 1 simultaneous user
  • Digital
    edited by Robin Haring, Ilona Kickbusch, Detlev Ganten, Matshidiso Moeti.
    Summary: Global health is a rapidly emerging discipline with a transformative potential for public policy and international development. Emphasizing transnational health issues, global health aims to improve health and achieve health equity for all people worldwide. Its multidisciplinary scope includes contributions from many disciplines within and beyond the health sciences, including clinical medicine, public health, social and behavioral sciences, environmental sciences, economics, public policy, law and ethics. This large reference will offer up-to-date information and expertise across all aspects of global health and will help readers achieve a truly multidisciplinary understanding of the driving forces, dynamics, and models in healthcare, as well as the biological, clinical, socioeconomic and environmental drivers impacting global health disorders and challenges. As a fully comprehensive, state-of-the-art reference that can be updated periodically, over time, as the data and drivers change, Global Health will be an important, dynamic resource to provide context for global health clinical care, organizational and state decision-making, and overall public policy on many levels. Physicians (both research and practice-oriented), trainees, medical students, health economists, environmental scientists, social scientists from a range of disciplines working in the field of health and illness (both practitioners and at the university / graduate program level), public policy and law students and professionals, and allied health trainees and practitioners will find this work of great value. .

    Contents:
    Global Health
    Definition, Principles & Drivers
    Globalization & Global Health
    Impact, Trends & Consequences
    Urbanisation & Cities as Drivers of Global Health
    Aging & Global Health
    Cultural Diversity & Global Health
    Digital Transformation & Global Health
    Study Designs in Global Health Research
    Epidemiological Methods & Measures in Global Health Research
    Quantitative Methods in Global Health Research
    Qualitative Methods in Global Health Research
    Mixed-methods in Global Health Research
    Accountability & Aid Effectiveness Research in Global Health
    Global health project design, monitoring & evaluation
    Causal inference in global health epidemiology
    Evidence synthesis in global health epidemiology
    Disease surveillance & monitoring: Epidemic diagnosis & control
    Dynamics of disease occurence & transmission
    Epidemiological transition & changing pattern of disease
    Demographic approaches to population dynamics
    Population mortality & global causes of death
    pattern & trends
    Global Migration & Population Health
    Population health dynamics & fertility: pattern, predictors & projections
    Global burden of CVD
    prevalence, pattern & trends
    Global burden of COPD
    prevalence, pattern & trends
    Global burden of Cancer
    prevalence, pattern & trends
    Global burden of Alzheimer & other dementias
    Global burden of Diabetes Mellitus
    Global burden of Road injury.
    Digital Access Springer 2020
  • Digital/Print
    Yichen Lu, Lixia Wang, Hongjin Duanmu, Chris Chanyasulkit, Amie J. Strong, Hui Zhang, editors.
    Contents:
    1. Modern history of tuberculosis control in China
    2. TB control in Pakistan
    3. TB control in South Africa
    4. Tuberculosis control in Hong Kong
    5. Breakthrough strategy for TB control in Indonesia
    6. TB control in Nigeria
    7. Diagnosis of tuberculosis: current pipeline, unmet needs, and new developments
    8. Current options in treatment and issues in tuberculosis care in low- and middle-income countries
    9. DOT status and development in China
    10. Drug-resistant TB
    11. The MDR-TB epidemic in China: the changing landscape, cause analysis, government response, current status, and future aspects
    12. Treatment of TB and HIV coinfection
    13. Concurrence of tuberculosis and other major diseases
    14. Surgery for pulmonary tuberculosis and its indications
    15. Diagnosis and interventional therapy by bronchoscopy
    16. Intensive care treatment of critical tuberculosis
    17. New diagnostic tools for early detection of TB
    18. TB clinical trials conducted in China: the history and future of the Beijing Tuberculosis and Thoraic Tumor Research Institute
    19. Adapting DOTS for application in rural China
    20. BCG immunization: efficacy, limitations, and future needs
    21. Latent infection with Mycobacterium tuberculosis
    22. The tuberculosis outbreak response, investigation, and control
    23. Preventive therapy against tuberculosis
    24. Case study: the strategy and implementation of preventive treatment for TB infected college students in Beijing
    25. Case study Pakistan: society awareness and media coverage for TB prevention and treatment
    26. The role of directly observed treatment in the tuberculosis epidemic in Beijing
    27. The promise of new TB vaccines
    28. Global tuberculosis surveillance
    29. Factors affecting the incidence of tuberculosis and measures for control and prevention
    30. DNA fingerprinting of Mycobacterium TB: a rich source of fundamental and daily applicable knowledge
    31. A case study: China- implementation of nationwide TB epidemiology surveys and estimation of TB incidence
    32. A case study: Japan- evolution of tuberculosis surveillance in an intermediate-burden nation
    Index.
    Digital Access Springer 2017
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Books: General Collection (Downstairs)
    RA644.T7 H363 2017
    1
  • Digital
    edited by Donna Shoupe.
    Summary: Covering all aspects of gynecology commonly encountered in day-to-day practice, this exhaustive work provides a practical, one-stop reference work for clinicians working in the field. This carefully-designed volume includes ten sections, beginning with comprehensive coverage of office-based gynecology, and continuing on to present disease processes and management information by patient age group. Each chapter includes background information, current recommendations for screening, diagnostic criteria, common and uncommon associated problems, approach to diagnosis, summary of treatment options, and an overview of ICD-9/10 codes for specific diagnoses. The handbook concludes with an easy-to-navigate presentation of minimally-invasive operations, surgical procedures, neoplasms, and pathology. Advantages and risks associated with management of particular diseases are covered, along with multiple tips for avoiding complications. Edited by experts and presenting the most recent developments in gynecological practice, The Handbook of Gynecology is an invaluable reference for OB/GYNs, family medicine and internal medicine clinicians, medical students, residents, physician assistants, nurse practitioners, and other healthcare providers.

    Contents:
    Section I: Office Gynecology
    Section II: Gynecological Care of the Adolescent
    Section III: Gynecologic Care during the Early Reproductive Years
    Section IV: Gynecologic Care during the Late Reproductive Years
    Section V: Reproductive Endocrinology and Infertility
    Section VI: Menopausal
    Section VII: Office Procedures and Minimally Invasive
    Section VIII: Operative Procedures
    Section IX: Neoplasms
    Section X: Pathology.
    Digital Access Springer 2017
  • Digital
    Nicolas Goossens, Sophie Clément, Francesco Negro.
    Contents:
    1. Introduction
    2. The HCV particle and its life cycle
    3. Clinical features
    4. Pathophysiology
    5. Diagnosis
    6. Management of HCV infection
    7. Future challenges.
    Digital Access Springer 2016
  • Digital
    Ricardo H Alvarez ... [and more].
    Contents:
    1. Introduction and background biology
    2. HER2 testing
    3. HER2-positive breast cancer, neoadjuvant and adjuvant therapy
    4. HER2-positive metastatic breast cancer, first-line treatment
    5. HER2-positive metastatic breast cancer, second-line treatment
    6. Emerging targeted agents for HER2-positive breast cancer.
    Digital Access Springer 2016
  • Digital
    editors, Daphne H. Knicely, Emaad M. Abdel-Rahman, Keiko I. Greenberg.
    Summary: "The Handbook of Home Hemodialysis was developed to serve as a resource that educates healthcare providers about home hemodialysis, provides in-depth instructions for implementing a home hemodialysis program, and ultimately gives more patients with end-stage kidney disease the opportunity to select home hemodialysis"-- Provided by publisher.

    Contents:
    Brief History of Home Hemodialysis / Sadichhya Lohani, Daphne H. Knicely
    Patient Recruitment and Training for Home Hemodialysis / Joel D. Glickman, Rebecca Kurnik Seshasai
    Vascular Access for Home Hemodialysis / Anil K. Agarwal, Khaled Y. Boubes, Nabil F. Haddad
    Prescribing Home Hemodialysis / Michael A. Kraus, Michelle Carver
    Water Handling in Home Hemodialysis / Keiko I. Greenberg
    Laboratory Parameters and Monitoring for Home Hemodialysis / Cynthia Christiano, J. Clint Parker
    Overview of Benefits and Limitations of Home Hemodialysis / Alice Chedid, Daphne H. Knicely
    Complications of Home Hemodialysis / Tushar Chopra, Lakshmi Kannan, Emaad M. Abdel-Rahman
    Cardiovascular Outcomes and Home Hemodialysis / Nasim Wiegley, José A. Morfín
    Mineral Bone Disease in Home Hemodialysis / Page V. Salenger
    Quality of Life and Home Hemodialysis / Emaad Abdel-Rahman
    Hospitalization and Home Hemodialysis / Eric Weinhandl
    Special Populations and Home Hemodialysis / Christopher T. Chan, Michael Girsberger
    Policy and Costs of Home Hemodialysis / Michael Kraus, Eric Weinhandl
    Setting Up, Building and Sustaining a Home Dialysis Program / Nupur Gupta, Brent W. Miller
    Remote Monitoring and Home Hemodialysis / Danielle Wentworth, Emaad Abdel-Rahman.
    Digital Access AccessMedicine 2021
  • Print
    edited by Everett L. Worthington, Jr., Don E. Davis, and Joshua N. Hook.
    Summary: The Handbook of Humility is the first scholarly book to bring together authors from psychology as well as other fields to address what we know and don't know about humility. Authors review the existing research in this burgeoning field that has well over 100 empirical articles and an increasing trajectory of publication. This work should form the basis for research in humility for many years. In this book, chapters address definitions of humility that guide research. Authors also reflect on the practical applications of humility research within the areas they reviewed. The book informs people who study humility scientifically, but it is also an exceptional guide for psychotherapists, philosophers, religious and community leaders, politicians, educated lay people, and those who would like to fuel an informed reflection on how humility might make interactions more civil in relationships, organizations, communities, political processes, and national and international relations.

    Contents:
    pt. I. Theory, definitions, and measurement
    pt. II. Predictors, correlates, and sequelae of humility
    pt. III. Applications of humility to relationships and treatment.
    Digital Access TandFonline 2016
  • Print
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Books: General Collection (Downstairs)
    RC685.H8 H23
    4
  • Digital
    Jyoti Mayadev, Stanley H. Benedict, Mitchell Kamrava, editors.
    Digital Access Springer 2017
  • Digital
    Subha Ghosh.
    Summary: This book is a comprehensive and easy-to-read guide to pulmonary imaging. Medical Imaging is one of the cornerstones of modern medicine, and nowhere is this more apparent than pulmonary disease. We have come a long way from the days of chest radiography, though the chest radiograph still remains the single most common imaging test ordered worldwide. Pulmonary disease is now routinely evaluated with ultra-modern computed tomography (CT), magnetic resonance imaging (MRI) and positron emission tomography (PET) scanners, while ultrasonography plays a limited role in critical care and pleural/chest wall diseases. Rapid advancements in the sub-specialty of chest imaging and an exponential increase in the knowledge of pulmonary disease have led to an increasing demand for a comprehensive yet easily digestible handbook of pulmonary imaging, which prepackages knowledge in a form that can be easily understood and readily visualized with high-quality representative images. This book answers that need by providing the most important, relevant medical knowledge needed to handle pulmonary cases. It is divided into two sections, neoplastic disease and non-neoplastic disease. Chapters detail essential information about each disease, including presentation and the different modalities used to accurately diagnose and/or plan treatment. Major diseases that are covered include sarcomatoid carcinoma, adenomas, pulmonary hypertension, and bacterial infections. Each chapter includes extensive radiographic images to give a complete perspective on how these diseases present. Readers can easily see what the radiology of a particular disease entity looks like, what would be the differential diagnoses for a particular imaging abnormality, and compare the bullet review points associated with an image to their particular case. This is an ideal guide for general and thoracic radiologists, pulmonary, sleep medicine, and critical care specialists, thoracic surgeons, as well as residents and all clinicians who treat patients with pulmonary disease.

    Contents:
    Section I: Neoplastic Disease
    Adenocarcinoma
    Squamous Cell Carcinoma
    Large Cell Carcinoma
    Adenosquamous Cell Carcioma
    Small cell
    Large Cell Neuroendocrine Carcinoma
    Carcinoid tumor
    Sarcomatoid carcinoma
    Salivary Gland-Type Tumors
    Papillomas
    Adenomas
    Mesenchymal Tumors
    Lymphohistiocytic Tumors
    Tumors of the Pleura
    Section II: Non-Neoplastic Disease
    Congenital Anomalies and Pediatric Lesions
    Reactive Airway Disease
    Small Airway Diseases
    Acute Lung Injury
    Common Interstitial Lung Diseases
    Other Interstitial Lung Diseases
    Pneumoconiosis
    Drug Reactions and Therapy Effects
    Vasculitis and other causes of pulmonary hemorrhage
    Pulmonary hypertension
    Viral Infections
    Bacterial Infections
    Mycobacterial Infections
    Fungal Infections
    Parasitic Infections
    Mass-like Lesions
    Lung involvement by systemic diseases.
    Digital Access Springer 2021
  • Digital
    editors, Sandeep K. Vashist, John H.T. Luong.
    Summary: Handbook of Immunoassay Technologies: Approaches, Performances, and Applications unravels the role of immunoassays in the biochemical sciences. During the last four decades, a wide range of immunoassays has been developed, ranging from the conventional enzyme-linked immunosorbent assays, to the smartphone-based point-of-care formats. The advances in rapid biochemical procedures, novel biosensing schemes, fully integrated lab-on-a-chip platforms, prolonged biomolecular storage strategies, device miniaturization and interfacing, and emerging smart system technologies equipped with personalized mobile healthcare tools are paving the way to next-generation immunoassays, and are all discussed in this comprehensive text. Immunoassays play a prominent role in clinical diagnostics as they are the eyes of healthcare professionals, helping them make informed clinical decisions via confirmed disease diagnosis, and thus enabling favorable health outcomes. The faster and reliable diagnosis of infections will further control their spread to uninfected persons. Similarly, immunoassays play a prominent role in veterinary diagnostics, food analysis, environmental monitoring, defense and security, and other bioanalytical settings. Therefore, they enable the detection of a plethora of analytes, which includes disease biomarkers, pathogens, drug impurities, environmental contaminants, allergens, food adulterants, drugs of abuse and various biomolecules.
    Digital Access ScienceDirect 2018
  • Digital
    edited by David K. Gardner, Carlos Simón.
    Contents:
    IVF : the first four decades / Mae Wu Healy, Micah J. Hill, and Alan DeCherney
    Evaluation and preparation of the infertile couple for in vitro fertilization / David R. Meldrum
    Carrier screening / Stephanie Hallam and Gregory Porreca
    Testing ovarian reserve / Daniela Galliano, Nuria Pellicer, and Antonio Pellicer
    Basics of ovarian stimulation / Sandra J. Tanahatoe, Frank J.M. Broekmans, and Bart C.J.M. Fauser
    Role of antagonists in human IVF : the tool to a safer and more patient friendly IVF / Evangelos Papanikolaou and Robert Najdecki
    Ultrasonography in IVF / Roger A. Pierson
    Oocyte retrieval / Nina Resetkova and Michel M. Alper
    In vitro maturation for clinical use / Melanie L. Walls and Roger Hart
    Sperm preparation for IVF and ICSI / Christopher J. De Jonge and Nancy Bossert
    Assisted fertilization / Zsolt Peter Nagy
    Analysis of fertilization / Basak Balaban
    Human embryo development and assessment of viability / David K. Gardner and Markus Montag
    Embryo culture systems / David K. Gardner and Michelle Lane
    Polar body, cleavage stage and trophectoderm biopsy / Antonio Capalbo, Laura Rienzi, Danilo Cimadomo, and Filippo Maria Ubaldi
    Preimplantation genetic testing / Nathan R. Treff and Carmen Rubio
    Oocytes and embryo cryopreservation / Ana Cobo
    Quality control and quality assurance in the IVF laboratory / David Mortimer and Sharon T. Mortimer
    Oocyte donation / Irene Woo and Richard J. Paulson
    Endometrial receptivity / Sujata Lalitkumar, Eva Gomez, Maria Ruiz-Alonso, Diana Valbuena, Felipe Vilella, and Carlos Simón
    Embryo transfer / Giulia Mariani and Jose Bellver
    Multiple vs singleton births : consequences and prevention / Ernesto Bosch
    Monitoring and evaluation of infertility treatments : is there a priority for monitoring of cognitive function in children born from ART and other treatments? / Michael J. Davies, Vivienne M. Moore.
    Digital Access TandFonline 2017
  • Digital
    Stephen Gough.
    Contents:
    Introduction and disease overview
    Incretin hormones as a target for therapy
    Glucagon-like peptide receptor agonists
    Dipeptidyl peptidase-4 inhibitors
    Global position and recommendations for use
    Future and emerging therapies. .
    Digital Access Springer 2016
  • Print
    edited by Bonnie S. Mark and James A. Incorvaia.
    Contents:
    v
    .1. A guide to diagnosis and treatment.
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Books: General Collection (Downstairs)
    RJ504 .H3614
    1
  • Digital
    edited by Charles H. Zeanah, Jr.
    Contents:
    Pt. I DEVELOPMENT AND CONTEXT
    1. Infant Mental Health: The Science of Early Experience / Paula Doyle Zeanah
    2. Pregnancy and Infant Mental Health / Lois S. Sadler
    3. Neurobiology of Fetal and Infant Development: Implications for Infant Mental Health / Charles A. Nelson
    4. Genetic and Epigenetic Processes in Infant Mental Health / Stacy S. Drury
    5. The Neurobiology of Stress and Adversity in Infancy / Katie A. McLaughlin
    6. Infant Social and Emotional Development: Emerging Competence in a Relational Context / Maria Muzik
    7. Emerging Executive Functions in Early Childhood / Nathan A. Fox
    8. Wounds from the Past: Integrating Historical Trauma into a Multicultural Infant Mental Health Framework / Chandra Michiko Ghosh Ippen
    pt. II RISK AND PROTECTIVE FACTORS
    9. Poverty, Early Experience, and Brain Development / Kimberly G. Noble
    1 Postnatal Depression and Young Children's Development / Peter Cooper
    11. Parental Substance Abuse / Ellen Kolomeyer
    12. Prematurity: Identifying Risks and Promoting Resilience / Julie Poehlmann-Tynan
    13. The Effects of Violent Experiences on Infants and Young Children / Sandra Rusconi Serpa
    14. Neglect / Ian H. Gotlib
    pt. III ASSESSMENT
    15. Caregiver Report Measures of Early Childhood Social-Emotional Functioning / Alice S. Carter
    16. Assessing the Relational Context of Infants and Young Children / Charles H. Zeanah Jr
    pt. IV PSYCHOPATHOLOGY
    17. Hyperactivity, Impulsivity, and Inattention in Young Children / Kathryn L. Humphreys
    18. Autism Spectrum Disorder / Julia Chen
    19. Sensory Overresponsivity / Alice S. Carter
    20. Communication Disorders in Infants and Toddlers / Jennifer Windsor
    21. Intellectual Disabilities / Elisabeth M. Dykens
    22. Sleep Disorders Melissa M. Burnham
    23. Eating and Feeding Disorders in Early Childhood / Miri Keren
    24. Developmental Emergence of Disruptive Behaviors Beginning in Infancy: Delineating Normal-Abnormal Boundaries to Enhance Early Identification / Lauren Wakschlag
    25. Depression in Early Childhood / Diana Whalen
    26. Posttraumatic Stress Disorder in Young Children / Whitney Sturdy
    27. Attachment Disorders in Early Childhood / Anna T. Smyke
    28. Relationship-Specific Disorder of Early Childhood / Alicia F. Lieberman
    pt. V INTERVENTION
    29. Child-Parent Psychotherapy: A Trauma-Informed Treatment for Young Children and Their Caregivers / Chandra Michiko Ghosh Ippen
    30. The Circle of Security / Glen Cooper
    31. Attachment and Biobehavioral Catch-Up / Kristin Bernard
    32. Reflections on the Mirror: On Video Feedback to Promote Positive Parenting and Infant Mental Health / Marinus H. van IJzendoorn
    33s Parent-Child Interaction Therapy / Amanda N'zi
    34. Foster Care in Early Childhood / Angela S. Breidenstine
    pt. VI APPLICATIONS OF INFANT MENTAL HEALTH
    35. Infant and Early Childhood Mental Health Training: Updates, New Directions / Julie A. Larrieu
    36. Infant Mental Health in Primary Care / Mary Margaret Gleason
    37. Child Care and Early Education as Contexts for Infant Mental Health / Angela W. Keyes
    38. Infant Mental Health and Home Visiting: Needs, Approaches, Opportunities, and Cautions / Jon Korfmacher
    39. Investing in Early Childhood Development and Infant Mental Health / Geoffrey A. Nagle.
  • Print
    edited by Leonhard Held, Niel Hens, Philip D. O'Neill, Jacco Wallinga.
    Summary: Recent years have seen an explosion in new kinds of data on infectious diseases, including data on social contacts, whole genome sequences of pathogens, biomarkers for susceptibility to infection, serological panel data, and surveillance data. The Handbook of Infectious Disease Data Analysis provides an overview of many key statistical methods that have been developed in response to such new data streams and the associated ability to address key scientific and epidemiological questions. A unique feature of the Handbook is the wide range of topics covered. Key features Contributors include many leading researchers in the field Divided into four main sections: Basic concepts, Analysis of Outbreak Data, Analysis of Seroprevalence Data, Analysis of Surveillance Data Numerous case studies and examples throughout Provides both introductory material and key reference material

    Contents:
    Population Dynamics of Pathogens
    Infectious Disease Data from Surveillance, Outbreak Investigation, and Epidemiological Studies
    Key Concepts in Infectious Disease Epidemiology
    Key Parameters in Infectious Disease Epidemiology
    Contact Patterns for Contagious Diseases
    Basic Stochastic Transmission Models and Their Inference
    Analysis of Vaccine Studies and Causal Inference
    Markov Chain Monte Carlo Methods for Outbreak Data
    Approximate Bayesian Computation Methods for Epidemic Models
    Iterated Filtering Methods for Markov Process Epidemic Models
    Pairwise Survival Analysis of Infectious Disease Transmission Data
    Methods for Outbreaks Using Genomic Data
    Persistence of Passive Immunity, Natural Immunity (and Vaccination)
    Inferring the Time of Infection from Serological Data
    Use of Seroprevalence Data to Estimate Cumulative Incidence of Infection
    Analysis of Serological Data with Transmission Models
    Analysis of Multivariate Serological Data
    Mixture Modeling
    Modeling Infectious Disease Distributions : Applications of Point Process Methods
    Prospective Detection of Outbreaks
    Underreporting and Reporting Delays
    Spatio-Temporal Analysis of Surveillance Data
    Analysing Multiple Epidemic Data Sources
    Forecasting Based on Surveillance Data
    Spatial Mapping of Infectious Disease Risk.
    Digital Access TandFonline 2020
  • Digital
    Bryan J. Wells, Pablo A. Quintero, Geoffrey Southmayd, editors.
    Summary: This book serves as a pocket-sized resource to aid with the diagnosis and management of cardiovascular disease in the inpatient setting. Containing up-to-date information from guidelines and clinical trials, this book is the only handbook-style reference on cardiac care designed specifically for the hospitalist. The first section of the book covers cardiac pathology with an emphasis on evidence-based and guideline-based approaches to patient care. Each chapter focuses on a specific cardiovascular disease state such as acute coronary syndrome, atrial fibrillation, pulmonary hypertension, and aortic disease. The second section examines the differential diagnoses and recommended workup for common cardiac chief complaints including chest pain, palpitations, syncope, and dyspnea. The third and final section discusses indications and interpretation of commonly used cardiac procedures and imaging modalities. This book provides a concise review over a broad range of cardiovascular disease states in an accessible handbook-style to aid with the care of these patients. The Handbook of Inpatient Cardiology is an essential resource for physician hospitalists caring for cardiac patients on the medical ward in addition to cardiology physicians and trainees, affiliate providers, and students.

    Contents:
    Intro
    Contents
    Contributors
    Abbreviations
    Introduction
    Part I: Cardiac Pathology
    Chapter 1: Acute Coronary Syndrome
    Definitions (Table 1.1)
    Pathophysiology
    Prognosis
    Classification
    Initial Management (Fig. 1.3)
    Risk Stratification
    Conservative/Ischemia-Guided Strategy
    Early Invasive Management Strategy
    Post-ACS Management
    References
    Chapter 2: Stable Ischemic Heart Disease
    Diagnosis
    Differentiating CAD, SIHD, and ACS
    Cardiovascular Risk in Patients Presenting with Chest Pain (Fig. 2.1)
    Physical Exam Preliminary Workup of Suspected SIHD
    Specific Testing in Suspected CAD: Who to Test
    Specific Testing in Suspected CAD: Stress Testing (See Table 2.2)
    Specific Testing in Suspected CAD: Anatomical Testing
    Specific Testing in Suspected CAD: Invasive Coronary Angiography
    Specific Testing in Already Known CAD
    SIHD Without Obstructive CAD
    When to Refer to a Cardiologist
    Guideline-Directed Medical Treatment (GDMT)
    Goals of Treatment
    Behavior Modification
    Pharmacologic Therapy for Specific Risk Factors
    Lipids
    Hypertension
    Diabetes
    Obesity Pharmacologic Therapy to Prevent MI or Death in SIHD Independent of Risk Factors
    Antiplatelet Therapy
    Anticoagulation
    Other Therapies
    Medications that Treat Angina
    Revascularization in SIHD
    References
    Chapter 3: Atrial Fibrillation and Atrial Flutter
    Terminology
    Epidemiology of Atrial Fibrillation
    Consequences of Atrial Fibrillation
    Thromboembolic Risk
    Evaluation of Patients with New Atrial Fibrillation
    Anticoagulation for Atrial Fibrillation
    Heart Rate Control in Atrial Fibrillation
    Rhythm Control in Atrial Fibrillation
    Antiarrhythmic Therapy Atrial Flutter
    When Should a Cardiology Consultation Be Considered
    References
    Chapter 4: Supraventricular Tachycardia
    Supraventricular Tachycardia
    Definition, Incidence and Prevalence
    Interventions for SVT
    Vagal Maneuvers
    Adenosine
    Electrical Cardioversion
    Approach to the Patient with SVT
    12-Lead Electrocardiogram (ECG)
    Response to Adenosine
    AV Nodal Reentrant Tachycardia
    Typical AVNRT
    Atypical AVNRT
    AV Reentrant Tachycardia
    Pre-Excited Atrial Fibrillation
    Orthodromic AVRT
    Antidromic AVRT
    Atrial Tachycardia
    Focal Atrial Tachycardia Multifocal Atrial Tachycardia
    Junctional Tachycardia
    References
    Chapter 5: Ventricular Arrhythmias
    Terminology and Definitions
    Epidemiology
    Mechanisms of Ventricular Ectopy and Tachycardia
    Diagnosis of Ventricular Tachycardia
    The Surface ECG
    Inpatient Management of Ventricular Tachycardia
    References
    Chapter 6: Bradyarrhythmias and AV Block
    Sinus Bradycardia
    Definition
    Causes
    Clinical Presentation
    Diagnosis/ECG Features
    Treatment
    Sinus Pauses or Arrest
    Sinoatrial Exit Block
    Sinus Node Dysfunction (SND)
    Definition
    Digital Access Springer 2020
  • Digital
    Rajesh K. Garg, James V. Hennessey, Alan Ona Malabanan, Jeffrey R. Garber, editors.
    Summary: A user-friendly, pocket-sized reference for all physicians faced with endocrine care and challenges in hospitalized patients, this handbook covers the most common issues leading to an inpatient endocrine consult, providing differential diagnoses, a reasonable and practical approach to investigating and managing the condition, and advice for follow-up. Conditions discussed include thyrotoxicosis and thyroid storm, calcium disorders, osteoporosis, Cushing's syndrome, pheochromocytoma and paraganglioma, primary hyperaldosteronism, hypoglycemia in diabetic and non-diabetic patients, and endocrine issues during pregnancy, among others. Suggestions for further reading are included, providing more context for well-established clinical approaches. Written by experts with years of experience providing endocrinology consultations in a hospital setting, Handbook of Inpatient Endocrinology is a valuable, high-yield resource for endocrine residents and fellows, but it will be equally useful for any busy hospitalist or primary care physician when endocrinology consults are not available.

    Contents:
    Intro
    Preface
    Contents
    Contributors
    1: Pituitary Apoplexy
    Definition
    Precipitating Factors/Patients at Risk
    Diagnosis
    Obtain Detailed Clinical History
    Perform Detailed Physical Exam Including Cranial Nerves and Visual Fields
    Evaluation of Endocrine Dysfunction/Laboratory Assessment
    Imaging
    Management
    Consider Initiation of Corticosteroid Treatment
    Acute Intervention: Surgery vs. Conservative Treatment
    Postoperative Care
    Monitor for Signs and Laboratory Abnormalities Suggestive of Diabetes Insipidus (DI)
    Assess Pituitary Reserve Visual Assessment
    Follow-Up After Discharge
    Check Electrolytes After 1 Week
    Reassess Pituitary Function After 4 to 8 Weeks
    Suggested Reading
    2: Panhypopituitarism
    Definition and Significance
    Identify Causes of Hypopituitarism
    Mass Lesions
    Traumatic Brain Injury
    Medications
    Hypophysitis
    Systemic Diseases
    Genetic Causes
    Vascular
    Diagnosis of Hypopituitarism in the Hospital
    Assess Anterior Pituitary Function
    Adrenal Axis
    Thyroid Axis
    Other Axes
    Assess Posterior Pituitary Function
    Imaging
    Management of Hypopituitarism in the Hospital Management of Hypopituitarism at the Time of Discharge
    Suggested Reading
    3: Postoperative Management After Pituitary Surgery
    Assess Hormone Status Before Surgery if Possible
    Intraoperative/Postoperative Steroids
    Patient with Unknown Adrenal Function Prior to Surgery
    Patients Known to Have Preexisting Adrenal Insufficiency
    Patients Known to Have Normal Adrenal Function Preoperatively and Patients with Cushing's Disease
    Diabetes Insipidus/Sodium Management
    Arrange Endocrine Follow-Up Within 1-2 Weeks of Discharge
    Suggested Reading 4: Severe Thyrotoxicosis and Thyroid Storm
    Performing the History for Thyrotoxicosis
    Assess Symptoms of Thyrotoxicosis
    Assess for the Etiology of Thyrotoxicosis
    Assess for Medications That Affect Thyroid Status
    Performing the Physical Exam for Thyrotoxicosis
    Key Findings in Thyrotoxicosis
    Specific Exam Findings in Different Causes of Thyrotoxicosis
    Assessing for Thyroid Storm
    Making a Diagnosis of Thyroid Storm
    Obtain Thyroid Function Tests
    Biochemical Findings in Thyrotoxicosis
    Obtain Testing to Identify Underlying Illnesses
    Digital Access Springer 2020
  • Digital
    Winston Crasto, Janet Jarvis, Melanie J. Davies.
    Contents:
    1. Introduction to insulin therapies
    2. Existing insulin therapies
    3. Emerging insulin therapies
    4. Insulin Management in Type 2 Diabetes
    5. Insulin Management in Type 1 Diabetes
    6. Practical aspects of insulin therapy.
    Digital Access Springer 2016
  • Digital
    Peter A. Lio, Toral Patel, Neill T. Peters, Sarah Kasprowicz.
    Digital Access Springer 2015
  • Print
    Kilem Li Gwet, Ph. D.
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Books: General Collection (Downstairs)
    QA278 .G8 2014
    1
  • Print
    Gaston Vettorazzi.
    Contents:

    v. 1. Evaluations.--
    v. 2. Profiles.
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Stored offsite. Please request print.
    RA1270.F6 V47
    2
  • Digital
    edited by Robert Geffner, Jacquelyn W. White, L. Kevin Hamberger, Alan Rosenbaum, Viola Vaughan-Eden, Victor Vieth.
    Summary: Handbook of Interpersonal Violence Across the Lifespan is a comprehensive state-of-the-science reference work for researchers, practitioners, and policy makers. It is written from a trauma-informed perspective, and utilizes adverse childhood experiences research as its basic developmental framework along with the traumatic effects all forms of interpersonal violence tend to produce. With public health and social justice in mind, this human-rights based handbook also focuses on the overlap and continuum of the various types of interpersonal violence. It integrates all forms of interpersonal violence while dealing with key issues of intersectionality and systems responses. This two-volume handbook is published in collaboration with the National Partnership to End Interpersonal Violence Across the Lifespan, which aims to: Acknowledge and understand the impact interpersonal violence has on individuals and society Recognize the mental, physical, legal, social, and economic burden of interpersonal violence Respect an individual's basic right to live without violence; value human dignity Promote consensus-based practices while maintaining cultural sensitivity Consider and address the unique needs of vulnerable populations.

    Contents:
    Introduction
    Fundamentals of Understanding Interpersonal Violence
    Human Rights Framework
    Adverse Childhood Experience
    Trauma-informed Issues
    Systems Responses to Interpersonal Violence
    and Abuse
    National Plan
    Integration of the Types of Interpersonal Violence Across the Lifespan
    Introduction
    Vulnerable Populations, Multicultural Issues, Immigration
    Historical Trauma
    Intergenerational Transmission of Abuse and Trauma
    Polyvictimization and Intersectionality
    Risk Assessment, Mental Health, and Substance Abuse
    Connections to Other Types of Maltreatment
    Child Maltreatment: Victimization and Perpetration
    Introduction
    Physical Abuse
    Abusive Head Trauma
    Neglect and Failure to Thrive
    Corporal Punishment
    Sexual Abuse in Childhood
    Missing and Exploited Children
    Emotional Abuse
    Sibling Abuse in Early Childhood
    Exposure to Violence in the Family during Childhood
    Neuropsychological Effects
    Policies & Laws
    Child Protective Services, Child Welfare, and Foster Care
    System Responses to Child Maltreatment
    Abuse in Institutional Settings
    Child Abuse Offenders
    Youth/Adolescent Maltreatment: Victimization and Perpetration
    Introduction
    Bullying
    Technology Facilitated
    Teen Dating Violence and Stalking
    Sexual Abuse in Adolescence (familial, stranger, etc.)
    Compliant Victims (legal issues associated with consent/statutory rape)
    Missing and Exploited Youth
    Emotional Abuse During Adolescence
    Corporal Punishment in Youth & Adolescence
    Youth & Adolescent Sibling Abuse
    Exposure to Family Violence During Adolescence
    Forced Marriage, Female Genital Mutilation, and Cultural Violence
    Date/Acquaintance Sexual Assault
    Youth with Sexual Behavioral Problems
    Abuse in Institutional Settings
    Outcomes
    Substance Abuse/Addictions
    System Responses to Maltreatment of Adolescents
    Community Violence and Abuse
    Introduction
    Gangs
    Organized Crime
    Schoo l Violence
    Mass Violence
    Homicide and Home Invasions
    Sex and Labor Trafficking
    Long-term Missing Youth
    Hate Crimes
    System Response to Community Violence
    Intimate Partner Violence (IPV) and Abuse
    Introduction
    Overview of Types of Abuse
    Theories of IPV Causation
    Intersectionality
    System Responses
    IPV Offenders
    Dynamics of Victimization
    IPV Victim Interventions
    Adult Sexual Harassment and Assault
    Introduction
    Identification and Continuum
    Betrayal Trauma
    Institutional Betrayal Trauma
    Drug Facilitated Sexual Assault
    Technology Facilitated
    Pornography
    Sexual Harassment in the Workplace
    Sex Offenders
    Institutional Settings
    Outcomes/Long-term Effects
    System Responses to Sexual Assault
    Older Adult/Elder Abuse
    Introduction
    IPV of Older Adults
    Sexual Assault of Older Adults
    Parent Abuse
    Financial Abuse
    Abandonment & Neglect
    Older Adult/elder Abuse in Institutional and Care Settings
    Mandated Reporting
    Polyvictimization in Later Life
    Outcomes and Long-term Effects
    Perpetrators of Older Adults
    System Responses to Older Adults
    International Perspectives
    Adult Survivors of Abuse.-Introduction
    Betrayal trauma
    Institutional betrayal trauma
    Legal issues and statute of limitations
    Outcomes
    Repressed/Recovered Memories
    Neuropsychological/Neurobiological Effects
    Head Traumas
    Treatment of Adult Survivors
    System Responses of Adult Survivors of Abuse
    Next Steps: Summary and Interconnections
    Introduction
    National Plan
    Future Directions in Research
    Future Directions in Interventions
    Future Directions in Policies
    Future Directions in Advocacy
    Future Directions in Prevention.
    Digital Access Springer 2020
  • Digital
    Krishna Kandarpa, Md, PhD, Lindsay Machan, MD, Janette D. Durham, MD.
    Summary: "Packed with useful information on common procedures in interventional radiology, this popular handbook has been thoroughly updated to keep you up to speed with rapid changes in the field. Easy to carry and access, it covers everything you need to know: indications, contraindications, preparation, technique, post-procedure management, and prevention and management of complications. It's ideal not only for practicing interventional and general radiologists, but also for fellows and residents in training, IR nurses, and special procedure technologists."--Back cover.
    Digital Access Ovid 2016
  • Digital
    Supradip Ghosh.
    Summary: This easy to use pocket book covers all aspects of intravenous fluid therapy in critically ill patients from applied physiology to bedside clinical management succinctly. It includes updated and evidence-based content on intravenous fluid therapy. The book is divided into four sections; first section covering review of physiology, second section describing different resuscitation agents, third section discussing fluid therapy in various clinical conditions and final section providing a rational approach to prescribing intravenous fluid. Each chapter starts with a case scenario followed by an introduction focusing on the learning objectives and take home message and recommendation at the end. Each chapter includes a summary of important clinical trials in the field, especially useful for students. The book maintains uniform style throughout the chapters, written in simple language and includes charts, boxes, tables and figures. The book is useful for all clinicians dealing with acutely ill patients including (but not limited to) intensivists, emergency physicians, anaesthesiologists, internists, other physicians and surgeons as well as trainees.

    Contents:
    Guytonian Model of Circulation
    Compartmentalization Body Fluids and Regulation of Fluid Balance
    Heart-Lung Interaction
    Acid Base Physiology
    Crystalloids as Resuscitation Fluid
    Place of Colloids in Resuscitation
    Maintenance Fluid
    Vasopressors in Resuscitation
    Concept of Fluid Responsiveness and Fluid Challenge
    Phases of Resuscitation
    Fluid Resuscitation in Septic Shock
    Fluid Resuscitation in Hemorrhagic Shock
    Fluid Resuscitation in Diarrheal Diseases
    Fluid Resuscitation in Burn
    Fluid Management in Perioperative Period
    Fluid Management in Diabetic Emergencies
    Concept of de-resuscitation
    Disorders of sodium balance.
    Digital Access Springer 2022
  • Digital
    Angelo Ravelli, MD.
    Contents:
    Introduction
    Disease classification
    Clinical manifestations
    Diagnosis
    Consequences and complications
    General treatment aspects
    Management of patients with juvenile idiopathic arthritis
    Specific issues
    Outcome, prognosis and future outlook.
    Digital Access Springer 2016
  • Digital
    edited by Gabriel M. Danovitch.
    Contents:
    Options for patients with advanced kidney disease / Gabriel M. Danovitch
    Transplantation immunobiology / Hehua Dai and Fadi G. Lakkis
    Histocompatability testing, crossmatching, immune monitoring / Michael Cecka and Elaine Reid
    The science of deceased donor kidney transplantation / Frank Delmonico, Helen Nelson, and Jeffrey Veale
    Allocation of deceased donor organs / Tom Mone and Prasad Garimella
    Immunosupressive medications and protocols / Erik Lum, Ted Sievers, and Gabriel M. Danovitch
    Living donor kidney transplantation / Anjay Rastogi, Mara Hersh-Rifkin, Albin Gritsch, Jeffrey Veale, and Suzanne McGuire
    Evaluation of kidney transplant candidates / Mike Bunnapradist and Uttam Reddy
    The transplant operation and its surgical complications / Albin Gritsch and Jeffrey Veale
    Post-transplant : the first three months / Phuong-Thu T. Pham and Gabriel M. Danovitch
    Post-transplant : long term management and complications / Edmund Huang and Bertram Kasiske
    Infections in kidney transplantation / Joanna Schaenman and Bertram Kubak
    Kidney transplantation and liver disease / Mike Bunnapradist and Paul Martin
    Diagnostic imaging in kidney transplantation / Steven Raman and Nagesh Ragavendra
    Histopathology of kidney transplantation / Cynthia C. Nast and Mark Haas
    Options for the diabetic kidney transplant candidate / Gerald Lipshutz
    Kidney transplantation in children / Eileen W. Tsai, Meghan H. Pearl, and Robert B. Ettenger
    Psychiatric aspects of kidney transplantation / Akhil Shenoy and Itai Danovitch
    Organ transplant law and ethics / Alexandra Glazier
    Nutrition in kidney transplant candidates / Mareena George
    Psychosocial and financial aspects of kidney transplantation / Mara Hersh Rifkin
    Kidney transplantation in the developing world / Rudolph Garcia-Gallont and Elmi Muller
    The declaration of istanbul on organ trafficking and transplant tourism / Gabriel M. Danovitch.
    Digital Access Ovid 2017
  • Print
    edited by Cholawat Pacharinsak, Director of Anesthesia, Pain Management, and Surgery, Department of Comparative Medicine, Stanford University, School of Medicine, California, USA, Jennifer C. Smith.
    Contents:
    Terms and definitions
    Understanding anesthetic related equipment
    Anesthetic pharmacology and research related anesthetic considerations
    Management of anesthesia
    Anesthesia monitoring
    Special techniques and species
    Pain management
    Euthanasia
    Regulatory management of rodent anesthesia.
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Books: General Collection (Downstairs)
    SF914 .H36 2017
    1
  • Print
    edited by Jann Hau, Steven J. Schapiro.
    Summary: Building upon the success of previous editions of the bestselling Handbook of Laboratory Animal Science, first published in 1994, this latest revision combines all three volumes in one definitive guide. It covers the essential principles and practices of Laboratory Animal Science as well as selected animal models in scientific disciplines where much progress has been made in recent years. Each individual chapter focuses on an important subdiscipline of laboratory animal science, and the chapters can be read and used as stand-alone texts, with only limited necessity to consult other chapters for information. With new contributors at the forefront of their fields, the book reflects the scientific and technological advances of the past decade. It also responds to advances in our understanding of animal behavior, emphasizing the importance of implementing the three Rs: replacing live animals with alternative methods, reducing the number of animals used, and refining techniques to minimize animal discomfort. This fourth edition will be useful all over the world as a textbook for laboratory animal science courses for postgraduate and undergraduate students and as a handbook for scientists who work with animals in their research, for university veterinarians, and for other specialists in laboratory animal science.

    Contents:
    Animal research ethics. Alternatives: refinement, reduction and replacement of animal uses in the life sciences. Laboratory animal genetics and genetic quality control. Experimental design and statistical analysis. Behavioral needs and management of laboratory animals. Welfare assessment and humane endpoints. Impact of the biotic and abiotic environment on animal experiments. Animal research facility design and equipment considerations for conventional, barrier, and containment housing systems. Genetically modified mice. Microbiological status. Laboratory animal nutrition in routine husbandry, and experimental and regulatory studies. Common nonsurgical techniques and procedures. Laboratory animal analgesia, anesthesia and euthanasia. Surgery: basic principles and procedures. Applications of implantable radio telemetry in small laboratory animals. Physiological, hematological, and clinical chemistry. Postmortem procedures animal models for diabetes: basic principles and management. Animal models of spinal cord injury. Animal models in pain research. Rodents, sheep and non-human primates as models for human pregnancy and fetal development. Animal models in biodefense research. Animal models in neuroscience. Animal models for psychological disorders. Animal models for human behavior. Animal models of cardiovascular disease. Animal models in pharmacology and toxicology. Animal models in mycology. Animal models in oral health sciences. Animal models of hearing loss, tinnitus, and hyperacusis. Animal models for otolaryngological disorders. Animal models for eye diseases. Animal models in aids research. Models of human cancer. An overview of global legislation, regulations and policies. Laboratory animal science and service organizations. Education and training. Assessment of animal care and use programs. Reduction and refinement applied to animal models
    Digital Access TandFonline 2021
    Limited to 3 simultaneous users
  • Digital
    edited by Keyvan Nouri.
    Summary: Dramatic improvements in laser technology have yielded new indications and applications in cutaneous disorders. Existing texts covering lasers in dermatology are often bulky and therefore it has been hard for the dermatologist to find a complete and concise reference that highlights only the specific use of lasers in cutaneous medicine. This handbook has been written to provide a basic structural framework for clinicians and trainees, and clearly outlines laser techniques for each specific dermatologic disorder. Handbook of Lasers in Dermatology comprehensively covers each application of lasers for the skin in a manner that can be easily read by beginners and experts alike. It provides readers with a handy and reliable reference guide that improves patient care and treatment outcomes. It is therefore of interest to all dermatologists who use lasers in their clinical practice.

    Contents:
    Basic Principles of Lasers: Interactions Between Lasers and Tissue
    Laser Safety: Standards and Guidelines
    Post-operative Care and Complications
    Types of Lasers
    Vascular Lasers
    Pigmented Lesions
    Tattoos
    Resurfacing
    Fractional Devices
    Hair Removal
    Photodynamic Therapy
    Lasers for Skin Cancers
    Lasers and Lights for Acne
    Lasers for Scars
    Lasers and Lights for Onychomycosis
    Laser Treatment of Varicose Veins
    Fractional Photothermolysis
    Sub-Surfacing Lasers
    Rejuvenation using Light-based Devices
    Lasers for Psoriasis
    Lasers for Hypopigmented Lesions
    Intense Pulse Light Therapy
    Photodynamic Therapy
    Light-Emitting Diode Phototherapy
    Lasers and Lights for Wound Healing
    Lasers for Hair Growth and Hair Transplants
    Devices for Weight Loss and Fatty Tissue
    Reflectance-Mode Confocal Microscopy in Dermatologic Oncology
    Pearls in Clinical Lasers
    Anesthesia for Lasers
    Lasers for Dark Skin Types
    Lasers for Children
    Post-operative Wound Care
    Laser Complications: Treatment and Prevention
    Medicolegal Issues
    Psychological Considerations Prior to Laser
    Photography Specific to Lasers
    Online Sources for Information
    Research and Future Directions.
    Digital Access Springer 2014
  • Digital
    [edited by] Lawrence S. Friedman, Paul Martin.
    Summary: Well-organized and vibrantly illustrated throughout, Handbook of Liver Disease is a comprehensive yet concise handbook providing authoritative guidance on key clinical issues in liver disease. The quick-reference outline format ensures that you'll find answers when you need them, and cover-to-cover updates keep you abreast of the recent rapid changes in the field. Written by leading international experts in hepatology, this reference is ideal for gastroenterologists, hepatologists, internists, family practitioners, trainees, and others who diagnose and manage patients with liver disorders.
    Digital Access
    Provider
    Version
    ScienceDirect
    ClinicalKey
  • Digital
    Stanley F. Malamed.
    Contents:
    Neurophysiology
    Pharmacology of local anesthetics
    Pharmacology of vasoconstrictors
    Clinical action of specific agents
    The syringe
    The needle
    The cartridge
    Additional armamentarium
    Preparation of the armamentarium
    Physical and pschylogical evaluation
    Basic injection technique
    Anatomic considerations
    Techniques of maxillary anesthesia
    Techniques of mandibular anesthesia
    Supplemental injection techniques
    Anesthetic considerations in dental specialties
    Local complications
    Systemic complications
    Problems in achieving pain control
    Recent advances in local anesthesia
    Future trends in pain control
    Frequently asked questions
    Legal considerations.
    Digital Access ClinicalKey 2020
  • Digital
    Scott T. Hollenbeck, Peter B. Arnold, Dennis P. Orgill, editors.
    Summary: This focused, concise book offers an in-depth analysis of lower extremity reconstruction alongside region-specific photos and illustrations. As an anatomical atlas, it seeks to aid the visual learner in showcasing the key steps in setting up and raising the flap for a given defect. Organized into two sections, opening chapters are arranged by general location, focusing specifically on the lower limb. Each general location of a wound is accompanied by an examination of relevant anatomy, including blood supply, nerve supply, arc of rotation of the tissue, and local flap options. Following a description of the anatomy, subsequent paragraphs explain the application of relevant local flap options. Section two incorporates flap demonstration and application into each chapter, offering a more detailed description, true and specific to each anatomical site of the technique. Supplemented by high-quality images and figures, Handbook of Lower Extremity Reconstruction: Clinical Case-Based Review and Flap Atlas is an invaluable reference for practicing plastic and orthopedic surgeons and residents in training.

    Contents:
    Section I. Clinical
    1. Introduction to Lower Extremity Reconstruction: Historical Perspectives, Advances in the Field, and the Future
    2. Essential Anatomy of the Lower Extremity
    3. The Traumatized Leg
    4. Orthopedic Principles of Lower Extremity Injuries
    5. Reconstruction of Oncologic Defects
    6. Reconstruction of the Diabetic Limb
    7. Technological Advances to Simplify Lower Extremity Reconstruction
    8. Flap Principles Applied to the Lower Extremity Reconstruction
    9. Local Skin Flaps for Lower Extremity Wounds
    10. Principles of Local Muscle Flaps for Lower Extremity Wounds
    11. Soft Tissue Reconstruction of the Thigh
    12. Knee and Proximal Lower Leg Wounds
    13. Soft Tissue Reconstruction of the Middle Third of the Leg
    14. Soft Tissue Reconstruction of the Distal Third of the Lower Extremity
    15. Soft Tissue Reconstruction of the Foot
    16. Amputation Principles and Targeted Muscle Reinnervation
    Section II. Flap Atlas
    17. Soft Tissue Reconstruction of the Medial Thigh and Groin
    18. Soft Tissue Reconstruction of the Lateral Thigh and Hip
    19. Soft Tissue Reconstruction of the Distal Thigh and Proximal Knee
    20. Soft Tissue Reconstruction for the Knee and Proximal Tibia
    21. Soft Tissue Reconstruction of the Middle Third of the Tibia
    22. Soft Tissue Reconstruction of the Distal Third Tibia
    23. Soft Tissue Reconstruction of the Foot
    24. Recipient Vessels for Lower Extremity Free Flap Reconstruction.
    Digital Access Springer 2020
  • Digital
    editor, Anas Younes.
    Contents:
    Introduction
    Risk factors, etiology, and pathogenesis
    World Health Organization classification
    Staging
    Treatment overview
    Treatment of B-cell lymphomas
    Treatment of T-cell lymphomas
    Treatment of Hodgkin lymphoma
    Management of human immunodeficiency virus-associated lymphomas.
    Digital Access Springer 2016
  • Digital
    edited by Victoria Soroker, Stefano Colazza.
    Summary: Handbook of Major Palm Pests: Biology and Management contains the most comprehensive and up-to-date information on the red palm weevil and the palm borer moth, two newly emergent invasive palm pests which are adversely affecting palm trees around the world. It provides state-of-the-art scientific information on the ecology, biology, and management of palm pests from a global group of experts in the field. An essential compendium for anyone working with or studying palms, it is dedicated to the detection, eradication, and containment of these invasive species, which threaten the health and very existence of global palm crops.

    Contents:
    Some Representative Palm Pests: Ecological and Practical Data / Laurence Beaudoin-Ollivier, Nunzio Isidoro, Josep A Jaques, Paola Riolo, Mohamed Kamal, Didier Rochat
    Morphology and Physiology of Palm Trees as Related to Rhynchophorus ferrugineus and Paysandisia archon Infestation and Management / Yuval Cohen
    Economic and Social Impacts of Rhynchophorus ferrugineus and Paysandisia archon on Palms / Alan MacLeod, Mohamud Hussein
    Rhynchophorus ferrugineus: Taxonomy, Distribution, Biology, and Life Cycle / Didier Rochat, Oscar Dembilio, Josep A Jaques, Pompeo Suma, Alessandra La Pergola, Rachid Hamidi, Dimitris Kontodimas, Victoria Soroker
    Rhynchophorus ferrugineus: Behavior, Ecology, and Communication / Ezio Peri, Didier Rochat, Gregor Belušič, Marko Ilić, Victoria Soroker, Shay Barkan, Salvatore Guarino, Paolo Lo Bue, Stefano Colazza
    Paysandisia archon: Taxonomy, Distribution, Biology, and Life Cycle / Nunzio Isidoro, Paola Riolo, Elisa Verdolini, Ezio Peri, Laurence Beaudoin-Ollivier
    Paysandisia archon: Behavior, Ecology, and Communication / Brigitte Frérot, Rachid Hamidi, Nunzio Isidoro, Paola Riolo, Sara Ruschioni, Ezio Peri, Roberto Romani, Gregor Belušič, Primož Pirih
    Natural Enemies of Rhynchophorus ferrugineus and Paysandisia archon / Lola Ortega-García, Elisabeth Tabone, Laurence Beaudoin-Ollivier, Dana Ment, Maurane Buradino, Josep A Jaques, Inmaculada Garrido-Jurado, Oscar Dembilio, Enrique Quesada Moraga
    Visual Identification and Characterization of Rhynchophorus ferrugineus and Paysandisia archon Infestation / Dimitris Kontodimas, Victoria Soroker, Costas Pontikakos, Pompeo Suma, Laurence Beaudoin-Ollivier, Filitsa Karamaouna, Paola Riolo
    Surveillance Techniques and Detection Methods for Rhynchophorus ferrugineus and Paysandisia archon / Victoria Soroker, Pompeo Suma, Alessandra La Pergola, Vicente Navarro Llopis, Sandra Vacas, Yafit Cohen, Yuval Cohen, Victor Alchanatis, Panos Milonas, Ofri Golomb, Eitan Goldshtein, Abd El Moneam El Banna, Amots Hetzroni
    CPLAS Information System as a Monitoring Tool for Integrated Management of Palm Pests / Costas Pontikakos, Filitsa Karamaouna, Amots Hetzroni, Dimitris Kontodimas, Victoria Soroker, Frosa Samiou, Yuval Cohen, Stella Giorgoudelli, Ourania Melita, Stavros Papageorgiou, Paul Benjamin, Eitan Goldshtein
    Control Measures Against Rhynchophorus ferrugineus and Paysandisia archon / Josep A Jaques, Paola Riolo, Neil Audsley, Joan Manel Barroso, Oscar Dembilio, Nunzio Isidoro, Roxana Luisa Minuz, Sandro Nardi, Vicente Navarro Llopis, Laurence Beaudoin-Ollivier, Enrique Quesada Moraga
    Action Programs for Rhynchophorus ferrugineus and Paysandisia archon / Pompeo Suma, Ezio Peri, Alessandra La Pergola, Victoria Soroker, Oscar Dembilio, Paola Riolo, Sandro Nardi.
    Digital Access Wiley 2017
  • Digital
    by Jean-Francois Denault.
    Contents:
    Preface
    Introduction
    The market research basics
    Collecting data
    primary research
    Secondary research
    Analyzing data
    Estimates and models
    The look n' feel
    Final words
    Bibliography
    Index.
    Digital Access TandFonline 2017
  • Digital
    edited by Charles S. Grob, Jim Grigsby.
    Summary: "Given the limited effectiveness of conventional treatment options for many psychological disturbances, there is growing recognition of the need for innovation, and a willingness to examine even compounds once considered taboo, in the search for more efficacious treatments. With that in mind, our end goal with this volume is to create a comprehensive, trans-disciplinary guide that describes the current status of research. The book begins with a thorough discussion of the pharmacology of what are often called the "classic" or "serotonergic" hallucinogens, for which Nichols prefers the term "psychedelics." Following this are several chapters exploring the social, cultural, and political contexts in which the hallucinogens have been used over time. The book also provides an introduction to research conducted in the fields of anthropology and ethnobotany"-- Provided by publisher.

    Contents:
    Overview of hallucinogens. The pharmacology of psychedelics / David E. Nichols and Charles D. Nichols
    Plants for the people : the future of psychedelic therapies in the age of biomedicine / Dennis J. McKenna
    Anthropology, shamanism, and hallucinogens / Michael J. Winkelman
    A short, strange trip : LSD politics, publicity, and mythology-from discovery to criminalization / Maria Mangini
    History of the use of hallucinogens in psychiatric treatment / Torsten Passie
    Neuroscience of hallcinogens. Human neuroimaging studies of serotonergic psychedelics / Enzo Tagliazucchi
    Memory reconsolidation in psycholytic psychotherapy / Jim Grigsby
    Individual hallucinogens. LSD / Kristine Panik and David E. Presti
    Psilocybin / Stephen Ross, Silvia Franco, Collin Reiff, and Gabrielle Agin-Liebes
    Therapeutic potential of fast-acting synthetic tryptamines / Rafael Lancelotta and Alan K. Davis
    Mescaline / Will Van Derveer
    MDMA / Michael Mithoefer and Annie Mithoefer
    Therapeutic and social uses of MDMA / Scott Shannon, Rob Colbert, and Shannon Hughes
    Biological and psychological mechanisms underlying the therapeutic use of Ayahuasca / Draulio Barros de Araujo, Luis Fernando Tofoli, Stevens Rehen, and Sidarta Ribeiro
    The ibogaine project : urban ethnomedicine for opioid disorder / Kenneth Alper
    Salvia divinorum / Ana Elda Maqueda
    Ketamine / Gary Bravo, Robert Grant, and Raquel Bennett
    Therapeutic considerations. Set, setting, and dose / J. C. Callaway
    The use of music in psychedelic therapy / Mendel Kaelen
    The role of the guide in psychedelic-assisted treatment / Mary Cosimano
    Comparative phenomenology and neurobiology of meditative and psychedelic states of consciousness : implications for psychedelic-assisted therapy / Milan Scheidegger
    Adverse effects / Kelan Thomas and Benjamin Malcolm
    Indications and purpose. Utility of psychedelics in the treatment of psychospiritual and existential distress in palliative care : a promising therapeutic paradigm / Anthony P. Bossis - Classic psychedelics for treatment of alcohol use disorder / Michael P. Bogenschutz and Sarah E. Mennenga
    Psychedelics in the treatment of addiction / Matthew W. Johnson
    The treatment of depressive disorders with psychedelics / Dave King and Jonny Martell
    Hallucinogens in headache / Emmanuelle A. D. Schindler
    Msytical/religious experiences and philosophical considerations. Mystical/religious experiences with psychedelics / William A. Richards
    Philosophical considerations concerning the use of hallucinogens in psychiatric treatment / Candice L. Shelby.
  • Digital
    edited by Peter Manu, Corey Karlin-Zysman, Eugene Grudnikoff.
    Summary: "This updated, third edition of the Handbook of Medicine in Psychiatry has been streamlined to provide a commonsense approach to the realities confronting clinicians in today's busy inpatient and outpatient psychiatric settings. Each chapter features one or more clinical vignettes that illustrate the complexity of the presentation of abnormal vital signs and somatic disorders in psychiatric settings. This volume also provides risk stratification for major complications, enabling clinicians to determine the need to transfer the patient to an emergency medicine setting. A brand-new section features thorough discussions of topics requiring interdisciplinary collaboration with geriatricians, neurologists, anesthesiologists, and addiction medicine and adolescent medicine specialists. With the contributions of dozens of experts in their fields, the Handbook of Medicine in Psychiatry offers readers a cognitive framework and knowledge base that will assist them in accurate decision making in the conditions of uncertainty created by potentially major medical deteriorations of the vulnerable populations under their care"-- Provided by publisher.

    Contents:
    Cover
    Half Title
    Title Page
    Copyright
    Contents
    Contributors
    Preface
    Acknowledgments
    Part I Abnormal Vital Signs
    1 Fever
    2 Hypertension
    3 Hypotension and Orthostasis
    4 Abnormal Heart Rate
    Part II Common Somatic Symptoms
    5 Headache
    6 Seizures
    7 Falls and Head Trauma
    8 Syncope and Unresponsiveness
    9 Chest Pain
    10 Shortness of Breath
    11 Edema
    12 Obstructive Sleep Apnea
    13 Abdominal Pain and Heartburn
    14 Nausea and Vomiting
    15 Bowel Habit Changes
    16 Dysuria, Incontinence, and Urinary Retention 17 Changes in Visual Acuity, Red Eye, and Eye Pain
    Part III Abnormal Laboratory Findings
    18 Glucose Dysregulation
    19 Electrolyte Abnormalities
    20 Abnormal Thyroid Function
    21 Abnormal Liver Function
    22 Acute Kidney Injury
    Part IV Major Adverse Effects of Psychotropic Drugs
    23 QTc Prolongation and Torsades De Pointes
    24 Myocarditis and Cardiomyopathy
    25 Neuroleptic Malignant Syndrome, Serotonin Syndrome, and Rhabdomyolysis
    26 Neutropenia and Agranulocytosis
    27 Venous Thromboembolism
    Part V Interdisciplinary Interventions
    28 Cardiopulmonary Emergencies 29 Agitation and Delirium
    30 Adverse Events Associated with Electroconvulsive Therapy
    31 Alcohol and Substance Use Disorders
    32 Adolescent Medicine Topics for the Mental Health Practitioner
    33 Geriatric Medicine Topics for the Mental Health Practitioner
    Index
    Back Cover
  • Digital
    Ian Feavers, Andrew J Pollard, Manish Sadarangani [editors].
    Contents:
    Introduction and epidemiology of meningococcal disease
    Carriage and transmission of meningitis
    Pathogenesis of meningitis
    Diagnosis of meningococcal disease
    Clinical aspects of meningitis
    Treatment of meningococcal disease
    Prevention of meningococcal disease
    Appendix.
    Digital Access Springer 2016
  • Digital
    edited by Albrecht Messerschmidt ... [et al.].
    Contents:
    Iron
    NIckel
    Manganese
    Cobalt
    Molybdenum/Tungsten
    Copper
    Vanadium
    Zinc
    Calcium
    Magnesium.
    Digital Access Wiley 2006-
  • Digital
    edited by Leonard A. Jason and David S. Glenwick.
    Summary: "The field of community psychology has focused on individuals' and groups' behavior in interaction with their social contexts, with an emphasis on prevention, early intervention, wellness promotion, and competency development. Over the past few decades, however, community-based applications of the newest research methodologies have not kept pace with the development of theory and methodology with regard to multilevel data collection and analysis. The Handbook of Methodological Approaches to Community-Based Research is intended to aid the community-oriented researcher in learning about and applying cutting-edge quantitative, qualitative, and mixed methods approaches. The Handbook presents a number of innovative methodologies relevant to community-based research, illustrating their applicability to specific social problems and projects. These methodological approaches explore individuals and groups in interaction with their communities and provide examples of how to implement and evaluate interventions conducted at the community level. The chapters discuss how particular methodologies can be used to help gather and analyze data dealing with community-based issues. Furthermore, they illustrate the benefits that occur when community theorists, interventionists, and methodologists work together to better understand complicated person-environment systems and the change processes within communities"-- Provided by publisher.

    Contents:
    Machine generated contents note:
    Foreword by Raymond P. Lorion
    Acknowledgments
    About the Editors
    Contributors
    Chapter 1. Introduction to Community-Based Methodological Approaches
    Leonard A. Jason and David S. Glenwick
    Section I. Qualitative Approaches
    Chapter 2. Introduction to Qualitative Approaches
    Anne E. Brodsky, Sara L. Buckingham, Jill E. Scheibler, and Terri Mannarini
    Chapter 3. Grounded Theory
    Andrew Rasmussen, Adeyinka M. Akinsulure-Smith, and Tracy Chu
    Chapter 4. Thematic Analysis
    Stephanie Riger and Rannveig Sigurvinsdottir
    Chapter 5. Community Narratives
    Bradley Olson, Daniel Cooper, Judah Viola, and Brian Clark
    Chapter 6. Appreciative Inquiry
    Neil Boyd
    Chapter 7. The Delphi Method
    Shane R. Brady
    Chapter 8. Ethnographic Approaches
    Urmitapa Dutta
    Chapter 9. Photovoice and House Meetings Within Participatory Action Research
    Regina Day Langhout, Jesica Siham Fernandez, Denise Wyldbore, and Jorge Savala
    Chapter 10. Geographic Information Systems
    Andrew Lohmann
    Chapter 11. Causal Layered Analysis
    Lauren J. Breen, Peta L. Dzidic, and Brian J. Bishop
    Chapter 12. Emotional Textual Analysis
    Renzo Carli, Rosa Maria Paniccia, Fiammetta Giovagnoli, Agostino Carbone, and Fiorella Bucci
    Section II. Quantitative Approaches
    Chapter 13. Introduction to Quantitative Approaches
    Christian M. Connell
    Chapter 14. Latent Growth Curves
    Megan R. Greeson
    Chapter 15. Latent Class Analysis and Latent Profile Analysis
    Glenn Williams and Fraenze Kibowski
    Chapter 16. Multilevel Structural Equation Modeling
    John P. Barile
    Chapter 17. Cluster-Randomized Trials
    Nathan R. Todd and Patrick Fowler
    Chapter 18. Behavioral and Time-Series Approaches
    Mark Mattaini, Leonard A. Jason, and David S. Glenwick
    Chapter 19. Data Mining
    Jacob Furst, Daniela Stan Raicu, and Leonard A. Jason
    Chapter 20. Agent-Based Models
    Zachary P Neal and Jennifer Lawlor
    Chapter 21. Social Network Analysis
    Mariah Kornbluh and Jennifer Watling Neal
    Chapter 22. Dynamic Social Networks
    Leonard A. Jason, John Light, and Sarah Callahan
    Section III. Mixed Methods Approaches
    Chapter 23. Introduction to Mixed Methods Approaches
    Valerie R. Anderson
    Chapter 24. Action Research
    Brian Christens, Victoria Faust, Jennifer Gaddis, Paula Tran Inzeo, Carolina S. Sarmiento,
    and Shannon M. Sparks
    Chapter 25. Community-Based Participatory Action Research
    Michael J. Kral and James Allen
    Chapter 26. Youth-Led Participatory Action Research
    Emily J. Ozer
    Chapter 27. Participatory Mixed Methods Research Across Cultures
    Rebecca Volino Robinson, E.J.R. David, and Mara Hill
    Chapter 28. Photoethnography in Community-Based Participatory Research
    Katherine Cloutier
    Chapter 29. Data Visualization
    Gina Cardazone and Ryan T. Tolman
    Chapter 30. Concept Mapping
    Lisa M. Vaughn and Daniel McLinden
    Chapter 31. Functional Analysis of Community Concerns in Participatory Action Research
    Yolanda Suarez-Balcazar and Fabricio Balcazar
    Chapter 32. Network Analysis and Stakeholder Analysis in Mixed Methods Research
    Isidro Maya-Jariego, David Florido-del-Corral, Daniel Holgado, and Javier Hernandez-Ramirez
    Chapter 33. Mixed Methodology in Multilevel, Multisetting Inquiry
    Nicole E. Allen, Angela Walden, Emily Dworkin, and Shabnam Javdani
    Chapter 34. Mixed Methods and Dialectical Pluralism
    Tres Stefurak, R. Burke Johnson, and Erynne Shatto
    Chapter 35. Community Profiling in Participatory Action Research
    Caterina Arcidiacono, Teresa Tuozzi, and Fortuna Procentese
    Afterword by G. Anne Bogat
    Index.
    Digital Access Oxford [2016]
  • Digital
    edited by J.P.F. D'Mello, formerly of SAC, University of Edinburgh King's Buildings Campus, Edinburgh, UK.
    Digital Access Ovid 2017
  • Digital
    edited by Bruce Bongar, Glenn Sullivan, Larry James.
    Contents:
    Introduction to military suicide / Elvin Sheykhani, Lori Holleran, Kasie Hummel, Bruce Bongar
    Why suicide? / Victoria Kendrick, Lori Holleran, David Hart, Dana Lockwood, Tracy Vargo, Bruce Bongar
    Suicide and the American military's experience in Iraq and Afghanistan / Joseph Tomlins, Whitney Bliss, Larry James, Bruce Bongar
    Suicide in the Army National Guard : findings, interpretations, and implications for prevention / James Griffith
    Combat experience and the acquired capability for suicide / Craig J. Bryan, Tracy A. Clemans, Ann Marie Hernandez
    Combat-related killing and the interpersonal-psychological theory of suicide / Lindsey L. Monteith, Shira Maguen
    Suicide risk assessment with combat veterans-Part I : contextual factors / Christopher G. Ahnallen, Abby Adler, Phillip M. Kleespies
    Suicide risk assessment with combat veterans-Part II : assessment and management / Phillip M. Kleespies, Abby Adler, Christopher G. Ahnallen
    Driving themselves to death : covert and subintentional suicide among veterans / Glenn Sullivan, Phillip C. Kroke, Timothy B. Hostler
    Identifying MMPI-2 risk factors for suicide / John J. Barreto, Roger L. Greene
    Ethical issues in the treatment of suicidal military personnel and veterans / W. Brad Johnson, Gerald P. Koocher
    Evidence-based treatments for PTSD : clinical considerations for PTSD and comorbid suicidality / Afsoon Eftekhari, Sara J. Landes, Katherine C. Bailey, Hana J. Shin, Josef I. Ruzek
    The collaborative assessment and management of suicidality with suicidal service members / David A. Jobes, Blaire C. Schembari, Keith W. Jennings
    Healing the hidden wounds of war : treating the combat veteran with PTSD for risk of suicide / Herbert Hendin
    Understanding traumatic brain injury and suicide through the lens of executive dysfunction / Beeta Y. Homaifar, Melodi Billera, Sean M. Barnes, Nazanin Bahraini, Lisa A. Brenner
    The problem of suicide in the United States Special Operation Forces / Bruce Bongar, Kate Maslowski, Catherine Hausman, Danielle Spangler, Tracy Vargo
    Managing suicide in the older veteran / Bavna B. Vyas, Lisa M. Brown, David Dosa, Diane L. Elmore
    Person-centered suicide prevention in primary care settings / Paul R. Duberstein, Marsha Wittink, Wilfred R. Pigeon
    Caring letters for military suicide prevention / David D. Luxton.
    Digital Access Oxford 2017
  • Print
    editors, Nitin Mishra, Abdulaziz M. Saleem.
    Summary: "A concise, step-by-step guide to performing minimally invasive operations in colon and rectal surgery"-- Provided by publisher.
    Digital Access AccessSurgery c2024
  • Digital
    Mohamad Mohty, Jean-Luc Harousseau, editors.
    Summary: This handbook is an in-depth and comprehensive guide to the pathophysiology, diagnosis, staging, treatment and management of patients with multiple myeloma. The Handbook was commissioned to address an unmet need for a book of this kind in the myeloma field and to provide busy healthcare professionals with an informative and educational review of the current and emerging treatment recommendations for multiple myeloma. Myeloma is a type of bone marrow cancer arising from plasma cells and is the second most common form of bone marrow cancer, but represents just 1% of all cancers. The causes of myeloma are not fully understood but it is thought to be caused by an interaction of both genetic and environmental factors. This Handbook discusses these issues as well the latest developments in the field and will be an invaluable source of topical information for all healthcare professionals with an interest in multiple myeloma.

    Contents:
    Pathophysiology
    Diagnosis and staging
    Treatment of transplant eligible patients
    Treatment of elderly patients
    Treatment of relapsed patients
    Bone disease.
    Digital Access Springer 2015
  • Digital
    Irfan K. Moinuddin, David J. Leehey.
    Summary: Now entirely in four-color for the first time, Handbook of Nephrology, Second Edition is a concise introduction to Nephrology and features vividly-described patient cases that illuminate core concepts and topics, such as patient history, physical assessment, diagnosis, lab findings and more. This edition has been expanded with numerous additional cases, which now reflect the day-to-day activities of a practicing nephrologist. Expanded for the second edition with numerous additional case studies, now interspersed appropriately throughout topical content. Cases re-configured to mimic the teaching process and lead the reader through to diagnosis. Content is written in a straightforward bulleted format for easy reading. Features teaching strategies that the authors use in their rounds, lectures, morning reports and everyday practice. Ideal for residents, fellows, faculty and students, as well as practicing nephrologists.
    Digital Access Ovid 2020
  • Digital
    [edited by] Valter Tucci.
    Contents:
    1. Genetic screens in neurodegeneration
    2. Computational epigenomics
    3. Behavioral phonetyping in zebrafish: the first models of alcohol induced abnormalities
    4. How does stress affect energy balance?
    5. Interactions of experience-dependent plasticity and LTP in the hippocampus during associative learning
    6. The genetics of cognition in schizophrenia: combining mouse and human studies
    7. The biological basis of economic choice
    8. Interval-timing protocols and their relevancy to the study of temporal cognition and neurobehavioral genetics
    9. Toolkits for cognition: from core knowledge to genes
    10. Quantitative genetics of behavioral phenotypes
    11. Behavioral phenotyping in genetic mouse models of autism spectrum disorders: a translational outlook
    12. Genetics of human sleep and sleep disorders
    13. The endocannabinoid system in the control of behavior
    14. Epigenetics in brain development and disease
    15. Impact of postnatal manipulations on offspring development in rodents
    16. Exploring the roles of genetics and the epigenetic mechanism DNA methylation in honey bee (Apis Mellifera) behavior
    17. Genetics and neuroepigenetics of sleep
    18. Behavioral phenotyping using optogenetic technology
    19. Phenotyping sleep: beyond EEG
    20. A cognitive neurogenetics screening system with a data-analysis toolbox
    21. Mapping the connectional architecture of the rodent brain with fMRI
    22. Cutting edge approaches for the identification and the functional investigation of miRNAs in brain science
    Index.
    Digital Access Wiley 2017
  • Digital
    edited by Brett E. Skolnick, Wayne M. Alves.
    Summary: Handbook of Neuroemergency Clinical Trials, Second Edition, focuses on the practice of clinical trials in acute neuroscience populations, or what have been called neuroemergencies. Neuroemergencies are complex, life-threatening diseases and disorders, often with devastating consequences, including death or disability. The overall costs are staggering in terms of annual incidence and costs associated with treatment and survival, yet despite their significance as public health issues, there are few drugs and devices available for definitive treatment. The book focuses on novel therapies and the unique challenges their intended targets pose for the design and analysis of clinical trials. This volume provides neurologists, neuroscientists, and drug developers with a more complete understanding of the scientific and medical issues of relevance in designing and initiating clinical development plans for novel drugs intended for acute neuroscience populations. The editors provide the best understanding of the pitfalls associated with acute CNS drug development and the best information on how to approach and solve issues that have plagued drug development.
    Digital Access ScienceDirect 2018
  • Print
    edited by Francesco S. Pavone and Shy Shoham.
    Summary: "This book provides the first dedicated overview of neurophotonics, covering the use of advanced optical technologies to record, stimulate, and control the activity of the brain, yielding new insight and advantages over conventional tools due to the adaptability and non-invasive nature of light. Chapters address functional studies of neurovascular signaling, metabolism, electrical excitation, and hemodynamics, as well as clinical applications for imaging and manipulating brain structure and function. The unifying theme throughout is not only to highlight the technology, but to show how these novel methods are becoming critical to breakthroughs that will lead to advances in our ability to manage and treat human diseases of the brain"-- Provided by publisher.

    Contents:
    Miniaturized Optical Neuroimaging Systems / Hang Yu, Janaka Senarathna, Betty M. Tyler, Nitish V. Thakor, Arvind P. Pathak
    Functional Imaging with Light-Sheet Microscopy / Raghav K. Chhetri and Philipp J. Keller
    Two-Photon Microscopy in the Mammalian Brain / Hod Dana and Shy Shoham
    Light Field Microscopy for in vivo Ca2 imaging / Tobias Nöbauer and Alipasha Vaziri
    Genetically Encoded Activity Indicators / Chenchen Song and Thomas Knöpfel
    Functional Optoacoustic Imaging / Daniel Razansky
    Imaging Deep in the Brain with Wavefront Engineering / Roarke Horstmeyer, Maximillian Hoffmann, Haowen Ruan, Benjamin Judkewtiz, Changhuei Yang
    Nanoscopic Imaging to Understand Synaptic Function / Daniel Choquet and Anne-Sophie Hafner
    Chemical Clearing of Brains / Klaus Becker, Christian Hahn, Nina Jährling, Marko Pende, Inna Sabdyusheva-Litschauer, Saiedeh Saghafi, Martina Wanis, Hans-Ulrich Dodt
    Advanced Light-Sheet Microscopy to Explore Brain Structure on Organ-wide Scale / Ludovico Silvestri and Francesco S. Pavone
    Optogenetic Modulation of Neural Circuits / Mathias Mahn, Oded Klavir, Ofer Yizhar
    Molecular Photoswitches for Synthetic Optogenetics / Shai Berlin and Ehud Y Isacoff
    Applications of Nanoparticles for Optical Modulation of Neural Behavior / Chiara Paviolo, Shaun Gietman, Daniela Duc, Simon E. Moulton, Paul R. Stoddart
    Optical Stimulation of Neural Circuits in Freely-Moving Animals / Leore R. Heim and Eran Stark
    Holographic Optical Neural Interfaces (HONIs) / Shani Rosen, Shir Paluch, Shy Shoham
    Multi-photon Nanosurgery / Anna Letizia Allegra Mascaro and Francesco Saverio Pavone
    High Resolution Diffuse Optical Tomography of the Human Brain / Muriah D. Wheelock and Adam T. Eggebrecht
    Human Brain Imaging by Optical Coherence Tomography / Caroline Magnain, Jean C. Augustinack, David Boas, Bruce Fischl, Taner Akkin, Ender Konukoglu, Hui Wang
    Acousto Optic Cerebral Monitoring Information Classification: General / Michal Balberg and Revital Pery-Shechter
    Neurophotonic Vision Restoration / Adi Schejter Bar-Noam and Shy Shoham
    Optical Cochlear Implants / C.-P Richter, Y. Xu, X. Tan, N. Xia, N. Suematsu
    Label-free Fluorescence Interrogation of Brain Tumors / Brad A. Hartl, Shamira Sridharan, Laura Marcu
    Higher Harmonic Generation Imaging for Neuropathology / Nikolay Kuzmin, Sander Idema, Eleonora Aronica, Philip C. de Witt Hamer, Pieter Wesseling, Marie Louise Groot.
    Digital Access TandFonline 2020
  • Digital
    Denita Ryan.
    Summary: Stellar, pocket-sized nursing guide facilitates implementation of best practices in the care of neurosurgical patients Written by advanced practice nurses in collaboration with physician experts from one of the world's most renowned neurosurgical institutions, this is the first point-of-care book designed to enhance patient care at the bedside. Every chapter is written by leading authorities in their respective specialties, resulting in a concise but robust neuroscience nursing management tool. The authors lay a foundation with an in-depth description of central nervous system anatomy, followed ...

    Contents:
    Handbook of Neuroscience Nursing: Care of the Adult Neurosurgical Patient; MedOne Information; Title Page; Copyright; Dedication; Contents; Video Contents; Foreword; Preface; Acknowledgments; Contributors; Abbreviations; Part I Anatomy and Assessment of the Nervous System; 1 Anatomy; 2 Assessment; Part II Specific Conditions Associated with Neurologic Disorders; 3 Principles of Intracranial Pressure; 4 Hydrocephalus; 5 Electrolyte Disturbances; 6 Seizures; Part III Disorders of the Central Nervous System; 7 Tumors; 8 Vascular Disorders; 9 Traumatic Brain Injury; 10 Infectious Diseases 11 Spinal Disorders12 Traumatic Spine Injury; 13 Developmental Disorders; Part IV Diagnosis and Treatment of Central Nervous System Disorders; 14 Neuroradiology and Neuroendovascular Interventions; 15 Neurosurgical Interventions; 16 Radiotherapy; 17 Rehabilitation; Part V Appendices; Appendix A: Nursing Management Tables; Appendix B: Sample Discharge Instructions; Appendix C: Preoperative Nursing Checklist; Index; Additional MedOne Information.
    Digital Access Thieme-Connect 2019
  • Digital
    Lynda Juall Carpenito, RN, MSN, CRNP Family Nurse Practitioner, ChesPenn Health Services, Chester, Pennsylvania, Nursing Consultant, Mullica Hill, New Jersey.
    Summary: Carpenito's "Handbook of Nursing Diagnosis" is the ideal quick reference for Nursing Diagnosis information. This handbook offers practical guidance on nursing diagnoses and associated care. Compared to Carpenito's textbook, the handbook is a quick-reference type scope of content, easy for students to use while in clinical, in the classroom or simulation lab. From goals to specific interventions, Handbook of Nursing Diagnosis focuses on nursing. It provides a condensed, organized outline of clinical nursing practice designed to communicate creative clinical nursing. It is not meant to replace nursing textbooks, but rather to provide nurses who work in a variety of settings with the information they need without requiring a time-consuming review of the literature. It will assist students in transferring their theoretical knowledge to clinical practice. This title is intended for nursing students to use through their curriculum. -- Provided by publisher. The 15th edition is organized in three sections. Section 1 provides an alphabetical reference to nursing diagnoses, including NANDA-I definition and Section 2 focuses organizes all the health promotion/wellness nursing diagnoses for individuals. Lastly, section 3 covers Diagnostic Clusters, which presents medical conditions with associated collaborative problems and nursing diagnoses, designed for easy reference in the clinical setting. The handbook differs from the main textbook because it doesn't go into the foundation for understanding nursing diagnoses, including care planning and concept mapping. The handbook only covers the NANDA-I diagnoses and collaborative problems. -- Provided by publisher.

    Contents:
    Nursing diagnoses
    Health-promotion nursing diagnoses
    Manual of collaborative problems
    Diagnostic clusters.
    Digital Access Ovid 2017
  • Digital
    Arrigo F.G. Cicero, Alessandro Colletti.
    Summary: This handbook provides key information on the clinical use of nutraceuticals, an increasingly common practice grounded in an understanding of the pharmacological activities of natural compounds and clinical evidence of efficacy and safety. Each chapter examines the effects of nutraceuticals in different therapeutic contexts, including nutraceuticals active on the digestive system, heart, lipid and glucose metabolism, and immune system. The authors also address relevant concerns such as relative and absolute contraindications, range of tested doses (efficacious and safe), possible side effects and pharmacological interactions, and the scientific level of clinical evidence for each product. Despite the availability of a large number of nutraceuticals on the market, the same compound is often offered by different industries at different dosages and concentrations, with different titration and often with different suggestions of efficacy. Available academic books on nutraceuticals prioritize summarizing information or focus on the pharmacological aspects on cells or animals models rather than on proof in humans. The handbook takes a unique and practical approach intended to assist clinicians, pharmacologists, nutritionists, and dietitians considering prescribing nutraceuticals for therapeutic use. Renowned expert Professor Arrigo Cicero is known internationally for his work in nutraceuticals, and currently serves as President of the Italian Nutraceutical Society. .

    Contents:
    Preface
    Contents
    Nutraceuticals active on central nervous system
    Nutraceuticals active on peripheral nervous system
    Nutraceuticals active on heart function
    Nutraceuticals active on blood pressure
    Nutraceuticals active on Capillaries and veins
    Nutraceuticals active on lipid metabolism
    Nutraceuticals active on glucose metabolism
    Nutraceuticals for body weight modulation
    Nutraceuticals active on Digestive system
    Nutraceuticals active on urinary tract
    Nutraceuticals active on genital apparatus
    Nutraceuticals active on women disorders
    Nutraceuticals active on immune system
    Nutraceuticals active on bones and joints
    Nutraceuticals active on skin
    Nutraceuticals for physical activity support.
    Digital Access Springer 2018
  • Digital
    Vinood B. Patel, Victor R. Preedy, editors.
    Summary: This multivolume reference work addresses the fact that the well being of humankind is predicated not only on individuals receiving adequate nutrition but also on their genetic makeup. The work includes more than 100 chapters organized in the following major sections: Introduction and Overview; Epigenetics of Organs and Diseases in Relation to Diet and Nutrition; Detailed Processes in Epigenetics of Diet and Nutrition; Modulating Epigenetics with Diet and Nutrition; and Practical Techniques. While it is well known that genes may encode proteins responsible for structural and dynamic components, there is an increasing body of evidence to suggest that nutrition itself may alter the way in which genes are expressed via the process of epigenetics. This is where chemically imposed alteration in the DNA sequence occurs or where the functional expression of DNA is modulated. This may include changes in DNA methylation, non-coding RNA, chromatin, histone acetylation or methylation, and genomic imprinting. Knowledge regarding the number of dietary components that impact on epigenetic processes is increasing almost daily. Marshalling all the information on the complex relationships between diet, nutrition, and epigenetic processes is somewhat difficult due to the wide myriad of material. It is for this reason that the present work has been compiled.

    Contents:
    Nervous system
    Development and ageing
    Cancers
    Caloric and dietary restriction
    Detailed processes in epigenetics of diet and nutrition.-Modifications of DNA via methylation
    Modifications of histones
    Modifications of non-coding RNAs
    DNA repair
    Modulating epigenetics with diet and nutrition
    General treatments and strategies
    Vitamins
    Minerals
    Specific foods and nutrients
    Nutritional toxicology
    Practical techniques.
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Digital
    Carol J. Lammi-Keefe, Sarah C. Couch, John P. Kirwan, editors.
    Digital Access Springer 2018
  • Digital
    [edited by] William E. Mitch, MD, Gordon A. Cain Chair in Nephrology, Director, Division of Nephrology, Professor of Medicine, Baylor College of Medicine, Houston, Texas T. Alp Ikizler, MD, Catherine McLaughlin-Hakim Professor of Medicine, Department of Medicine, Division of Nephrology, Vanderbilt University School of Medicine, Nashville, Tennessee.
    Contents:
    Nutritional requirements of healthy adults
    Nutrition screening and assessment in kidney disease
    Epidemiology of protein-energy wasting in chronic kidney disease
    Effects of chronic kidney disease on metabolism and hormonal function
    Calcium, phosphorus, and vitamin D in kidney disease
    Management of lipid abnormalities in the patient with kidney disease
    Role of nutrition in cardiovascular and kidney diseases
    Requirements for protein, calories, and fat in the predialysis patient
    Nutritional considerations in patients with diabetes and kidney disease
    Nephrotic syndrome: nutritional consequences and dietary management
    Nutritional intervention in progressive chronic kidney disease
    Nutritional requirements in hemodialysis patients
    Nutritional considerations for patients on peritoneal dialysis
    Nutritional management of kidney transplant patients
    Enteral and parenteral nutrition in kidney disease: practical applications
    Trace elements and vitamins
    Dietary salt intake for patients with hypertension or kidney disease
    Nutritional aspects of kidney stones
    Practical aspects of dealing with the gut microbiome in patients with kidney disease
    Obesity in kidney disease
    Exercise and physical function in kidney disease
    The renal dietitian in the clinic-medical nutrition therapy
    Nutritional support in acute kidney injury
    Nutrition in pediatric kidney disease
    Sample menus for chronic kidney disease patients.
    Digital Access Ovid 2018
  • Digital
    edited by Guy I. Benrubi.
    Summary: "Perfect as a quick reference in the emergency room or your office, the newest edition of this handbook is diagnostic and treatment-focused, touching on a range of everyday conditions and problems. These include newer issues as medico-psychological ramifications of sexual assault and complications from abortion, assisted reproductive technologies, and immunologic therapies. OBGYNs as well as non-obstetrical providers will find much here to help them assess and manage clinical situations. Now with a new chapter on pediatric gynecologic emergencies and more discussion of pathophysiology of disease. Organized for this edition into two distinct sections--obstetrics AND gynecology. New information on treating Zika, Dengue, Chickenqunya, and other mosquito-borne infections in pregnancy. Contributors hail from pharmacy, surgery, radiology, and other disciplines, in addition to obstetrics and gynecology. Packed with numerous treatment algorithms and illustrations, including ultrasound"--Provided by publisher.
    Digital Access
    Provider
    Version
    Ovid
    LWW Health Library
  • Digital
    S.R. Prabhu.
    Summary: "With the pressure of packed dental subjects on the undergraduate dental curriculum, students often find huge volumes of knowledge presented in standard textbooks difficult to grasp, and feel that a concise book is needed for them to understand the essentials of oral diseases encountered in their clinical training. It would be beneficial to have readily available resources that would help with clinical decision-making without having to spend considerable time looking for information in voluminous books. Handbook of Oral Pathology and Oral Medicine aims to be a concise book that discusses a range of oral diseases in a user-friendly manner. It will contain current evidence-based information, with each clinical topic being presented in a couple of pages, and will be supported by over 300 clinical, radiological, and microscopic images where necessary. Each chapter will also include numerous bullet points to aid with learning. Topics discussed are in accordance with universally followed curricula of oral pathology and oral medicine"-- Provided by publisher.
    Digital Access Wiley 2022
  • Digital
    [edited by] Christine B. Franzese, Cecelia C. Damask, Sarah K. Wise, Matthew W. Ryan.
    Digital Access
    Provider
    Version
    Thieme MedOne Otolaryngology
    Thieme-Connect
  • Digital
    [edited by] David Goldenberg, Bradley J. Goldstein.
    Contents:
    General otolaryngology
    Perioperative care and anesthesia for the otolaryngology head and neck surgery patient
    Otology and neurotology
    Rhinology
    Laryngology and the upper aerodigestive tract
    Head and neck surgery
    Endocrine surgery in otolaryngology
    Pediatric otolaryngology
    Facial plastic and reconstructive surgery.
    Digital Access
    Provider
    Version
    Thieme-Connect
    Thieme MedOne Otolaryngology
  • Digital
    Ankit A. Bhargava, Bryan J. Wells, Pablo A. Quintero, editors.
    Summary: This handbook serves as a pocket-sized resource to aid with the diagnosis and management of cardiovascular disease in the outpatient setting. Containing up-to-date information on the most recent guidelines and clinical trials, this reference presents a broad overview of outpatient cardiovascular issues in a concise, clear text. Each chapter focuses on a specific cardiovascular disease state and outlines the key steps for diagnosis and management of cardiovascular disease in the outpatient setting. The goal of this handbook is to help outpatient providers prevent, diagnose, and treat a wide range of heart disease--including coronary disease, valve disease, irregular heart rhythms, and advanced heart failure. The Handbook of Outpatient Cardiology is an essential resource for cardiology and internal medicine physicians, trainees, affiliate providers, and students.

    Contents:
    Part 1. History and Physical Exam
    1. Chest Pain
    2. Dyspnea
    3. Palpitations
    4. Syncope
    5. The Cardiovascular Physical Exam
    Part 2. Imaging and Noninvasive Testing
    6. ECG Interpretation
    7. Stress Testing (Treadmill, Echocardiography, SPECT, PET, and Cardiac MR)
    8. Coronary CTA and Calcium Scoring
    9. Basics of Echocardiography
    Part 3. Cardiovascular Disease Risk Management
    10. Hypertension
    11. Dyslipidemia
    12. Hypoglycemic Therapies and Reducing CVD Risk
    Part 4. Coronary Disease
    13. Stable Ischemic Heart Disease
    14. Post Myocardial infarction evaluation and management
    Part 5. Heart Failure
    15. Heart Failure with Reduced Ejection Fraction
    16. Heart Failure with Preserved Ejection Fraction
    Part 6. Valvular Heart Disease
    17. Aortic Valve Disease
    18. Mitral, Tricuspid, and Pulmonic Valve Disease
    19. Prosthetic Valve Disease
    Part 7. Vascular Disease
    20. Peripheral Artery Disease
    21. Aortic Aneurysms and Aortopathies
    22. Pulmonary Embolism and DVT
    Part 8. Arrhythmia
    23. Management of Atrial Fibrillation in the Outpatient Setting
    24. Supraventricular Tachycardia
    25. Bradyarrhythmia
    26. Device Management
    Part 9 Pericardial Disease
    27. Pericardial Diseases: Acute Pericarditis, Pericardial Effusion, and Cardiac Tamponade
    Part 10. Miscellaneous Topics
    28. Simple Adult Congenital Heart Disease
    29. Pregnancy and Heart Disease
    30. Perioperative Cardiovascular Risk Assessment
    31. Cardio-Oncology.
    Digital Access Springer 2022
  • Digital
    Elana Sydney, Eleanor Weinstein, Lisa M. Rucker, editors.
    Summary: This handbook provides a quick, portable, algorithm-based guide to diagnosis and management of common problems seen in adult patients. Written by experienced primary care practitioners, the book emphasizes efficient decision making necessary in the fast-paced realm of the medical office. It covers general considerations such as the physical examination, care of special populations, and pain management and palliative care. It also focuses on common symptoms and disorders by system, including endocrine, respiratory, cardiac, orthopedic, neurologic, genitourinary, and gynecologic. For each disorder, symptoms, red flags, algorithms for differential diagnosis, related symptoms and findings, laboratory workup, treatment guidelines, and clinical pearls are discussed. Handbook of Outpatient Medicine is a valuable resource for primary care physicians, residents, and medical students.
    Digital Access Springer 2018
  • Digital
    Elana Sydney, Eleanor Weinstein, Lisa M. Rucker, editors.
    Summary: The practice of outpatient medicine in the 21st century has become fast-paced and challenging. The busy practitioner learns to make accurate decisions regarding diagnoses and treatments, individualizing them based on the patients particular characteristics and desires. Patients typically present with more than one issue, spanning from wanting information about a vaccine to having symptoms of an acute and serious infectious disease, while also needing care of their chronic conditions. In order to function in a timely manner, the provider needs a reliable resource to aid in making efficient decisions. This text is designed to fulfill this purpose. Now fully revised and expanded, Handbook of Outpatient Medicine, 2e provides a quick, portable, algorithm-based guide to diagnosis and management of common problems seen in adult patients. Written by experienced primary care practitioners, this text emphasizes efficient decision-making necessary in the fast-paced realm of the medical office. It covers general considerations such as the physical examination, care of special populations, and pain management and palliative care. It also focuses on common symptoms and disorders by system, including endocrine, respiratory, cardiac, orthopedic, neurologic, genitourinary, and gynecologic. For each disorder, symptoms, red flags, algorithms for differential diagnosis, related symptoms and findings, laboratory workup, treatment guidelines, and clinical pearls are discussed. One of the major updates in this edition is a chapter dedicated to COVID-19. This chapter focuses on COVID-19 diagnosis, care and sequelae, including what to do after discharge from the hospital. Since the global pandemic has affected medicine as a whole, many of the chapters also discuss COVID-19 as a differential diagnosis. Newer and higher quality photos have also been added in several chapters to help illustrate techniques more efficiently, including new imaging modalities for chest pain.

    Contents:
    Intro
    Preface
    Contents
    Part I: General Considerations
    Chapter 1: Screening/Physical Exam/Health Maintenance
    Introduction
    Intersection of Public Health and Primary Care
    Social Determinants of Health (SDOH) [1]
    Prevention
    Harm Reduction
    Decision-Making/Differential Diagnosis
    Screening
    Physical Exam
    Vaccinations
    Health Maintenance
    References
    Chapter 2: Covid-19 for the Primary Care Clinician: Current Recommendations-Don't Blink!
    Introduction
    Symptoms
    Other History
    Physical Exam
    Lab Tests
    Differential Diagnosis
    Treatment
    Prevention
    Long Covid
    References
    Chapter 3: Transition Care of Teens with Chronic Health Conditions
    Introduction
    Barriers in Transition Care
    Patient and Family Perspectives
    Provider Perspectives
    Initial Evaluation of Teens with Chronic Health Conditions Transitioning to Adult Providers
    Portable Medical Summary
    Assessment of Functional Status
    Education
    Living Arrangement and Family Support
    Employment
    Health Insurance and Benefits Relevant to the Transitioning Adult
    Medicaid, Medicare, SSI, and SSDI
    Medical Decision-Making and Guardianship
    Local Resources for Intellectual and Developmental Disabilities (IDD)
    Unique Considerations in Teens and Young Adults with Chronic Health Conditions Transitioning to Adult Providers
    Specialist-Dominated Care
    Internist-Dominated Care
    Condition-Specific Medical Knowledge
    Medication Reconciliation/Polypharmacy
    Secondary Medical Conditions
    Behavioral Health
    Anxiety and Depression
    Health Maintenance
    Sexual Health
    Sexual Abuse
    Contraception
    Cervical Cancer Screening
    Health Disparities
    Ethical Considerations
    Conclusion
    References
    Chapter 4: Care of the Elderly Patient
    Introduction
    Outpatient Assessment. Tips for Effective Communication
    Past Medical and Surgical History
    Social History
    Medications
    Review of System for Older Adults
    Physical Examination: Evaluate for Pertinent Findings in the Geriatric Patient
    Functional Assessment
    Health Promotion and Disease Prevention
    Vaccines for Individuals over 65 Years of Age [6]
    Primary and Secondary Disease Prevention
    Lifestyle and Behaviors
    Geriatric Syndromes
    Urinary Incontinence (See Table 4.2)
    Dementia (See Chapter on Cognitive Impairment)
    Delirium
    Confusion Assessment Method (CAM): Short version [14]
    Delirium Evaluation
    Depression
    Medication Management
    Falls and Immobility
    Examination of the Older Adult After a Fall [16]
    Get Up and Go Test [17]
    Preventing Future Falls
    Polypharmacy
    Sensory Loss
    Vision
    Hearing Loss
    Malnutrition and Unexplained Weight Loss
    Osteoporosis
    Sleep Disorders
    Advanced Care Planning
    Elder Abuse and Neglect
    Home Care
    References
    Chapter 5: Care at the End of Life: Palliative and Hospice Care-Symptom Management
    History
    Palliative Care/Hospice Care
    Role of the Primary Care Physician in Palliative Care/Hospice
    When to Refer
    Starting the Conversation/Important Documents
    Management of Common Symptoms in Palliative Care
    Shortness of Breath
    Constipation
    Nausea/Vomiting
    Pain
    Conclusion
    References
    Chapter 6: Substance Use Disorder
    Introduction
    Definitions
    Decision-Making
    Identification
    Key History
    Workup
    Management
    Risky or Unhealthy Alcohol Use
    Risky Opioid Use or OUD
    References
    Part II: Endocrine
    Chapter 7: Diabetes
    Introduction
    Diagnosis of DM
    Screening for DM
    Key H&amp
    P in Early DM
    History
    Physical Exam
    Healthcare Maintenance in the Patient with Diabetes [11]
    Treatment of DM. Type 1 Diabetes
    Type 2 Diabetes
    Lifestyle Changes
    Pharmacological Therapy in T2D
    Choice of Therapy
    Metformin
    Sulfonylureas (Glimepiride, Glyburide, Glipizide) and Meglitinides (Repaglinide, Nateglinide)
    GLP-1 Receptor Agonists (Exenatide, Liraglutide, Dulaglutide, Lixisenatide)
    DPP-4 Inhibitors (Sitagliptin, Saxagliptin, Linagliptin, Alogliptin)
    SGLT-2 Inhibitors (Canagliflozin, Dapagliflozin, Empagliflozin, Ertugliflozin)
    Thiazolidinediones (Pioglitazone)
    Alpha-Glucosidase Inhibitors (AGIs) (Acarbose, Miglitol)
    Insulin
    References
    Chapter 8: Thyroid Dysfunction
    Hypothyroidism
    Brief Introduction
    Key H&amp
    P
    Decision-Making/Diagnosis
    Treatment
    Overt Hypothyroidism
    Subclinical Hypothyroidism
    Treatment Challenges
    Hyperthyroidism
    Brief Introduction
    Key H&amp
    P
    Decision-Making/Differential Diagnosis
    Treatment
    Graves' Disease
    Radioactive Iodine (RAI)
    Surgery
    Treatment: Subclinical Hyperthyroidism
    Thyroid Nodules
    Brief Introduction
    Key H&amp
    P
    Decision-Making/Differential Diagnosis
    Treatment
    References
    Chapter 9: Lipids
    Introduction
    Key History and Physical
    History
    Medical History
    Family History
    Social History
    Physical Exam
    Decision-Making/Differential Diagnosis
    Screening Population
    Testing Lipid Levels: Fasting vs. Non-fasting
    Assessing Risk for ASCVD
    Treatment
    Principles of Therapy
    Treatment Strategies
    Lifestyle Modification
    Statins
    Fibrates
    Fish Oil
    Other Non-statin Medications
    Monitoring After Initiating Therapy
    References
    Chapter 10: Obesity
    Introduction
    Key History and Physical Exam
    History
    Physical Examination and Diagnostics
    Who Should Lose Weight?
    Treatment
    Management of Obesity
    Diet
    Physical Activity
    Pharmacotherapy. Weight-Loss Surgery and Procedures
    Long-Term Follow-Up After Uncomplicated Bariatric Surgery
    References
    Part III: Respiratory
    Chapter 11: Cough
    Brief Introduction
    Decision-Making/Differential Diagnosis
    Acute Cough
    Subacute Cough
    Chronic Cough
    Evaluation/Investigation
    Disease-Specific Features
    Acute Cough
    Subacute Cough
    Chronic Cough
    Treatment
    References
    Chapter 12: Shortness of Breath
    Introduction
    Decision-Making/Differential Diagnosis and Key History and Physical Exam
    Sudden-Onset Dyspnea
    Acute-Onset Dyspnea
    Episodic Dyspnea
    Chronic Dyspnea
    Treatment
    References
    Chapter 13: Sinusitis or Rhinosinusitis
    Introduction
    Acute Sinusitis
    Chronic/Recurrent Sinusitis
    Symptoms of Acute Sinusitis
    Symptoms of Chronic Sinusitis
    Physical Findings
    Diagnosis
    Diagnostic Tests
    Treatment of Acute Sinusitis
    Treatment of Chronic Sinusitis
    Additional Evaluation
    References
    Chapter 14: Sore Throat
    Introduction
    Decision-Making/Differential Diagnosis
    Key H&amp
    P
    Rapid Antigen Detection Tests
    Treatment
    Symptomatic Treatment
    References
    Chapter 15: Sleep Apnea
    Introduction
    ICSD3 Classifies Sleep Disorders into Seven Major Categories [4]
    Prevalence
    Sleep History
    Screening Questionnaires to Assess the Risk of OSA
    STOP-Bang Questionnaire
    Understanding ESS Score
    Focused Physical Exam
    OSA/SDB (Obstructive Sleep Apnea/Sleep-Disordered Breathing)
    Definition
    Risk Factors
    Pathophysiology
    Diagnosis
    Differential Diagnosis of Excessive Daytime Sleepiness (EDS)
    Complications and Consequences of Untreated Sleep Apnea
    Treatment: OSAHS/SDB (Usual Therapy)
    Treatment of CSA
    References
    Part IV: Cardiac
    Chapter 16: Hypertension
    Brief Introduction
    Scope of the Problem. History and Review of Systems
    Decision-Making/Differential Diagnoses
    Physical Examination
    Measuring Blood Pressure
    Diagnostic Studies
    Clinical Quality Measure
    Assessment
    Treatment
    Lifestyle Management
    Pharmacological Interventions
    Office, Home Blood Pressure Monitoring (HBPM), and Ambulatory Blood Pressure Monitoring (ABPM)
    Refractory or Resistant Hypertension
    Role of Digital Health in Hypertension
    References
    Chapter 17: Chest Pain
    Chest Pain
    History
    Physical Exam
    Differential Diagnosis
    Potentially Life-Threatening
    Acute Coronary Syndromes
    Aortic Dissection
    Pulmonary Embolism
    Pneumothorax
    Non-Life-Threatening Causes
    Gastroesophageal Reflux Disease
    Pleuritic Chest Pain
    Cervical Angina
    Pericarditis
    Chronic Angina
    Herpes Zoster
    Muscular Pain
    Rib Fracture
    Costochondritis
    Esophageal Spasm
    Approach to Management in the Primary Care Setting
    Diagnostic Testing
    Electrocardiogram
    Blood Testing
    Imaging
    Chest X-Ray
    X-Ray C-Spine
    Transthoracic Echocardiogram
    Diagnostic Testing for Obstructive Coronary Artery Disease
    Treatment of Non-Life-Threatening Causes of Chest Pain
    References
    Chapter 18: Anemia
    Introduction
    Key History and Physical Exam
    Laboratory Evaluation
    Hypoproliferative Anemias
    Microcytic Anemia
    Differential Diagnosis
    Iron Deficiency Anemia
    Epidemiology
    Pathophysiology
    Key History
    Physical Exam
    Laboratory Evaluation
    Diagnosis
    Treatment
    Normocytic Anemia
    Differential Diagnosis [6]
    Anemia of Chronic Disease/Inflammation (AOCD)
    Epidemiology
    Pathophysiology
    Key History and Physical Exam
    Laboratory Evaluation
    Diagnosis
    Treatment
    Macrocytic Anemia
    Differential Diagnosis [2]
    Megaloblastic Anemia
    Vitamin B12 Deficiency
    Epidemiology.
    Digital Access Springer 2022
  • Digital
    editors, Cheryl Bodiford McNeil, Lauren Borduin Quetsch and Cynthia M. Anderson.
    Summary: This handbook offers a theoretical foundation for the adaptation of Parent-Child Interaction Therapy (PCIT) for children with autism spectrum disorder (ASD) and their families. The volume examines current treatments for children with ASD and provides a rationale for why PCIT is considered a strong option to address many of the concerns found within this population of children and families. It presents an overview of PCIT theory, the goals of PCIT, the unique aspects of the treatment, and the exceptional outcomes. The handbook demonstrates the versatility of PCIT in conjunction with standard science-based therapies in addressing specific behavioral problems in this young population. Chapters provide a theoretical basis for PCIT, the empirical evidence for its efficacy, clinical considerations, and training issues. Chapters also offer a selection of case studies that help illustrate how PCIT has been successful in treating children with autism. The handbook concludes by identifying the gaps that need to be addressed by future research. Topics featured in the Handbook include: A clinical description of Parent-Child Interaction Therapy. The effects of medication for individuals with ASD. The importance of parent-child interactions in social communication and development. Teaching complex social behavior to children with ASD. Internet-delivered PCIT (I-PCIT) for children with autism. Child-Directed Interaction treatments for children with ASD. Parent-Directed Interaction treatments for children on the autism spectrum. The Handbook of Parent-Child Interaction Therapy for Children on the Autism Spectrum is a must-have resource for researchers, professors, clinicians/practitioners/therapists, and graduate students across many interrelated disciplines, including child and school psychology, behavioral therapy, social work, child and adolescent psychiatry, pediatrics, and family studies as well as occupational therapy, physical therapy, behavior analysis, and speech therapy.

    Contents:
    Part I. Conceptual foundations of evidence-based approaches for autism-spectrum disorder
    Part II. Evidence-based approaches to treating core and associated deficits of autism spectum disorder
    Part III. Parent-child interaction therapy (PCIT) and autism spectrum disorder: theory and research
    Part IV. Clinical considerations in PCIT for ASD
    Appendix A
    Index.
  • Digital
    Camino Gestal, Santiago Pascual, Ángel Guerra, Graziano Fiorito, Juan M. Vieites, editors.
    OAPEN (Open Access Publishing in European Networks).. OAPEN
    Summary: The aim of this open access book is to facilitate the identification and description of the different organs as well as pathogens and diseases affecting the most representative species of cephalopods focussed on Sepia officinalis, Loligo vulgaris and Octopus vulgaris. These species are valuable 'morphotype' models and belong to the taxonomic groups Sepioidea, Myopsida and Octopoda, which include most of the species with a high market value and aquaculture potential. The study is based on photographs at macroscopic and histological level in order to illustrate the role of the most important pathogens and related diseases from the view of a pathological diagnosis. The reader is able to familiarize with functional anatomy, necropsy and general histology of adults and paralarvae, as well as with the identification of different pathogens and pathologies. This work is thus an invaluable guide for the diagnosis of cephalopod diseases. Besides including pathogens for non-European cephalopod species, it also provides a useful contribution encouraging marine pathologists, parasitologists, veterinarians and those involved in fishery sanitary assessments, aquarium maintenance and aquaculture practices aiming to increase their knowledge about the pathology of cephalopods.

    Contents:
    1. Introduction
    2. Importance of Cephalopod health and welfare for the commercial sector
    Part I: Functional anatomy and histology
    3 Functional anatomy: Macroscopic anatomy and post-mortem examination
    4. Functional histology: The tissues of the common coleoid cephalopods
    5. Tissues of paralarvae and juvenile cephalopods
    Part II: Pathogens and related diseases
    6. Cephalopod diseases caused by fungi and Labyrinthulomycetes
    7. Virus and virus-like particles affecting cephalopods
    8. Bacteria affecting cephalopods
    9. Protist (Coccidian) and related diseases
    10 Protist (Ciliates) and related diseases
    11. Dicyemids
    12 Metazoa and related diseases
    13 Aquarium maintenance related diseases
    14 Regeneration and healing
    15 Other disorders
    16 Cephalopod Senescence and Parasitology
    17 Pathogens and related diseases in other non-European cephalopods: Central and South America
    18 Pathogens and related diseases in other non-European cephalopods: Asia. A Preliminary review.
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Digital
    editors, Todd E. Rasmussen, W. Darrin Clouse, Britt H. Tonnessen.
    Summary: "Now in full color, Handbook of Patient Care in Vascular Diseases is a concise quick-reference guide to effectively diagnosing and treating patients with common arterial and venous vascular diseases. Chapter by chapter, content is presented in a convenient online format, and covers everything from the latest diagnostic methodologies to current catheter-based basics to post-op patient management. Diseases and conditions include diabetes mellitus, atherosclerosis, obesity, and more"--Provided by publisher.

    Contents:
    I: Vascular pathophysiology
    Arterial disease
    Venous disease
    II: Examination of the vascular system
    History and physical examination of the arterial system
    History and physical examination of the venous system
    Noninvasive vascular testing
    III: Identification and management of cardiovascular risk
    Risk factors and risk modifications
    Perioperative risk stratification and clinical guidelines
    Perioperative planning and care of the vascular patient
    IV: Catheter-based and endovascular concepts
    Indications and preparation for angiography
    Catheter-based technology and postprocedure care
    Basic fluoroscopic concepts and applied radiation safety
    V: Disease-specific logical care outlines
    Great vessel and carotid occlusive disease
    Lower extremity ischemia
    Aneurysms and aortic dissection
    Renal artery diseases
    Mesenteric ischemic syndromes
    Upper extremity vascular disorders
    Chronic venous disorders
    Venous thromboembolism and hypercoagulable conditions
    Hemodialysis access
    Digital Access
    Provider
    Version
    Ovid
    LWW Health Library
  • Digital
    editors, Philipp J. Houck, MD, Assistant Professor of Anesthesiology, Division of Pediatric Anesthesia, Department of Anesthesiology, Director of Pediatric Liver Transplant Anesthesia, New York Presbyterian-Morgan Stanley Children's Hospital, Columbia University Medical Center, New York, New York, Manon Haché, MD, Assistant Professor of Anesthesiology, Division of Pediatric Anesthesia, Department of Anesthesiology, Director of Pediatric Trauma Anesthesia, New York Presbyterian-Morgan Stanley Children's Hospital, Columbia University Medical Center, New York, New York, Lena S. Sun, S. Sun, MD, Emanuel M. Papper Professor of Pediatric Anesthesiology, Chief, Division of Pediatric Anesthesia, Vice-Chair, Department of Anesthesiology, New York Presbyterian-Morgan Stanley Children's Hospital, Columbia University Medical Center, New York, New York.
    Digital Access
    Provider
    Version
    AccessAnesthesiology
    AccessPediatrics
  • Digital
    Enid Gilbert-Barness, Diane E. Spicer, Thora S. Steffensen ; foreword by John M. Optiz.
    Summary: Pathologists have long recognized that pediatric autopsy requires great care in technique and dissection to ensure that easily overlooked malformations are recognized and accurate diagnoses are made. The highly experienced authors have created a new edition of Handbook of Pediatric Autopsy Pathology, a comprehensive reference guide to the actual performance of the pediatric autopsy and the optimal recognition and interpretation of pathologic findings. The Handbook of Pediatric Autopsy Pathology, Second Edition covers the spectrum of pediatric pathology with particular reference to those conditions that can be identified at autopsy. New and updated material includes microbiological studies, particularly with the advent of newly described micro-organisms causing disease. The volume also addresses new developments in metabolic diseases, new techniques of ultrasound imaging, and specialized laboratory testing. Furthermore, the book provides a wealth of practical information and bibliographic citations throughout, new copious illustrations and line drawings, numerous standard reference tables, and appendices at the end of multiple chapters. Authored by authorities in the field, Handbook of Pediatric Autopsy Pathology, Second Edition is a valuable resource that will assist general and pediatric pathologists, neonatologists, interns and residents in training, as well as specialists in cytogenetics and ultrasound technicians in understanding the manner and cause of death in its broadest and comprehensive sense.

    Contents:
    Part I: General Principles
    Introduction and General Principles of Autopsy
    Part II: Techniques
    Pediatric Autopsy: Fetus, Newborn, and Child
    Examination of the Human Embryo
    The Placenta
    Part III: Developmental Disorders
    Hydrops, Cystic Hygroma, Fetal Hydrothorax, and Fetal Ascites
    Chromosomal Defects
    Congenital Abnormalities
    Part IV: Organ Systems and Metabolic Disorders
    Cardiovascular System
    Respiratory System
    Gastrointestinal (GI) System
    Liver, Gallbladder, Biliary Tract, and Pancreas
    Renal System
    Male and Female Genitourinary (GU) Systems
    Central Nervous System (CNS)
    Thymus, Spleen, Lymph Nodes, and Immunodeficiency
    Hematopoietic System
    Pediatric Tumors
    Skeletal System
    Skin
    Infections
    Transplantation
    Eye and Adnexa
    Metabolic Diseases
    Part V: Special Considerations
    Sudden Infant Death
    Forensic Pathology
    Special Procedures
    Infection Control and Biological Hazards.
    Digital Access Springer 2014
  • Digital
    Ricardo Munoz... [and others], editors.
    Summary: With just over half a decade passing since the first edition of the Handbook of Pediatric Cardiovascular Drugs was published, it remains the only book of its nature to provide health care practitioners with a tool to safely and consistently prescribe and administer cardiovascular drugs in children with cardiac disease. In this new edition, the editors have updated this important resource in collaboration with highly reputed authors. This pocket reference handbook remains tailored to help cardiovascular practitioners meet the daily challenges of caring forpatients, from the newborn to the young adult, with cardiac disease. In addition to providing an extensive review of all cardiovascular medications, the Handbook of Pediatric Cardiovascular Drugs, 2nd Edition also discusses the information required to assist caregivers in their daily clinical practice. Physicians, fellows, residents, nurse practitioners, physician assistants, pharmacists, nurses and other practitioners alike will find this handbook to be an essential resource for drug therapy in complex and high-risk patients with acquired and congenital heart disease.

    Contents:
    Cardiac Physiology
    Clinical Pharmacokinetics: Applications in Pediatric Practice
    Pharmacogenomics
    Pharmacoeconomics
    Vasoactive Drugs in Acute Care
    Diuretics
    ss-Blockers
    ACE Inhibitors and ARB's
    Antiarrhythmics
    Immunosuppressive Agents in Pediatric Heart Transplantation
    Anticoagulation for Mechanical Circulatory Support
    Pharmacological Treatment of Pulmonary Hypertension
    Antithrombotics and Antifibrinolytics
    Sedative Hypnotics and Anesthetic Agents
    Medication Management in Patients with Multi-organ Failure
    Drug Therapy for Hypercholesterolemia and Dyslipidemia
    Drug Clearance on ECMO and Dialysis/CRRT
    Parenteral Nutrition
    Medication Errors.
    Digital Access Springer 2014
  • Digital
    David C. Dredge, editor.
    Summary: This book addresses epilepsy, the most common neurological problem affecting children and adolescents. It examines the complex processes involved in diagnosing epilepsy in children and the specific age-dependent manifestations which can differ greatly from seizure disorders seen in adults. Concise and comprehensive, the book begins with an introduction to epilepsy, as well as seizure classification and semiology. Further chapters analyze the existing myriad of effective treatment and management methods depending accurate diagnosis. Chapters also discuss of common types of seizure disorders, treatment options, recent drug developments, and evidence-based disease management guidelines. The book concludes with chapter containing pedantic case studies. Handbook of Pediatric Epilepsy is a tailor-made reference for busy clinical professionals and trainees across all medical specialties.

    Contents:
    Introduction
    Causes of epilepsy in childhood
    Common types of pediatric epilepsy
    Clinical features
    Clinical neurological examination and diagnosis
    Treatment options
    Long-term management
    Patient case studies.
    Digital Access Springer 2022
  • Digital
    Dr Caroline A Hastings, Dr Joseph C Torkildson, Anurag K Agrawal.
    Summary: "The pace of change in the field of pediatric hematology, oncology and hematopoietic cell therapies is staggering. Molecular biology, genomics, and biochemistry have accelerated knowledge and understanding of disease states and further highlight the complex interplay of clinical, genetic and social factors which constantly challenge us in the rapid application of novel findings to treat patients with the goal of improved outcomes. This translation of knowledge to the unique patient before us, the true art of the physician, encompassing experience, knowledge, intuition and understanding of the individual needs and goals of patients and families, can be overwhelming. What is needed is a practical, tested approach to analyze and address these problems to ensure a timely evaluation, competent clinical care, and avoidance of pitfalls that might negatively impact the patient or future treatment options. This practical approach is achieved by spending time with patients and families and observing the myriad variations in disease and individual nuances that are not addressed in large studies or case reports all the while expanding foundational knowledge"-- Provided by publisher.

    Contents:
    Approach to the Anemic Child
    Hemolytic Anemia
    Sickle Cell Disease
    Thalassemia
    Transfusion Medicine
    Chelation Therapy
    Approach to the Bleeding Child
    Von Willebrand Disease
    Hemophilia
    Thrombophilia
    The Neutropenic Child
    Thrombocytopenia
    Evaluation of the Child With a Suspected Malignancy
    Oncologic Emergencies
    Acute Leukemias
    Central Nervous System Tumors
    Hodgkin and non-Hodgkin Lymphoma
    Wilms Tumor
    Neuroblastoma
    Sarcomas of the Soft Tissue and Bone
    Germ Cell Tumors
    Rare Tumors of Childhood
    Histiocytic Disorders
    Bone Marrow Transplantation
    Supportive Care of the Child With Cancer
    Central Venous Catheters
    Management of Fever in the Child With Cancer
    Acute Pain Management in the Inpatient Setting
    Palliative Care
    Chemotherapy Basics
    Guide to Procedures
    Treatment of Chemotherapy Extravasations
    Digital Access Wiley 2021
  • Print
    [edited by] Katherine Sims, M.D., Professor of Neurology, Harvard Medical School, Pediatric Neurologist, Massachusetts General Hospital Director, Massachusetts General Hospital Neurogenetics Clinic, Director, Neurogenetics Diagnostic Lab, Center for Human Genetics Research, Massachusetts General Hospital, Boston, Massachusetts.
    Summary: "Lippincott Williams & Wilkins is proud to introduce the Handbook of Pediatric Neurology. Pediatric neurology, an entirely separate specialty from adult neurology is heavily weighted toward the study of metabolic and genetic disorders. This pocket book, based on the critically acclaimed Sabatine's Pocket Medicine, and created as a spinoff of the classic Greer's Pocket Neurology, will be of primary interest for neurologists and pediatricians during their peds neuro rotation. Handbook of Pediatric Neurology provides a practical, comprehensive guide to the management of hospital- and clinic-based pediatric neurological workup, diagnosis, and management. There is crossover into the adult neurology arena due to the science contained within pediatric neurology. As advances in the science of metabolic/genetic disorders occur, adult neurologists are becoming aware of their need to know. The editors believe that topics addressed in Pocket Pediatric Neurology have broad and important interest beyond pediatric neurologists, including pediatricians, adult neurologists and internal medicine physicians"-- Provided by publisher. "Pediatric neurology, an entirely separate specialty from adult neurology, is heavily weighted toward the study of metabolic and generic disorders. This pocket book, created as a spinoff of Greer's Pocket Neurology, is aimed primarily at neurologists and pediatricians during their pediatric neuro rotation"-- Provided by publisher.
    Digital Access LWW Health Library 2014
  • Digital
    [edited by] George I. Jallo, Karl F. Kothbauer, Violette M.R. Recinos.
    Contents:
    Section I. General and critical care
    Section II. Neuroradiology
    Section III. Neurology
    Section IV. Cerebrovascular Disorders
    Section V. Developmental and congenital cranial disorders
    Section VI. Developmental and spinal disorders
    Section VII. Functional disorders
    Section VIII. Trauma
    Section IX. Infections
    Section X. or Basics
    Appendices.
    Digital Access
    Provider
    Version
    Thieme-Connect
    Thieme MedOne Neurosurgery
  • Digital
    Paul D. Sponseller.
    Contents:
    Anatomy and normal development in children / Paul D. Sponseller
    Disorders of growth and development in the extremities / Paul D. Sponseller
    Disorders of spinal growth and development / Paul D. Sponseller
    Miscellaneous disorders of growth and development / Paul D. Sponseller
    Skeletal syndromes and systemic disorders in pediatric orthopaedics / Paul D. Sponseller
    Neuromuscular disorders in pediatric orthopaedics
    Paul D. Sponseller
    Pediatric trauma / Paul D. Sponseller and Matthew J. Hadad
    Normal values and medications / Paul D. Sponseller and Matthew J. Hadad
    Common procedures in pediatric orthopaedics / Paul D. Sponseller.
    Digital Access Thieme-Connect 2020
  • Digital
    Jessica L. Buicko, MD, Endocrine Surgery Fellow, Department of Surgery, Weill Cornell Medicine-New York Presbyterian Hospital, New York, NY, Miguel A. Lopez, DO, Surgical Resident, Department of Surgery, University of Miami School of Medicine, JFK Hospital Surgical Residency Program, Atlantis, FL, Michael A. Lopez-Viego, MD, FACS, Clinical Associate Professor of Surgery, University of Miami School of Medicine, JFK Hospital Surgical Residency Program, Atlantis, FL.
    Summary: "Publisher's Note: Products purchased from 3rd Party sellers are not guaranteed by the Publisher for quality, authenticity, or access to any online entitlements included with the product. Written by residents for residents and medical students, Handbook of Pediatric Surgery is a pocket-sized resource filled with must-know information for the pediatric surgery rotation. In a concise, easy-to-reference format, it covers management of the pediatric surgical patient, pediatric trauma surgery, common pediatric surgical problems, and pediatric surgical oncology. A highly templated, bulleted content makes it quick and easy to find key information when you need it. Chapters on surgical problems clearly present historical background, relevant anatomy, epidemiology and etiology, clinical presentation, diagnosis, surgical management, and postoperative care. Additional chapters cover evaluation and examination, pediatric anesthesia, common pediatric drug dosing, and more. Succinct overviews of each topic include clinical pearls and pitfalls and algorithms where appropriate. Enrich Your eBook Reading Experience with Enhanced Video, Audio and Interactive Capabilities! Read directly on your preferred device(s), such as computer, tablet, or smartphone Easily convert to audiobook, powering your content with natural language text-to-speech Adapt for unique reading needs, supporting learning disabilities, visual/auditory impairments, second-language or literacy challenges, and more"-- Provided by publisher.
    Digital Access LWW Health Library 2018
  • Digital
    Chandrasen K. Sinha, Mark Davenport, editors.
    Summary: ... This edition has been thoroughly revised to reflect the rapid progress in the world of pediatric surgery including the subspecialties of general pediatric surgery, urology, hepatobiliary surgery, organ transplantation, minimally invasive surgery (including robotic surgery), and bariatric surgery. This book also provides an anatomical and physiological background to aid understanding. Having been authored by international leaders in these fields, this book offers comprehensive coverage of various surgical conditions in children with a quick-reference format. The first edition has been immensely popular with over 160,000 downloads including GPs, A&E doctors, adult surgeons who need to treat children, pediatricians, and of course, pediatric surgeons.

    Contents:
    Milestones in Pediatric Surgery
    Milestones in Pediatric Surgery
    Principles of Surgical Science
    Fluids, Electrolytes, and Dehydration
    Metabolic Response to Injury and Sepsis
    Shock
    Parenteral Nutrition
    Hematology for Surgeons
    Postoperative Problems
    Neonatal Physiology and Care
    Fetal and Neonatal Surgery
    Fetal Surgery: General Principles
    Diaphragmatic Hernia
    Esophageal Atresia
    Pyloric Stenosis
    Malrotation
    Intestinal Atresia
    Necrotizing Entercolitis
    Meconium Ileus
    Hirschsprung's Disease
    Anorectal Malformations
    Abdominal Wall Defects
    Children's Surgery
    Surgical Neck Pathology
    Developmental Lung Anomalies
    Gastro-Esophageal Reflux
    Gastrointestinal Bleeding
    Acute Abdomen
    Intussusception
    Appendicitis
    Rare Causes of Abdominal Pain
    Crohn's Disease
    Ulcerative Colitis
    Short Bowel Syndrome
    Intestinal Transplantation
    Vascular Malformations
    Inguinal Hernias and Hydroceles
    The Acute Scrotum
    The Undescended Testes
    Miscellaneous Problems of the Male Genitalia
    Miscellaneous Surgical Issues
    Basic Pediatric Laparoscopy and Thoracoscopy
    Principles of Pediatric Urology
    Urinary Tract Infection
    The Ureter
    Vesico-Ureteric Reflux
    Neurogenic Bladder
    Posterior Urethral Valves
    Hypospadias
    Bladder Exstrophy, Epispadias, and Cloacal Exstrophy
    Disorders of Sex Development
    Surgery of the Liver, Pancreas and Bile Ducts
    Investigation of Jaundice
    Biliary Atresia
    Choledochal Malformations
    Gallbladder Disease
    Portal Hypertension
    Pancreatic Disease
    Liver Transplantation
    Principles of Surgical Oncology
    Wilms' Tumor
    Liver Tumors
    Neuroblastoma
    Teratomas
    Miscellaneous Tumors
    Principles of Trauma
    General Principles
    Abdominal Trauma
    Thoracic Trauma
    Basic Brain Injury
    Spina Bifida and Hydrocephalus
    Spina Bifida
    Hydrocephalus
    Appendices
    Reference Weights and Heights
    Anatomical Reference
    Human Developmental Milestones. New chapters: 1. Paediatric Bariatric Surgery
    2. Stem cells in Paediatric Surgery
    3. Robotic Surgery in Children.
    Digital Access Springer 2022
  • Digital
    editors, Alan P. Ladd, Frederick J. Rescorla, Jay L. Grosfeld.
    Summary: Handbook of Pediatric Surgical Patient Care focuses on the decision-making process in the overall management of the pediatric surgical patient and provides guidelines for diagnosis. The book covers topics ranging from a wide spectrum of neonatal conditions and surgical critical care to other childhood afflictions, pediatric cancer and the injured child. It also focuses on the current management of common childhood conditions including appendicitis, pyloric stenosis and hernias. The purpose of this handbook is to provide a brief, easily accessible, rapid source of contemporary information to students, residents and practitioners caring for infants and children with surgical disorders.

    Contents:
    Section 1. Physiologic considerations of newborn/child. ch. 1. Pediatric thermoregulation and metabolism / David E. Carney and Miller C. Hamrick
    ch. 2. Fluids, resuscitation and electrolytes / David E. Carney and Miller C. Hamrick
    ch. 3. Cardiovascular physiology / David E. Carney and Miller C. Hamrick
    ch. 4. Infectious considerations / David E. Carney and Miller C. Hamrick
    ch. 5. Pediatric parenteral nutrition / Wendy Cruse
    ch. 6. Enteral nutrition / Alan P. Ladd
    ch. 7. Pediatric anesthesia guidelines / Doris Hardacker
    ch. 8. Pediatric airway management / Katherine M. DeMasie
    ch. 9. Pediatric sedation / Michael Mazurek
    ch. 10. Treatment of acute postsurgical pain in the pediatric patient / James Tolley
    ch. 11. The ex-utero treatment (Exit) procedure / Cynthia Gingalewski, Sarah Oltmann and David Schindel
    Section 2. Trauma. ch. 12. Evaluation and resuscitation of the injured child / Thomas M. Rouse
    ch. 13. Thoracic injuries in children / L.R. "Tres" Scherer
    ch. 14. Abdominal trauma / Dennis Vane
    ch. 15. Renal and genitourinary trauma / Dennis Vane and Tres Scherer
    ch. 16. Central nervous system trauma / Jodi L. Smith
    ch. 17. Pediatric vascular injuries / Jenny Cho and Michael Dalsing
    ch. 18. Pediatric burn / John J. Coleman III
    ch. 19. Child abuse / Dennis W. Vane and Ann DiMaio
    Section 3. Tumors (the abdominal mass). ch. 20. Wilms' tumor / Thomas R. Weber
    ch. 21. Neuroblastoma / Jay L. Grosfeld
    ch. 22. Liver tumors / Frederick J. Rescorla
    ch. 23. Gastrointestinal tumors / Alan P. Ladd
    ch. 24. Testicular tumors / Deborah F. Billmire
    ch. 25. Ovarian tumors / Deborah Billmire
    ch. 26. Sacrococcygeal teratomas / Frederick J. Rescorla
    ch. 27. Pediatric bone tumors / Daniel Wurtz
    ch. 28. Soft tissuee sarcomas / Frederick J. Rescorla
    Section 4. Transplantation. ch. 29. History of organ transplantation / Richard S. Mangus
    ch. 30. Pediatric kidney transplantation / Richard S. Mangus
    ch. 31. Pediatric liver transplantation / Richard S. Mangus
    ch. 32. Pediatric intestinal and multivisceral transplantation / Richard S. Mangus
    ch. 33. Overview of immunosuppressive agents / Richard S. Mangus
    Section 5. Head/neck. ch. 34. Thyroid / Adam C. Alder and Michael A. Skinner
    ch. 35. Parathyroid / Adam C. Alder and Michael A. Skinner
    ch. 36. Laryngeal and tracheal disorders / Charles M. Leys
    ch. 37. Lymphadenopathy / Nicholas F. Fiore
    ch. 38. Neck cysts and sinuses / Nicholas F. Fiore
    Section 6. Thorax. ch. 39. Newborn thoracic masses: congenital lung malformations / Alan P. Ladd
    ch. 40. Newborn thoracic masses: congenital diaphragmatic hernia and indications for ECMO / Troy Perry and Bryan J. Dicken
    ch. 41. Newborn thoracic masses: esophageal atresia and tracheoesophageal malformations / Frederick J. Rescorla
    ch. 42. Chest wall anomalies: pectus excavatum / Scott A. Engum
    ch. 43. Chest wall anomalies: pectus carinatum / Scott A. Engum
    ch. 44. Chest wall anomalies: Poland syndrome / Scott A. Engum
    ch. 45. Chest wall anomalies: Jeune's syndrome / Scott A. Engum
    Section 7. Abdomen. ch. 46. Abdominal wall: prenatal considerations
    abdominal wall defects / Cynthia Gingelewski
    ch. 47. Abdominal wall: gastroschisis / Kim Molik
    ch. 48. Abdominal wall: omphalocele / David J. Hobbs and Marc G. Schlatter
    ch. 49. Abdominal wall: umbilical hernia, urachal and omphalomesenteric remnants / Nicole Sharp and Danny Little
    ch. 50. Abdominal wall: inguinal hernias and hydroceles / Frederick J. Rescorla
    ch. 51. Proximal alimentary tract obstruction: pyloric stenosis / Mustafa Kabeer
    ch. 52. Proximal alimentary tract obstruction: duodenal atresia / Frederick J. Rescorla
    ch. 53. Proximal alimentary tract obstruction: jejunoileal atresia and stenosis / Jay L. Grosfeld
    ch. 54. Proximal alimentary tract obstruction: malrotation / Kristen A. Zeller and Frederick J. Rescorla
    ch. 55. Distal bowel obstruction: meconium ileus / Frederick J. Rescorla
    ch. 56. Distal bowel obstruction: colonic atresia / Alan P. Ladd
    ch. 57. Distal bowel obstruction: Hirschsprung's disease / Robert T. Russell and Alan P. Ladd
    ch. 58. Distal bowel obstruction: anorectal malformations / Alan P. Ladd
    ch. 59. Miscellaneous: gastroesophageal reflux / Mark S. Chaet
    ch. 60. Miscellaneous: gastrostomy / Mark S. Chaet
    ch. 61. Miscellaneous: necrotizing enterocolitis / Hayden Stagg and Danny Little
    ch. 62. Miscellaneous: short bowel syndrome / James C.Y. Dunn
    ch. 63. Miscellaneous: intussusception / Corey Tomlinson, John M. Draus Jr. and Bryan J. Dicken
    ch. 64. Miscellaneous: Meckel's diverticulum / Ali Cadili, John M. Draus Jr. and Bryan J. Dicken
    ch. 65. Miscellaneous: acute appendicitis / Donald A. Plumley
    ch. 66. Miscellaneous: inflammatory bowel disease / Evan R. Kokoska
    ch. 67. Miscellaneous: polypoid diseases / Evan R. Kokoska
    ch. 68. Miscellaneous: fistula-in-ano / Brian Duffy
    Section 8. Liver, biliary tree & pancreas. ch. 69. Biliary atresia / Danielle Hsu and James C.Y. Dunn
    ch. 70. Cystic disorders of the bile ducts (choledochal cysts) / David T. Schindel and Sarah C. Oltmann
    ch. 71. Liver cysts and abscesses / Mauricio A. Escobar
    ch. 72. Gallbladder disease in children / Frederick J. Rescorla
    ch. 73. Pancreatic cysts / Frederick J. Rescorla
    Section 9. Urologic considerations. ch. 74. Undescended testis / Ethan I. Franke, Kristan Meldrum and Martin Kaefer
    ch. 75. Ureteropelvic junction obstruction / Ethan I. Franke, Kristan Meldrum and Martin Kaefer
    ch. 76. Vesicoureteral reflux / Brian A. VanderBrink, Martin Kaefer and Kirstan Meldrum
    ch. 77. Disorders of sexual development / Brian A. VanderBrink, Martin Kaefer and Kirstan Meldrum
    ch. 78. Varicocele / Rahul D. Mehan, Kirstan K. Meldrum and Martin K. Kaefer
    Section 10. Vascular malformations. ch. 79. Infantile hemangiomas / Nicole Sharp and Danny Little
    ch. 80. Congenital arterial disorders / Allen Lee, Gregory A. Stanley and Julie R. Fuchs
    ch. 81. Pediatric venous disorders / Paul R. Crisostomo and Michael C. Dalsing
    ch. 82. Lymphatic disorders / Scott A. Engum
    Section 11. Special considerations. ch. 83. Congenital heart disease / Mark Rodefeld
    ch. 84. Pediatric neurosurgical considerations / Laurie L. Ackerman
    ch. 85. Orthopedic deformities / Christine Caltoum
    ch. 86. Central venous lines / Sarah C. Oltmann and David T. Schindel
    ch. 87. Skin and soft tissue infections / Mustafa Kabeer and Alan P. Ladd.
    Digital Access World Scientific 2014
  • Digital
    editors, Laurence S. Baskin, MD (Frank Hinman, Jr., MD, Distinguished Professorship in Pediatric Urology, UCSF Benioff Children's Hospital, Chief, Pediatric Urology, Professor, Urology and Pediatrics, San Francisco, California), Barry A. Kogan, MD (Falk Chair in Urology, Professor, Surgery and Pediatrics, Chief, Division of Urology, Albany Medical Center, Albany, New York), Jeffrey A. Stock, MD (Associate Clinical Professor, Director, Pediatric Urology, Kravis Children's Hospital, Icahn School of Medicine at Mount Sinai, New York, New York).
    Digital Access Ovid 2019
  • Digital
    Rana Limbo, PhD, RN, CPLC, FAAN, Charlotte Wool, PhD, RN, FAAN, Brian S. Carter, MD, FAAP, editors.
    Summary: "The purpose of the book is to provide clinicians from multiple disciplines the opportunity to examine key topics in perinatal and neonatal palliative care that can be considered for implementation into practice. The perspectives of many disciplines are intentionally included in this handbook, including those of nurses, physicians, child life specialists, chaplains, social workers, administrative officials, genetic counselors, respiratory therapists, and others. The aim is to provide information from a wide variety of viewpoints that will enable individual team members to forge interdisciplinary approaches to care, assess current programs, develop strategies to improve the quality of care, and tailor new models of care for patients in need of palliative care services. The book aims to speak to those who wish to move the domains of perinatal and neonatal palliative care forward"-- Provided by publisher.

    Contents:
    Understanding palliative care. Advancing palliative care to perinatal and neonatal settings / Charlotte Wool and Beth Perry Black ; Neonatal and perinatal palliative care services and programs / Steven R. Leuthner and Emilie Lamberg Jones ; Creating seamlessness in palliative care services / Sara Muñoz-Blanco, Sue Huff, Renee D. Boss, and Christy Torkildson
    Caring for the whole family in palliative care. Comfort in perinatal and neonatal palliative care: an innovative plan of care focused on relational elements / Elvira Parravicini and Francis T. McCarthy ; Suspending judgment: being with and knowing the family / Terri Major-Kincade, Leslie L. Harris, and Stacy C. Smith ; Helping siblings connect, relate, and say goodbye / Meghaan R. Nguyen ; Barriers to referring patients for perinatal palliative care / Barthélémy Tosello and Marie-Ange Einaudi
    Planning and decision-making. Communicating devastating news / Steven R. Leuthner, Renee D. Boss, and Brian S. Carter ; Grief and memories begin with diagnosis / Rana Limbo and Marie A. Walter ; Anticipatory guidance: birth and advance care planning / Jessica T. Fry, Natalia Henner, and Andrea Caruso ; Difficulty in predicting survival: genetics and genetic counseling / Martha Dudek and Rebecca D. Carter ; "Compatible with love": qualitative analysis of decision-making rationale of parents who continue pregnancy affected by a life-limiting fetal condition / Jesse Wool and Charlotte Wool ; Perinatal regoaling in the face of serious illness: hopeful thinking, good-parent beliefs, and uncertainty / Douglas L. Hill, Jackelyn Y. Boyden, Christ Feudtner, and David A. Munson ; Building and sustaining relationships during pregnancy / Amy Kuebelbeck
    Physical aspects of palliative care: diagnosis, treatment, and outcomes. Attending to pain and suffering in palliative care / Marc-Antoine Marquis and Antaione Payot ; Managing pain and discomfort in the mother / Steven D. Waldman, Melissa Liddle, Reid A. Waldman, and Kelley L. Sharp ; Perinatal palliative care in the context of fetal or neonatal surgery / David A. Munson ; Palliative care at the time of unexpected premature delivery / Lezlie H. Andersen, Bethany D. Kaemingk, and Christopher A. Collura ; Compassionate extubation and withdrawal of life-sustaining therapies / Jennifer S. Linebarger and Meghan Tracewski
    Supporting families and care providers through the nuances of palliative care. Lactation and breastfeeding in the context of perinatal palliative care / Diane L. Spatz and Joanna C. M. Cole ; Ten ethical principles for neonatal palliative care / Franco A. Carnevale, Jacqueline van Wijlen, and Brian S. Carter ; Spirituality: the effects of another's pain and suffering on care providers / Darryl I. Owens and Hadley Kifner ; Assessing perinatal grief intensity in the palliative care setting / Marianne H. Hutti and Lela A. Baker ; Strategies to honor professional well-being in perinatal and neonatal care / Kathie Kobler.
    Digital Access R2Library 2020
    Limited to 1 simultaneous user
  • Digital/Print
    Page, Richard Channing Moore.
    Digital Access Google Books 1889-
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Stored offsite. Please request print.
    L76 .P13 1889
    1
  • Digital
    editors, Marlís González-Fernández, Stephen Schaaf ; associate editors, Jennifer M. Zumsteg, Danielle Perret, David J. Kennedy.
    Summary: "Physical Medicine and Rehabilitation is a broad field. As such, many focus their practice on specific areas within the specialty while on occasion seeing patients within the broader scope of the specialty. Also, maintaining board certification requires a breadth of knowledge that is often beyond the scope of our day-to-day practices. Handbook of Physical Medicine and Rehabilitation is designed to serve as a real-time clinical manual for rehabilitation providers and trainees. The chapters are written in a concise, evidence-based, and clinically focused manner to provide a meaningful refresher for a practice topic. This can fill in knowledge gaps for subspecialized providers that need to remain up to date on general rehabilitation information, trainees who want an understanding of the specialty, and those wanting a quick refresher in the process of maintenance of certification. We anticipate this clinical quick-reference format will be incredibly useful for all rehabilitation providers and trainees"-- Provided by publisher.

    Contents:
    Cover
    Title
    Copyright
    Contents
    Contributors
    Preface
    Section 1: Physical Medicine and Rehabilitation Management by Diagnosis
    Chapter 1: Amputation and Prosthetics
    Core Definitions
    Etiology and Pathophysiology
    Diagnostic Approach
    Treatment
    References
    Chapter 2: Brain Tumors
    Core Definitions
    Etiology and Pathophysiology
    Diagnostic Approach
    Treatment
    Complications
    Functional Prognosis and Outcomes
    Basic Order Sets
    Resources
    References
    Chapter 3: Cancer Rehabilitation
    Core Definitions
    Etiology and Pathophysiology Diagnostic Approach
    Treatment
    References
    Chapter 4: Cerebral Palsy
    Core Definition
    Etiology and Pathophysiology
    Diagnostic Approach
    Treatment
    List of Comorbidities of Cerebral Palsy
    Functional Prognosis and Outcomes
    Basic Order Sets
    Resources
    References
    Chapter 5: Cardiac Rehabilitation
    Core Definitions
    Etiology and Pathophysiology
    Diagnostic Approach
    Treatment
    Functional Prognosis and Outcomes
    Basic Order Set
    Resources
    References
    Chapter 6: Lymphedema
    Core Definitions
    Etiology and Pathophysiology
    Diagnostic Approach Treatment
    Associated Impairments and Complications
    Functional Prognosis and Outcomes
    Resources
    References
    Chapter 7: Motor Neuron Disease
    Core Definitions
    Etiology and Pathophysiology
    Diagnostic Approach
    Treatment
    Functional Prognosis and Outcomes
    Basic Order Set
    Resources
    References
    Chapter 8: Multiple Sclerosis
    Core Definitions
    Etiology and Pathophysiology
    Diagnostic Approach
    Treatment
    Functional Prognosis and Outcomes
    Basic Order Sets
    Resources
    References
    Chapter 9: Osteoporosis and Metabolic Bone Disease
    Core Definition Etiology and Pathophysiology
    Diagnostic Approach
    Treatment
    Associated Impairments and Complications
    Functional Prognosis and Outcomes
    Basic Order Sets
    Resources
    References
    Chapter 10: Parkinson's Disease
    Core Definition
    Etiology and Pathophysiology
    Diagnostic Approach
    Treatment
    Associated Impairments and Complications
    Functional Prognosis and Outcomes
    Basic Order Sets
    Resources
    References
    Chapter 11: Spina Bifida
    Core Definitions
    Etiology and Pathophysiology
    Diagnostic Approach
    Treatment
    Functional Prognosis and Outcomes Basic Order Sets
    Resources
    References
    Chapter 12: Spinal Cord Injury
    Core Definitions
    Etiology and Pathophysiology
    Diagnostic Approach
    Treatment
    Associated Impairments and Complications
    Functional Prognosis and Outcomes
    Resources
    References
    Chapter 13: Stroke
    Core Definitions
    Etiology and Pathophysiology
    Diagnostic Approach
    Treatment
    Associated Impairments and Complications
    Functional Prognosis and Outcomes
    Basic Order Sets
    Resources
    References
    Chapter 14: Transplant
    Core Definitions
    Etiology and Pathophysiology
    Limited to 3 simultaneous users
  • Digital
    Lewis S. Nelson, Michael J. Balick.
    Summary: This third edition of the Handbook of Poisonous and Injurious Plants is created to assist the clinician in the initial response to the needs of a child or adult exposed to a poisonous or injurious plant. It lists common plants that might lead to the development of the symptom complex and describes the mechanisms of action of the implicated toxin, additional clinical manifestations, and specific therapeutics for each presentation. This truly comprehensive resource is botanically rigorous and complete with insights from both pharmacognosy and clinical medicine. With its thorough references and full-color photos of hundreds of potentially toxic and injurious plants inside and outside the home, anyone who has an interest in plants will find this book useful outside in the garden or out in the wild. This book will be of interest to botanists, horticulturists, and naturalists as well as hikers, gardeners, and all those who simply enjoy the wonders of nature and the great outdoors.

    Contents:
    Foreword
    Acknowledgements
    Introduction
    Authors' Note
    Section 1. Botanical Nomenclature and Glossary of Botanical Terms
    Botanical Nomenclature
    Glossary of Botanical Terms
    Section 2. Poisons, Poisoning Syndromes, and Their Clinical Management
    Section 3. Plant-Induced Dermatitis
    Section 4. Gastrointestinal Decontamination
    Section 5. Individual Plants
    Photographers' Credits
    Index.
    Digital Access Springer 2020
  • Digital
    Fan Lin, Jeffrey Prichard, editors.
    Summary: In a conceptually current, quick-reference, Question & Answer format, the second edition of Handbook of Practical Immunohistochemistry: Frequently Asked Questions continues to provide a comprehensive and yet concise state-of-the-art overview of the major issues specific to the field of immunohistochemistry. With links to the authors Immunohistochemical Laboratory website, this volume creates a current and up-to-date information system on immunohistochemistry. This includes access to tissue microarrays (TMA) of over 10,000 tumors and normal tissue to validate common diagnostic panels and provide the best reproducible data for diagnostic purposes. ℗ℓ Fully revised and updated from the first edition, the new features of the second edition include over 200 additional questions or revised questions with an IHC panel to answer each question; over 250 new color photos and illustrations; over 20 new useful biomarkers; hundreds of new references; several new chapters to cover phosphoproteins, rabbit monoclonal antibodies, multiplex IHC stains, overview of predictive biomarkers, and integration of IHC into molecular pathology; many new coauthors who are international experts in a related field; many updated IHC panels using Geisinger IHC data collected from over 10,000 tumors and normal tissues; and updated appendices containing detailed antibody information for both manual and automated staining procedures. ℗ℓ Comprehensive yet practical and concise, the Handbook of Practical Immunohistochemistry: Frequently Asked Questions, Second Edition will be of great value for surgical pathologists, pathology residents and fellows, cytopathologists, and cytotechnologists.

    Contents:
    Immunohistochemistry Quality Management and Regulation
    Standardization of Diagnostic Immunohistochemistry
    Automated Immunohistochemistry Overview
    Geisinger Immunohistochemical Antibodies and Staining Protocols
    Immunohistochemistry: A Dako Perspective
    Immunohistochemistry: Ventana Perspective
    Rabbit Monoclonal Antibodies
    Detection of Phosphoproteins and Cancer Pathways
    Overview of Predictive Biomarkers and Integration of IHC into Molecular Pathology
    Tissue Microarray
    Unknown Primary/Undifferentiated Neoplasm
    Exfoliative Cytology and Effusions
    Breast
    Predictive Biomarkers in Breast Cancer: ER, PR and Her-2/neu
    Central Nerve System
    Thyroid, Parathyroid and Adrenal Glands
    Salivary Glands and Head and Neck
    Pleuropulmonary and Mediastinal Neoplasms
    Uterus
    Ovary
    Prostate Gland
    Urinary Bladder and Urachus
    Kidney
    Testis and Paratesticular Tissues
    Pancreas and Ampulla
    Liver, Bile Ducts and Gallbladder
    Upper Gastrointestinal Tract
    Lower Gastrointestinal Tract
    Soft Tissue and Bone Tumors. Lymph Node
    Bone Marrow
    Infectious Diseases
    Skin
    Application of Direct Immunofluorescence for Skin and Mucosal Biopsies: A Practical Review
    Application of Fluorescent in Situ Hybridization (FISH) in Surgical and Cytologic Specimens (Solid Tumors, Hematopoietic Tumors, Urine, Bile Duct Brushing and Bronchoscopy).
    Digital Access Springer 2015
  • Digital
    Fan Lin, Jeffrey W. Prichard, Haiyan Liu, Myra L. Wilkerson, editors.
    Summary: As in the second edition, the third edition of Handbook of Practical Immunohistochemistry Frequently Asked Questions is written in a question and answer (Q & A) format and intended to be a practical, user-friendly, quick reference for information related to using the most up-to-date immunohistochemistry and in situ hybridization in clinical diagnosis. The new edition demonstrates a significant revision and improvement over the second edition. Five new chapters have been added that cover the following: 1) Immunohistochemistry: Leicas perspective; 2) Immunohistochemistry: Maixin perspective; 3) RNA in situ hybridization: Applications in anatomic pathology; 4) Applications of rapid immunohistochemistry on frozen tissue sections during intraoperative pathologic diagnosis; and 5) Cutaneous lymphomas. In addition to extensive additions and changes, over 150 new questions and answers were added throughout this new edition. All chapters have been updated to include relevant new questions, new markers, more refined IHC panels, representative pictures, and current references. An extensive set of high-quality color pictures and diagnostic algorithms, if available, is included in each chapter to illustrate some of the key antibodies, including many recently discovered and substantiated antibodies used in that chapter. Written by experts in the field, Handbook of Practical Immunohistochemistry Third Edition is a comprehensive and practical guide for surgical pathologists, pathology residents and fellows, cytopathologists, and cytotechnologists.

    Contents:
    1. Immunohistochemistry Quality Management And Regulation
    2. Standardization of Diagnostic Immunohistochemistry
    3. Automated Immunohistochemistry Overview
    4. Immunohistochemistry: An Agilent Perspective
    5. The Leica Biosystems Perspective : From excision to imaging every step is critical
    6. Immunohistochemistry: Maixin Perspective
    7. Immunohistochemistry: Roche Tissue Diagnostics Perspective
    8. Applications Of Rapid Immunohistochemistry On Frozen Tissue Sections During Intraoperative Pathological Diagnoses
    9. RNA In Situ Hybridization: Applications in Anatomic Pathology
    10. Overview of Immunohistochemistry Assessment of Cancer-Related Predictive Biomarkers and Common Genetic Alterations
    11. Tissue Microarray
    12. Unknown Primary/Undifferentiated Neoplasm
    13. Exfoliative Cytology And Effusions
    14. Breast
    15. Predictive Biomarkers In Breast Cancer: ER, PR And HER-2/NEU
    16. Central Nerve System
    17. Thyroid, Parathyroid, and Adrenal glands
    18. Salivary Glands and Head and Neck
    19. Pleuropulmonary And Mediastinal Neoplasms
    20. Uterus
    21. Ovary
    22. Prostate Gland
    23. Urinary Bladder And Urachus
    24. Kidney
    25. Testis And Paratesticular Tissues
    26. Pancreas And Ampulla
    27. Liver, Bile Ducts And GallBladder
    28. Upper Gastrointestinal Tract
    29. Lower Gastrointestinal Tract And Microsatellite Instability (MSI)
    30. Soft Tissue and Bone Tumors
    31. Lymph Node
    32. Bone Marrow
    33. Cutaneous Lymphomas
    34. Infectious diseases
    35. Skin
    36. Application of Direct Immunofluorescence for Skin and Mucosal Biopsies: A Practical Review
    37. Application Of Fluorescent In Situ Hybridization (FISH) In Surgical And Cytologic Specimens (Solid Tumors, Hematopoietic Tumors, Urine, Bile Duct Brushing And Bronchoscopy).
    Digital Access Springer 2022
  • Digital
    edited by Steven Walfish, Jeffrey E. Barnett and Jeffrey Zimmerman.
    Contents:
    Beginning in practice
    Is private practice for you? Key information and considerations for success
    Models of private practice : which practice is best?
    Startup finances
    Insurance needs of the private practitioner
    Typical forms used in a private practice
    Recordkeeping in private practice
    Measuring clinical progress with the OQ-45 in a private setting
    Entrepreneurship basics for practitioners
    Envisioning your ideal practice
    Developing a business plan
    Managing your practice
    Considerations in acquiring office space
    Psychotherapy office designs that support treatment objectives
    Technology considerations in running a private practice
    Issues in hiring and supervising professional staff and support personnel
    Basic bookkeeping and accounting for the private practitioner
    Practice management consultants
    The role of a certified public accountant in planning, structuring, and running a private practice
    The role of the attorney in a private practice
    Financial planning for the private practitioner
    Mentorship in the life and work of the private practitioner
    The business of practice
    Fees and financial arrangements in private practice
    Effective billing and collecting
    The basics of managed care and its impact on private practice
    Opportunities and challenges of Medicare
    Optimizing customer service in private practice
    Growing a practice
    Issues in developing and joining a group practice
    The basics of marketing applied to private practice
    The use of media in marketing a private practice
    The use of social media in marketing a practice
    How to promote your practice through community presentations. Collaboration
    Collaborating with healthcare professionals
    Collaborating with legal professionals
    Collaborating with the educational community
    Consulting psychology in the business world
    Ethics and legal issues
    Common ethical transgressions by private practitioners
    Ethics issues regarding supervision and consultation in private practice
    Malpractice issues for the private practitioner
    HIPAA 101 for the private practitioner
    Ethical and legal aspects of the practice of teletherapy
    Dealing with third parties : legal and ethical considerations
    Managing high-risk suicidal clients in private practice
    Issues in planned and unplanned disruptions in clinical practice
    Considerations in closing in private practice
    Special issues
    The private practitioner and family issues
    Sustaining self-care and thriving as a private practitioner
    Stalking and online harassment of the private practitioner
    Continuing education and lifelong learning strategies
    How social policy impacts private practice
    Assessment and evaluation services
    Child custody evaluations
    Personal injury evaluations
    Presurgical bariatric evaluations
    Evaluations for testing accommodations for adolescents and adults with specific learning disorders or attention-deficit/hyperactivity disorder
    Assessment of egg and sperm donors
    Psychotherapy services
    Counseling women with breast cancer
    Treating anxiety disorders
    Treating obsessive-compulsive and related disorders
    Cognitive-behavioral therapy for hoarding disorder
    Treating trauma and abuse
    Intensive outpatient treatment for eating disorders
    Assessment and treatment of attention-deficit/hyperactivity disorder
    Counseling clients with Asperger's
    Counseling deaf and hard-of-hearing clients
    Counseling clients with borderline personality disorder
    Psychotherapy with college students
    Beyond lesbian and gay : a private practice for bisexual, transgender, polyamorous, and kinky clients
    Interracial couples therapy
    Psychotherapy with interfaith couples
    Other services
    Developing a sport psychology practice
    Social skills (social competence) training for children and adolescents
    Behavioral sleep medicine
    Collaborative divorce
    Co-parenting
    Treating chronic physical illness
    Dating skills coaching and psychotherapy.
    Digital Access Oxford [2017]
  • Digital
    Richard Warren, Alan Menter [editors].
    Summary: This concise handbook looks at psoriasis and psoriatic arthritis as separate but often related conditions, focusing on a background around the indications, such as disease overview and epidemiology; going on to look at the etiology and immunopathogenesis of each indication; looking at the clinical presentation and diagnosis; before focusing on the current and emerging treatment options, including a brief section on the issues of quality of life and comorbidities associated with these indications.

    Contents:
    Introduction
    Pathogenesis of psoriasis and psoriatic arthritis
    Clinical presentation of psoriasis and psoriatic arthritis
    Diagnosis and evaluation of psoriasis and psoriatic arthritis
    Treatment of psoriasis
    Treatment of psoriatic arthritis
    Quality of life in psoriasis.
    Digital Access Springer 2016
  • Digital
    Robert Hudak, Jessica M. Gannon.
    Summary: Primary care physicians are the largest prescribers of psychiatric medications in the US, and they provide the bulk of psychiatric diagnoses and treatment, especially in traditionally underserved areas. However, since psychiatric training in medical school and residency is often brief, many primary care physicians do not feel confident in treating psychiatric disorders. This book is designed to provide primary care physicians the tools to successfully diagnose and treat psychiatric disorders. Each chapter of this book is devoted to a different, major psychiatric disorder. The chapters are similar in their format for ease of use. Clinical descriptions of each disorder are included, as well as tools to help make a proper diagnosis. Appropriate treatment(s) for the diagnoses are reviewed in a stepwise fashion, targeted towards the non-psychiatric physician. Chapters also contain information on medical tests that may be appropriate to order to rule out medical conditions, as well as details on proper routine health screening for individuals on specific medications and/or mental health diagnoses. Written by experts in the field, Handbook of Psychiatric Disorders in Adults in the Primary Care Setting is a valuable resource to aid in the proper assessment and treatment of psychiatric disorders for the physicians who are most likely to see and treat patients with mental health disorders. Unlike psychiatric textbook that contain extensive, specialized information, this handbook contains high yield material for the busy primary care physician.

    Contents:
    Major Depressive Disorder
    Excessive Anxiety
    Bipolar Disorder
    Schizophrenia for Primary Care
    OCD Chapter
    Obsessive Compulsive and Related Disorders
    Post Traumatic Stress Disorder
    ADHD in the Primary Care Setting
    Eating Disorders in the Medical Setting
    Autism in the Primary Care Setting.
    Digital Access Springer 2022
  • Digital
    Mohammad Jafferany.
    Summary: This book provides valuable information to increase confidence in proper, effective management of patients with psychodermatolic conditions. Patients with psychocutaneous disease may present to multiple professionals to seek care. The multidimensional nature of the conditions can lead to specialists being fearful of how to properly manage patients. With the information provided in this book, healthcare providers can increase their comfort and become less hesitant when making decisions determining the proper treatment course and assessing the need for referral. Due to the cross-disciplinary nature of this topic, this book will have a large target audience: Healthcare providers from multiple diverse fields such as, but not limited to, family medicine, dermatology, and psychiatry. Dermatologists, Psychiatrists, general practitioners, dermatology and psychiatry residents, physician’s assistants, nurses, psychologists, and medical students with exposure to patients with psychocutaneous conditions and/or a special interest in the field may also benefit from the presented material. Professors, educators, and researchers with an interest in psychodermatology or interdisciplinary medicine The Handbook of Psychodermatology will be a powerful resource as an aid in creating coursework material for undergraduate medical students specifically for psychiatry and/or dermatology lectures. In addition, it will be useful to graduate medical education teams creating curriculums for incoming residents in psychiatry, dermatology, family medicine, and pediatrics.

    Contents:
    The role of Stress and psychoneuroimmunological interactions in development of skin disease
    Classification of psychodermatological disorders
    Common psychopathologies in psychodermatological disorders
    Psychophysiological disorders
    Primary Psychiatric disorders
    Secondary Psychiatric disorders
    Cutaneous Sensory syndromes
    Psychogenic Pruritus
    Trichopsychodermatology (Psychiatric Aspects of hair disease)
    Skin Picking disorder (Excoriation disorder)
    Delusional infestation (parasitosis)
    Body Dysmorphic disorder
    Trichotillomania (Hair Pulling disorder)
    Factitious skin disorders (Dermatitis artefacta)
    Psychopharmacology in skin disorders.
    Digital Access Springer 2022
  • Digital
    edited by Nathan D. Ainspan, Craig Bryan, and Walter Erich Penk.
    Contents:
    Section 1. Military culture and populations
    Demographics and characteristics of the US military and veteran populations
    Military rules and regulations
    Unique challenges of national guard and reserve service members
    Roles and challenges of women in the military
    Lesbian, gay, and bisexual service members
    Transgender service members and veterans
    Creating a respectful, welcoming clinical environment for lesbian, gay, bisexual, and transgender veterans
    Section 2. Assessing and treating psychiatric disorders
    Posttraumatic stress disorder
    Psychological rehabilitation strategies for social and occupational functioning associated with posttraumatic stress disorder
    Depression, anxiety, and other disorders
    Sleep disturbances
    Psychosocial interventions for traumatic brain injury
    Substance use disorders among veterans
    Section 3. Clinical issues
    Suicidal behaviors among military personnel and veterans
    Nightmares
    Aggression and anger in veterans with posttraumatic stress disorder
    Treating injury and chronic pain in military and veteran populations
    Section 4. Psychosocial interventions
    Money management for returning service members and veterans
    Educational and employment opportunities for veterans
    Facilitating recovery from moral and spiritual injuries
    Facilitating growth after trauma : cognitive and interpersonal considerations
    Section 5. Military families
    Unique challenges facing military families
    Parenting issues in military and veteran families
    Helping the child cope with injury to the parent
    Helping military children cope with the death of a parent
    Couple therapy for posttraumatic stress disorder
    Section 6. Clinical practices and administrative issues
    Providing service under TRICARE
    Working with the US Department of Veteran Affairs and other medical personnel
    Telemedicine in delivering care
    Judicious reliance on psychotropic medications
    Ethics guiding psychosocial rehabilitation
    Addressing mental health stigma.
    Digital Access Oxford 2015
  • Digital
    Javier Martinez, Claudia Andrea Mikkelsen, Rhonda Phillips, editors.
    Summary: This handbook provides the latest research related to quality of life and sustainability, taking into account social, economic, environmental, and political/governance aspects as well as specific socio-spatial contexts. The volume includes contributions from established and upcoming scholars from various disciplines and geographical contexts (Global South and North). The varying cultural and socio-spatial contexts of the authors in the selected cases contribute to first-hand knowledge on the realities of sustainability issues affecting the quality of life. The authors apply a wide diversity of methods and tools, which facilitates a unique understanding of the interlinkages between quality of life and sustainability. The chapters are grouped in three main sections: concepts and foundations; tools, techniques, and applications; and innovations. The authors provide their own view and theoretical approximation of the dimensions of sustainability, in particular on how these dimensions play out in relation to quality of life. The combination of sustainability and quality of life concepts and perspectives is particularly important in unravelling the multi-faceted nature of human, urban, rural/spatial development.

    Contents:
    Chapter 1. Introduction. Quality of Life and Sustainability, Socio-Spatial and Multidisciplinary Perspectives (Javier Martinez, Claudia Andrea Mikkelsen and Rhonda Phillips)
    Part I: Foundations and Concepts (Theory, Conceptions of Sustainability and Quality of Life, Socio-Spatial Aspects)
    Chapter 2. Tenure Responsive Land-Use Planning as a Tool for Improving Quality of Life: The Perspective of Sub-Saharan Africa (Uchendu Eugene Chigbu)
    Chapter 3. Guidelines for Healthier Public Spaces for the Elderly Population: Recommendations in the Spanish Context (Ester Higueras Garcia, Emilia Román and José Fariña)
    Chapter 4. A Multi-Perspective Discourse on the Sustainability of Water and Sanitation Service Co-Production in Global South Cities (Giuseppe Faldi, Federica Natalia Rosati, Luisa Moretto and Jacques Teller)
    Chapter 5. Rwanda: Planned Reconstruction for Social Quality (Pamela Abbott, Roger Sapsford and Claire Wallace)
    Chapter 6. A Theoretical Reflection Based on Children's Opinions about their Safety to Rethink Different Dimensions of Sustainability in Cities (Damián Molgaray)
    Chapter 7. The Nexus of the UN Sustainable Development Goals and their Link to Quality of Life: A Case of Urbanization in Ethiopia and India (Andrea Höltl, Tania Berger, Romana Bates, Meseret Kassie Desta, Ainsley Lewis, Daniel Semunugus and Hussain Indorewala)
    Chapter 8. Multiple Perspectives on the Meaning and Effects of Resiliency (Stephen Buckman and Andrew Kim)
    Part II: Tools, Techniques, and Applications (Case Studies and Methodologies)
    Chapter 9. Are Expanded Resilience Capacities Associated with Better Quality-Of-Life Outcomes? Evidence from Poor Households Grappling with Climate Change in Bangladesh, Chad, India and Nepal (Boudewijn Weijermars, Caroline Hodges and Patrick Guyer)
    Chapter 10. Sustainable Latin American Cities? Evaluation of the Sustainability of the City of Puebla (Mexico) Using Indicators (Laura Zulaica, Emilia Lara Galindo and Ángel David Flores Domínguez)
    Chapter 11. Quality of life, Sustainability and Transport: The Case of Melbourne, Australia (Robin Goodman, Annette Kroen and Melanie Davern)
    Chapter 12. Territorial Equity Measurement in Buenos Aires Province (Argentina) (Alejandra Auer; Claudia Mikkelsen and Sofia Ares)
    Chapter 13. Protecting Quality of Life: Protected Needs as a Point of Reference for Perceived Ethical Obligation (Switzerland) (Rico Defila and Antonietta Di Giulio)
    Chapter 14. Geography and Quality of Life in Argentine Regions: Socioeconomic and Environmental Inequalities (Guillermo Ángel Velázquez and Juan Pablo Celemín)
    Chapter 15. A City for Whom? Marginalization and The Production of Space in Contemporary (India) (Chloe Pottinger Glass & Karin Pfeffer)
    Chapter 16. Risk Management of Groundwater Pollution, Sustainability and Quality of Life: The Gap Between Theory and Practice in an Intermediate City of the Global South (Mar Del Plata, Argentina) (Agustina Barilari, Gabriela Calderón & Hector Massone)
    Chapter 17. Exploring the Association between Health Disparities and Neighborhood Characteristics: The Case of Diabetes Mortality in DeKalb and Fulton Counties, Georgia (Deden Rukmana)
    Chapter 18. Quality of Life in Relation to Urban Areas and Sustainability. Application Case: City of La Plata, Buenos Aires, Argentina (Carlos Discoli, Irene Martini & Dante Barbero)
    Chapter 19. Social Sustainability, Neighbourhood Cohesion and Quality of Life: A Tale of Two Suburbs in Calgary (Sasha Tsenkova and Karim Youssef)
    Chapter 20. Rural Smart Shrinkage and Perceptions of Quality of Life in the American Midwest (Kimberly E. Zarecor, David J. Peters & Sara Hamideh)
    Chapter 21. Ecosystem Services of Ecological Infrastructure and Quality of Life: Contributions to the Analysis of the Sustainability of the Urban and Peri-Urban Area of Mar Del Plata, Argentina (Camila Magalí Mujica & Clara María Karis)
    Part III: Innovations
    Chapter 22. An Innovative Practice of Social Sustainability: The Fight for a New Housing Legal Framework in Spain (Eva Álvarez de Andrés)
    Chapter 23. Cities Rethinking Smart-Oriented Pathways for Urban Sustainability (Mauro Romanelli)
    Chapter 24. Public Useable Space as a Catalyst for Quality of Life Improvement
    The Case of Cape Town-Social Farming Projects (Astrid Ley, Kurt Ackermann, Silvia Beretta, Sigrid Busch, Jan Dieterle, Manal M.F. El-Shahat, Ain Shams University, Jilan Hosni, Franziska Laue, Yassine Moustanjidi &Veronika Stützel)
    Chapter 25. The Potentials and Risks of Wadis in Cities in the Gulf Region (Wolfgang Scholz, Mathias Kaiser & Matthias Pallasch)
    Chapter 26. The Crossroads on the Path to Sustainability while Aspiring for a Better Quality of Life: A Case of Delhi (Bibhu Kalyan Nayak & Pushkala Rajan)
    Chapter 27. Urban Linkages: a Methodological Framework for Improving Resilience in Peripheral Areas. The Case of Arequipa, Peru (Carlos Zeballos-Velarde).
    Digital Access Springer 2021
  • Digital
    Angelos P. Kassianos, editor.
    Summary: Quality of life is an important outcome when treating a cancer patient. Research is vast on the role of quality of life on patients' general wellbeing, responsiveness to treatment, and even mortality. On the other hand, there are several methodological considerations when planning to measure and assess quality of life in cancer patients. This handbook--with authorship that is diverse in terms of perspectives, countries, and fields--aims to fill a gap in the available literature and responds to a number of questions in its 26 chapters: What is quality of life and health-related quality of life and why are they important? How is quality of life assessed? What are the theoretical and methodological considerations when using quality of life outcomes in cancer research? How is quality of life useful in routine clinical care? How is quality of life impacting different cancer populations in terms of site of the cancer, age, gender, and context? Handbook of Quality of Life in Cancer is a learning and consulting tool that can be used by a diverse audience. It is an essential resource for researchers who wish to use quality of life assessment tools in clinical trials or other types of studies; clinicians who want to develop their understanding of how they can utilize quality of life and how it is important for the patients they care for; and commissioners who wish to see why quality of life may impact population health and health system costs. Students in diverse fields of study (medicine, nursing, psychology, social work, medical sociology, population health, epidemiology, and medical statistics, among others) also would benefit from using the handbook for their studies and for their continuing professional development.
    Digital Access Springer 2022
  • Digital
    edited by Jay P. Singh, Daryl G. Kroner, J. Stephen Wormith, Sarah L. Desmarais, and Zachary Hamilton.
    Contents:
    Recidivism risk assessment in the 21st century / John Monahan
    Performance of recidivism risk assessment instruments in correctional settings / Sarah L. Desmarais
    Risk/needs assessment in North America: the CAIS/JAIS approach to assessment / Chris Baird
    Correctional offender management profiles for alternative sanctions (COMPAS) / Tim Brennan
    The federal post-conviction risk assessment instrument: a tool for predicting recidivism for offenders on federal supervision / Thomas H. Cohen
    The inventory of offender risks, needs, and strengths (IORNS) / Holly Miller
    The level of service (LS) instruments / J. Stephen Wormith
    The Ohio risk assessment system / Edward J. Latessa
    Self-appraisal questionnaire (SAQ): a tool for assessing violent and non-violent recidivism / Wagdy Loza
    Service planning instrument (SPIn) / Natalie J. Jones
    The static risk offender needs guide-revised (STRONG-R) / Zachary Hamilton
    Risk/needs assessment abroad: offender group reconviction scale / Philip Howard
    Forensic operationalized therapy/risk evaluation system (FOTRES) / Leonel C. Gonalves
    The RisCanvi: a new tool for assessing risk for violence in prison and recidivism / Antonio Andres-Pueyo
    Risk assessment: where do we go from here? / Faye S. Taxman.
    Digital Access Wiley 2018
  • Digital
    [edited by] Matthew M. Hanasono, Charles E. Butler.
    Summary: "Handbook of Reconstructive Flaps by Matthew Hanasono and Charles Butler reflects contributions from clinicians associated with the prestigious MD Anderson Cancer Center. The institution is internationally recognized as one of the world's premier reconstructive centers and renowned for its reconstructive microsurgery fellowship program. This unique resource provides a comprehensive review of microvascular surgery techniques using the most common reconstructive pedicle flaps, free flaps, perforator flaps, and workhorse flaps. Seven parts organized anatomically detail flaps used for the head/neck, chest, back, abdomen, pelvis, upper extremity, and lower extremity, followed by an eighth part on lymphedema. Each flap or procedure includes pertinent anatomy, indications for usage, preoperative considerations, a concise step-by-step description of the operative setup, the actual procedure, and donor site closure. Key Features A pearls and pitfalls section in each chapter outlines key concepts and critical nuances in surgical techniques or patient management More than 200 clear diagrams, line drawings, and illustrative surgical photos enhance the understanding of high impact points High-quality videos posted online elucidate flap techniques A section dedicated to the microsurgical treatment of lymphedema covers lymphovenous bypass and vascularized lymph node transfers This is an essential, user-friendly reference for plastic surgery residents, fellows and plastic surgeons in practice"-- Provided by publisher.
    Digital Access
    Provider
    Version
    Thieme-Connect
    Thieme MedOne Plastic Surgery
  • Digital
    Aaron Miller, editor.
    Contents:
    Multiple sclerosis: an overview
    The pathophysiology and clinical presentation of multiple sclerosis
    Assessment and diagnosis of relapsing multiple sclerosis
    Treatment strategies in multiple sclerosis
    Emerging therapies in multiple sclerosis
    Symptom management in multiple sclerosis.
    Digital Access Springer 2017
  • Digital
    Alexander J. Howie.
    Summary: This illustrated handbook provides a short, clear, useful and interesting guide to the findings in renal biopsy specimens. Essential information needed for an understanding of renal disorders is given simply and concisely. The focus is on common conditions.

    Contents:
    1. Introduction
    2. General points about renal biopsy specimens
    3. Technical handling of renal biopsy specimens
    4.How to look at biopsy specimen: preliminary study
    5. How to look at a renal biopsy specimen: initial study of the kidney
    6. Indication for biopsy: nephrotic syndrome
    7. Indications for biopsy: acute kidney injury
    8. Indication for biopsy: chronic renal failure
    9. Indication for biopsy: hematuria
    10. Indication for biopsy: proteinuria
    11. Indication for biopsy: renal allograft
    12. Other indications for biopsy of kidneys.
    Digital Access Springer 2020
  • Digital
    [edited by] Jay S. Duker, Nadia K. Waheed and Darin R. Goldman.
    Contents:
    Scanning Principles
    Basic Scan Patterns and OCT Output
    OCT Interpretation
    Artifacts on OCT
    Normal Retinal Anatomy and Basic Pathologic Appearances
    Basic Optic Nerve Scan Patterns and Output
    Glaucoma
    Optic Neuropathies and Papilledema
    Congenital Optic Nerve Head Abnormalities
    Dry Age-Related Macular Degeneration
    Wet Age-Related Macular Degeneration
    Posterior Staphyloma
    Myopic Choroidal Neovascular Membrane
    Myopic Macular Schisis
    Dome-Shaped Macula
    Myopic Tractional Retinal Detachment
    Vitreomacular Adhesion and Vitreomacular Traction
    Full-Thickness Macular Hole
    Epiretinal Membrane
    Postoperative Cystoid Macular Edema
    Macular Telangiectasia
    Uveitis
    Central Serous Chorioretinopathy
    Hydroxychloroquine Toxicity
    Pattern Dystrophy
    Oculocutaneous Albinism
    Subretinal Perfluorocarbon
    X-Linked Juvenile Retinoschisis
    Non-Proliferative Diabetic Retinopathy
    Diabetic Macular Edema
    Proliferative Diabetic Retinopathy
    Branch Retinal Vein Occlusion
    Central Retinal Vein Occlusion
    Branch Retinal Artery Occlusion
    Central Retinal Artery Occlusion
    Cilioretinal Artery Occlusion
    Retinitis Pigmentosa
    Cilioretinal Artery Occlusion
    Retinitis Pigmentosa
    Stargardt Disease
    Best Disease
    Cone Dystrophy
    Multifocal Choroiditis
    Birdshot Chorioretinopathy
    Serpiginous Choroiditis
    Vogt-Koyanagi-Harada Disease
    Serpiginous Choroiditis
    Vogt-Koyanagi-Harada Disease
    Sympathetic Ophthalmia
    Posterior Scleritis
    Toxoplasmic Chorioretinitis
    Tuberculosis
    Acute Syphilitic Posterior Placoid Chorioretinitis
    Candida Albicans Endogenous Endophthalmitis
    Acute Retinal Necrosis Syndrome
    Commotio Retinae
    Choroidal Rupture and Subretinal Hemorrhage
    Valsalva Retinopathy
    Laser Injury (Photothermal and Photomechanical)
    Retinal Light Toxicity (Photochemical)
    Choroidal Nevus
    Choroidal Melanoma
    Choroidal Hemangioma
    Retinal Capillary Hemangioma
    Retinoblastoma
    Metastatic Choroidal Tumor
    Vitreoretinal Lymphoma
    Retinal Detachment
    Retinoschisis
    Lattice Degeneration.
    Digital Access ScienceDirect 2014
  • Digital
    edited by Jay S. Duker, Nadia K. Waheed, Darin R. Goldman.
    Summary: "Arguably the most important ancillary test available to ophthalmologists worldwide, optical coherence tomography (OCT) has revolutionized the field, and now includes angiographic evaluations (OCTA) that provide vascular flow data without eye injection. Handbook of Retinal OCT is an easy-to-use, high-yield guide to both OCT and OCTA imaging for practitioners at any stage of their career. Highly templated, concise, and portable, this revised edition helps you master the latest imaging methods used to evaluate retinal disease, uveitis, and optic nerve disorders"--Publisher's description.

    Contents:
    Scanning principles
    Basic scan patterns and OCT output
    OCT interpretation
    Artifacts on SD-OCT and OCTA
    Normal retinal anatomy and basic pathologic appearances
    Basic optic nerve scan patterns and output
    Dry age-related macular degeneration
    Wet age-related macular degeneration
    Posterior staphyloma
    Myopic choroidal neovascular membrane
    Myopic macular schisis
    Dome-shaped macula
    Myopic tractional retinal detachment
    Pachychoroid syndromes
    Vitreomacular adhesion and vitreomacular traction
    Full-thickness macular hole
    Lamellar macular hole
    Epiretinal membrane
    Postoperative cystoid macular edema
    Macular telangiectasia
    Uveitis
    Central serous chorioretinopathy
    Hydroxychloroquine toxicity
    Pattern dystrophy
    Oculocutaneous albinism
    Subretinal perfluorocarbon
    X-linked juvenile retinoschisis
    Non-proliferative diabetic retinopathy
    Non-proliferative diabetic retinopathy with macular edema
    Proliferative diabetic retinopathy
    Branch retinal vein obstruction
    Central retinal vein obstruction
    Branch retinal artery obstruction
    Central retinal artery obstruction
    Cilioretinal artery obstruction
    Paracentral acute middle maculopathy
    Retinitis pigmentosa
    Stargardt disease
    Best disease
    Cone dystrophy
    Multifocal choroiditis
    Birdshot chorioretinopathy
    Serpiginous choroiditis
    Vogt–Koyanagi–Harada disease
    Sympathetic ophthalmia
    Posterior scleritis
    Toxoplasma chorioretinitis
    Tuberculosis
    Acute syphilitic posterior placoid chorioretinitis
    Candida albicans endogenous endophthalmitis
    Acute retinal necrosis syndrome
    Commotio retinae
    Choroidal rupture and subretinal hemorrhage
    Valsalva retinopathy
    Laser injury (photothermal and photomechanical)
    Solar maculopathy
    Choroidal nevus
    Choroidal melanoma
    Choroidal hemangioma
    Retinal capillary hemangioma
    Retinoblastoma
    Metastatic choroidal tumor
    Vitreoretinal lymphoma
    Primary uveal lymphoma
    Retinal detachment
    Retinoschisis
    Peripheral lattice degeneration.
    Digital Access
    Provider
    Version
    ScienceDirect
    ClinicalKey
  • Digital
    Timothy A. Carey, Judith Gullifer, editors.
    Summary: This Handbook outlines in detail the features and challenges of rural and remote mental health service delivery and pragmatic considerations to address these, to ensure people in less populated areas receive an equivalent quality of service to their city-dwelling counterparts. The scope of the book includes general descriptions of the rural and remote context as well as the professional and ethical considerations involved in working in these areas. The book includes information specific to the professions that contribute to effective and efficient mental health services, as well as addressing specific areas of practice that warrant focused attention because of their importance. In order to cover the field comprehensively, the Handbook has four sections. The first section deals with the general context of rural and remote practice including a description of the general features of the setting and the importance of attention to ethical and professional standards. The second section of the Handbook describes different ways of working in rural and remote contexts. Rural and remote contexts provide many opportunities for innovation and creativity but it is imperative that novel approaches do not compromise the quality and integrity of the service. The third section covers individual professions in detail and the fourth section focuses specifically on particular areas of practice that present challenges for rural and remote areas. Academics will find this Handbook a valuable evidence-based resource to enhance their teaching of undergraduate and postgraduate mental health students. Practitioners will find this book an important reference guide to enrich and broaden their rural and remote experiences. They will be informed of the latest research evidence and will be provided with practical advice and strategies to promote advanced clinical practice in this challenging context. .

    Contents:
    Section One The Context of Rural and Remote Mental Health
    1. Rural and Remote Mental Health
    2. The Social Determinants and Rural and Remote Mental Health
    3. The Importance of Culture to Rural and Remote Mental Health
    4. Indigenous Mental Health in Remote Communities
    5. Mental Health Research and Evaluation in Rural and Remote Settings
    6. Ethical and Professional Considerations
    Section Two Professional Practice in Rural and Remote Mental Health
    7. Primary Care in Rural and Remote Contexts
    8. The Visiting Workforce
    9. Telemental Health in Rural and Remote Contexts
    10. Working Transdiagnostically from a Patient-Led Perspective
    11. Multidisciplinary Teams in Rural and Remote Mental Health
    Section Three The Role of Different Professions in Rural and Remote Mental Health Practice
    12. Psychiatry
    13. Mental Health Nursing
    14. Psychology
    15. Social Work
    16. Occupational Therapists
    17. Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander Health Professionals
    18. Self-Care for Mental Health Professionals in Rural and Remote Contexts
    Section Four Important Areas of Practice in Rural and Remote Mental Health
    19. uicide and Self-Harm
    20. Alcohol and Other Drugs
    21. The Safe Use of Pharmacotherapy
    22. Working in Schools
    23. Social and Emotional Wellbeing
    24. Working with Families
    25. Supporting communities (rural financial counsellors, community groups, etc)
    26. The Future of Rural and Remote Mental Health.
    Digital Access Springer 2021
  • Digital
    Maurice B. Mittelmark, Shifra Sagy, Monica Eriksson, Georg F. Bauer, Jürgen M. Pelikan, Bengt Lindström, Geir Arild Espnes, editors ; foreword by Ilona Kickbusch.
    Contents:
    Section I: History and Development of the Salutogenic Model
    Introduction to the Aim of the Book
    Aaron Antonovsky, the Scholar and the Man
    The Salutogenic Model of Health: Developments from 1979 to 1994
    The Sense of Coherence as Appreciated by Antonovsky
    Section II: Developments in the Era after Antonovsky: Sense of Coherence
    The Role of Culture in the Development of Sense of Coherence
    Development of SOC over the Life Course
    Sense of Coherence: Individuals, Families, Community
    Critical Reflections on the Conceptualisation and Measurement of SOC
    Section III: Developments in the Era after Antonovsky
    The Conceptualisation, Nature, Sources and Measurement of Generalised Resistance Resources
    Public and Private Health Measures and Other Specific Resistance Resources
    The Concepts of Health in Research Based on the Salutogenic Model
    Section IV: Salutogenesis Research in Settings for Health Promotion
    Organisations and Work Life
    Schools
    Cities and Towns
    Community Gardens and Care Farms
    Health Care Settings
    Very Poor Settings in the Global South
    Correctional Settings
    Section V: Salutogenesis Scholarship in Non-English Literatures
    Dutch
    French
    German
    Hebrew
    Italian
    Japanese
    Polish
    Russian
    Scandinavian Languages
    Spanish
    Section VI: From the Present to the Future
    Newer Conceptualisations of the Salutogenic Model of Health
    Evidence-Based Revision of the Salutogenic Model
    Development of the Salutogenic Orientation as Part of a Larger Movement Towards Positive Perspectives in Health Promotion
    Conclusions
    Resources.
    Digital Access Springer 2017
  • Digital
    Maurice B. Mittelmark, Georg F. Bauer, Lenneke Vaandrager, Jürgen M. Pelikan, Shifra Sagy, Monica Eriksson, Bengt Lindström, Claudia Meier Magistretti, editors.
    Summary: This open access book is a thorough update and expansion of the 2017 edition of The Handbook of Salutogenesis, responding to the rapidly growing salutogenesis research and application arena. Revised and updated from the first edition are background and historical chapters that trace the development of the salutogenic model of health and flesh out the central concepts, most notably generalized resistance resources and the sense of coherence that differentiate salutogenesis from pathogenesis. From there, experts describe a range of real-world applications within and outside health contexts. Many new chapters emphasize intervention research findings. Readers will find numerous practical examples of how to implement salutogenesis to enhance the health and well-being of families, infants and young children, adolescents, unemployed young people, pre-retirement adults, and older people. A dedicated section addresses how salutogenesis helps tackle vulnerability, with chapters on at-risk children, migrants, prisoners, emergency workers, and disaster-stricken communities. Wide-ranging coverage includes new topics beyond health, like intergroup conflict, politics and policy-making, and architecture. The book also focuses on applying salutogenesis in birth and neonatal care clinics, hospitals and primary care, schools and universities, workplaces, and towns and cities. A special section focuses on developments in salutogenesis methods and theory. With its comprehensive coverage, The Handbook of Salutogenesis, 2nd Edition, is the standard reference for researchers, practitioners, and health policy-makers who wish to have a thorough grounding in the topic. It is also written to support post-graduate education courses and self-study in public health, nursing, psychology, medicine, and social sciences.
    Digital Access Springer 2022
  • Digital
    W. Joost Wiersinga, Christopher W. Seymour, editors.
    Summary: This practically oriented book provides an up-to-date overview of all significant aspects of the pathogenesis of sepsis and its management, including within the intensive care unit. Readers will find information on the involvement of the coagulation and endocrine systems during sepsis and on the use of biomarkers to diagnose sepsis and allow early intervention. International clinical practice guidelines for the management of sepsis are presented, and individual chapters focus on aspects such as fluid resuscitation, vasopressor therapy, response to multiorgan failure, antimicrobial therapy, and adjunctive immunotherapy. The closing section looks forward to the coming decade, discussing novel trial designs, sepsis in low- and middle-income countries, and emerging management approaches. The book is international in scope, with contributions from leading experts worldwide. It will be of value to residents and professionals/practitioners in the fields of infectious diseases and internal medicine, as well as to GPs and medical students.
    Digital Access Springer 2018
  • Digital
    Sami Kokko, Michelle Baybutt, editors.
    Summary: This book's central focus is to provide academics, students, policy-makers, and practitioners with a unique insight into a wide variety of perspectives on settings-based health promotion. It offers clarity amidst different interpretations and ideological understandings of what applying a settings-based approach means. Emphasis is given to a salutogenic focus, exploring how the creation of wellbeing and fostering of potential in settings to best enable individuals and populations to flourish implies that the setting itself must be the entry point for health promotion. Building on this, the text explores how the settings approach to health promotion strives for changes in the structure and ethos of the setting -- detailing how changes and developments in people's health and health behavior are easier to achieve if health promoters focus on settings rather than solely on individuals. The book comprises 15 chapters organized in three sections: In Part I, Evolution, Foundations and Key Principles of the Settings-Based Approach, the first four chapters present the determinants, theoretical basis, and generic commonalities that are consistent over various settings initiatives and formulate the grounds for the settings-based health promotion approach. In Part II, Applying the Settings-Based Approach to Key Settings, Chapters 5-13 introduce the key settings initiatives -- both traditional and non-traditional (new and contemporary) - with their developments and specific features. In Part III, Gaia -- The Ultimate Setting for Health Promotion, the last two chapters consider the settings approach in the context of future challenges and explore possible directions for further development. Handbook of Settings-Based Health Promotion has novel information and perspectives on the topic that provide readers with up-to-date specialist knowledge and application of global developments to develop and enhance a common understanding and generate new thinking in relation to contemporary settings. This timely tome will engage the academic community in the fields of health promotion and public health including students, teaching staff, and researchers. Additionally, it is a useful resource for policy-makers and practitioners in these fields.

    Contents:
    1. Evolution of the Settings-Based Approach
    2. Theoretical Grounds and Practical Principles of the Settings-based Approach
    3. Governance and Policies for Settings-based Work
    4. Assessment for and Evaluation of Healthy Settings
    5. Healthy Cities
    6. Health Promoting Schools
    7. Health Promoting Hospitals
    8. Health Promoting Higher Education
    9. Health Promoting Workplaces
    10. Prisons as a Setting for Health
    11. Health Promotion in Sports Settings
    12. Digital Environment and Social Media as Settings for Health Promotion
    13. Emerging Settings
    14. Gaia and the Anthropocene - The Ultimate Determinant of Health
    15. Health Promotion in the Anthropocene.
    Digital Access Springer 2022
  • Print
    editors, Burton M. Altura, Allan M. Lefer, William Schumer.
    Contents:

    v. 1. Basic science.
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Stored offsite. Please request print.
    RB150.S5 H28
    1
  • Digital
    clinical editor, Andrea Ann Borchers, PhD, RN, Associate Professor of Nursing, Division of Nursing, Kettering College, Kettering, OH.
    Summary: The newly updated Handbook of Signs & Symptoms, 5e proves it is still the must-have clinical nursing tool for improving patient safety, by increasing assessment accuracy. Quick-scan entries from A to Z offer the on-the-spot answers you need for more than 500 signs and symptoms, covering definitions, causes, patient history, exams, diagnostics, and interventions. Save time and increase your assessment confidence: Reach for this crucial guide!
    Digital Access Ovid 2015
  • Digital
    Antonio Di Ieva, John M. Lee, Michael D. Cusimano.
    Digital Access
    Provider
    Version
    Thieme MedOne Otolaryngology
    Thieme-Connect
    Thieme MedOne Neurosurgery
  • Digital
    Phillip Lerche, Turi K. Aarnes, Gwen Covey-Crump, Fernando Martinez Taboada.
    Contents:
    Practical application : cutaneous innervation index
    Infiltration blocks
    Blocks of the head
    Regional anesthetic blocks of the limbs
    Epidurals/spinals.
    Digital Access Wiley 2016
  • Digital
    edited by Pranee Liamputtong.
    Springer Nature Living Reference.
    Summary: The focus of this ambitious reference work is social inclusion in health and social care, with the aim of offering a good understanding of matters that include or exclude people in society. Social inclusion stems from the ideal of an inclusive society where each individual can feel valued, differences between individuals are respected, needs of each person are met, and everyone can live with dignity as "the norm" (Cappo 2015). Community participation and interpersonal connections' dynamics that accommodate access to positive relationships, resources, and institutions can lead to social inclusion (Tua & Barnerjee 2019: 110). Social inclusion can explain why some individuals are situated at the centre of society or at its margins, as well as the consequences of the social layer in society (Allman 2015). Closely related to the concept of social inclusion is social exclusion.^Social exclusion refers to "the process of marginalising individuals or groups of a particular society and denying them from full participation in social, economic and political activities" (Tancharoenathien et al. 2018: 3). Social exclusion is marked by unequal access to capabilities, rights, and resources. It is "a multi-dimensional process driven by unequal power relationships across four dimensions - economic, political, social and cultural" (Taket et al. 2014: 3-4). It engages at the individual, household, community, nation, and global levels. Social exclusion renders some individuals or groups to social vulnerability. Thus, these individuals or communities are unable to prevent negative situations that impact their lives. Methodologically, to promote social inclusion and reduce social exclusion, inclusive research methodologies must be embraced.^Inclusive research refers to a "range of approaches and methods and these may be referred to in the literature as participatory, emancipatory, partnership and user-led research - even peer research, community research, activist scholarship, decolonizing or indigenous research" (Nind 2014: 1). Terms such as collaborative research and community-based participatory action research (CBPR) have also been referred to as inclusive research methodology. As Nind (2014) suggests, the term inclusive research can be adopted across disciplines and research fields within the paradigm of social inclusion. Hence, research and examples that are classified as inclusive research methods are included in this reference. This reference work covers a wide range of issues pertaining to the social inclusion paradigm.^These include the theoretical frameworks that social inclusion can be situated within, research methodologies and ethical consideration, research methods that enhance social inclusion (PAR and inclusive research methods), issues and research that promote social inclusion in different communities/individuals, and programs and interventions that would lead to more social inclusion in society. The aims and scope of the reference are to provide discussions about: social inclusion and social exclusion in different societies; theories that are linked to social inclusion and exclusion; research methodologies that enhance social inclusion; inclusive research methods that promote social inclusion in vulnerable and marginalised groups of people; discussions about issues and research with diverse groups of vulnerable and marginalised individuals and communities; discussions regarding programs and interventions that can lead to more social inclusion in vulnerable and marginalised people.^The reference work is divided into seven sections to cover the field of social inclusion comprehensively. Each section is dedicated to a particular perspective relating to social inclusion as covered by the aims and scope above. Handbook of Social Inclusion: Research and Practices in Health and Social Care should be an invaluable resource for professors, students, researchers, and scholars in public health, social sciences, medicine, and health sciences, as well as those at research institutes, government, and industry, on the concepts and theories of social inclusion/exclusion, and the research methodologies and programs/interventions that can enhance social inclusion in different population groups. Examples from the research are included to show the real-life situations that can promote social inclusion in different groups that readers can adopt in their own work and practice.

    Contents:
    Part 1: Toward Social Inclusion in Research and Practices: Theoretical Backgrounds
    Part 2: Social Inclusion: Methodological and Ethical Considerations
    Part 3: Striving Toward Inclusive Research: Research Methods for Doing Research Inclusively
    Part 4: Inclusive Research Methodology: Participatory Research
    Part 5: Social Inclusion & Social Exclusion: Population Groups, Lived Experiences & Issues
    Part 6: Enhancing Social Inclusion Through Social Inclusion Programs & Interventions
    Part 7: Promoting Social Inclusion: The Role of Health & Social Care
    .
    Digital Access Springer Live 2020-
    Continuously updated edition
  • Digital
    Pranee Liamputtong, editor.
    Summary: The focus of this ambitious reference work is social inclusion in health and social care, with the aim of offering a good understanding of matters that include or exclude people in society. Social inclusion stems from the ideal of an inclusive society where each individual can feel valued, differences between individuals are respected, needs of each person are met, and everyone can live with dignity as "the norm" (Cappo 2015). Community participation and interpersonal connections' dynamics that accommodate access to positive relationships, resources, and institutions can lead to social inclusion (Tua & Barnerjee 2019: 110). Social inclusion can explain why some individuals are situated at the centre of society or at its margins, as well as the consequences of the social layer in society (Allman 2015). Closely related to the concept of social inclusion is social exclusion. Social exclusion refers to the process of marginalising individuals or groups of a particular society and denying them from full participation in social, economic and political activities (Tancharoenathien et al. 2018: 3). Social exclusion is marked by unequal access to capabilities, rights, and resources. It is a multi-dimensional process driven by unequal power relationships across four dimensions economic, political, social and cultural (Taket et al. 2014: 3-4). It engages at the individual, household, community, nation, and global levels. Social exclusion renders some individuals or groups to social vulnerability. Thus, these individuals or communities are unable to prevent negative situations that impact their lives. Methodologically, to promote social inclusion and reduce social exclusion, inclusive research methodologies must be embraced. Inclusive research refers to a "range of approaches and methods and these may be referred to in the literature as participatory, emancipatory, partnership and user-led research even peer research, community research, activist scholarship, decolonizing or indigenous research" (Nind 2014: 1). Terms such as collaborative research and community-based participatory action research (CBPR) have also been referred to as inclusive research methodology. As Nind (2014) suggests, the term inclusive research can be adopted across disciplines and research fields within the paradigm of social inclusion. Hence, research and examples that are classified as inclusive research methods are included in this reference. This reference work covers a wide range of issues pertaining to the social inclusion paradigm. These include the theoretical frameworks that social inclusion can be situated within, research methodologies and ethical consideration, research methods that enhance social inclusion (PAR and inclusive research methods), issues and research that promote social inclusion in different communities/individuals, and programs and interventions that would lead to more social inclusion in society. The aims and scope of the reference are to provide discussions about: social inclusion and social exclusion in different societies; theories that are linked to social inclusion and exclusion; research methodologies that enhance social inclusion; inclusive research methods that promote social inclusion in vulnerable and marginalised groups of people; discussions about issues and research with diverse groups of vulnerable and marginalised individuals and communities; discussions regarding programs and interventions that can lead to more social inclusion in vulnerable and marginalised people. The reference work is divided into seven sections to cover the field of social inclusion comprehensively. Each section is dedicated to a particular perspective relating to social inclusion as covered by the aims and scope above. Handbook of Social Inclusion: Research and Practices in Health and Social Care should be an invaluable resource for professors, students, researchers, and scholars in public health, social sciences, medicine, and health sciences, as well as those at research institutes, government, and industry, on the concepts and theories of social inclusion/exclusion, and the research methodologies and programs/interventions that can enhance social inclusion in different population groups. Examples from the research are included to show the real-life situations that can promote social inclusion in different groups that readers can adopt in their own work and practice.

    Contents:
    Toward Social Inclusion in Research and Practices: Theoretical Backgrounds
    Social Inclusion: Methodological and Ethical Considerations
    Striving Toward Inclusive Research: Research Methods for Doing Research Inclusively
    Inclusive Research Methodology: Participatory Research
    Social Inclusion & Social Exclusion: Population Groups, Lived Experiences & Issues
    Enhancing Social Inclusion Through Social Inclusion Programs & Interventions
    Promoting Social Inclusion: The Role of Health & Social Care.
    Digital Access Springer 2022
  • Digital
    Lee Ellis, Anthony W. Hoskin, Malini Ratnasingam.
    Summary: The Handbook of Social Status Correlates summarizes findings from nearly 4000 studies on traits associated with variations in socioeconomic status. Much of the information is presented in roughly 300 tables, each one providing a visual snapshot of what research has indicated regarding how a specific human trait appears to be correlated with socioeconomic status. The social status measures utilized and the countries in which each study was conducted are also identified. QUESTIONS ADDRESSED INCLUDE THE FOLOWING: Are personality traits such as extraversion, competitiveness, and risk-taking associated with social status? How universal are sex differences in income and other forms of social status? What is the association between health and social status? How much does the answer vary according to specific diseases? How well established are the relationships between intelligence and social status? Is religiosity associated with social status, or does the answer depend on which religion is being considered? Are physiological factors correlated with social status, even factors involving the brain? Finally, are there as yet any "universal correlates of social status"?

    Contents:
    1. Conceptualizing and measuring social status
    2. Demographic factors
    3. Familial factors
    4. Personality and behavioral factors
    5. Attitudes, preferences, and beliefs
    6. Intellectual and academic factors
    7. Mental health/illness and symptomology
    8. Physical health factors
    9. Biological factors
    10. Epilogue: identifying universal social status correlates.
    Digital Access ScienceDirect 2018
  • Digital
    Hyun-Yoon Ko, Sungchul Huh.
    Summary: This easy-to-use handbook is designed to assist in the evaluation and management of spinal cord injuries and the diverse related disorders and conditions. Spinal cord injuries can cause abnormalities in all body systems due to dysfunction of the somatic motor and sensory systems and damage to the autonomic nerve system. The latter gives rise to respiratory and cardiac problems, temperature regulation disorders, endocrine system disorders, and many associated metabolic disorders. Other potential consequences of spinal cord injuries include pressure injuries and various disabilities and obstacles, ranging from physical limitations to social embarrassment. This handbook offers extensive guidance on medical management in different scenarios from the acute phase to long-term care, with a particular focus on information of importance for the solution of clinical problems commonly encountered in daily practice. It will be ideal for practitioners in rehabilitation medicine, neurosurgery, orthopedics, neurology, and other relevant specialties that deal with patients with spinal cord injuries.

    Contents:
    1 Clinical and Functional Anatomy of the Spinal Cord
    2 Extremity kinematics and muscles for functional training of tetraplegics and paraplegics
    3 Physical and neurological differentiation of spinal cord lesions
    4 Laboratory tests commonly encountered in care of spinal cord injuries
    5 Pharmacotherapy in spinal cord injuries
    6 Imaging assessment of spinal cord injuries
    7 Functional assessment and expected functional outcomes following spinal cord injuries
    8 Standard neurological classification of spinal cord injuries
    9 Spinal shock: definition and clinical implications
    10 Acute phase management of traumatic spinal cord injuries
    11 Clinical syndromes of incomplete spinal cord lesions
    12 Posttraumatic syringomyelia and Chiari malformations
    13 Cauda equina and conus medullaris lesions
    14 Nontraumatic spinal cord lesions/diseases
    15 Autonomic nervous system in spinal cord injuries
    16 Cardiovascular dysfunction in spinal cord injuries
    17 Orthostatic hypotension and associated supine hypertension
    18 Autonomic dysreflexia
    19 Venous thromboembolism in spinal cord injuries
    20 Respiratory dysfunction
    21 Electrolyte disorder
    22 Metabolic disorders
    23 Voiding dysfunction and genitourinary complications
    24 Bowel dysfunction and gastrointestinal complications
    25 Sexuality changes
    26 Spasticity
    27 Pressure Injuries
    28 Heterotopic ossification
    29 Pain types and taxonomies
    30 Thermoregulatory impairment.
    Digital Access Springer 2021
  • Digital
    [edited by] Ali A. Baaj, MD, Assistant Professor, Department of Neurological Surgery, Weill Cornell Medical College, Adult and Pediatric Spine Surgery, New York Presbyterian Hospital, New York, New York, Praveen V. Mummaneni, MD, Professor and Vice-Chairman, Department of Neurosurgery, University of California-San Francisco, Co-Director, UCSF Spine Center, San Francisco, California, Juan S. Uribe, MD, Associate Professor, Director, Spine Section, Department of Neurosurgery, University of South Florida, Tampa, Florida, Alexander R. Vaccaro, MD, PhD, MBA, Richard H. Rothman Professor and Chairman, Department of Orthopaedic Surgery, Professor of Neurosurgery, Co-Director, Delaware Valley Spinal Cord Injury Center, President, Rothman Institute, Philadelphia, Pennsylvania, Mark S. Greenburg, MD, Associate Professor, Department of Neurosurgery and Brain Repair, University of South Florida, Tampa, Florida.
  • Digital
    Boyle C. Cheng, editor.
    Summary: This handbook is the most authoritative and up-to-date reference on spine technology written for practitioners, researchers, and students in bioengineering and clinical medicine. It is the first resource to provide a road map of both the history of the field and its future by documenting the poor clinical outcomes and failed spinal implants that contributed to problematic patient outcomes, as well as the technologies that are currently leading the way towards positive clinical outcomes. The contributors are leading authorities in the fields of engineering and clinical medicine and represent academia, industry, and international government and regulatory agencies. The chapters are split into five sections, with the first addressing clinical issues such as anatomy, pathology, oncology, trauma, diagnosis, and imaging studies. The second section, on biomechanics, delves into fixation devices, the bone implant interface, total disc replacements, injury mechanics, and more. The last three sections, on technology, are divided into materials, commercialized products, and surgery. All appropriate chapters will be continually updated and available on the publisher's website, in order to keep this important reference as up-to-date as possible in a fast-moving field.

    Contents:
    Cervical Spine Anatomy
    Thoracic Spine Anatomy
    Lumbar Spine Anatomy
    Pathology
    Clinically Diagnosed Spinal Instability
    Adult Onset Deformity
    Oncology
    Trauma with Neurologic Deficiencies
    Cervical Trauma
    Thoracolumbar Trauma
    Clinical Outcomes
    Diagnosis
    Imaging Studies
    Intraoperative Imaging
    Clinical Biomechanics
    Characterizing Fixation Devices
    Bone Implant Interface
    Biomechanics for Patient Diagnosis
    Metrics for Cervical Total Disc Replacements
    Metrics for Lumbar Total Disc Replacements
    Metrics for Posterior Dynamic Stabilization
    Facet Mechanics
    Articulation for Motion Preservation within the Spine
    Cervical Injury Mechanics
    Thoracolumbar Injury Mechanics
    Lesson Learned from Positive Biomechanics and Poor Clinical Outcomes
    Positive Biomechanics, Positive Clinical Outcomes
    Metal Design Materials
    Metal Ion Exposure
    Surface Treatments
    Bone Apposition
    Characterizing Roughness
    Biodegradable Materials
    Polymer Design Materials
    Composite Materials
    Fiber Reinforced Composite Materials
    Bone Substitutes
    Biologics
    Stem Cell Therapies
    Annulus Repair
    Preclinical Studies for Products
    Approved Products in the US
    Approved Products Outside the US
    Fixation Products
    Trauma Products
    Deformity Correction Products
    Cleared Products
    Withdrawn Products
    Motion Preservation Products
    Posterior Dynamic Stabilization
    Failed Products
    Abandoned Products
    Retrieved Implant Analysis
    Radiologic Assessments
    Radiographic Considerations
    Sagittal Balance
    Biomarkers for Deformity
    Patient Positioning
    Minimally Invasive Surgery
    Posterior Approaches to Lumbar Spine
    Lateral Approaches to the Lumbar Spine
    Anterior Approaches to the Lumbar Spine
    Approaches to the Cervical Spine
    Image Guided Surgery
    Robotic Assisted Surgery.
    Digital Access Springer 2021
  • Digital
    David O. Wiebers, Valery L. Feigin, Robert D. Brown, Jr. ; foreword by Jack P. Whisnant.
    Digital Access
    Provider
    Version
    Ovid
    LWW Health Library
  • Digital
    editors, Charanjit S. Rihal, Claire E. Raphael.
    Summary: "Advances in structural heart disease (SHD) is occurring at a rapid rate, and the Mayo Clinic is at the forefront of developing procedural techniques in this fast-changing field. Handbook of Structural Heart Interventions provides practical, focused coverage of SHD, bringing you up to date with today's evidence-based techniques and approaches for common and uncommon SHD procedures. Ideal for both SHD trainees and established practitioners, attendings, and fellows in interventional cardiology, this easy-to-use handbook is a unique educational and clinical resource in a quickly expanding field"--Publisher's description

    Contents:
    Building blocks of structural intervention: An approach for procedural training
    Access and pitfalls
    Imaging for SHD interventions
    Hemodynamics for the structural interventionalist
    Techniques of transseptal puncture
    Balloon aortic valvuloplasty
    Transcatheter aortic valve implantation: Work up and indications for intervention
    Balloon expandable transcatheter aortic valve replacement
    Transcatheter aortic valve replacement using self-expanding valve
    Transfemoral TAVR complications
    TAVR alternate access sites
    Aortic valve-in-valve TAVR
    Aortic paravalvular leak closure
    Percutaneous balloon mitral valvuloplasty
    Percutaneous edge-to-edge mitral valve repair using the MitraClip
    Percutaneous mitral valve-in-valve and valve-in-ring
    Mitral paravalvular leak closure
    Mitral valve-in-MAC
    Atrial septal defect, patent foramen ovale, and atrial septostomy
    Transcatheter closure of post myocardial infarction, iatrogenic, and congenital ventricular septal defects
    Alcohol septal ablation for obstructive hypertrophic cardiomyopathy
    Left atrial appendage occlusion
    Pulmonary vein stenosis: Management and outcomes
    Tricuspid valve-in-valve/valve-in-ring therapy
    Novel percutaneous tricuspid repair techniques
    Coarctation and PDA closure
    Closure of abnormal coronary communications: Coronary, fistulae, congenital, and iatrogenic
    Pulmonary valve interventions: Valvuloplasty and transcatheter pulmonary valve replacement
    Pseudoaneurysm diagnosis and management
    Pulmonary balloon angioplasty for chronic thromboembolic pulmonary hypertension
    Transcatheter biopsy for intracardiac masses.
    Digital Access ScienceDirect 2021
  • Digital
    [edited by] Monica S. Krishnan, Margarita Racsa, Hsiang-Hsuan Michael Yu.
    Contents:
    General approach to palliative care and palliative radiation oncology / Candice J. Johnstone and Stephen Lutz
    Communication / Margarita Racsa
    Prognostication in patients receiving palliative radiation therapy / Monica S. Krishnan
    Palliative care, hospice care, advance care planning, and advance directives / Allison Taylor
    Palliative care assessment / Joshua Jones
    Pain management / Lauren Koranteng and Natalie Moryl
    GI symptoms / Nicholas Chiu, Natalie Pulenzas, Ernest Maranzano, Carlo DeAngelis, Na Zhang, Hsiang-Hsuan Michael Yu and Edward Chow
    Management of dyspnea and central airway obstruction in patients with malignancy / Randy Li-Hung Wei and Lorriana E. Leard
    Malignant bleeding / Candice C. Johnstone
    Skin toxicity in palliative radiation therapy / Lauren Hertan
    Palliative radiotherapy for brain metastasis / Rachel B. Jiminez and Helen A. Shih
    Palliative radiotherapy for malignant epidural spinal cord compression / Hsiang-Hsuan Michael Yu, Ernest Maranzano and Dirk Rades
    Palliative radiotherapy for bone metastasis / Puja Venkat, Stephen Lutz and Hsiang-Hsuan Michael Yu
    Site-pecific symptom management / Ryan Rhome and Kavita Dharmarajan
    Palliative radiation oncology for gastrointestinal tract malignancies / Puja Venkat, Sarah E. Hoffe and Jessica M. Frakes
    Palliative radiotherapy for advanced and metastatic gynecologic and genitourinary malignancies / Emma C. Fields, Mitchell S. Anscher and Alfredo I. Urdaneta
    Palliative radiotherapy for advanced and metastatic head and neck cancers and skin metastases / Tyler J. Wilhite and Jonathan D. Schoenfeld.
    Digital Access ScienceDirect 2017
  • Digital
    [edited by] Daniel D. Karp, Gerald S. Falchook.
    Contents:
    I: Targets by organ site
    II: Carcinogenesis from the perspective of targeted therapy and immunotherapy
    III: Molecular targets and pathways
    IV: Targeted and immunotherapy agents.
    Digital Access LWW Health Library 2018
  • Digital
    edited by Stefan Dubel and Janice M. Reichert.
    Contents:
    Volume 1. Defining the Right Antibody Composition
    Volume 2. Clinical Development of Antibodies
    Volume 3. Approved Therapeutic Antibodies
    Volume 4. Approved Therapeutic Antibodies and in vivo Diagnostics.
    Digital Access Wiley v.1-4=, 2014
  • Digital
    editor, Girija Prasad Rath.
    Summary: This book covers all aspects of trigeminal neuralgia (TGN) which is a common yet very painful condition of face and scalp. Chapters include historical perspective of the condition, clinical presentations, diagnosis, management strategy, drug therapy, different interventional techniques utilized, and non-invasive modalities offered. The book has ample images to explain three main percutaneous procedures carried out for this condition such as radiofrequency thermocoagulation, glycerol rhizolysis and balloon microcompression in detail. It also covers open neurosurgical procedures including microvascular decompression and certain non-conventional and non-invasive methods. This book provides assistance to pain physicians to have a comprehensive knowledge of trigeminal neuralgia. It is also relevant to neurosurgeons, neurologists, anesthesiologists, dental surgeons and resident doctors.
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Print
    Simons, R. D. G. Ph.
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Stored offsite. Please request print.
    T72 .S61
    2
  • Digital
    Jacques H. Grosset, Richard E. Chaisson, editors.
    Contents:
    Overview of tuberculosis
    Pathology and clinical features of pulmonary tuberculosis
    Treatment of pulmonary tuberculosis
    Extra-pulmonary tuberculosis
    Public health issues
    Management of pulmonary tuberculosis in special populations
    Emerging therapies
    Conclusion.
    Digital Access Springer 2017
  • Digital
    edited by Stefan M. Brudzynski.
    Contents:
    Part A. Introduction
    Part B. Evoluation of the vocal communication system in vertebrates
    Part C. Mechanisms of ultrasound production in rodents
    Part D. Perception of ultrasonic signals
    Part E. Ultrasonic communication of infant rodents
    Part F. Ultrasonic vocalization of adult rodents
    Part G. Vocal expression of emotional states by ultrasonic vocalization
    Part H. Effects of neuroactive agents on ultrasonic vocalization
    Part I. Ultrasonic communication in different sociobiological conditions
    Part J. Rodent ultrasonic vocalizations in models of neuropsychiatric disorders
    Part K. Rodent vocalizations as indices in neurodevelopmental studies
    Part L. Ultrasonic vocalization in other vertebrate taxa.
    Digital Access ScienceDirect 2018
  • Digital
    Roger Pillemer.
    Summary: In addition to complementary radiographic imaging, the physical exam is an essential diagnostic element for the orthopedic surgeon. As such, learning to perform this exam thoroughly is of utmost importance to medical students, residents and interns on an orthopedic rotation and in later practice. This practical text succinctly presents all of the necessary information regarding the physical examination of the upper extremity. The hand, wrist, elbow and shoulder are discussed in dedicated thematic sections, with each section comprised of three main chapters. The initial chapter describes the musculoskeletal anatomy and function of the joint, presenting the tests themselves along with the rationale for performing them. The second chapter presents the systematic examinations carried out in every case, and the third chapter describes examinations for specific conditions relating to the joint, including tendinopathies, osteoarthritis, neurological conditions, deformities, and more. Plentiful bullet points and color images throughout the text describe and illustrate each test and physical sign. Convenient and user-friendly, Handbook of Upper Extremity Examination is a valuable, portable guide to this all-important diagnostic tool for students and practitioners alike.

    Contents:
    Part I. Physical Examination of the Hand
    Introduction to the Hand
    Anatomy and Function of the Hand
    A Systematic Examination of the Hand
    Examination for Specific Conditions of the Hand
    Part II. Physical Examination of the Wrist
    Anatomy and Function of the Wrist
    A Systematic Examination of the Wrist
    Examination for Specific Conditions of the Wrist
    Part III. Physical Examination of the Elbow
    Anatomy and Function of the Elbow
    A Systematic Examination of the Elbow and Forearm
    Examination for Specific Conditions of the Elbow
    Part IV. Physical Examination of the Shoulder
    Anatomy and Function of the Shoulder
    A Systematic Examination of the Shoulder
    Examination for Specific Conditions of the Shoulder.
    Digital Access Springer 2022
  • Digital
    edited by Peter Gloviczki.
    Summary: "The Handbook of Venous Disorders, first published in 1996, is a handbook for all clinicians and surgeons who are involved with the investigation, evaluation, or management of venous and lymphatic diseases or malformations. These disorders include varicose veins, venous ulcers, DVT, lymphedema, and pulmonary embolism, as well as damage to the veins through trauma or tumor growth. The new edition has been completely updated to bring the book in line with current teaching practices."--Provided by publisher.
    Digital Access TandFonline 2017
  • Digital
    edited by Jecko Thachil and Catherine Bagot.
    Contents:
    Section I. Clinical Overview
    Section II. Diagnosis
    Section III. Treatment
    Section IV. Special Situations
    Section V. Unusual Site Thrombosis
    Section VI. Long-term Sequelae of VTE
    Section VII. Controversies
    Section VIII. Prevention
    Index.
    Digital Access Wiley 2018
  • Digital
    edited by Waguih William IsHak.
    Summary: Wellness medicine is the field that focuses on improving overall functioning, quality of life, and wellbeing, beyond symptom management of medical illness, leading to restoration and maintenance of health. The Handbook of Wellness Medicine provides a practical guide to the latest in evidence-based medicine, as well as best practice, to assist healthcare professionals in utilizing the full range of interventions to improve wellness and help patients complete their journeys to full health. The volume is organized into five parts: Part I introduces the concept of wellness by detailing the definitions and assessment/measurement methods, and formulating wellness plans. Part II describes wellness plans in major illnesses, categorized by organ system/disorder. Part III covers the methods to improve wellness in special populations. Part IV details each wellness intervention, including the scientific evidence behind it and its practical application. Part V focuses on integrating and personalizing the interventions into one's life to maintain wellness.
    Digital Access Cambridge 2020
  • Print
    Contents:

    Section 1. Uniform hospital statistics and classification of account.
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Stored offsite. Please request print.
    I971 .A56
    1
  • Digital
    edited by Per Nilsen (Department of Health, Medicine and Caring Sciences, Linköping University, Sweden) and Sarah A. Birken (Department of Implementation Science, Wake Forest University, formerly of the University of North Carolina at Chapel Hill, US).
    Summary: "The Handbook on Implementation Science provides an overview of the field's multidisciplinary history, theoretical approaches, key concepts, perspectives, and methods. By drawing on knowledge concerning learning, habits, organizational theory, improvement science and policy research, the Handbook offers novel perspectives from a broad group of international experts in the field representing diverse disciplines. The editors and authors seek to advance implementation science through careful consideration of current thinking and recommendations for future directions. Featured key concepts include strategies, context, outcomes, fidelity, adaptation and sustainability. Chapters introduce topics, define them, and explain their application in implementation science with examples that resonate with a diverse readership including implementation researchers, instructors, students and practitioners with experience in the field ranging from novices to experienced scholars"-- Provided by publisher.

    Contents:
    Foreword [Trish Greenhalgh]
    Prologue [Per Nilsen, Sarah A. Birken]
    Part I: Theoretical approaches in implementation science
    1. Overview of theories, models and frameworks in implementation science [per Nilsen]
    2. Exploration, preparation, implementation, sustainment (epis) framework [Joanna C. Moullin, Kelsey S. Dickson, Nicole A. Stadnick, Jennifer Edwards Becan, Tisha Wiley, Joella Phillips, Melissa Hatch, Gregory A. Aarons] 3. Active implementation frameworks [Dean L. Fixsen, Karen A. Blase]
    4. The consolidated framework for implementation research (CFIR) [Laura J. Damschroder, Caitlin M. Reardon, Julie C. Lowery]
    5. Promoting action on research implementation in health services
    the integrated-parihs framework (i-parihs) [Gillian Harvey, Alison Kitson]
    6. Normalization process theory [Carl May, Tracy Finch, Tim Rapley]
    7. The behaviour change wheel approach [Danielle d'Lima, Fabiana Lorencatto, Susan Michie]
    8. A theory of organizational readiness for change [Bryan J. Weiner]
    Part II: Key concepts in implementation science 9. Strategies [Jennifer Leeman, Per Nilsen] 10. Context [Per Nilsen, Susanne Bernhardsson] 11. Outcomes [Enola K. Proctor]
    12. Fidelity [Christopher Carroll]
    13. Adaptation [M. Alexis Kirk]
    14. Sustainability [Laura Lennox]
    parti iii: Perspectives on implementation science
    15. Policy implementation research [Per Nilsen, Paul Cairney]
    16. Improvement science [Per Nilsen, Miriam Bender, Johan Thor, Jennifer Leeman, Boel Andersson Gäre, Nick Sevdalis] 17. Implementation from a learning perspective [Per Nilsen, Margit Neher, Per-erik Ellström, Benjamin Gardner]
    18. Implementation from a habit perspective [Sebastian Potthoff, Nicola Mccleary, Falko F. Sniehotta, Justin Presseau]
    19. Organizational perspectives in implementation science [Emily R. Haines, Sarah A. Birken]
    Part IV: Doing implementation science research
    20. Selecting theoretical approaches [Sarah A. Birken]
    21. Traditional approaches to conducting implementation research [Soohyun Hwang, Sarah A. Birken, Geoffrey Curran]
    22. Ethnography [Jeanette Wassar Kirk, Emily R. Haines] 23. Social network analysis [Alicia C. Bunger, Reza Yousefi Nooraie] 24. Configurational comparative methods [Deborah Cragun] 25. Realist evaluation [Ann Catrine Eldh, Kate Seers, Joanne Rycroft-malone]
    26. Programme theory [Per Nilsen, Henna Hasson]
    27. Group concept mapping [Thomas J. Waltz]
    Epilogue [Sarah A. Birken, Per Nilsen].
    Limited to 3 simultaneous users
  • Print
    American Society of Health-System Pharmacists®.
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Retired Reference (Downstairs)
    RM143 .T74 2015
    1
  • Print
    American Society of Health-System Pharmacists®.
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Retired Reference (Downstairs)
    RM143 .T74 2017
    1
  • Print
    American Society of Health-System Pharmacists.
    Print
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Reference (Upstairs)
    RM143 .T74 2018
    1
  • Digital/Print
    Jagić, Nikolaus von.
    Contents:
    Bd. 3, T. 1-2. Allgemeine Diagnostik der Herz- und Gefässkrankheiten
    Bd. 2, T. 1. Physiologie des Kreislaufes.
    Digital Access
    Provider
    Version
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Stored offsite. Please request print.
    L681 .J24
    3
  • Print
    hrsg. von H. Brüning und E. Schwalbe.
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Stored offsite. Please request print.
    P47 .B88
    4
  • Digital/Print
    von Edw. Flatau und L. Jacobsohn.
    Contents:
    T.
    1. Makroskopischer Teil.
    Digital Access Google Books 1899-
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Stored offsite. Please request print.
    QM451 .F586
    1
  • Print
    Berger, Franz.
    Contents:
    Bd.
    1. Untersuchungsmethoden. Cortices. Flores.
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Stored offsite. Please request print.
    V505 .B49 1949
    1
  • Print
    hrsg. von Ludwig Heilmeyer und Anton Hittmair.
    Contents:
    1-2. Bd. Allgemeine Hämatologie
    3-5. Bd. Spezielle Hämatologie.
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Stored offsite. Please request print.
    J145 .H48
    7
  • Print
    Stoeckel, Walter; Veit, J.
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Stored offsite. Please request print.
    N200 .V428
    22
  • Print
    hrsg. von M. Rubner, M. v. Gruber und M. Ficker.
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Stored offsite. Please request print.
    I425 .R896
    9
  • Digital/Print
    bearbeitet von E. Abderhalden ... [et al.] ; herausgegeben von R. Kraus und C. Levaditi.
    Contents:
    Geschichtlicher Ueberblick und allgemeine Anschaungen über Immunität / J. Bordet
    Geschichte der Toxine und Antitoxine / E.v. Behring
    Zur Geschichte der Phagocytenlehre / E. Metschnikoff
    Geschichte der Bakterioloyse / R. Pfeiffer
    Historisches über Bakteriotropine / Denys
    Geschichte der Entdeckung der spezifischen Agglutination / M. Gruber
    Präzipitine / R. Kraus
    Geschichte der Hämolysine und der Alexinfixation (Komplementablenkung) / J. Bordet.
    Digital Access Google Books 1914-
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Stored offsite. Please request print.
    G181 .K91 1914
    1
  • Digital/Print
    bearbeitet von L. Bach ... J. Baer ... [u.a.] herausgegeben von Prof. Dr. L. Mohr ... und Prof. Dr. R. Staehelin ...
    Digital Access
    Provider
    Version
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Stored offsite. Please request print.
    L41 .M699
    6
  • Print
    bearb. ... ; neugründet von Wilhelm v. Möllendorff ; fortgefürhrt von Wolfgang Bargmann.
    Contents:
    v. 1. Die Lebendige Masse
    v. 2. Die Gewebe
    v. 3. Haut und Sinnesorgane
    v. 4. Nervensystem
    v. 5. Verdauungsapparat
    v. 6. Blutgefäss- und Lymphgefässapparat Innersekretorische Drüsen
    v. 7. Harn- und Geschelechtsapparat.
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Stored offsite. Please request print.
    v. 1-7, 1929-69.
    (some gaps)
    QM551 .H15
    31
  • Digital/Print
    Hrsg. von der Redektion des "Mikrokosmos".
    Contents:
    1. Das Mikroskop und seine Nebenapparate / W. de Haas. 2. Aufl. 1918
    Das Mikrotom und die Mikrotomtechnik. [1913].
    Digital Access
    Provider
    Version
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Stored offsite. Please request print.
    D205 .H23
    10
  • Print
    hrsg. von H. Olivecrona, W. Tonnis.
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Stored offsite. Please request print.
    M593 .O48
    8
  • Digital/Print
    Hoppe-Seyler, Felix; Thierfelder, Hans; Hoppe-Seyler, Felix.
    Digital Access Google Books 1858-
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Stored offsite. Please request print.
    F514 .H791 1865
    1
  • Digital/Print
    von Ernst Smreker.
    Contents:
    T. 1. Das Füllen der Zähne mit Porzellan
    v. 2. Das Füllen der Zähne mit Goldeinlagen.
    Digital Access Google Books 1909-
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Stored offsite. Please request print.
    S541 .S66
    1
  • Digital/Print
    Eichhorst, Hermann; Eichhorst, Hermann.
    Contents:
    Bd. 1. Krankheiten des Zirkulations- und Respirations-Apparates
    Bd. 2. Krankheiten des Verdauungs-, Harn- und Geschlechts-Apparates
    Bd. 3. Krankheiten der Nerven, Muskeln und Haut
    Bd. 4. Krankheiten der Nebenieren, des Blutes und Stoffwechsels und Infektionskrankheiten.
    Digital Access Google Books 1883-
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Stored offsite. Please request print.
    L46 .E34 1887
    1
  • Print
    gegründet von San.-rat L. Katz und F. Blumefeld ; herausg. von F. Blumenfeld und R. Hoffmann.
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Stored offsite. Please request print.
    R126 .H236
    1
  • Print
    Herausgegeben von Guido Holzknecht.
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Stored offsite. Please request print.
    U847 .H23 1929
    3
  • Digital/Print
    Kahane, Max.
    Contents:
    Contents
    Bd. 1. Therapie der Nervenkrankenheiten, von Max Kahane.
    Digital Access Google Books 1912-
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Stored offsite. Please request print.
    U101 .K12
    1
  • Digital/Print
    Für den akademischen und praktischen Gebrauch bearb. von Dr. C. Kaufmann ...
    Contents:
    1. Bd. Allgemeiner Teil
    Unfallverletzungen.
    Digital Access Google Books 1919-
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Stored offsite. Please request print.
    I414 .K21
    1
  • Print
    Emma Seppälä, Ph. D.
    Contents:
    Stop chasing the future
    Step out of overdrive
    Manage your energy
    Get more done by doing more of nothing
    Enjoy a successful relationship ... with yourself
    Understand the kindness edge.
    Print
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Books: General Collection (Downstairs)
    BF637.S8 S4265 2016
    1
  • Print
    Emma Seppälä, Ph. D.
    Contents:
    Stop chasing the future
    Step out of overdrive
    Manage your energy
    Get more done by doing more of nothing
    Enjoy a successful relationship ... with yourself
    Understand the kindness edge.
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    BioSciences Career Center Collection (Duck Room)
    Prof Dev 116
    1
  • Digital
    M. Bradford Henley, Michael F. Githens, Michael J. Gardner.
    Contents:
    I: Patient positioning and operative principles
    Patient positioning
    Intraoperative assessment of lower-extremity alignment
    Management of open fractures, compartment syndrome, bone defects, and infection
    II: Shoulder/arm
    Scapula and glenoid fractures
    Clavicle fractures
    Proximal humerus fractures
    Humeral shaft fractures
    III: Elbow/forearm
    Distal humerus fractures
    Proximal radius and ulna fractures
    Forearm fractures
    Distal radius fractures
    IV: Pelvis/acetabulum
    Pelvic ring injuries
    Acetabular fractures
    V: Hip
    Femoral head fractures
    Femoral neck fractures
    Intertrochanteric femur fractures
    VI: Femur
    Subtrochanteric femur fractures
    Femoral shaft fractures
    Periprosthetic fractures of the femur
    VII: Knee
    Distal femur fractures
    Patellar fractures
    Tibial plateau fractures
    VIII: Tibia
    Tibial shaft fractures
    IX: Ankle
    Pilon fractures
    Ankle fractures
    Talus fractures
    X: Foot
    Calcaneus fractures
    Navicular and cuboid fractures
    Lisfranc injuries
    Metatarsal neck fractures
    XI: External fixation and miscellaneous
    Knee-spanning external fixation
    Ankle-spanning external fixation
    Foot external fixation
    Miscellaneous and hardware removal tips.
    Digital Access LWW Health Library 2019
  • Digital
    Alberto A. Guglielmone, Richard G. Robbins.
    Summary: Ticks of the family Ixodidae, commonly known as hard ticks, occur worldwide and are second only to mosquitoes as vectors of agents pathogenic to humans. Of the 729 currently recognized hard tick species, 283 (39%) have been implicated as human parasites, but the literature on these species is both immense and scattered, with the result that health professionals are often unable to determine whether a particular tick specimen, once identified, represents a species that is an actual or potential threat to its human host. In this book, two leading tick specialists provide a list of the species of Ixodidae that have been reported to feed on humans, with emphasis on their geographical distribution, principal hosts, and the tick life history stages associated with human parasitism. Also included is a discussion of 21 ixodid species that, while having been found on humans, are either not known to have actually fed or may have been misidentified. Additionally, 107 tick names that have appeared in papers on tick parasitism of humans, and that might easily confuse non-taxonomists, are shown to be invalid under the rules of zoological nomenclature. Although the species of ticks that attack humans have long attracted the attention of researchers, few comprehensive studies of these species have been attempted. By gleaning and analyzing the results of over 1,100 scientific papers published worldwide, the authors have provided an invaluable survey of hard tick parasitism that is unprecedented in its scope and detail.

    Contents:
    ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS INTRODUCTION METHODOLOGY CHAPTER 1
    TICK SPECIES FOUND FEEDING ON HUMANS CHAPTER 2
    TICK SPECIES WRONGLY CONSIDERED PARASITES OF HUMANS CHAPTER 3
    INVALID SPECIES RECORDED FROM HUMANS (synonyms, incertae sedis, nomina dubia, nomina nuda) COMMENTS AND CONCLUSIONS REFERENCES.
    Digital Access Springer 2018
  • Digital
    Robert S. Barrett, Louis Hugo Francescutti.
    Summary: For the first time in a thousand years, Americans are experiencing a reversal in lifespan. Despite living in one of the safest and most secure eras in human history, one in five adults suffers from anxiety as does one-third of adolescents. Nearly half of the US population is overweight or obese and one-third of Americans suffer from chronic pain the highest level in the world. In the United States, fatalities due to prescription pain medications now surpass those of heroin and cocaine combined, and each year 10% of all students on American college campuses contemplate suicide. With the proliferation of social media and the algorithms for social sharing that prey upon our emotional brains, inaccurate or misleading health articles and videos now move faster through social media networks than do reputable ones. This book is about modern health, or lack of it. The authors make two key arguments: that our deteriorating wellness is rapidly becoming a health emergency, and two, that much of these trends are rooted in the way our highly evolved hardwired brains and bodies deal with modern social change. The co-authors: a PhD from the world of social science and an MD from the world of medicine combine forces to bring this emerging human crisis to light. Densely packed with fascinating facts and little-told stories, the authors weave together real-life cases that describe how our ancient evolutionary drives are propelling us toward ill health and disease. Over the course of seven chapters, the authors unlock the mysteries of our top health vices: why hospitals are more dangerous than warzones, our addiction to sugar, salt, and stress, our emotionally-driven brains, our relentless pursuit of happiness, our sleepless society, our understanding of risk, and finally, how world history can be a valuable tutor. Through these varied themes, the authors illustrate how our social lives are more of a determinant of health outcome than at any other time in our history, and to truly understand our plight, we need to recognize when our decisions and behavior are being directed by our survival-seeking hardwired brains and bodies.

    Contents:
    1. Why a Hospital is the Most Dangerous Place on Earth
    2. Why Do We Crave Bad Things?
    3. Raising Children on War, Cartoons, and Social Media
    4. The Truth About Happiness
    5. Why Do We Ignore Sleep?
    6. Are We Hardwired for Risk?
    7. From Pandemics to Prosperity: Feeding our Hardwired Instincts.
    Digital Access Springer 2021
  • Digital
    editors, Leonard B. Nelson, Scott E. Olitsky.
    Contents:
    Genetics of eye disease / Terri L. Young
    Neonatal ophthalmology : ocular development in childhood / Kammi B. Gunton
    Retinopathy of prematurity / James D. Reynolds
    The pediatric eye examination / Gregory Ostrow and Laura Kirkeby
    Refraction in infants and children / Michael X. Repka and David L. Guyton
    Amblyopia / Evelyn A. Paysse, David K. Coats, and Timothy P. Lindquist
    Sensory adaptations in strabismus / Bruce Schnall
    Strabismus disorders / Scott E. Oltisky and Leonard B. Nelson
    Conjunctival diseases / Rudolph S. Wagner
    Diseases of the cornea / Jagadesh C. Reddy and Christopher J. Rapuano
    Pediatric cataracts and lens anomalies / Denise Hug
    Glaucoma in infants and children / Nandini G. Gandhi and Sharon F. Freedman
    Pediatric uveitis / Grace T. Liu and Alex V. Levin
    Diseases of the retina and vitreous / James F. Vander
    Congenital abnormalities of the optic disc / Brown
    Disorders of the lacrimal apparatus in infancy and childhood / Donald P. Sauberan
    Pediatric eyelid disorders / Forrest J. Ellis
    Disorders of the orbit / David B. Lyon
    Ocular tumors of childhood / Carol L. Shields and Jerry A. Shields
    Systemic hamartomasoses ("phakomatoses") / Carol L. Shields and Jerry A. Shields
    Ocular abnormalities in childhood metabolic disorders / Avery H. Weiss
    Pediatric neuroophthalmology / Andrew G. Lee
    Nystagmus / Mitchell B. Strominger
    Occular trauma and its prevention / Robert A. Catalano.
    Digital Access Ovid 2014
  • Digital
    author(s): Ephraim Philip Lansky, Shifra Lansky, and Helena Maaria Paavilainen.
    Summary: "Harmal: The Genus Peganum is an in-depth treatment of one of the most commanding plants in the botanical kingdom. Humble in appearance, modest in its needs, Peganum harmala has been venerated for millennia as a Deity-manifesting entheogen and a powerful medicine. This book traverses harmal's medicinal chemistry, its possible role in the origins of religion, and its employment from ancient times to the present in the therapy of patients suffering from infections, infestations, metabolic derangements, neurological degeneration, visual weakness, and cancer. Its peculiar indolic compounds, known as harmala alkaloids, are now appreciated as exerting profound effects on the mind and on the body. These effects are the result of the alkaloids' interactions with, and binding to, serotonin receptors on the cell surfaces of neurons in the brain and lymphocytes in the blood, the latter constituting the diffuse structural basis of the immune system. This biphasic modulation by harmala alkaloids has led to a novel pharmacologic re-visioning presented herein for the first time, the concept of a "lymphoneuric syncytium" and its possible long term tuning via "somatodelic" as well as "psychedelic" effects.The scientific rationale underlying the use of harmal in the medicines of the past and the healing technologies of our future is developed through exhaustive and meticulous explorations in both ethnopharmacology and modern phytochemistry. The presentation is enhanced through appraisals of the effects of harmal in two clinical cancer case scenarios, and of intentional inebriation and "provings" by one of the authors and a psychiatric colleague. The noted and esteemed botanically-trained physician Dr. Andrew Weil states in his Preface that this "monumental" volume will become the standard reference work in the field. Harmal: The Genus Peganum will be an invaluable addition to the personal libraries of professional pharmacognosists, botanists, physicians, psychologists, neuroscientists, and all persons interested in the interrelationship of consciousness, medicine, and coevolution. "--Provided by publisher.
    Digital Access TandFonline 2017
  • Print
    Summary: The International Programme on Chemical Safety (IPCS) (WHO/ILO/UNEP) is leading a project to harmonize approaches to the assessment of risk from exposure to chemicals. The goal of this project is to globally harmonize approaches to risk assessment by increasing understanding and developing basic principles and guidance on specific chemical risk assessment issues. Harmonization enables efficient use of resources and consistency among assessments.--Website.
    Print
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Books: General Collection (Downstairs)
    Call number varies. Search for Harmonization Project document. to find individual volumes of this title.
  • Digital/Print
    Bender, David A.; Botham, Kathleen M.; Granner, Daryl K.; Harper, Harold A.; Kennelly, Peter J.; Mayes, Peter A.; Murray, Robert K.; Rodwell, Victor W.; Weil, P. Anthony.
    Digital Access
    Provider
    Version
    AccessPharmacy
    AccessMedicine
    AccessMedicine
    AccessMedicine
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Books: General Collection (Downstairs)
    QP514 .H2953
    7
  • Print
    Angus Clarke ; with contributions from Alex Murray and Julian Sampson.
    Summary: "This eighth edition provides indispensable and up-to-date guidance, helping readers to navigate the profusion of new information in this area and the associated psychosocial and ethical considerations and concerns. Maintaining the trusted framework of earlier editions, the update presents the latest information on the use and interpretation of genetic test results, including new genome-based investigations and their application in the genetic counselling process. This book will help both the student and the practitioner, as genetic and genomic investigations become progressively more relevant to all healthcare professionals with the mainstreaming of genetics across the full range of medical practice"--Publisher's description

    Contents:
    Part 1: General aspects of genetics and genetic counselling. Genetics and genetic counselling: an introduction
    Genetic counselling in Mendelian disorders
    Common disorders and genetic counselling
    Chromosome abnormalities
    Genetic and genomic investigations
    Dysmorphology and genetic syndromes
    Carrier testing
    Predictive genetic testing
    Prenatal diagnosis, antenatal screening and reproductive aspects of medical genetics
    Special issues in genetic counselling
    Clinical genetics services
    Treatments and trials for genetic disease
    Part 2: Genetic counselling: specific organ systems. Neuromuscular disorders
    Central nervous system: paediatric and neurodevelopmental disorders
    Central nervous system: adult-onset and psychiatric disorders
    Disorders of bone and connective tissue
    Oral and craniofacial disorders
    The skin
    The eye
    Deafness
    Cardiac and cardiovascular disorders
    Respiratory disorders
    The gastrointestinal tract
    Renal and urinary tract diseases
    Endocrine and reproductive disorders
    Inborn errors of metabolism
    Disorders of blood and immune function
    Environmental hazards
    Part genetic counselling and testing for cancer
    Cancer as a genetic disorder
    Colorectal cancer syndromes
    Breast and ovarian cancer
    Rare mendelian cancer syndromes and other cancers
    Part genetic counselling in context: the broader picture
    Communication in genetic counselling
    Population aspects of genetic counselling and genetic screening
    Genetics, society and the future
    Glossary
    Appendices. Further reading and information
    Practical genetic counselling: the life story of a book.
    Digital Access TandFonline [2020]
  • Digital
    editors, Camille C. Anderson, Sunaina Kapoor, Tiffany E. Mark
    Summary: Every three years, The Harriet Lane Handbook is carefully updated by residents, edited by chief residents, and reviewed by expert faculty at The Johns Hopkins Hospital. Easy to use, concise, and complete, this essential manual keeps you current with new guidelines, practice parameters, pharmacology, and more. The 23rd Edition of this portable reference continues to be the most widely used and most recognized pediatric reference worldwide--an indispensable resource for pediatric residents, students, nurses, and all healthcare professionals who treat young patients.

    Contents:
    Emergency and Critical Care Management
    Traumatic Injuries
    Toxicology
    Procedures
    Adolescent Medicine
    Analgesia and Procedural Sedation
    Cardiology
    Dermatology
    Development, Behavior, and Developmental Disability
    Endocrinology
    Fluids and Electrolytes
    Gastroenterology
    Genetics : Metabolism and Conditions With Distinctive Appearance
    Hematology
    Immunology and Allergy
    Immunoprophylaxis
    Microbiology and Infectious Disease
    Neonatology
    Nephrology
    Neurology
    Nutrition and Growth
    Oncology
    Palliative Care
    Psychiatry
    Pulmonology and Sleep Medicine
    Radiology
    Rheumatology
    Blood Chemistry and Body Fluids
    Biostatistics and Evidence-Based Medicine
    Drugs in Kidney Failure.
    Digital Access
    Provider
    Version
    ClinicalKey
    ClinicalKey Nursing
  • Digital
    editors, Dennis L. Kasper, Anthony S. Fauci, Stephen L. Hauser, Dan L. Longo, J. Larry Jameson, Joseph Loscalzo.
    Digital Access AccessMedicine 2016
  • Digital
    editors, J. Larry Jameson, Anthony S. Fauci, Dennis L. Kasper, Stephen L. Hauser, Dan L. Longo, Joseph Loscalzo.
    Digital Access AccessMedicine 2020
  • Digital
    [edited by] Bruce A. Chabner, MD, Professor of Medicine, Harvard Medical School, Director of Clinical Research, Massachusetts General Hospital Cancer Center, Boston, Massachusetts, Dan L. Longo, MD, Professor of Medicine, Harvard Medical School, Senior Physician, Brigham and Woman's Hospital, Deputy Editor, New England Journal of Medicine, Boston, Massachusetts.
    Summary: Offers an overview of the medications and approaches used in cancer care. This book features numerous tables and succinct, outline-style text that puts important information at your fingertips.

    Contents:
    Introduction: Considerations for cancer pharmacotherapy
    Antimetabolites: nucleoside and base analogs / Bruce A. Chabner
    Antifolates / Bruce A. Chabner
    The taxanes, vinca alkaloids, and their derivatives / Bruce A. Chabner
    Topoisomerase inhibitors: camptothecins, anthracyclines, and etoposide / Bruce A. Chabner
    Adduct-forming agents: alkylating agents and platinum analogs / Bruce A. Chabner
    Immunomodulatory drugs and proteasome inhibitors / Anuj Mahindra, Hamza Mujagic, Bruce A. Chabner
    Natural products: bleomycin and trabectedin / Bruce A. Chabner
    L-asparaginase / Bruce A. Chabner
    Differentiating agents / Bruce A. Chabner
    Molecular targeted drugs / Benjamin Izar, Jeffrey W. Clark, Bruce A. Chabner
    Antiestrogens / Tanja Badovinac Crnjevic, Paul E. Goss
    Antiandrogen therapy / Bruce A. Chabner
    Interferons / Dan L. Longo
    Cytokines, growth factors, and immune-based interventions / Dan L. Longo
    Monoclonal antibodies in cancer treatment / Dan L. Longo
    Osteoclast-targeted therapy: bisphosphonates and denosumab / Matthew R. Smith
    Febrile neutropenia / Stephen M. Carpenter, Fabrizio Vianello, Mark C. Poznansky
    Anemia / Zuzana Tothova, James Bradner
    Cancer and coagulopathy / Rachel P.G. Rosovsky
    Metabolic emergencies in oncology / Ephraim Paul Hochberg
    Pain management / Juliet Jacobsen, Vicki Jackson
    Comprehensive end-of-life care / Jennifer Shin, Jennifer Temel
    Depression, anxiety, and fatigue / Carlos G. Fernandez-Robles, William F. Pirl
    Acute myeloid leukemia / Amir T. Fathi
    Myelodysplastic syndromes / Eyal C. Attar
    Myeloproliferative neoplasms / Jerry L. Spivak
    Chronic myeloid leukemia / Karen Ballen
    Acute lymphoblastic leukemia and lymphoma / James W. Fraser, Janet E. Murphy, Eyal C. Attar
    Chronic lymphocytic leukemia/small lymphocytic lymphoma / Philip C. Amrein
    Plasma cell disorders / Noopur Raje, Dan L. Longo
    Diffuse large B-cell lymphoma / Jennifer Gao, Ephraim Paul Hochberg
    Hodgkin's disease / Dan L. Longo
    Follicular lymphoma / Amy Sievers, Ann LaCasce
    Mantle cell lymphoma / Dan L. Longo
    Peripheral T-cell lymphomas / Jeffrey A. Barnes, Jeremy S. Abramson
    Uncommon B-cell lymphomas / Jeremy S. Abramson, Jeffrey A. Barnes
    Immunology of hematopoietic stem cell transplantation / Srinivas Viswanathan, Yi-Bin Chen
    Overview of clinical bone marrow transplantation / Sarah Nikiforow, Thomas R. Spitzer
    Renal cell carcinoma / M. Dror Michaelson
    Localized prostate cancers / Jason A. Efstathious, Phillip J. Gray, Douglas M. Dahl
    Metastatic prostate cancer / Matthew R. Smith
    Bladder cancer / Richard J. Lee
    Testicular cancer / Timothy Gilligan
    Esophageal and gastric cancer / Lawrence S. Blaszkowsky
    Pancreatic cancer / Jeffrey W. Clark
    Cholangiocarcinoma and gallbladder cancers / Janet E. Murphy, Andrew X. Zhu
    Colon cancer / David P. Ryan
    Rectal cancer / Theodore S. Hong
    Anal cancer / Jennifer Wo
    Malignant mesothelioma / Lee M. Krug, Pasi A. Jänne
    Non-small cell lung cancer / Justin F. Gainor, Jeffrey A. Engelman
    Small cell lung cancer / Anna F. Farago, Rebecca Suk Heist
    Thymoma / Panos Fidias
    Ovarian cancer / Richard T. Penson
    Primary squamous carcinoma of the uterine cervix: diagnosis and management / Olivia Foley, Marcela G. del Carmen
    Uterine Cancer / Don S. Dizon
    Breast oncology: clinical presentation and genetics / Amy Comander, Tessa Cigler, Paula D. Ryan
    Localized breast cancer / Beverly Moy
    Metastatic breast cancer / Steven J. Isakoff
    Melanoma / Ryan J. Sullivan, Krista Rubin, Donald Lawrence
    Soft tissue and bone sarcomas / Edwin Choy, Sam S. Yoon, Francis J. Hornicek, Thomas F. DeLaney
    Primary brain tumors / Andrew S. Chi
    Metastatic brain tumors / April F. Eichler
    Paraneoplastic neurologic syndromes / Jorg Dietrich
    Thyroid cancer / Lori J. Wirth, Tito Fojo
    Adrenocortical cancer / Tito Fojo
    Head and neck cancer / Lori J. Wirth, Paul M. Busse, Daniel Deschler.
    Digital Access AccessHemOnc 2014
  • Digital
    editor, Stephen L. Hauser ; associate editor, S. Andrew Josephson.
    Summary: Neurology - with all the authority of Harrison's.

    Contents:
    I: Introduction to neurology
    II: Clinical manifestations of neurologic disease
    III: Diseases of the nervous system
    IV: Chronic fatigue syndrome
    V: Psychiatric disorders
    VI: Alcoholism and drug dependency.
    Digital Access AccessNeurology 2017
  • Digital
    edited by Charles M. Wiener, Cynthia D. Brown, Brian Houston ; editorial board : Dennis Kasper, Anthony Fauci, Stephen Hauser, Dan Longo, J. Jameson, Joseph Loscalzo.
    Contents:
    Contents
    Preface
    Section I: Introduction to Clinical Medicine
    Questions
    Answers
    Section II: Nutrition
    Questions
    Answers
    Section III: Oncology and Hematology
    Questions
    Answers
    Section IV: Infectious Diseases
    Questions
    Answers
    Section V: Disorders of the Cardiovascular System
    Questions
    Answers
    Section VI: Disorders of the Respiratory System
    Questions
    Answers
    Section VII: Disorders of the Urinary and Kidney Tract
    Questions
    Answers
    Section VIII: Disorders of the Gastrointestinal System
    Questions
    Answers
    Section IX: Rheumatology and Immunology
    Questions
    Answers
    Section X: Endocrinology and Metabolism
    Questions
    Answers
    Section XI: Neurologic Disorders
    Questions
    Answers
    Section XII: Dermatology
    Questions
    Answers
    References
    Color Atlas.
    Digital Access AccessMedicine 2017
  • Digital/Print
    [edited by] Dan L. Longo, Anthony S. Fauci, Dennis L. Kasper, Stephen L. Hauser, J. Larry Jameson, Joseph Loscalzo.
    Summary: The most widely read textbook in the history of medicine - made more essential to practice and education by an unmatched array of multi-media content.
    Digital Access AccessMedicine 2015
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Books: General Collection (Downstairs)
    RC46 .H32 2015
    2
  • Digital/Print
    editors, J. Larry Jameson, Anthony S. Fauci, Dennis L. Kasper, Stephen L. Hauser, Dan L. Longo, Joseph Loscalzo.
    Contents:
    Part 1. The profession of medicine
    Part 2. Cardinal manifestations and presentation of diseases
    Part 3. Pharmacology
    Part 4. Oncology and hematology
    Part 5. Infectious diseases
    Part 6. Disorders of the cardiovascular system
    Part 7. Disorders of the respiratory system
    Part 8. Critical care medicine
    Part 9. Disorders of the kidney and urinary tract
    Part 10: Disorders of the gastrointestinal system
    Part 11: Immune-mediated, inflammatory, and rheumatologic disorders
    Part 12. Endocrinology and metabolism
    Part 13. Neurologic disorders
    Part 14. Poisoning, drug overdose, and envenomation
    Part 15. Disorders associated with environmental exposures
    Part 16. Genes, the environment, and disease
    Part 17. Global medicine
    Part 18. Aging
    Part 19. Consultative medicine
    Part 20. Frontiers
    Video collection
    Supplementary topics
    Atlases.
    Digital Access
    Provider
    Version
    AccessPharmacy
    AccessMedicine
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Books: General Collection (Downstairs)
    RC46 .H32 2018
    2
  • Digital/Print
    Joseph Loscalzo, Anthony S. Fauci, Dennis L. Kasper, Stephen L. Hauser, Dan L. Longo, J. Larry Jameson.
    Summary: "This book presents a sharp focus on the clinical presentation of disease, expert in-depth summaries of pathophysiology and treatment, and includes highlights of emerging frontiers of science and medicine"-- Provided by publisher.
    Digital Access
    Provider
    Version
    AccessMedicine
    AccessPharmacy
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Books: General Collection (Downstairs)
    RC46 .H33 2022
    2
  • Digital
    edited by Charles M. Wiener, Cynthia D. Brown, Brian Houston ; editorial board : Dennis Kasper, Anthony Fauci, Stephen Hauser, Dan Longo, J. Jameson, Joseph Loscalzo.
    Contents:
    Contents
    Preface
    Section I: Introduction to Clinical Medicine
    Questions
    Answers
    Section II: Nutrition
    Questions
    Answers
    Section III: Oncology and Hematology
    Questions
    Answers
    Section IV: Infectious Diseases
    Questions
    Answers
    Section V: Disorders of the Cardiovascular System
    Questions
    Answers
    Section VI: Disorders of the Respiratory System
    Questions
    Answers
    Section VII: Disorders of the Urinary and Kidney Tract
    Questions
    Answers
    Section VIII: Disorders of the Gastrointestinal System
    Questions
    Answers
    Section IX: Rheumatology and Immunology
    Questions
    Answers
    Section X: Endocrinology and Metabolism
    Questions
    Answers
    Section XI: Neurologic Disorders
    Questions
    Answers
    Section XII: Dermatology
    Questions
    Answers
    References
    Color Atlas.
    Digital Access AccessMedicine 2017
  • Digital
    edited by Charles M. Wiener [and five others].
    Digital Access
    Provider
    Version
    AccessMedicine
    AccessMedicine
  • Digital
    Azamal Husen, editor.
    Summary: In the recent past, threats from climate change and unforeseeable environmental extremes to plant growth and productivity have consistently increased. The climate change-driven effects, especially from unpredictable environmental fluctuations, can result in an increased prevalence of abiotic and biotic stresses in plants. These stresses have slowed down the global yields of crop plants. On the other hand, food security for the rapidly growing human population in a sustainable ecosystem is a major concern of the present-day world. Thus, understanding the core developmental, physiological and molecular aspects that regulate plant growth and productivity in a challenging environment is a pivotal issue to be tackled by the scientific community dealing with sustainable agricultural and horticultural practices. Plants are influenced by the adverse environmental conditions at various levels, their different and diverse responses play a significant role in determining their growth, production and the overall geographical distribution. The chapters in this book focus on the biological mechanisms and fundamental principles that determine how different plant species grow, perform and interact with a challenging environment. This book covers a broad range of topics in plant science, including gene function, molecules, physiology, cell biology and plant ecology, to understand the functioning of plants under harsh environmental conditions. The book elucidates the physiological and molecular mechanisms in different plant species, ecophysiological interactions of plants, interplay between plant roots, arbuscular mycorrhizal fungi and plant growth-promoting rhizobacteria, biosensors for monitoring stress, production of secondary metabolites, stress alleviation processes, and more.

    Contents:
    1. The harsh environment and resilient plants - An overview
    2. Expression and regulation of stress-responsive genes in plants under harsh environmental conditions
    3. Genome editing: A tool from the vault of science for engineering climate-resilient cereals
    4. Advancement in molecular and fast breeding programmes for climate resilient agriculture practices
    5. Recombinant DNA technology for sustainable plant growth and production
    6. Regulatory role of micro-RNAs in plants under challenging environmental conditions with special focus on drought and salinity
    7. Molecular mechanisms of heat shock proteins for sustainable plant growth and production
    8. Physiological and molecular responses to heavy metals stresses in plants
    9. Morpho-anatomical, physiological, biochemical and molecular responses of plants to air pollution
    10. Physiological and molecular responses to high, chilling and freezing temperature in plant growth and production: consequences and mitigation possibilities
    11. Physiological and molecular responses to salinity due to excessive Na+ in plants
    12. Physiological and molecular responses to drought, submergence and excessive watering in plants
    13. Mitogen-activated protein kinase, plants and heat stress
    14. Cross talk between heme oxygenase 1 and lateral root development for salt tolerance
    15. Salt-tolerant plant growth promoting rhizobacteria: A new-fangled approach for improving crop yield
    16. Improving resilience against drought stress among crop plants through inoculation of plant growth-promoting rhizobacteria
    17. Trends in biosensors and current detection methods for stress monitoring of plants growing in adverse environmental conditions
    18. Secondary metabolites for sustainable plant growth and production under adverse environment conditions
    19. Medicinal plants and their pharmaceutical properties under adverse environment conditions
    20. Progress and major research challenges under changing environmental conditions.
    Digital Access Springer 2021
  • Digital
    editor-in-chief, Allan B. Wolfson ; associate editors, Robert L. Cloutier, Gregory W. Hendey, Louis J. Ling, Carlo L. Rosen, Jeffrey J. Schaider.
    Summary: Harwood-Nuss' Clinical Practice of Emergency Medicine presents a clinically focused and evidence-based summary of this specialty, giving you fast, dependable answers to the clinical questions that arise in your practice. Templated chapters guide you through the clinical presentation, differential diagnosis, evaluation, management, and disposition of a full range of complaints and conditions seen in the ED, with highlighted critical interventions and common pitfalls . all the information you need to provide each patient with optimal care.--Provided by publisher.
    Digital Access
    Provider
    Version
    Ovid
    LWW Health Library
  • Digital
    editor-in-chief, Allan B. Wolfson ; senior editors, Robert L. Cloutier, Gregory W. Hendey, Louis J. Ling, Carlo L. Rosen, Jeffrey J. Schaider ; associate editors, Jon B. Cole [and seven others].
    Summary: "This seventh edition of Harwood-Nuss' Clinical Practice of Emergency Medicine continues in the tradition of its predecessors as an authoritative, up-to-date, and concise single-volume resource that encompasses essentially all areas of emergency medicine"-- Provided by publisher.
    Digital Access
    Provider
    Version
    Ovid
    LWW Health Library
  • Print
    Angie Thomas.
    Summary: "Sixteen-year-old Starr Carter moves between two worlds: the poor neighborhood where she lives and the fancy suburban prep school she attends. The uneasy balance between these worlds is shattered when Starr witnesses the fatal shooting of her childhood best friend Khalil at the hands of a police officer. Khalil was unarmed. Soon afterward, his death is a national headline. Some are calling him a thug, maybe even a drug dealer and a gangbanger. Protesters are taking to the streets in Khalil's name. Some cops and the local drug lord try to intimidate Starr and her family. What everyone wants to know is: what really went down that night? And the only person alive who can answer that is Starr. But what Starr does or does not say could upend her community. It could also endanger her life"-- Provided by publisher.
    Print Unavailable: Checked out Recall Item
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    PS3620.H62463 H38 2017
    1
  • Digital
    by Otto F. Kernberg.
    Summary: "Hatred, Emptiness, and Hope offers an updated vision of psychoanalytic object relations theory, revealing its application to transference focused psychotherapy (TFP), a treatment approach derived from and related to psychoanalysis. With empirical studies carried out by the Personality Disorders Institute at Weill Cornell as a basis, this volume expands the applications of TFP, illustrating it at work in scenarios that include severe personality disorders, disturbances in sexuality and love relations of narcissistic personalities, inpatient hospital treatment, and group settings. It also looks at the implications of new developments in neurobiology on psychoanalytic object relations theory. Readers will benefit from a discussion of the practice of TFP itself, with chapters that tackle the supervision of psychoanalysis, challenges for the future of psychoanalysis, and innovations that can serve to strengthen its role as a profession, a treatment approach, and a social organization within mental health sciences. It focuses on the analysis of particular clinical features of personality pathologies and describes the consideration of contemporary psychoanalytic object relations theory as a general theoretical frame of treatment that permits to conceptualize both normal personality functioning and the very nature of personality disorders. This volume also includes my recent efforts to contribute to the understanding of the relationship between neurobiological dispositions and their interaction with psychodynamic developments, again, both in normality and psychopathology. Finally, this volume explores the application of object relations theory to group processes, love relations, and therapists' training"-- Provided by publisher

    Contents:
    Object Relations theory and Transference Analysis : an Introductory Overview
    Some Implications of New Developments in Neurobiology for Psychoanalytic Object Relations Theory
    Extension of Psychoanalytic Technique : The Mutual Influences of Standard Psychoanalysis and Transference Focused Psychotherapy
    Therapeutic Implications of Transference Structures in Various Personality Pathologies
    Affective Dominance, Dyadic Relationship, and Mentalization
    Reflection on Supervision
    Psychodynamics and Treatment of Schizoid Personality Disorders
    Psychotic Personality Structure
    Narcissistic Pathology of Love Relations
    Psychoanalytic Approaches to Inpatient Treatment of Personality Disorders : A Neglected Dimension
    Malignant Narcissism and Large Group Regression
    Challenges for the Future of Psychoanalysis.
  • Digital
    Robert W. Baloh, Robert E. Bartholomew.
    Summary: It is one of the most extraordinary cases in the history of science: the mating calls of insects were mistaken for a "sonic weapon" that led to a major diplomatic row. Since August 2017, the world media has been absorbed in the "attack" on diplomats from the American and Canadian Embassies in Cuba. While physicians treating victims have described it as a novel and perplexing condition that involves an array of complaints including brain damage, the authors present compelling evidence that mass psychogenic illness was the cause of "Havana Syndrome." This mysterious condition that has baffled experts is explored across 11-chapters which offer insights by a prominent neurologist and an expert on psychogenic illness. A lively and enthralling read, the authors explore the history of similar scares from the 18th century belief that sounds from certain musical instruments were harmful to human health, to 19th century cases of "telephone shock," and more contemporary panics involving people living near wind turbines that have been tied to a variety of health complaints. The authors provide dozens of examples of kindred episodes of mass hysteria throughout history, in addition to psychosomatic conditions and even the role of insects in triggering outbreaks. Havana Syndrome: Mass Psychogenic Illness and the Real Story Behind the Embassy Mystery and Hysteria is a scientific detective story and a case study in the social construction of mass psychogenic illness.

    Contents:
    Intro
    Foreword I
    Foreword II
    Contents
    About the Authors
    1: Chasing Ghosts in Cuba
    Havana 'Syndrome' Unmasked
    The Curious Case of Chris Allen
    The Press Briefing
    Ever-Increasing Circles
    The Alarming Discovery of White Matter Changes
    Skepticism
    December 2017: The Cuban Sonic Investigation Committee Findings
    References
    2: The Crisis Deepens
    The JAMA Fiasco
    Dismissing Mass Hysteria
    The Golden Investigation
    Spectacle in Miami
    Ear-Witness Testimony
    The Context: Ghosts of the Cold War Past
    From Sonic Attacks to Microwaves
    References 3: Canadian Contagion
    60 Minutes Enters the Fray
    Unsound Science: The Second JAMA Study
    The Canadian Fumigation Study
    Mixing of Politics and Science
    References
    4: Psychogenic Illness on the Battlefield: From the Civil War to Gulf War Syndrome
    The U.S. Civil War
    The First World War
    World War II and Traumatic Neurosis
    The Korean and Vietnam Wars
    Concussion-Like Symptoms in Afghanistan and Iraq
    The Persian Gulf War
    References
    5: Mass Hysteria Through the Ages: From St. Vitus Dance to Mystery Odors
    The Middle Ages
    Saint-Médard Pilgrim Outbreak The Modern Era of Secular Outbreaks
    The Power of Belief
    The Power of an Idea: 'Fried' Mail and 'Bad' Coke
    The Belgian Coca-Cola Scare
    Recurrent Themes
    Laughing Mania
    The Resurgence of Motor Hysteria in the West
    References
    6: Musical Illness and Telephone Sickness: An Early History of Sound and Suggestion
    The Curious Case of the Glass Armonica
    Telephone Sickness
    Acoustic Shock Today
    References
    7: Modern-Day Acoustical Scares: From 'The Hum' to 'Wind Turbine Syndrome'
    The Devon Zoo Giraffe Saga
    The Hummers
    Wind Turbine Syndrome
    A Social 'Illness' 8: Phantom Assailants: Mad Gassers, Phantom Slashers, and Other Believed-in Imaginings
    Mad Gassers
    The Mad Gasser of Virginia
    The Mad Gasser of Mattoon, Illinois
    Voodoo Assailants-Phantom Slashers and Monsters-The Montreal 'Slasher'-Monkey Man 'Attacks' in India-'Attack' at Frog Hollow --References
    9: A Short History of Spider, Insect, and Worm Scares-The 'June Bug' Scare-Bug Scares-Social Panics: From Kissing Bugs to Cabbage Worms-The Seattle Windshield Pitting 'Epidemic'-The American Cabbage Worm Panic-Earthworm!
    References 10: State Terrorism Masquerading as Psychogenic Illness
    Pseudo-Poisonings in the Middle East
    Tainted Chewing Gum Panics
    Other Pseudo-Poisonings
    Kosovo
    Afghanistan
    References
    11: The Social Construction of 'Havana Syndrome'
    Sonic Weapons and Science Fiction
    A Pattern Emerges
    Historical Parallels
    Common Misperceptions
    References
    Index
    Digital Access Springer 2020
  • Digital
    Michael D. Larrañaga, Richard J. Lewis, Sr., Robert A. Lewis.
    Contents:
    Introduction
    Abbreviations
    Condensed chemical dictionary
    Appendix 1. Origin of some chemical terms
    Appendix 2. Highlights in the history of chemistry
    Appendix III. Manufacturers of trademarked products (alphabetical list)
    Appendix IV. Chemical Abstract (CAS) number index
    Appendix V. Tables.
    Digital Access Wiley 2016
  • Digital/Print
    Lloyd, William.
    Digital Access Google Books 1907-
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Stored offsite. Please request print.
    L743 .L79 1907
    1
  • Digital
    editors, Jeffrey B. Halter, Joseph G. Ouslander, Stephanie Studenski, Kevin P. High, Sanjay Asthana, Mark A. Supiano, Christine Ritchie ; editor emeritus and senior advisor, William R. Hazzard ; senior editorial assistant, Nancy F. Woolard.
    Digital Access AccessMedicine 2017
  • Digital
    editor, Jeffrey B. Halter, Joseph G. Ouslander, Stephanie Studenski, Kevin P. High, Sanjay Asthana, Mark A. Supiano, Christine Ritchie, Kenneth Schmader.
    Summary: "This textbook has become a mainstay of the rapidly developing field of geriatric medicine"-- Provided by publisher.
    Digital Access AccessMedicine 2022
  • Print
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Retired Reference Periodicals (Downstairs)
    5
  • Digital
    edited by Tsugikazu Komoda.
    Summary: The HDL Handbook: Biological Functions to Clinical Implications brings laboratory research in HDL from bench to bedside in this needed resource for researchers and clinicians studying cholesterol, lipids, epidemiology, biochemistry, molecular medicine, and pathophysiology of cardiovascular diseases. In addition, researchers and clinicians working with an aging population, corporate researchers, post-doctorates; medical students and graduate students will find this publication useful because the scope of coverage includes basic science, genetics, epidemiology, and treatment of HDL cholesterol as well as potential targets to modify HDL cholesterol. Provides bench-to-bedside coverage of HDL with thorough coverage of basic science, genetics, epidemiology, and treatment Presents a complete update with six new chapters on the latest advances in HDL cholesterol research with international perspective New chapters on proteomics, clinical impact of LCAT in HDL metabolism, and an in-depth discussion of potential targets to modify HDL provide a translational reference for clinicians.

    Contents:
    1. Introduction of HDL molecules, past and brief future / Mari Tabuchi, Tsugikazu Komoda
    2. Apolipoprotein A-I mutations and clinical evaluation / Akira Matsunaga
    3. The complexity of high-density lipoproteins / Bela F. Asztalos, Mariko Tani, Brian Ishida
    4. Reverse cholesterol transport in HDL metabolism : modulation of structural and functional features of HDL particles / Elise F. Villard, Maryse Guerin
    5. Role of ATP-binding cassette transporters A1 and G1 in reverse cholesterol transport and atherosclerosis / Makoto Ayaori, Katsunori Ikewaki
    6. Sphingolipids and HDL metabolism / Xian-Cheng Jiang, Zhiqiang Li, Amirfarbod Yazdanyar
    7. Role of lecithin : cholesterol acyltransferase in HDL metabolism and atherosclerosis / Lusana Ahsan [and six others]
    8. Cholesteryl ester transfer protein inhibitors : a hope remains / Akihiro Inazu
    9. HDL apoprotein mimetic peptides as anti-inflammatory molecules / Godfrey S. Getz, Catherine A. Reardon
    10. Oxidized high-density lipoprotein : friend or foe / Toshiyuki Matsunaga, Akira Hara, Tsugikazu Komoda
    11. Current aspects of paraoxonase-1 research / Mike Mackness, Bharti Mackness
    12. Proteomic diversity in HDL : a driving force for particle function and target for therapeutic intervention / Scott M. Gordon.
    Digital Access ScienceDirect 2014
  • Digital
    edited by Tsugikazu Komoda.
    Contents:
    Molecular mechanisms of hyperalphalipoproteinemia / Shizuya Yamashita, Daisaku Masuda, Tohru Ohama and Masahiro Koseki
    CETP deficiency and concerns in CETP inhibitor development / Akhiro Inazu
    Degenerated HDL and its clinical implications / Hirokazu Honda, Toshiyuki Matsunaga and Tsugikazu Komoda
    HDL Apoprotein mimetic peptides as antiinflammatory molecules / Godfrey S. Getz and Catherine A. Reardon
    Reverse cholesterol transport in HDL metabolism / Maryse Guerin
    Role of ATP-Binding cassette transporters A1 and G1 in reverse cholesterol transport in altherosclerosis / Kazuhiro Nakaya, Makoto Ayaori and Katsunori Ikewaki
    Sphingosin-1-phosphate and HDL metabolism / Xian-Cheng Jiang and Zhiqiang Li
    Role of SR-BI in HDL metabolism / Herbert Stangl and Witta Monika Strobl
    Paroxonase 1 and its clinical relevance / Alejandro Gugliucci
    MicroRNA regulation of HDL homeostasis / Xinghui Sun and Mark W. Feinberg
    The application of proteomic techniques in the study of HDL particle characterization and biomarker discovery / Elena Burillo, Inmaculada Jorge, Diego Martínez-López, Emilio Camafeita, Jesus Vazquez and Jose L. Martin-Ventura
    Therapies targeting HDLc levels and HDL function / Cecelia Vitali and Marina Cuchel.
    Digital Access ScienceDirect 2017
  • Digital
    Lemin Zheng, editor.
    Summary: This book focuses on both high-density lipoproteins (HDL) metabolism and related diseases from the perspectives of the world-class experts in HDL. Several chapters in this book provide the overall information about HDL metabolism via detailed discussion of HDL structures as well as several key molecules involved in its functions, such as SR-B1 and Cholesteryl Ester Transfer Protein Inhibitors and so on. The rest of this book illustrates the connection between HDL and several diseases that are the major concerns of peoples health in many countries, and devotes to exploring the therapies of HDL related diseases. With a better understanding of the HDL metabolism and diseases, this book will benefit the audiences with interest in HDL from biomedicine to clinical practice.

    Contents:
    Chapter 1: HDL Structure
    Chapter 2: HDL and Cholesterol ester transfer protein (CETP)
    Chapter 3: HDL and Endothelial Function
    Chapter 4: HDL and lipid metabolism
    Chapter 5: HDL and oxidation
    Chapter 6: Scavenger Receptor Class B Type I and HDL
    Chapter 7: ABCA1, ABCG1 and cholesterol homeostasis
    Chapter 8: HDL and ASCVD
    Chapter 9: HDL and Diabetes
    Chapter 10: HDL and sepsis
    Chapter 11: HDL mimetic peptides
    Chapter 12: HDL and microRNAs
    Chapter 13: HDL-kidney diseases
    Chapter 14: HDL and therapy
    Chapter 15: High-density lipoprotein and Surgery.
    Digital Access Springer 2022
  • Digital
    [edited by] David Goldenberg.
    Summary: "Head & Neck Endocrine Surgery: A Comprehensive Textbook, Surgical, and Video Atlas by renowned head and neck surgical oncologist David Goldenberg, with chapters by esteemed contributors from various fields, is the most comprehensive textbook written on this topic to date. It covers all aspects of medical and surgical management of thyroid and parathyroid diseases. In addition to classic and cutting-edge surgical procedures, the text discusses novel topics such as molecular testing, radiofrequency ablation of thyroid nodules, risk stratification, pathology, and remote access surgical techniques. The book is organized into seven sections and 62 succinct chapters featuring a unique layout conducive to modern learning. Five sections on the thyroid gland start with historical perspectives and basic science, concluding with postoperative management and therapies including ethical and medicolegal concerns. The last two sections focus on historical perspectives, basic science, and surgical management of parathyroid diseases"-- Provided by publisher.
    Digital Access
    Provider
    Version
    Thieme MedOne Otolaryngology
    Thieme-Connect
  • Digital
    Enrico Marani, Ciska Heida.
    Summary: This book offers a critical review of the head and neck from an anatomical, physiological and clinical perspective. It begins by providing essential anatomical and physiological information, then discusses historical and current views on specific aspects in subsequent chapters. For example, the anatomy of the skull cap or cranial vault provided in the first chapter is discussed in the context of malformation and identity, as well as the development of the bony skull, in the following chapters. These chapters provide stepping-stones to guide readers through the book. There are new fields of research and technological developments in which Anatomy and Physiology lose track of progress. One of the examples discussed is the automated face recognition. In some respects, e.g. when it comes to cancers and malformations, our understanding of the head and neck - and the resulting therapeutic outcomes - have been extremely disappointing. In others, such as injuries following car accidents, there have been significant advances in our understanding of head and neck dysfunctions and their treatment. Therefore head movements, also during sleep, and head and neck reflexes are discussed. The book makes unequivocal distinctions between correct and incorrect assumptions and provides a critical review of alternative clinical methods for head and neck dysfunctions, such as physiotherapy and lymphatic drainage for cancers. Moreover, it discusses the consequences of various therapeutic measures for physiological and biomechanical conditions, as well as puberty and aging. Lastly, it addresses important biomedical engineering developments for hearing e.g. cochlear implants and for applying vestibular cerebellar effects for vision.

    Contents:
    Intro; Preface; References; Acknowledgements; Contents; 1 Introduction; 1.1 Compartments of Head and Neck; 1.2 Spatial and Structural Relations; 1.3 Paired and Unpaired Structures; 1.4 Coherence Spatial; 1.5 What Is Said of Head and Neck and One's Personality?; 1.6 Head and Neck and Quitilian's Rhetoric; 1.7 Head Transplantation; 1.8 Head and Neck Summary; References; 2 The Skullcap, Cranial Vault or Calvarium; 2.1 Introduction: Landmarks of the Skull; 2.1.1 The Mona Lisa; 2.1.2 Dante Alighieri; 2.2 Trepanation; 2.2.1 History and Research; 2.2.2 Human Migration Worldwide 2.2.3 Frequency of Trepanation2.2.4 Amulets and Postmortem Trepanation; 2.2.5 Modern Surgical Trepanation; 2.2.5.1 Modern Neurosurgery; 2.2.5.2 Witch Doctor Surgery in Africa; Arabic and Byzantine Trepanation and the Treatment of Head Wounds; Undertaker; 2.3 Calvarium Research; 2.3.1 Spaceflights; 2.3.2 Sutures, Fibroblast Growth Factor Receptor and Craniosynostosis; 2.4 Skull Structure and Yellow Bone Marrow; 2.5 Vesalius (1514-1564) and Skull Morphology; 2.6 Leonardo Da Vinci (1452-1519) and the "Oldest" Miniature-Scale Sculpture of the Skull; 2.7 Epilepsy and Electrodes; References 3 Malformation and Identity3.1 Introduction; 3.2 Terminology; 3.3 Head and Neck Malformations; 3.3.1 Acardiacus; 3.4 Identity; 3.5 Neural Crest Malformations; 3.5.1 Neural Crest and Placodes; 3.5.1.1 Cephalic Migration (Figs. 3.7 and 3.8); 3.5.1.2 Trunk Migration (Figs. 3.7 and 3.8); 3.5.2 Placodes; 3.5.3 Craniofacial Malformations: Holoprosencephaly; References; 4 The Development of the Bony Skull; 4.1 Introduction; 4.2 Breaks in Growth Velocity; 4.3 Principles of Skull Development; 4.4 Mesoderm, Neural Crest and Placode; 4.5 Eye Dominance and the Orbit; 4.6 Foetal Movements and Skull Growth 4.6.1 The Mandible4.7 The Skull Base Development; 4.7.1 Neuromere Borders and Crest Cell Migration; 4.7.2 The Development of the Tympanic Cavity and the Tympanic Ring; 4.8 The Jugular Foramen; References; 5 Gustation, The Act or Sensation of Tasting; 5.1 Introduction; 5.2 Taste and Its Definition; 5.3 Henning Again; 5.4 Changing Your Taste: A Puzzling Mystery; 5.5 Transmitting the Taste Signal; 5.6 Taste and Pregnancy; 5.7 Diseases and Taste; 5.8 Understanding Taste Information; 5.9 The "Fusion" Kitchen: Clove, Oregano and Chilli; 5.10 Reflexes, Taste and the Tongue 5.10.1 Blowfly Snout Reflex5.10.2 Human Tongue Reflex; 5.11 Manipulation of Taste; References; 6 Oral Cavity: Tongue, Palate and Teeth; 6.1 Intermezzo: Topography of Spaces in Head and Neck; 6.2 Teeth; 6.2.1 Awareness of the Oral Cavity: Carious Toothache; 6.2.2 Tooth Eruption; 6.3 The Tongue; 6.4 Supra- and Infrahyoidal Muscles; 6.5 Substantia Nigra and the Oral Cavity; 6.6 The Soft Palate; 6.6.1 Anatomy and Function of the Soft Palate Muscles; 6.6.2 Innervation of the Muscles of the Upper Pharynx and Soft Palate; 6.6.3 Palate Myoclonus; References
    Digital Access Springer 2018
  • Digital
    Mahmoud Sakr, editor.
    Contents:
    Maxillo-facial Injuries
    Swellings of the Scalp
    Surgery of the Salivary Glands
    Tumors of the Jaw
    The Oral Cavity
    Surgery of the Face
    Deep cervical infections
    Cervical Lymphadenopathy
    Neck Swellings
    Tumors of the Pharynx
    Surgery of the Thyroid Gland
    Surgery of the Parathyroid Glands
    Surgery of the Supra-renal Glands
    Neuroendocrine Tumors
    Minimally invasive techniques in head and neck. .
    Digital Access Springer 2016
  • Digital
    editors, Louis B. Harrison, Roy B. Sessions, Merrill S. Kies.
    Contents:
    General principles of head and neck pathology
    Clinical evaluation of the head and neck cancer patient
    Prognostic factors in patients with head and neck cancer
    Radiologic evaluation of the head and neck cancer patient
    Novel radiation therapy techniques in the management of head and neck cancer
    New approaches: robotics and endoscopic head and neck surgery
    Targeted agents in squamous cell carcinoma of the head and neck
    Multidisciplinary reconstruction of the head and neck: general principles
    Dental oncology and maxillofacial prosthetics
    Interdisciplinary symptom management
    Evaluation and rehabilitation of speech, voice, and swallowing functions after treatment of head and neck cancer
    Human papillomavirus
    associated head and neck carcinoma
    Chemoprevention
    Management of the neck
    Metastatic cancer to the neck from an unknown primary site
    Cancer of the oral cavity
    Cancer of the oropharynx
    Cancer of the larynx
    Cancers of the hypopharynx and cervical esophagus
    Cancer of the nasal vestibule, nasal cavity paranasal sinuses, anterior skull base, and orbit: surgical management
    Cancer of the nasal cavity and paranasal sinus: radiation therapy and chemotherapy management
    Cancer of the nasopharynx
    Basal and squamous cell skin cancers
    Melanoma of the head and neck
    Management of salivary gland tumors
    Primary and recurrent disease of the lateral skull base
    Paragangliomas of the head and neck
    Cancer of the thyroid and parathyroid
    Soft tissue and bone sarcomas of the head and neck
    Systemic targeted therapy for recurrent and metastatic head and neck squamous cell cancer.
    Digital Access
    Provider
    Version
    Ovid
    LWW Health Library
  • Digital
    [edited by] Eric M. Genden.
    Digital Access
    Provider
    Version
    Thieme-Connect
    Thieme MedOne Otolaryngology
  • Digital
    Christopher E. Fundakowski, editor.
    Summary: This volume serves to help readers understand and address factors that contribute to the psychological distress and negative self-perception of patients with head and neck cancer to improve their quality of life. It explores many of these issues in depth, such as the trends in diagnosis of head and neck cancer, disfigurement, advances and outcomes associated with minimally invasive surgery, long-term quality of life and functional outcomes, issues related to cancer pain, importance and impact of nutrition, how reconstructive advances effect functional outcomes, the impact of cancer recurrence, and financial consequences of cancer diagnosis and treatment. Head and Neck Cancer: Psychological and Psychosocial Effects will help otolaryngologists, oncologists, surgeons, psychologists and healthcare professionals define the unique issues associated with the HNC patient population, discuss pertinent data, outline key aspects of high quality care in this population, and to draw attention to necessary future investigations and developments. .

    Contents:
    Trends in Head and Neck Cancer
    Treatment Related Patient Outcomes for Head and Neck Cancer
    Quality of Life Implications in Head and Neck Cancer
    Mental Health in Head and Neck Cancer
    Disfigurement
    Impact of Communication and Swallowing Dysfunction
    The Impact of Nutrition on Patient Outcomes
    The Impact of Pain
    Considerations in Advanced and Recurrent Head and Neck Cancer
    Financial Impact of Cancer Treatment
    Instruments for Quality of Life and Mental Health Assessment
    Multidisciplinary Care
    The Role of Importance of the Head Neck Oncology Nurse Navigator
    In Their Words.
    Digital Access Springer 2020
  • Digital
    Robert Hermans, editor.
    Summary: This book is a comprehensive guide to imaging as a crucial part of the multidisciplinary approach to head and neck cancer management. Readers will find a detailed overview of the findings obtained using different imaging techniques during the evaluation of head and neck neoplasms, both before and after therapy. All anatomic areas in the head and neck are covered, and the impact of imaging on patient management is discussed in detail. Full account is taken of the rapid technological developments of recent years, with explanation of the potential applications, limitations, and advantages of existing and evolving imaging technologies - vital knowledge for all members of the multidisciplinary team. The authors are recognized experts in the field, and numerous high-quality images are included. This third edition includes information on the latest imaging developments in this area as well as the most recent staging classification of head and neck cancer.

    Contents:
    Epidemiology, Risk Factors, Pathology, and Natural History of Head and Neck Neoplasms
    Clinical and Endoscopic Examination of the Head and Neck
    Imaging Techniques
    Laryngeal Neoplasms
    Neoplasms of the Hypopharynx and Proximal Esophagus
    Neoplasms of the Oral Cavity
    Neoplasms of the Oropharynx
    Nasopharyngeal Neoplasms
    Parapharyngeal Space Neoplasms
    Malignant Lesions of the Masticator Space
    Neoplasms of the Sinonasal Cavities
    Parotid Gland and other Salivary Glands Tumors
    Malignant Lesions of the Central and Posterior Skull Base
    Thyroid and Parathyroid Neoplasms
    Neck Nodal Disease
    Neck Lymphoma
    Positron Emission Tomography in Head and Neck Cancer
    Use of Imaging in Radiotherapy for Head and Neck Cancer.
    Digital Access Springer 2021
  • Print
    by Isadore Meschan, James F. Martin [and] Lee F. Rogers.
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Stored offsite. Please request print.
    RC936 .M44 1974
    1
  • Digital
    David M. Yousem.
    Summary: One of the best selling volumes in the Case Review Series is now revised, with all new cases and a new question & answer format --excellent for honing skills and building confidence! This Second Edition of Head & Neck Imaging affords you a clinical tool that helps speed your differential diagnoses and ensures your proficiency. Organized like the *new* Oral Boards, it serves as a study guide for exams, CAQ and re-certification-and as a personal review of the subspecialty. Here, Johns Hopkins' Drs. Yousem and Aygun describe the latest techniques through 200 actual cases and close to 800 high-quality images. Tightly arranged, the text assures you fast access to information. Self-testing devices throughout validate your comprehension. Incorporates the most advanced imaging techniquesFormatted like the Oral Board Exam for easy study and reviewCross-referenced to Neuroradiology: The Requisites, Second Edition.
    Digital Access ClinicalKey 2015
  • Digital
    Taranjit Singh Tatla, Joseph Manjaly, Raekha Kumar, Alex Weller, editors.
    Summary: This book provides a practically applicable guide to the all the different imaging modalities used in the diagnosis and management of ENT & Head and Neck patients. It bridges the gap in understanding between surgeons treating ENT & Head and Neck conditions and radiologists who oversee the process of scan requests, interpretation and delivering reports that best inform the subsequent management. Chapters cover a variety of sub-specialist areas including plain films, ultrasound, computed tomography (CT), magnetic resonance imaging (MRI), auditory implantation, paediatrics, head and neck cancer, trauma, three dimensional (3D) reconstruction and rehabilitation including swallow. This book facilitates surgeons and radiologists to further develop their understanding of each other's perspectives on clinical decision-making and appropriately interpreting the outputs from a range of imaging modalities. Head and Neck Imaging: A Multi-Disciplinary Team Approach is a resource well-suited to all trainees, residents, consultants who use these techniques to treat patients with head and neck symptoms. Furthermore, it is vital for those individuals preparing for exams in disciplines such as ear nose and throat, maxillofacial surgery and radiology.

    Contents:
    On Call Modality Selection: Is the plain film dead?
    Head & Neck Ultrasound for Acute Admissions and in the Lump Clinic
    CT Workhorse
    Head and Neck Fascial Planes and Deep Neck Space Imaging
    Imaging the Unified Airway
    Friday Night Head and Neck Trauma
    Imaging Of The Temporal Bone in Hearing Loss
    Radiology of Head and Neck Cancer
    Sino-nasal Radiology
    Benign salivary gland disease: Imaging, diagnosis and minimal invasive treatment
    Radiological imaging for non-traumatic paediatric ENT conditions
    Evidence Based Imaging for Thyroid and Parathyroid Disease Management
    Imaging of the Lateral Skull Base and Cochlear Implants
    Anterior skull base and sinonasal surgery: dilemmas and complexities in management
    Imaging of Swallow
    The problematic middle ear and Cholesteatoma
    Challenges in Sinonasal & Anterior Skull Base Imaging
    Dysphagia following treatment for head and neck cancer
    Imaging Considerations for Laryngeal Cancer Surgery
    3D Imaging, 3D Printing and Additive Manufacture in Complex Reconstruction & Craniofacial Surgery Planning
    Imaging for Anterior Neck Trauma.
    Digital Access Springer 2021
  • Digital
    David M. Yousem, MD, MBA.
    Summary: One of the best selling volumes in the Case Review Series is now revised, with all new cases and a new question & answer format --excellent for honing skills and building confidence! This Second Edition of Head & Neck Imaging affords you a clinical tool that helps speed your differential diagnoses and ensures your proficiency. Organized like the *new* Oral Boards, it serves as a study guide for exams, CAQ and re-certification-and as a personal review of the subspecialty. Here, Johns Hopkins' Drs. Yousem and Aygun describe the latest techniques through 200 actual cases and close to 800 high-quality images. Tightly arranged, the text assures you fast access to information. Self-testing devices throughout validate your comprehension. Incorporates the most advanced imaging techniquesFormatted like the Oral Board Exam for easy study and reviewCross-referenced to Neuroradiology: The Requisites, Second Edition.

    Contents:
    Front cover; Inside front cover; Half title page; Series Page; Head and Neck Imaging; Copyright page; Dedication; Series Foreword; Preface; Table of Contents; Opening Round; Case 1; History:; Answers; Case 1; Acute Sinusitis; Comment; Imaging Findings; Sites of Obstruction; Pathogens; Reference; Cross-Reference; Case 2; History:; Answers; Case 2; Facial Fracture; Comment; Complications of Orbital Fractures; Incidence of Facial Bone Fractures; Reference; Cross-Reference; Case 3; History:; Answers; Case 3; Adenoidal Hypertrophy; Comment; Associations with Lymphoid Hyperplasia. Invasion of Adjacent Structures by Thyroid CancerNeck Masses; Reference; Cross-Reference; Case 7; History:; Answers; Case 7; Otomastoiditis and Coalescent Mastoiditis; Comment; Importance of Diagnosing Coalescent Mastoiditis; Complications of Otomastoiditis; Pathogens; Middle Ear/Mastoid Fluid Implications; Reference; Cross-Reference; Case 8; History:; Answers; Case 8; Lymph Node in Setting of Prior History of Cancer; Comment; Radiology Diagnostic Oncology Group Landmark Study; Nodal Evaluation: Positron Emission Tomography versus Fine-Needle Aspiration; Thyroid Cancer Adenopathy; Reference. CommentHPV-Positive Oropharyngeal Cancer; HPV Types; Risk Factors for HPV-Positive Cancers; References; Cross-Reference; Case 13; History:; Answers; Case 13; Aberrant Right Subclavian Artery (Arteria Lusoria); Comment; Congenital Vascular Anomalies; Treatment of Aberrant Subclavian Artery; Reference; Cross-Reference; Case 14; History:; Answers; Case 14; Second Branchial Cleft Cysts; Comment; Bailey Classification of Second Branchial Cleft Cysts; Appearance of Second BCCs; Differential Diagnosis; Reference; Cross-Reference; Case 15; History:; Answers; Case 15; Concha Bullosa; Comment.
    Digital Access ScienceDirect 2015
  • Digital
    Michael O'Brien and William P. Meehan III, editors.
    Contents:
    Head and neck injury prevention / David Howell and William P. Meehan III
    Protective equipment / Emilie Dolan and Peter Kriz
    Sideline response and transport / Lisa M.G. Vopat
    Contusions, abrasions, and lacerations of the head and neck in young athletes / Andrew F. Miller and Andrea Stracciolini
    Concussions / Michael O'Brien and Purnima Bansal
    Cumulative effects of concussion/chronic traumatic encephalopathy / Alex M. Taylor and Laura S. Blackwell
    Skull fractures and structural brain injuries / Kevin T. Huang, Muhammad M. Abd-El-Barr, and Ian F. Dunn
    Chiari malformations and other anomalies / Muhammad M. Abd-El-Barr and Mark R. Proctor
    Muscular and ligamentous cervical spine injuries / Kate Dorney and Rebekah Mannix
    Burners, stingers, and cervical cord neurapraxia/transient quadriparesis / Preetha A. Kurian, Deborah I. Light, and Hamish A. Kerr
    Cervical spine injuries in sports / Robert V. Cantu and Robert C. Cantu
    Cervical disc disease / Pierre A. d'Hemecourt and Courtney Gleason
    Facial fracture and epistaxis / James P. MacDonald and Jane P. Sando
    Visual dysfunction in concussion / Aparna Raghuram and Ankoor S. Shah
    Dental and temporomandibular joint injuries / Mariusz Kajetan Wrzosek and David Alsexander Keith
    Ear injuries in the athlete / Marcus Robinson and Anthony Luke.
    Digital Access Springer 2016
  • Digital
    [edited by] Lester D.R. Thompson, Justin A. Bishop.
    Digital Access ClinicalKey 2019
  • Digital
    Norhafiza Mat Lazim, Zul Izhar Mohd Ismail, Baharudin Abdullah, editors.
    Summary: This book provides concise critical points used during most types of head and neck surgeries combined with captivating figures and labeled photographs as well as live surgery photographs. Important head and neck surgery such as thyroid surgery, salivary glands surgery, sinonasal surgery, laryngeal surgery, and neck dissection are incorporated in this book. Each chapter starts with the anatomical description of the surgical structures with labelled photographs, in order to facilitate the reader's understanding the anatomic region of the surgical structures, the diseases related to the highlighted structures and its surgery. The specific type of surgeries indicated for specific diseases are provided and discussed in a concise manner. Surgical procedures have also been presented in a clear and easily comprehensible manner using both important anatomical and surgical landmarks. Attractive labels and arrows are inserted alongside the figures. This book will be an excellent guide book especially for both undergraduate and postgraduate students, junior surgeons, clinicians, anatomy dissectors, scientists, as well as general academia. It will also be a valuable reference source for the junior head and neck surgeons and trainees in the head and neck surgical oncology specialty.

    Contents:
    Intro
    Foreword
    Foreword
    Foreword
    Preface
    Acknowledgment
    Contents
    About the Editors
    1: Introduction to Head and Neck Surgery
    1.1 Introduction
    1.2 Head and Neck Anatomy
    1.3 Role of Imaging Complementing the Anatomical Details Necessary for a Surgical Mapping
    1.4 Anatomical Landmark of Head and Neck Region
    1.4.1 Thyroid and Parathyroid Glands
    1.5 Surgical Landmarks of Selected Head and Neck Surgery
    1.5.1 Transverse Process of the First Cervical Vertebra
    1.5.2 Parapharyngeal and Retropharyngeal Space
    1.5.3 Sentinel Lymph Node Biopsy 1.6 Dissection Procedure
    1.6.1 Pearls and Pitfalls of Dissection Techniques
    1.6.2 Dissection Guide
    1.7 Optimal Setting for Head and Neck Cancer Surgery
    1.8 Availability of Necessary Instrument and Supportive Staffs
    1.9 Conclusion
    References
    2: Principle of Head and Neck Surgery and the Importance of Anatomical Characteristics
    2.1 Introduction
    2.2 Principle of Surgery for Head and Neck Cancer
    2.3 Types of Head and Neck Surgery
    2.3.1 Oral Cavity Surgery
    2.3.2 Pharyngeal Surgery
    2.3.3 Transoral Robotic Surgery (TORS)
    2.4 Laryngeal Surgery 2.5 Nasal Cavity and Nasopharyngeal Surgery
    2.6 Salivary Gland Surgery
    2.7 Thyroid Gland Surgery
    2.8 Neck Dissection
    2.9 Ear and Temporal Bone Surgery
    2.9.1 Paediatric Surgery
    2.10 Anatomical Versus Surgical Landmarks
    2.11 Techniques of Dissection
    2.12 Pearls and Pitfalls of Head and Neck Surgery
    2.13 Conclusion
    References
    3: Significance of Anatomical Versus Surgical Landmarks in Head and Neck Surgery
    3.1 Introduction
    3.2 Importance of Surgical Landmarks
    3.3 Thyroid Surgery and Related Surgical Landmarks 3.4 Salivary Gland Surgery and Surgical Landmark
    3.5 Oral Cavity and Oropharyngeal Surgery
    3.6 Laryngeal and Pharyngeal Surgical Landmark
    3.6.1 Pharynx
    3.6.2 Nasopharyngeal Surgery
    3.6.3 The Importance of Surgical Landmark During Neck Dissection
    3.6.4 Sinus and Paranasal Sinus Surgery
    3.6.5 Skull-Based Surgery and Landmarks
    3.6.6 Temporal Bone Surgery
    3.7 Conclusion
    References
    4: Radiological Assessment and Its Roles in Head and Neck Surgical Oncology
    4.1 Introduction of Head and Neck Squamous Cell Carcinoma 4.1.1 Clinical Presentation and Assessment of Head and Neck Malignancy
    4.1.2 Cross-Sectional Imaging of Head and Neck Tumours
    4.2 Preoperative Imaging Evaluation
    4.2.1 Perineural Tumour Spread
    4.2.2 Carotid Artery Involvement
    4.2.3 Invasion of Prevertebral Space
    4.2.4 Bone and Cartilage Invasion
    4.3 Imaging Highlights of Head and Neck Anatomy
    4.3.1 Oral Cavity
    4.3.2 Nasopharynx
    4.3.3 Oropharynx
    4.3.4 Hypopharynx
    4.3.5 Larynx
    4.4 The AJCC Head and Neck Tumour Classification Changes
    4.4.1 Oral Cavity Squamous Cell Carcinoma
    Digital Access Springer 2022
  • Digital
    editors Carl H. Snyderman, MD, MBA, Professor, Departments of Otaryngology and Neurological Surgery, University of Pittsburgh School of Medicine, Co-Director, Center for Cranial Base Surgery, University of Pittsburgh Medical Center, Pittsburgh, Pennsylvania, Paul Gardner, MD, Department of Neurological Surgery, University of Pittsburgh School of Medicine, Co-Director, Center for Cranial Base Surgery, University of Pittsburgh Medical Center, Pittsburgh, Pennsylvania.
    Digital Access Ovid 2015
  • Digital
    Kazuhiro Iida.
    Summary: This book covers all aspects of head-related transfer function (HRTF), from the fundamentals through to the latest applications, such as 3D sound systems. An introductory chapter defines HRTF, describes the coordinate system used in the book, and presents the most recent research achievements in the field. HRTF and sound localization in the horizontal and median planes are then explained, followed by discussion of individual differences in HRTF, solutions to this individuality (personalization of HRTF), and methods of sound image control for an arbitrary 3D direction, encompassing both classic theory and state of the art data. The relations between HRTF and sound image distance and between HRTF and speech intelligibility are fully explored, and measurement and signal processing methods for HRTF are examined in depth. Here, supplementary material is provided to enable readers to measure and analyze HRTF by themselves. In addition, some typical HRTF databases are compared. The final two chapters are devoted to the principles and applications of acoustic virtual reality. This clearly written book will be ideal for all who wish to learn about HRTF and how to use it in their research.

    Contents:
    Preface
    1 Introduction
    2 HRTF and sound localization in the horizontal plane
    3 HRTFs and sound localization in the median plane
    4 Individuality of HRTFs
    5 HRTF and sound image control for an arbitrary three-dimensional direction
    6 Directional band and spectral cue
    7 Distance perception and HRTF
    8 Speech intelligibility and the HRTF
    9 Measurement method for HRTF
    10 Signal processing of HRTF
    11 Comparison of HRTF databases
    12 Principle of three-dimensional sound reproduction
    13 Acoustic VR system
    Appendix 1 Perception of direction of an actual sound source
    Appendix 2 Transmission path of sound waves
    Appendix 3 Prediction method of room acoustics
    Appendix 4 Time window
    Appendix 5 Method for making an earplug-type microphone
    Appendix 6 HRTFs using 96-kHz sampling.
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Digital
    Vincenzo Guidetti, Marco A. Arruda, Aynur Ozge, editors.
    Digital Access Springer 2017
  • Digital
    Ishaq Abu-Arafeh, Aynur Özge, editors.
    Contents:
    1. A child with infrequent attacks of migraine without aura
    2. A child with frequent attacks of migrain without aura
    3. A child with chronic migraine without aura
    4. A child with infrequent attacks of migraine with aura
    5. A child with frequent attacks of migraine with aura
    6. A child with migraine with intense visual aura/ "Alice in Wonderland Syndrome"
    7. A child with hemiplegic migraine
    8. A child with migraine with brainstem aura or basilar-type migraine
    9. A child with infrequent episodic tension-type headache
    10. A child with frequent episodic tension-type headache
    11. A child with chronic tension-type headache
    12. Cases of cluster headache
    13. A child with "paroxysmal hemicrania"
    14. A child with hemicrania continua
    15. A child with stabbing headaches
    16. A child with mixed types of headache: tension-type headache and migraine
    17. An adolescent with chronic daily headache
    18. A child with headache attributed to intracranial neoplasm
    19. A child with idiopathic intracranial hypertension
    20. A child with spontaneous intracranial hypotension
    21. A child with migraine and Chiari Malformation Type 1
    22. A child with sinusitis and headache
    23. A child with headache and seizures
    24. Benign paroxysmal vertigo of childhood
    25. A child with cyclical vomiting syndrome
    26. A child with benign paroxysmal torticollis
    27. A child with abdominal migraine
    28. A child with headache and chronic fatigue syndrome
    29. A child with medication overuse headache
    30. A child with thunderclap headache
    31. A child with trigeminal neuralgia
    32. A child with headache and depression
    33. A child with headache and anxiety disorder including school refusal
    34. A child with headache and attention deficit and hyperactivity disorder
    35. A child with headache and substance abuse
    36. A child with chronic posttraumatic headache
    Headache diary of children and adolescents
    Glossary.
    Digital Access Springer 2016
  • Digital
    edited by Stephanie Schroeder and Teresa Theophano.
    Summary: "Headcase is a groundbreaking collection of personal reflections and artistic representations illustrating the intersection of mental wellness, illness, and LGBTQ identity, as well as the lasting impact of historical views equating queer and trans identity with mental illness. The pieces offer personal views from both providers and clients, often one and the same, about their experiences. In the anthology, readers will access the inner thoughts of an array of individuals, including: a therapist with dual status who also happens to be transgender and practicing in the Midwest; a lesbian writer and psychotherapist recounting her mother's experience with forced institutionalization, shock therapy, and "conversion therapy" in the 1950s; a queer illustrator presenting unique glyph illustrations that represent a panoply of identity-related questions and answers; an award-winning gay male writer discussing his struggle with depression publicly for the first time; and a trans activist of color writing about surviving madness in the inner city and how his community of mental health and social justice youth activists help each other thrive. Several contributors also document the difficulty of navigating flawed health care systems that limit affordable access to genuinely affirming, effective services. Cultural norms and barriers to accessibility have an enormous impact on the quality of care available to LGBTQ communities. Traversing boundaries of race and ethnic identity, age, gender identity, and socioeconomic status, Headcase should appeal to LGBTQ communities and, specifically, LGBTQ mental health consumers and their friends, families, and comrades."--Publisher information "A provocative collection of texts and artwork by mental health consumers and providers alike, HEADCASE: LBGTQ Writers & Artists on Mental Health and Wellness breaks new ground in documenting issues in LGBTQ mental health care with superbly written and powerfully rendered personal and political stories and images."--Back cover

    Contents:
    Foreword / Kai Cheng Thom ; Introduction / Stephanie Schroeder and Teresa Theophano
    Part I. Conversations about mental health and wellness. Falling through the cracks of queer and black / Tanisha Neely ; Queer affirmative therapy / Arlene Istar Lev ; Not all wounds are visible / Louisa Hammond ; Border/lines / Juan Antonio Trujillo ; Sa kanyang sariling mga salita : health, identity, and articulations of self / Donald V. Brown, Jr. with Fidelindo A. Lim ; Trust me, I'm a doctor / Lynn Breedlove ; LGBTQ substance abuse and mental health issues : a provider's journey / Joseph Ruggiero ; The bone crushing / Bill Konigsberg
    Part II: Stories of survival. In Chiron's footsteps / Paula J. Williams ; Not our fault / Chana Wilson ; Figuring it out together : mental health survival strategies from Detroit's queer and trans youth of color / Lance Hicks ; Sisyphus (or: Rocks fall and everyone dies) / J.R. Sullivan Voss ; The family legacy ends here / Teresa Theophano ; Roll the dice / Michael Brown ; Jesus and the closets / Sara Zaanti ; The lived experience of LGBTQ veterans : finding support within the VA healthcare system / Kathryn Wagner
    Part III: Encounters of the mad kind. Psychiatry / Kate Millett ; Surviving science, or: How I learned to stop worrying and love being mad and queer / Calvin Rey Moen ; Knowing Reynolds / Lucy Winer ; On a subway platform, a life flashes : here, gone / Antoine B. Craigwell ; This work is about digested socks / Gabrielle Jordan Stein ; Taming my inner fundamentalist / Kelly Barth ; Fix me please : I'm gay! / Guy Albert ; Crowdsourcing my antipsychotic / Stephanie Schroeder
    Part IV: Pushing boundaries. On listening to clients, or Why do providers sometimes have a hard time hearing what recipients of care have to say? / Christian Huygen ; Problem glyphs / Eliza Gauger ; Erasure / Gabriella M. Belfiglio ; Informed consent / Asher J. Wickell ; Bad penny / J.M. Ellison ; Liberating the big pink elephant in the therapy room / Thomas Mondragon ; GLEAM / Nikkiesha N. McLeod
    Part V: The poetics of mental health and wellness. Outlier: the agoraphobia fragments / Kevin Shaw ; Were you confused as a child? / Stephen Mead ; Pleasure-based parenting / Crista Anne ; Doctor Anonymous : a play, and a lesson in medical ethics / Guy Fredrick Glass ; Jekyll's lover / James Penha ; Feathers / Benjamin Klas.
    Digital Access Ovid 2019
  • Digital
    Laura A. Jana, MD, FAAP & Jennifer Shu, MD, FAAP
    Contents:
    Section 1: Into the mouths of babes
    Section 2: What goes in must come out
    Section 3: Activities of daily living
    Section 4: Activities of daily learning
    Section 5: Thinking outside of the house
    Section 6: Just for the health of it
    Section 7: Thanks for the memories.
    Digital Access AAP ebooks 2020
  • Digital
    editors, Janine M. Ziermann, Raul E. Diaz Jr. and Rui Diogo.
    Summary: The vertebrate head is the most complex part of the animal body and its diversity in nature reflects a variety of life styles, feeding modes, and ecological adaptations. This book will take you on a journey to discover the origin and diversification of the head, which evolved from a seemingly headless chordate ancestor. Despite their structural diversity, heads develop in a highly conserved fashion in embryos. Major sensory organs like the eyes, ears, nose, and brain develop in close association with surrounding tissues such as bones, cartilages, muscles, nerves, and blood vessels. Ultimately, this integrated unit of tissues gives rise to the complex functionality of the musculoskeletal system as a result of sensory and neural feedback, most notably in the use of the vertebrate jaws, a major vertebrate innovation only lacking in hagfishes and lampreys. The cranium subsequently further diversified during the major transition from fishes living in an aquatic environment to tetrapods living mostly on land. In this book, experts will join forces to integrate, for the first time, state-of-the-art knowledge on the anatomy, development, function, diversity, and evolution of the head and jaws and their muscles within all major groups of extant vertebrates. Considerations about and comparisons with fossil taxa, including emblematic groups such as the dinosaurs, are also provided in this landmark book, which will be a leading reference for many years to come.

    Contents:
    Intro; Preface; Acknowledgments; Contents; Contributors; About the Editors;
    1: Evolution of Chordate Cardiopharyngeal Muscles and the Origin of Vertebrate Head Muscles; 1.1 Introduction; 1.2 Musculature of the Sea Squirt Ciona intestinalis and Amphioxus Branchiostoma floridae; 1.3 Evolution and Homology of Chordate Muscles Based on Developmental and Anatomical Studies; 1.4 Recent Findings in the Context of the New Head Hypothesis; 1.4.1 Development and Evolution of Chordate Muscles and the Origin of Jaw and Other Head Muscles in Vertebrates; 1.4.2 General Remarks; References 2.2.5.2 Homology of Placoderm Tooth Plates2.2.6 Musculature Associated with the Jaws, Hyoid Arch and Branchial Arches; 2.2.7 Evolution of a Neck and a Moveable Head; 2.3 Conclusions; Further Reading; References;
    3: Cranium, Cephalic Muscles, and Homologies in Cyclostomes; 3.1 Introduction; 3.2 Skull and Jaw Evolution; 3.2.1 The Cyclostome Chondrocranium; 3.2.2 Development of the Chondrocranium; 3.2.3 The Evolution of Jaws; 3.3 Muscle Evolution; 3.3.1 Evolution of the Gnathostome Jaw and Mandibular Arch Muscles; 3.4 Summary; References
    2: Early Vertebrates and the Emergence of Jaws2.1 Introduction; 2.2 Innovations; 2.2.1 Origin of the New Head; 2.2.2 Evolution and Development of Jaws and the Hyoid Arch; 2.2.2.1 Gill Arch Theory/Serial Hypothesis; 2.2.2.2 Evolution and Development of the Jaws; 2.2.2.3 Mandibular Confinement Hypothesis; 2.2.3 Separated Nasal Sacs and the Heterotopy and Mandibular Confinement Hypotheses; 2.2.4 The First Jaws in Phylogenetically Basal Jawed Vertebrates: The Placoderms; 2.2.5 Mineralization Associated with Jaws; 2.2.5.1 Organized Teeth and Dentitions in Early Vertebrates 4.5.4 Musculature Used for Breathing, and Spiracular Breathing4.6 Gill Arch Evolution; 4.7 Chondrichthyan Brains and Senses; 4.8 Sense Organ Development; 4.8.1 Smell/Olfaction; 4.8.2 Taste/Gustation; 4.8.3 Vision; 4.8.4 Color Vision in Sharks?; 4.8.5 Hearing and Mechanosenses; 4.8.6 Electroreception (Ampullae of Lorenzini); 4.9 Conclusions; Further Readings; References;
    5: Actinopterygians: Head, Jaws and Muscles; 5.1 Introduction; 5.1.1 Osteichthyes; 5.1.2 Actinopterygii; 5.2 Anatomy; 5.2.1 Skull and Jaws; 5.2.1.1 Neurocranium; 5.2.1.2 Splanchnocranium
    4: Chondrichthyan Evolution, Diversity, and Senses4.1 Introduction; 4.1.1 What Are Chondrichthyes?; 4.1.2 Historical Overview; 4.1.3 Evolutionary History of Chondrichthyans; 4.2 Early Origin of Holocephalans and Iniopterygians; 4.3 Major Events in the Evolution of Chondrichthyans; 4.3.1 What Makes Them Special?; 4.3.2 The Chondrichthyan Cranium; 4.3.3 Chondrichthyan Jaws and Jaw Suspension; 4.4 Chondrichthyan Dentitions; 4.5 Musculature; 4.5.1 Muscles for Jaw Mechanics; 4.5.2 Modification of the Jaw Musculature in Suction Feeders; 4.5.3 Jaw Musculature in Prey Crushers
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Digital/Print
    Thomas Insel, MD.
    Contents:
    Introduction
    A crisis of care. Our problem
    Alien to our affections
    Treatments work
    Overcoming the barriers to change. Fixing crisis care
    Crossing the quality chasm
    Precision medicine
    Beyond stigma
    Recovery: people, place, and purpose
    The way forward. Simpler solutions
    Innovation
    Prevention
    Healing.
    Digital Access 2022
    Limited to 1 simultaneous userSUNet ID login required
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    RA790.6 .I576 2022
    1
  • Digital/Print
    Thomas Hübl ; with Julie Jordan Avritt.
    Summary: "Thomas Hübl explains the most recent science of trauma and shares the principles of his Collective Trauma Integration Process (CTIP), a protocol he has facilitated for groups in the US, Germany, Israel, and elsewhere. He examines collective trauma both from the perspective of the latest research and through a spiritual lens informed by 15 years as a meditation teacher. Including contributions from renowned experts from across the field of trauma treatment, as well as meditative practices to support both counselors and clients, Healing Collective Trauma presents a fresh perspective on trauma integration along with practical tools for beginning the journey to wholeness"-- Provided by publisher.

    Contents:
    Prologue
    Mystical principles of healing
    The material science of trauma
    The inner science of trauma
    The architecture of collective trauma
    The wisdom of collective trauma
    A group process for integration
    Guidance for facilitators, therapists, and healers
    Picture of a traumatized world
    Visions of an integrating world
    Epilogue
    Appendix. guided practices.
    Digital Access 2020
    Limited to 1 simultaneous userSUNet ID login required
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Books: General Collection (Downstairs)
    BF175.5.P75 H84 2020
    1
  • Digital
    Georg Seifert, Alfred Längler, editors.
    Summary: This book offers precise and highly informative instructions for nurses and caregivers on how to select external applications for various indications and how to perform them on children. It also enables readers to gain a deeper understanding of the skin, its functions and the therapeutic potential of external applications. The sense of touch is the first sensation that develops in the body during embryonal development; therefore, it is essential for orientation in the world from the beginning of life. The skin is known as the body's protective mantle. It is the largest sensory organ of the human body and plays a key role in perception, social interaction and health. Touch and external applications to the skin can have a lasting effect on overall health and wellbeing and contribute to the healing of various conditions in children. Through the skin, children react sensitively to external influences like natural active ingredients and touch. These mechanisms are particularly relevant with regard to the deep relationship between the skin and the organism as a whole. External applications use these mechanisms to support the health and healing processes in children. The book is intended for healthcare professionals interested in complementing conventional pediatric care with external applications, especially in daily use by nurses and caregivers. Nurses will find guidance from complementary medicine and care to deal with various indications occurring in various pediatric fields like pediatric surgery, psychiatry, oncology, intensive care, neonatology and during the phases of child development. In addition to the detailed descriptions of the application techniques, it provides insights into the theory behind external applications and explains the mechanisms of action. Furthermore, it includes case studies, scientific data and personal reports from experts.

    Contents:
    Preface
    Chapter 1. Introduction: External applications
    Chapter 2. Factors of touch based external applications
    Chapter 3. The skin
    Chapter 4. Therapeutic effects and relations of external applications
    Chapter 5. Techniques of external applications
    Chapter 6. Instructions for external applications
    Chapter 7. Substances
    Chapter 8. Search register/Glossary.
    Digital Access Springer 2022
  • Digital
    Duff R. Waring.
    Contents:
    Acknowledgements. 1 Introduction : Psychotherapy and virtue ethics
    Chapter synopsis
    Psychotherapy and the art of living well by being well. 2 Psychotherapy and the moderate skeptic's challenge : Introduction
    The secular confessional
    Psyche and life
    A tincture of pyrrhonism
    Conclusion. 3 Epistemic virtues in psychotherapy: a response to the moderate skeptic's challenge : Introduction
    Definitional parameters
    First argument: recasting the moderate skeptic's challenge as a virtue epistemologist
    Second argument: psychotherapy and the cultivation of epistemic virtues
    What virtuous epistemic regulation aims to avoid: interpretive force-fitting
    Epistemic goods in psychotherapy
    Limitations of a virtue epistemic response
    Further thoughts on the moderate skeptic's challenge
    Conclusion. 4 Reparative ethics: the nexus between mental health and moral virtue : Introduction
    The distinction between ethics and morality
    Ethical and moral values in conceptions of mental disorder
    The demoralized woman
    Ethical and moral values in psychotherapeutic praxis
    Ethical and moral values in conceptions of positive mental health
    Conclusion. 5 Psychotherapy and the virtuous patient : Introduction
    The virtuous patient
    Virtue-laden psychotherapy cases
    An apposite theory of virtue ethics
    Seneca's angry man
    From theory to practice: patient-related virtues in psychotherapy
    Counter-arguments and qualifications
    Responsibility with temperate affective blame
    Temperate affective blame and moral emotions in psychotherapy
    Conclusion. 6 The responsibilities of patients in a psychotherapeutic healing project : Introduction
    The responsible patient
    Moral and ethical patient responsibilities
    The virtues by which responsibilities are met
    Recovery virtues and positive mental health
    Authenticity as a virtuous way of living
    Conclusion. 7 Four psychotherapies and the triadic analysis : Introduction
    Authenticity and existential psychotherapy
    The demoralized woman redux
    Authenticity and Kohut's self-psychology
    Cognitive behavioral therapy
    Mentalization-based therapy
    Conclusion. 8 Caveats, summations, and stones left unturned. Bibliography
    Index.
    Digital Access Oxford 2016
  • Digital/Print
    Digital Access 1975-
    Print Access
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Retired Reference (Downstairs)
    RA407.3 .H43
    41
    Reference (Upstairs)
    RA407.3 .H43
    2
  • Digital
    Ilaria Tarricone, Anita Riecher-Rössler, editors.
    Summary: This book presents a concise and comprehensive overview of the most important protective and risk factors for women's health, and reviews the main areas of medical science from a gender perspective. Numerous scientific experiments and studies have shown how gender differences significantly affect the clinical presentation of physical and mental health disorders as well as responses to treatments. This text highlights these issues, while at the same time reflecting on the practical implications of the theoretical knowledge presented. It also examines the organization of social and health services, which should increasingly take into account the specificities related to gender differences and where equality is based on truly embracing these differences. The final part provides insights into the experiences and testimonies collected by the authors of the book. Written by a multidisciplinary team of medical, psychosocial and humanities professionals, this book is of interest to health professionals and medical students. -- Provided by publisher.

    Contents:
    Fairness, Equality and Health: Toward a Gender Oriented Prospective
    The Woman in the History of Health
    Gender Violence: Risk Factors and Resilience
    Vulnerability Factors and Protective Factors for Mental Health: A Rereading in Gender Perspective
    Gender, Genoma and Health
    Women at Work
    Women, Migration and Social
    Environment
    Media
    Cinema
    Women and music
    Sport and Gender
    Diet and Gender
    Motherhood, Childbirth and Perinatal Age
    Childhood
    Adolescence
    Sexual health, LGBT and
    Human Right
    Senility
    Heart and Vascular Disorders
    Endocrine Disorders
    Urogenital and Reproductive Disorders
    Central and Peripheral Nervous Disorders
    Psychiatric
    Disorders
    Gender and Pain
    The Brain Gut Axis and the Gender
    Infectious diseases and gender
    Social Services
    Primary Care
    Towards Gender-Sensitive Mental Health Services
    Guarantee Committee for Equal Opportunity, Employee Well-being and Non-discrimination at Work (CUG)
    Prevention of Violence and Emergency Services
    When the woman is the mother: the work of pediatrician for caring mothers and children
    ADU
    A Vase of Flowers
    Women at School
    When the daughter is a doctor.
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Digital
    Mieczyslaw Pokorski, editor.
    Summary: This book offers a reliable source of information on the latest advances and current trends in the medical and clinical sciences. The focus is on certain fields that are of consistently high practical interest due to widespread disease morbidity, and on pathomechanisms that are not yet fully understood and their treatment. The topics covered include, but are not limited to, the search for novel biomarkers of colorectal cancer, morbidity and mortality after traumatic brain injuries, and impairment in brain-controlled muscle mechanisms after stroke. In addition, problematic issues in pulmonary medicine are discussed at length. These issues, notably, concern human studies that have set the standards for allergy, sensory irritation, and sensitization research, as well as studies on the management and treatment of chronic obstructive pulmonary disease and obstructive sleep apnea. Lastly, the book addresses various aspects of commonplace viral respiratory infections, such as vulnerability and transmission in both pediatric and adult populations, flue vaccination coverage, and post-infectious respiratory complications. The books goal is to promote the restoration and maintenance of good health, disease prophylaxis, and improved patient management by integrating research into clinical work and findings on improving care. It offers a valuable asset for clinical specialists, researchers, and everyone engaged in healthcare.

    Contents:
    Chitinase 3-Like 1, Nestin, and Testin Proteins as Novel Biomarkers of Potential Clinical Use in Colorectal Cancer: A review
    Self-Reported Survey on Allergy Symptoms among First-Year Students in Veterinary Medicine: a Preamble to the AllergoVet Cohort Study
    The Pattern of Sensitization Influences Exhaled and Nasal Nitric Oxide Levels in Young Adults
    Discrimination between Atopic, Allergic, and Asthmatic Volunteers for Human Exposure Studies on Sensory Irritation
    Impaired Coordination and Recruitment of Muscle Agonists, but not Abnormal Synergies or Co-contraction, Have a Significant Effect on Motor Impairments after Stroke
    Prognostics of Hospitalization Length and Mortality in Patients with Traumatic Frontal Brain Contusions
    Circulating P-Selectin and its Glycoprotein Ligand in Non-Diabetic Obstructive Sleep Apnea Patients
    Nutritional Status and Dietary Patterns in Adults with Severe Obstructive Sleep Apnea
    Medication Compliance in COPD Patients
    Seasonality of Respiratory Syncytial Virus Hospitalization
    Factors Affecting Influenza Vaccination Rate in Adults with Asthma
    Respiratory Complications in Children Hospitalized with Respiratory Syncytial Virus Infection.
    Digital Access Springer 2020
  • Digital
    editors, Zulfiqar A. Bhutta, Maria Makrides, Andrew M. Prentice.
    Contents:
    Adolescent health globally : issues and challenges / Patton, G.C.; Sawyer, S.M.
    Preconception care and nutrition interventions in low- and middle-income countries / Bhutta, Z.A.; Lassi, Z.S.
    Adolescent health and nutrition in the US and Canada : an overview of issues and determinants / Cidro, J.; Suleman, S.; Leslie, K.; Amaria, K.; Hartman, B.; Thompson, G.; Freeman, J.; Bismila, Z.; Bismila, V.; Moore, E.; Morgan, R.; Alebraheem, Z.; Kaufman, M.
    Nutrition challenges and issues of relevance to adolescents in low- and middle-income countries / Prentice, A.M.
    Social determinants of health in adolescents and young women's health and nutrition : current evidence / Fatusi, A.O.; Bello, B.
    Platforms for delivery of adolescent-friendly health care / Sawyer, S.M.; Patton, G.C.
    Polycystic ovary syndrome in young women : issues and consequences / Norman, R.J.; Moran, L.J.
    Obesity, prediabetes, and diabetes in adolescents and women : evidence-based interventions / Lassi, Z.S.; Bhutta, Z.A.
    Interventions before and during pregnancy to minimize the risks of an overweight pregnancy / Dekker Nitert, M.; Matusiak, K.; Barrett, H.L.; Callaway, L.K.
    Understanding drivers of dietary behavior before and during pregnancy in industrialized countries / Malek, L.; Umberger, W.; Zhou, S.J.; Makrides, M.
    Digital Access Karger 2015
  • Digital
    Abdul Malik, Zerrin Erginkaya, Hüseyin Erten, editors.
    Summary: Food processing is expected to affect content, activity and bioavailability of nutrients; the health-promoting capacity of food products depends on their processing history. Traditional technologies, such as the use of antimicrobials and thermal processing, are efficient in increasing nutritional value to an extent, though they may not be effective at addressing food safety, particularly when it comes to maintaining the food's molecular structure. Modern food processing plants improve the quality of life for people with allergies, diabetics, and others who cannot consume some common food elements. Food processing can also add extra nutrients, such as vitamins. Processed foods are often less susceptible to early spoilage than fresh foods and are better suited for long-distance transportation from the source to the consumer. However, food processing can also decrease the nutritional value of foods and introduce hazards not encountered with naturally occurring products. Processed foods often include food additives, such as flavourings and texture-enhancing agents, which may have little or no nutritive value, and may in fact be unhealthy. This book deals with the subject of food processing in a unique way, providing an overview not only of current techniques in food processing and preservation (i.e., dairy, meat, cereal, vegetables, fruits and juice processing, etc.) but also the health and safety aspects: food technologies that improve nutritional quality of foods, functional foods, and nanotechnology in the food and agriculture industry. The text also looks into the future by defining current bottlenecks and future research goals. This work will serve as a ready reference for the subject matter to students and researchers alike.

    Contents:
    1. Management of Food Safety and Hygiene: An Overview
    2. Food Contamination and Food Spoilage
    3. Microbial escalation in meat and meat products and its consequences
    4. Natural Microflora of Different Types of Foods
    5. Emerging Technologies in Cereal Processing: Present Status and Future Potential in India
    6. Emerging Technologies in Dairy Processing: Present status and Future Potential
    7. Insect pest infestation during storage of fruits and vegetables
    8. Insect pest infestation during storage of cereal grains, pulses and oilseeds
    9. Recent Studies on Healthy Nutrients Changing in Fruit Juices Processed with Non-thermal Technologies
    10. Potential industrial use of compounds from by-products of fruits and vegetables
    11. Phytochemicals of whole grains and effects on health
    12. Chemical Hazards in Foods
    13. Risk Management of Chemical Hazards Arising During Food Manufacturing
    14. Evaluation of probiotics in terms of food safety and human health
    15. Beneficial bacterial biofilms in food industry
    16. Next generation probiotics their molecular taxonomy and health benefits
    17. Continuing Controversies Regarding Human Health Concerns from Nitrite and Nitrate Consumption in the Diet
    18. The Risk of Vancomycin Resistant Enterococci Infections from Food Industry
    19. New Concept in Packaging: Milk Protein Edible Films
    20. Food Nanotechnology: An Emerging Technology in Food Processing and Preservation
    21. Nanoparticles in Food Packaging: Opportunities and Challenges
    22. Ultrasound: A Food Processing and Preservation Aid
    23. A Natural Way of Food Preservation: Bacteriocins and applications.
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Print
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Books: General Collection (Downstairs)
    RA1190 .H4
    109
  • Digital
    edited by Holly Blake, PhD, CPsychol, PGCHE, BA (Hons), SFHEA, Gemma Stacey, PhD, MN, RN (MENTAL HEALTH), PGCHE, PFHEA.
    Digital Access ClinicalKey Nursing 2023
  • Digital
    Prasun Chatterjee.
    Summary: This open access book takes a multidisciplinary approach to provide a holistic understanding of late old age, and situates the aged person within the context of family, caregivers, clinical and other institutions. All through the book, the author discusses preparedness for an aging individual as well as the society in the Indian context. The book highlights inevitable but mostly neglected health issues like depression, dementia, fall, and frailty and provides detailed analyses of solutions that are practicable in low resource settings. It also brings up intergenerational differences and harmony in the context of holistic care of older Indians. Alongside clinical perspectives, the book uses narratives of elderly patients to dwell on the myriad of problems and issues that constitute old age healthcare. Demonstrating cases that range from the most influential to the most underprivileged elderly in India, the book enlightens multiple caregivers--doctors, nurses, and professional caregivers, but also family members--about the dynamic approach required in dealing with complex issues related to late old age. The narratives make the book relatable and interesting to non-academic readers, with important lessons for gerontological and geriatric caregiving. It is also of use to older adults in preparing for active aging. -- Provided by publisher.

    Contents:
    Understanding frailty : the science and beyond
    Living with failing memory : a caregiver's perspective
    Panorama of cancer
    Meaningful engagement : an option or not
    Constipation : more than just "a symptom"
    Fall : a geriatric syndrome with endless agony
    Stroke, premorbid status and resilience
    Discussion about sexual health : is it age inappropriate?
    To treat or not to treat
    Successful aging : an opportunity and responsibility for all.
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Digital
    Joshua C. Collins, Tonette S. Rocco, Lawrence O. Bryant, editors.
    Summary: Minority status in the United States often accompanies diminished access to education, employment, and subsequently healthcare. This volume explores factors that have contributed to health disparities among racial, ethnic, and sexual minorities. (Back cover).

    Contents:
    Disparities in healthcare for racial, ethnic, and sexual minorities / Joshua C. Collins, Tonette S. Rocco
    The Black church: promoting health, fighting disparities / Michael L. Rowland, E. Paulette Isaac-Savage
    Literacy and health disparities / Esther Prins, Angela Mooney
    Injection drug users, Aboriginality, and HIV: a postcolonial glance from a strong ally / John P. Egan
    Alcoholism and lesbians / Julie Gedro
    Tobacco use among sexual minorities / Lawrence O. Bryant, Lorenzo Bowman
    HIV-negative gay men and autoimmune diseases / Joshua C. Collins, Tonette S. Rocco
    African American women and HIV/AIDS / Lisa M. Baumgartner
    Partnerships and collaborations in promoting health and wellness in minority communities: lessons learned and future directions / Lawrence O. Bryant.
  • Digital
    clinical editor, Laura M. Willis, DNP, APRN, FNP-C, Family Nurse Practitioner, Urbana Family Medicine and Pediatrics, Urbana, Ohio.
    Summary: "The down-to-earth nursing reference that makes health assessment incredibly visual! This fully illustrated, easy-to-update-to guide for assessment that every nursing student and novice needs." -- Back cover

    Contents:
    Fundamentals / Nancy Berger
    Skin, hair, and nails / Sharon E. Wing
    Eyes and ears / Dana Reeves
    Nose, mouth, throat, and neck / Sharon E. Wing
    Respiratory system / Rita M. Wick
    Cardiovascular system / Leigh Ann Trujillo
    Breasts and axillae / Nancy Berger
    Gastrointestinal system / Dana Reeves
    Musculoskeletal system / Allison J. Terry
    Neurologic system / Rita M. Wick
    Genitourinary system / Leigh Ann Trujillo
    Pregnancy / Tracy Taylor.
    Digital Access Ovid 2017
  • Digital
    Karen Glanz, Barbara K. Rimer, K. Viswanath, editors.
    Summary: "Health Behavior: Theory, Research, and Practice, Fifth Edition, is a thorough introduction to the practice of health education and health promotion, covering the theories, applications, and research of most use to public health students and practitioners. Through four editions, with more than 100,000 copies sold, this book has become the gold-standard textbook for health behavior courses. This essential resource includes the most current information on theory, research, and practice at individual, interpersonal, and community and group levels, with substantial new content on current and emerging theories of health communication, social marketing and e-health, culturally diverse communities, health promotion, the impact of stress, the importance of networks and community, social marketing, and evaluation. New contents include an update to the selection of theories, both established and emerging; e-health and social media as integrated into health communication; global health as an application of health behavior theory; culture and health disparities; more guidance on how to select suitable theories for specific problems/issues. In addition to a selection of basic ancillary materials, the editors offer a dedicated website with student-written "theory in action" examples; expanded bibliographies; exemplar measures of theoretical constructs; and relevant links"-- Provided by publisher.

    Contents:
    Part one: Health behavior, the foundations. The scope of health behavior
    Theory, research, and practice in health behavior
    Ecological models of health behavior
    Part two: Models of individual health behavior. Introduction to health behavior theories that focus on individuals
    The health belief model
    Theory of reasoned action, theory of planned behavior, and the integrated behavioral model
    The transtheoretical model and stages of change
    Part three: models of interpersonal health behavior. Introduction to models of interpersonal influences on health behavior
    How individuals, environments, and health behaviors interact
    Social support and health
    Social networks and health behavior
    Stress, coping, and health behavior
    Interpersonal communication in health and illness
    Part four: Community and group models of health behavior change. Introduction to community and group models of health behavior change
    Improving health through community engagement, community organization, and community building
    Implementation, dissemination, and diffusion of public health interventions
    Communication and health behavior in a changing media environment
    Part five: Using theory in research and practice. Introduction to using theory in research and practice
    Planning models for theory-based health promotion interventions
    Behavioral economics and health
    Social marketing.
  • Digital
    Pip Mason.
    Summary: Particularly relevant to US practice, this book offers a description and demonstration of a method for changing health behaviours based on brief negotiation with clients.
    Digital Access ClinicalKey Nursing 2019
  • Print
    edited by Eileen E. Morrison, Beth Furlong.
    Contents:
    Theory of health care ethics
    Principles of health care ethics
    The moral status of gametes and embryos : storage and surrogacy
    The ethical challenges of the new reproductive technology
    Abortion : the unexplored middle ground
    Proposals for human cloning : a review and ethical evaluation
    Competency : what it is, what it isn't and why it matters
    Older people long-term care issues
    Assisted-living and ethics
    Ethical issues in the use of fluids and nutrition : when can they be withdrawn?
    Death, medicine, and moral significance of family decision making
    Ethical issues concerning physician-assisted death
    Healthcare institutional ethics : broader than clinical ethics
    Hospital ethics committees : rules, membership structure, and difficulties
    Bioethical dilemmas in prehospital and emergency care
    Medical technology : blessing or ethics nightmare?
    Spirituality and health care organizations
    Equality and inequality in American healthcare
    Is rationing of healthcare ethically defensible?
    Domestic violence : changing theory, changing practice
    Ethics issues in disaster relief
    A new era of health care : the ethics of healthcare reform
    Healthcare reform : what about those left behind?
    Looking toward the future.
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Books: General Collection (Downstairs)
    R724 .M66 2014
    1
  • Digital
    edited by Eileen Morrison, Beth Furlong.
    Summary: Organized around the four central themes of healthcare ethics (theoretical foundations and issues for individuals, organizations, and society), Health Care Ethics, Fourth Edition brings together the insights of a diverse panel of leading experts in the fields of bioethics, long-term care, and health administration, among others. Students will build on this critical platform to develop an extensive toolbox of analytical and problem-solving skills. The fully revised and updated Fourth Edition addresses current changes in health care, including three new chapters covering ethical issues related to Health Information Management, Patient Safety, and Epidemics. All other chapters have been updated to reflect the most recent developments in medical technology and new challenges faced by health care professionals in the era of the ACA.

    Contents:
    Theory of health care ethics
    Principles of health care ethics
    The moral status of gametes and embryos : storage and surrogacy
    The ethical challenges of the new reproductive technology
    Ethics and aging in America
    Healthcare ethics committees : roles, memberships, structure, and difficulties
    Ethics in the management of health information systems
    Technological advances in health care : blessing or ethics nightmare?
    Ethics and safe patient handling and mobility
    Spirituality and healthcare organizations
    A new era of health care : the ethics of healthcare reform
    Health inequalities and health inequities
    The ethics of epidemics
    Ethics of disasters : planning and response
    Domestic violence : changing theory, changing practice
    Looking toward the future.
  • Digital
    Nathan Sivin.
    Summary: By examining all the prevalent varieties of therapy from self-care to religious ritual, this book explores health care practices in China, before modern times. In ancient China most people were unable to afford a doctor, even in the unlikely case that one lived near their village and was willing to treat peasants. What did they do when their children got sick? The answer is to be found in this book, which goes far beyond the history of medicine. The author uses methods of medical anthropology to explain the curative roles of popular religion, Daoism, Buddhism, and the therapeutic rites performed by imperial officials. Readers will discover the steady interaction of religious healing and classical medicine in this culture. This highly readable book builds on over forty years of study and analysis of early liturgical and medical writings, and a wide variety of other sources. Its focus on the eleventh century throws new light on a period of rapid transition in many aspects of therapy, and it will appeal to scholars and general readers alike.

    Contents:
    Chapter 1: Introduction
    Chapter 2: The Question of Efficacy
    Chapter 3: Classical Medicine
    Chapter 4: Therapy in Popular Religion
    Chapter 5: Therapy in Elite Religions
    Chapter 6: Therapy in the State Religion
    Chapter 7: Conclusions
    Appendix.
    Digital Access Springer 2015
  • Digital
    by Janemarie Mulvey.
    Contents:
    Individual Shared Responsibility Payments and Premium Tax Credits For Individuals
    Employer Shared-Responsibility Payments
    IRS Employer and Insurer Reporting Requirements
    Small Business Tax Credit, Shop Exchange, and Other Aca Tax Changes Impacting Individuals
    Glossary of Terms
    Tax Glossary
    Solutions.
    Digital Access Wiley 2017
  • Print
    Summary: Includes both federal and state law, legislation, and regulations relating to health care occupations and services; organization standards relating to health care.
    Print Access
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Reference (Upstairs)
    RA423.5 .H434
    1
    Retired Reference (Downstairs)
    RA423.5 .H434
    12
  • Digital
    Albert C. Hergenroeder, Constance M. Wiemann, editors.
    Summary: This comprehensive book thoroughly addresses all aspects of health care transition of adolescents and young adults with chronic illness or disability; and includes the framework, tools and case-based examples needed to develop and evaluate a Health Care Transition (HCT) planning program that can be implemented regardless of a patient’s disease or disability. Health Care Transition: Building a Program for Adolescents and Young Adults with Chronic Illness and Disability is a uniquely inclusive resource, incorporating youth/young adult, caregiver, and pediatric and adult provider voices and perspectives. Part I of the book opens by defining Health Care Transition, describing the urgent need for comprehensive transition planning, barriers to HCT and then offering a framework for developing and evaluating health care transition programs. Part II focuses on the anatomic and neuro-chemical changes that occur in the brain during adolescence and young adulthood, and how they affect function and behavior. Part III covers the perspectives of important participants in the HCT transition process – youth and young adults, caregivers, and both pediatric and adult providers. Each chapter in Part IV addresses a unique aspect of developing HCT programs. Part V explores various examples of successful transition from the perspective of five key participants in the transition process - patients, caregivers, pediatric providers, adult providers and third party payers. Related financial matters are covered in part VI, while Part VII explores special issues such as HCT and the medical home, international perspectives, and potential legal issues. Models of HCT programs are presented in Part VIII, utilizing an example case study. Representing perspectives from over 75 authors and more than 100 medical centers in North America and Europe, Health Care Transition: Building a Program for Adolescents and Young Adults with Chronic Illness and Disability is an ideal resource for any clinician, policy maker, caregiver, or hospitalist working with youth in transition.
    Digital Access Springer 2018
  • Digital
    edited by Christian Janssen, Enno Swart, Thomas von Lengerke.
    Contents:
    Part I Introduction
    Theorizing, empiricizing and analyzing health care utilization in Germany: An introduction
    Part II Theory
    Re-revisiting the Behavioral Model of Health Care Utilization by Andersen: A review on theoretical advances and perspectives
    Health care utilization within the system of statutory sickness funds in Germany
    Part III Methodology
    The problem of repeated surveys: How comparable are their results regarding utilization of medical services?
    Health care utilization research using secondary data
    Health care utilization: Insights from qualitative research
    Part IV Results: Selected determinants
    Gender and utilization of health care
    Socioeconomic status and health care utilization in Germany: A systematic review
    Migration and health care utilization in the European context
    How do socioeconomic factors influence the amount and intensity of services utilization by family caregivers of elderly dependents?
    Part IV b Results: Selected diseases
    Health care utilization by dementia patients living at home and their kins
    Utilization of general practitioners by obese men and women: Review for Germany and results from the MONICA/KORA cohorts S3/F3 and S4/F4
    Utilization of physiotherapy by patients with rheumatic diseases
    Participation in self-help activities amongst patients with rheumatic diseases
    Part IV b Results: Selected sectors of care
    Social determinants of utilization of psychotherapy in Germany
    Variation in the use of prevention and health promotion services according to gender, age, socioeconomic, and migration status
    Utilisation of an Integrated Care Pilot in Germany: Morbidity, age and sex distribution of Gesundes Kinzigtal Integrated Care membership in 2006-08
    Part V Extroduction
    Health care utilization: A concluding note on research prospects.
    Digital Access Springer 2014
  • Digital
    Howard Goldfine, editor.
    Summary: This book is a compilation of the most relevant molecular mechanisms and cellular processes that are involved in the infection processes in relation to lipid metabolism. The authors are international experts in the field of infection biology. Readers will understand infection metabolism and the contribution of lipids and lipid-protein interaction to lipids. Microbial lipids play an important role in almost all cellular phenomena. Microbial infections also contain an important virulence component in microbial lipids. The secretion of lipid vesicles that contain virulence factors, the assembly of lipid membrane microdomains harboring signal transduction pathways relate to infection process and the number of lipid-protein interactions that are necessary for the internalization of pathogens to host cells are some examples of the importance of lipids and lipid metabolism in the development of infections.

    Contents:
    Intro
    Preface
    Contents
    About the Series Editor-in-Chief
    About the Volume Editor
    Contributors
    Part I: Lipids, Membranes, Infection, and Immunity
    1 Lipid Rafts in Bacteria: Structure and Function
    1 Introduction
    2 Structure of Lipid Rafts
    2.1 Methods
    2.2 Composition
    3 Functions of Lipid Rafts
    3.1 Defining Membrane Physical Properties
    3.2 Protein Partitioning
    3.3 Selected Examples
    3.3.1 Vibrio cholera and Cholera
    3.3.2 Borrelia burgdorferi
    3.3.3 Staphylococcus aureus
    4 Research Needs and Conclusions
    References 2 Lipids of Clinically Significant Mycobacteria
    1 Introduction
    1.1 Mycobacterial Pathogens
    1.2 Mycobacterial Lipids
    2 Mycolic Acids (MAs) and Conjugates
    2.1 Mycolic Acids (MAs)
    2.2 Trehalose Mono- and Dimycolates (TMMs and TDMs)
    2.3 Other Mycolic Acid Esters
    2.3.1 Glucose Monomycolates (GMMs)
    2.3.2 Monomycoloyl Glycerols (MMGs, GroMMs)
    2.3.3 Mono- and Dimycoloyl Diarabinoglycerols (MMAGs, DMAGs)
    2.3.4 Mycenyl Mycolate Ester Waxes (MEWs)
    3 Multimethyl-Branched and Polyunsaturated Fatty Acid Esters of Trehalose 2.1 Synthesis of TAG and WE
    2.2 Proteins with Roles in the Organization of LBs
    2.3 LB Turnover
    3 Metabolic Significance of TAG LB Accumulation
    3.1 TAG Formation During Growth
    3.2 TAG Accumulation in Slow/Non-growing Mtb
    3.3 Accumulation of TAG Is Not the Sole Factor Resulting in Growth Restriction
    4 The Significance of LB Accumulation in the Pathogenesis of TB
    4.1 Establishment of Infection
    4.2 Persistence During Latent Infection
    4.3 Reactivation of Progressive Infection and Active Disease
    5 The Clinical Significance of Mtb LBs 3.1 Di-, Tri-, and Pentaacyl Trehaloses (DATs, TATs, and PATs)
    3.2 Sulfoglycolipids (SGLs)
    3.3 Trehalose Polyphleates (TPPs)
    3.4 Glycosylated Acylated Trehaloses (Lipooligosaccharides, LOSs)
    4 Mycobacterial Waxes
    4.1 Triacylglycerols (TAGs)
    4.2 Phthiocerol Dimycocerosates (PDIMs)
    5 Glycosyl Phenolphthiocerol Dimycocerosates (Phenolic Glycolipids, PGLs)
    6 Glycopeptidolipids (GPLs) and Peptidolipids (PLs)
    7 Isoprenoid Lipids
    7.1 Isoprenoid Quinones
    7.2 Isoprenoid Pigments
    7.3 Isoprenoid Lipid Carriers
    7.4 Halimane Diterpenoids 8 Polar Lipids and Related Lipoglycans
    8.1 Polar Phospholipids, Glycolipids, and Ornithine Lipids
    8.2 Phosphatidylinositol Mannosides (PIMs)
    9 Other Lipophilic Molecules
    9.1 Mycobactins
    9.2 Mycolactones
    9.3 Mycoketides
    9.4 Polymethylated Polysaccharides (PMPS)
    10 Conclusions
    11 Research Needs
    References
    3 Mycobacterial Lipid Bodies and the Chemosensitivity and Transmission of Tuberculosis
    1 Introduction
    1.1 Occurrence and Composition of Lipid Bodies
    1.2 Mycobacterial Lipid Bodies
    2 TAG Synthesis, LB Assembly, and Assimilation
    Digital Access Springer 2020
  • Digital
    Ridwan Shabsigh, editor.
    Summary: In the USA, the COVID-19 crisis came as an unpleasant surprise and a shock to many healthcare systems and hospitals, especially in the crisis epicenter, New York City. The Bronx was one of the hardest hit boroughs of New York City, with significant negative impact of the COVID-19 pandemic on its indigent population. SBH Health System (formerly known as St. Barnabas Hospital) is an integrated system of an acute care hospital, ambulatory care center, trauma center, dialysis center, stroke center and other services and facilities, serving the community of the Bronx. The story of SBH in preparing for and managing the rapidly escalating surge of severely ill patients is a treasure of lessons in health crisis preparedness and management at all levels: clinical, administrative, financial, etc. These lessons can be used for other acute care hospital settings and other potential health crises that may arise in the future. Within a short 3 weeks, SBH increased its in-patient capacity by 50%. However, during the same short time, it increased its critical care capacity by over 500%, providing critical care to severely ill patients on ventilators. This book chronicles the situation step by step and describes how this accomplishment was done. Accounts from the frontline health workers and from the clinical and administrative leaders describe important aspects of crisis management, such as team building, multi-departmental coordination, effective communications, dynamic decision-making in response to rapidly changing situations, keeping up the morale and caring for the healthcare workers and managing the supply chain. The uniqueness of the experience of SBH is enhanced by the fact that SBH is a low budget "safety net" hospital serving the poorest population in New York City. The worldwide trend is toward tighter healthcare budgets with demands for higher efficiency and productivity. There is a lot to be learned from the SBH health crisis management, including how efficient management, team building, management of limited resources and collaborative workplace culture make the foundation of success in the face of the crisis of the century. This unique text serves as a "how to" guide for implementing skills necessary for crisis management. Lessons from the success of SBH in tackling the dramatically fast unfolding crisis are utilized in a clear and concise manner. Such lessons may benefit other health systems and hospitals in planning and preparing for similar crises.

    Contents:
    Chapter 1: Background, the Hospital System, the Patient Community, and the Bronx
    Chapter 2: COVID-19 Crisis, Timeline: The Warning and the Surge
    Chapter 3: Preparation, Planning and the Command Center.-Chapter 4: Internal Medicine, Infection Control and Occupational Health Services
    Chapter 5: Critical Care
    Chapter 6: Emergency Medicine
    Chapter 7: Nursing
    Chapter 8: Clinical Nutrition and Food Services
    Chapter 9: Rehabilitation
    Chapter 10: Respiratory Therapy and Proning
    Chapter 11: Pharmacy.-Chapter 12: Laboratory
    Chapter 13: Radiology
    Chapter 14: Supply Chain, Material Management and Finance
    Chapter 15: Information Technology, Healthcare Data and Analytics and Clinical Engineering
    Chapter 16: Medical Students and The Medical School
    Chapter 17: Dynamic Decision Making and Effective Communications
    Chapter 18: Collaborative Culture and Lean Daily Management
    Chapter 19: Soft Skills, Emotional and Social Intelligence and Resilience
    Chapter 20: Recovery from Crisis.
    Digital Access Springer 2022
  • Digital
    Adam Perzynski, Sarah Shick, Ifeolorunbode Adebambo, editors.
    Summary: This uniquely accessible volume challenges professionals to understand-and help correct-health disparities, both at the patient level and in their larger social contexts. Dedicated to eradicating this ongoing injustice, contributors focus on marginalized populations, the role of healthcare systems in perpetuating inequities, the need for deeper engagement and listening by professionals, and the need for advocacy within professional education and the political/policy arena. The compelling case narratives at the core of the book illustrate the interrelated biopsychosocial components of patients' health problems and the gradations of learning needed for practitioners to address them effectively. The book's tools for developing a health disparities curriculum include a selection of workshop exercises, facilitator resources, and a brief guide to writing effective case narratives. A sampling of the narratives: "Finding the Person in Patient-Centered Health Care" (race/ethnicity/culture). "The Annual Big Girl / Big Boy Exchange" (gender). "Just Give Me Narcan and Let Me Go" (poverty/addiction). "Everyone Called Him Crazy" (immigration). "Adrift in the System" (disability). "Aging out of Pediatrics" (mental illness and stigma). "Time to Leave" (LGBT) A work of profound compassion, Health Disparities will be of considerable interest to researchers and practitioners interested in public health, population health, health disparities, and related fields such as sociology, social work, and narrative medicine. Its wealth of educational features also makes it a quality training text. "I was impressed when I read Health Disparities: Weaving a New Understanding through Case Narratives. As a patient who has experienced unpleasant situations in health care, I was moved to see that it was emotional and personal for the writers. The book confirms for me that the time is now for change to take place in our health care systems. I see this book as a light that can shine bright in the darkest places of health care. The editors have assembled a powerful book that provides all health professionals with specific steps they can take towards addressing and then eventually eliminating health disparities. A few steps that I really connected with were improving critical awareness, delivering quality care, listening and empathizing with patients and families, and advocating for changes. I recommend that anyone interested in working to improve health care obtain a copy of this book-it's filled with useful information that every medical professional should know. The book reminds me of a quote by Wayne Dyer, 'When you change the way you look at things, the things you look at change.'"--Delores Collins, Founder and Executive Director, A Vision of Change Incorporated, Certified Community Health Worker. Founder of The Greater Cleveland Community Health Workers Association.

    Contents:
    Student Resources
    Health disparity case narratives background (why create case narratives of health disparities? different types of case narratives; considerations for writing cases; helpful questions; you're ready to start now!)
    Health disparity case narratives by theme
    LBGT
    Race
    Gender
    Poverty
    Immigration
    Disability
    Aging
    Technology
    Education
    Insurance
    Glossary of common terms and important events
    Facilitator Resources
    Example syllabus for the 12-month faculty course (course description; objectives; the learning objectives; sample readings; suggested reference and background texts; course requirements, tentative schedule)
    Health disparities manuscripts, publications, presentations, and narratives produced by participating scholars and faculty
    Health disparities activities.
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Digital
    Lynn B. Gerald, Cristine E. Berry, editors.
    Contents:
    Introduction to Health Disparities in Respiratory Medicine
    Health Disparities in Tobacco Smoking and Smoke Exposure
    Health Disparities Related to Environmental Air Quality
    Health Disparities in Occupational Exposures
    Health Disparities and Pulmonary Function Testing.- Health Disparities as They Relate to Medication Adherence
    Health Disparities in Ards
    Social Disparities in Lung Growth and Respiratory Health
    Health Disparities in Asthma
    Health Disparities in Chronic Obstructive Pulmonary Disease
    Health Disparities and Tuberculosis
    Disparities in Lung Cancer Outcomes
    Health Disparities in Critical Illness
    Health Disparities in Sleep-Related Breathing Disorders
    Health Disparities in End-of-Life Care
    Where Do We Go From Here? Improving Disparities in Respiratory Health.
    Digital Access Springer 2016
  • Print
    Donald A. Barr, MD, PhD, Professor, Department of Pediatrics, and (by courtesy) in the Graduate School of Education, Stanford University, Stanford, California.
    Summary: "The health care system in the United States has been called the best in the world. Yet wide health disparities persist between different social groups, and many Americans suffer from poorer health than people in other developed countries. Donald A. Barr's Health Disparities in the United States explores how socioeconomic status, race, and ethnicity interact with socioeconomic inequality to create and perpetuate these health disparities."--Page 4 of cover.

    Contents:
    Introduction to the social roots of health disparities
    What is "health"? how should we define it? how should we measure it?
    The relationship between socioeconomic status and health, or, "they call it 'poor health' for a reason"
    Understanding how low social status leads to poor health
    Race, ethnicity, and health
    Race/ethnicity, socioeconomic status, and health : which is more important in affecting health status?
    Children's health disparities
    All things being equal ... does race/ethnicity affect how physicians treat patients?
    Why does race/ethnicity affect the way physicians treat patients?
    When, if ever, is it appropriate to use a patient's race/ethnicity to guide medical decisions?
    What should we do to reduce health disparities?
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Books: General Collection (Downstairs)
    RA418.3.U6 B37 2014
    1
  • Digital/Print
    Donald A. Barr.
    Summary: With extensive new data, Donald A. Barr illuminates the ways low socioeconomic status, race, and ethnicity interact to create and perpetuate health disparities in the United States. This thoroughly updated edition focuses on a new challenge the United States last experienced more than half a century ago: successive years of declining life expectancy. Barr addresses the causes of this decline, including what are commonly referred to as "deaths of despair"--Opiate overdose or suicide. Exploring the growing role geography plays in health disparities, Barr asks why people living in rural areas suffer the greatest increases in these deaths. He also analyzes recent changes under the Affordable Care Act and considers the literature on how race and ethnicity affect the way health care providers evaluate and treat patients.

    Contents:
    Introduction to the social roots of health disparities
    What is "health"? how should we define it? how should we measure it?
    The relationship between socioeconomic status and health, or, "they call it 'poor health' for a reason"
    Understanding how low social status leads to poor health
    Race, ethnicity, and health
    Race/ethnicity, socioeconomic status, and health : which is more important in affecting health status?
    Children's health disparities
    All things being equal, does race/ethnicity affect how physicians treat patients?
    Why does race/ethnicity affect the way physicians treat patients?
    When, if ever, is it appropriate to use a patient's race/ethnicity to guide medical decisions?
    What should we do to reduce health disparities?
    Digital Access R2Library 2019
    Limited to 1 simultaneous user
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Books: General Collection (Downstairs)
    RA418.3.U6 B37 2019
    1
  • Digital
    Jay Bhattacharya, Timothy Hyde, Peter Tu.
    Contents:
    Demand for health and health care
    Supply of health care
    Information economics
    Economics of health innovation
    Health policy
    Public health economics
    Behavioral health economics.
    Limited to 1 simultaneous users
  • Print
    Margaret P. Moss, Janice M. Phillips, editors.
    Summary: "Health Equity and Nursing: Achieving Equity Through Policy, Population Health, and Interprofessional Collaboration is designed to: 1. Illuminate nursing's role in achieving health equity; 2. Examine current and emerging topics of relevance to achieving health equity; and 3. Articulate future directions for advancing the health equity agenda through nursing education, practice, research and policy advocacy. This textbook consists of 18 chapters divided into three sections. Each chapter includes learning objectives, key terms, key objectives and related resources. The proposed text expands on existing discussions and resources on health equity by including an in-depth overview on health equity coupled with specific implications for the nursing profession. Although there are many nurse leaders who have contributed to this text, we included interprofessional examples and contributors, as well. It is through understanding policy and change, the populations that are most affected by inequalities, and the necessity of interprofessional collaboration that we can move the needle on achieving health equality"-- Provided by publisher.

    Contents:
    Introduction : health equity does not equal health equality / Janice M. Phillips and Margaret P. Moss
    Nursing as a force for health equity / Joanne Disch
    Evidence-based policymaking / Myra Michelle DeBose, Ejim Sule, and Debbie Ann Jones
    Health equity and nursing education : past, present and future / Wrenetha A. Julion and Monique Reed
    Health equity and healthcare system transformation policy / Sinsi Hernández-Cancio and Noelle Thompson
    Genetics, health & policy challenges across the lifespan / Justina A. Trott and Sharon L. Ruyak
    The conceptual model of nursology for enhancing equity and quality : population health and health policy / Jacqueline Fawcett
    Integrating the social determinants of health into the clinical setting / Angela M. Moss and Christopher M. Nolan
    Structural determinants of health : an American Indian exemplar / Margaret P. Moss
    Global health equity for LGBTQI people and populations / William E. Rosa, Patricia Moreland, and Tonda L. Hughes
    Veterans and health equity / Linda A. Spoonster Schwartz
    Achieving health equity : exemplars in engaging global communities / Margherita Procaccini Clark and Franchesca A. Cifuentes-Andrade
    A health systems interprofessional approach to impact health equity / Barbara Wadsworth, Chinwe Onyekere, Karen Fitzpatrick Smith, Sandra Ross, Shonalie Roberts, Sharon Larson, and Barry D. Mann
    The critical discussion of race & racism toward achieving equity in health policy / Mia Keeys
    Pathways to achieving health equity : exemplars of community and intersectoral partnerships / Raj C. Shah and Heather Miller
    Politics and law at the root of health equity / Daniel E. Dawes and Nelson J. Dunlap
    The intersection of health literacy, health equity, and nursing practice / Diana Peña Gonzalez, Rachel Roberts, and Kirby Johnson
    The role of community health centers in health equity / Kevin C. Lo and Thomas Tsang.
    Digital Access R2Library 2021
  • Digital
    Maria Giulia Marini, Jonathan McFarland, editors.
    Summary: The Covid pandemic has led us into an upheaval that has made us question the certainties underlying what it means to be a human being in our age; the ability to control medical and social facts through evidence. For the first-time western and developed countries have had to confront what many populations from the developing world (Africa. Latin America, etc) face on a daily basis with HIV and Ebola, etc. The Interconnectedness of Globalization has been the real disseminating catalyst of COVID 19, and many scientists wonder if this virus is the result of the Anthropocene age, with its indisputable lack of respect for the natural ecosystems. The virus has demonstrated that our frailty is only skin deep, and it has not only brought death, despair, but it has broken our interdependency as human beings, by imposing self-isolation as well as creating new ways of connections so that safety cannot imply loneliness. In this book, the coping strategies that originate from the multiple languages of care such as narrative, literature, science, philosophy, art, digital science are shown not only as reflective tools to promote health but also wellbeing amongst carers, patients, students, and citizens of our planet Earth. These strategies should be supported by the decision makers since they are low-cost investments necessary to make the health care system work. They however require a change of cultural paradigm. This book is a useful toolkit for patients, citizens and care services physicians who want to learn more on how to live better with this new world.

    Contents:
    1 The COVID-19 pandemic: the possible scientific and layman narratives for its origin. The consequences of the pandemic on the human being according to the biological psychological social and existential model and to the biomedical model
    2 The pandemy of lies, fakenews and misinformation during the COVID-19 crisis
    3 Crossing the first wave of COVID -19: the engaging and disengaging factors for coping for speaking about burn out and the trauma of health care providers
    4 The grief for the loss: The Impossibility of funeral rituals during the lock down, and the need to mourn the people died. The increase of mental illness condition due to the high psychological toll
    5 The Consolation of the Written Word: Reading and Writing to Engage and Escape the Pandemic
    6 The interplay between art and nature as factors for wellbeing
    7 Spirituality as the basis and foundation of the medical profession for a holistic understanding of the human being as a bio-psycho-socio-spiritual entity
    8 The long Covid-19: time for resilience for health care providers, citizens, students, patients, caregivers
    9 Health care organization: roles and actors of the districts, of the community care, home care and of the hospital setting, bioethical decisions on quality and quantity of life
    10 So far so near: telemedicine, teleconsulting, distant teaching and smart working in health care and social services
    11 Towards a new respect for the ecosystem and the humans: advices for economy, industry, labour forces, schools and academies.
    Digital Access Springer 2022
  • Digital
    Catherine L. Ross, Marla Orenstein, Nisha Botchwey.
    Contents:
    Part I. Context for HIA: integrating public health, planning and policy development
    Part II. Introduction to core concepts and key examples of HIA
    Part III. Applied learning: Conducting an HIA
    Part IV. HIA today and tomorrow.
    Digital Access Springer 2014
  • Digital
    Reiko Kishi, Philippe Grandjean, editors.
    Contents:
    Intro
    Preface
    Acknowledgements
    Contents
    Part I: Introduction
    Chapter 1: Impacts of Developmental Exposure to Environmental Chemicals on Human Health with Global Perspectives
    1.1 The Minamata Disaster
    1.2 Outbreak of the Second Minamata Disease (Niigata-Minamata Disease)
    1.3 Pathological Differences Between Adults and Children
    1.4 Impact of Fetal Minamata Disease: Why Are Fetuses and Children Vulnerable to Environmental Exposure?
    1.5 Special Measures Act for Relief of Health Damage Related to Pollution 1.6 What Should We Learn from the History of Minamata Disease?
    1.7 Yusho Outbreak (Kanemi Rice-Bran Oil Incident)
    1.8 Authentic Birth Cohort Studies
    1.9 "Our Stolen Future" Widens the Perspective
    1.10 Full-Scale Birth Cohort Studies Launched in Japan from 2001 and 2002
    1.10.1 The First Prospective Cohorts in Japan
    1.10.2 Endocrine Disruptions Caused in Utero
    1.11 The Twenty-First Century is the Era of Birth Cohort Studies
    1.12 Environment and DOHaD Paradigm
    References Part II: Adverse Health Effects on Human Developing Organs Caused by Environmental Chemicals-the Role That Chemicals Might Play
    Chapter 2: Environmental Exposures and Adverse Pregnancy-Related Outcomes
    2.1 Adverse Pregnancy-Related Outcomes Overview
    2.2 Definitions of Adverse Pregnancy-Related Outcomes
    2.2.1 Miscarriage/Stillbirth
    2.2.2 Preterm Birth (PTB)
    2.2.3 Low Birth Weight (LBW)
    2.2.4 Small for Gestational Age (SGA)
    2.3 Risk Factors
    2.3.1 Outdoor Air Pollution
    2.3.2 Heavy Metals
    2.3.3 Organochlorine Compounds 2.3.4 Per- and Polyfluoroalkyl Substances (PFAS)
    2.3.5 Polybrominated Diphenyl Esters (PBDEs)
    2.3.6 Organophosphate Pesticides and Pyrethroid
    2.3.7 Phthalates
    2.3.8 Bisphenol A
    2.4 Health Issues of Adverse Birth Outcomes
    2.5 Summary
    References
    Chapter 3: Effects of Environmental Chemical Exposure on Birth Defects (Except Cryptorchidism and Hypospadias)
    3.1 Introduction
    3.2 Trends in the Prevalence of Birth Defects
    3.3 Causes of Birth Defects
    3.4 Mechanisms Associated with Birth Defects
    3.5 Exposure to High Levels of Environmental Chemicals and Birth Defects 3.6 Exposure to Low Levels of Environmental Chemicals and Birth Defects
    3.6.1 Dioxins, Dioxin-Like Compounds, and Pesticides
    3.6.2 Perfluorinated Compounds
    3.6.3 Organic Solvents
    3.6.4 Air Pollutants
    3.6.5 Nitro Compounds
    3.6.6 Summary of Previous Epidemiological Studies
    3.7 Future Epidemiological Studies
    3.8 Conclusions
    References
    Chapter 4: Cryptorchidism and Hypospadias
    4.1 Introduction
    4.2 Cryptorchidism
    4.3 Hypospadias
    4.4 Lifestyles
    4.4.1 Diet
    4.5 Smoking/Alcohol
    4.6 Effect of Environmental Chemicals
    4.6.1 Phthalates
    4.6.2 Organochlorine Pesticides (OCPs)
    Digital Access Springer 2020
  • Digital
    edited by David Townes, Centers for Disease Control and Prevention, Atlanta, GA, Mike Gerber, Centers for Disease Control and Prevention, Atlanta, GA, Mark Anderson, Centers for Disease Control and Prevention, Atlanta, GA.
    Summary: "The fields of Global Health and Global Emergency Medicine have attracted increased interest and study. There has been tremendous growth in the educational opportunities around humanitarian emergencies, however educational resources have not yet followed the same growth. This book corrects this trend, offering a comprehensive single resource dedicated to health in humanitarian emergencies. Providing an introduction to the public health principles of response to humanitarian emergencies, the text also emphasizes the need to coordinate the public health and emergency clinical response within the architecture of the greater response effort. With contributing authors among some of the world's leading health experts and policy influencers in the field, the content is based on best practices, peer reviewed evidence and expert consensus. The text acts as a resource to clinical and public health practitioners, graduate level students, and individuals working in response to humanitarian emergencies for government agencies, international agencies, and NGOs."-- Provided by publisher.

    Contents:
    Section 1. Humanitarian emergencies
    Introduction to humanitarian emergencies / Mark Anderson and Michael Gerber
    History of humanitarian emergencies / Mark Anderson, Kristin Becknell, and Joanna Taliano
    Who's who in humanitarian emergencies / Cyrus Shahpar and Thomas D. Kirsch
    Response to humanitarian emergencies / David A. Townes, Andre Griekspoor, Peter Mala, Ian Norton, and Anthony D. Redmond
    Epidemiology / Christine Dubray and Debarati Guha-Sapir
    Ethics / Barbara Tomczyk and Aun Lor
    section 2. Public health principles
    Needs assessments / Richard Garfield, Johan von Schreeb, Anneli Eriksson, and Patrice Chataigner
    Survyes / Oleg O. Bilukha, Olivier Degomme, and Eva Leidman
    Surveillance / Farah Husain and Peter Mala
    Monitoring and evaluation / Goldie MacDonald, Lori A. Wingate, and Susan Temporado Cookson
    Water, sanitation, and hygiene (WASH) / Nicole Weber, Anu Rajasingham, Molly Patrick, Andrea Martinsen, and Thomas Handzel
    Nutrition / Leisel E. Talley and Erin Boyd
    Food security / Silke Pietzsch, Leisel E. Talley, and Carlos Navarro-Colorado
    Reproductive health / Barbara Tomczyk, Diane Morof, and Malcolm Potts
    Protection / Wendy Wheaton, Dabney P. Evans, and Mark Anderson
    Vaccine-preventable diseases / Eugene Lam, Henri Van Hombergh, Allen Gidraf Kahindo Maina, Lisandro Torre, and Muireann Brennan
    Camp management / Paul J. Giannone, Mohamed Hilmi, and Mark Anderson
    Shelter and settlements / Charles A. Setchell, Eddie J. Argeñal, LeGrand L. Malany, and Paul J. Giannone
    Logistics / Rebecca Turner, Travis Vail Betz, George A. Roark, and Darrell Morris Lester
    Disaster risk reduction / Lise D. Martel, Qudsia Huda, Kimberly M. Hanson, and Ali Ardalan
    section 3. Illness and injury
    Acute respiratory infection / Nina Marano and Jamal A. Ahmed
    Diarrheal disease / Ciara O'Reilly, Kathryn Alberti, David Olson, and Eric Mintz
    HIV / Kevin R. Clarke and Nathan Ford
    Malaria in humanitarian emergencies / Holly Williams, Marian Schilperoord, David A. Townes, and S. Patrick Kachur
    Acute malnutrition / Carlos Navarro-Colorado, Eva Leidman, and Maureen L. Gallagher
    Measles / Eugene Lam, Allen Gidraf Kahindo Maina, Lisandro Torre, Muireann Brennan, and James L. Goodson
    Meningococcal disease / Sarah Mbaeyi, Amanda Cohn, and Matthew Coldiron
    Mental health / Barbara Lopes Cardozo and Richard Francis Mollica
    Tuberculosis / Michelle Gayer and Susan Temporado Cookson
    Injuries and trauma / Benjamin Levy, David Sugerman, Mark Anderson, and Charles Mock
    Noncommunicable diseases / Bayard Roberts, Holly Williams, and Sonia Angell.
    Digital Access Cambridge 2018
  • Digital
    Samrat Sinha, Jennifer Liang.
    Summary: This book provides an insight into the issue of health inequity brought about by the violent conflict in Northeast India. While examining the deep vulnerabilities and loss of well-being suffered by families displaced by conflict in the Indo-Bhutan borderland region, the authors raise fundamental questions of accountability and the role of various stakeholders in providing humanitarian assistance to those affected by the conflict. It highlights for the reader the role played by conflict and armed violence in dismantling a functioning public health system and delineates the long-term barriers to post-conflict recovery. The book is written by those who have worked in implementing development and peacebuilding programs in the Bodoland Territorial Region (BTR) of Western Assam. The book especially brings to the fore the voices of those communities directly affected by conflict in Bodoland. The book is valuable to researchers, development practioners and policy makers. Given the unique format of the book, which includes a number of case studies, it is particularly useful for students of development, public health and allied disciplines such as international relations as well as peace and conflict studies.

    Contents:
    1. Health Services in Conflict and Fragile Contexts: Implications for South Asia
    2. Health Inequity, Conflict and Peace in the Northeast India
    3. The Struggle for Identity, Onset of Violence in (for) Bodoland and Meanings of Autonomy
    4. Violent Borderlands and Health Systems Collapse: Narratives from Deosri
    5. Filling the Void? New Humanitarian Actors, Conflict Response and the Perils of Humanitarian Exit
    6. Pathways to Peace and Biographies of Reconstruction.
    Digital Access Springer 2021
  • Digital
    Vicki Xafis, Amireh Fakhouri, Kathryn Currow, Stephen Brancatisano, Wendy Bryan-Clothier.
    Summary: This book provides rare insight into how real children/adolescents' lives unfold as a result of health inequity. The authors present the findings of empirical research into the health and social circumstances of 61 Australian children/adolescents, as reported by healthcare professionals who attended to their medical needs, revealing how healthcare professionals deal with health inequity on the ground.

    Contents:
    Chapter 1- Introduction
    Chapter 2. Methods and methodology
    Chapter 3. Overview of Social Determinants of Health Findings and Vignettes
    Chapter 4. Results of health inequity analyses
    Chapter 5. Discussion of findings on social determinants of health
    Chapter 6. Challenges faced in addressing the needs of these children/young people
    Chapter 7. Solutions adopted for these children/young people and their families
    Chapter 8. Outcomes: How these children/young people and their families fared
    Chapter 9 - Discussion of challenges, solutions, and outcomes
    Chapter 10. Conclusions.
    Digital Access Springer 2021
  • Digital
    Hironobu Matsushita, editor.
    Summary: This book is the first to approach healthcare informatics from the perspective of innovation. Drawing on the unique pairing of information and innovation, it offers an analysis to help readers rethink information technology, knowledge management, interprofessional collaboration and the generation of wisdom in the context of healthcare. The concept of "translational" research stems from the medical and health sciences, and features bidirectional and recursive information-generation processes involving bed-to-bench and bench-to-bed approaches. Based partly on this, translational systems science has become a new trend within systems sciences, motivated by the need for practical applications that help people by offering holistic systems solutions for complex ideas. Today, numerous innovations are emerging in diversified clinical practices, and there has been a remarkable convergence of new technologies in disciplines like genome therapy, immunotherapy, iPS cells, imaging diagnosis, personalized medicine, molecular targeted drugs, surgical robots, and remote nursing. Innovation is also occurring in health management fields, including health records, insurance reimbursement methods, quality control, and safety. In these areas, big data and machine learning are accelerating innovation. Behind these innovations are the creation, sharing, bridging, and translation of data, information, knowledge, and wisdom, and as such health informatics is critical in promoting health innovations. The book explores the horizons of health informatics, introducing cutting-edge practical cases and theoretical frameworks, including but not limited to fields such as big data, machine learning, drug discovery, interprofessional collaboration, electronic health records, robotics, telenursing, quality improvement, and safety.

    Contents:
    Chapter 1. Theoretical Foundations: Informatics and Translational Systems Science
    Chapter 2. Shared Context-in-motion: Translational and Transformational Aspects of Information
    Chapter 3. Triad Translational continuum and Translational Leadership
    Chapter 4. Informatics and Electronic Health Records and Patient Care
    Chapter 5. Inter-Professional Approach to Health Informatics
    Chapter 6. Tele Nursing and Health Informatics
    Chapter 7. Communication Robot in the Care Provision
    Chapter 8. Big Data and Machine Learning: Lessons from Intensive Care Medicine
    Chapter 9. Medicine in the Age of Machine Learning and Artificial Intelligence
    Chapter 10. Data Science to Improve Our Understanding of Health and Disease
    Chapter 11. Big Data and Quality Improvement in Healthcare
    Chapter 12. Application of Machine Learning Methods to Drug Discovery.-Chapter 13. Informatics of Intensive care Patient Database
    Chapter 14. Nursing and Informatics: Fall Prevention Integration by Adjusting for the Risk of Falling with a Propensity Score
    Chapter 15. Nursing and Informatics
    Chapter 16. Academic Support for Effective Drug Development for Drug-resistant Bacteria-effects of Concomitant Drug Use of Clindamycin and Benzoyl Peroxide (BPO) on Propionibacterium acnes. -.
    Digital Access Springer 2021
  • Digital
    Mark L. Braunstein.
    Summary: This extensively revised textbook describes and defines the US healthcare delivery system, its many systemic challenges and the prior efforts to develop and deploy informatics tools to help overcome these problems. Now that electronic health record systems are widely deployed, the HL7 Fast Healthcare Interoperability standard is being rapidly accepted as the means to access and share the data stored in those systems and analytics is increasing being used to gain new knowledge from that aggregated clinical data, this book goes on to discuss health informatics from an historical perspective, its current state and likely future state. It then turns to some of the important and evolving areas of informatics including electronic health records, clinical decision support,. population and public health, mHealth and analytics. Numerous use cases and case studies are employed in all of these discussions to help readers connect the technologies to real world challenges. Health Informatics on FHIR: How HL7's API is Transforming Healthcare is for introductory health informatics courses for health sciences students (e.g., doctors, nurses, PhDs), the current health informatics community, computer science and IT professionals interested in learning about the field and practicing healthcare providers. Though this textbook covers an important new technology, it is accessible to non-technical readers including healthcare providers, their patients or anyone interested in the use of healthcare data for improved care, public/population health or research.

    Contents:
    A Brief History and Overview of Health Informatics
    The US Health care system
    Health Informatics in the Real World
    The Empowered Patient
    Health Information Exchange
    FHIR Applications in Payment
    Data and Interoperability Standards
    Pre-FHIR Interoperability and Decision Support Standards
    FHIR
    SMART on FHIR
    mHealth
    Public and Population Health
    Advanced FHIR Applications.
    Digital Access Springer 2022
  • Digital
    Adrian Stavert-Dobson.
    Contents:
    Introduction
    Standards and Quality Management in Health IT
    The Nature of Risk and Safety
    Acceptability and Ownership of Risk
    The Safety Management System
    Undertaking a Clinical Risk Management Project
    The Scope of Clinical Risk Management
    The Hazardous Environment
    Failure of Health IT
    A Framework for Hazards in Health IT Systems
    Structuring the Hazard Register
    Populating the Hazard Register
    Estimating and Evaluating Clinical Risk
    Developing Control Strategies
    Software Testing in Clinical Risk Management
    Gathering Evidence for the Safety Case
    Developing the Safety Case
    Handling Faults in Live Service
    The Safety Case in Live Service
    Availability and Performance
    Evidencing Competency
    Language and Writing Style.
    Digital Access Springer 2016
  • Digital
    Kerryn Butler-Henderson, Karen Day, Kathleen Gray, editors.
    Summary: This book provides a detailed guide to the highly specialised but little known health information workforce - people who are health informaticians, digital health experts, and managers of health data, health information and health knowledge. It explains the basis of their unique functions within healthcare - their educational pathways and standards, professional qualifications and industry certifications, scholarly foundations and principles of good practice. It explores their challenges, including the rise of the health consumer movement, the drive to improve equity and quality in healthcare, new technologies such as artificial intelligence, and the COVID-19 infodemic. Case studies describe how practitioners in real-world roles around the world are addressing the digital transformation of health. The Health Information Workforce: Current and Future Developments offers insights into a skilled group of people who are essential for healthcare services to function, for care providers to practice at the top of their scope, for researchers to generate significant insights, and for care consumers to be empowered participants in health systems. This book offers new perspectives for anyone working or intending to work in the health sector. It is a critical resource for health workforce planners, employers and educators seeking guidance on the specialised capabilities needed for high performance in an increasingly information-intensive sector.

    Contents:
    Introduction
    Book framework
    Identity
    Health information work and workers- a systematic literature review over the past 5 decades
    No home in global occupation lists
    Competency standards and accreditation
    Potatoes or potahtoes: what's in a name?
    Who is your tribe?
    Remaining current and relevant in a changing landscape
    Microcredentials
    fashion, fad or the real deal?
    Health information workers as health
    Impact
    The impact of specialised health information work on health systems performance professionals and as IT professionals
    The socio-technical foundations of health information work
    Evidence-based practice in this workforce
    Practice- based evidence in this workforce
    Case studies of impact on access and equity
    Case studies of impact on safety and quality
    Case studies of impact on efficiency and sustainability
    Innovation
    Globalisation and outsourcing of health information work
    Educating every health professional to be an information professional
    Reinventing health information work in response to AI in healthcare
    Consumer health literacy and digital patients
    the role of the health information workforce
    Identity
    Case study: working as a clinical health information specialist
    medical
    Case study: working as a clinical health information specialist
    nursing
    Case study: working as a clinical health information specialist
    allied health
    Case study: working as a health information management specialist
    Case study: working as a health librarian specialist
    Case study: working as a health data scientist specialist
    Case study: working as a public health information specialist
    Case study: working as a health research information specialist
    Case study: working as a health cyber security specialist
    Case study: working as a health CIO specialist.
    Digital Access Springer 2021
  • Print
    SIUT Pakistan, Sindh Institute of Urology and Transplantation
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Books: General Collection (Downstairs)
    RC872 .H435 2017
    1
  • Digital
    Maria K. Houtchens, A. Dessa Sadovnick, editors.
    Contents:
    Genetic Considerations and Reproductive Planning in Women with MS
    Fertility and Assisted Reproductive Techniques in Women with MS
    Pregnancy Considerations and Pregnancy Outcomes in Women with MS
    Treatment Considerations in Female MS Patients of Reproductive Age
    Pregnancy Registries and Longitudinal Data Collection
    Reproductive Issues in Multiple Sclerosis: Parental MS and Child Outcomes; the Research Perspective
    MS in Adolescence
    Menopause and Multiple Sclerosis
    Multiple Sclerosis, Gender and Disorders of Behavior
    Health Related Quality of Life in Women with Multiple Sclerosis
    Women and Neurological Disability: End of Life Care and Mortality In Women with MS.
    Digital Access Springer 2017
  • Digital
    by Edward Premdas Pinto.
    Summary: This book presents important fields of research in public healthcare in India from an interdisciplinary and health systems perspectives. Discussing how the exchange of power between the health justice triad, viz., the State (judiciary as the arm of the State), legal and medical professions, and civil society, cumulatively shapes the outcomes of health justice for citizens, it provides insights into India's juridico-legal processes and of seeking justice in healthcare. It critically assesses civil society's counter-hegemonic role in bolstering justice in health care and examines the potential of transforming health care jurisprudence into health justice. Repositioning the social right to healthcare as integral to social citizenship and social justice, and opening avenues for inter-professional and interdisciplinary power discourse in public health policy research, the book is of interest to academics, practitioners, students, researchers, and the wide academic community working in public health care issues broadly. .

    Contents:
    Chapter 1
    Introduction
    Chapter 2
    Citizenship, Pursuit of Health Justice and Health Care Jurisprudence
    Chapter 3
    An Overview of Health Care jurisprudence in India
    Chapter 4
    Health care Jurisprudence and Health Justice: Procedural and Substantive justice dimensions
    Chapter 5
    Health Justice and the dialectics of power: State, Medical Profession and Civil Society
    Chapter 6
    Conclusion: Unbundling Health Justice.
    Digital Access Springer 2021
  • Digital/Print
    prepared by Pan American Health Organization.
    Digital Access Google Books 1978-
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Stored offsite. Please request print.
    RA410.9.A47 H43
    1
  • Digital
    edited by Memoona Hasnain, Punam Parikh, Nitasha Chaudhary Nagaraj.
    Contents:
    South Asian Americans : a demographic and socioeconomic profile
    Cardiovascular disease
    Cancer
    Diabetes
    Nutrition
    Obesity
    Tobacco use
    HIV/AIDS
    Women's health
    Lesbian, gay, bisexual, transgender, questioning (LGBTQ) health
    Care of older adults
    Mental health
    Maternal mental health
    Intimate partner violence
    From research to practice and policy : multistakeholder translational research partnerships to reduce South Asian health disparities.
    Digital Access TandFonline 2017
  • Digital
    Anna G. Shillabeer.
    Summary: This book presents a detailed overview of the healthcare environment in Viet Nam. Given the general lack of understanding of healthcare in the Vietnamese context, it discusses the background and history, current status and the future of healthcare in the country. The first part of the book provides a summary of the current state of Vietnamese healthcare, incorporating discussions on the training and professional practice environment and the development, implementation and impact of national insurance policies. In addition, it highlights the cultural aspects of health provision and behaviours, technology integration and health trends from a number of angles based on standard global reporting dimensions. The second part elaborates on the 5-year strategic plan for national healthcare management and the top 5 barriers to meeting these planned objectives. It documents key investors and project objectives and outcomes, as well as the top 10 health issues in Vietnam including an overview of national and international initiatives to tackle these issues, addressing financial and social burdens in the process. In the third part, the book outlines the opportunities and barriers for improvement in healthcare outcomes for Viet Nam, providing evidence to support future work by local or international researchers. It is a fundamental text for anyone looking to work or research in the Vietnamese healthcare environment and provides an outline for project planning and targeted programs of work to achieve measureable improvements in Viet Nam.

    Contents:
    Chapter 1: Introduction
    Chapter 2: The Vietnamese health care landscape
    Chapter 3: Culture and belief systems
    Chapter 4: The infrastructure landscape
    Chapter 5: Current status
    Chapter 6: Health research
    Chapter 7: The top 10 health issues in Viet Nam
    Chapter 8: The future
    Chapter 9: Conclusion
    Bibliography.
    Digital Access Springer 2016
  • Digital
    Bernard Kwabi-Addo.
    Summary: This stimulating volume uses multiple lenses to analyze the complex causes of health disparities affecting minorities, in particular African Americans, and explains how this knowledge can be used to reduce their destructive effects. Pinpointing genetic, non-genetic, and epigenetic factors underlying health conditions common to the population--including heart disease, hypertension, diabetes, and cancer--the author traces intricate links among these factors in the current environmental and social context. The section on non-genetic factors in health disparities, such as social determinants and health behaviors, adds depth to the ongoing discourse on public health and health policy objectives. And the chapters on gene/environment interactions outline the vast potential for developing new multidisciplinary frontiers in shrinking health inequities and personalizing care. Included in the coverage: The African diaspora and disease-specific disparities The genetic basis to health disparities The role of epigenetics Economic factors and health Psychological issues and how they affect disparities Gene-environment interactions in health disparities Race, a biological or social concept Compelling and accessible, Health Outcomes in a Foreign Land will challenge and inspire medical students, epidemiologists, public health professionals, biomedical research scientists, and social scientists to go farther in their work. A wider audience would include policymakers, government officials, nurses, physicians, lawyers, economists, community outreach investigators, and interested general readers.

    Contents:
    Preface
    Acknowledgments
    Chapter 1: Introduction: Disease-specific disparities of the African diaspora
    Part 1: Genetic Factors
    Chapter 2: The genetic basis to health disparity
    Chapter 3: The role of epigenetics
    Part 2: Non-Genetic Elements
    Chapter 4: Economic factors and health
    Chapter 5: Social determinants
    Chapter 6: Behavior and health disparities
    Chapter 7: Health literacy deficits
    Chapter 8: The impact of culture
    Chapter 9: Psychological issues and how they affect disparities
    Part 3: Gene-Environment Interactions
    Chapter 10: Gene-environment interactions in health disparities
    Chapter 11: Race, a biological or social concept
    Chapter 12: Translating health disparities
    Glossary of Terms
    Index
    About the Author.
    Digital Access Springer 2017
  • Digital
    Kelly A. Goudreau, Mary C. Smolenski, editors.
    Summary: The only policy text written specifically for APRN students, this preeminent resource delivers a sweeping examination of policy impact on the full implementation of the APRN role across all environments, including its effectiveness on specific patient populations. The expanded third edition--containing six new chapters--includes expanded information on policy analysis, nursing roles, and the impact of technology. It provides practical knowledge on developing policy to advocate for vulnerable populations--bolstered by case examples--and discusses how interprofessional education has changed and will continue to alter health policy in the United States and internationally. Additionally, the text discusses the evolving influence of the Patient Protection Affordable Care Act (PPACA) and the implications of current and future health policy changes as they affect APRN practice. New doctoral-level content adds to the book's relevance for DNP students. The text addresses the initiative within nursing for Full Practice Authority for all APRNs, which enables them to practice to the full extent of their educational preparation. Edited by experienced APRN leaders who have been closely involved with health policy development, the text meets the requirements of the IOM report on The Future of Nursing and the DNP criteria V for the inclusion of health policy and advocacy in the curriculum. This "call to action" for APRNs is specifically designed for courses serving a variety of APRN trajectories and includes content from all APRN role perspectives in every section.

    Contents:
    Contents
    Contributors
    Foreword
    Preface
    Acknowledgments
    Instructor Resources
    Unit 1: Introduction to Health Policy from an Advanced Practice Perspective
    Chapter 1: Turning Health Policy Into Practice
    Chapter 2: Health Policy Effects on Health Systems
    Chapter 3: Johnson & Johnson's Campaign for Nursing's Future: The Gift That Keeps on Giving
    Chapter 4: Policy Implications for Optimizing Use of APRNs
    Chapter 5: National Academy of Medicine
    Chapter 6: Future of Nursing Report 2030
    Chapter 7: Updates on the Implications for Practice: The Consensus Model for Advanced Practice Registered Nurse Regulation
    Chapter 8: Effective State-Level APRN Leadership in Health Policy.
    Digital Access R2Library 2023
  • Digital
    Kayvan Bozorgmehr, Bayard Roberts, Oliver Razum, Louise Biddle, editors.
    Summary: Forced migration has yet to be sufficiently addressed from the perspective of health policy and systems research, resulting in limited knowledge on system‐level interventions and policies to improve the health of forced migrants. The contributions within this edited volume seek to rectify this gap in the literature by compiling the existing knowledge on health systems and health policy responses to forced migration with a focus on asylum seekers, refugees, and internally displaced people. It also brings together the work of research communities from the fields of political science, epidemiology, health sciences, economics, psychology, and sociology to push the knowledge frontier of health research in the area of forced migration towards health policy and systems-level interventions, while also framing potential routes for further research in this area.
    Digital Access Springer 2020
  • Print
    Paul J. Feldstein, Glenn Melnick.
    Summary: "Health Policy Issues, Eighth Edition provides not only information for those unfamiliar with all the aspects of the U.S. healthcare system, but includes a discussion of the major health policies issues and applies basic economic concepts for understanding and resolving them. The economic approach relies on competitive markets and requires no prior knowledge of economics"-- Provided by publisher.

    Contents:
    The rise of medical expenditures
    How much should we spend on medical care?
    Do more medical expenditures produce better health?
    In whose interest does the physician act?
    Rationing medical services
    How much health insurance should everyone have?
    Why are those who most need health insurance least able to buy it?
    Medicare
    Medicaid
    How does Medicare pay physicians?
    The shortage of physicians and emerging solutions
    Why is getting into medical school so difficult?
    The changing practice of medicine
    The economic outlook for registered nurses
    Do nonprofit hospitals behave differently than for-profit hospitals?
    Competition among hospitals: does it raise or lower costs?
    The future role of hospitals
    Cost shifting
    Can price controls limit medical expenditure increases?
    The evolution of managed care
    Has competition been tried--and has it failed--to improve the us healthcare system?
    Comparative effectiveness research
    Who bears the cost of employee health benefits?
    The high price of prescription drugs
    Ensuring safety and efficacy of new drugs : too much of a good thing?
    Why are prescription drugs less expensive overseas?
    The pharmaceutical industry : a public policy dilemma
    Should kidneys and other organs be bought and sold?
    Should profits in healthcare be prohibited?
    The role of government in medical care
    Health associations and the political marketplace
    Medical research, medical education, alcohol consumption, and pollution : who should pay?
    The Canadian healthcare system
    Employer-mandated national health insurance
    National health insurance : which approach and why?
    Financing long-term care
    The Affordable Care Act : did it achieve its goals?
    Comparative health systems.
    Digital Access R2Library [2023], ©2023
  • Digital
    Rachel Ellison and Lesley Clack.
    Contents:
    Chapter 1 The Basics of the Policymaking Process
    Chapter 2 Federal Legislation Governing Medical Care
    Chapter 3 Patient Protection Policies and Regulations
    Chapter 4 Health Care Financing and Payment Methods
    Chapter 5 Healthcare Quality and Safety
    Chapter 6 Health Insurance and Reimbursement Methods
    Chapter 7 Medicare
    Chapter 8 Medicaid
    Chapter 9 Children’s Health Insurance Program
    Chapter 10 The Uninsured and Underinsured Population in the United States
    Chapter 11 Social Determinants of Health
    Chapter 12 Individual Rights
    Chapter 13 Medical Ethics and Healthcare Professionals
    Chapter 14 The Changing Dynamics of Health Policy and the Health Care Delivery System
    Glossary.
    Digital Access R2Library 2021
    Limited to 1 simultaneous user
  • Print
    Laura E. Matarese, PhD, RDN, LDN, FADA, FASPEN, FAND, Gerard E. Mullin, MD, AGAF, FACG, Kelly A. Tappenden, PhD, RDN, FASPEN.
    Summary: "A comprehensive resource that addresses etiology of specific gastrointestinal disorders, diagnostic criteria, associated nutrition-related problems, risks and benefits of medical, nutritional, and surgical interventions, treatment guidelines, and emerging areas of research." -- Publisher's description.

    Contents:
    Nutrition assessment for patients with gastrointestinal disorders
    Gastrointestinal tests and procedures
    Inflammatory bowel disease
    Short bowel syndrome
    Irritable bowel syndrome
    Celiac disease
    Liver disease
    Pancreatic disease
    Pediatric-originating gastrointestinal disorders
    Gastrointestinal oncology
    Medical treatment of obesity
    Eating disorders
    Food allergies and food intolerances
    The intestinal microbiome
    Prebiotics
    Probiotics
    Gastrointestinal tract surgery
    Bariatric surgery
    Enteral nutrition
    Parenteral nutrition
    Pediatric enteral and parenteral nutrition
    Home parenteral and enteral nutrition
    Drug-nutrient interactions with gastrointestinal drugs
    Nutraceutical supplements
    Ethical and legal considerations in gastrointestinal nutrition interventions.
    Digital Access R2Library 2023
  • Print
    editors Carina Venter, PhD, RDN, Marion Groetch, MS, RDN, John James, MD, Scott H. Sicherer, MD.
    Summary: "The Health Professional's Guide to Nutrition Management of Food Allergies was written, edited, and reviewed by renowned physicians and dietitians from around the world with expertise in food allergy, and in partnership with FARE (Food Allergy Research & Education). This essential reference is designed to support health professionals working with patients of all ages to help safely diagnose and manage allergies to specific foods, including the top nine food allergens, and other allergic disorders related to food. Divided into three sections, the chapters cover the science, rationale, and evidence-based guidance for food allergy diagnosis and management"-- Provided by publisher.
    Digital Access R2Library [2023]
  • Digital
    edited by Aviv Shachak, Elizabeth M. Borycki, Shmuel P. Reis.
    Contents:
    Part I. The changing landscape of information and communication technology (ICT) in health care: implications for health professionals' education
    Section I. The changing nature of the patient-clinicaian relationships
    Section II. Ethical and professional conduct in the digital age
    Section III. Patient safety and quality assurance thrusts in digital healthcare and their influence on clinicians and patients
    Section IV. Health information literacy and creditibility assessment
    Part II. Experiences from the field
    Section V. Training clinicians in informatics and practicing in IT-enabled settings
    Subsection V.A. Curriculum design and implementation strategies
    Section VI. Local and regional interventions
    Section VII. State and national level initiatives
    Part III. Evaluating students and programs.
    Digital Access ScienceDirect 2017
  • Digital
    [edited by] Jessica Coviello.
    Contents:
    Population health / Martha Okafor
    Principles of risk assessment / Elizabeth Roessler
    The history : what to ask about / Elizabeth Roessler
    The physical examination : where to look for preclinical disease / David Brissette
    Laboratory screening tests / David Brissette
    Introduction to the principles of health behavior change / Carolynn Spera Bruno and Babette Biesecker
    Regular exercise / Linda T. Gottlieb
    Nutrition / Lisa Kimmel
    Weight management / Mary SavoyE
    Tobacco use / Lisa M. Fucito
    Substance use / Robert M. Weinrieb
    Contraception / Alison Moriarty Daley
    Sexually transmitted infections / Alison Moriarty Daley
    Depression, mood disorders, and cognitive impairment / Linda Trinh
    Self-examination of the breasts, testes, and skin / Geraldine F. Marrocco
    Chemoprophylaxis / Mary Dietmann
    Immunizations / Nancy C. Banasiak
    Health promotion and disease prevention for children and adolescents / Nancy Banasiak and Alison Moriarty Daley
    What to do with abnormal screening test results? / Leslie A. Kole
    What not to do and why : the arguments against some forms of screening and chemoprevention / Janelle Guirguis-Blake and Russell Harris
    Developing a health maintenance schedule / Kelly F. Holtz and Geraldine Marrocco
    Shared decision making : a path to patient-centered care / Erica S. Spatz
    The future of health promotion and disease prevention in clinical practice / Susanne J. Phillips.
    Digital Access Ovid 2020
  • Digital
    Maya Rom Korin, editor.
    Contents:
    Part I. The foundation
    Part II. Socioecological approach to child and adolescent health
    Part III. Children and adolescent psychological wellness
    Part IV. Social and behavioral wellness in children and adolescents
    Part V. Dietary health in children and adolescents
    Part VI. Children and adolescents in the health care system
    Index.
    Digital Access Springer 2016
  • Digital
    edited by Sam Ghebrehewet, Alex G. Stewart, David Baxter, Paul Shears, David Conrad, and Merav Kliner.
    Summary: A practical guide for practitioners working at all levels in public health and health protection. It is aimed at individuals training in health protection and public health including those with a non-specialist background.

    Contents:
    Section 1. The basics
    Section 2. Infectious disease control case studies and scenarios
    Section 3. Emergency preparedness, resilience and response (EPRR), and business continuity case studies and scenarios
    Section 4. Environmental public health practice case studies and scenarios
    Section 5. Health protection tools
    Section 6. New and emerging health protection issues.
    Digital Access Oxford 2016
  • Digital
    edited by Ron Stock, Bruce Goldberg.
    Contents:
    Section I. Origins of Oregon health reform
    Section II. Implementation of the coordinated care model: key components
    Section III. Future implications for State and National health reform.
    Digital Access ScienceDirect 2017
  • Digital
    edited by Susan K. Kendall.
    Contents:
    The health sciences publishing environment
    One library's story: putting together a collection to support a new medical school
    Managing a health sciences collection
    One library's story: Duke University Medical Center librarians learn to embrace weeding projects
    Managing a collection budget
    One library's story: creating and sustaining a hospital library consortium for purchasing online journals
    User-oriented collection assessment
    One library's story: All or nothing: the University of California walks away from ClinicalKey
    Collaborative collection management
    One library's story: building a Texas-sized shared print repository
    Discovery of the health sciences collection
    One library's story: supporting a reimagined medical school curriculum with targeted library collections and licenses
    Usability and accessibility for health sciences collections
    One library's story: developing accessibility purchasing procedures for electronic resources at the Michigan State University Libraries
    Data in the library: considerations for collection development policy and practice
    The hunt of the unicorn: collection development for special collections in health sciences libraries
    The future of health sciences collection management.
    Limited to 3 simultaneous users
  • Print
    Judith Garrard.
    Contents:
    Basic concepts
    Paper trail : how to plan and manage a search of the literature
    Documents folder : how to select and organize documents for review
    Review matrix : how to abstract the research literature
    Synthesis : how to use a review matrix to write a synthesis
    A library of lit review master folders
    The matrix indexing system
    Matrix applications by health sciences professionals.
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Books: General Collection (Downstairs)
    R118.6 .G37 2014
    1
  • Digital
    Judith Garrard.
    Contents:
    Intro
    Title Page
    Copyright Page
    Dedication
    Brief Contents
    Contents
    Preface
    Acknowledgments
    About the Author
    PART I Fundamentals of a Literature Review
    CHAPTER 1 Introduction
    What Is the Purpose of This Chapter?
    What Is a Review of the Literature?
    What Is the Field of Research Synthesis?
    What Are the Guidelines and Standards in Research Synthesis?
    Other Developments in Health Sciences Guidelines
    What Is the Matrix Method?
    What Is a Review Matrix?
    Overview of Chapters 2-9 and Appendices
    Caroline's Quest: Understanding the Process What You Should Know or Be Able to Do by the End of This Chapter
    References
    CHAPTER 2 Basic Concepts
    What Is the Purpose of This Chapter?
    What Are Source Materials?
    The Anatomy of a Scientific Paper: Basic Structure of a Research Article
    The Methods Map: A Methodological Review of the Literature
    Caroline's Quest: Learning the Concepts
    What You Should Know or Be Able to Do by the End of This Chapter
    References
    PART II The Matrix Method
    CHAPTER 3 Paper Trail Folder: How to Plan and Manage a Search of the Literature
    What Is the Purpose of This Chapter? What Is a Paper Trail?
    How to Organize a Paper Trail Folder
    How to Create and Use a Paper Trail
    How to Use Bibliographic Databases in the Health Sciences
    Predatory Publications, Publishers, and Fake Conferences
    Caroline's Quest: Creating and Managing the Search
    What You Should Know or Be Able to Do by the End of This Chapter
    References
    CHAPTER 4 Documents Folder: How to Select and Use Documents for Review
    What Is the Purpose of This Chapter?
    What Is a Source Document?
    How to Create and Use a Source Documents Subfolder How to Create and Use a PRISMA Flowchart Subfolder
    Caroline's Quest: Assembling and Organizing a Documents Folder
    What You Should Know or Be Able to Do by the End of This Chapter
    References
    CHAPTER 5 Review Matrix Folder: How to Abstract the Research Literature
    What Is the Purpose of This Chapter?
    What Is a Review Matrix?
    Organize a Review Matrix Folder: Three Subfolders
    Generate Column Topics for a Review Matrix
    Read and Abstract Source Documents in a Review Matrix
    Caroline's Quest: Constructing and Using a Review Matrix What You Should Know or Be Able to Do by the End of this Chapter
    References
    CHAPTER 6 Synthesis Folder: How to Write a Synthesis
    What Is the Purpose of This Chapter?
    What Is a Synthesis?
    Organize a Synthesis Folder: Three Subfolders
    Analyze Across Source Documents
    Integrate Across Source Documents
    How to Write: My Own and Others' Experiences
    Caroline's Quest: Writing a Synthesis
    What You Should Know or Be Able to Do by the End of This Chapter
    References
    PART III Applications Using the Matrix Method
    CHAPTER 7 A Library of Master Folders
    Digital Access R2Library 2021
    Limited to 2 simultaneous users
  • Digital
    Adrian Levy, Sarah Goring, Constantine Gatsonis, Boris Sobolev, Ewout van Ginneken, Reinhard Busse, editors.
    Summary: The Handbook of Health Services Research is a reference for all aspects of the field of health services and outcomes research. It addresses the increasing need for comprehensive, yet balanced, information in a field that welcomes various disciplines: medicine, public health, statistics, economics, management, policy, and information technology. This well-organized reference is an indispensable source of information for everyone who seeks to develop understanding of health systems and to learn about historical, political, and socioeconomic factors that influence health policies at the global, national, regional and local level. Specifically, the Handbook helps readers: Recognize core concepts of health services and outcomes research, such as, need, access, equity, quality and safety; Become familiar with social, political, organizational, behavioral and economic theories that have influenced health systems designs; Learn about frameworks developed for evaluating the organization, financing, delivery, utilization and outcomes of health services; Get an introduction to methods of comparative effectiveness research, program evaluation, health technology assessment and health economics; Identify types and sources of data appropriate for generating valid and reliable information about the delivery of health services; Learn about strengths and weaknesses of various research designs used to study health services and policy issues. The online version of the Handbook of Health Services Research is in the format of a dynamically updated knowledge base, offering search tools, cross-referencing across chapters and linking to supplement data, other major reference works and external articles. The Handbook of Health Services Research is accessible at the level of graduate students even if it is not their focus area. This includes students with various backgrounds: medicine, public health, statistics, economics, management or information technology.

    Contents:
    Health Services Data: The Centers for Medicare and Medicaid Services (CMS) Claims Records
    Health Services Information: Lessons Learned from the Society of Thoracic Surgeons National Database
    Measurement of Patient-Reported Outcomes of Health Services
    Micro-Simulation Modeling
    Health System in China
    Provision of Health Services: Long-Term Care
    .
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Digital
    Justin B. Dimick, Carrie C. Lubitz.
    Summary: This book focuses on health services research, offering new materials which are necessary to address the rapid evolution of novel research methodologies in basic science and clinical/educational research and the changing environment for academic surgeons.
    Digital Access Springer 2020
  • Print
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Retired Reference (Downstairs)
    RA407.4.C1 H434
    7
  • Digital
    Isao Kamae.
    Summary: Representing the first book on the topic, this work offers the reader an introduction to the Japanese systems for health technology assessment (HTA) officially introduced by the Ministry of Health, Labour and Welfare (MHLW) in 2016. Policy and guidelines are discussed, with the relevant methods and conditions of cost-effectiveness analysis explained alongside. Numerous instructive examples and exercises, ranging from basic to advanced, impart valuable knowledge and insight on the quantitative methods for economic evaluation, which will appeal to both beginners and experts. This guidebook is authored by Japan's foremost expert in HTA and pharmacoeconomics, with a view to strengthening the reader's expertise in value-based healthcare and decision-making. The methods presented are essential to informing regulatory, local and patient decisions; as such, the book is equally recommended to industry and government, as well as academia, and anyone with an interest in Japanese HTA. -- Provided by publisher.

    Contents:
    Basics to know
    New HTA policy in Japan
    MHLW guidelines for cost-effectiveness analysis
    How to appraise
    Exercises for powerful assessment
    Intermediate level methods
    Advanced research topics.
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Print
    Print
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Books: General Collection (Downstairs)
    Call number varies. Search for Health technology case study to find individual volumes of this title.
  • Digital
    Paolo Vineis.
    Summary: This book discusses globalization and its impact on human health. The population of the world grew from 1 billion in 1800 to 7 billion in 2012, and over the past 50 years the mean temperature has risen faster than ever before. Both factors continue to rise, as well as health inequalities. Our environment is changing rapidly, with tremendous consequences for our health. These changes produce complex and constantly varying interactions between the biosphere, economy, climate and human health, forcing us to approach future global health trends from a new perspective. Preventive actions to improve health, especially in low-income countries, are essential if our future is going to be a sustainable one. After a period of undeniable improvement in the health of the world's population, this improvement is likely to slow down and we will experience- at least locally - crises of the same magnitude as have been observed in financial markets since 2009. There is instability in health systems, which will worsen if preventive and buffering mechanisms do not take on a central role. We cannot exclude the possibility that the allied forces of poverty, social inequalities, climate change, industrial food and lack of governance will lead to a deterioration in the health of large sectors of the population. In low-income countries, while many of the traditional causes of death (infectious diseases) are still highly prevalent, other threats typical of affluent societies (obesity, diabetes, cardiovascular diseases) are increasing. Africa is not only affected by malaria, TB and HIV, but also by skyrocketing rates of cancer. The book argues that the current situation requires effective and coordinated multinational interventions guided by the principle of health as a common good. An entirely competition-driven economy cannot - by its very nature - address global challenges that require full international cooperation. A communal global leadership is called for. Paolo Vineis is Chair of Environmental Epidemiology at Imperial College. His current research activities focus on examining biomarkers of disease risk as well as studying the effects of climate change on non-communicable diseases. "From morality to molecules, environment to equity, climate change to cancer, and politics to pathology, this is a wonderful tour of global health - consistently presented in a clear, readable format. Really, an important contribution." Professor Sir Michael Marmot Director, Institute of Health Equity University College London Author of "The Health Gap" "This book is a salutary and soundly argued reminder that the 'common good' is not simply what remains after individuals and groups have appropriated the majority of societal resources: it is in fact the foundation on which any society rests and without which it collapses." Rodolfo Saracci Senior Visiting Scientist International Agency for Research on Cancer, Lyon, France.

    Contents:
    The double debt : economic and environmental
    An overview of what global health is
    Food
    Climate change
    The environment
    The economic crisis
    Cancer : a time bomb in poor countries
    The epigenetic landscape
    The political choices
    Public health as a common good
    To know more.
    Digital Access Springer 2017
  • Digital/Print
    developed by the Department of Reproductive Health and Research, World Health Organization.
    Summary: Planned and regulated task shifting and task sharing can have a range of benefits. It can ensure a rational optimization of the available health workforce, address health system shortages of specialized health-care professionals, improve equity in access to health care and increase the acceptability of health services for those receiving them. This guideline provides a range of options for expanding of health worker roles in the provision of safe abortion care, the management of complications of abortion (also known as post-abortion care in some settings and provided as part of emergency obstetric care) and for post-abortion contraception provision.
    Digital Access WHO 2015
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Books: General Collection (Downstairs)
    RG734 .H435 2015
    1
  • Digital
    Bairong Shen, editor.
    Contents:
    1. How to become a smart patient in the era of precision medicine?
    2. Physiological informatics: collection and analyses of data from wearable sensors and smartphone for healthcare
    3. Entropy for the complexity of physiological signal dynamics
    4. Data platform for the research and prevention of Alzheimer's Disease
    5. Data analysis for gut microbiota and health
    6. Ontology-based vaccine adverse event representation and analysis
    7. LEMRG: decision rule generation algorithm for mining microRNA expression data
    8. Privacy challenges of genomic big data
    9. Systems health: a transition from disease management toward health promotion.
    Digital Access Springer 2017
  • Digital
    James S. Powers, editor.
    Summary: Healthcare Changes and the Affordable Care Act: A Physician Call to Action provides guidance, examples, and information on processes and timelines for physicians based on the implementation of The Affordable Care Act (ACA) that was established in 2010. This volume focuses on how geriatricians and other healthcare professionals can be engaged in responding to the roll-out of the ACA in their communities, and through this engagement assume leadership roles in local hospitals, healthcare organizations, and medical societies to advance quality improvement and new models of care for older adults. In-depth chapters provide an update on quality improvement efforts at the state level as well as changes in Medicaid financing and the significant impact this will have for older adults, particularly dual-eligibles. Many elements of the ACA are yet to be rolled out and many healthcare decisions are yet to be made. Healthcare Changes and the Affordable Care Act: A Physician Call to Action will guide healthcare decision makers and help them to play a leadership role in advancing quality care for older adults in our changing healthcare environment.

    Contents:
    Geriatricians Involvement in Healthcare Changes
    Quality Improvement Organizations.-Leadership Opportunities for Physicians
    The ABCs of ACOs
    Our Failing System: A Reasoned Approach Toward Single Payer
    Geriatric and Primary Care Workforce Development
    Medicare and Medicaid Coordination ? Special Case of the Dual Eligible Beneficiary
    Care Management: From Channeling to Grace
    Program Evaluation: Defining and Measuring Appropriate Outcomes
    Targeting Interventions and Populations
    Accountable Care Organizations
    A Case Study in the Use of Care Coordination: Montefiore Medical Center
    University of Michigan Case Study: The Physician Group Practice Demonstration.
    Digital Access Springer 2015
  • Digital
    Ziv Gil.
    Summary: In recent years, improving efficiency in healthcare facilities in general, and in hospitals specifically, has become increasingly important. This book provides essential information on the powerful performance results that can be achieved when patient-centered efficiency reforms are implemented within health management systems. Created for departmental and institutional healthcare professionals, this book offers intuitive guidelines, technical tools, and work procedures to comprehensively analyze all aspects of current operations and reconfigure assets in pursuit of serving more patients, reducing costs, and generating revenues. This work is particularly valuable as its focuses on the most basic service unit in any given hospital (department/unit) and on methodologies for enhancing management practice and creating internal cultures of continual change and ongoing development. The book provides effective and lasting solutions that reduce E.R. and physician consultation wait times, complications and hospital readmissions, and laboratory tests performed, as well as increase O.R. productivity, annual numbers of patients served, and overall rates of staff and patient satisfaction. Also addressed are how best to handle moments of crisis (such as COVID-19); ethical and legal concerns; and the hiring, development, promotion, and empowerment of staff. Dedicated sections analyze ways to minimize disruptive behavior among physicians, nurses, and other personnel, and present strategies for improving department meetings, particularly in an era of social distancing. The book also describes how to maximize outcomes through multi-disciplinary approaches, the use of core performance metrics, ongoing data collection and analysis, simple reporting protocols, transparency, and the adoption of technological aids, including dedicated apps. Everything presented in this work has been put into practice. They achieved substantial and sustainable improvements in service delivery - all with little or no change in staff, budgets, and other resources already at hand. This book will help specialists and medical managers in the healthcare market to more effectively use their own resources to achieve levels of performance and success objectives they might otherwise have thought were unattainable.

    Contents:
    Premises
    Deconstruction
    Smells like Team Spirit
    Management 360
    Prelude to Action
    Real Problems Real Solutions
    Metrics
    Crises
    Considerations.
    Digital Access Springer 2021
  • Digital
    Charlotte A. Weaver, Marion J. Ball, George R. Kim, Joan M. Kiel, editors.
    Contents:
    1. Clinical decision support: history and basic concepts
    2. Electronic health record features, functions, and privileges that clinicians need to provide safe and effective care for adults and children
    3. The journey to usability: a vendor's perspective
    4. Snapshot at mid-stride: current state of EHRs and their use by clinicians from a CMIO's perspective
    5. The evolution of EHR-S functionality for care and coordination
    6. Great promises of healthcare information technology deliver less
    7. Ten reasons why interoperability is difficult
    8. The evolution of health information technology policy in the United States
    9. Usability: making it real from concepts to implementation and end-user adoption
    10. Incorporating patient generated health data into chronic disease management: a human factors approach
    11. Transformed roles for a transformed healthcare system: where do clinical informaticists fit in now?
    12. Emerging roles in health and healthcare
    13. Impact of the digital age on transforming healthcare
    14. Health information crossroad: an opportunity to deliver real measurable outcomes for better health and well being
    15. Health IT"s essential role in the patient-centered medical home and practice-based population health management
    16. Patient-interactive healthcare management, a model for achieving patient experience excellence
    17. The patient of the future: participatory medicine and enabling technologies
    18. Data driven patient safety and clinical information technology
    19. Simulation: a view into the future of education
    20. The health record banking model for health information infrastructure
    21. Next generation wellness: a technology model for personalizing healthcare
    22. Wearable technologies and telehealth in care management for chronic illness
    23. The role of big data and analytics in health payer transformation to consumer-centricity
    24. Interoperability: E pluribus unum
    25. Privacy and data security: HIPAA and HITECH
    26. Building a reliable and affordable system fo medical care
    27. Engineering the next generation of health systems
    28. Emerging clinical decision support technology for the twenty first century
    29. Beyond current HIMS: future visions and a roadmap
    30. Big data analytical technologies and decision support in critical care
    31. Data driven analytics for personalized healthcare
    32. Cognitive computing for electronic medical records
    33. Health information systems 2025.
    Digital Access Springer 2016
  • Digital
    Ball, Marion J.; Kiel, Joan M.; Kim, George R.
    Summary: This new edition of the classic textbook provides bold and honest descriptions of the current and evolving state of US healthcare information technology. Emerging technologies and novel practice and business models are changing the delivery and management of healthcare, as innovation and adoption meet new needs and challenges, such as those posed by the recent COVID-19 pandemic. Many facets of these are presented in this volume: The increasing mutual impact of information technology and healthcare with respect to costs, workforce training and leadership The changing state of healthcare IT privacy, security, interoperability and data sharing through health information exchange The rise and growing importance of telehealth/telemedicine in the era of COVID-19 Innovations and trends in the development and deployment of health IT in public health, disease modeling and tracking, and clinical/population health research Current work in health IT as it is used in patient safety, chronic disease management, critical care, rehabilitation/long-term/home-based patient care and care coordination "Brave new world" visions of healthcare and health IT, with forward- looking considerations of the impact of artificial intelligence, machine learning on healthcare equity and policy Building on the success of previous editions, this 5th edition of Healthcare Information Management Systems: Cases, Strategies, and Solutions provides healthcare professionals insights to new frontiers and to the directions being taken in the technical, organizational, business and management aspects of information technology in the ongoing quest to optimize healthcare quality and cost, and to improve universal health at all levels.

    Contents:
    The Current State
    The Current State of US Healthcare and Information Infrastructure
    Meeting the Quadruple Aim: How and why Healthcare Information Systems STILL deliver less than expected: What is (and is not) being done
    Current State and Evolution of Healthcare Payments
    Data Governance
    Interoperability: Technical
    Interoperability: Policy/Business
    Information Security and Assurance
    Streamlining for Medical Innovation in the Data Era: The 21st century Cures Act
    Patient Safety
    Patient Engagement and Activation
    Ambulatory and Patient Self-care Support for Chronic Condition Care Over Time
    Health IT in Managing Complex Conditions and Care: Oncology
    Telemedicine
    Leveraging HIT to Understand and Guide Community, Public and Population Health
    Real-Time Management of Patient Data in Critical Care for Optimizing Patient Care
    Various Technologies: NLP, Blockchain, ML/AI
    Visions and Roadmap for HIMS
    Healthcare, Healthcare IT, Information and Ethics
    The Learning Healthcare System.
    Digital Access Springer 2022
  • Digital
    Sean P. Murphy.
    Summary: Written by an expert in the field with multiple industry certifications, this definitive resource fully addresses information security and privacy considerations and their implications within the business of patient care. The book begins with an overview of the organization, financing, and delivery of healthcare and discusses technology, terminology, and data management principles. The topic coverage continues across all aspects of information security and privacy, with a special emphasis on real-life scenarios in clinical practices and business operations in healthcare. Learn best practices for healthcare information security and privacy with detailed coverage of essential topics such as information governance, roles and occupations, risk assessment and management, incident response, patient rights, and cybersecurity. Written for a global audience, this comprehensive guide addresses U.S. laws and regulations as well as those within the European Union, the United Kingdom, and Canada.--Publisher description.

    Contents:
    Part I: A Healthcare Organization and Information Risk Overview
    Healthcare : organization, technology, and data
    Healthcare : people, roles, and third-party partners
    Healthcare information regulation
    Information risk decision making
    Third-party risk management and promoting awareness
    Information security and privacy events management
    Part II: Healthcare Information Privacy and Security Management
    Information privacy : patient rights and healthcare responsibilities
    Protecting digital health information : cybersecurity fundamentals
    Impact of information privacy and security on health IT
    Workforce competency in healthcare
    Administering risk management and cybersecurity.
    Digital Access AccessMedicine 2015
  • Digital
    Ami B. Bhatt, editor.
    Summary: This unique book comprehensively reviews how information technology is changing cardiovascular medical practice. Chapters include a wide range of topics from specific technologies and virtual care education to large system implementation. Extensive illustrative material and specific case studies are included throughout to reinforce key concepts and enable the reader to develop an understanding of how information technology is impacting medical practice. Health equity, medicolegal ethics, and regulatory considerations are also covered. Healthcare Information Technology for Cardiovascular Medicine: Telemedicine & Digital Health provides a foundation for better understanding how these technologies impact cardiovascular care delivery. Its comprehensive analysis enables healthcare providers and other stakeholders to enhance clinical practice through digital health implementation.

    Contents:
    An introduction to Virtual Care Delivery: A Boots on the Ground Perspective
    The Essentials to Building a Curriculum for Virtual Care Delivery Education
    Negotiating with and Influencing the Payor Landscape for Telemedicine
    Evaluating and Promoting Digital Medical Technologies as a Cardiology Clinician
    How practicing clinicians can meaningfully interact with the Fortune 500 of Digital Health
    Digital Health is More than Wellness: Managing Physiology with Digital Interventions
    Telemedicine in the Military: A Case for Review
    Behavioral Telemedicine is an agent of Culture Change
    The Wearable Landscape: Whose Responsibility is It?
    Trust in Artificial Intelligence: Clinicians are Essential
    Legal Issues in Virtual Cardiology Care: Boxed Pearls for each chapter about the active legal issues in that field
    Putting it all Together.
    Digital Access Springer 2021
  • Digital
    Lynn V. Monrouxe, Charlotte E. Rees.
    Contents:
    What is healthcare professionalism?
    Teaching and learning healthcare professionalism
    Assessing healthcare professionalism
    Identity-related professionalism dilemmas
    Consent-related professionalism dilemmas
    Patient safety-related professionalism dilemmas
    Patient dignity-related professionalism dilemmas
    Abuse-related professionalism dilemmas
    E-professionalism-related dilemmas
    Professionalism dilemmas across national cultures
    Professionalism dilemmas across professional cultures.
    Digital Access Wiley 2017
  • Print
    Maulik S. Joshi, Scott B. Ransom, Elizabeth R. Ransom, David B. Nash, editors.
    Summary: "Every healthcare organization is on its own unique journey, but each one needs a road map to a common destination-quality. Improving the quality of care is an essential strategy for surviving-and thriving-in today's demanding healthcare environment"-- Provided by publisher.

    Contents:
    Overview of healthcare quality / Maulik S. Joshi and Marianthi Hatzigeorgiou
    Quality improvement models and frameworks for excellence / Cathy E. Duquette
    Variation in medical practice and implications for quality / Briget da Graca, David Nicewander, Brett D. Stauffer, and David J. Ballard
    Statistical tools for quality improvement / Davis Balestracci
    Safety science and high reliability organizing / Craig Clapper and Tami Strong
    Health equity and diversity / Deneen Richmond
    Population health / Deneen Richmond
    Quality measurement : measuring what matters / Thomas H. Lee and Deirdre E. Mylod
    Value-based purchasing / Lucy Liu, Rachel Zeldin, Julia Goldner, and Scott B. Ransom
    Health system transformation / Dan Shellenbarger, Bryce Bach, Hector Nelson, and Scott B. Ransom
    Quality and leadership : utilizing measures to create alignment / Michael D. Pugh
    Governance for quality / Kathryn C. Peisert
    The digitization of healthcare / Saad Chaudhry
    Putting It all together : three quality improvement case studies / edited by Kedar Mate and Dan Schummers.
    Digital Access R2Library [2024]
  • Digital
    edited by Debra Nestel, Michelle Kelly, Brian Jolly, Marcus Watson.
    Contents:
    Section I. Introduction
    Section II. Theoretical perspectives and frameworks for healthcare simulation
    Section III. Contemporary issues in healthcare simulation
    Section IV. Elements of simulation practice
    Section V. Innovations in healthcare simulation practice
    Section VI. Conclusions and future practice.
    Digital Access Wiley 2018
  • Digital
    Debra Nestel, Joshua Hui, Kevin Kunkler, Mark W. Scerbo, Aaron W. Calhoun, editors.
    Summary: This book provides readers with a detailed orientation to healthcare simulation research, aiming to provide descriptive and illustrative accounts of healthcare simulation research (HSR). Written by leaders in the field, chapter discussions draw on the experiences of the editors and their international network of research colleagues. This seven-section practical guide begins with an introduction to the field by relaying the key components of HSR. Sections two, three, four, and five then cover various topics relating to research literature, methods for data integration, and qualitative and quantitative approaches. Finally, the book closes with discussions of professional practices in HSR, as well as helpful tips and case studies. Healthcare Simulation Research: A Practical Guide is an indispensable reference for scholars, medical professionals and anyone interested in undertaking HSR.

    Contents:
    Section I. Introduction to Healthcare Simulation Research
    Ch 1: Developing expertise in healthcare simulation research
    Ch 2: A contemporary history of healthcare simulation research
    Ch 3: Programs of research in healthcare simulation
    Ch 4: Starting your research project: from problem to theory to question
    Ch 5: Overview of serious gaming and virtual reality
    Ch 6: Overview of computational modeling and simulation
    Section II. Finding and Making Use of Existing Literature
    Ch 7: Seeking, reviewing and reporting on healthcare simulation research
    Ch 8: Systematic and nonsystematic reviews: choosing an approach
    Section III. Qualitative Approaches in Healthcare Simulation Research
    Ch 9: Introduction to qualitative research in healthcare simulation
    Ch 10: Key concepts in qualitative research design
    Ch 11: Refining your qualitative approach in healthcare simulation research
    Ch 12: In-depth interviews
    Ch 13: Focus groups in healthcare simulation research
    Ch 14: Observational methods in simulation research
    Ch 15: Visual methods in simulation-based research
    Ch 16: Survey and other textual data
    Ch 17: Transcription and data management
    Ch 18: Grounded theory methodology: key principles
    Ch 19: Analyzing data: approaches to thematic analysis
    Ch 20: Naturally occurring data: conversation, discourse, and hermeneutic analysis
    Section IV. Quantitative Approaches in Healthcare Simulation Research
    Ch 21: Quantitative research in healthcare simulation
    an introduction and discussion of common pitfalls
    Ch 22: Research and hypothesis testing
    moving from theory to experiment
    Ch 23: Designing quantitative research studies
    Ch 24: Outcome measures and data
    Ch 25: Designing, choosing, and using assessment tools in healthcare simulation research
    Ch 26: Reliability and validity
    Ch 27: Statistical analysis: getting to insight through collaboration and critical thinking
    Ch 28: Nonparametric tests used in simulation research
    Ch 29: Contemporary analysis of simulation-based research data: P values, statistical power, and effect size
    Ch 30: Advanced statistical analyses
    Section V. Mixed Methods and Data Integration
    Ch 31: Applying mixed methods research to healthcare simulation
    Ch 32: Making use of diverse data sources in healthcare simulation research
    Section VI. Professional Practices in Healthcare Simulation Research
    Ch 33: Writing a research proposal for sponsorship or funding
    Ch 34: Writing an ethics application
    35: Strategies in developing a simulation research proposal
    Ch 36: Identifying and applying for funding
    Ch 37: Anatomy of a successful grant proposal
    Ch 38: Establishing and maintaining multicenter studies in healthcare simulation research
    Ch 39: Supervision in healthcare simulation research: creating rich experiences
    Ch 40: Project management in healthcare simulation research
    Ch 41: Disseminating healthcare simulation research
    Ch 42: Writing for publication
    Ch 43: Peer review for publications: a guide for reviewers
    Section VII. Getting Started in Healthcare Simulation Research: Tips and Case Studies
    Ch 44: Unpacking the social dimensions of research
    how to get started in healthcare simulation research
    Ch 45: Case Study 1: Joining the research conversation: the romance and reality
    Ch 46: Case Study 2: Discovering qualitative research
    Ch 47: Case Study 3: Application of quantitative methodology
    Ch 48: Case Study 4: Navigating the peer review process in healthcare simulation: a doctoral student's perspective.
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Digital
    Brenda Kulhanek, Kathleen Mandato, editors.
    Summary: This book is a foundational resource on how to create, implement and maintain a successful healthcare technology training program. It demonstrates the impact of efficient and effective training, and underscores the importance of high-quality content, emphasizing the need to base training on a framework of contemporary learning science to support interactive and relevant training experiences. Details of the latest educational technologies are provided along with instructions on how to implement and maintain appropriate training courses for optimal informatics outcomes. Healthcare Technology Training: An Evidence-based Guide for Improved Quality provides a valuable and comprehensive resource for implementing and maintaining a successful training program by providing a unique all-in-one reference tool with examples and scenarios tailored to informaticians and all healthcare users of technology.

    Contents:
    Introduction
    Purpose of this book
    Training versus education
    Development
    Why is Training Important?
    Errors
    Legal challenges
    Work is based on technology
    Data reliability
    Leadership and working with stakeholders
    Change management and communication
    Leveraging the Adult Brain
    Learning theories
    Learning science
    Neuroscience
    Generational Training Needs
    Training Development Models
    ADDIE
    Other models
    Assessment of Learners
    Designing Training for Best Results
    Developing Training
    Training Delivery
    Training Evaluation
    Assessing Competency
    Sustaining/evaluating learning and proficiency on an ongoing basis (developing)
    Ongoing Training System Updates and Changes with Rapid Turnaround.
    Digital Access Springer 2022
  • Digital
    Henry Buchwald.
    Summary: Inspired by witnessing and experiencing the changes in healthcare and its delivery over the past 50 years, Dr. Henry Buchwald observes and comments on the current state of healthcare in the United States. His narrative includes the history, the historical data, and personal experiences of a healthcare system that has moved away from caring, first and foremost, for patients. This expensive, impersonal system, he believes may not be in the best interest either of the nation or of the people it purports to heal. As the title suggests, it appears that healthcare has been turned upside down to serve the administrators of the system and away from its basic function of offering the best care for patients. With this basic principle in mind, the topics presented in this book provide and discuss healthcare statistics and alterations to the language of medicine. The chapters themselves examine the transformations to the medical school, the clinic and the office, the hospital, and the practice. Additional chapters discuss the role of the payers, public health research, as well as pandemics, including COVID-19, the advantages and disadvantages of socialized medicine, as well as the broken doctor/patient relationship. Finally, Dr. Buchwald offers thoughts on the areas in which future healthcare efforts can most fruitfully be expended. Analysing todays pervading administrative domination of essentially every facet of healthcare, Healthcare Upside Down thoughtfully considers the variety of ways in which we can turn the current healthcare system right-side up to serve those who should be the ultimate beneficiaries all of us as patients, now and in the future.

    Contents:
    Statistics
    The Language of Change
    The Medical School
    The Clinic and the Office
    The Hospital
    The Practice
    Payers
    Socialized Medicine
    Public Health, Research and Pandemics
    COVID-19
    Doctor/Patient Relationships
    Where Do We Go from Here?
    Digital Access Springer 2022
  • Print
    Sandro Galea.
    Summary: Public health can rightly claim its share of victories: healthier cities, widespread sanitation, broader availability of nutrient-rich food, and reductions in violence and injury. But for all these gains, today we face a new set of challenges, ones complicated by political and professional shifts that threaten to fundamentally change the health of populations. Healthier is both an affirmation and an essential summary of the current challenges and opportunities for those working in and around the improvement of population health. The essays contained here champion an approach to health that is consequentialist and rooted in social justice -- an expansion of traditional, quantitatively motivated public health that will both inform and inspire any reader from student to seasoned practitioner. Galea's cogent, incisive arguments guarantee that his perspective, currently at the forefront of public health, will soon become conventional wisdom. -- Provided by publisher.

    Contents:
    Acknowledgements
    Dedication
    1. Introduction
    Section 1. The foundations of population health
    2. The aspirations and strategies of public health
    3. Social justice, public health
    4. On mechanisms vs. foundations
    5. What health, for whom?
    6. Pasteur's quadrant and population health
    7. Producing health over a lifetime
    8. Shaping values, elevating health
    9. Towards a culture of health
    10. Paternalism: unavoidable, perhaps desirable
    11. At the heart of it all, empathy
    12. On courage
    Section 2. The world as it is
    13. More hate, more harm
    14. The burden of incarceration
    15. Finding a way out: suicide and the health of populations
    16. The heavy toll of substance use
    17. The health effects of war
    18. Out in the cold
    19. Priced out of health
    20. When disaster strikes
    21. Climate change and our health
    22. Reproductive health, reproductive justice
    23. Coming to terms with firearms
    24. The corrosive role of racism
    Section 3. On inequities and the health of marginalized populations
    25. On health haves and health have nots
    26. Income and health
    27. What Flint teaches us 28. Gender equity, almost
    29. The well-being of LGBT populations
    30. Transgender today
    31. The health of immigrants
    32. Caring for refugees
    Section 4. The challenges faced by public health
    33. Population health science-are we doing it wrong?
    34. To screen, or not to screen
    35. Knowledge and values
    36. A step backwards on vaccines
    37. Living with complexity
    38. Moving beyond
    39. On ignorance
    40. Acknowledging luck
    Section 5. Towards a healthier world
    41. Aging healthy
    42. In the heart of the city, health
    43. Towards an activist public health
    44. Promoting prevention
    45. Innovating for a healthier public
    46. Who should we talk to, and how?
    47. On engaging the media
    48. Making the acceptable unacceptable
    49. Social movements and the conditions of health
    50. Public health as public good
    51. A world without public health
    Index.
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Books: General Collection (Downstairs)
    RA418 .G35 2018
    1
  • Digital
    editor, Patrick P. Coll.
    Summary: This book highlights both biomedical and psychosocial interventions, including lifestyle changes that promote healthy aging. The text begins with an introduction to the principles of disease prevention and health promotion with an emphasis on the impact of age on life expectancy, disease and disability. Written by experts who have an interest in healthy aging, the text highlights steps that patients and their healthcare providers can take to promote healthy aging. There is an emphasis on maintaining function and preventing disability with increasing age. Common biomedical interventions including exercise, nutrition, sleep and cancer prevention are addressed in detail. The text then shifts to address the psychosocial determinant of healthy aging including, housing, relationships, intimacy, work and spirituality. The text then outlines steps that healthcare systems and public policy agencies should adopt to promote healthy aging, both for those who are older now and for those who will be older in the future. Healthy Aging is an important resource for those working with older patients, including geriatricians, family medicine physicians, nurses, gerontologists, students, public health administrators, and all other medical professionals.
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Digital
    Evelyne de Leeuw, Jean Simos, editors.
    Summary: This forward-looking resource recasts the concept of healthy cities as not only a safe, pleasant, and green built environment, but also one that creates and sustains health by addressing social, economic, and political conditions. It describes collaborations between city planning and public health creating a contemporary concept of urban governance?a democratically-informed process that embraces values like equity. Models, critiques, and global examples illustrate institutional change, community input, targeted assessment, and other means of addressing longstanding sources of urban health challenges. In these ambitious pages, healthy cities are rooted firmly in the worldwide movement toward balanced and sustainable urbanization, developed not to disguise or displace entrenched health and social problems, but to encourage and foster solutions. Included in the coverage: Towards healthy urban governance in the century of the city Healthy cities emerge: Toronto, Ottawa, Copenhagen The role of policy coalitions in understanding community participation in healthy cities projects Health impact assessment at the local level The logic of method for evaluating healthy cities Plus: extended reports on healthy cities and communities in North and Latin America, Africa, Europe, Asia, Oceania, and the Middle East Healthy Cities will interest and inspire community leaders, activists, politicians, and entrepreneurs working to improve health and well-being at the local level, as well as public health and urban development scholars and professionals.

    Contents:
    Part I: Foundations and Historical Backdrop
    Introduction: Aims and Objectives of this Book
    Paleo-Epidemiology, Nomadism and Sedentism: Health and the City
    Urbanisation and Public Health
    Health in Canada in the 1970s and 1980s: Hotbed of Innovation
    Healthy Cities Emerge: Toronto
    Ottawa
    Copenhagen
    Healthy Cities Grow: Development of International, National, Regional, Linguistic Networks
    Eleven Qualities a City Should Strive to Provide (1986)
    Part II: Conceptual Framework and Analysis: Healthy Cities Working from a Joint Value Base
    From Movement to Maturity?- Africa
    Anglophone
    Africa
    Francophone
    Africa
    Maghreb
    Arabic
    Central and South America
    North America
    Europe
    South-East Asia
    Asia-Pacific
    Oceania
    Wrap-Up: Values and Governance for Urban Health
    Part III: The Analysis Continues: Thematic Priorities
    The Role of the Community and Policy Coalitions
    Greening the City
    Environments for Health
    From Urban Projects to Healthy City Policies
    Futuring for Healthy Mega-Cities
    Methodological Reflections on Generating Evidence for Healthy Cities
    Health and Social Impact Assessment for Urban Health
    Conclusion: A Critical Appraisal at the Movement's 25th Birthday.
    Digital Access Springer 2017
  • Digital
    Jennifer Marsh, John Gray, Antonella Tosti.
    Contents:
    1. Healthy hair: form and function
    2. Root-to-tip hair health
    3. Understanding hair damage
    4. Healthy hair method assessments
    5. Clinical signs of hair damage
    6. Hair density reduction
    7. Cosmetic products and hair health
    Index.
    Digital Access Springer 2015
  • Digital
    Lisa Elaine Skemp, Melanie Creagan Dreher, Susan Primm Lehmann.
    Contents:
    The cultural framework of community health
    Culturally informed community health practice
    Learning the culture and health of communities
    The practice project
    Discovering the culture of your community
    Determining the health of your community
    Laying the foundation for a healthy community agenda
    Leading culturally informed community action.
    Digital Access AccessAPN 2016
  • Digital
    Emily P. Green.
    Summary: This book is a practical guide for busy clinicians and educators within the biomedical sciences on how to improve their presentations. It includes specific, practical guidance on crafting a talk, tips on incorporating interactive elements to facilitate active learning, and before-and-after examples of improved slide design. Chapters discuss all aspects of exceptional presentations such as the identification of main concepts, organization of content, and best practices for creating lectures that are focused on the facilitation of learning rather than on passive information transfer. The examples provided are grounded in the biomedical sciences where presentations are necessarily dense and rich with critical content, making this book an essential read for anyone who lectures within a biomedical curriculum or presents at professional conferences. This book also addresses hot topics in medical education such as presenting on virtual platforms, and reviewing teaching materials for diversity, inclusion, and bias. These topics are not addressed in any other books on the market, and they address real gaps in medical and health professions training. Written from the perspective of an educator with over 20 years of experience in medical education, Healthy Presentations: How to Craft Exceptional Lectures in Medicine, the Health Professions, and the Biomedical Sciences recognizes the importance of high-quality, inclusive, and learner-centered presentations, and it provides essential guidance and support to the faculty who create them.

    Contents:
    Quality matters
    Myth-busting
    Crafting a talk
    Incorporating opportunities for active learning
    The basics of slide design
    Reviewing slides for diversity and inclusion
    The delivery
    Presenting virtually
    Implementing change.
    Digital Access Springer 2021
  • Digital/Print
    Gerald R. Popelka, Brian C. J. Moore, Richard R. Fay, Arthur N. Popper, editors.
    Contents:
    Preface
    Introduction to Hearing Aids
    Population of Hearing Aid Candidates
    Hearing Aid Transducers
    Speech Perception and Hearing Aids
    Hearing Aid Signal Processing
    Spatial Hearing and Interactions with Hearing Aids
    Wireless Connectivity and Patient Interface
    Fitting and Clinical Verification of Hearing Aid Performance
    Validation of Hearing Aid Performance in Everyday Life
    Listening to Music through Hearing Aids
    Future Directions for Hearing Aid Development
    Digital Access Springer 2016
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Books: General Collection (Downstairs)
    RF300 .H437 2016
    1
  • Digital
    Andrew H. Bass, Joseph A. Sisneros, Arthur N. Popper, Richard R. Fay, editors.
    Contents:
    1. Hormone and Reproductive-Dependent Plasticity of Hearing
    An Overview: Andrew Bass and Joseph Sisneros
    2. Hormone-dependent plasticity of auditory systems in fishes: Paul Forlano, Karen Maruska, Joseph Sisneros and Andrew Bass
    3. Effects of hormones on the auditory system and acoustic communication in frogs: Walter Wilczynski (awaiting confirmation)
    4. Reproductive and hormone dependent effects on peripheral and hindbrain auditory processing in birds: Melissa Caras, Edwin Rubel and Eliot Brenowitz (awaiting confirmation)
    5. Control of central auditory processing by brain generated estrogen in birds: Luke Remage-Healey
    6. The role of estrogen in mammalian (mouse) auditory function: Barbara Canlon (awaiting confirmation)
    7. The role of thyroid hormone on mammalian auditory function. Douglas. Forrest (awaiting confirmation)
    8. Hormone replacement therapy and its effects on human hearing: Robert Frisina (awaiting confirmation)
    9. Sex differences and hormonal effects on human audition: Dennis McFadden (awaiting confirmation)
    10. Estrogen and regeneration of mammalian hair cells: Elizabeth Oesterle and Jennifer Stone (awaiting confirmation)
    11. Reproductive related social plasticity and hearing in mammals: Robert Liu (awaiting confirmation).
    Digital Access Springer 2016
  • Digital
    Huawei Li, Renjie Chai, editors.
    Summary: This book systematically discusses the pathogenesis, prevention, and the current and potential clinical treatment of hearing loss, as well as the latest advances in hearing research. Hearing loss is a prevalent sensory disorder, which according to a 2015 World Health Organization (WHO) report affected 9% of the global population in 2015. As populations continue to age, more and more people are suffering from the condition, with 60% of those aged between 65 and 75 affected. Hearing loss seriously affects patients' ability to work ability and quality of life, and as such deafness has become an increasingly urgent social problem around the globe. Sensorineural hearing loss is mainly caused by damage to the hair cells (HCs), and the subsequent loss of spiral ganglion neurons (SGNs). Damage to the HCs in the inner ear can result from exposure to loud noises and environmental and chemical toxins as well as genetic disorders, aging, and certain medications. This book provides ENT specialists and researchers, as well as individuals affected a comprehensive introduction to the field of hearing loss.

    Contents:
    Hair cell regeneration
    Hair cell Protection against ototoxic drugs induced hearing loss
    Noise Induced Cochlear Synaptopathy and Ribbon Synapse Regeneration: repair process and therapeutic target
    Protection and prevention of age-related hearing loss
    Diagnosis, Intervention and Prevention of Genetic Hearing Loss
    Protection of spiral ganglion neurons and prevention of auditory neuropathy
    Advances in Diagnosis and Treatment of Tinnitus
    Cochlear implantation and rehabilitation
    Non-implantable artificial hearing technology
    Stem cells: a new hope for hearing loss therapy.
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Digital
    Jos J. Eggermont.
    Contents:
    Part I. The Basics
    1. Hearing Basics.
    1.1 Hearing Sensitivity in the Animal Kingdom
    1.2 The Mammalian Middle Ear
    1.3 The Mammalian Inner Ear
    1.4 The Auditory Nerve
    1.5 Ribbon Synapses
    1.6 The Central Afferent System
    1.7 The Efferent System
    1.8 Sound Localization
    1.9 Summary
    References
    2. Brain Plasticity and Perceptual Learning
    2.1 The External Environment
    2.2 Learning Paradigms
    2.3 Perceptual Learning
    2.4 Auditory Training
    2.5 AV Training
    2.6 Music Training
    2.7 Training by Playing Action Video Games
    2.8 Summary
    References
    3. Multisensory Processing
    3.1 Multimodal Auditory Cortical Areas
    3.2 AV Interaction in Humans
    3.3 Auditory-Somatosensory Interaction
    3.4 Summary
    References
    Part II. The Problem
    4. Hearing Problems
    4.1 The Various Consequences of Noise Exposure
    4.2 Sound Localization Problems
    4.3 The Cocktail Party, Where Identification and Localization Come Together
    4.4 Other Consequences of Hearing Loss
    4.5 Neurological Disorders With Hearing Problems
    4.6 Hearing Disorders Without Hearing Sensitivity Loss
    4.7 Nonauditory Effects of Hearing Loss
    4.8 Summary
    References
    5. Types of Hearing Loss
    5.1 Site of Lesion Testing
    5.2 Conductive Hearing Loss
    5.3 Use of Tympanometry in Detecting Conductive Hearing Loss
    5.4 Sensorineural Hearing Loss
    5.5 Loudness Recruitment
    5.6 Auditory Neuropathy
    5.7 Vestibular Schwannoma
    5.8 Ménière's Disease
    5.9 Age-Related Hearing Impairment (Presbycusis)
    5.10 Summary
    References
    Part III. The Causes
    6. Causes of Acquired Hearing Loss
    6.1 Occupational Noise Exposure in General
    6.2 Recreational Noise and Music
    6.3 Animal Research into Effects of Noise Exposure on the Brain
    6.4 Ototoxicity
    6.5 Long-Term Effects of Conductive Hearing Loss in Infancy
    6.6 Vestibular Schwannoma
    6.7 Ménière's Disease
    6.8 Diabetes
    6.9 Summary
    References
    7. Epidemiology and Genetics of Hearing Loss and Tinnitus
    7.1 Epidemiology of Sensorineural Hearing Loss
    7.2 Epidemiology of Age-Related Hearing Loss
    7.3 Epidemiology of Tinnitus
    7.4 Epidemiology of Smoking and Alcohol Consumption
    7.5 Epidemiology of Diabetes
    7.6 Epidemiology of Otitis Media
    7.7 Epidemiology of Auditory Neuropathy Spectrum Disorder
    7.8 Genetics of Sensorineural Hearing Loss
    7.9 Genetics of Otosclerosis
    7.10 Genetics of Auditory Neuropathy
    7.11 Gene Networks
    7.12 Hereditary Versus Acquired Hearing Loss
    7.13 Summary
    References
    8. Early Diagnosis and Prevention of Hearing Loss
    8.1 Normal Human Auditory Development
    8.2 Effects of Early Hearing Loss on Speech Production
    8.3 Early Detection
    8.4 Noise Exposure During Adolescence and Young Adulthood
    8.5 Physical Hearing Protection
    8.6 Education
    8.7 Drug Protection Against Noise-Induced Hearing Loss
    8.8 Summary
    References
    Part IV. The Treatments
    9. Hearing Aids
    9.1 Effects of Hearing Loss
    9.2 Acclimatization and Plasticity
    9.3 Satisfaction and Quality of Life
    9.4 Types of Hearing Aids
    9.5 Processing
    9.6 High-Frequency Hearing Loss, Loudness Recruitment, and Reduced SNR
    9.7 Hearing Aids and Music Perception
    9.8 Hearing Aids and Tinnitus
    9.9 Summary
    References
    10. Implantable Hearing Aids
    10.1 Bone Conduction Mechanisms
    10.2 Bone-Anchored Hearing Aids
    10.3 Implantable Active Middle Ear Devices
    10.4 Summary
    References
    11. Cochlear Implants
    11.1 Basics of Cochlear Implants
    11.2 A Little History
    11.3 Sound Processing Strategies
    11.4 Temporal Processing With a Cochlear Implant
    11.5 Effects of Age on Implantation
    11.6 Cochlear Implants and Music Perception
    11.7 One-Sided or Bilateral Implantation?
    11.8 Cochlear Implantation and Tinnitus
    11.9 Modeling Studies
    11.10 Summary
    References
    Part V. The Future
    12. Auditory Brainstem and Midbrain Implants
    12.1 Auditory Brainstem Implants
    12.2 Auditory Midbrain Implants
    12.3 Summary
    References
    13. Repairing and Building New Ears
    13.1 Gene Therapy for Hereditary Hearing Loss
    13.2 Regenerating Hair Cells
    13.3 Birds Can Do It
    13.4 Trials in Mammals
    13.5 Outlook
    References
    Appendix A: Electrocochleography From the Promontory and via a Cochlear Implant.
    Digital Access
    Provider
    Version
    ScienceDirect
    ClinicalKey
  • Print
    Sandeep Jauhar.
    Summary: "For centuries, the human heart seemed beyond our understanding: an inscrutable shuddering mass that was the spark of life as well as somehow the driver of emotion and the seat of the soul. As the cardiologist and bestselling author Sandeep Jauhar shows in [this book], it was only recently that we demolished age-old taboos and developed the science to change the way we live. Deftly weaving together his own experiences with the defining discoveries of the past, Jauhar tells the colorful and little-known story of the doctors who risked their careers and the patients who risked their lives to know and heal this most vital organ."--Jacket.

    Contents:
    Prologue : CT scan
    Introduction : the engine of life
    Part I. Metaphor. A small heart
    Prime mover
    Part II. Machine. Clutch
    Dynamo
    Pump
    Nut
    Stress fractures
    Pipes
    Wires
    Generator
    Replacement parts
    Part III. Mystery. Vulnerable heart
    A mother's heart
    Compensatory pause.
    Print Unavailable: Checked out Recall Item
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Books: General Collection (Downstairs)
    QP111.4 .J38 2018
    1
  • Digital
    Branko Furst.
    Summary: What drives the circulation? In this comprehensive review of existing circulation models, the conventional view that the heart is a pressure-propulsion pump is challenged. The existing models fail to explain an increasing number of observed circulatory phenomena. A unifying circulation model is proposed in which the blood, responding to metabolic demands of the tissues, is the primary regulator of cardiac output. This new model arises from accumulated clinical and experimental evidence. The heart, rather than being an organ of blood propulsion, assumes a secondary role and generates pressure by impeding the flow of blood. This is supported by examples from the fields of early embryonic circulation, comparative phylogeny, functional morphology, exercise physiology and a range of clinical scenarios. The Heart and Circulation: An Integrative Model offers a paradigm shift in the understanding of circulatory phenomena. It will become a valuable resource for all those clinicians, researchers, educators and students who, having been confronted with the paradox of the circulation, are looking for a broader interpretation.

    Contents:
    PART I. Early Embryo Circulation
    The Onset of Circulation
    Hemodynamics of the Early Embryo Circulation
    Flow Patterns in the Early Embryo Circulation
    Is There a Circulation Without a Heart?
    Embryo Heart is not a Peristaltic Pump
    Flow Perturbation Experiments
    Heart Rate Perturbations
    The Heart as Generator of Pressure
    Ventriculo-Vascular Interaction
    A Brief Comparative Phylogeny
    Evolutionary Aspect of the Rhythmical System
    PART II. Mature Circulation
    Functional Morphology of the Heart
    Regulation of Cardiac Output
    Circulatory and respiratory functions of the blood
    Models of the Heart
    Cardiovascular Response during Exercise
    Hemodynamic Effects of Aortic Occlusion
    Increased Pulmonary Flows
    Single Ventricle Physiology
    Blood as an Organ.
    Digital Access Springer 2014
  • Digital
    Branko Furst.
    Summary: This extensively revised second edition traces the development of the basic concepts in cardiovascular physiology in light of the accumulated experimental and clinical evidence. It considers the early embryonic circulation, where blood circulation suggests the existence of a motive force, tightly coupled to the metabolic demands of the tissues. It proposes that rather than being an organ of propulsion, the heart, serves as an organ of control, generating pressure by rhythmically impeding blood flow. New and expanded chapters cover the arterial pulse, circulation in the upright posture, microcirculation and functional heart morphology. Heart and Circulation offers a new perspective for deeper understanding of the human cardiovascular system. It is therefore a thought-provoking resource for cardiologists, cardiac surgeons and trainees interested in models of human circulation.

    Contents:
    Intro; Foreword I; Foreword II; Foreword III; Foreword I to the German Edition; Foreword II to the German Edition; Preface; Acknowledgments; Contents; Abbreviations; Introduction to the First Edition; Introduction to the Second Edition; Part I: Embryonic Circulation;
    1: Early Embryo Circulation; 1.1 Introduction; 1.2 Morphologic Features; References;
    2: The Onset of Circulation; 2.1 Chick Embryo; 2.2 Mouse Embryo; 2.3 Zebrafish Embryo; References;
    3: Hemodynamics of the Early Embryo Circulation; 3.1 Chick Embryo; 3.2 Zebrafish Embryo; 3.3 Mammalian Embryo; References
    4: Flow Patterns in the Early Embryo Circulation4.1 Heart Vortex Formation; References;
    5: Is There a Circulation Without a Heart?; 5.1 Heart Ablation Studies; 5.2 Cardiac Mutants; References;
    6: The Embryo Heart is Not a Peristaltic Pump; References;
    7: Flow Perturbation Experiments; References;
    8: Heart Rate Perturbations; References;
    9: The Heart as a Generator of Pressure; References;
    10: Ventriculo-Vascular Interaction; References;
    11: A Brief Comparative Phylogeny; 11.1 Invertebrates; 11.2 Tracheate Insects; 11.3 Early Vertebrates; 11.4 Vertebrates 11.4.1 The Origin of Lymphatic Circulation11.4.2 Fish; 11.4.3 Amphibians; 11.4.4 Mammals and Birds; References;
    12: Evolutionary Aspect of the Rhythmical System; References; Part II: Mature Circulation;
    13: Functional Morphology of the Heart; 13.1 Historical Perspective; 13.2 Models of Ventricular Structure and Function; 13.2.1 Ventricular Myocardial Band; 13.2.2 The Opposing Force Model; 13.3 Intracardiac Blood Flow Patterns; 13.4 A Flow-Restraining Function; References;
    14: Regulation of Cardiac Output; 14.1 Left Ventricular View of the Circulation; 14.1.1 Heart Failure Therapy 14.2 Regulation of Cardiac Output by the Periphery14.3 Guyton's Venous Return Model; 14.4 Critique of the Venous Return Model; References;
    15: Circulatory and Respiratory Functions of the Blood; 15.1 Phenomenon of Vestigial Circulation; 15.2 Negative Interstitial Pressure; 15.3 The Significance of Artificial Respiration: A Historical Overview; References;
    16: Models of the Heart; 16.1 Early Isolated Heart Preparations and the "Law of the Heart"; 16.2 An Obscure Model (Hydraulic Ram); 16.3 Quantification of Ventricular Pump; 16.4 Ventricular Elastance Model 16.5 Energetic Aspect of Myocardial Contraction16.6 Length-Dependent Activation of Cardiac Muscle; 16.7 Ventricular Assist Devices and Total Artificial Heart; References;
    17: Cardiovascular Response During Exercise; 17.1 The Role of Peripheral Circulation; 17.1.1 Metabolic Control of Muscle Blood Flow; 17.1.2 Skeletal Muscle Pump Hypothesis; 17.2 The Heart in Exercise; 17.3 Changes in Pulmonary Circulation; 17.4 "The Sleeping Giant"; References;
    18: Hemodynamic Effects of Aortic Occlusion; 18.1 Systemic Circulation; 18.2 Cardiac Effect of Aortic Occlusion; 18.3 Metabolic Changes During Aortic Occlusion
    Digital Access Springer 2020
  • Digital
    Meenakshisundaram Ramachandran, editor ; P. Thirumalaikolundusubramanian, assistant editor.
    Contents:
    Epidemiology of cardiovascular toxins / Churchill Lukwiya Onen
    Cellular and molecular perspectives on cardiac toxins / Reza Tabrizchi
    Environmental toxins and the heart / Sahand Rahnama-Moghadam, L. David Hillis, and Richard A. Lange
    Problems and paradoxes of animal toxins and the heart / Subramanian Senthilkumaran, Ramachandran Meenakshisundaram, and Ponniah Thirumalakolundusubramanian
    Plant toxins and the heart / Subramanian Senthilkumaran, Ramachandran Meenakshisundaram, and Ponniah Thirumalakolundusubramanian
    Native medicines and cardiovascular toxicity / Ashish Bhalla, [et al.]
    Cardiovascular toxicity from marine envenomation / Benjamin Seymour, Athena Andreosso, and Jamie Seymour
    Cardiovascular toxicity of cardiovascular drugs / Ramachandran Meenakshisundaram, [et al.]
    Cardiovascular toxicity as a result of psychotropic drugs / Mythily Subramaniam, [et al.]
    Cardiovascular toxicity of noncardiovascular drugs / Omi Bajracharya, P. Ravi Shankar, and Nisha Jha
    Cardiovascular toxicity from chemotherapy and anticancer treatment / Angela Esposito, [et al.]
    Association of human immunodeficiency virus infection with exposure to highly active antiretroviral therapy and its adverse cardiovascular effects / Steven E. Lipschultz, [et al.]
    Toxic effects of alcohol on the heart / Subroto Acharjee, Bhaskar Purushottam, and Vincent M. Figueredo
    The effects of active and passive smoking and cardiovascular disease / Mahmood Ahmad, Emmanuel Selvaraj, and Ramachandran Meenakshisundaram
    Cardiovascular toxicity as a result of recreational drugs / Rohin Francis and Azad Ghuran
    Pediatric cardiovascular toxicity : special considerations / Jennifer A. Lowry
    Cardiovascular toxicity as a result of radiological imaging / Shah Sweni, Ramachandran Meenakshisundaram, and Ponniah Thirumalakolundusubramanian
    Nanomaterials and cardiovascular toxicity / Arghya Paul, [et al.]
    Forensic pathology related to cardiovascular toxicity / Magdy A. Kharoshah, [et al.]
    Ethics, legality, and education in the practice of cardiology / Ponniah Thirumalakolundusubramanian, Ramachandran Meenakshisundaram, and Subramanian Senthilkumaran.
    Digital Access ScienceDirect 2015
  • Digital
    David S. Feldman, Paul Mohacsi, editors.
    Summary: This textbook offers an up-to-date, user-friendly guide on the evaluation, diagnosis and treatment of heart failure. Each chapter is dedicated to providing comprehensive coverage of every aspect of heart failure from cardiac signs and symptoms through imaging and the genetic basis for disease to surgery, interventions, treatment and preventative cardiology. Heart Failure provides the trainee and practising cardiologist, cardiac surgeon, vascular surgeon, diabetologist, cardiac radiologist and any physician who manages cardiac patients with a valuable resource featuring extensive guidance on the diagnosis and management of a range of conditions related to heart failure.

    Contents:
    Epidemiology of Heart Failure.- Pathophysiology of Heart Failure.- Evaluation of HF.- Management of Hospitalized Patients.- Management of Heart Failure Part One.- Management of Heart Failure Part Two.- Management of Heart Failure Part Three Pharmacotherapy.- Comorbidities and Coexisting Conditions With HF.- Cardiac Surgery in HF.- Heart Transplantation Part I.- Heart Transplantation Part II.- Heart Transplantation Part I.- Pulmonary Hypertension.- Mechanical Circulatory Support Part I.- Mechanical Circulatory Support Part II; Management of Devices After Implantation.- Mechanical Circulatory Support Part III.- Mechanical Circulatory Support Part IV, Complications.
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Digital
    [edited by] G. Michael Felker, Douglas L. Mann.
    Contents:
    Molecular basis of heart failure
    Cellular basis for heart failure
    Cellular basis for myocardial regeneration and repair
    Myocardial basis for heart failure : role of cardiac interstitium
    Molecular signaling mechanisms of the renin-angiotensin system in heart failure
    Adrenergic receptor signaling in heart failure
    Role of innate immunity in heart failure
    Oxidative stress in heart failure
    Natriuretic peptides in heart failure: pathophysiologic and therapeutic implications
    Systolic dysfunction in heart failure
    Alterations in ventricular function : diastolic heart failure
    Alterations in ventricular structure : role of left ventricular remodeling and reverse remodeling in heart failure
    Alterations in the sympathetic and parasympathetic nervous systems in heart failure
    Alterations in the peripheral circulation in heart failure
    Alterations in kidney function associated with heart failure
    Alterations in skeletal muscle in heart failure
    Alterations in cardiac metabolism in heart failure
    Epidemiology of heart failure
    Heart failure as a consequence of ischemic heart disease
    Heart failure as a consequence of dilated cardiomyopathy
    Restrictive and infiltrative cardiomyopathies and arrhythmogenic right ventricular dysplasia/cardiomyopathy
    Cardiac amyloidosis
    Heart failure as a consequence of hypertrophic cardiomyopathy
    Heart failure as a consequence of genetic cardiomyopathy
    Heart failure as a consequence of hypertension
    Heart failure as a consequence of valvular heart disease
    Heart failure as a consequence of congenital heart disease
    Heart failure as a consequence of viral and nonviral myocarditis
    Heart failure in the developing world
    Heart failure and human immunodeficiency virus
    Clinical evaluation of heart failure
    Cardiac imaging in heart failure
    Biomarkers and precision medicine in heart failure
    Hemodynamics in heart failure
    Disease prevention in heart failure
    Acute heart failure
    Contemporary medical therapy for heart failure patients with reduced ejection fraction
    Management of arrhythmias and device therapy in heart failure
    Treatment of heart failure with preserved ejection fraction
    Management of heart failure in special populations : older patients, women, and racial/ethnic minority groups
    Stem cell-based and gene therapies in heart failure
    Neuromodulation in heart failure
    Pulmonary hypertension
    Heart transplantation
    Circulatory assist devices in heart failure
    Cardio-oncology and heart failure
    Disease management and telemedicine in heart failure
    Management of comorbidities in heart failure
    Quality and outcomes in heart failure
    Decision making and palliative care in advanced heart failure
    Digital Access ClinicalKey 2020
  • Digital
    Howard Eisen, editor.
    Summary: This book offers comprehensive information on all aspects of heart failure. Coverage includes information on the pathophysiology of heart failure, the clinical evaluation of patients with heart failure, and device therapy such as pacemakers and defibrillators.

    Contents:
    Molecular Changes in Heart Failure
    Hemodynamics and Heart Failure
    Imaging and Heart Failure
    Acute and Chronic Right Ventricular Failure
    Inhibition of the Renin-Angiotensin-Aldosterone System
    Inhibition of the Sympathetic Nervous System
    Management of the Patient with Heart Failure with Preserved Ejection Fraction
    Acute Decompensated Heart Failure: Classification, Epidemiology and Pathophysiology
    Acute Decompensated Heart Failure: Presentation, Physical Exam, and Laboratory Evaluation
    Acute Decompensated Heart Failure?Treatment Guidelines
    Acute Decompensated Heart Failure: Treatment? Specific Therapies
    Acute Decompensated Heart Failure? Treatment with Guideline Determined Medical Therapy and Discharge Planning
    Cardiac-Oncology: Management of the Patient with Heart Failure after Chemotherapy
    Atrial Arrhythmias and Heart Failure
    Ventricular Arrhythmias and Heart Failure
    Cardiac Defibrillators and Heart Failure
    Cardiac Resynchronization Therapy in Heart Failure
    Revascularization and Heart Failure
    Valve Repair and Replacement in Congestive Heart Failure Patient Selection for Cardiac Transplantation
    Pathophysiology of the Alloimmune Response and Immunosuppression
    Antibody-Mediated Rejection
    Infections After Cardiac Transplantation
    Post-Transplant Complications?Hypertension, Renal Dysfunction, Diabetes Mellitus, Malignancy, Arrhythmias, Osteoporosis, Sexual Dysfunction
    Patient Selection
    Acute Mechanical Circulatory Support
    Mechanical Circulatory Support as a Bridge to Heart Transplantation
    Medical Management of the Patient with Chronic Mechanical Circulatory Support
    The Total Artificial Heart
    Physiology of Stem Cells
    Stem Cell Therapy in Heart Failure
    Origins of Quality Metrics
    Exercise and Patients with Heart Failure
    Heart Failure Management and Development of Heart Failure Programs
    Inflammation and Heart Failure.
    Digital Access Springer 2017
  • Digital
    Longjian Liu.
    Contents:
    Introduction
    Pathophysiology and risk profiles of heart failure
    Research and design
    Biostatistical basis of inference in heart failure study
    Advanced biostatistics and epidemiology applied in heart failure study
    Precision medicine and areas for further research.
    Digital Access ScienceDirect 2018
  • Digital
    Md. Shahidul Islam, editor.
    Summary: "Heart Failure: From Research to Clinical Practice” contains chapters that describe the current views on the biological mechanisms, clinical assessment, diagnosis and evidence-based treatments of the condition. Topics in this volume range from basic research at cell and molecular level to patient care in everyday clinical practice and provide essential background information and analyses of recent advances for a deeper understanding of the issues involved. With contributions from international experts in their specified fields and are suitable for both beginners and more advanced readers. This volume includes not only the essential information for clinical practice but also the latest information from the contemporary guidelines and the recommendations from leading societies. It also covers ongoing research and puts forward new hypotheses that can be tested in future research. This comprehensive volume will provide a valuable resource for both research students and expert clinicians"--Publisher's description.

    Contents:
    Heart failure: from research to clinical practice / Md. Shahidul Islam
    Transition of left ventricular ejection fraction in heart failure / Yasuhiko Sakata, Kanako Tsuji, Kotaro Nochioka, Hiroaki Shimokawa
    Combination therapy of renin angiotensin system inhibitors and [beta]-blockers in patients with heart failure / Kotaro Nochioka, Yasuhiko Sakata, Hiroaki Shimokawa
    Combination of hydralazine and isosorbide-dinitrate in the treatment of patients with heart failure with reduced ejection fraction / Noémi Nyolczas, Miklós Dékány, Balázs Muk, Barna Szabó
    The art and science of using diuretics in the treatment of heart failure in diverse clinical settings / Md. Shahidul Islam
    Treatment of heart failure with preserved ejection fraction / Adriana Mihaela Ilieșiu, Andreea Simona Hodorogea
    Circulating biomarkers in heart failure / Alexander E. Berezin
    Evolving role of natriuretic peptides from diagnostic tool to therapeutic modality / Ines Pagel-Langenickel
    The role of cardiologists in the management of patients with heart failure / Vera Maria Avaldi, Jacopo Lenzi
    Optimizing management of heart failure by using echo and natriuretic peptides in the outpatient unit / Frank Lloyd Dini, Gani Bajraktari, Cornelia Zara, Nicola Mumoli, Gian Marco Rosa
    Physical training and cardiac rehabilitation in heart failure patients / Cesare de Gregorio
    Advanced non-invasive imaging techniques in chronic heart failure and cardiomyopathies / Gianluca Di Bella, Fausto Pizzino, Rocco Donato, Dalia Di Nunzio, Cesare de Gregorio
    Pathogenesis, clinical features and treatment of diabetic cardiomyopathy / Núria Alonso, Pedro Moliner, Dídac Mauricio
    Heart failure and kidney disease / Dario Grande, Margherita Ilaria Gioia, Paola Terlizzese, Massimo Iacoviello
    Dysthyroidism and chronic heart failure: pathophysiological mechanisms and therapeutic approaches / Caterina Rizzo, Margherita Ilaria Gioia, Giuseppe Parisi, Vincenzo Triggiani, Massimo Iacoviello
    Management of bradyarrhythmias in heart failure: a tailored approach / Daniele Masarone [and others]
    Percutaneous mitral valve interventions and heart failure / Abhishek Sharma, Sunny Goel, Sahil Agrawal
    Left ventricular assist devices: a state of the art review / Christina Feldmann, Anamika Chatterjee, Axel Haverich, Jan D. Schmitto
    Palliative care in the management of patients with advanced heart failure / Susan E. Lowey
    Athlete's heart and left heart disease / Cesare de Gregorio, Dalia Di Nunzio, Gianluca Di Bella
    Central sleep apnea with Cheyne-Stokes breathing in heart failure:from research to clinical practice and beyond / K. Terziyski, A. Draganova
    The evolution of mhealth solutions for heart failure management / Evanthia E. Tripoliti, Georgia S. Karanasiou, Fanis G. Kalatzis, Katerina K. Naka, Dimitrios I. Fotiadis
    New insights in cardiac calcium handling and excitation-contraction coupling / Jessica Gambardella, Bruno Trimarco, Guido Iaccarino, Gaetano Santulli
    Critical appraisal of multivariable prognostic scores in heart failure: development, validation and clinical utility / Andrea Passantino, Pietro Guida, Giuseppe Parisi, Massimo Iacoviello, Domenico Scrutinio
    Erratum to: Management of bradyarrhythmias in heart failure: a tailored approach / Daniele Masarone [and others]
    Erratum to: Percutaneous mitral valve interventions and heart failure / Abhishek Sharma, Sunny Goel, Sahil Agrawal.
    Digital Access Springer 2018
  • Digital
    Lorna Swan, Alexandra A. Frogoudaki, editors.
    Summary: This book sheds new light on the diagnosis and treatment of Heart Failure in adult patients with congenital heart disease. This is a rapidly growing clinical issue for this group of patients and the clinical teams caring for them. The book highlights the major clinical dilemmas in diagnosing heart failure in patients with a lifelong cardiac condition and describes in details the utility of biomarkers, complex imaging and functional tests, e.g. the cardiopulmonary exercise testing. A step-wise approach to treatment is described from drug therapy through to devices and transplantation. As such, the book offers an essential guide for cardiologists and cardiac surgeons looking to optimize the management of patients with delicate physiology and complex disease.
    Digital Access Springer 2018
  • Digital
    Edoardo Gronda, Emilio Vanoli, Alexandru Costea, editors.
    Digital Access Springer 2016
  • Digital
    edited by Udi Nussinovitch.
    Contents:
    Pathphysiology of autoimmunity and immune-mediated mechanisms in cardiovascular diseases / O. Shamriz, U. Nussinovitch and N.R. Rose
    Organ-specific autoimmune myocardial diseases / A.L.P. Caforio, R. Marcolongo, G. Malipiero, C. Agostini, M. Seguso, N. Gallo, M. Plebani and S. Iliceto
    Autoantibodies directed against G-protein-coupled receptors in cardiovascular diseases / B. Bornholz, G. Wallukat, D. Roggenbuck and I. Schimke
    Immune-mediated accelerated atherosclerosis / S. Grubber, D. Tsiantoulas and C.J. Binder
    A study of cardiac function, atherosclerosis, and arrhythmogenicity / U. Nussinovitch, A. Sadoo and M. Malik
    Rheumatiod arthritis / T. Dimitroulas, A. Sandoo, S. Skeoch, M. O'Sullivan, M. Yessirkepov, L. Ayvazyan, A.Y. Gasparyan, G. Metsios and G.D. Kitas
    Juvenile idiopathic arthritis / A. Ravelli, B. Schiappaietra, S. Verazza and A. Martini
    Spondyloarthritides / J. Braun, S.C. Helsinga, H.J. Trappe and M.T. Nurmohamed
    Polymyalgia rheumatica / E. Bartolomi, G. Pucci, A. Alunno, R. Gerli and G. Schillaci
    Systemic lupus erythematosus / K. Tselios and M.B. Urowitz
    Neonatal lupus / C. Miliaresis, C. Phoon, J. Buyon and D. Friedman
    Sjögren's syndrome / S. Fragkioudaki, H.M. Moutspoulos and C.P. Mavragani
    Systemic sclerosis / A. Vacca
    Dermatomyositis and polymyositis / L.P. Diederichsen, H. Sanner, I. Sjaastad, and I. E. Lundberg
    Gout / C. Van Durme and R. Landewé
    Giant cell arteritis / M.J. Koster, E.L. Matteson and K.J. Warrington
    Takayasu's arteritis / H. Zhang, L. Yang and X. Jiang
    Polyarteritis nodosa / L. Guillevin
    Kawasaki disease / C. Reuter, L. Mithal and S. Shulman
    ANCA-associated vasculitis / M.R. Hazebroek, P. Van Paassen, R. Dennert and S. Heymans
    Behçet's disease / A. Soriano, N. Pipitone and C. Salvarani
    Rheumatic fever and rheumatic heart disease / L. Guilherme, R.O. Sampaio, S. Freschi De Barros, K.F. Köhler, G.S. Spina, F. Tarasoutchi and J. Kalil
    Chagas cardiomyopathy / F. Fernandes, C.H. Valente Moreira, J.M. Barbosa-Ferreira and E.C. Sabino
    Familial mediterranean fever / U. Nussinovitch and A. Livneh
    Desirable and adverse effects of antiinflammatory agents on the heart / M. Imazio, S. Maestroni, A. Valenti, V. Ramoni and A. Brucato
    The effects of immunosuppresive and cytoxic drugs on the heart / S.D. Russell
    Autoantibody-directed therapy in cardiovascular diseases / J. Müller, G. Wallukat and I. Schmike
    Cardiac immunomodulation / S. Könemann, M. Dörr and S.B. Felix.
    Digital Access ScienceDirect 2017
  • Digital
    edited by Fabiola Atzeni, Andrea Doria, Michael Nurmohamed, Paolo Pauletto.
    Contents:
    Cellular immunity: a role for cytokines
    Organ-specific autoimmunity involvement in cardiovascular disease
    Neonatal lupus syndromes: pathogenesis and clinical features
    Subclinical cardiovascular damage in systemic rheumatic diseases
    Atherosclerosis and autoimmunity
    Inflammasomes and inflammatory cytokines in early atherosclerosis
    Treatment of lipid metabolism disturbances in autoimmune diseases
    Cardiac imaging techniques in systemic autoimmune diseases
    New cardiac imaging tools and invasive techniques in systemic autoimmune diseases (Part II)
    Cardiac diseases in rheumatoid arthritis
    Cardiac involvement in systemic lupus erythematosus
    Cardiac involvement in the antiphospholipid syndrome
    Cardiac involvement in scleroderma
    Cardiac involvement in systemic vasculitis
    Cardiovascular involvement in ankylosing spondylitis
    Cardiovascular involvement in psoriatic arthritis
    Cardiovascular involvement in primary Sjögren's syndrome
    Gout and heart disease: a two way street?
    Heart involvement in osteoarthritis
    Cardiac effects of antirheumatic drugs
    Index.
    Digital Access ScienceDirect 2017
  • Digital
    by El-Sayed H. Ibrahim.
    Contents:
    [vol. 1]. Mathematical modeling, pulse sequences, and image analysis
    [vol. 2]. Advanced techniques, clinical applications, and future trends.
    Digital Access
    Provider
    Version
    TandFonline
    TandFonline
  • Digital
    edited by Simon Stewart, Karen Sliwa, Ana Mocumbi, Albertino Damasceno, Mpiko Ntsekhe.
    Contents:
    Maternal heart health / Karen Sliwa
    Congenital heart disease / Ana Mocumbi, Tantchou Tchoumi, John Musuku
    Acquired heart disease / Ana Mocumbi, Liesl Zuhlke, Peter Zilla
    Cardiovascular risk in urban & rural African settings / Kemi Tibarzarwa, Karen Sliwa, Melinda J Carrington, Okechukwu S Ogah, and Simon Stewart
    The African INTERHEART STUDY / Krisela Steyn and Karen Sliwa
    The spectrum of heart disease in urban Africans : the heart of Soweto study / Melinda Carrington, Karen Sliwa and Simon Stewart
    Rheumatic heart disease / Simon Stewart, Melinda Carrington & Karen Sliwa
    Pericardial disease / Mpiko Ntsekhe
    Human immunodeficiency virus-related heart disease / Friedrich Thienemann, Melinda Carrington, Karen Sliwa, Mpiko Ntsekhe & Simon Stewart
    Acute coronary syndrome in the African context / Anthony Becker
    Stroke in the African context / Albertino Damasceno
    Acute heart failure / Mahmoud Sani, Dike Oji, Anastase Dzudie, Okechukwu Sam Ogah
    Hypertensive heart failure / Dike Ojji, Mahmoud Sani, Anastase Dzudie, Okechukwu Sam Ogah
    Chronic heart failure / Okechukwu Sam Ogah, Anastase Dzudie, Dike OJJi, Mahmoud Sani
    Pulmonary hypertension & right heart failure / Anastase Dzudie, Friedrich Thienemann, Okechukwu Sam Ogah, Dike Ojji, Mahmoud Sa.
    Digital Access Wiley 2016
  • Digital
    Cesare Terracciano, Samuel Guymer, editors.
    Summary: This textbook introduces readers to the scientific basics of cardiovascular medicine and biology. It covers not only developmental but also cellular and molecular aspects of normally functioning vasculature and the heart; importantly, it also addresses the mechanisms leading to and involved in specific cardiovascular diseases. Though the main emphasis is on novel therapies and potential therapeutic targets, specific controversial topics like cardiac remodeling and regenerative capacities are also addressed. All chapters were written by lecturers from the Imperial College London, in collaboration with their students from the College's BSc Programme in Medical Sciences with Cardiovascular Science. Bridging the gap between clinics and basic biology, the book offers a valuable guide for medical students, and for Master and PhD students in Cardiovascular Biomedicine.

    Contents:
    Anatomy of the Heart and Coronary Vasculature
    Early Mechanisms of Cardiac Development
    Later Mechanisms of Cardiac Development
    Myocardial Microstructure and Contractile Apparatus
    An Introduction to the Cardiac Action Potentials
    Cardiac Excitation-Contraction Coupling
    Conduction in Normal and Diseased Myocardium
    Cell-Based Tachyarrhythmias and Bradyarrhythmias
    The Scientific Rationale of Artificial Pacing
    Cardiac Contractility
    The Scientific Basis of Heart Failure
    Molecular and Cellular Basis of Cardiomyopathies
    Substrate Remodelling Changes in Heart Failure
    Developments in Heart Failure: Mechanical Unloading with LVADs, Exosomes, and MicroRNAs
    Pharmacological Targets of Hypertension
    The Coagulation Cascade and its Therapeutic Modulation
    Cellular and Molecular Mechanisms of Atherosclerosis
    Molecular and Cellular Mechanisms of Angiogenesis
    Endothelial Function in Normal and Diseased Vessels.
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Digital
    J. Anthony Gomes.
    Summary: This engaging book covers a multitude of topics related to heart rhythm disorders (HRDs) and uniquely familiarizes readers with the development of treatment modalities over the past several decades, including the evolution of anti-arrhythmic drugs, pacemakers, defibrillators, and catheter ablation. Organized in ten sections, this title serves as both an archival and a contemporary resource for clinicians. The first section describes the discovery of the circulatory system by William Harvey in 1628 and outlines the development and understanding of HRD since the advent of intra-cardiac electrophysiology. Subsequent sections discuss the historical evolution of abnormal heart rhythms, such as supra and ventricular rhythms and sudden cardiac death, their treatment with drugs, surgery, pacemakers, implantable defibrillators and catheter ablation. Section nine offers a fascinating narration of the clinical evolution of overcoming heart attacks and its impact on HRDs. The final section explores potential new frontiers in HRD and the factors that may contribute to the prospective rise of cardiovascular diseases. A ground-breaking and invaluable addition to the clinical literature, Heart Rhythm Disorders: History, Mechanisms and Management Perspectives details the pervasive nature of cardiovascular diseases in human history, their ramifications, and their projected effects on at-risk demographic populations and human health in general.

    Contents:
    The Discovery of the Circulatory System
    The Road to Unearthing the Conducting System of the Heart
    Understanding Heart Rhythm Disorders: The Birth of Clinical Cardiac Electrophysiology
    Regular Supraventricular Tachycardia
    The WPW Syndrome
    The Road to Conquering Supraventricular Tachycardia
    Atrial Fibrillation
    Atrial Flutter
    The Ventricular Premature Complex
    Sudden Cardiac Death
    Conquering the Substrate of Ventricular Tachycardia
    Anti-Arrhythmic Drugs: Their Fall from Grace
    Programmed Electrical Stimulation Guided Pharmacotherapy
    The Implantable Defibrillator
    Ablative Therapy for Ventricular Tachycardia
    Sudden Death in the Athlete
    The Channelopathies
    Non-Invasive Risk-Stratification for Ventricular Arrhythmias
    Hypothermia Post-Cardiac Arrest
    The Common faint
    The Sick Sinus Syndrome
    Heart Blocks
    The Artificial Pacemaker
    The Evolution of Resynchronization Therapy
    New Frontiers in Heart Rhythm Disorders
    Waiting for a Heart Transplant
    The Evolution of Coronary Bypass Surgery
    The Discovery of Clot Dissolution
    The Birth of Interventional Cardiology.
    Digital Access Springer 2020
  • Digital
    Thierry Mesana, editor.
    Summary: This book provides a comprehensive framework for developing heart teams to manage a variety of cardiovascular diseases. Management of cardiovascular diseases has changed dramatically in recent years due to developments in evidence-based practices and treatments as well as the introduction of new devices. The sequential method of referring patients from doctor to doctor is becoming an antiquated model. The future of cardiac care lies in developing multidisciplinary "Heart Teams" to provide patient-focused treatment for complex cardiovascular problems. This volume examines the history and evolution of cardiovascular care and technology and explains why the implementation of heart teams is absolutely necessary to the future of cardiac care. It analyzes the role of heart teams for heart failure, complex coronary revascularization, mitral valve disease, cardiac imaging, aortic valve disease, cardiac arrhythmias, and women's heart health. Finally, the book explores how heart teams work with hospital administration and the broader healthcare industry. Heart Teams for Treatment of Cardiovascular Disease: A Guide for Advancing Patient-Centered Cardiac Care is an essential resource for physicians and related professionals, residents, fellows, and graduate students in cardiology, cardiac surgery, critical care medicine, and radiology.

    Contents:
    Chapter 1. Introduction
    Chapter 2. History of Cardiovascular Care and Heart Teams
    Chapter 3. Heart Teams for Aortic Valve Disease
    Chapter 4. Heart Teams for Mitral Valve Disease
    Chapter 5. Heart Teams for Tricuspid Valve Disease
    Chapter 6. Heart Teams for Heart Failure and Drug Implementation
    Chapter 7. Heart Teams for Heart Transplantation
    Chapter 8. Heart Teams for Artificial Heart Technology
    Chapter 9. Heart Teams for Women's Heart Health
    Chapter 10. Heart Teams for Coronary Artery Disease
    Chapter 11. Heart Teams for Cardiac Arrhythmias
    Chapter 12. Heart Teams for Cardiac Imaging
    Chapter 13. Heart Teams and the ICU
    Chapter 14. Heart Teams and Hospital Administration
    Chapter 15. Heart Teams and the Healthcare Industry
    Chapter 16. Heart Teams and Impact on Research and Innovation.
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Digital
    Hashim Talib Hashim, Naseer Ahmed, Giuseppe Faggian, Martí Manyalich, Francesco Onorati, editors.
    Summary: This is a comprehensive translational reference covering a range of topics within heart transplantation. Including review of the procedure itself, preoperative requirements, potential complications and follow-up with the most up-to-date research and literature review, it introduces the embryology, anatomy, physiology, pathology and cardio-immunology of the heart. It also delves into other aspects of heart transplantation including organ procurement, religious aspects, the ethical issues that can emerge prior or during the surgery and discussion of the continued development of artificial hearts. The book explores multiorgan transplantation and their outcomes and complications. Heart Transplantation discusses the topic using illustrations and charts to aid understanding, allowing readers to gain a full understanding of the whole procedure easily. A list of practical surgical questions are presented at the end of each chapter to encourage the reader to challenge their understanding of the topic. With an emphasis on an interconnected approach to studying heart transplantation, this book presents a novel approach to educating surgeons in this challenging area of surgery. It is therefore an important addition to the literature for all involved in the management of heart transplantation from surgical residents to surgical nurses, cardiologists, anesthesiologists and experienced cardiac surgeons.

    Contents:
    Anatomy of the heart
    Physiology of the heart
    Embryology of the heart
    Pathology of the heart diseases
    Heart Transplantation Procedure
    Complications and Follow up
    Chapter VII: Cardioimmunology and heart transplantation
    Organ Procurement
    Ethical issues of heart transplantation
    Religious aspects of heart transplantation
    Multiorgan Transplantation including heart
    Artificial heart
    Heart Failure outcomes
    General Principles in heart transplantation
    Outcomes and Impact on quality of life.
    Digital Access Springer 2022
  • Digital
    Jose Zamorano, Patrizio Lancellotti, Luc Pierard, Philippe Pibarot, editors.
    Summary: This book provides a state-of-the-art description of the pathophysiology, diagnosis and management of valvular heart disease (VHD). With an aging population, the incidence and complexity of VHD has markedly increased and the introduction of transcatheter valve therapies have revolutionized the management of these frequent and serious cardiovascular diseases. The development of percutaneous valve interventions has revolutionized the management of VHD (or has dramatically changed its management) Heart Valve Disease: State of the Art is dedicated to provide up-to-date knowledge to clinical and interventional cardiologists, cardiovascular imagers and cardiac surgeons. It provides state-of-the-art information for the health-care professional working in heart valve clinics, heart teams, and centers of excellence that specialize in managing patients with heart valve disease.

    Contents:
    Intro; Preface; Acknowledgements; Contents;
    1: Introduction to Valve Heart Disease; Etiology of Valve Heart Disease; Rheumatic Fever; Calcific Valve Disease; Endomyocardial Fibrosis; Infectious Endocarditis; Valve Fibrous Structure Dilation; Chronic Systemic Inflammatory Disorders; Congenital Diseases; Drugs; Heart Valve Clinic; Models of Heart Valve Clinic; Available Evidence Regarding HVC; References;
    2: Evaluation of Patients with Heart Valve Disease; Echocardiographic Evaluation of Valvular Heart Disease; Assessment of Valve Anatomy; Evaluation of Stenosis Severity Evaluation of Valvular RegurgitationEvaluation of Left Ventricular Geometry and Function; Right Heart Structure and Function; Aortic Anatomy; Prosthetic Valves and Infective Endocarditis; Other Echocardiographic Data; LV Diastolic Function and Filling Pressure; Pulmonary Pressures; References;
    3: Aortic Stenosis; Introduction; Etiology and Epidemiology; Pathophysiology and Risk Factors; Pathophysiology of Calcific AS; Risk Factors and Potential Therapeutic Targets; Clinical Risk Factors; Genetic Risk Factors; Pathophysiology of LV Dysfunction and Symptoms in AS; Diagnosis and Management Grading AS SeverityAt Risk for AS (Grade 0 or Stage A); Mild or Moderate AS (Grades 1 and 2 or Stage B); Asymptomatic Severe AS (Grade 3 or Stage C); Symptomatic Severe AS (Grade 4 or Stage D); Discordant Grading with Low-Gradient AS; Staging Cardiac Damage; Selecting Surgical Versus Transcatheter Aortic Valve Replacement; Conclusions; References;
    4: Aortic Regurgitation; Acute Aortic Regurgitation; Aetiology; Pathophysiology; Clinical presentation; Diagnosis; Management; Chronic Aortic Regurgitation; Aetiology; Pathophysiology; Clinical Presentation; Symptoms; Physical Examination; ECG Chest RadiographyDiagnosis; Transthoracic Echocardiography; TEE Examination; Other Imaging Modalities; Others; Natural History; Management; Follow-Up; References;
    5: Aortic Valve Intraoperative Echocardiography; Transcatheter Aortic Valve Replacement (TAVR); Guiding the Procedure; Transapical Aortic Valve Replacement; Aortic Valve Repair; Reparability Assessment; Intraoperative TEE; Endocarditis; Paravalvular Leak Closure; Guiding the Procedure; References;
    6: Mitral Stenosis; Aetiology; Physiopathology; Diagnosis; Symptoms; Physical Examination; Echocardiography; Positive Diagnosis MS Morphology Assessment by EchocardiographyQuantification of Severity; The Doppler Volumetric Method; The Proximal Isovelocity Surface Area (PISA) Method; Consequencies of MS; Exercise Testing/Stress Echocardiography; Catheterization; Medical Treatment; Percutaneous Mitral Commissurotomy (PMC); Surgical Procedures; Follow Up; References;
    7: Mitral Regurgitation; Pathogenesis; Epidemiology; Aetiology; Primary Mitral Regurgitation; Secondary Mitral Regurgitation; Physiopathology; Clinical Presentation; Physical Examination; Diagnosis; Defining the Mechanism of Mitral Valve Insufficiency
    Digital Access Springer 2020
  • Digital
    American Heart Association.
    Summary: A workbook for students taking the American Heart Association's Heartsaver First Aid CPR AED course. Covers first aid basics, CPR for adults and how to use an AED.

    Contents:
    First aid basics
    Medical emergencies
    Injury emergencies
    Environmental emergencies
    CPR and AED
    Conclusion
    Summary of CPR and AED for adults, children, and infants.
    Digital Access AHA 2021
  • Digital
    Alexzander A.A. Asea, Punit Kaur, editors.
    Summary: The book Heat Shock Protein 60 in Human Diseases and Disorders provides the most comprehensive review on contemporary knowledge on the role of HSP60 in human diseases and disorders. Using an integrative approach, the contributors provide a synopsis of novel mechanisms and signal transduction pathways. To enhance the ease of reading and comprehension the book has further been subdivided into various section including; Section I: Biomolecular Aspects of HSP60; Section II: HSP60 and Cancer; Section III: HSP60 and Inflammatory Diseases and Disorders; Section IV: HSP60 and Cardiovascular Diseases and Disorders; Section V: HSP60 and Neurological and Neurosciences; Section VI: Biomolecular Aspects of HSP60; Section VII: HSP60 and Skeletal Muscle Diseases and Disorders; and Section VIII: HSP60 in Human Health. Key basic and clinical research laboratories from major universities, academic medical hospitals, biotechnology and pharmaceutical laboratories around the world have contributed chapters that review present research activity and importantly project the field into the future. The book is a must read for graduate students. medical students, basic science researchers and postdoctoral scholars in the fields of Translational Medicine, Clinical Research, Human Physiology, Biotechnology, Neurology & Neuroscience, Oncology, Cardiovascular Disease, Skeletal Muscle Diseases and Disorders, Cell & Molecular Medicine, Pharmaceutical Scientists and Researchers involved in Drug Discovery.

    Contents:
    SECTION I: BIOMOLECULAR ASPECTS OF HSP60
    Chapter 1. HSP60: A Story as Long as Life on the Earth
    Chapter 2. Single-Ring Intermediates in the Catalytic Cycle of the Human Mitochondrial HSP60
    Chapter 3. HSP60 Inhibitors and Modulators
    Chapter 4. HSP60 as Modulators of Apoptosis
    Chapter 5. Utilizing The Unique Architecture And Abilities of HSP60 In Drug Development
    Chapter 6. Role of The Post-Translational Modifications of HSP60 In Disease
    SECTION II: HSP60 AND CANCER
    Chapter 7. Evaluation of Heat Shock Protein 60 (HSP60) Chaperonin in Oncology
    Chapter 8. Exosomal HSP60: a Tumor Biomarker?
    Chapter 9. HSP60 in Cancer Immunity: Biological Basis, Diagnostic Potential and Therapeutic Opportunities
    Chapter 10. Hsp60 Involvement During Carcinogenesis
    SECTION III: HSP60 AND INFLAMMATORY DISEASES AND DISORDERS
    Chapter 11. Anti-Human Hsp60 Autoantibodies in Autoimmune and Inflammatory Rheumatic Diseases
    Chapter 12. HSP60 In Inflammatory Disorders
    SECTION IV: HSP60 AND CARDIOVASCULAR DISEASES AND DISORDERS
    Chapter 13. HSP60 In Atherosclerosis
    Past, Present and Future
    Chapter 14. Cardiac Myopathy In Conditional HSP60 Transgenic Mice
    SECTION V: HSP60 AND NEUROLOGICAL AND NEUROSCIENCES
    Chapter 15. Heat Shock Protein 60: An Effective Target Candidate In Neurological Diseases Treatment
    Chapter 16. HSP60 In Modifications of Nervous System Homeostasis and Neurodegeneration
    SECTION VI: HSP60 AND SKELETAL MUSCLE DISEASES AND DISORDERS
    Chapter 17. HSP60 in Skeletal Muscle: From Molecular Anatomy To Pathophysiology
    Chapter 18. Heat Shock Protein 60 (HSP60): Its Role in Skeletal Muscle Diseases and Novel Prospects for Therapy
    Chapter 19. Heat Shock Protein 60 Regulation of Skeletal Tissue Integrity
    SECTION VII: HSP60 IN HUMAN HEALTH
    Chapter 20. Role of HSP60 In The Steroidogenesis and Reproduction
    Chapter 21. Heat Shock Protein 60 in Skin Diseases.
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Digital
    Alexzander A.A. Asea, Punit Kaur, editors.
    Summary: The book Heat Shock Protein 90 in Human Diseases and Disorders provides the most comprehensive review on contemporary knowledge on the role of HSP90. Using an integrative approach, the contributors provide a synopsis of novel mechanisms, previously unknown signal transduction pathways. To enhance the ease of reading and comprehension, this book has been subdivided into various section including; Section I, reviews current progress on our understanding Oncogenic Aspects of HSP90; Section II, focuses on Bimolecular Aspects of HSP90; Section III, emphasizes and HSP90 in Natural Products Development and Section IV; give the most up to date reviews on Clinical Aspects of HSP90. Key basic and clinical research laboratories from major universities, academic medical hospitals, biotechnology and pharmaceutical laboratories around the world have contributed chapters that review present research activity and importantly project the field into the future. The book is a must read for graduate students. medical students, basic science researchers and postdoctoral scholars in the fields of Translational Medicine, Clinical Research, Human Physiology, Biotechnology, Natural Products, Cell & Molecular Medicine, Pharmaceutical Scientists and Researchers involved in Drug Discovery.

    Contents:
    SECTION I: ONCOGENIC ASPECTS OF HSP90
    Chapter 1. Regulatory Roles of HSP90-rich Extracellular Vesicles
    Chapter 2. HSP90-Based Heterocomplex as Essential Regulator for Cancer Disease
    Chapter 3. Therapeutic Potential of Heat Shock Protein 90 Inhibitors in Colorectal Cancer
    Chapter 4. Hsp90 in the Migration of Primordial Germ Cells: A Model to Study Long-Distance Cell Migration and Perhaps Cancer?
    Chapter 5. Role of Heat Shock Protein 90 in Mammary Tumorigenesis
    Chapter 6. Role of HSP90 Inhibitors in the Treatment of Cancer
    Chapter 7. p53-HSP90 Axis in Human Cancer
    Chapter 8. HSP90 and its Inhibitors for Cancer Therapy: Use of Nano-delivery System to Improve its Clinical Application
    Chapter 9. Hsp90 is a Pivotal Player in Retinal Disease and Cancer
    Chapter 10. Targeting Hsp-90 Related Disease Entities for Therapeutic Development
    Chapter 11. HSP90: A Key Player in Metal-Induced Carcinogenesis?
    Section II: Biomolecular Aspects of HSP90
    Chapter 12. Hsp90 and its Role in Heme-Maturation of Client Proteins: Implications for Human Diseases
    Chapter 13. Moonlighting Functions of Heat Shock Protein 90
    Chapter 14. Hsp90 as a Member of Dicarboxylate Clamp TPR Protein Interaction Network: Implication in Human Diseases and Prospect as a Drug Target
    Chapter 15. 'Complex World' of Hsp90 Co-chaperone R2TP
    Chapter 16. Functions of SGT1, a Co-chaperone
    Chapter 17. Sti1/Hop Plays a Pivotal Role in Hsp90 Regulation beyond Bridging Hsp70
    Section III: HSP90 in Natural Products Development.-Chapter 18. Hsp90: A Target for Susceptibilities and Substitutions in Biotechnological and Medicinal Application
    Chapter 19. Screening Technique for Heat Shock Protein 90 Inhibitors from Natural Products
    Chapter 20. Therapeutic Effects and Related Molecular Mechanisms of Celastrol, a Triterpenoid Natural Compound and Novel HSP90 Inhibitor Extracted from Plants of the Celastraceae Family
    Section IV: Clinical Aspects of HSP90
    Chapter 21. Hsp90 Chaperone in Disease
    Chapter 22. Theranostic Implications of Heat Shock Proteins in Idiopathic Pulmonary Fibrosis
    Chapter 23. Heat Shock Protein 90 and Reproduction in Female Animals: Ovary, Oocyte and Early Embryo
    Chapter 24. Heat Shock Protein 90 in Severe Trauma
    Chapter 25. HSP90
    Is there an Unknown Role in Pain Neurobiology
    Chapter 26. Heat Shock Protein 90 in Kidney Stone Disease
    Chapter 27. HSP90 et al.
    Chaperome and Proteostasis Deregulation in Human Disease.
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Digital
    Asea, Alexzander A. A.; Calderwood, Stuart K.
    Digital Access Springer v. 1-, 2007-
  • Digital
    Alexzander A.A. Asea, Punit Kaur, editors.
    Summary: The book Heat Shock Proteins in Human Diseases provides the most comprehensive review on contemporary knowledge on the role of heat shock proteins (HSP) in various types of human diseases including cancer, cardiovascular disease, microbiology and inflammation. These diseases were specifically chosen due to their dismal prognosis, the survival benefit offered by the current standards do not greatly impact the overall survival statistics with the disease and are associated with toxicity. Using an integrative approach, the contributors provide a synopsis of the most current updates on the state of HSP in human diseases. Key basic and clinical research laboratories from major universities, academic medical hospitals, biotechnology and pharmaceutical laboratories around the world have contributed articles that review present research activity on the role of heat shock proteins in human diseases and importantly project the field into the future. The book is a must read for graduate students. medical students, basic science researchers and postdoctoral scholars in the fields of Cancer Biology, Oncology, Cardiovascular Diseases, Microbiology, Inflammation, Translational Medicine, Clinical Research, Biotechnology, Cell & Molecular Medicine, Pharmaceutical Scientists and Researchers involved in Drug Discovery.

    Contents:
    Inter-Relationship Between the Inflammation and Heat Shock Protein in Cancer Development: A Possible Target for Diagnosis and Cancer Immunotherapy
    Chaperonin Hsp60 and Cancer Therapies
    Combined Thermotherapy and Heat Shock Protein Modulation for Tumor Treatment
    Small Molecule Inhibitors Targeting Heat Shock Response Pathways: Lessons from Clinical and Preclinical Studies in Cancer Therapeutics
    Multifaceted Roles of Heat Shock Factor 1 (HSF1) in Cancer
    Exploring the Role of Heat Shock Proteins in the Development of Gastric Cancer
    Heat Shock Proteins in Atrial Fibrillation
    Threading Microarrays into Novel Applications
    Regulation of Kaposi's Sarcoma-associated Herpesvirus Biology by Host Molecular Chaperones
    Role of Heat Shock Factors in Diseases and Immunity
    Heat Shock Proteins and Pain
    Regulates Cellular Senescence: Role of the DHRS2-MDM2-p53 Pathway
    Huntingtin Yeast Two-Hybrid Protein K (HYPK): An Intrinsically Unstructured Heat Shock Inducible Protein with diverse Cellular and Molecular Functions
    Roles of Heat Shock Proteins on Antigen Presentation
    Heat shock proteins mediate anastasis and plasticity of thermotolerant cells.
    Digital Access Springer 2021
  • Digital
    edited by Alexzander A.A. Asea, Punit Kaur.
    Summary: The book Heat Shock Proteins in Neuroscience provides the most comprehensive review on contemporary knowledge on the role of HSP in signaling pathways relevant to a number of diseases. Using an integrative approach, the contributors provide a synopsis of novel mechanisms, signal transduction pathways. To enhance the ease of reading and comprehension, this book has been subdivided into various section including; Section I, reviews current progress on our understanding of Neurological Aspects of HSP; Section II, focuses on Aspects of HSP in Neurodegenerative Diseases and Disorders, Section III, emphasizes the importance of HSP in Multiple Sclerosis; Section IV, reviews critical Aspects of HSP in Alzheimer's Disease and Section V, gives a comprehensive update of the Development of HSP-Based Therapies for Neurological Disorders. Key basic and clinical research laboratories from major universities, academic medical hospitals, biotechnology and pharmaceutical laboratories around the world have contributed chapters that review present research activity and importantly project the field into the future. The book is a must read for starters and professionals in the fields of Neurology and Neurosciences, Translational Medicine, Clinical Research, Human Physiology, Biotechnology, Cell & Molecular Medicine, Pharmaceutical Scientists and Researchers involved in Drug Discovery.

    Contents:
    Section I: Neurological Aspects of HSP
    Chapter 1. Hsp60 Friend and Foe of the Nervous System
    Chapter 2. Role of Heat Shock Proteins in Brain Tumors
    Chapter 3. Body Temperature Regulation Determines Immune Reactions and Species Longevity
    Chapter 4. Interaction between Heat Shock Proteins and Components of the Plasminogen Activator System in the Central Nervous System
    Chapter 5. Role of HSP70 in Plasticity and Mem
    Chapter 6. Role of Heat Shock Proteins (HSP) in Neuroprotection for Ischemic Stroke
    Section II: Aspects of HSP in Neurodegenerative Diseases and Disorders
    Chapter 7. Dysregulation of Heat Shock Proteins in Neurodegenerative Diseases: Restorative Roles of Small Molecules and Natural Compounds
    Chapter 8. Molecular Chaperones and Protein Quality Control System in the Canine Model of Brain Aging and Neurodegenerative Diseases
    Chapter 9. Role of Hsp90 Interacting Molecular Chaperones on Tau And Ass Processing in Alzheimer's Disease
    Section III: Aspects of HSP in Multiple Sclerosis
    Chapter 10. Role of Hsp70 in Multiple Sclerosis: An Overview
    Chapter 11. Protective Role of Glial Heat Shock Proteins in Amyotrophic Lateral Sclerosis
    Section IV: Development of HSP-Based Therapies for Neurological Disorders
    Chapter 12. Therapeutic Drugs and Natural Products: The Effect of Suppressing Hsps in Brain Tumors
    Chapter 13. Can HSP Targeted Gene Therapy be a New Hope for Gliomas?
    Chapter 14. Therapeutic Aspects of Heat Shock Proteins in Glioma: Cementing the Crevasses between Bench and Bedside
    Chapter 15. Engineering Chaperones for Alzheimer's Disease: Insights from Drosophila Models
    Chapter 16. Role of HSP in the Treatment of Internal Dıseases.
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Digital
    Alexzander A.A. Asea, Punit Kaur, editors.
    Summary: This edited volume offers an insightful overview of contemporary research on signaling pathways. These signaling processes are the comprehensive mechanisms by which all cellular organisms communicate internally and externally with their microenvironment. The volume is focused on heat shock proteins (HSP), which are uniquely involved in a number of critical signaling pathways. Errors in signaling pathways and in the processing of cellular information are known to be responsible for the majority of diseases including cancer, inflammatory and neurological disorders. The knowledge gained from better understanding these mechanisms can help in elucidating disease processes and will assist in development and design of novel targeted treatment therapies to combat human diseases and disorders. Key basic and clinical research laboratories from major universities, academic medical hospitals, biotechnology and pharmaceutical laboratories around the world have contributed chapters that review present research activity and importantly project the field into the future. The book is a must read for graduate students. medical students, basic science researchers and postdoctoral scholars in the fields of Translational Medicine, Clinical Research, Human Physiology, Biotechnology, Cell & Molecular Medicine, Pharmaceutical Scientists and Researchers involved in Drug Discovery.

    Contents:
    Thiol-based Redox Signaling: Impacts on Molecular Chaperones and Cellular Proteostasis
    Heat Shock Proteins (HSP) in Stress-Related Inflammatory Diseases
    Heat Shock Response and Metabolism in Skeletal Muscle
    Temperature Stress and Redox Homeostasis: The Synergistic Network of Redox and Chaperone System in Response to Stress in Plants
    Dynamics of Heat Shock Proteins in Immunity and Aging
    Heat Shock Proteins, Exercise and Inflammation
    Heat Shock Proteins and Alarmins in Autoimmunity
    HO-1/Hsp32 and Cardiac Stress Signaling
    Targeting Heat Shock Proteins in Multiple Myeloma
    IER5 is a p53-Reguated Activator of HSF1 that Contributes to Promotion of Cancer
    Heat Shock Proteins in Digestive Tract Cancer: Molecular Mechanism and Therapeutic Potential
    The Role of Heat Shock Protein 90 in Regulating Downstream Signal Transduction Cascades
    Extracellular Hsp90a versus Intracellular Hsp90b in Wound Healing and Cancer
    Regulation of Calcineurin Signaling through Blocking of the Chaperone Function of Hsp90 by HDAC Inhibitors
    Signaling Functions of Extracellular Hsp90 (eHsp90) in Cancer Metastasis
    The Role of the Molecular Chaperones Hsp70 and Hsp90 in the DNA Damage Response
    Heat Shock Protein 90 Inhibitors in Lung Cancer Therapy
    Hsp90 Inhibitors Blocking Multiple Oncogenic Signaling Pathways for the Treatment of Cancer
    Diverse Roles of Heat Shock Proteins in Immune Activation and Tolerance: A Comprehensive Review of Mechanisms and Therapeutic Relevance
    The Role of Heat Shock Proteins on Neuromuscular Disorders/Neuronal Differentiation
    Heat Shock Proteins in Neural Signaling: Implications in Health and Disease
    Cytosolic Heat Shock Protein 90 in Plant Hormone and Environmental Stress Response.
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Digital
    Robert J. Binder, Pramod K. Srivastava, editors.
    Summary: Experts from around the world review the current field of the immunobiology of heat shock proteins, and provide a comprehensive account of how these molecules are spearheading efforts in the understanding of various pathways of the immune system. This one-stop resource contains numerous images to both help illustrate the research on heat shock proteins, and better clarify the field for the non-expert. Heat shock proteins (HSPs) were discovered in 1962 and were quickly recognized for their role in protecting cells from stress. Twenty years later, the immunogenicity of a select few HSPs was described, and for the past 30 years, these findings have been applied to numerous branches of immunology, including tumor immunology and immunosurveillance, immunotherapy, etiology of autoimmunity, immunotherapy of infectious diseases, and expression of innate receptors. While HSPs can be used to manipulate immune responses by exogenous administration, they appear to be involved in initiation of de novo immune responses to cancer and likely in the maintenance of immune homeostasis.

    Contents:
    Intro; Introduction and History; Contents; Part I: Structure of the HSPs in Relation to Chaperoning Peptides and Proteins;
    Chapter 1: Hsp70-Substrate Interactions; 1.1 Introduction; 1.2 Hsp70 Functional Cycle; 1.3 Structural Basis for Hsp70-Substrate Interactions; 1.4 Mechanism of Action of Hsp70 Chaperones; 1.5 Interactions of Hsp70 Chaperones with Protein Substrates; 1.6 Role of Co-Chaperones; 1.7 Concluding Remarks; References;
    Chapter 2: Molecular Chaperone Inhibitors; 2.1 The Hsp70 and Hsp90 Chaperone Cycle; 2.2 Hsp90 Inhibitors and Their Binding Sites; 2.2.1 Hsp90 N-Terminal Inhibitors. 2.2.2 Benzoquinone Ansamycin Inhibitors2.2.3 Radicicol and Analogous Inhibitors; 2.2.4 Additional Hsp90 Second-Generation Inhibitors; 2.2.5 Consequences of Different N-Terminal Inhibitors for Hsp90 Specificity and Conformation; 2.2.6 Hsp90 C-Terminal Inhibitors; 2.3 Grp94; 2.3.1 Allosteric Inhibitors of Grp94; 2.4 Hsp90 Co-Chaperone Inhibitors; 2.5 Hsp70/Hsc70; 2.6 Hsp70/Hsc70 Inhibitors and Their Binding Sites; 2.6.1 ATP-Competitive Inhibitors of Hsp70/Hsc70; 2.6.2 Allosteric Inhibitors of Hsp70/Hsc70; 2.6.3 Peptide Mimetics Targeting Hsp70/Hsc70; 2.7 Hsp40; 2.8 Small Hsps-Hsp27. 2.8.1 Antisense Oligonucleotides Targeting Hsp272.9 Small Hsps: Clusterin; 2.9.1 Antisense Oligonucleotides Targeting Clusterin; References; Part II: Exposure of HSPs to Immune Cells;
    Chapter 3: Extracellular Heat Shock Proteins as Stress Communication Signals; 3.1 Introduction; 3.2 Types of Cellular Communication; 3.3 Extracellular HSP as Communication Signals; 3.4 Extracellular HSP in Pathological Conditions; 3.5 Mechanisms of HSP Export; 3.6 The Stress Observation System; 3.7 Conclusions; References; Part III: Regulation of Immune Responses by Extracellular HSPs. 5.2 The Visionary Work of Dr. Eckhard Podack and Development of the State-of-the-Art Secreted gp96-Ig Vaccine Approach5.2.1 Construction of gp96-Ig; 5.2.2 Principles of Secreted gp96-Ig Vaccine Approach; 5.3 The State of the Knowledge of Antitumor Vaccination with gp96-Ig; 5.3.1 Allogeneic gp96 Vaccine; 5.3.2 Combined Therapeutic Approach; 5.4 The State of Knowledge of Anti-Infectious Vaccination with gp96-Ig; 5.4.1 Secreted SIV/HIV gp96-Ig Vaccine; 5.4.1.1 Gp96SIVIg as a Novel Adjuvant for Antibody Production.
    Chapter 4: The Heat Shock Protein-CD91 Pathway and Tumor Immunosurveillance4.1 Heat Shock Proteins as Chaperones of Macromolecules; 4.2 Immune Responses Elicited by Extracellular HSPs; 4.3 Extracellular HSPs as the Molecular Signature for Immunological Responsiveness; 4.4 The Role of Extracellular HSPs in Tumor Immunosurveillance; 4.5 Conclusion; References;
    Chapter 5: Bridging the Gaps in the Vaccine Development: Avant-Garde Vaccine Approach with Secreted Heat Shock Protein gp96-Ig; 5.1 Introduction.
    Digital Access Springer 2018
  • Digital
    Addmore Shonhai, Gregory L. Blatch, editors.
    Contents:
    The Importance of Molecular Chaperones in Survival and Pathogenesis of the Malaria Parasite Plasmodium falciparum / Jude Przyborski
    General Structural and Functional Features of Molecular Chaperones / Adrienne L. Edkins and Aileen Boshoff
    The Role of Hsp70s in the Development and Pathogenicity of Plasmodium Species / Addmore Shonhai
    Role of the Hsp40 Family of Proteins in the Survival and Pathogenesis of the Malaria Parasite / Eva-Rachele Pesce, Alexander G. Maier and Gregory L. Blatch
    Role of Hsp90 in Plasmodium falciparum Malaria / Dea Shahinas and Dylan R. Pillai
    The Role of Parasite Heat Shock Proteins in Protein Trafficking and Host Cell Remodeling / Paul R. Gilson, Sarah C. Charnaud and Brendan S. Crabb
    Role of Heat Shock Proteins in Immune Modulation in Malaria / Evelyn Böttger and Gabriele Multhoff
    Establishment of Plasmodium falciparum Extracellular Compartments in its Host Erythrocyte / Alassane Mbengue, Laurence Berry and Catherine Braun-Breton
    Chaperones and Proteases of Plasmodium falciparum / Kaiyin Liu and Walid A. Houry
    Heat Shock Proteins as Targets for Novel Anti-Malarial Drugs / Manish Grover, Shweta Chaubey and Utpal Tatu
    Heat Shock Proteins of Malaria: What Do We Not Know, and What Should the Future Focus Be? / Addmore Shonhai and Gregory L. Blatch.
    Digital Access Springer 2014
  • Digital
    Addmore Shonhai, Didier Picard, Gregory L. Blatch, editors.
    Contents:
    Chapter 1. Introductory Chapter: The Importance of Heat Shock Proteins in Survival and Pathogenesis of the Malaria Parasite Plasmodium falciparum
    Chapter 2. General Structural and Functional Features of Molecular Chaperones
    Chapter 3. The Role of Hsp70s in the Development and Pathogenicity of Plasmodium falciparum
    Chapter 4. Role of the J Domain Protein Family in the Survival and Pathogenesis of Plasmodium falciparum. Chapter 5. Role of Hsp90 in Plasmodium falciparum Malaria
    Chapter 6. The Role of Malaria Parasite Heat Shock Proteins in Protein Trafficking and Remodelling of Red Blood Cells
    Chapter 7. Role of Heat Shock Proteins in Immune Modulation in Malaria
    Chapter 8. Bioprospecting for Novel Heat Shock Protein Modulators: The New Frontier for Antimalarial Drug Discovery?
    Chapter 9. Heat Shock Proteins as Targets for Novel Antimalarial Drug Discovery
    Chapter 10
    Heat Shock Proteins of Malaria: Highlights and Future Prospects.
    Digital Access Springer 2021
  • Digital
    Julien D. Périard, Sébastien Racinais, editors.
    Summary: The book is designed to provide a flowing description of the physiology of heat stress, the illnesses associated with heat exposure, recommendations on optimising health and performance, and an examination of Olympic sports played in potentially hot environmental conditions. In the first section the book examines how heat stress effects performance by outlining the basics of thermoregulation and how these responses impact on cardiovascular, central nervous system, and skeletal muscle function. It also outlines the pathophysiology and treatment of exertional heat illness, as well as the role of hydration status during exercise in the heat. Thereafter, countermeasures (e.g. cooling and heat acclimation) are covered and an explanation as to how they may aid in decreasing the incidence of heat illness and minimise the impairment in performance is provided. A novel and particular feature of the book is its inclusion of sport-specific chapters in which the influence of heat stress on performance and health is described, as well as strategies and policies adopted by the governing bodies in trying to offset the deleterious role of thermal strain. Given the breadth and scope of the sections, the book will be a reference guide for clinicians, practitioners, coaches, athletes, researchers, and students.
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Digital/Print
    Kiese Laymon.
    Summary: "Laymon writes eloquently and honestly about the physical manifestations of violence, grief, trauma, and abuse on his own body. He writes of his own eating disorder and gambling addiction as well as similar issues that run throughout his family. Through self-exploration, storytelling, and honest conversation with family and friends, Heavy seeks to bring what has been hidden into the light and to reckon with all of its myriad sources, from the most intimate--a mother-child relationship--to the most universal--a society that has undervalued and abused black bodies for centuries"-- Provided by publisher.

    Contents:
    Boy man. Train ; Nan ; Wet ; Be
    Black abundance. Meager ; Contraction ; Hulk ; Gumption
    Home worked. Fantastic ; Disaster ; Already ; Soon
    Addict Americans. Greens ; Terrors ; Seat belts ; Promises.
    Digital Access EBSCO 2018
    Limited to 1 simultaneous user
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    E185.97.L394 A3 2018
    1
  • Digital
    edited by Natalia A. Riobo.
    Contents:
    Luciferase reporter assays to study transcriptional activity of hedgehog signaling in normal and cancer cells / Silvia Pandolfi and Barbara Stecca
    Measuring expression levels of endogenous gli genes by immunoblotting and real-time PCR / Pawel Niewiadomski and Rajat Rohatgi
    Quantitative immunoblotting of endogenous hedgehog pathway components / Shohreh F. Farzan and David J. Robbins
    Measuring Gli2 phosphorylation by selected reaction monitoring mass spectrometry / Robert Ahrends, Pawel Niewiadomski, Mary N. Teruel, and Rajat Rohatgi
    Rapid screening of Gli2/3 mutants using the Flp-In system / Pawel Niewiadomski and Rajat Rohatgi
    Insights into gli factors ubiquitylation methods / Paola Infante, Romina Alfonsi, and Lucia Di Marcotullio
    Determination of acetylation of the gli transcription factors / Sonia Coni, Laura Di Magno, and Gianluca Canettieri
    Efficient detection of indian hedgehog during endochondral ossification by whole-mount immunofluorescence / João Francisco Botelho, Daniel Smith-Paredes, and Veronica Palma A.
    Methods for detection of Ptc1-driven LacZ expression in adult mouse skin / Donna M. Brennan-Crispi, My G. Mahoney, and Natalia A. Riobo
    Determination and analysis of cellular metabolic changes by noncanonical hedgehog signaling / Raffaele Teperino and John Andrew Pospisilik.
    Digital Access Springer 2015
  • Print
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Stored offsite. Please request print.
    v. 47, 57/58, 106, 154, 210, [1969, 1972, 1976, 1985]
    (v. 106 and 210 have call numbers; see individual records for locations)
    3
  • Digital
    Nayoung Kim, editor.
    Contents:
    Part 1. Epidemiology-Prevalence and Transmission routes of H. pylori
    Part 2. Pathophysiology
    1) Colonization of H. pylori in the stomach
    2) Brief description of Pathophysiology
    3) Immune mechanism
    4) Change of acid secretion, ghrelin and leptin by H. pylori
    5) H. pylori virulence factors
    A: toxin (CagA, VacA, DupA, OipA, IceA)
    B: genetic polymorphism of toxin and disease
    6) Host factors: genetic polymorphism, etc
    Part 3. Diagnosis
    1) Serology
    2) Histology
    3) Culture
    4) UBT
    5) Stool antigen
    6) Specific conditions
    A: Children
    B: Bleeding
    Part 4. Symptom
    1)Symptom of acute and chronic H. pylori infection
    Part 5. Disease
    1) Atrophic gastritis and Intestinal metaplasia
    2) Functional dyspepsia
    3) Peptic ulcer
    4) MALToma
    5) Gastric cancer
    A: Synopsis and Epidemiology of gastric cancer
    B1: Pathogenesis: i.Genetic alternation (mutations in tumor-related genes) induced by Activation-induced cytidine deaminase (AID)
    B2: Pathogenesis: ii. Epigenetic mechanisms: aberrant DNA methylation, microRNA
    B3: Pathogenesis:iii. Macrophage inhibitory factor (MIF)
    B4: Pathogenesis: iv. Epidermal mesenchyme transition (EMT)
    B5: Pathogenesis: v. ABO blood type
    B6: Pathogenesis: vi. First relatives of gastric cancer
    C: H. pylori-negative gastric cancer
    6) Gastroesophageal reflux disease (GERD)
    7) NSAID-induced gastropathy and H. pylori infection
    8) Extraintestinal manifestations of H. pylori infection
    A: Iron deficiency anemia
    B: Idiopathic thrombocytopenic purpura
    C: Heart disease
    D: Atopy and allergy
    Part 6. Antibiotic resistance
    1) Synopsis of antibiotic resistance
    2) Clarithromycin
    3) Amoxicillin
    4) Quinolone
    5) Metronidazole
    Part 7. Treatment
    1) Synopsis of antibiotic treatment
    2) Triple therapy
    3) Quadruple therapy
    4) Sequential therapy
    5) Concomitant therapy
    6) Tailored therapy based on antibiotic resistance
    7) Levofloxacin or rifabutin based triple therapy
    8) Probiotics
    9) Treatment guidelines
    10) Screening method of early gastric cancer
    11) Recrudescence and reinfection
    Part 8. Consequences of H. pylori eradication
    1) Peptic ulcer disease
    2) atrophic gastritis and Intestinal metaplasia
    3) Gastric cancer
    Part 9. The effect of H. pylori on the other microbiota of stomach
    The effect of H. pylori on the other microbiota of stomach
    Part 10. Animal model- H. pylori, H. felis.
    Digital Access Springer 2016
  • Digital
    Shigeru Kamiya, Steffen Backert, editors.
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Digital
    Susan Young and Jade Smith.
    Contents:
    The Young-Smirth programme
    Introduction to Buss and his family
    Attention
    Hyperactivity
    Impulsivity
    Anxiety
    Frustration and anger
    Social skills and relationships
    Setting goals and planning ahead
    Problem solving
    Mood and self-esteem.
    Digital Access Wiley 2017
  • Digital
    edited by Fadi Haddad, M.D., Ruth S. Gerson, M.D.
    Summary: Helping Kids in Crisis: Managing Psychiatric Emergencies in Children and Adolescents is a practical, easy-to-use guide for clinicians working with child and adolescent psychiatric emergencies across a range of settings -- from emergency rooms to schools to community pediatric or mental health clinics.

    Contents:
    Introduction / Susan B. Torrey, M.D.
    1. Kids in Crisis / Fadi Haddad, M.D.
    2. Aggression / Ruth Gerson, M.D., and Fadi Haddad, M.D.
    3. Suicide and Self-Injurious Behaviors / Gabrielle S. Carson, Ph. D.
    4. Tantrums and Behavioral Outbursts / M. Cevdet Tosyali, M.D.
    5. The "Odd" Child / Rachel Mandel, M.D.
    6. Child Abuse and Trauma / Ruth Gerson, M.D.
    7. Risky Behaviors / Charles J. Glawe, M.D.
    8. Clinical and Forensic Psychological Issues With At-Risk Youths and Juvenile Delinquents / Alessandra D.E. Herbosch, Psy. D.
    9. Substance Use: HELPING TEENAGERS AND FAMILIES WORK THROUGH A SUBSTANCE USE CRISIS / J. Rebecca Weis, M.D., and Stephen Ross, M.D.
    10. Finding Help: HELPING FAMILIES FIND EFFECTIVE TREATMENT FOR CHILDREN WITH PSYCHIATRIC ILLNESS / Jasmine Marrero, LCSW, Melissa Negron, LCSW, and Maggie Bielsky, LMSW
    11. Models of Emergency Psychiatric Care for Children and Adolescents: MOVING FROM TRIAGE TO MEANINGFUL ENGAGEMENT IN MENTAL HEALTH TREATMENT / Jennifer F. Havens, M.D., and Mollie C. Marr, B.F.A.
    Index.
    Digital Access PsychiatryOnline 2015
  • Digital
    edited by Mina K. Dulcan, M.D., Rachel R. Ballard, M.D.
    Contents:
    Contributors
    Introduction for Clinicians to the Fourth Edition
    Selected Additional Reading for Health and Mental Health Professionals
    Published Resources for Parents and Teachers
    Information on the Internet
    Copyright, Citation, and Disclaimer
    Appendix 1: Medicines With FDA Indication for Attention-Deficit/Hyperactivity Disorder (ADHD)
    Appendix 2: Medicines Typically Used for Anxiety and Depression
    Appendix 3: Medicines Typically Used for Psychosis
    Appendix 4: Medicines Typically Used for Mood Stabilization or Reducing Aggression Drugs by Generic and Brand Names: Alprazolam (Xanax)
    Amitriptyline
    Amphetamine (Dexedrine, ProCentra, Zenzedi, Adderall, Vyvanse)
    Aripiprazole (Abilify) --Asenapine (Saphris)
    Atenolol (Tenormin)
    Atomoxetine (Strattera)
    Benzodiazepines Used for Sleep: Estazolam (ProSom), Flurazepam, Temazepam (Restoril), Triazolam (Halcion)
    Benztropine (Cogentin)
    Bupropion (Wellbutrin, Aplenzin, Forfivo)
    Buspirone
    Carbamazepine (Tegretol, Carbatrol, Epitol, Equetro, Tegretol XR)
    Chlorpromazine
    Citalopram (Celexa)
    Clomipramine (Anafranil)
    Clonazepam (Klonopin)
    Clonidine (Catapres, Catapres-TTS, Kapvay)
    Clozapine (Clozaril, FazaClo, Versacloz)
    Cyproheptadine
    Desipramine (Norpramin)
    Desmopressin Acetate (DDAVP, Stimate)
    Diazepam (Valium)
    Diphenhydramine (Benadryl)
    Duloxetine (Cymbalta)
    Escitalopram (Lexapro)
    Fluoxetine (Prozac, Symbyax)
    Fluphenazine
    Fluvoxamine (Luvox CR)
    Gabapentin (Neurontin, Gralise, Gralise Starter)
    Guanfacine (Tenex, Intuniv)
    Haloperidol (Haldol)
    Hydroxyzine (Vistaril)
    Hypnotics-Sleep Medications (Nonbenzodiazepines): Eszopiclone (Lunesta), Zaleplon (Sonata), Zolpidem (Ambien, Ambien CR, Edluar, Intermezzo, Zolpimist)
    Iloperidone (Fanapt)
    Imipramine (Tofranil)
    Lamotrigine (Lamictal, Lamictal XR)
    Levomilnacipran (Fetzima)
    Lithium (Lithobid)
    L-methylfolate (Deplin)
    Lorazepam (Ativan)
    Loxapine (Loxitane, Adasuve)
    Lurasidone (Latuda)
    Melatonin
    Metformin (Glucophage, Glucophage XR, Fortamet, Glumetza, Riomet)
    Methylphenidate (Methylin, Ritalin, Metadate, Concerta, Daytrana, Quillivant, Focalin)
    Mirtazapine (Remeron)
    Modafinil (Provigil), Armodafinil (Nuvigil)
    N-acetylcysteine
    Nortriptyline (Pamelor)
    Olanzapine (Zyprexa, Symbyax)
    Omega-3 Fatty Acids (Epanova, Lovaza)
    Oxcarbazepine (Trileptal, Oxtellar XR)
    Paliperidone (Invega)
    Paroxetine (Paxil, Pexeva, Brisdelle, Paxil CR)
    Perphenazine
    Pimozide (Orap)
    Pindolol
    Prazosin (Minipress)
    Propranolol (Inderal)
    Quetiapine (Seroquel)
    Ramelteon (Rozerem)
    Risperidone (Risperdal)
    Sertraline (Zoloft)
    Thiothixene
    Topiramate (Topamax, Topiragen, Trokendi XR, Qudexy SR)
    Trazodone (Oleptro)
    Trifluoperazine
    Valproic Acid (Depakene, Stavzor), Divalproex (Depakote, Depakote ER, Depakote Sprinkles)
    Venlafaxine (Effexor), Desvenlafaxine (Pristiq, Khedezla)
    Vilazodone (Viibryd)
    Vortioxetine (Brintellix)
    Ziprasidone (Geodon).
    Digital Access PsychiatryOnline 2015
  • Digital
    Raul Mattassi, Dirk A. Loose, Massimo Vaghi, editors ; foreword by J. Leonel Villavicencio.
    Contents:
    I. Introduction and General Overview
    1.Vascular Embryology
    2. Molecular and Genetic Aspects in Infantile Hemangiomas and Vascular Malformations
    3. Introduction and Background Notes
    4. Clotting Problems
    II. Hemangiomas and Vascular Tumors
    5. Hemangiomas in Infancy: Epidemiology
    6. Classification of Infantile Hemangiomas and Other Congenital Vascular Tumors
    7. Clinical Picture
    8. Diagnostics of Infantile Hemangiomas Including Visceral Hemangioma
    9. Principles of Treatment
    10. Propanolol and Betablockers in Medical Treatment of Infantile Hemangiomas
    11. Other Medical Treatments of Infantile Hemangiomas and Other Vascular Tumors
    12. Laser Treatment of Infantile Hemangiomas
    13. Surgical Treatment
    14. Treatment by Embolization
    15. Treatment of Infantile Laparoscopic Rectal Anterior Resection in Head and Neck
    16. Treatment of Visceral Infantile Hemangiomas
    17. Treatment of Genital Infantile Hemangiomas
    18. Management of Syndromes Related to Infantile Hemangiomas
    III. Vascular Malformations
    19. Epidemiology
    20. Histology in Vascular Malformations
    21. Classifications
    22. Principles of Diagnostics
    23. Clinical Aspects in Vascular Malformations
    24. Dermatologic Aspects in Vascular Malformations
    25. Ultrasound Diagnostics
    26. Role of MR and CT in Diagnostics
    27. Nuclear Medicine
    28. Angiography and Phlebography
    29. Principles of Treatment
    30. Surgical Techniques and Tactics in Vascular Malformations
    31. Interventional Treatment in AVM
    32. Principles and Technical Skills in Ethanol Treatment of Vascular Malformations
    33. Sclerosis in Vascular Malformations
    34. Laser Treatment of Vascular Malformations
    35. Possibilities and Limits of Medical Treatment
    36. Approach to Syndromes in Vascular Malformations
    IV. Treatment of Problems According to Specific Localizations
    37. Introduction
    38. Head and Neck Malformations: Surgical Treatment
    39. Head and Neck Malformations: Sclerosis Treatment
    40. Treatment of Upper Airway Involvement
    41. Treatment of Intraorbital Vascular Malformations
    42. Orthopedic Problems,
    43. Treatment of Vascular Malformations of the Hand
    44. Thorax Wall
    45. Visceral Vascular Malformations
    46. Pelvic Malformation
    47. Vascular Malformations of the Limbs: Treatment of Arterio-Venous and Venous Malformations
    48. Lymphatic Vascular Malformations of the Limbs: Treatment of Extratruncular Malformations
    49. Lymphatic Vascular Malformations of the Limbs: Conservative Treatment of Truncular Malformations
    50. Lymphatic Truncular Malformations of the Limbs: Surgical Treatment
    51. Thoracic Duct Dysplasia and Chylous Reflux
    52. Conclusions
    Subject Index.
    Digital Access Springer 2015
  • Digital
    Janet S. Lee, Michael P. Donahoe, editors.
    Contents:
    Part I: Overview
    The Lung-Blood Interface
    Leukocyte Kinetics and Migration in the Lungs
    Part II: Acute Pulmonary Manifestations Arising from Primary Hematologic Disorders
    Sickle Cell and Acute Chest Syndrome: Mechanisms and Pathogenesis
    Sickle Cell Disease and Acute Chest Syndrome: Epidemiology, Diagnosis, Management, Outcomes
    Thrombophilias and Acute Pulmonary Thromboembolic Disease
    Bleeding Disorders: Diagnosis and Treatment of Hemorrhagic Complications in the Intensive Care Unit
    Acute Pulmonary Manifestations of Hematologic Malignancies
    Acute Pulmonary Complications of Bone Marrow and Stem Cell Transplantation
    Part III: Transfusion-Related Complications
    Storage Lesion: Evolving Concepts and Controversies
    Transfusion and Acute Respiratory Distress Syndrome: Pathogenesis and Potential Mechanisms
    Transfusion and Acute Respiratory Distress Syndrome: Clinical Epidemiology, Diagnosis, Management, and Outcomes
    Transfusion Associated Circulatory Overload
    Transfusion-Related Immunomodulation (TRIM): From Renal Allograft Survival to Postoperative Mortality in Cardiac Surgery.
    Digital Access Springer 2017
  • Digital
    Aryeh Shander, Howard L. Corwin, editors.
    Summary: This volume provides a comprehensive overview of hematologic issues that clinicians regularly encounter in the critical care environment. The text features hematologic scenarios that affect the adult ICU patient, outlines pathogenesis and challenges associated with the hematologic disorder, and offers treatment modalities. Hematologic issues covered include anemia, hemostatic abnormalities, and risks of transfusion. The book also details challenges in specific ICU populations, such as patients afflicted with liver disease, brain injury, sepsis, cardiovascular disease, malignancy, and trauma. Written by experts in the field, Hematologic Challenges in the Critically Ill is a valuable resource for clinicians in the critical care environment who treat critically ill patients afflicted with hematologic complications.

    Contents:
    Anemia in the Critically Ill
    Hemostatic Abnormalities in the Critically Ill
    Advances in Hematologic Testing
    Current and Emerging Technologies in Hematologic Testing
    Hematologic Impact of Fluid Replacement
    Advances in Trauma Resuscitation
    Hematologic Issues in Sepsis
    Hematologic Challenges in ICU Patients with Cardiovascular Disease
    Hematologic Challenges in ICU Patients with Liver Disease and Gastrointestinal Hemorrhage
    Hematological Challenges in Intensive Care Unit Patients with Neurological Disease
    Hematologic Challenges in the Critically Ill: Obstetrics
    Hematologic Challenges in ICU Patients with Malignancy
    Hematologic Challenges in ICU Patients on ECMO
    Hematologic Challenges in Intensive Care Unit Patients with Solid Organ Transplants
    Risks of Transfusion
    Clinical Outcomes and Red Blood Cell Storage
    Anticoagulants in the ICU
    Hematologic Challenges in ICU Patients Needing Plasma Exchange
    Intravenous Oxygen Therapeutics: A Revolution in Medicine yet to be Realized?
    Role of Blood Bank, Transfusion Services and Pharmacy in ICU Patients with Hematologic Challenges
    Patient Blood Management in Critically Ill.
    Digital Access Springer 2018
  • Digital
    Manorama Bhargava.
    Summary: This book is a compendium of case studies in hematologic malignancies such as acute leukemias, myelodysplastic and myeloproliferative neoplasms, chronic leukemias and multiple myeloma covering cytogenetics (karyotyping Fluorescence in sitn hybridization (FISH)) and molecular studies in detail. The first few chapters describe the methodology employed for karyotyping, FISH and Real Time PCR technology conducive to establishment of these labs if required. Each case study is described in detail by including the clinical history of the patient, findings of peripheral blood, bone marrow aspirate and bone biopsy morphological details. This is then followed by flowcytometric immunophenotyping, cytogenetic and molecular observations leading collectively to a final diagnosis, A discussion follows based on the relevance of this data in informing the prognosis, treatment response and survival in these patients. Additionally, this data serves as a key determinant for clinical decision making involving evidence based rational management of patients including targeted therapy. For better understanding, each case study is accompanied by black and white or colour images as appropriate. This book is a source of learning and a valuable read for clinical hematologists, hematopathologists, medical oncologists, residents, interns, DM Hematology students and DNB Hematology students as well.

    Contents:
    Techniques in Cytogenetics
    Techniques in Molecular Haematology
    Part: I - Case Studies in Myeloid Malignancies
    Acute Myeloid Leukemia
    Myelodysplastic Syndrome
    Myelodysplastic Syndromes - Myeloproliferative Neoplasms
    Myeloproliferative Neoplasms
    Chronic Myeloid Leukemia
    Next Generation Sequencing for Diagnostics of Myeloid Malignancies for Routine Clinical Use: Pitfalls and Advantages
    Part: II - Case Studies in Lymphoid Malignancies
    Acute Lymphoblastic Leukemia
    Chronic Lymphocytic Leukemia and Non Hodgkins Lymphoma
    Part: III - Case Studies in Multiple Myeloma
    Multiple Myeloma.
    Digital Access Springer 2021
  • Digital
    Giorgio Berlot, Gabriele Pozzato, editors.
    Summary: This book covers a wide array of hematologic problems commonly encountered in the daily practice of critical care and emergency medicine. Unfortunately, the symptoms and signs associated with underlying hematologic disorders are frequently rather unspecific and confounding; furthermore, the clinical course of patients admitted to intensive care units with such disorders can be fulminant, warranting prompt diagnosis. This book recognizes the importance of accurate and speedy interpretation of symptoms in that the text is symptom oriented rather than disease oriented. Put another way, the reader confronted with a particular clinical problem or symptom will be guided step by step to the possible underlying disorder(s). The scenarios considered include critical illness in patients with anemia, leukopenia, leukocytosis, abnormal platelet count, and severe transfusion reactions. For each circumstance, factors relevant to symptom interpretation are fully discussed. In addition, helpful diagnostic algorithms are presented in the form of flow charts that will assist in decision making regarding the need for further investigations. The closing chapter is devoted to the drug-induced hematologic disorders. Although the book is intended mainly for intensivists, other specialists will find much information of value for their daily practice.

    Contents:
    Introduction
    Anemia
    Anemia in the Critically Ill Patients
    Leukopenia in the Critically Ill Patients
    Leukocytosis in the Critically Ill Patients
    The critically ill patient with abnormal platelet count
    Transfusion adverse reactions in critically ill patients
    Drugs and blood cells.
    Digital Access Springer 2015
  • Digital
    Eiichi Ishii, editor.
    Contents:
    Part I. Hematopoiesis
    1. Hematopoietic stem cells: the basis of normal and malignant hematopoiesis
    Part II. White blood cell disorders
    2. Acute lymphoblastic leukemia
    3. Acute myeloid leukemia
    4. Myelodysplastic syndrome (MDS) and juvenile myelomonocytic leukemia (JMML)
    5. Neutropenia (in infancy and childhood)
    Part III. Red blood cell disorders
    6. Childhood aplastic anemia
    7. Inherited bone marrow failure syndrome, TAM
    Part IV. Platelet and coagulation disorders
    8. Immune and inherited thrombocytopenia in children
    9. Pathogenesis and treatment of hemophilia
    10. Thrombotic disorders
    Part V. Histiocytic disorders
    11. Langerhans cell histiocytosis
    12. Primary hemophagocytic lymphohistiocytoosis
    13. Hemophagocytic lymphohistiocytosis, secondary.
    Digital Access Springer 2017
  • Print
    Robert M. Schmidt, section editor.
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Retired Reference (Downstairs)
    RB37 .C189
    4
  • Digital
    [edited by] Ronald Hoffman, Edward J. Benz, Jr., Leslie E. Silberstein, Helen E. Heslop, Jeffrey I. Weitz, John Anastasi, Mohamed Salama.
    Summary: "Get the expert guidance you need to offer your patients the best possible outcomes with Hematology: Basic Principles and Practice, 7th Edition. This thoroughly up-to-date text contains both unparalleled scientific content and must-know clinical guidance, so you can enhance your problem-solving skills and make optimal use of the newest diagnostic techniques and therapeutic options in this fast-changing field"--Publisher's description.

    Contents:
    Anatomy and physiology of the gene
    Epigenetics and epigenomics
    Genomic approaches to hematology
    Regulation of gene expression, transcription, splicing and RNA metabolism
    Protein synthesis, processing, and trafficking
    Protein architecture: relationship of form and function
    Signaling transduction and metabolomics
    Pharmacogenomics and hematologic diseases
    Hematopoietic stem cell biology
    Stem cell model of hematologic malignancies
    Hematopoietic microenvironment
    Cell adhesion
    Hematopoietic cell trafficking and chemokines
    Interactions between hematopoietic stem and progenitor cells and the bone marrow: current biology of stem cell homing and mobilization
    Vascular growth in health and disease
    Cytokine/receptor families and signal transduction
    Control of cell division
    Cell death
    Overview and compartmentalization of the immune system
    B-cell development
    T-cell immunity
    Natural killer cell immunity
    Dendritic cell biology
    Complement and immunoglobulin biology leading to clinical translation
    Tolerance and autoimmunity
    Biology of erythropoiesis, erythroid differentiation, and maturation
    Granulocytopiesis and monocytopoiesis
    Thrombocytopoiesis
    Inherited forms of bone marrow failure
    Aplastic anemia
    Paroxysmal nocturnal hemoglobinuria
    Acquired disorders of unilineage blood cell production
    Pathobiology of the human erythrocyte and its hemoglobins
    Approach to anemia in the adult and child
    Pathophysiology of iron homeostasis
    Disorders of iron metabolism: iron deficiency and overload
    Anemia of chronic diseases
    Heme biosynthesis and its disorders: porphyrias and sideroblastic anemias
    Megaloblastic anemias
    Thalassemia syndromes
    Pathobiology of sickle cell disease
    Sickle cell disease: clinical features and management
    Hemoglobin variants associated with hemolytic anemia, altered oxygen affinity, and methemoglobinemias
    Red blood cell enzymopathies
    Red blood cell membrane disorders
    Autoimmune hemolytic anemia
    Extrinsic nonimmune hemolytic anemias
    Granulocytosis, granulocytopenia, monocytosis, and monocytopenia
    Lymphocytosis, lymphocytopenia, hypergammaglobulinemia, and hypogammaglobulinemia
    Disorders of phagocyte function
    Congenital disorders of lymphocyte function
    Histiocytic disorders
    Lysosomal storage diseases: perspectives and principles
    Infectious mononucleosis and other Epstein-Barr virus-associated diseases
    Progress in the classification of hematopoietic and lymphoid neoplasms: clinical implications
    The cytogenomic basis of hematological malignancies
    Pharmacology and molecular mechanisms of antineoplastic agents for hematologic malignancies
    Pathobiology of acute myeloid leukemia
    Clinical manifestations and treatment of acute myeloid leukemia
    Myelodysplastic syndromes: biology and treatment
    Allogeneic hematopoietic stem cell transplantation for acute myeloid leukemia and myelodysplastic syndrome in adults
    Acute myeloid leukemia in children
    Myelodysplastic syndrome and myeloproliferative syndrome in children
    Pathobiology of acute lymphoblastic leukemia
    Clinical manifestations and treatment in children of acute lymphoblastic leukemia
    Acute lymphocytic leukemia in adults
    Chronic myeloid leukemia
    The polycythemias
    Essential thrombocythemia
    Primary myelofibrosis
    Eosinophilia, eosinophil-associated diseases, chronic eosinophil leukemia, and the hypereosinophilic syndromes
    Mast cells and systemic mastocytosis
    The pathologic basis for the classification of non-Hodgkin and Hodgkin lymphomas
    Origins of Hodgkin disease
    Hodgkin lymphoma: clinical manifestations, staging, and therapy
    Origins of non-Hodgkin lymphomas
    Chronic lymphocytic leukemia
    Hairy cell leukemia
    Clinical manifestations and treatment of indolent lymphomas: marginal zone lymphomas (extranodal/malt, splenic, and nodal)
    Clinical manifestations, staging, and treatment of follicular lymphoma
    Mantle cell lymphoma
    Diagnosis and treatment of diffuse large b-cell lymphoma (DLBCL) and Burkitt lymphoma (BL)
    Viral-related lymphomas
    Malignant lymphomas in childhood
    T-cell lymphomas
    Multiple myeloma
    Waldenstrom macroglobulinemia/lymphoplasmacytic lymphoma
    Immunoglobuin light-chain amyloidosis (primary amyloidosis)
    Clinical approach to infections in the compromised host
    Psychosocial aspects of hematologic disorders
    Pain management and antiemetic therapy in hematologic disorders
    Palliative care
    Late complications of hematologic diseases and their therapies
    Overview and historical perspective of current cell-based therapies
    Practical aspects of hematologic stem cell harvesting and mobilization
    IND enabling processes for cell-based therapies
    Graft engineering and cell processing
    Principles of cell-based genetic therapies
    Mesenchymal stromal cells
    T cell therapy of hematological diseases
    NK cell-based therapies
    Immune checkpoint blockade in hematologic malignancies
    Overview and choice of donor of hematopoietic stem cell transplantation
    Indications and outcomes of allogeneic hematopoietic cell transplantation for hematologic malignancies in adults
    Unrelated donor hematopoietic cell transplantation
    Haploidentical hematopoietic cell transplantation
    Unrelated donor cord blood transplantation for hematologic malignancies
    Graft-versus-host disease and graft-versus-leukemia responses: biology and therapy
    Complications after hematopoietic cell transplantation
    Human blood group antigens and antibodies
    Principles of red blood cell transfusion
    Clinical considerations in platelet transfusion therapy
    Human leukocyte antigen and human neutrophil antigen systems
    Principles of neutrophil (granulocyte) transfusions
    Transfusion of plasma derivatives: plasma, cryoprecipitate, albumin, and immunoglobulins
    Preparation of plasma-derived and recombinant human plasma proteins
    Transfusion therapy for coagulation factor deficiencies
    Hemapheresis
    Transfusion reactions to blood and cell therapy products
    Transfusion-transmitted diseases
    Pediatric transfusion medicine
    Overview of hemostasis and thrombosis
    The blood vessel wall
    Megakaryocyte and platelet structure
    Molecular basis of platelet function
    Molecular basis of blood coagulation
    Regulatory mechanisms in hemostasis
    Clinical approach to the patient with bleeding or bruising
    Laboratory evaluation of hemostatic and thrombotic disorders
    Acquired disorders of platelet function
    Diseases of platelet number: immune thrombocytopenia, neonatal alloimmune thrombocytopenia, and posttransfusion purpura
    Thrombocytopenia caused by platelet destruction, hypersplenism, or hemodilution
    Heparin-induced thrombocytopenia
    Thrombotic thrombocytopenic purpura and the hemolytic uremic syndromes
    Hemophilia A and B
    Inhibitors in hemophilia A and B
    Rare coagulation factor deficiencies
    Structure, biology, and genetics of von Willebrand factor
    Disseminated intravascular coagulation
    Hypercoagulable states
    The antiphospholipid syndrome
    Venous thromboembolism
    Mechanical interventions in arterial and venous thrombosis
    Atherothrombosis
    Stroke
    Acute coronary syndromes
    Atrial fibrillation
    Peripheral artery disease
    Antithrombotic drugs
    Disorders of coagulation in the neonate
    Hematologic changes of pregnancy
    Hematologic manifestations of childhood illness
    Hematologic manifestations of systemic disease: liver disease
    Hematologic manifestations of systemic disease: renal disease
    Hematologic manifestations of cancer
    Integrated therapies in patients with hematologic diseases
    Hematologic manifestations of aids
    Hematologic manifestations of parasitic diseases
    Hematologic problems in the surgical patient: bleeding and thrombosis
    The spleen and its disorders
    Hematology in aging.
    Digital Access ScienceDirect 2018
  • Digital
    [edited by] Ronald Hoffman, Edward J. Benz, Jr., Leslie E. Silberstein, Helen E. Heslop, Jeffrey I. Weitz, Mohamed E. Salama, Syed A. Abutalib.
    Digital Access ClinicalKey 2023
  • Digital
    [edited by] Robin K. Ohls, Akhil Maheshwari.
    Summary: "Dr. Richard Polin's Neonatology Questions and Controversies series highlights the most challenging aspects of neonatal care, offering trustworthy guidance on up-to-date diagnostic and treatment options in the field. In each volume, renowned experts address the clinical problems of greatest concern to today's practitioners, helping you handle difficult practice issues and provide optimal, evidence-based care to every patient"--Publisher's description.

    Contents:
    Stem cell therapy in neonates-the time has (almost) come / Bernard Thebaud
    Genome and exome sequencing : can it impact clinical care in the NICU / Darrell L. Dinwiddie
    Transfusion thresholds in the NICU-what have recent RCTs taught us / Robin K. Ohls
    Donor milk compared with mother's own milk / Tara DuPont
    Will standardized approaches to nutrition decrease NEC / Beatrice Stefanescu
    What is the value of identifying genetic causes of congenital hemolytic jaundice / Robert D. Christensen
    Using the new CBC parameters in NICU practice / Brianna C. MacQueen, Erick Henry, Martha C. Sola-Visner Sterling T. Bennett, and Robert D. Christensen
    How near are we to using darbepoetin or erythropoietin as neuroprotective agents for perinatal hypoxic/ischemic encephalopathy / Mariana Baserga
    Of what value to neonates is measuring end tidal carbon monoxide concentration / Ronald J. Wong
    How do we adopt anemia-preventing strategies in our delivery rooms / Patrick D. Carroll
    Thrombocytopenia in infants with necrotizing enterocolitis / Sachin C. Amin, Benjamin A. Torres, Akhil Maheshwari
    Genetic risk factors for patent ductus arteriosus / Tamas Jilling and Namasivayam Ambalavanan
    Genetic basis of PDA / Caitlin J. Smith, Baiba Steinbrekera, John M. Dagle
    Genetic basis of bronchopulmonary dysplasia / Margaret Gilfillan and Vineet Bhandari
    Prenatal genetic testing / Anthony R. Gregg
    Early diagnosis of severe combined immunodeficiency / Jolan Walter
    Newborn screening / Amarilis Sanchez-Valle.
    Digital Access ClinicalKey 2019
  • Print
    by John B. Harley, Sundaram V. Ramanan and Mabel M. Stevenson.
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Books: General Collection (Downstairs)
    RC633 .H285
    1
  • Digital
    Lakshmi V. Srivaths, editor.
    Summary: Adolescent females experience a variety of blood disorders that are often unique to this patient population. As they go through puberty, they are uniquely poised to encounter various bleeding and thrombotic disorders once they attain menarche, start to have menstrual bleeding, and require hormonal therapy. This may in turn lead to other medical conditions, such as anemia and iron deficiency. Pregnancy encountered by some adolescents can pose hematologic challenges specifically in regards to bleeding and thrombotic disorders. In addition, adolescent females are at risk to develop immune mediated hematologic disorders, such as immune thrombocytopenia, auto-immune hemolytic anemia, and thrombotic thrombocytopenic purpura, as well as vitamin deficiencies due to pernicious anemia. Sickle cell disease, thalassemia and bone marrow failure disorders in the adolescent female poses unique challenges that need to be addressed with special care and attention. Knowledge about these various blood disorders in adolescent females is crucial for the treating physician in order to accurately diagnose and optimally manage these teenagers. Otherwise, it can affect their overall health, causing hematologic and gynecologic issues, poor quality of life, neurocognitive impairments, and poor psycho-social development, all of which can lead to various complications immediately and into adulthood. This book provides a comprehensive, state-of-the art overview of blood disorders in female adolescents. The text presents new data about bleeding disorders that affect the female adolescent, including bleeding disorders, thromboembolism, thrombophilia, anemia, sickle cell disease and thalassemia, disorders od hemostasis and thrombosis in pregnancy, immune hematology and bone marrow failure disorders; reviews our current understanding of these disorders; outlines recent research findings; and spotlights multi-disciplinary approaches, evaluation and treatment modalities to combat these blood disorders. Written by experts in the field, Hematology in the Adolescent Female is a valuable resource for clinicians and practitioners who treat and manage female adolescents with blood disorders.

    Contents:
    Evaluation Of the Adolescent with Heavy Menstrual Bleeding
    Screening Tools for Evaluating the Bleeding Adolescent
    Von Willebrand disease
    Hemophilia Carriers
    Rare Coagulation Factor Deficiencies
    Platelet Disorders
    Fibrinolytic Pathway Disorders
    Hypermobility Syndromes in Heavy Menstrual Bleeding
    Heavy Menstrual Bleeding Complications
    Hormonal Therapy for Heavy Menstrual Bleeding
    Hemostatic Therapy for Heavy Menstrual Bleeding
    Quality of Life in Adolescents with Bleeding Disorders
    Prevalence and Risk Factors Of Adolescent Thromboembolism
    Management Of Adolescent Thromboembolism
    Thrombophilia and Hormonal Therapy
    Anticoagulation and Heavy Menstrual Bleeding
    Iron Deficiency Anemia
    Vitamin B12 Deficiency
    Thalassemia Disorders
    Sickle Cell Disease
    Immune Thrombocytopenia Purpura
    Autoimmune Hemolytic Anemia
    Evan's Syndrome
    Antiphospholipid Antibody Syndrome
    Thrombotic Microangiopathies
    Bone Marrow Failure Disorders
    Adolescent Pregnancy and Blood Disorders.
    Digital Access Springer 2020
  • Digital
    Anika Niambi Al-Shura ; medical illustrator, Samar Sobhy.
    Digital Access ScienceDirect 2014
  • Digital
    Moshe C. Ornstein; Sudipto Murkhurjee
    Summary: "Hematology-Oncology Board Review and Cases, a unique case-based content with multiple-choice questions, detailed explanations, and high yield pearls. This resource can also be used by the clinician daily to work through dosing and treatment options in preparation for administering care. All topics are covered on the ABIM's medical oncology board examination."-- Provided by publisher.
    Digital Access AccessHemOnc 2020
  • Digital
    Julie H. Rowe, Anneliese O. Gonzalez, Sayed H. Jafri, Putao Cen, Zeyad Kanaan, Robert J. Amato, Adan Rios, Hazem El Osta, Virginia Mohlere.
    Summary: The goal of Hematology-Oncology Clinical Questions is to empower clinicians to get their patients to the best solution as efficiently and effectively as possible. Each chapter provides a Key Concept section, which describes the basics of the question. The Clinical Scenario provides a clinical vignette in which these questions can be applied.

    Contents:
    Cancer pharmacology
    Basics of oncology and pathology
    Most common hematology questions
    Screening
    Breast cancer
    Head and neck cancer
    Gastrointestinal cancers
    Genitourinary cancers
    Gynecolological malignancies
    Thoracic cancers
    Rare cancers
    Basics of bone marrow transplantation
    Leukemia
    Lymphoma
    Plasma cell disorders
    Myeloproliferative neoplasms
    Myelodysplastic syndromes
    Guidelines for supportive care
    Oncologic emergencies
    Genetic and familial assessment for hereditary cancer syndromes.
    Digital Access AccessHemOnc 2019
  • Digital/Print
    Digital Access
    Provider
    Version
    ClinicalKey
    ScienceDirect
    Print Access
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Periodicals (Downstairs)
    48
    Stored offsite. Please request print.
    60
  • Digital
    edited by Michael M. Boyiadzis, Tito Fojo.
    Digital Access AccessHemOnc 2022
  • Digital
    Utkarsh H. Acharya, Tejaswini Dhawale.
    Digital Access Ovid 2022
  • Digital
    [edited by] Elaine S. Jaffe, Daniel A. Arber, Elias Campo, Nancy Lee Harris, Leticia Quintanilla-Martinez.
    Contents:
    Processing of the lymph node biopsy specimen
    Fine needle aspiration of lymph nodes
    Collection, processing, and examination of bone marrow specimens
    Immunohistochemistry for the hematopathology laboratory
    Flow cytometry
    Molecular diagnosis in hematopathology
    Important chromosomal aberrations in hematologic neoplasms and key techniques to diagnose them
    Normal lymphoid organs and tissues
    Reactive lymphadenopathies
    Normal bone marrow
    Evaluation of anemia, leukopenia, and thrombocytopenia
    Bone marrow findings in inflammatory, infectious, and metabolic disorders
    Principles of classification of lymphoid neoplasms
    B-cell chronic lymphocytic leukemia/small lymphocytic lymphoma, monoclonal B-cell lymphocytosis, and B-cell prolymphocytic leukemia
    Lymphoplasmacytic lymphoma and Waldenström macroglobulinemia
    Hairy cell leukemia
    Splenic marginal-zone lymphoma and other small B-cell neoplasms in the spleen
    Follicular lymphoma
    Extranodal marginal zone lymphoma : malt lymphoma
    Primary cutaneous B-cell lymphomas
    Nodal marginal zone lymphoma
    Mantle cell lymphoma
    Diffuse large B-cell lymphoma
    Burkitt's lymphoma and its mimics
    Plasmablastic neoplasms other than plasma cell myeloma
    Plasma cell neoplasms
    Nodular lymphocyte-predominant Hodgkin's lymphoma
    Classical Hodgkin's lymphoma and related lesions
    Virally associated B-cell lymphoproliferative disease
    Virally associated T-cell and NK-cell neoplasms
    T-cell and NK-cell large granular lymphocyte proliferations
    T-cell prolymphocytic leukemia
    Adult T-cell leukemia/lymphoma
    Hepatosplenic T-cell lymphoma
    Peripheral T-cell lymphoma, not otherwise specified
    Angioimmunoblastic T-cell lymphoma
    Anaplastic large cell lymphoma, ALK positive and ALK negative
    Enteropathy-associated T-cell lymphoma and other primary intestinal T-cell lymphomas
    Mycosis fungoides and Sézary syndrome
    Primary cutaneous CD30-positive T-cell lymphoproliferative disorders
    Primary cutaneous T-cell lymphomas : rare subtypes
    Precursor b- and T-cell neoplasms
    Acute leukemias of ambiguous lineage
    Principles of classification of myeloid neoplasms
    Myelodysplastic syndromes
    Acute myeloid leukemia
    Myeloproliferative neoplasms
    Myelodysplastic/myeloproliferative neoplasms
    Mastocytosis
    Eosinophilia and chronic eosinophilic leukemia, including myeloid/lymphoid neoplasms with eosinophilia and rearrangement of PDGFRA, PDGFRB, FGFR1 , OR JAK2
    Blastic plasmacytoid dendritic cell neoplasm
    Non-neoplastic histiocytic proliferations of lymph nodes and bone marrow
    Histiocytic and dendritic cell neoplasms including Langerhans cell histiocytosis and Langerhans cell sarcoma
    The pathology of primary immunodeficiencies
    Iatrogenic immunodeficiency-associated lymphoproliferative disorders
    Bone marrow evaluation for lymphoma
    Evaluation of the bone marrow after therapy
    Non-hematopoietic neoplasms of the bone marrow
    Non-lymphoid lesions of the lymph nodes
    Spleen : normal architecture and neoplastic and non-neoplastic lesions
    Diagnosis of lymphoma in extranodal sites other than skin.
    Digital Access ClinicalKey 2017
  • Digital
    [edited by] Eric D. Hsi.
    Contents:
    Non-neoplastic disorders. Red blood cell/hemoglobin disorders
    Coagulation
    Non-neoplastic morphologic abnormalities of white blood cells and macrophages
    Reactive lymph nodes and castleman disease
    Bone marrow failure syndromes
    Benign causes of bone marrow abnormalities including infections, storage diseases, systemic disorders, and stromal changes
    Lymphomas
    Small B-cell lymphomas
    Diffuse aggressive B-cell lymphomas
    Peripheral T-cell lymphomas
    Immunodeficiency-related lymphoproliferative disorders
    Hodgkin lymphoma
    Leukemias, chronic myeloproliferative neoplasms, and myelodysplasia
    B-cell leukemias of mature lymphocytes
    Mature T-cell and natural killer cell leukemias
    Acute myeloid leukemia
    Precursor lymphoid neoplasms
    Acute undifferentiated leukemia and mixed-phenotype acute leukemias
    Myeloproliferative and "overlap" myelodysplastic/myeloproliferative neoplasms
    Myelodysplastic syndromes
    Disorders of histiocytes, mast cells, plasma cells, spleen, and ancillary techniques
    Disorders of histiocytes
    Mastocytosis
    Multiple myeloma and other plasma cell neoplasms
    Disorders of the spleen
    Flow cytometric principles in hematopathology
    Molecular diagnosis in hematopathology
    Digital Access ClinicalKey 2018
  • Digital
    Renu Saxena, Hara Prasad Pati, editors.
    Summary: This book covers recent advances in the understanding and management of essential hematological pathologies. In addition to updates on Hodgkin's lymphoma, acute myeloid leukemia and other disorders, it provides essential information on transplant pathology, and the molecular and genetic aspects of hematological disorders. Offering a practical approach to lymphoma diagnosis, the book will help hematologists and pathologists alike make accurate diagnoses in keeping with the latest classifications and methodologies. A wealth of photographs and algorithms help readers understand the laboratory approach to the diagnosis of hematological disorders, reflecting the latest advances in the field. The book offers a valuable resource for residents of MD pathology, DM hematopathology and clinical hematology, as well as practitioners of hematology. -- Provided by publisher.
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Digital
    [edited by] Franklin O. Smith, Gregory H. Reaman, Judy M. Racadio.
    Digital Access Springer 2014
  • Digital
    edited by editor-in-chief, Hillard M. Lazarus ; co-editors, Robert Peter Gale, Armand Keating, Andrea Bacigalupo, Reinhold Munker, Kerry Atkinson ; deputy editor, Syed Ali Abutalib.
    Summary: This authoritative new book provides a comprehensive overview of diagnostic and therapeutic strategies in hematopoietic cell transplantation, explaining key concepts, successes, controversies and challenges. The authors and editors discuss current and future strategies for major challenges, such as graft-versus-host-disease, including new prophylaxis and treatments. They also discuss long-term complications, such as second malignancies and cardiovascular complications. Chapters are written by leading world experts, carefully edited to achieve a uniform and accessible writing style. Each chapter includes evidence-based explanations and state-of-the-art solutions, providing the reader with practice-changing advice. Full reference lists are also supplied to facilitate further exploration of each topic. Each copy of the printed book is packaged with a password, giving readers online access to all text and images. This inspiring resource demystifies both the basics and subtleties of hematopoietic cell transplantation, and is essential reading for both senior clinicians and trainees.
    Digital Access Cambridge 2017
  • Digital
    edited by Kevin D. Bunting and Cheng-Kui Qu, Department of Pediatrics, Aflac Cancer and Blood Disorders Center, Emory University School of Medicine, Atlanta, GA, USA.
    Digital Access Springer 2014
  • Digital
    edited by Kim Schmit-Pokorny, Seth Eisenberg.
    Summary: "Hematopoietic stem cell transplantation (HSCT) has evolved from primary use in hematologic malignancies and nonmalignant disease and solid tumors into a treatment option for many other diseases, and indications for HSCT continue to expand. The new edition of this manual provides comprehensive information on the ever-evolving specialty of HSCT, providing nurses and other practitioners with in-depth information on the entire HSCT process, from stem cell mobilization, collection, and infusion to potential complications and long-term effects. It also includes chapters on current research, emerging therapies, ethics, HSCT program development, and professional practice issues"-- Provided by publisher.

    Contents:
    OVERVIEW OF HEMATOPOIESIS AND IMMUNOLOGY
    BASIC CONCEPTS OF TRANSPLANTATION
    CURRENT RESEARCH
    CONSIDERATIONS IN PROGRAM DEVELOPMENT AND SITES OF CARE
    STEM CELL COLLECTION
    TRANSPLANT TREATMENT COURSE AND ACUTE COMPLICATIONS
    ACUTE AND CHRONIC GRAFT-VERSUS-HOST DISEASE
    HEMATOLOGIC EFFECTS
    GASTROINTESTINAL COMPLICATIONS
    HEPATORENAL AND BLADDER COMPLICATIONS
    CARDIOPULMONARY COMPLICATIONS
    NEUROLOGIC COMPLICATIONS
    RELAPSE AND SUBSEQUENT MALIGNANCIES
    LATE EFFECTS AND SURVIVORSHIP CARE
    ETHICAL CONSIDERATIONS
    EMERGING CELLULAR THERAPIES : CHIMERIC ANTIGEN RECEPTOR T CELLS
    PROFESSIONAL PRACTICE.
    Digital Access R2Library 2020
    Limited to 1 simultaneous user
  • Digital
    Menso J. Nubé, Muriel P.C. Grooteman, Peter J. Blankestijn, editors.
    Digital Access Springer 2016
  • Digital
    Sherene Shalhub, Anahita Dua, Susanna Shin, editors.
    Digital Access Springer 2017
  • Digital
    Michael R. Pinsky, Jean-Louis Teboul, Jean-Louis Vincent, editors.
    Summary: This book, part of the European Society of Intensive Care Medicine textbook series, teaches readers how to use hemodynamic monitoring, an essential skill for today's intensivists. It offers a valuable guide for beginners, as well as for experienced intensivists who want to hone their skills, helping both groups detect an inadequacy of perfusion and make the right choices to achieve the main goal of hemodynamic monitoring in the critically ill, i.e., to correctly assess the cardiovascular system and its response to tissue oxygen demands. The book is divided into distinguished sections: from physiology to pathophysiology; clinical assessment and measurements; and clinical practice achievements including techniques, the basic goals in clinical practice as well as the more appropriate hemodynamic therapy to be applied in different conditions. All chapters use a learning-oriented style, with practical examples, key points and take home messages, helping readers quickly absorb the content and, at the same time, apply what they have learned in the clinical setting. The European Society of Intensive Care Medicine has developed the Lessons from the ICU series with the vision of providing focused and state-of-the-art overviews of central topics in Intensive Care and optimal resources for clinicians working in Intensive Care.

    Contents:
    Introduction (Jukka Takala)
    Part I. Physiology and Pathophysiology
    Chapter 1. Shock: definition and recognition (Massimo Antonelli)
    Chapter 2. Assessing the adequacy of cardiac output (Jean-Louis Vincent)
    Chapter 3. The determinants of Venous Return (Maurizio Cecconi)
    Chapter 4. Arterial blood Pressure Regulation (Michel Pinsky)
    Chapter 5. Pulmonary Circulation (Marco Maggiorini)
    Chapter 6. Heart Rate (Paul Marik)
    Chapter 7. Autonomic Dysfunction in Shock (Gareth Ackland)
    Chapter 8. Oxygen Delivery (Luciano Gattinoni)
    Chapter 9. Mitochondrial Function (Mervyn Singer)
    Chapter 10. Perioperative Hemodynamics (Andrew Rhodes)
    Chapter 11. Haemodynamics and Extracorporeal Circulation (Alain Combes)
    Part II. Clinical Assessment and Measurements
    Chapter 12. Clinical Assessment of Hemodynamic Instability (Jan Bakker)
    Chapter 13. Assessment of the microcirculation (Daniel De Backer)
    Chapter 14. SvO2/ScVO2 (Zsolt Molnar)
    ^Chapter 15. pcO2 gap (Ospina-Tascon)
    Chapter 16. Lactate (Glenn Hernandez)
    Part III. The Techniques
    Chapter 17. Cardiac Ultrasound Examination in Shock (Antoine Viellard Baron)
    Chapter 18. Non Cardiac Ultrasound Signs in Shock (Paul Mayo)
    Chapter 19. Central Venous Pressure (Sheldon Magder)
    Chapter 20. Arterial Blood Pressure (Jean-Louis Teboul)
    Chapter 21. Cardiac Output Monitors (Daniel Reuter)
    Chapter 22. Volumetric Monitoring (Manu Malbrain)
    Chapter 23. Assessment of Fluid Responsiveness (Xavier Monnet)
    Chapter 24. Pulmonary Arterial Catheter (Didier Payen)
    Chapter 25. Arterial Pressure Waveform Analysis Cardiac Output Monitoring (Ignacio Monge Garcia)
    Chapter 26. Oesophageal Doppler (Monty Mythen)
    Chapter 27. Bioimpedence / Bioreactance (Pierre Squara)
    Chapter 28. Other Techniques (Jacques Duranteau)
    Part IV. Basic Goals in Clinical Practice.-Chapter 29. Blood Pressure Targets in the initial stabilization (Pierre Asfar)
    ^Chapter 30. Choosing the right vasopressor (Anthony Gordon)
    Chapter 31. Fluid Resuscitation (Anders Perner)
    Part V. Choosing the Right Hemodynamic Therapy
    Chapter 32. In Acute Heart Failure (Alexandre Mebazaa)
    Chapter 33. In Septic Shock(Claude Martin)
    Chapter 34. In ARDS (Luciano Gattinoni)
    Chapter 35. In Neurological Emergencies (Fabio Taccone)
    Chapter 36. For Perioperative Optimisation (Rupert Pearse)
    Chapter 37. In a Patient under ECMO (Richard Beale). .
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Print
    Mary E. Lough.
    Summary: "This comprehensive, evidence-based guide to hemodynamic monitoring procedures and patient care describes invasive, minimally invasive, and noninvasive techniques for monitoring blood pressure and oxygen levels within the circulatory system. Detailed comprehensive coverage is designed to fit the needs of today's critical care nurses and respiratory therapists."--Page [4] of cover.

    Contents:
    Part 1. Fundamentals of hemodynamic monitoring
    1. Physiologic principles of hemodynamic monitoring
    2. Physical assessment and hemodynamic monitoring
    3. Arterial pressure monitoring
    4. Central venous pressure monitoring
    5. Pulmonary artery pressuer and thermodiluation cardiac output monitoring
    6. Oxygenation and acid-base balance monitoring
    7. Venous oxygen saturation monitoring
    8. Capnography monitoring
    9. Vasoactive medications
    Part 2. Noninvasive and minimally invasive hemodynamic monitoring
    10. Doppler hemodynamic monitoring
    11. Ultrasonography-based hemodynamic monitoring
    12. Arterial waveform and pressure based hemodynamic monitoring
    13. Implantable hemodynamic monitoring
    Part 3. Clinical applications of hemodynamic monitoring
    14. Hemodynamics of mechanical ventilation and acute respiratory distress syndrome
    15. Hemodynamics of mechanical circulatory support
    16. Hemodynamic management following cardiac surgery
    17. Hemodynamic management of heart failure and cardiogenic shock
    18. Hemodynamics of acute right heart failure and pulmonary hypertension
    19. Hemodynamic management in hypovolemia and trauma
    20. Hemodynamics of sepsis
    21. Hemodynamic and intracranial dynamic monitoring in neurocritical care
    22. Goal-directed hemodynamics
    Appendix
    Index
    Case studies and case examples.
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Books: General Collection (Downstairs)
    RC683 .H446 2016
    1
  • Digital
    Raphael Giraud, Karim Bendjelid.
    Contents:
    Blood pressure
    Monitoring of cardiac output and its derivatives
    Hemodynamic monitoring techniques
    Monitoring the adequacy of oxygen supply and demand
    Echocardiography
    Preload dependency dynamic indices
    Perspectives. .
    Digital Access Springer 2016
  • Digital
    Rose Knapp, DNP, RN, APRN-BC, Assistant Graduate Faculty, APN Program Coordinator, Monmouth University, Marjorie K. Unterberg School of Nursing and Health Studies, West Long Branch, NJ.
    Contents:
    Cardiopulmonary anatomy and physiology / Maria Elsa Rodriguez
    Understanding a pressure monitoring system / Natalie Burkhalter
    Vascular access / Susan Barnason
    Arterial pressure monitoring / PatricIa Walters
    Central venous pressure monitoring / Kathleen M. Hill
    Pulmonary artery pressure monitoring / Margaret Mcatee
    Cardiac output monitoring / Julene B. (Julie) Kruithof
    Tissue oxygenation monitoring / Michelle D. Staggs
    Minimally invasive hemodynamic monitoring / Loisann Stapleton
    Circulatory assist devices / Nancy M. Richards.
    Digital Access Ovid 2016
  • Digital
    clinical editor, Rose Knapp.
    Summary: Build a solid knowledge base in hemodynamic nursing skills, with the newly updated "Hemodynamic Monitoring Made Incredibly Visual!, 4th Edition". Full of colorful images that illustrate monitoring concepts and processes, this concise, enjoyable guide sorts through the complexities of hemodynamics and clarifies them in easy-to-follow ways. Grasp the structures and functions of pulmonary and cardiac systems and the vital skills of hemodynamics, with this vital reference -- a must-have for all nursing students, new nurses, and nurses returning to critical care. -- From product description.

    Contents:
    Cardiopulmonary anatomy and physiology / Erica Sciarra
    Understanding a pressure monitoring system / Natalie Burkhalter
    Vascular access / Susan Barnason
    Arterial pressure monitoring / Patricia Walters
    Central venous pressure monitoring / Kathleen M. Hill
    Pulmonary artery pressure monitoring / Margaret McAtee
    Cardiac output monitoring / Julene B. (Julie) Kruithof
    Tissue oxygenation monitoring / Michelle D. Staggs
    Minimally invasive hemodynamic monitoring / Loisann Stapleton
    Circulatory assist devices / Anna Remy.
    Digital Access Ovid 2020
  • Digital
    edited by Morton J. Kern, Michael J. Lim, James A. Goldstein.
    Summary: "The essential resource on cardiac hemodynamics--now in a new edition Hemodynamic Rounds, Fourth Edition is intended to help cardiologists, cardiovascular fellowship trainees, residents and other members of the medical community enhance their understanding of cardiac physiology and its associated hemodynamic presentations in health and disease. This includes the basic principles of flow and pressure measurements, systemic as well as coronary hemodynamics in normal and diseased states, and changes in hemodynamics following interventional procedures ranging from TAVI and valvuloplasty to stent placement. Like its popular predecessors, this new edition draws on case studies to illustrate characteristic cardiac hemodynamic findings and discusses the essential methods used in interpreting pressure waveforms as a diagnostic and monitoring tool. The text is organized into chapters on specific areas of the heart, common cardiac pathophysiologic conditions, and hemodynamic situations resulting from different therapeutic procedures. It includes discussions of both normal and abnormal pressure waveforms. This new edition has been revised throughout to include brand new content on aortic and mitral valve stenosis and regurgitation as well as TAVI and mitral clip hemodynamics. Highlights include: Essential and easy to understand resource for those required to interpret cardiac blood flow and blood pressure tracings Covers hemodynamic assessment by cardiac disorder, plus the bedside applications of hemodynamics Revised throughout and includes brand new content on valve stenosis and regurgitation and TAVI and mitral clip hemodynamics Hemodynamic Rounds: Interpretation of Cardiac Pathophysiology from Pressure Waveform Analysis, Fourth Edition is an indispensable tool for all physicians, nurses, and students responsible for measuring and interpreting cardiac waveforms in cardiac diagnosis and monitoring"--Provided by publisher.
    Digital Access Wiley 2018
  • Digital
    [edited by] Istvan Seri ; consulting editor, Richard A. Polin.
    Summary: "Dr. Richard Polin's Neonatology Questions and Controversies series highlights the most challenging aspects of neonatal care, offering trustworthy guidance on up-to-date diagnostic and treatment options in the field. In each volume, renowned experts address the clinical problems of greatest concern to today's practitioners, helping you handle difficult practice issues and provide optimal, evidence-based care to every patient. "--Publisher's description.

    Contents:
    Section A: Developmental cardiovascular physiology and pathophysiology. Principles of developmental cardiovascular physiology and pathophysiology
    Vascular regulation of blood flow to organs in the preterm and term neonate
    Definition of normal blood pressure range: the elusive target
    Section B: Hemodynamic principles of postnatal transition.
    Cardiorespiratory effects of delayed cord clamping
    Hemodynamic significance and clinical relevance of delayed cord clamping and cord milking
    Transitional hemodynamics and pathophysiology of P/IVH
    The immature autonomic nervous system, hemodynamic regulation, and brain injury in the preterm neonate
    Pathophysiology of PPHN: cellular basis and animal studies
    Pathophysiology-based treatment of PPHN
    Section C: Diagnosis of neonatal cardiovascular compromise: methods and their clinical applications. Assessment of systemic blood flow and cardiac function: ultrasound. Point of care ultrasound in the assessment of the neonatal cardiovascular system
    Assessment of systemic blood flow and myocardial function in the neonatal period using ultrasound
    Tissue Doppler imaging
    Speckle Doppler tracking
    Assessment of systemic blood flow and cardiac function: other methods. Assessment of cardiac output in neonates: techniques using the Fick principle, indicator dilution technology, Doppler ultrasound, thoracic electrical impedance and arterial pulse contour analysis
    Cardiac MRI in the assessment of systemic and organ blood flow and the function of the developing heart
    Methods to assess systemic and organ blood flow in the neonate: principles
    Assessment of organ and peripheral blood flow. Near-infrared spectroscopy
    Clinical applications of near-infrared spectroscopy in neonates
    Assessment of the microcirculation in the neonate
    Comprehensive and predictive monitoring. heart rate and cardiorespiratory analysis for sepsis and NEC prediction
    Comprehensive, real-time hemodynamic monitoring and data acquisition: an essential component of the development of individualized neonatal intensive care
    Section D: Clinical presentations and treatment of cardiovascular compromise in the neonate. Patent ductus arteriosus. Diagnosis, evaluation and monitoring of PDA in the very preterm infant
    Pharmacologic management of PDA in the very preterm neonate
    Surgical management of PDA in the very preterm infant and post ligation cardiac compromise
    Pathophysiology based management of the hemodynamically significant ductus arteriosus in the very preterm neonate
    Cardiovascular compromise in the preterm infant during the first postnatal day
    Pathophysiology and treatment of neonatal shock. Assessment and management of septic shock & hypovolaemia
    Hemodynamics in the asphyxiated neonate and effects of therapeutic hypothermia
    Pathopysiologically based management of circulatory compromise
    The neonate with relative adrenal insufficiency and vasopressor resistance
    Section E: Cardiology. Neonates with complex congenital heart disease: delivery room management and stabilization before transfer to the cardiac ICU
    Catheter-based therapy in the neonate with congenital heart disease.
    Digital Access ClinicalKey 2019
  • Digital
    Gila Perk.
    Summary: The book provides a practically focused review of the latest techniques used for hemodynamic assessment in the echocardiography laboratory. It features a methodical case-based approach covering how to measure hemodynamic parameters successfully, including stroke volume, valve area and regurgitation severity, in a range of scenarios of varying complexity. Step-by-step guidance on how to apply the techniques described are provided. Each chapter also contains didactic features to assist the reader in assimilating the key points in every case, assisting them to develop their knowledge of how to treat patients with both routine and complex hemodynamic issues in the echocardiography laboratory. Hemodynamics in the Echocardiography Laboratory therefore represents a concise resource on how to carry out hemodynamic assessments and is a valuable resource for trainees and fellows in cardiology and echocardiography seeking a concise review of the topic.

    Contents:
    Intro
    Contents
    1: General Principles
    1.1 Doppler Principle
    1.2 Bernoulli Principle
    1.2.1 Bernoulli Equation (Fig. 1.2)
    1.3 Wiggers Diagram
    1.4 Summary and Final Points
    2: Math in the Echo Lab
    2.1 Volume Calculations
    2.1.1 VTI-Based Technique
    2.1.2 Border Tracing-Based Technique
    2.2 Resistance Calculations
    2.3 Continuity Principle
    2.4 PISA (Proximal Isovelocity Surface Area) Calculation
    2.5 Volumetirc Calculations
    2.6 Summary and Final Points
    3: Pulmonary Pressure: Beginner
    3.1 Pulmonary Artery Systolic Pressure 3.2 Analyzing TR Spectral Doppler Envelope
    3.3 Measuring Peak TR Velocity
    3.4 Assessing Right Atrial Pressure
    3.5 Interpreting the Data
    3.6 Summary and Final Points
    4: Pulmonary Pressure: Advanced
    4.1 Pulmonary Artery Diastolic Pressure
    4.2 Mean Pulmonary Artery Pressure
    4.2.1 Calculating Mean PAP Based on Sys/Dias PAP
    4.2.2 PI Early Diastolic Velocity
    4.2.3 TR VTI
    4.2.4 PA Acceleration Time
    4.3 Pulmonary Vascular Resistance
    4.3.1 Comparing TR [delta]P and RVOT Flow
    4.3.2 Calculating Pressure Drop and Flow across Pulmonary Circulation 4.4 Summary and Final Points
    5: How Severe Is This MR
    5.1 General Principles
    5.2 Anatomic/Color Assessment for EROA
    5.2.1 3D-Based Direct Measurement of EROA
    5.2.2 Vena Contracta Measurement
    5.3 PISA Method
    5.3.1 Pointers and Potential Pitfalls for the PISA Method
    5.4 Color Doppler Assessment
    5.5 Volumetric Calculations
    5.6 Summary and Final Points
    6: What Is Wrong with This MR: Part I
    6.1 Case Presentation
    6.2 Approach to an Unusual MR Tracing
    6.3 Summary and Final Points
    7: What's Wrong with This MR: Part II
    7.1 Case Presentation 7.2 Approach to an Unusual MR Tracing
    7.2.1 Low Peak Velocity
    7.2.2 Abnormal MR Envelope Shape
    7.3 Summary and Final Points
    8: Why Is This Happening Now
    8.1 First-Degree Heart Block
    8.1.1 Approach to Abnormal MR Timing
    8.2 High Degree Heart Block
    8.2.1 Approach to Abnormal MR Timing
    8.3 The Missing Atrial Contraction
    8.3.1 Approach to Abnormal MR Timing
    8.4 Summary and Final Points
    9: Extreme Pulsus Alternans
    9.1 Case Presentation
    9.2 Summary and Final Points
    10: Is This AI an Emergency
    10.1 AI Quantification
    10.2 AI Hemodynamics 10.3 Summary and Final Points
    11: There's a Hole in the Heart: Part I
    11.1 Approach to ASD Evaluation
    11.2 Case Presentation
    11.2.1 Anatomic Type of ASD
    11.2.2 Shunt Direction
    11.2.3 Magnitude of the Interatrial Shunt
    11.2.4 Effect of the Shunt on Chamber Size and Function
    11.2.5 Presence of Pulmonary Hypertension
    11.2.6 Estimation of Pulmonary Vascular Resistance
    11.3 Case Presentation
    11.3.1 Shunt Direction
    11.3.2 Magnitude of the Interatrial Shunt
    11.3.3 Effect of the Shunt on Chamber Size and Function
    Digital Access Springer 2021
  • Digital
    edited by Thomas Ming Swi Chang, McGill University, Canada, Yoshihiro Endo, Shiga University of Medical Science, Japan, Volodymyr G. Nikolaev, Ukrainian Academy of Sciences, Ukraine, Tohru Tani, Shiga University of Medical Science, Japan, Yaoting Yu, Nankai University, China, Wen-Hui Zheng.
    Digital Access World Scientific 2017
  • Digital
    David Green.
    Summary: Hemophilia and Von Willebrand Disease: Factor VIII and Von Willebrand Factor serves as a must-have reference on the important role these essential blood-clotting proteins play in research and clinical medicine. Clinicians and researchers face the daily challenge of staying current on the vast amounts of research that is now generated. The reference to Janus in the title refers to the two roles of the Factor VIII/Von Willebrand Factor Complex: initiation of coagulation and propagation of clot formation. The complex prevents bleeding in hemophilia and Von Willebrand disease but also augments arterial and venous thrombosis. Presents one source of information on Hemophilia and Von Willebrand Disease, as well as Factor VIII and Von Willebrand Factor, eliminating the search through hundreds of journal articles.
    Digital Access ScienceDirect 2018
  • Digital
    Edoardo Boccardi, Marco Cenzato, Francesco Curto, Marco Longoni, Cristina Motto, Valentina Oppo, Valentina Perini, Simone Vidale.
    Summary: This book provides detailed practical guidance on the management of hemorrhagic stroke in the clinical settings encountered in daily practice. Real-life cases are used to depict a wide range of clinical scenarios and to highlight significant aspects of management of hemorrhagic stroke. In addition, diagnostic and therapeutic protocols are presented and helpful decision-making algorithms are provided that are specific to the different professionals involved in delivery of stroke care and to differing types of hospital facility. The coverage is completed by the inclusion of up-to-date scientific background information relevant to diagnosis and therapy. Throughout, the approach adopted is both practical and multidisciplinary. The book will be of value for all practitioners involved in the provision of stroke care, and also for medical students.

    Contents:
    Diagnosis and therapy in the acute phase of hemorrhagic stroke: latest developments
    Clinical cases
    Clinical organizational pathways for hemorrhagic stroke
    Differentiated decisional algorithms.
    Digital Access Springer 2017
  • Digital
    Hyung Kyu Yang.
    Summary: This book provides up-to-date knowledge on hemorrhoids for proctologists. It covers all aspects, including the history of hemorrhoids, the anatomy of the anal canal, pathophysiology, diagnosis, and treatment. Both conservative treatment approaches and surgical methods are explained with the aid of numerous high-quality illustrations and schematic drawings. Particular attention is paid to lift-up submucosal hemorrhoidectomy, developed by the author by modifying Parks' original method. Additionally, other important techniques proposed by world leaders in the field are described and illustrated. The international trend towards use of day-case hemorrhoidectomy is acknowledged by considering this approach in detail, with discussion of patient preparation, anesthesia, surgical technique, and postoperative management. The treatment of hemorrhoids in a variety of special circumstances is examined, including new trends in PPH. The closing chapter is devoted to the various forms of anesthesia for anal surgery.
    Digital Access Springer 2014
  • Digital
    edited by Carlo Ratto, Angelo Parello, Francesco Litta.
    Summary: This book offers a comprehensive guide to hemorrhoidal disease, the most frequent coloproctological affection. In addition to amply illustrated chapters covering the epidemiology and anatomic, physiologic, and pathophysiologic bases of hemorrhoids, readers will find helpful information on the classification of hemorrhoidal disease and modalities to assess it, as well as their significant impact on the choice of treatment. The work presents a complete panel of all therapies usually adopted to treat this condition and their outcomes, which are critically commented on by prominent specialists. Further, management of the disease in special conditions is also discussed. Lastly, a literature review and evaluation of the impact of different treatments on the patient's quality of life round out the volume, which is part of the Reference Work series entitled Coloproctology.

    Contents:
    Section 1- Basics on hemorrhoids: 1 Epidemiology of hemorrhoidal disease
    2 Anatomy, physiology and pathophysiology of hemorrhoids
    3 Classification of hemorrhoidal disease and impact on the choice of treatment
    4 Haemorrhoids and media: impact on the patients
    5 Clinical assessment of hemorrhoidal disease. Section 2- Therapeutic approach to the hemorrhoidal disease: 6 Medical therapy of hemorrhoidal disease
    7 Endoscopic treatment of internal hemorrhoids
    8 Selection of patients to the surgical treatment of hemorrhoids
    9 Critical aspects of modern surgical approach to hemorrhoids
    10 Management of hemorrhoidal disease in special conditions
    11 The acute management of hemorrhoids. Section 3- Outpatient treatments: 12 Rubber band ligation, Sclerotherapy, Infrared coagulation and others: techniques and results in the surgical treatment of hemorrhoids
    13 Why and when I do prefer outpatient treatments in the surgical treatment of hemorrhoids
    14 Technical tips and tricks of outpatients treatments for hemorrhoids
    15 Pros and contras of outpatients treatments for hemorrhoids
    16 Main advantages of outpatients treatments for hemorrhoids
    17 Main disadvantages of outpatients treatments for hemorrhoids
    18 Literature review on outpatients treatments for hemorrhoids. Section 4- Hemorrhoidectomy: 19 Traditional hemorrhoidectomy: techniques and results
    20 Modern hemorrhoidectomy: techniques and results
    21 Why and when I do prefer the hemorrhoidectomy
    22 Technical tips and tricks of hemorrhoidectomy
    23 Pros and contras of hemorrhoidectomy
    24 Main advantages of hemorrhoidectomy
    25 Main disadvantages of hemorrhoidectomy
    26 Literature review on hemorrhoidectomy. Section 5- Stapled hemorrhoidopexy: 27 Stapled hemorrhoidopexy: techniques and results
    28 Why and when I do prefer the stapled haemorrhoidopexy
    29 Technical tips and tricks of stapled haemorrhoidopexy
    30 Pros and contras of stapled haemorrhoidopexy
    31 Main advantages of stapled haemorrhoidopexy
    32 Main disadvantages of stapled haemorrhoidopexy
    33 Literature review on stapled haemorrhoidopexy. Section 5- Hemorrhoidal dearterialization and mucopexy: 34 Dearterialization of hemorrhoids and mucopexy: techniques and results
    35 Hemorrhoidal dearterialization with laser: techniques and results
    36 Why and when I do prefer the dearterialization of hemorrhoids and mucopexy
    37 Technical tips and tricks of dearterialization of hemorrhoids and mucopexy
    38 Pros and contras of dearterialization of hemorrhoids and mucopexy
    39 Main advantages of dearterialization of hemorrhoids and mucopexy
    40 Main disadvantages of dearterialization of hemorrhoids and mucopexy
    41 Literature review on dearterialization of hemorrhoids and mucopexy. Section 6 -Perioperative management and outcome: 42 Intra- and postoperative management in patients submitted to operation for hemorrhoids
    43 Postoperative complications following surgical procedures for hemorrhoids and their management
    44 Literature data on the hemorrhoidal disease management
    45 Patients' quality of life after different treatments for hemorrhoidal disease. .
    Digital Access Springer 2018
  • Digital
    Thomas G. DeLoughery, editor.
    Summary: The latest edition of this practical handbook provides a concise yet comprehensive overview of common and rare problems with hemostasis and thrombosis. Through thoroughly updated and revised chapters, the text features practical information on diagnosing and managing troublesome hematologic conditions often found in clinical practice. The handbook also spotlights advances in the field since the publication of the last edition, including multiple novel coagulation factors for hemophilia, the increasing use of novel anticoagulants and their reversal agents, and the increasing use of genetics for diagnosis. Written by experts in the field, Hemostasis and Thrombosis, Fourth Edition is an invaluable resource for healthcare professionals who treat patients afflicted with these conditions. -- Provided by publisher.

    Contents:
    Basics of Coagulation
    Tests of Hemostasis and Thrombosis
    Bleeding Disorders: A General Approach
    Hemophilia
    von Willebrand Disease
    Other Inherited Bleeding Disorders
    Acquired Bleeding Disorders
    Disseminated Intravascular Coagulation
    Liver and Renal Disease
    Cardiac Bypass and Ventricular Assist Devices/ECMO
    Immune Thrombocytopenia
    Thrombotic Microangiopathy (TTP/HUS)
    Non-Blood Product Agents for Bleeding Disorders
    Transfusion Therapy and Massive Transfusions
    Deep Venous Thrombosis and Pulmonary Embolism
    Thrombosis in Unusual Sites
    Inherited Thrombophilias
    Aquired Thrombophilias
    Antiphospholipid Antibody Syndrome
    Antithrombotic Therapy for Cardiac Disease
    Stroke and Peripheral Vascular Disease
    Heparins and Heparin-Induced Thrombocytopenia
    Other Parenteral Anticoagulants
    Direct Oral Anticoagulants
    Warfarin
    Antiplatelet Agents
    Thrombolytic Therapy
    Clinical Dilemmas In Anticoagulation: Extremes Of Weight, Renal Disease, Recent Bleeding, And Surgery
    Bleeding and Thrombosis in Cancer Patients
    Hemostasis and Thrombosis in Pregnancy
    Hemorrhage and Thrombosis in Women
    Pediatric Thrombosis.
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Digital
    edited by Hussain I. Saba, Harold R. Roberts.
    Contents:
    Theories of blood coagulation : basic concepts and recent updates / Dougald M. Monroe, Maureane Hoffman
    Vascular endothelium, influence on hemostasis : past and present / Hussain I. Saba, Sabiha R. Saba
    Coagulation testing : basic and advanced clinical laboratory tests for the diagnosis of common hemostatic and thrombotic disorders / Nils Egberg and Margareta Blombäck
    Hemophilia A (factor VIII deficiency) : clinical bleeding and management / Pier Mannuccio Mannucci and Massimo Franchini
    Hemophilia B (factor IX deficiency) : clinical manifestations and management / R. S. Kasthuri, H. R. Roberts, P. E. Monahan
    Factor XI deficiency (hemophilia C) / Charles E. Bane, Anne T. Neff, and David Gailani
    Factor VIII and IX inhibitors in hemophilia / Meera Chitlur and Jeanne Lusher
    Treatment options for acquired hemophilia / Anjali Sharathkumar and David Green
    Factor XII deficiency (Hageman factor deficiency) / Evi Stavrou and Alvin H. Schmaier
    Inherited combined factor deficiency states / Asma Latif and Louis Aledort
    Acute and chronic ITP : biology, diagnosis, and management / Samir Dalia and Benjamin Djulbegovic
    Disseminated intravascular coagulation (DIC) : diagnosis and management / Stephanie J. Davis, Craig M. Kessler
    Mechanisms of fibrinolysis and basic principles of management / John W. Weisel and I. Litvinov
    Post thrombotic syndrome / Jean-Philippe Galanaud, Susan R. Kahn
    Von Willebrand disease : clinical aspects and practical management / Francesco Rodeghiero, Alberto Tosetto, Giancarlo Castaman
    Platelets in hemostasis : inherited and acquired qualitative disorders / Noman Ashraf and Hussain I. Saba
    Contributions of platelet polyphosphate to hemostasis and thrombosis / James H. Morrissey
    Thrombotic microangiopathy : thrombotic thrombocytopenic purpura and hemolytic uremic syndrome : biology, diagnosis, and management / Samir Dalia
    Hemostasis and aging / Lodovico Balducci
    Hemostatic problems in chronic and acute liver disease / Ton Lisman and Robert J. Porte
    Cancer and thrombosis / Erica Peterson and Agnes Lee
    An update on low-molecular-weight heparins / Jawed Fareed, Debra Hoppensteadt, Walter P. Jeske.
    Digital Access Wiley 2014
  • Digital
    Richard P. Szumita, Paul M. Szumita, editors.
    Summary: "This book offers a thorough, clinically oriented review of hemostasis and its impact on the practice of dentistry. Readers will gain a sound understanding of the pathophysiology of hemostasis and the pharmacology of antithrombotic and prothrombotic medications. Perioperative dental management strategies of value in patients with different congenital and acquired disorders of hemostasis are carefully explained, and the role of surgical techniques and local and topical agents in helping to minimize and control bleeding is described. Helpful instruction is also provided on the indications for antithrombotic medications and the management of patients receiving such therapy, including the risks of altering medications. As the number of available oral antithrombotic agents continues to increase, dentists will encounter significantly more patients receiving treatments that affect hemostasis. In presenting comprehensive, up-to-date information on hemostasis, hemostatic disorders, antithrombotic therapy, and safe dental management, this book will serve as a rich source of information and a useful guide for practitioners and students alike."-- Provided by publisher.
    Digital Access Springer 2018
  • Digital
    Todd Pawlicki, Daniel J. Scanderbeg, George Starkschall.
    Contents:
    Atomic structure and radioactive decay
    Interactions of X rays and gamma rays
    Interactions of particulate radiation with matter
    Machines for producting radiation
    Measurement of ionizing radiation
    Calibration of megavoltage beams of X rays and electrons
    Central-axis point dose calculations
    External beam dose calculations
    External beam treatment planning and delivery
    The basics of medical imaging
    Diagnostic imaging and applications to radiation therapy
    Tumor targeting: image-guided and adaptive radiation therapy
    Computer systems
    Radiation oncology informatics
    Physics of proton radiation therapy
    Sources for implant therapy and dose calculation
    Brachytherapy treatment planning
    Radiation protection
    Quality assurance
    Patient safety and quality improvement.
    Digital Access Wiley 2016
  • Digital
    edited by Edgar V. Lerma, MD, FACP, FASN, FNKF, Clinical Professor of Medicine, Section of Nephrology, University of Illinois at Chicago/Advocate Christ Medical Center, Oak Lawn, Illinois, Associates in Nephrology, Chicago, Illinois, Matthew R. Weir, MD, Professor and Director, Division of Nephrology, Department of Medicine, University of Maryland School of Medicine, Baltimore, Maryland.
    Contents:
    Sect. I: Technical and procedural considerations in hemodialysis
    Sect. II: Technical and procedural considerations in peritoneal dialysis
    Sect. III: Clinical considerations in the evaluation of dialysis patients
    Sect. IV: Drugs and intoxications
    Sect. V: Dialysis in the pediatric population
    Sect. VI: Dialysis in specific circumstances
    Sect. VII: Business of dialysis.
    Digital Access Ovid 2017
  • Digital
    [edited by] Richard A. McPherson, Matthew R. Pincus.
    Summary: "This twenty-fourth edition marks more than 100 years since A Manual of Clinical Diagnosis, authored by James Campbell Todd, was introduced in 1908. In its current format as Henry's Clinical Diagnosis and Management by Laboratory Methods, this textbook remains the authoritative source of information for residents, students, and other trainees in the disciplines of clinical pathology and laboratory medicine, and for physicians and laboratory practitioners. The current edition continues the tradition of partnership between laboratory examinations and the formulation and confirmation of clinical diagnoses followed by monitoring of body functions, therapeutic drug levels, other results of medical treatments, and risk assessment for disease"--Publisher's description.

    Contents:
    Part 1: The clinical laboratory. General concepts and administrative issues
    Optimizing laboratory workflow and performance
    Preanalysis
    Analysis: principles of instrumentation
    Mass spectrometry and applications
    Analysis: clinical laboratory automation
    Point-of-care testing and physician office laboratories
    Postanalysis: medical decision making
    Interpreting laboratory results
    Laboratory statistics
    Quality control
    Clinical laboratory informatics
    Financial management
    Ethics in laboratory medicine
    Part 2: Clinical chemistry. Evaluation of renal function, water , electrolytes and acid-base function
    Biochemical markers of bone metabolism
    Carbohydrates
    Lipids and dyslipoproteinemia
    Cardiac injury, atherosclerosis, and thrombotic disease
    Specific proteins
    Clinical enzymology
    Evaluation of liver function
    Laboratory diagnosis of gastrointestinal and pancreatic disorders
    Toxicology and therapeutic drug monitoring
    Evaluation of endocrine function
    Reproductive function and pregnancy
    Vitamins and trace elements
    Chemical basis for analyte assays and common interferences
    Part 3: Urine and other body fluids. Basic examination of urine
    Cerebrospinal, synovial, serous body fluids, and alternative specimens
    Part 4: Hematology and transfusion medicine. Basic examination of blood and bone marrow
    Hematopoiesis
    Erythrocytic disorders
    Leukocytic disorders
    The flow cytometric evaluation for hematopoietic neoplasia
    Immunohematology
    Transfusion medicine
    Hemapheresis
    Tissue banking and progenitor cells
    Part 5: Hemostasis and thrombosis. Coagulation and fibrinolysis
    Platelet disorders and von willebrand disease
    Laboratory approach to thrombotic risk
    Antithrombotic therapy
    Part 6: Immunology and immunopathology. Overview of the immune system and immunologic disorders
    Immunoassays and immunochemistry
    Laboratory evaluation of the cellular immune system
    Laboratory evaluation of immunoglobulin function and humoral immunity
    Mediators of inflammation: complement
    Mediators of inflammation: cytokines and adhesion molecules
    Human leukocyte antigen: the major histocompatibility complex of man
    The major histocompatibility complex and disease
    Immunodeficiency disorders
    Clinical and laboratory evaluation of systemic autoimmune rheumatic diseases
    Vasculitis
    Organ-specific autoimmune diseases
    Allergic diseases
    Part 7: Medical microbiology. Medical bacteriology
    In vitro testing of antimicrobial agents
    Mycobacteria
    Mycotic diseases
    Spirochete infections
    Chlamydial and mycoplasmal infections
    Rickettsiae and other related intracellular bacteria
    Viral infections
    Medical parasitology
    Specimen collection and handling for diagnosis of infectious diseases
    Part 8: Molecular pathology. Introduction to molecular pathology
    Molecular diagnostics: basic principles and techniques
    Polymerase chain reaction and other nucleic acid amplification technology
    Hybridization array technologies
    Applications of cytogenetics in modern pathology
    Molecular diagnosis of genetic diseases
    Molecular genetics of neuro-psychiatric disorders: current research and perspectives
    Identity testing: use of DNA analysis in parentage, forensic, and missing persons testing
    Pharmacogenomics and personalized medicine
    Part 9: Clinical pathology of cancer. Diagnosis and management of cancer using serologic and other body fluid markers
    Oncoproteins and early tumor detection
    Molecular diagnosis of hematopoietic neoplasms
    Molecular genetic pathology of solid tumors
    High-throughput genomic and proteomic technologies in the post-genomic era
    Appendices. Physiologic solutions, buffers, acid-base indicators, standard reference materials, and temperature conversions
    Desirable weights, body surface area, and body mass index
    Approximations of total blood volume
    Periodic table of elements
    Si units
    Common chimeric genes identified in human malignancies
    Disease/organ panels.
    Digital Access ClinicalKey 2022
  • Digital
    editors, Glenn P. Gravlee, MD (Professor and Vice Chair for Faculty Affairs, Department of Anesthesiology, University of Colorado School of Medicine, Aurora, Colorado), Andrew D. Shaw, MB, FRCA (Professor and Chair, Department of Anesthesiology and Pain Medicine, Faculty of Medicine and Dentistry, University of Alberta, Edmonton, Alberta, Canada), Karsten Bartels, MD, MS (Assistant Professor of Anesthesiology, Medicine and Surgery, Department of Anesthesiology, University of Colorado School of Medicine, Aurora, Colorado).
    Summary: "The title of the sixth edition has changed to "Hensley's Practical Approach to Cardiothoracic Anesthesia" to honor Rick Hensley (see Dedication) and to acknowledge the incorporation of noncardiac thoracic anesthesia topics, which was actually done in previous editions without titular recognition. This edition also adds 19 links to video clips spread across Chapters 11, 12, and 19. In addition to the Key Points at the beginning of each chapter, all chapters now include several Clinical Pearls, which are short, key clinical concepts located in the text section where their subject matter is presented. Highlighting of key references constitutes another new feature"-- Provided by publisher.
    Digital Access
    Provider
    Version
    Ovid
    LWW Health Library
  • Digital
    Israel Vlodavsky, Ralph D. Sanderson, Neta Ilan, editors.
    Summary: Proteases and their involvement in cancer progression have been well addressed and documented; however, the emerging premise presented within this book is that Heparanase is a master regulator of aggressive cancer phenotypes and crosstalk with the tumor microenvironment. This endoglycosidase contributes to tumor-mediated remodeling of the extracellular matrix and cell surfaces, augmenting the bioavailability of pro-tumorigenic and pro-inflammatory growth factors and cytokines that are bound to Heparan sulfate. Compelling evidence ties Heparanase with all steps of tumor progression including tumor initiation, growth, angiogenesis, metastasis, and chemoresistance, supporting the notion that Heparanase is an important contributor to the poor outcome of cancer patients and a validated target for therapy. Unlike Heparanase, heparanase-2, a close homolog of Heparanase, lacks enzymatic activity, inhibits Heparanase, and regulates selected genes that promote normal differentiation and tumor suppression. Written by internationally recognized leaders in Heparanase biology, this volume presents a comprehensive understanding of Heparanase's multifaceted activities in cancer, inflammation, diabetes and other diseases, as well as its related clinical applications to scientists, clinicians and advanced students in cell biology, tumor biology and oncology.

    Contents:
    Intro
    Contents
    Contributors
    About the Editors
    Part I: Historical and General Background
    Chapter 1: Forty Years of Basic and Translational Heparanase Research
    1.1 Historical Introduction
    1.1.1 Key Observations Made Prior to Cloning of the HPSE Gene (Chronological Order)
    1.2 Heparanase Gene Cloning
    1.3 Studies Performed Following Cloning of the HPSE Gene
    1.3.1 Introductory Notes
    1.3.2 Key Observations Made After Cloning of the HPSE Gene
    Structural Aspects
    Gene Regulation
    Angiogenesis & Metastasis
    Animal Models Heparanase Uptake and Cellular Traffic
    Nuclear Heparanase and Its Transcriptional Activity
    Heparanase Non-Enzymatic and Signaling Function
    Heparanase Inhibitors
    Various Tumors
    Multiple Myeloma
    Tumor Microenvironment
    Inflammation and Cells of the Immune System
    Vaccination
    Diabetes, Diabetic Complications and Other Disorders
    Aterosclerosis & Thrombosis
    Viral Infection
    1.4 Concluding Remarks and Perspectives
    References
    Chapter 2: Heparanase - Discovery and Targets
    2.1 Introduction
    2.2 Heparanase, Early Findings 2.3 Stereochemistry of Heparanase Target
    2.4 How Many Heparanases?
    2.5 Heparanase and Polysaccharide Metabolism
    2.6 Heparanase and the GAGosome
    References
    Chapter 3: Heparanase: Historical Aspects and Future Perspectives
    3.1 Introduction
    3.2 Historical Overview and General Properties of Heparanase
    3.3 Overview of Substrate Specificity of Heparanase
    3.4 Functions Dependent on Heparanase Enzymatic Activity
    3.4.1 HS Turnover
    3.4.2 Involvement in Cell Invasion
    3.4.3 Involvement in Release of ECM Bound Proteins 3.4.4 Involvement in Depletion of Intracellular Anti-Oxidant Stores of HS
    3.4.5 Facilitator of Spread of HS-Binding Viruses
    3.4.6 Inhibitors of Heparanase Enzymatic Activity
    3.5 Functions Independent of Heparanase Enzymatic Activity
    3.5.1 Cell Adhesion Molecule
    3.5.2 Promoter of Signal Transduction
    3.5.3 Transcription Factor
    3.6 Future Perspectives
    3.6.1 How Does Heparanase Initiate Signalling Pathways?
    3.6.2 Do Nuclear Heparanase and HS Interact?
    3.6.3 Relationship Between Heparanase-1 and Heparanase-2
    3.6.4 Drug Development: Where to Next? 3.7 Concluding Remarks
    References
    Chapter 4: Involvement of Syndecan-1 and Heparanase in Cancer and Inflammation
    4.1 Introduction
    4.1.1 The Syndecan Family of Heparan Sulfate Proteoglycans
    4.1.2 Heparanase - A Key Enzyme in ECM Remodeling
    4.2 The Heparanase-Syndecan Axis
    4.2.1 Heparanase Mediated Sdc1 Shedding
    4.2.2 Heparanase and Sdc1 in the Nucleus
    4.2.3 Effects on Exosome Formation and Function
    4.2.4 Effects on Growth Factor Signaling
    4.3 Functional Cooperation of Syndecan-1 and Heparanase in Inflammation
    4.3.1 Lessons from Mouse Models Role of Sdc1 and Heparanase in Delayed-Type Hypersensitivity
    Digital Access Springer 2020
  • Digital
    Rahul Nanchal, Ram Subramanian, editors.
    Summary: This book focuses on the critical care of the patient with acute, acute on chronic and chronic liver failure as well as the peri-operative care of the patient with liver transplantation. Each of these disease processes is unique in pathophysiological manifestations, underpinnings of physiology and treatment options. Patients with acute, chronic or acute on chronic liver failure are a growing fraction of ICU admissions. Hepatic Critical Care serves as the essential reference for both practicing intensivists at community hospitals and tertiary referral centers. This textbook is also targeted towards trainees specifically interested in taking care of patients with liver disease and liver transplantation.

    Contents:
    Normal Hepatic Function and Physiology
    Circulatory Physiology in Liver Disease
    Respiratory Physiology in Liver Disease
    Gastrointestinal and Hepatic Physiology in Liver Disease
    Renal Physiology in Acute and Chronic Liver Disease
    Cerebrovascular Physiology in Liver Disease
    Definition, Epidemiology, Natural History and Prognostication of Liver Disease
    Brain and the Liver- Cerebral Edema, Hepatic Encephalopathy and Beyond
    Cardiovascular Alterations in Acute and Chronic Liver Failure
    Gastrointestinal Complications in Liver Disease
    Respiratory Complications in Acute and Chronic Liver Disease
    Renal Complications in Acute and Chronic Liver Disease
    Hematological Complications in Liver Disease
    Nutrition in Liver Disease
    Infectious Complications in Liver Disease
    Pharmacological Considerations in Liver Failure
    Non Transplant Surgical Considerations: Hepatic Surgery and Liver Trauma
    Anesthetic and Perioperative Considerations in the patient with liver disease (Non Transplant)
    Perioperative Considerations during Liver Transplantation
    Use of Extra-Corporeal Liver Support Therapies
    Assessing Liver Function in the Critically Ill Patient.
    Digital Access Springer 2018
  • Digital
    Jia-Horng Kao, Ding-Shinn Chen, editors.
    Summary: This book provides a comprehensive, state-of-the art review of HBV infection and liver disease. It discusses new data on basic and translational medicine, including the viral life cycle, the immunopathogenesis of virus-induced chronic hepatitis, viral and host genetic factors affecting disease progression, and the mechanism of virus-induced hepatocarcinogenesis, as well as their potential applications in daily clinical practice. The clinical aspects of chronic HBV infection are examined in chapters on the global epidemiology, efficacy of HBV vaccination, natural history, co-infections with HCV, HDV or HIV, and management of special populations including children, pregnant women and patients undergoing immunosuppressive therapy. Further, it describes the advances and perspectives in the development of novel antiviral treatments as possible cures for HBV infection. The book is a valuable resource for medical students, physicians, and researchers who are interested in management of patients with chronic HBV infection and investigation HBV infection.
    Digital Access Springer 2018
  • Digital
    Jia-Horng Kao, editor.
    Summary: This book provides a comprehensive, state-of-the art review of HBV infection and liver disease. It discusses new data on basic and translational medicine, including the viral life cycle, the immunopathogenesis of virus-induced chronic hepatitis, viral and host genetic factors affecting disease progression, and the mechanism of virus-induced hepatocarcinogenesis, as well as their potential applications in daily clinical practice. The clinical aspects of chronic HBV infection are examined in chapters on the global epidemiology, efficacy of HBV vaccination, natural history, novel biomarkers, co-infections with HCV, HDV or HIV, and management of special populations including children, pregnant women and patients undergoing immunosuppressive therapy. Further, it describes the advances and perspectives in the development of novel antiviral treatments for possible functional cure of HBV infection. In this second edition, authors provides recent updates in epidemiology, biomarkers, antivirus therapy, and novel therapy for functional cure of chronic hepatitis B virus infection. The book is a valuable resource for medical students, physicians, and researchers who are interested in management of patients with chronic HBV infection and investigation HBV infection.
    Digital Access Springer 2021
  • Digital
    Yun-Fan Liaw, Fabien Zoulim.
    Contents:
    HBV Virology and Replication
    Experimental Models: Cell Culture and Animal Models
    Hepatitis B Virus Genotypes
    HBV Immunopathogenesis
    Carcinogenesis
    Hepatitis B Virus: Persistence and Clearance
    HDV Virology and Replication
    Translational Medicine in HBV?What Can We Learn from Clinical Samples?
    Global Epidemiology of HBV Infection
    Clinical Virology: Diagnosis and Virologic Monitoring
    Natural History of Hepatitis B Virus Infection
    Natural History of HBV Infection in the Community
    Occult HBV Infection
    The Basis for Antiviral Therapy: Drug Targets, Cross-Resistance and Novel Small Molecule Inhibitors
    IFN-Based Therapy and Management of Patients
    Nucleoside Analogue-Based Therapy and Management of Patients (Including HIV Co-infections, HBV and Pregnancy)
    Organ Transplantation in HBV Infected Patients
    Reactivation of Hepatitis B Virus Due to Cancer Chemotherapy and Other Immunosuppressive Drug Therapy
    Immunoprophylaxis of Hepatitis B Virus Infection and Its Sequelae
    Towards HBV Eradication.
    Digital Access Springer 2016
  • Digital
    Hong Tang, editor.
    Summary: This volume provides a state-of-the-art review of the key aspects of HBV. It covers our current understanding of the HBV genome and lifecycle, liver-enriched factors in the regulation of HBV transcription and translation, HBV protein structures and biological functions, and the immunology and pathogenesis of HBV. It also provides an update on cell and animal models, as well as molecular approaches. The respective chapters also cover the clinical management of hepatitis B and discuss future research directions, in particular, the identification of molecular targets for pharmacological intervention. Given its scope, the book offers a valuable resource for students, researchers, clinicians, and health practitioners in the fields of virology, infectious disease, public health etc. Dr Hong Tang is a Professor and Director of the Center of Infectious Diseases, West China Hospital of Sichuan University.

    Contents:
    Intro; Preface; Contents;
    Chapter 1: Hepatitis B Virus Infection: Overview; 1 Discovery of HBV; 2 Epidemiology and Natural History of HBV Infection; 3 Biological Characteristics and Immunopathogenesis of HBV; 3.1 HBV Genome and Life Cycle; 3.2 HBV Transcription and Translation; 3.3 Immunopathogenesis of HBV; 4 Current Antiviral Drugs Against HBV and New Antiviral Drugs Under Development; 4.1 Current Antiviral Drugs Against HBV; 4.2 Optimization Treatment Strategies Based on Current Antiviral Drugs; 4.3 Advances in the Development of New Anti-HBV Drugs 4.3.1 Direct Antiviral Drugs Against the Life Cycle of HBV4.3.2 Indirect Antiviral Drugs that Modulate Host Immune Response to Control CHB; References;
    Chapter 2: HBV Genome and Life Cycle; 1 Introduction; 2 HBV Genome; 3 Viral Entry; 4 The Conversion of rcDNA to cccDNA; 5 The Expressions of Viral RNAs and Proteins; 6 Viral Capsid Assembly, Reverse Transcription, and rcDNA Formation; 7 Viral Budding; 8 Conclusion; References;
    Chapter 3: The Regulation of HBV Transcription and Replication; 1 Introduction; 2 Transcription of the HBV Genome 3 Cis-Acting Transcriptional Regulatory Sequence Elements and Trans-Acting DNA-Binding Proteins4 Role of Liver-Enriched Transcription Factors in HBV Transcription, Replication, and Tissue Tropism; 5 Redundant Functions for Nuclear Receptors in HBV Biosynthesis; 6 Regulation of HBV Biosynthesis by Transcriptional Coactivators and Corepressors; 7 Transcriptional Regulation of HBV Replication In Vivo; 8 Conclusions; References;
    Chapter 4: Immunopathogenesis of HBV Infection; 1 Introduction; 2 Viral Factors Leading to HBV Persistence; 2.1 HBV Genetic Variants 2.2 Impact of Viral Load on HBV Persistence3 Host Genetics; 4 Innate Immune Responses; 4.1 HBV Recognition by Innate Sensors; 4.2 HBV-Driven Inhibition of Innate-Signaling Pathways; 4.3 NK Cells; 4.4 Liver Macrophages; 4.5 MDSC; 4.6 NKT; 4.7 MAIT; 5 Adaptive Immune Responses; 5.1 Antigen-Presenting Cells; 5.2 CD4+ T Cells; 5.3 CD8+ T Cells; 5.4 B Cells; 6 Liver Injury in HBV Infection; 6.1 HBV-Induced ER and Mitochondrial Dysfunctions; 6.2 HBV Surface Antigen Mutations in Fulminant Hepatitis B and Occult HBV Infection 6.3 HBV RNAs Deregulate miRNA Functions Leading to Pathological Consequences6.4 HBV X Protein Interferes with the Apoptosis Signaling to Promote Viral Proliferation and HCC Progression; 7 Immune-Tolerant Phase of HBV Infection; 8 Age-Dependent Immune Response to HBV Infection; 9 Maternal Effect on HBV Persistence: Induction of Trained Immunity in Human Neonates of HBV+ Mothers; 10 Conclusions; References;
    Chapter 5: Cell Culture Models and Animal Models for HBV Study; 1 Introduction; 2 HBV Cell Culture Models; 2.1 HBV DNA Integrated Stable Cell Models; 2.2 HBV Infection Cell Models 2.3 HBV Recombinant cccDNA Transfection Cell Models
    Digital Access Springer 2020
  • Digital
    edited by Sanaa M. Kamal.
    Contents:
    Hepatitis C virus / Ahmed Abdel Aziz
    Epidemiology and modes of transmission of HCV in developing countries / Sanaa M. Kamal and Dahlia Ghoraba
    Public health and economic burden of Hepatitis C infection in developing countries / Tamer A. Hafez
    Social, cultural, and political factors influencing HCV in developing countries / Sara A. Abdelhakam and Mohamad A. Othman
    Hepatitis C in Egypt / Sanaa M. Kamal and Sara A. Abdelhakam
    Hepatitis C in North Africa (Arabic Maghreb region) / Mohamed A. Daw
    Hepatitis C virus in sub-saharan Africa / Osi Obadahn and Sanaa M. Kamal
    Hepatitis C virus infection in the Indian sub-continent / Shashi Shekhar
    Hepatitis C in developing countries in southeast Asia / Thi Q. Doan
    Hepatitis C and schistosomisasis coinfection / Sanaa M. Kamal
    Hepatitis C and Helminthic infections / Khalifa S. Khalifa and Othman Amin
    Hepatitis C and HIV coinfection in developing countries / Ozlem Tastan Bishop
    Hepatiis B and C coinfection / Georgios Zacharakis
    Hepatitis C infection in patients with hemogloinopathies / Sanaa M.Kamal and Ahmed M. Fouad
    Hepatitis C in patients on hemodialysis / Tamer A. Hafez
    Hepatitis C screening and diagnosis in developing countries / Huda H. Gaafar
    Hepatitis C treatment in the era of direct-acting antiviral agents / Sanaa M. Kamal.
    Digital Access ScienceDirect 2018
  • Digital
    Marina Berenguer, editor.
    Summary: Hepatitis C Virus and Liver Transplantation is designed to provide a comprehensive and state-of-the-art overview of the major issues specific to the field of liver transplantation and hepatitis C virus infection. The sections of the book have been structured to review the overall scope of issues of recurrent hepatitis C in different complex settings, including retransplantation, HIV-coinfected patients or in the setting of suboptimal graft donors. This book provides up-to-date information on the application of new therapies to the field of liver transplantation. It provides the most recent data on their efficacy, the management of side effects, as well as the potential interactions and specific problems associated with their use in the transplant setting. Finally, an appraisal of the risks and benefits of using organs from anti-HCV positive donors is presented.

    Contents:
    1. Treatment of Hepatitis C Before Liver Transplantation
    2. Donor-Recipient Matching in HCV-Infected Patients
    3. Natural History of Recurrent Hepatitis C: Impact of Immunosuppression
    4. Treatment of Hepatitis C After Liver Transplantation
    5. Hepatitis C and Liver Transplantation in the HIV Co-Infected Patients
    6. Liver Transplantation for Hepatocellular Carcinoma in HCV-Infected Patients
    7. Retransplantation for HCV-Related Liver Disease
    8. Use of Anti-HCV Positive Grafts in Liver Transplantation.
    Digital Access Springer 2014
  • Digital
    Tatsuo Miyamura, Stanley M. Lemon, Christopher M. Walker, Takaji Wakita, editors.
    Contents:
    Natural history of chronic Hepatitis C
    The multifaceted features of HCV infection beyond the liver
    Hepatic fibrosis in Hepatitis C Virus
    HCV, alcohol, and the liver
    Extrahepatic replication of HCV
    Hepatitis C virus infecction in pregnancy and childhood
    Host genetics and responses to antiviral therapy in chronic Hepatitis C
    Viral variation and response to therapy
    HCV NS3/4A protease inhibitors and the road to effective direct-acting antiviral therapies
    Mechanism of action of direct-acting antivirals: new insights into HCV life cycle
    Modeling HCV dynamics in clinical practice to personalize antiviral therapy
    Prophylactic vaccines for the Hepatitis C virus
    Global control of hepatitis C virus infection
    Index.
    Digital Access Springer 2016
  • Digital
    Kazuaki Chayama, editor.
    Summary: This book introduces readers to Direct Acting Antiviral (DAAs) agents, newly developed drugs to treat chronic hepatitis C virus infection, which have an excellent anti-viral effect on virus replication. These drugs have been developed to enhance the effect of interferon and ribavirin, as the resistant strains against each drug have been described both in vitro and in vivo and the existences of naturally occurring variants have been reported. However, since the combination of different classes of DAAs is sufficient to completely eradicate the virus without the need for interferon or ribavirin, the current treatment regimen does not include interferon. Ribavirin is used in combination with sofosbuvir, a potent polymerase inhibitor, to enhance its antiviral effects. Hepatitis C Virus Treatment offers readers a comprehensive guide to hepatitis C; describing the resistance profiles against these drugs and shedding light on the difficulties involved in DAA therapy and the direction of future treatments, it will equip doctors to understand the essentials of treating the disease. It also describes in detail new and innovative DAA treatments, the effects of the agents, and the characteristics of resistance, providing cutting-edge information not only for hepatologists, but also for researchers, clinical residents, and medical students.
    Digital Access Springer 2017
  • Digital/Print
    Youchun Wang, editor.
    Contents:
    Hepatitis E virus / Youchun Wang, Chenyan Zhao, Ying Qi, Yansheng Geng-- Characteristics and functions of HEV proteins / Yan Zhou, Chenyan Zhao, Yabin Tian, Nan Xu [and others]
    Epidemiology of hepatitis E / Yansheng Geng, Youchun Wang
    Hepatitis E as a zoonosis / Frederik Widén,-- Genetic evolution of hepatitis E virus / Yulin Zhangcandidate, Wanyun Gong, Hang Zeng, Ling Wang-- Transmission of hepatitis E virus / Yansheng Geng, Youchun Wang
    Immunobiology and host response to HEV / Yihua Zhou
    HEV cell culture / Feng Zhang, Youchun Wang
    Animal Models for Hepatitis E Virus / Lin Wangcandidate, Ling Wang-- Clinical Manifestations of Hepatitis E / Shaojie Xin, Long Xiao
    Laboratory diagnosis of HEV infection / Chenyan Zhao, Youchun Wang
    Treatment of hepatitis E / Wei Hui, Linlin Wei, Zhuo Li, Xinhui Guo
    Prophylactic hepatitis E vaccine / Jun Zhang., Qinjian Zhao, Ningshao Xia.
    Digital Access Springer 2016
  • Digital
    Cataldo Doria, Jason N. Rogart, editors.
    Summary: Hepato-Pancreato-Biliary cancers are increasing in incidence, with pancreatic cancer now accounting for the third most cancer deaths in the United States. Typically these malignancies, as a group, are managed by the same key providers comprising a multidisciplinary team. This book is intended to provide a comprehensive review of the current knowledge in the field of hepato-pancreato-biliary malignancies, focusing on the practical and clinical care of patients. We take the approach of combining the collective expertise of an interventional gastroenterologist and a hepato-pancreato-biliary surgeon to provide the readers with accurate, succinct, and pragmatic information needed to formulate the most appropriate treatment plan for their patients with the aim of the best possible outcome. Managing patients with these cancers continues to be challenging because of continued dismal survival rates. Each section in this text is written by experts in their respective field, summarizing the most state-of-the-art, contemporary diagnostic and therapeutic tools available in the field. We believe this book will prove to be an invaluable, comprehensive resource for all members of the multidisciplinary team caring for patients with hepato-pancreato-biliary malignancies.

    Contents:
    Approach to the patient with a solid liver mass
    Pathogenesis, Epidemiology and Prognosis of Hepatocellular carcinoma (HCC)
    HCC Pathology
    Diagnosis and Evaluation of HCC
    Liver-directed therapy (IR) for HCC
    Medical Management of HCC
    Surgical Management of HCC
    Treatment of liver metastasis from colorectal cancer
    Treatment of isolated liver metastasis from non-colorectal cancer
    Pathogenesis, Epidemiology and Prognosis of Uncommon Liver Tumors
    Diagnosis and Management of Uncommon Liver Tumors
    Reducing the Risk of and Screening for Liver Cancer
    Pathogenesis, Epidemiology and Prognosis of Cholangiocarcinoma
    Pathology of Cholangiocarcinoma
    Diagnosis and Evaluation of Cholangiocarcinoma
    Nonsurgical Management of Cholangiocarcinoma
    Surgical Management of Cholangiocarcinoma
    How do I approach Klatskin’s tumor
    Endoscopic Palliative Management of Cholangiocarcinoma
    Rare Tumors of the Bile Ducts: Pathogenesis, Epidemiology, Diagnosis, and Management
    Pathogenesis, Epidemiology and Prognosis of Gallbladder Cancer
    Diagnosis and Evaluation of Gallbladder Cancer
    Pathology of Gallbladder Cancer
    Nonsurgical Management of Gallbladder Cancer
    Surgical Management of Gallbladder Cancer
    Approach to the Patient with a Pancreatic Mass
    Evaluation and Management of the Patient with a Pancreatic Cyst
    Pathogenesis, Epidemiology and Prognosis of Pancreatic Adenocarcinoma
    Diagnosis and Evaluation of Pancreatic Adenocarcinoma
    Pathology of Pancreatic Adenocarcinoma
    Nonsurgical management of Pancreatic Adenocarcinoma,- Surgical management of Pancreatic Adenocarcinoma
    Intra-operative radiation treatment
    Endoscopic Palliative Management of Pancreatic Adenocarcinoma
    Reducing the Risk of and Screening for Pancreatic Cancer
    Pathogenesis, Epidemiology and Prognosis of Pancreatic Neuroendocrine Tumors
    Pathology of Pancreatic Neuroendocrine Tumors
    Diagnosis and Evaluation of Pancreatic Neuroendocrine Tumors
    Nonsurgical management of Pancreatic Neuroendocrine Tumors
    Surgical Management of Pancreatic Neuroendocrine Tumors
    Emerging endoscopic therapies for Pancreatic Neuroendocrine Tumors
    Pathogenesis and Pathology of Rare Pancreatic Neoplasms
    Diagnosis and Management of Rare Pancreatic Neoplasms
    Molecular and Genetic Profiling for Diagnosis and Therapy of Hepatobiliary and Pancreatic Malignancies
    The Role of Robotic Surgery in Treating Hepatobiliary and Pancreatic Malignancies
    The Importance of the Multidisciplinary Approach to Managing Hepatobiliary and Pancreatic Malignancies
    The Role of the Palliative Care Team in the Management of Hepatobiliary and Pancreatic Malignancies
    The Role of Alternative Medicine in the Management of Hepatobiliary and Pancreatic Malignancies
    Integrative Medicine and Hepatobiliary and Pancreatic Cancer: What to Expect
    Is Personalized Medicine Truly Making a Difference for Patients Diagnosed with Cancers of the Liver, Biliary Tract, and Pancreas.
    Digital Access Springer 2022
  • Digital
    Daniele Regge, Giulia Zamboni, editors.
    Digital Access Springer 2018
  • Digital
    edited by Rowan W. Parks.
    Summary: "Hepatobiliary and Pancreatic Surgery meets the needs of surgeons in higher training and practising consultants for a contemporary and evidence-based account of this sub-specialty that is relevant to their general surgical practice. It is a practical reference source incorporating the most current information on recent developments, management issues and operative procedures. The text is thoroughly referenced and supported by evidence-based recommendations wherever possible, distinguishing between strong evidence to support a conclusion, and evidence suggesting that a recommendation can be reached on the balance of probabilities"--Publisher's description.

    Contents:
    Liver function and failure
    Hepatic, biliary and pancreatic anatomy
    Staging and assessment of hepatobiliary malignancies
    Benign liver lesions
    Primary malignant tumours of the liver
    Colorectal liver metastases
    Non-colorectal hepatic metastases
    Portal hypertension and liver transplantation
    Pancreas and Islet transplantation
    Spleen
    Gallstones
    Benign biliary tract diseases
    Malignant lesions of the biliary tract
    Complicated Acute Pancreatitis
    Chronic pancreatitis
    Pancreatic adenocarcinoma
    Cystic and neuroendocrine tumours of the pancreas
    Hepatobiliary and pancreatic trauma
    Digital Access ClinicalKey 2019
  • Digital
    edited by Keith D. Lillemoe, William R. Jarnagin.
    Contents:
    I: Pancrease and biliary tract
    II: Liver.
    Digital Access Ovid 2020
  • Print
    editors: J. Charles Jennette, Vivette D. D'Agati ; associate editors: Agnes B. Fogo, Volker Nickeleit, M. Barry Stokes
    Summary: "Heptinstall's Pathology of the Kidney (HPK) eighth edition has undergone more extensive updating compared to any prior edition to showcase recent astounding advances in all aspects of kidney disease. This comprehensive text maintains the excellence established by Robert H. Heptinstall, who edited and to a considerable degree authored the first four editions of this classic text first published in 1966. Since the publication of the seventh edition in 2015, there have been extraordinary advances in the understanding of the cellular, molecular, and genetic basis for kidney diseases; in the knowledge of pathologic and clinical manifestations of kidney diseases; and in the utilization of pathologic findings for directing new and more precise treatment of kidney diseases. This eighth edition has been thoroughly updated to include in-depth reviews of important new advances that ave clarified understanding, redirected research on mechanisms, made diagnosis of pathologic lesion more precise, and improved the treatment and prevention of kidney diseases"-- Provided by publisher

    Contents:
    Kidney pathology history and kidney biopsy methods / J. Charles Jennette, Vivette D. D'Agati, Agnes B. Fogo, Volker Nickeleit, and M. Barry Stokes
    Primer on the pathologic classification and diagnosis of kidney disease / J. Charles Jennette, Vivette D. D'Agati, Agnes B. Fogo, and Volker Nickeleit, M. Barry Stokes
    Kidney anatomy and histology / William L. Clapp
    Kidney development / Filipa M. Lopes & Adrian S. Woolf
    Patterns of injury, terminology and classification of kidney congenital anomalies and cystic diseases / Helen Liapis & J. Charles Jennette
    Congenital anomalies including dysplasia / Helen Liapis, Sanjay Jain & Bharathi V. Reddy
    Cystic kidney disease / Helen Liapis & Bharathi V. Reddy
    Patterns of injury, terminology and classification of glomerular diseases associated with proteinuria and nephrotic syndrome / Vivette D. D'Agati & J. Charles Jennette
    Minimal change disease / M. Barry Stokes
    Focal segmental glomerulosclerosis / Vivette D. D'Agati & M. Barry Stokes
    Membranous nephropathy / Glen S. Markowitz, Sanjeev Sethi & Vivette D. D'Agati
    Amyloidosis / Maria M. Picken & Guillermo A. Herrera
    Monoclonal immunoglobulin-related glomerular disease / Sanjeev Sethi, Fernando C. Fervenza & Samih H. Nasr
    Immunotactoid glomerulopathy / Samih H. Nasr, Fernando C. Fervenza & Sanjeev Sethi
    Diabetic kidney disease / Behzad Najafian & Charles E. Alpers
    Idiopathic nodular glomerulosclerosis / M. Barry Stokes & Vivette D. D'Agati
    Metabolic and storage disease glomerulopathies / Laura S. Finn
    Fibronectin glomerulopathy / Megan Troxell & Neeraja Kambham
    Collagenofibrotic glomerulopathy and nail patella syndrome / Laura S. Finn & Agnes B. Fogo
    Patterns of injury, terminology and classification of glomerular diseases associated with hematuria and nephritic syndrome / J. Charles Jennette & Vivette D. D'Agati
    IgA nephropathy and IgA vasculitis (Henoch-Schönlein purpura) nephritis / Mark Haas
    Lupus nephritis and related autoimmune diseases / Vivette D. D'Agati & M. Barry Stokes
    Fibrillary glomerulonephritis / Kelly D. Smith
    Cryoglobulinemic glomerulonephritis / Ian W. Gibson & Volker Nickeleit
    Acute postinfectious glomerulonephritis and infection-associated glomerulonephritis / Anjali A. Satoskar & Tibor Nadasdy
    C3 glomerulopathy / H. Terence Cook & Matthew C. Pickering
    Anti-glomerular basement membrane disease / J. Charles Jennette & Ingeborg M. Bajema
    Anti-neutrophil cytoplasmic autoantibody disease / J. Charles Jennette & Ingeborg M. Bajema
    Alport syndrome/type IV collagen nephropathies / Agnes B. Fogo
    Patterns of injury, terminology and classification of kidney vasculopathies / M. Barry Stokes & J. Charles Jennette
    Kidney disease related to hypertension and age / Agnes B. Fogo
    Fibromuscular dysplasia / Surya V. Seshan & J. Charles Jennette
    Thrombotic microangiopathies / Kerstin Amann & Agnes B. Fogo
    Preeclampsia and other pregnancy associated kidney disease / Agnes B. Fogo
    Disseminated intravascular coagulation / Kerstin Amann & Agnes B. Fogo
    Atherosclerosis and embolic kidney disease / Hans-Joachim Anders & Agnes B. Fogo
    Polyarteritis nodosa, Kawasaki disease, Takayasu arteritis, and giant cell arteritis / Surya V. Seshan & J. Charles Jennette
    Patterns of injury, terminology and classification of tubulointerstitial disease / Agnes B. Fogo & J. Charles Jennette
    Infection-related tubulointerstitial nephritis / Megan Troxell & Neeraja Kambham
    Noninfectious tubulointerstitial nephritis / Cynthia C. Nast & Agnes B. Fogo
    IgG4-related disease / Lynn D. Cornell
    Chronic interstitial nephritis in agricultural communities (mesoamerican nephropathy, CKDu) and aristolochic acid nephropathy (Balkan endemic nephropathy) / Cynthia C. Nast & Marc E. De Broe
    Nephronophthisis, medullary cystic disease, and other genetic tubular disease / Laura S. Finn
    Ischemic and septic acute tubular injury and cortical necrosis / Joseph P. Gaut
    Nephrotoxic acute tubular injury / Gilbert W. Moeckel
    Light chain tubulopathies / M. Barry Stokes
    Light chain (myeloma) cast nephropathy and mimics / Virginie Royal & Guillermo A. Herrera
    Myoglobin, hemoglobin, and bile cast nephropathies, and anti-coagulant nephropathy / Joseph P. Gaut, Sergey V. Brodsky & Tibor Nadasdy
    Nephrolithiasis and crystallopathies / Laura S. Finn & Hans-Joachim Anders
    Obstructive and reflux nephropathy / Lois J. Arend
    Patterns of injury, terminology and classification of kidney transplant disease / Volker Nickeleit & J. Charles Jennette
    Kidney allograft biopsy : overview / Volker Nickeleit
    Donor kidney biopsies / Harsharan K. Singh & Volker Nickeleit
    Kidney transplant rejection / Volker Nickeleit, Robert B. Colvin & Peter Nickerson
    Kidney transplant ischemic injury / Parmjeet Randhawa
    Kidney transplant : drug toxicity / Volker Nickeleit & Parmjeet Randhawa
    Kidney transplant infection / Harsharan K. Singh & Volker Nickeleit
    Recurrent and de novo disease / Parmjeet Randhawa & Volker Nickeleit
    Posttransplant lymphoproliferative disorder / Parmjeet Randhawa & Volker Nickeleit
    Kidney transplant : surgical and vascular complications / Parmjeet Randhawa & Volker Nickeleit
    Patterns of injury, terminology and classification of kidney neoplasms / John N. Eble, Liang Cheng & J. Charles Jennette
    Kidney neoplasms in children / John N. Eble & Liang Cheng
    Kidney neoplasms in adults / John N. Eble & Liang Cheng
  • Digital
    D'Agati, Vivette D.; Heptinstall, Robert H.; Jennette, J. Charles; Olson, Jean L.; Silva, Fred G.
    Contents:
    Renal anatomy and histology / Stephen M. Bonsib
    Development of the kidney / Adrian S. Woolf and Dagan Jenkins
    Primer on the pathologic classification and diagnosis of renal disease / J. Charles Jennette, Fred G. Silva, Jean L. Olson, and Vivette D. Dagati
    Cystic diseases and developmental kidney defects / Helen Liapis and Paul Winyard
    The nephrotic syndrome and minimal change disease / Jean L. Olson
    Focal segmental glomerulosclerosis and childhood nephrotic syndrome / Vivette D. DAgati and M. Barry Stokes
    Membranous glomerulonephritis / Glen S. Markowitz and Vivette D. DAgati
    Membranoproliferative glomerulonephritis / Xin J. Zhou and Fred G. Silva
    C3 glomerulopathies, including dense deposit disease / H. Terence Cook and Matthew C. Pickering
    Acute postinfectious glomerulonephritis and glomerulonephritis caused by persistent bacterial infection / Anjali A. Satoskar, Tibor Nadasdy, and Fred G. Silva
    Renal injury associated with human immunodeficiency virus infection and therapy / Arthur H. Cohen and Cynthia C. Nast
    Iga nephropathy and iga vasculitis (henoch-schonlein purpura) nephritis / Mark Haas
    Alports syndrome, familial benign hematuria, nail-patella syndrome, type iii collagen glomerulopathy, and piersons syndrome / Marie-Claire Gubler, Laurence Heidet, and Corinne Antignac
    Renal disease in systemic lupus erythematosus, mixed connective tissue disease, sjögren's syndrome, and rheumatoid arthritis / Vivette D. D'Agati and M. Barry Stokes
    Anti-glomerular basement membrane glomerulonephritis and goodpasture's syndrome / J. Charles Jennette and Volker Nickeleit
    Pauci-immune and antineutrophil cytoplasmic autoantibodymediated crescentic glomerulonephritis and vasculitis / J. Charles Jennette and David B. Thomas
    Volume 2
    Renal involvement in polyarteritis nodosa, kawasaki disease, takayasu arteritis, and giant cell arteritis / J. Charles Jennette and Harsharan K. Singh
    Thrombotic microangiopathies / Zoltan G. Laszik, Neeraja Kambham, and Fred G. Silva
    Renal disease in pregnancy / Agnes B. Fogo
    Renal disease caused by hypertension / Jean L. Olson
    Diabetic nephropathy / Jean L. Olson and Zoltan G. Laszik
    Renal diseases associated with plasma cell dyscrasias, amyloidoses, and waldenström's macroglobulinemia / Guillermo A. Herrera and Maria M. Picken
    Glomerular diseases with organized deposits / Samy S. Iskandar and Guillermo A. Herrera
    Pyelonephritis, reflux nephropathy, hydronephrosis, and nephrolithiasis / Helen Liapis, Joseph P. Gaut, John E. Tomaszewski, and Lois Arend
    Acute and chronic tubulointerstitial nephritis / Sergey V. Brodsky and Tibor Nadasdy
    Ischemic and toxic acute tubular injury and other ischemic renal injury / Gilbert Moeckel, Michael Kashgarian, and Lorraine V. Racusen
    Renal disease caused by inborn errors of metabolism, storage diseases, and hemoglobinopathies / Laura S. Finn
    Renal changes with aging and end-stage renal disease / Xin J. Zhou, Andrew Fenves, Nosratola D. Vaziri, and Ramesh Saxena
    Renal transplant pathology / Volker Nickeleit, Michael Mengel, and Robert B. Colvin
    Renal neoplasms / John N. Eble and David J. Grignon.
    Digital Access Ovid 2015
  • Digital
    Saikat Sen, Raja Chakraborty, editors.
    Summary: This book highlights the medical importance of and increasing global interest in herbal medicines, herbal health products, herbal pharmaceuticals, nutraceuticals, food supplements, herbal cosmetics, etc. It also addresses various issues that are hampering the advancement of Indian herbal medicine around the globe; these include quality concerns and quality control, pharmacovigilance, scientific investigation and validation, IPR and biopiracy, and the challenge that various indigenous systems of medicine are at risk of being lost. The book also explores the role of traditional medicine in providing new functional leads and modern approaches that can offer elegant strategies for facilitating the drug discovery process. The book also provides in-depth information on various traditional medicinal systems in India and discusses their medical importance. India has a very long history of safely using many herbal drugs. Folk medicine is also a key source of medical knowledge and plays a vital role in maintaining health in rural and remote areas. Despite its importance, this form of medicine largely remains under-investigated. Out of all the traditional medicinal systems used worldwide, Indian traditional medicine holds a unique position, as it has continued to deliver healthcare throughout the Asian subcontinent since ancient times. In addition, traditional medicine has been used to derive advanced techniques and investigate many modern drugs. Given the scope of its coverage, the book offers a valuable resource for scientists and researchers exploring traditional and herbal medicine, as well as graduate students in courses on traditional medicine, herbal medicine and pharmacy.
    Digital Access Springer 2020
  • Digital
    Bhupendra Koul.
    Summary: This book provides detailed information on the various types of cancer, etiology, effects, and challenges associated with current cancer treatment regimes. The present edition has been written to reflect recent developments, success rates and lacunae in herbal and modern cancer therapies. It also describes the use of several herbal formulations to boost patients' immunity, in order to prevent or help them cope with several cancers. The book highlights several herbs/shrubs/trees that have been reported to possess anti-cancer properties, paving the way for in-depth research into the dose standardization and efficacy of plant-based bioactive molecules. It also focuses on the sustainable conservation of medicinal flora, so that, in future, novel biomolecules be extracted and made available for the treatment of various cancers. Given its highly relevant content, the book will benefit the entire cancer research community (students, scientists, pharmacists, herbalists and lecturers) at universities, research institutions and industry in the areas of oncology, herbal cancer therapy, biotechnology, drug discovery, pharmaceuticals, agriculture, and various disciplines of the biomedical sciences.

    Contents:
    Module 1. Foreword
    Module 2. Preface
    Module 3. Abbreviations
    Module 4. General introduction
    Module 5. Types of cancers
    Module 6. Cancer treatment and their side effects
    Module 7. Molecular basis of cancer
    Module 8. Ayurvedic concepts of cancer
    Module 9. Plants with anti-cancer potential
    Module 10. Psychological therapy in cancer treatment.
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Print
    R. Eric Thomas.
    Summary: "R. Eric Thomas didn't know he was different until the world told him so. Everywhere he went--whether it was his rich, mostly white, suburban high school, his conservative black church, or his Ivy League college in a big city--he found himself on the outside looking in. In essays by turns hysterical and heartfelt, Eric redefines what it means to be an "other" through the lens of his own life experience. He explores the two worlds of his childhood: the barren urban landscape where his parents' house was an anomalous bright spot, and the verdant school they sent him to in white suburbia. He writes about struggling to reconcile his Christian identity with his sexuality, about the exhaustion of code-switching in college, accidentally getting famous on the internet (for the wrong reason), and the surreal experience of covering the 2016 election as well as the seismic change that came thereafter. Ultimately, Eric seeks the answer to the ever more relevant question: Is the future worth it? Why do we bother when everything seems to be getting worse? As the world continues to shift in unpredictable ways, Eric finds the answers to these questions by re-envisioning what "normal" means, and in the powerful alchemy that occurs when you at last place yourself at the center of your own story"-- Provided by publisher.

    Contents:
    Introduction: The Monster at the End of This Book
    The Audacity
    There's Never Any Trouble Here in Bubbleland
    Molly, Urine Danger Girl
    She's Got Herself a Universe
    Historically Black
    Disorientation
    Someone Is Wrong on the Internet
    Unsuccessful Black Hair
    Flames, at the Side of My Face
    Ball So Soft
    Fate Bursting through the Wall
    Krampromise
    Comforters
    The Preacher's Husband
    Dinner Guests
    Eggquity
    The Past Smelled Terrible
    Unsubscribe from All That
    Here for It, or How to Save Your Soul in America
    Epilogue: The End Is Coming Running about Fifteen Minutes Late.
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    PS3620.H6375 H44 2020
    1
  • Digital
    Seigo Nakamura, Daisuke Aoki, Yoshio Miki, editors.
    Summary: This highly informative and clearly written book presents the basic science and the latest data on hereditary breast and ovarian cancer (HBOC) to provide an up-to-date and holistic overview of the disease. It starts off by presenting the molecular mechanisms, genetic testing and counseling, and variants of unknown significance (VUS) to help readers understand the contemporary interpretation of the disease. Further chapters focus on the surveillance, diagnosis and treatment, including chemoprevention, risk reduction and drug development based on molecular mechanisms. It also includes a chapter on the latest findings from the HBOC database, ethical issues and the parp inhibitors, and discusses innovative thinking to manage and understand the disease. Hereditary Breast and Ovarian Cancer - Molecular Mechanism and Clinical Practice offers breast surgeons, medical oncologists, gynecological oncologists and genetic counselors a comprehensive overview of the disease. Providing insights into recent scientific findings and further avenues for investigation, it is also a thought-provoking and informative read for researchers and scholars.

    Contents:
    1 History, Advancements, and Future Strategies
    2 Molecular basis of BRCA1 and BRCA2 - Homologous recombination deficiency and tissue-specific carcinogenesis
    3 Genetic Testing
    4 Variants of uncertain significances in hereditary breast and ovarian cancer
    5 Genetic counseling in Hereditary Breast and Ovarian Cancer
    6 Hereditary Breast Cancer
    7 Hereditary Ovarian Cancer
    8 Risk-Based Breast Cancer Screening
    9 Chemoprevention for Breast Cancer
    10 Chemoprevention for Ovarian Cancer
    11 Risk-Reducing Mastectomy (RRM)
    12 Risk-reducing salpingo-oophorectomy (RRSO)
    13 Panel Testing
    14 Germline Findings through Precision Oncology for Ovarian Cancer
    15 Germline Findings from Genetic Testing for Breast Cancer
    16 Hereditary Breast and Ovarian Cancer (HBOC) Database
    17 Ethical Issues: Overview in Genomic analysis and Clinical Context
    18 PARP Inhibitors-Mechanism of action
    19 PARPi - Efficacy in Hereditary Breast Cancer
    20 Efficacy of Poly ADP-Ribose Polymerase Inhibitors for Hereditary Ovarian Cancer.
    Digital Access Springer 2021
  • Digital
    Gemmy Cheung, editor.
    Summary: This volume of the retina atlas focuses on hereditary chorioretinal disorders. The topics covered include retinitis pigmentosa, Best disease, congenital X-linked retinoschisis, cone dystrophy, Stargardt's disease, pattern dystrophy, North Carolina macular dystrophy, choroideremia, Mallattia Leventinese, Bietti's crystalline dystrophy, and albinism. All clinical features are clearly illustrated with multimodal imaging techniques. The utility of some of the latest imaging tools such as OCT angiography, adaptive optics-scanning laser ophthalmoscopy, and microperimetery is discussed. Readers will gain valuable new insights into pathogenesis at the molecular level, which have been facilitated by recent genetic discoveries. The use of genetic testing and the latest advances in and challenges of gene therapy and cell-based therapy are also covered in detail. Hereditary Chorioretinal Disorders atlas is one of nine volumes in the series Retina Atlas. The series provides validated and comprehensive information on vitreoretinal diseases, covering imaging basics, retinal vascular diseases, macular disorders, ocular inflammatory and infectious disorders, retinal degeneration, the surgical retina, ocular oncology, pediatric retina and trauma.

    Contents:
    Retinits pigmentosa and allied disorders
    Best's disease
    Congenital X-linked retinoschisis
    Progressive cone dystrophy and cone-rod dystrophy
    Pattern dystrophy of the retinal pigment epithelium
    Stargardt's disease and fundus flavimaculatus
    North Carolina macular dystrophy
    Choroideremia
    Malattia Leventinese or Doyne honeycomb retinal dystrophy
    Bietti's crystalline dystrophy
    Albinism.
    Digital Access Springer 2020
  • Digital
    Laura Valle, Stephen B. Gruber, Gabriel Capellá, editors.
    Summary: This book provides information on a wide variety of issues ranging from genetics to clinical description of the syndromes, genetic testing and counseling, and clinical management including surveillance, surgical and prophylactic interventions, and chemoprevention. Moreover, current hot issues, such as the identification of novel causal genes and the challenges we face, and the relevance of cancer risk modifiers, both genetic and environmental, are also discussed. This reference book is great for geneticists, oncologists, genetic counselors, researchers, clinicians, surgeons and nurses dedicated to, or interested in, hereditary cancer. The best and most recognized experts in the field have contributed to this project, guaranteeing updated information, accuracy and the discussion of topical issues.

    Contents:
    Part1 : GENETIC CAUSES AND ASSOCIATED PHENOTYPES- Lynch syndrome
    The molecular basis of Lynch-like syndrome
    Constitutional mismatch repair deficiency
    Mismatch repair proficient hereditary non-polyposis colorectal cancer
    Genetic and environmental modifiers of risk in Lynch syndrome
    ADENOMATOUS POLYPOSIS SYNDROMES- Introduction
    Familial adenomatous polyposis
    Polymerase proofreading-associated polyposis
    MUTYH-associated polyposis
    NTHL1-associated polyposis
    Germline biallelic inactivation of MMR genes (with polyposis phenotype)
    Unexplained adenomatous polyposis
    HAMARTOMATOUS POLYPOSIS SYNDROMES- Peutz-Jeghers syndrome
    Juvenile polyposis syndrome
    PTEN-hamartoma tumor syndromes
    Other hamartomatous polyposis conditions
    HEREDITARY MIXED POLYPOSIS SYNDROME
    SERRATED POLYPOSIS SYNDROME
    Part2: GENETIC DIAGNOSTICS and CLINICAL MANAGEMENT
    Genetic testing in hereditary colorectal cancer
    Universal tumor screening for Lynch syndrome
    Classification of genetic variants. Prediction models for Lynch syndrome
    Surveillance guidelines for hereditary colorectal cancer syndromes
    Surgical management of hereditary colorectal cancer syndromes
    Chemoprevention in hereditary colorectal cancer syndromes
    Immunotherapy in hereditary colorectal cancer
    The Immune Biology of Microsatellite Unstable cancer
    Hereditary colorectal cancer: Immunotherapy approaches
    Medical oncology management of hereditary colorectal cancer. Part3: REGISTRIES and DATABASES
    Databases: intentions, capabilities and limitations
    The Colon Cancer Family Registry Cohort
    The Prospective Lynch Syndrome Database
    The InSiGHT Database: An example LOVD system
    The International Mismatch Repair Consortium.
    Digital Access Springer 2018
  • Digital
    Robert M. Tanguay, editor.
    Summary: "Hereditary tyrosinemia type 1 (HT1), the most severe inborn error of the tyrosine degradation pathway, is due to a deficiency in fumarylacetoacetate hydrolase (FAH). The worldwide frequency of HT1 is one per 100,000 births, but some regions have a significantly higher incidence (1:1,800). The FAH defect results in the accumulation of toxic metabolites, mainly in the liver. If left untreated, HT1 is usually fatal before the age of two. HT1 patients develop several chronic complications including cirrhosis with a high risk of hepatocellular carcinoma (HCC) and neuropsychological impairment. Treatment comprises an inhibitor of the pathway, Nitisinone, a strict dietary treatment or liver transplantation. Early treatment is important to avoid HCC. The book includes the latest developments on the molecular basis of HT1, its pathology, screening and diagnosis and management of the disease written by leading scientists, geneticists, hepatologists and clinicians in the field"--Publisher's description.

    Contents:
    Hereditary tyrosinemia type I. Discovery of hereditary tyrosinemia in Saguenay- Lac St-Jean / Jean Larochelle
    Biochemical and clinical aspects of hereditary tyrosinemia type 1 / Geneviève Morrow, Robert M. Tanguay
    Molecular basis of HT1. Molecular aspects of the FAH mutations involved in HT1 disease / Geneviève Morrow, Francesca Angileri, Robert M. Tanguay
    Molecular pathogenesis of liver injury in hereditary tyrosinemia 1 / Robert M. Tanguay, Francesca Angileri, Arndt Vogel
    Pathology. Tyrosinemia and liver transplantation: experience at CHU Sainte-Justine / Fernando Alvarez, Grant A. Mitchell
    The liver in tyrosinemia type I: clinical management and course in Quebec / Ugur Halac, Josée Dubois, Grant A. Mitchell
    Liver transplantation for hereditary tyrosinaemia type 1 in the United Kingdom / Patrick McKiernan
    NTBC and correction of renal dysfunction / Arianna Maiorana, Carlo Dionisi-Vici
    Liver cancer in tyrosinemia type 1 / Willem G. van Ginkel, Jan P. Pennings, Francjan J. van Spronsen
    Neurological and neuropsychological problems in tyrosinemia type I patients / Willem G. van Ginkel, Rianne Jahja, Stephan C.J. Huijbregts, Francjan J. van Spronsen
    Screening. Diagnosing hepatorenal tyrosinaemia in Europe: newborn mass screening versus selective screening / Anibh M. Das, Sebene Mayorandan, Nils Janzen
    Tyrosinemia type I in Japan: a report of five cases / Kimitoshi Nakamura, Michinori Ito, Yosuke Shigematsu, Fumio Endo
    Newborn screening for hereditary tyrosinemia type I in Québec: update / Yves Giguère, Marie-Thérèse Berthier
    Hepatorenal tyrosinemia in Mexico: a call to action / Isabel Ibarra-González, Cecilia Ridaura-Sanz, Cynthia Fernández-Lainez [and others]
    Hereditary tyrosinemia type 1 in Turkey / Ayse Cigdem Aktuglu-Zeybek, Ertugrul Kiykim, M. Serif Cansever
    Management and future. From weed killer to wonder drug / Edward A. Lock
    The Québec NTBC study / Fernando Alvarez, Suzanne Atkinson, Manon Bouchard, Catherine Brunel-Guitton [and others]
    Dietary considerations in tyrosinemia type I / Francjan J. van Spronsen, Margreet van Rijn, Uta Meyer, Anibh M. Das
    Remaining challenges in the treatment of tyrosinemia from the clinician's viewpoint / Grant A. Mitchell, Hao Yang
    Fah knockout animals as models for therapeutic liver repopulation / Markus Grompe
    Gene therapy in tyrosinemia: potential and pitfalls / Sophie Carter, Yannick Doyon.
    Digital Access Springer 2017
  • Digital
    Volker Schumpelick, Georg Arlt, Joachim Conze, Karsten Junge ; translator, Geraldine O'Sullivan ; illustrator, Gisela Tambour, Andrea Schnitzler.
    Contents:
    I: Introduction
    II: Adult inguinal hernia
    III: Special hernias
    IV: Incision hernias
    V: Complications
    VI: Miscellaneous.
    Digital Access Thieme-Connect 2019
  • Digital
    Yuri W. Novitsky, editor.
    Contents:
    Clinical Anatomy and Physiology of the Abdominal Wall
    Classification of Hernias
    Preoperative Imaging in Hernia Surgery
    Preoperative Preparation of the Patient Undergoing Incisional Hernia Repair: Optimizing Chances for Success
    Wound Closure and Postoperative Hernia Prevention Strategies
    Synthetic Mesh: Making Educated Choices
    Biologic Mesh: Classification and Evidenced-Based Critical Appraisal
    Biodegradable Meshes in Abdominal Wall Surgery
    Abdominal Wall Spaces for Mesh Placement: Onlay, Sublay, Underlay
    Reconstructive Options for Small Abdominal Wall Defects
    Onlay Ventral Hernia Repair
    Rives-Stoppa Retromuscular Repair
    Posterior Component Separation via Transversus Abdominis Muscle Release: The TAR Procedure
    Open Anterior Component Separation
    Endoscopic Anterior Component Separation
    Open Anterior Component Separation With Perforator Preservation
    Open Parastomal Hernia Repair
    Open Flank Hernia Repair
    Umbilical Hernia Repair: The Spectrum of Management Options
    Managing Complications of Open Hernia Repair
    Laparoscopic Ventral Hernia Repair
    Laparoscopic Ventral Hernia Repair with Defect Closure
    Laparoscopic Parastomal Hernia Repair
    Laparoscopic Subxiphoid and Suprapubic Hernia Repair
    Laparascopic Repair of Flank Hernias
    Robotic Ventral Hernia Repair
    Evidence-Based Optimal Fixation During Laparoscopic Hernia Repair: Sutures, Tacks, Glues
    Panniculectomy: Tips and Tricks to Maximize Outcomes
    Tissue Expansion During Abdominal Wall Reconstructions
    Flap Reconstruction of the Abdominal Wall
    Diagnosis and Management of Diastasis Recti
    Negative Pressure Wound Therapy
    Adjuncts to Wound Healing For Abdominal Wall Wounds
    Loss of Abdominal Domain: Definition and Treatment Strategies
    Enterotomy During Hernia Repair: Prevention and Management
    Abdominal Wall Surgery In The Setting of An Enterocutaneous Fistula: Combined Versus Staged Definitive Repair
    Management of Infected Mesh in Ventral Hernias
    Management of Ventral Hernia in the Morbidly Obese Patient
    Emergent Surgical Management of Ventral Hernias
    Temporary Abdominal Closure
    Chemical Component Separation Using Botulinum Toxin
    Groin Hernia Repair: Open Techniques
    Laparoscopic TAPP Inguinal Hernia Repair
    Laparoscopic Total Extra-Peritoneal Inguinal Hernia Repair
    The Extended-View Totally Extraperitoneal (eTEP) Technique for Inguinal Hernia Repair
    Inguinal Hernias: An Algorithmic Approach to Procedure Selection
    Evaluation and Treatment Of Postoperative Groin Pain
    Treating Inguinal Recurrences
    Non-Operative Treatment of Sports Hernia
    The Surgical Approach to Sports Hernia.
    Digital Access Springer 2016
  • Digital
    edited by Russell J. Diefenbach, Cornel Fraefel.
    Contents:
    HSV-1 biology and life cycle / Roger D. Everett
    Herpes simplex virus growth, preparation, and assay / Peggy Marconi and Roberto Manservigi
    Isolation of herpes simplex virus nucleocapsid DNA / Moriah Szpara
    Construction and characterization of bacterial artificial chromosomes (BACs) containing herpes simplex virus full-length genomes / Claus-Henning Nagel, Anja Pohlmann, and Beate Sodeik
    Engineering HSV-1 vectors for gene therapy / William F. Goins [and three others]
    Herpes simplex virus type 1 (HSV-1)-derived amplicon vectors / Matias E. Melendez, Cornel Fraefel, and Alberto L. Epstein
    HSV-1 amplicon vectors as genetic vaccines / Andrea S. Laimbacher and Cornel Fraefel
    Modification of HSV-1 to an oncolytic virus / Hiroshi Nakashima and E. Antonio Chiocca
    Herpes simplex virus mutant generation and dual-detection methods for gaining insight into latent/lytic cycles in vivo / Nancy M. Sawtell and Richard L. Thompson
    Phenotypic and genotypic testing of HSV-1 resistance to antivirals / Andreas Sauerbrei and Kathrin Bohn
    Using homogeneous primary neuron cultures to study fundamental aspects of HSV-1 latency and reactivation / Ju Youn Kim [and four others]
    Characterization of extracellular HSV-1 virions by proteomics / Roger Lippé
    Precipitation-based assay to analyze interactions of viral particles with cytosolic host factors / Kerstin Radtke, Fenja Anderson, and Beate Sodeik
    Affinity purification combined with mass spectrometry to identify herpes simplex virus protein-protein interactions / David G. Meckes Jr.
    Preparation of herpes simplex virus-infected primary neurons for transmission electron microscopy / Monica Miranda-Saksena, Ross Boadle, and Anthony L. Cunningham
    Multifluorescence live analysis of herpes simplex virus type-1 replication / Michael Seyffert [and three others]
    Expression, purification, and crystallization of HSV-1 glycoproteins for structure determination / Samuel D. Stampfer and Ekaterina E. Heldwein
    Cryo-EM techniques to resolve the structure of HSV-1 capsid-associated components / Ryan H. Rochat, Corey W. Hecksel, and Wah Chiu
    In vivo HSV-1 DNA transport studies using murine retinal ganglion cells / Jolene M. Draper, Graham S. Stephenson, and Jennifer H. LaVail
    HSV-1 protein expression using recombinant baculoviruses / Lorry M. Grady, Ping Bai, and Sandra K. Weller
    Murine intravaginal HSV-2 challenge model for investigation of DNA vaccines / Joshua O. Marshak, Lichun Dong, and David M. Koelle.
    Digital Access Springer 2014
  • Print
    edited by Bernard Roizman.
    Contents:
    v
    .4. Immunobiology and prophylaxis of human herpesvirus infections.
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Books: General Collection (Downstairs)
    RC147.H6 H57
    4
  • Digital
    [edited by] Eyal Herzog.
    Summary: "Cardiac Care Unit Manual is geared toward all health care providers who rotate or practice in the CCU and must grasp the subtleties when treating patients in a cardiac care unit. Content will be presented"--Provided by publisher
    Digital Access
    Provider
    Version
    LWW Health Library (Critical Care)
    LWW Health Library (Cardiology)
  • Digital/Print
    Allan R. Brasier, editor.
    Summary: Asthma is a chronic relapsing airways disease that represents a major public health problem worldwide. Intermittent exacerbations are provoked by airway mucosal exposure to pro-inflammatory stimuli, with RNA viral infections or inhaled allergens representing the two most common precipitants. In this setting, inducible signaling pathways the airway mucosa play a central role in the initiation of airway inflammation through production of antimicrobial peptides (defensins), cytokines, chemokines and arachidonic acid metabolites that coordinate the complex processes of vascular permeability, cellular recruitment, mucous hyper-secretion, bronchial constriction and tissue remodeling. These signals also are responsible for leukocytic infiltration into the submucosa, T helper-lymphocyte skewing, and allergic sensitization. Currently, it is well appreciated that asthma is a heterogeneous in terms of onset, exacerbants, severity, and treatment response. Current asthma classification methods are largely descriptive and focus on a single aspect or dimension of the disease. An active area of investigation on how to collect, use and visualize multidimensional profiling in asthma. This book will overview multidimensional profiling strategies and visualization approaches for phenotyping asthma. As an outcome, this work will facilitate the understanding of disease etiology, prognosis and/or therapeutic intervention.

    Contents:
    Spectrum of Asthma: an introduction
    Genetics and Genomics in Asthma
    Proteomics, Metabolomics, and Systems Biology of Asthma
    Modeling Complex Data in Asthma
    Conclusions and Future Directions.
    Digital Access Springer 2014
  • Digital
    Anne Le, editor.
    Contents:
    Part I. Basic Metabolism of Cancer Cells
    Glucose metabolism in cancer
    Glutamine metabolism in cancer
    The heterogeneity of lipid metabolism in cancer
    Part II. Heterogeneity of Cancer Metabolism
    The multifaceted metabolism of glioblastoma
    The intricate metabolism of pancreatic cancers
    Breast cancer metabolism
    Non-Hodgkinlymphoma metabolism
    The metabolism of renal cell carcinomas and liver cancer
    Different tumor microenvironments lead to different metabolic phenotypes
    The intratumoral heterogeneity of cancer metabolism
    Part III. Relationship Between Cancer Cells and Cancer-Associated Fibroblasts
    Metabolic relationship between cancer-associated fibroblasts and cancer cells
    Targeting metabolic cross talk between cancer cells and cancer-associated fibroblasts
    Index.
    Digital Access Springer 2018
  • Print
    Anne Le, editor.
    Contents:
    Part I. Basic Metabolism of Cancer Cells
    Glucose Metabolism in Cancer the Warburg effect and Beyond
    Glutamine Metabolism in Cancer
    The Heterogeneity of Lipid Metabolism in Cancer
    Part II. Heterogeneity of Cancer Metabolism
    The Multifaceted Glioblastoma: from Genomic Alterations to Metabolic Adaptions
    The Intricate Metabolism of Pancreatic Cancers
    The heterogeneity of breast cancer metabolism for therapy
    Non-Hodgkin Lymphoma Metabolism
    The Heterogeneity Metabolism of Renal Cell Carcinomas
    The Heterogeneity Metabolism of Liver Cancer
    Different Tumor Microenvironments Lead to Different Metabolic Phenotypes
    The Intratumoral Heterogeneity of Cancer Metabolism
    Cancer Stem Cells Metabolism
    Metabolism of Immune cells in the Tumor Microenvironment
    Part III. Relationship between Cancer Cells and Cancer-Associated Fibroblasts
    Metabolic Relationship between Cancer-Associated Fibroblasts and Cancer Cells
    Targeting Metabolic Cross Talk between Cancer Cells and Cancer-Associated Fibroblasts
    Part IV. The metabolic interplay between cancer and other diseases
    Diabetes and Cancer: the Epidemiological and Metabolic Associations
    Bridging the Metabolic Parallels between Neurological Diseases and Cancer
    Metabolic Intersection of Cancer and Cardiovascular Diseases: Opportunities for Cancer Therapy
    Index.
    Digital Access Springer 2021
  • Digital
    edited by Avishai Henik, Wim Fias.
    Summary: Heterogeneity of Function in Numerical Cognition presents the latest updates on ongoing research and discussions regarding numerical cognition. With great individual differences in the development or function of numerical cognition at neuroanatomical, neuropsychological, behavioral, and interactional levels, these issues are important for the achievement of a comprehensive understanding of numerical cognition, hence its brain basis, development, breakdown in brain-injured individuals, and failures to master mathematical skills. These functions are essential for the proper development of numerical cognition.

    Contents:
    1. Numbers and language: what's new in the past 25 years?
    2. The interplay between learning arithmetic and learning to read: insights from developmental cognitive neuroscience
    3. Language and arithmetic: the potential role of phonological processing
    4. Discussion: specific contributions of language functions to numerical cognition
    5. An introduction to attention and its implacation for numerical cognition
    6. The contol of selective attention and emerging mathematical cognition: beyond unidirectional influences
    7. Performance control in numerical cognition: insights from strategic variations in arithmetic during the life span
    8. The interplay between proficiency and executive control
    9. How big is many? Development of spatial and numerical magnitude understanding
    10. Is visuospatial reasoning related to early mathematical development? A critical review
    11. Neurocognitive evidence for spatial contributions to numerical cognition
    12. Which space for numbers?
    13. Cognitive interferences and their development in the context of numerical tasks: review and implications
    14. The role of executive function skills in the development of children's mathematical competencies
    15. Systems neuroscience of mathematical cognition and learning: basic organization and neural sources of heterogeneity in typical and atypical development
    16. (How) are executive functions actually related to arithmetic abilities?
    17. Numerical cognition and memory (ies)
    18. Hypersensitivity-to-interference in memory as a possible cause of difficulty in arithmetic facts storing
    19. Working memory for serial order and numerical cognition: what kind of association?
    20. Do not forget memory to understand mathematical cognition
    Index.
    Digital Access ScienceDirect 2018
  • Digital
    Marco Mossobrio, Redento Mora, editors.
    Summary: This book provides a thorough description of hexapod external fixators, from the theoretical basis to their practical application. Indications and practical use in current Orthopaedic practice are addressed in detail, offering the reader essential insights into the strengths and limitations of these devices. The main aspects covered, include primary (congenital) and secondary (acquired) deformities of the limbs: the etiology, pathomechanics, clinics, technical tips and tricks and suggested frame assemblies are presented. Each chapter addresses a specific Orthopaedic problem and includes representative clinical cases commented on by the authors. Illustrations and X-ray images support the discussion of the various themes treated in the textbook. Special attention is also given to deformity morphology and the consequent geometry of correction, as well as economical aspects and the biological risks of radiation exposure. A review of current nomenclature in external fixation is also provided as a quick-reference resource. Offering clear and straightforward descriptions of these devices and their current use in practice, prepared by leading international experts, this book will benefit expert surgeons and residents alike.

    Contents:
    1. History and evolution of hexapod external fixators
    2 Principles of hexapod external fixators functions: software and hardware
    3 Characteristics and usage modalities. Main systems
    4 Hexapod external fixators in acute fracture treatment and their complications
    5 Hexapod external fixators in the treatment of axial and rotation deformities and limb length discrepancies
    6 Hexapod external fixators in bone defect treatment
    7 Hexapod external fixators in pediatric deformities
    8 Hexapod external fixators in articular stiffness treatment
    9 Hexapod external fixators in foot deformity correction
    10 Problems, challenge, complications in hexapod external fixation systems. Contraindications
    11 Hexapod external fixators upgrade: motor powered frames , automation, deformity correction scheduling and remote control
    12 Ancillary usage of hexapod external fixators: Fixator assisted nailing (FAN), fixator assisted locking plate (FALP), lenghtening over nail (LON), bone transport over a nail (BTON) and lenghtening and then nailing (LATN). External to internal fixation conversion timing
    13 Ionizing radiation exposure
    14 Economical aspects and practical considerations
    15 Appendix: Deformity geometry
    16 Nomenclature.
    Digital Access Springer 2021
  • Digital
    by Jarrett J. Krosoczka.
    Summary: "In kindergarten, Jarrett Krosoczka's teacher asks him to draw his family, with a mommy and a daddy. But Jarrett's family is much more complicated than that. His mom is an addict, in and out of rehab, and in and out of Jarrett's life. His father is a mystery -- Jarrett doesn't know where to find him, or even what his name is. Jarrett lives with his grandparents -- two very loud, very loving, very opinionated people who had thought they were through with raising children until Jarrett came along"-- Provided by publisher
    Digital Access 2018
    Limited to 1 simultaneous userSUNet ID login required
  • Digital
    Emilia Manzato, Massimo Cuzzolaro, Lorenzo Maria Donini, editors.
    Summary: This book provides up-to-date information on lesser known eating disorders (EDs) and eating related disorders. EDs and eating-related disorders include a highly heterogeneous group of syndromes and symptoms characterized by abnormal eating and weight control behaviors that can appear in all genders and ages. EDs can lead to high rates of morbidity and mortality, especially if they are misdiagnosed and untreated. The risk of underestimation is high for the lesser-known EDs, and when unhealthy eating behaviors appear in unusual situations, such as some medical and psychiatric pathologies, adults and the elderly, sexual minorities etc. The volume examines EDs in specific populations (the elderly, males, infants and toddlers, sexual minorities, etc.). Several chapters explore in detail lesser-known EDs (anorexia athletica, avoidant/restrictive food intake disorder, chewing and spitting, EDs by proxy, EDs after bariatric surgery, muscle dysmorphia, night-eating syndrome, nocturnal sleep-related eating disorder, orthorexia nervosa, pica, rumination disorder, etc.). Finally, other chapters address features of unhealthy eating and weight control behaviors associated with medical diseases (achalasia, craniopharyngioma, cystic fibrosis, cyclic vomiting syndrome, diabetes, dysphagia, Kleine-Levin syndrome, Klinefelter syndrome, Parkinson disease, Prader-Willi syndrome, Turner syndrome, etc.) The book will be a valuable resource for all health professionals who work in the fields of psychiatry, clinical psychology, eating disorders, obesity, medicine, clinical nutrition, public health, and prevention, allowing them to broaden their understanding of these disorders, and to enhance their clinical ability to diagnose them.
    Digital Access Springer 2022
  • Digital
    volume editors, Hans Konrad Biesalski, Regina Birner.
    Contents:
    Economic and political innovation for nutritional improvement
    What does it need to improve nutrition quality? The role of public partners
    The devil is in the detail: understanding the governance challenges of implementing nutrition-specific programs on a large scale
    Post-2015 agenda and sustainable developmental goals: where are we now? Global opportunities to address malnutrition in all its forms, including hidden hunger
    Without land, no crops- without diversity, no healthy, and sustainable diets
    A challenge for international cooperation
    Working with Santal villagers, West Bengal, India: Moringa and kitchen gardens to combat malnutrition, 2012-2017
    Multidimensional nutritional welfare of children in Southern Africa: a human rights consistent approach
    How to accelerate the end of hunger and undernutition
    On the link between production diversity and dietary quality in smallholder farm households
    Reducing mineral and vitamin deficiencies through biofortification: progress under HarvestPlus
    The most hidden of all hidden hungers: the global deficiency in DHA and EPA and what to do about it
    The nutrition paradox in India: the coexistence of undernutrition and overnutrition
    Transdisciplinary approaches and methods in the context of food and nutrition security
    Unveilling the menace of hidden hunger in refugee camps: nutritional status among refugees, states responsibility, and key African strategies on nutrition
    Combating hidden hunger in agriculture perspective
    Latin America and the Caribbean: strategies to fight hidden hunger
    Strategies to fight hidden hunger in Ethiopia, Egypt, Sudan and Tunisia
    Agricultural assistance to vulnerable, food-insecure female-headed households in Kyrgyzstan
    Linking agriculture and natural resource management towards nutrition security (LANN+)
    Vitamin D deficiency: a public health issue in high- and low-income countries or just hype?
    Nutrition education cell, a community based approach to fight against child undernutrition and strength community resilience, in rural area in Burkina Faso
    Students4Kids: winning project, growing the tree against hunger (Ensete ventricosum) in Zambia.
    Digital Access Karger 2018
  • Digital
    volume editor, Hans Konrad Biesalski.
    Summary: "This book presents as scientific papers the focus and discussions of the 4th International Congress Hidden Hunger held in March 2019, the topic of which is hidden hunger and the double burden of global malnutrition in all its forms. The global nutrition situation, its causes and possible solutions are presented from the perspectives of governmental and non-governmental organizations, politicians, economists, nutritionists, and agricultural scientists"-- Provided by publisher.

    Contents:
    Unravelling the Food-Health Nexus to Build Healthier Food Systems
    Abstract
    Health Impacts of Food Systems and Their Estimated Costs
    Why the Heath Impacts Are Systematically Reproduced
    Leverage Points to Contribute to Transformation to Healthier Food Systems
    Disclosure Statement
    References
    "Fit for Life"
    German Perspectives on How to Tackle the Double Burden of Malnutrition: Healthy Start
    Young Family Network
    Abstract Focusing on Prevention of Malnutrition in Mothers and Their Children
    Healthy Start
    Young Family Network: Approaches towards Successful Prevention and Health Promotion
    The "Healthy Start
    Young Family Network"
    Importance of Appropriate Conditions for Behavioral Change
    The Importance of Networking in Other Areas of Healthy Lifestyle Promotion
    Conclusion
    References
    Unlocking the Hidden Hunger Crises: The Power of Public-Private Partnerships
    Abstract
    Recommendations
    References Addressing Hidden Hunger in School-Aged Children and Adolescents within the Context of the Food System
    Abstract
    Interventions to Address Hidden Hunger through the Food System
    The Way Forward
    Conflict of Interest Statement
    References
    Africa's Changing Food Environments and Nutritional Effects on Adults and Children
    Abstract
    Background
    Panel Data Evidence from Kenya
    Supermarket Effects on Adults' Diets and Nutrition
    Supermarket Effects on Adults' Health
    Supermarket Effects on Children and Adolescents
    Interventions Regarding Supermarkets
    Conclusion Conflict of Interest Statement
    Funding Sources
    References
    Fruits and Vegetables in International Agricultural Research: A Case of Neglect?
    Abstract
    How Are F+Vs Defined? A Case of Fuzziness
    Why Does the CGIAR Not Have a Center Focused on F+Vs?
    Research Investment in F+Vs
    The Future for F+Vs in International Public Research
    Conclusion
    Acknowledgements
    Disclosure Statement
    References
    Gender Discrimination: Contribution to the Burdens of Malnutrition in Communities in Buea, the South-West Region of Cameroon
    Abstract
    Statement of the Problem
    Objectives Methodology
    Results
    Discussion
    Conclusion
    Disclosure Statement
    References
    The Importance of Food Supplements for Public Health and Well-Being
    Abstract
    Adequate Intake of Nutrients
    Optimal Intake of Nutrients
    Intake of Nutrients for Reducing Disease Risk
    Conclusions
    Disclosure Statement
    From Individual Nutrients to Sustainable Nutrition
    Abstract
    Responsibly Delicious
    Nutritious Diets
    Challenges
    Conclusion
    Conflict of Interest Statement
    References
    Market-Driven Food Fortification to Address Dietary Needs
    Abstract
    Digital Access Karger 2020
  • Digital
    [edited by] Giuseppe Micali.
    Contents:
    Epidemiology and pathogenesis / Vincenzo Bettoli and Giulia Ruina
    Clinical features and diagnostic clues / Maria Letizia Musumeci, Maria Rita Nasca, Piera Catalfo, Karishma Bhatt, and Giuseppe Micali
    Histopathology / Franco Rongioletti
    Classification and severity scales / Giuseppe Monfrecola and Matteo Megna
    Correlation between severity and its impact on quality of life / Nevena Skroza and Maria Concetta Potenza
    Comorbidities and complex syndromes / Gabriella Fabbrocini and Valerio De Vita
    Complications / Teresa Oranges, Valentina Dini, Andrea Chiricozzi, Salvatore Panduri, and Marco Romanelli
    Ultrasound imaging / Antonio Martorell
    Radiological imaging / Giuseppe Petrillo, Stefano Palmucci, and Claudia Trombatore
    Skin imaging : dematoscopy and videodermatoscopy / Francesco Lacarrubba, Anna Elisa Verzì, Federica Fiorentini, and Giuseppe Micali
    Differential diagnosis / Stefano Veraldi, Elena Guanziroli, and Mauro Barbareschi.
    Digital Access Wiley 2017
  • Print
    editors, Alexa B. Kimball, Gregor B.E. Jemec.
    Summary: A concise but comprehensive pocket handbook that provides an accessible and up-to-date introductory overview of this debilitating skin disease. Written by highly recognizable leaders in the field, this book presents essential information on the pathophysiology, clinical presentation, diagnosis and management strategies and options for hidradenitis suppurativa, forming an ideal resource to increase awareness of this disease among healthcare professionals.

    Contents:
    1 Editor biographies
    2 Clinical Presentation of Hidradenitis Suppurativa
    3 Pathophysiology of Hidradenitis Suppurativa
    4 Diagnostic Workup
    5 Treatment of Hidradenitis Suppurativa.
    Digital Access Springer 2017
  • Digital
    Erik R. Swenson, Peter Bärtsch, editors.
    Summary: Over the last decade the science and medicine of high altitude and hypoxia adaptation has seen great advances. High Altitude: Human Adaptation to Hypoxia addresses the challenges in dealing with the changes in human physiology and the particular medical conditions that arise from exposure to high altitude.--Excerpt from abstract.

    Contents:
    1. Cellular and Molecular Mechanisms of O2 Sensing / Paul T. Schumacker-- 2. Cellular and Molecular Defenses Against Hypoxia / Stilla Frede and Joachim Fandrey
    3. Control of Breathing / Luc J. Teppema and Remco R. Berendsen
    4. Lung Function and Gas Exchange / Andrew M. Luks and Susan R. Hopkins
    5. Pulmonary Circulation / Marco Maggiorini, Peter Bärtsch, and Erik R. Swenson
    6. Cardiovascular System / Aaron L. Baggish, Eugene E. Wolfel, and Benjamin D. Levine
    7. Cerebral Circulation and Brain / Philip N. Ainslie, Mark H. Wilson, and Christopher H.E. Imray
    8. Autonomic Nervous System / Mark J. Drinkhill, Roger Hainsworth, and Victoria E. Claydon
    9. Skeletal Muscle Tissue Changes with Hypoxia / Hans Hoppeler, Matthias Mueller, and Michael Vogt
    10. Blood and Haemostasis / James S. Milledge and Peter Bärtsch
    11. Renal Function and Fluid Homeostasis / Erik R. Swenson and Niels V. Olsen
    12. Endocrine Function / Jean-Paul Richalet
    13. Gastrointestinal Function / Noor Hamad and Simon Travis
    14. Immune System / Robert S. Mazzeo and Erik R. Swenson
    15. Nutrition and Metabolism / George A. Brooks
    16. Exercise / Carsten Lundby
    17. Sleep / Yvonne Nussbaumer-Ochsner and Konrad E. Bloch
    18. Reproduction and Growth / Susan Niermeyer
    19. Human Evolution at High Altitude / Cynthia M. Beall
    20. Acute Mountain Sickness and High Altitude Cerebral Oedema / Peter Bärtsch and Damian Miles Bailey
    21. High-Altitude Pulmonary Edema (HAPE) / Robert B. Schoene and Erik R. Swenson
    22. Chronic Mountain Sickness / Fabiola León-Velarde, María Rivera-Ch, Luis Huicho, and Francisco C. Villafuerte
    23. High Altitude and Common Medical Conditions / Andrew M. Luks and Peter H. Hackett.
    Digital Access Springer 2014
  • Digital
    Arnold von Eckardstein, Dimitris Kardassis, editors.
    Contents:
    Preface
    Part 1. Physiology of HDL
    Part 2. Pathology of HDL
    Part 3. Possible Indications and Target Mechanisms of HDL Therapy
    Part 4. Treatments for Dyslipidemias and Dysfunction of HDL.
    Digital Access Springer 2015
  • Digital
    Kyung-Hyun Cho.
    Summary: This book is the first of two volumes that offer a comprehensive, up-to-date account of current knowledge regarding high-density lipoprotein (HDL), the changes that occur in HDL under different conditions, the clinical applications of HDL, and means of enhancing HDL functionality. HDL comprises a diverse group of lipoproteins and its composition and metabolism are dynamic. In this volume, the focus is on the changes observed in HDL under different health statuses, with particular attention to the functional and structural correlations of HDL and apolipoprotein A-1. The impacts of a wide variety of factors on HDL are examined in depth, covering, for example, diet, exercise, smoking, age, diverse diseases, and different forms of environmental pollution. It has long been known that HDL has anti-atherosclerotic and antidiabetic properties, and more recently its anti-aging activities have been recognized. These benefits of HDL are highly dependent on its lipids, proteins, apolipoproteins, and enzymes, and specifically their composition and ratios. In documenting the latest knowledge in this field, this volume will be of interest to both researchers and clinicians.

    Contents:
    Preface
    Chapter 1. Understanding HDL: overview
    1-1. HDL and disease
    1-2. HDL functions and clinical applications
    1-3. HDL composition : apolipoproteins and enzymes
    1-4. Maturation of HDL
    1-5. HDL and blood pressure
    Chapter 2. Change of HDL by life style
    2-1. Exercise and HDL
    2-2. Smoking and HDL
    2-3. Elderlys HDL
    2-4. HDL depends on body weight
    2-5. HDL from obese but healthy subject
    2-6. HDL and apoA-I in smokers breast milk
    2-7. Breast milk from frequent trans fatty acid consumers
    2-8. HDL in cord blood from small neonates
    Chapter 3. Change of HDL in various diseases
    3-1. HDL from patients with myocardial infarction
    3-2. HDL from patients with female angina pectoris
    3-3. HDL and metabolic syndrome
    3-4. HDL from male patients with atrial fibrillation
    3-5. HDL from female patients with atrial fibrillation
    3-6. HDL from patients with hemorrhagic fever with renal syndrome
    3-7. HDL from patients with rheumatoid arthritis
    3-8. HDL and prehypertension
    Chapter 4. Detriment of HDL by pollutant and its evaluation
    4-1. Particulate matter and HDL
    4-2. Phthalate and HDL
    4-3. Cadmium and HDL
    4-4. Humidifier Sterilizer and HDL
    4-5. Detection of dysfunctional HDL by microfluidics
    4-6. Evaluation of dysfunctional HDL using zebrafish embryo
    Chapter 5. Change of HDL by food ingredient
    5-1. Fructose and apoA-I
    5-2. Fructose and impairment of HDL functionality
    5-3. Artificial sweeteners and apoA-I
    5-4. Artificial sweeteners (aspartame, saccharin) and HDL
    5-5. Aldoketohexoses and HDL
    5-6. Iron and HDL
    5-7. Trans fat and HDL
    5-8. Salt and HDL 576 p
    Summary and perspectives.
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Digital
    Kyung-Hyun Cho.
    Summary: This book is the second of two volumes that offer a comprehensive, up-to-date account of current knowledge regarding high-density lipoprotein (HDL), the changes that occur in HDL under different conditions, the clinical applications of HDL, and means of enhancing HDL functionality. In this volume, the focus is on the improvement of HDL, enhancement of its functionality, and the use of HDL for therapeutic purposes. In the first section, up-to-date information is provided on such topics as the tumor regression-promoting and antidiabetic activities of reconstituted HDL containing V156K apolipoprotein A-I, the enhancement of HDL effects by high doses of vitamin C, the benefits derived from incorporation of growth hormones 1 and 2 into rHDL, and the biological functions of omega-3 linolenic acid in rHDL. The enhancement of HDL functionality by policosanol and the resultant benefits are thoroughly examined in a separate section. Readers will also find the latest information on clinical applications of HDL. Here, specific topics include the enhancement of adenoviral gene delivery and the delivery of rapamycin. In documenting the latest knowledge in this field, this volume will be of interest to both researchers and clinicians.

    Contents:
    Chapter 1. Improvement of HDL
    1-1. Clinical application of HDL: Overview
    1-2. Regression effect of V156K-apoA-I
    1-3. Anti-diabetic effect of V156K-apoA-I
    1-4. Vitamin C and HDL
    1-5. Growth hormone-1 in HDL
    1-6. Growth hormone-2 in HDL
    1-7. Omega-3 and HDL
    Chapter 2. HDL as therapeutic tools
    2-1. Delivery vehicle for therapeutics : Overview
    2-2. Gene delivery: adenovirus and V156K-apoA-I
    2-3. Solubilization of rapamycin and delivery
    2-4. Solubilization of minoxidil and delivery
    Chapter 3. Enhancement of HDL by policosanol: anti-aging and longevity
    3-1. Policosanol and HDL functionality
    3-2. Policosanol and raising HDL in zebrafish
    3-3. Policosanol and CETP inhibition: human trial 8 weeks
    3-4. Policosanol and blood pressure lowering: human trial 8 weeks
    3-5. Policosanol blood pressure lowering human trial for 24 weeks
    3-6. Policosanol and improvement of aortic stiffness
    3-7. Policosanol and blood pressure lowering in rat model
    3-8. Twelve week consumption of policosanol and lowering blood pressure
    3-9. Publication analysis of policosanol-related studies
    3-10. Athero-protective effects of policosanol and sugar cane wax acid
    3-11. Cuban sugarcane wax acids and policosanol improved serum lipid profiles
    Summary and perspectives
    Epilogue.
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Digital
    edited by Agamemnon J. Carpousis.
    Contents:
    Characterizing the role of exoribonucleases in the control of microbial gene expression : differential RNA-Seq / Vânia Pobre and Cecília M. Arraiano
    Conformational studies of bacterial chromosomes by high-throughput sequencing methods / Virginia S. Lioy and Frederic Boccard
    Large-scale measurement of mRNA degradation in Escherichia coli : to delay or not to delay / Sandrine Laguerre, Ignacio Gonzalez, Sebastien Nouaille, Annick Moisan, Nathalie Villa-Vialaneix, Christine Gaspin, Marie Bouvier, Agamemnon J. Carpousis, Muriel Cocaign-Bousquet, and Laurence Girbal
    FASTBAC-Seq : functional analysiS of toxin-antitoxin systems in BACteria by deep sequencing / Sara Masachis, Nicolas J. Tourasse, Sandrine Chabas, Olivier Bouchez, and Fabien Darfeuille
    The challenges of genome-wide studies in a unicellular eukaryote with two nuclear genomes / Sandra Duharcourt and Linda Sperling
    CLIP-seq in bacteria : global recognition patterns of bacterial RNA-binding proteins / Liis Andresen and Erik Holmqvist
    High-resolution profiling of NMD targets in yeast / Feng He, Alper Celik, Richard Baker, and Allan Jacobson
    Generation of a metagenomics proximity ligation 3C library of a mammalian gut microbiota / Théo Foutel-Rodier, Agnes Thierry, Romain Koszul, and Martial Marbouty
    Genome-wide mapping of yeast retrotransposon integration target sites / Anastasia Barkova, Amna Asif-Laidin, and Pascale Lesage
    Genome-wide quantitation of protein synthesis rates in bacteria / Grace E. Johnson and Gene-Wei Li
    On the prowl : an in vivo method to identify RNA partners of a sRNA / Marie-Claude Carrier, Claire Morin, and Eric Masse
    Analysis of bacterial transcription by "massively systematic transcript end readout," MASTER / Irina O. Vvedenskaya, Seth R. Goldman, and Bryce E. Nickels
    Transcriptomic approaches for studying quorum sensing in Vibrio cholerae / Roman Herzog and Kai Papenfort
    In vitro study of the major Bacillus subtilis ribonucleases Y and J / Liliana Mora, Saravuth Ngo, Soumaya Laalami, and Harald Putzer
    Mapping 5'-ends and their phosphorylation state with EMOTE, TSS-EMOTE, and nEMOTE / Peter Redder
    MS2-affinity purification coupled with RNA sequencing approach in the human pathogen Staphylococcus aureus / David Lalaouna, Emma Desgranges, Isabelle Caldelari, and Stefano Marzi
    Noncoding RNAs in archaea : genome-wide identification and functional classification / Anne Buddeweg, Michael Daume, Lennart Randau, and Ruth A. Schmitz
    Methodology for ribosome profiling of key stages of the Caulobacter crescentus cell cycle / James R. Aretakis, Nadra Al-Husini, and Jared M. Schrader
    Transcriptome-wide analysis of protein-RNA and RNA-RNA interactions in pathogenic bacteria / Jai J. Tree, Kenn Gerdes, and David Tollervey
    Profiling RNA polymerase II phosphorylation genome-wide in fission yeast / Tea Kecman, Dong-Hyuk Heo, and Lidia Vasiljeva
    Toward cell type-specific in vivo dual RNA-seq / Lutz Frönicke, Denise N. Bronner, Mariana X. Byndloss, Bridget McLaughlin, Andreas J. Baumler, and Alexander J. Westermann
    Genomic analysis of DNA double-strand break repair in Escherichia coli / A.M. Mahedi Hasan, Benura Azeroglu, and David R.F. Leach.
    Digital Access ScienceDirect 2018
  • Digital/Print
    Harris G. Fienberg, Garry P. Nolan, editors.
    Summary: This volume highlights the most interesting biomedical and clinical applications of high-dimensional flow and mass cytometry. It reviews current practical approaches used to perform high-dimensional experiments and addresses key bioinformatic techniques for the analysis of data sets involving dozens of parameters in millions of single cells. Topics include single cell cancer biology; studies of the human immunome; exploration of immunological cell types such as CD8+ T cells; decipherment of signaling processes of cancer; mass-tag cellular barcoding; analysis of protein interactions by proximity ligation assays; Cytobank, a platform for the analysis of cytometry data; computational analysis of high-dimensional flow cytometric data; computational deconvolution approaches for the description of intracellular signaling dynamics; and hyperspectral cytometry. All 10 chapters of this book have been written by respected experts in their fields. It is an invaluable reference book for both basic and clinical researchers.

    Contents:
    High Dimensional Single Cell Cancer Biology
    Studying the Human Immunome: The Complexity of Comprehensive Leukocyte Immunophenotyping
    High-dimensional Analysis of Human CD8+ T Cell Phenotype, Function and Antigen-Specificity
    Mass Cytometry to Decipher the Mechanism of Non-genetic Drug Resistance in Cancer
    A Practical Guide to Multiplexed Mass Cytometry
    Analysis of Protein Interactions in situ by Proximity Ligation Assays
    Cytobank: Providing an Analytics Platform for Community Cytometry Data Analysis and Collaboration
    Computational Analysis of High-Dimensional Flow Cytometric Data for Diagnosis and Discovery
    Shooting Movies of Signaling Network Dynamics with Multiparametric Cytometry
    Hyperspectral Cytometry.
    Digital Access Springer 2014
  • Digital
    Tommaso Scarabino, Saverio Pollice, Teresa Popolizio, editors.
    Digital Access Springer 2017
  • Digital
    Candice W. Jones.
    Summary: "This positive parenting guide will help you understand how children develop and how discipline shapes not only your child's behavior but their overall health and well-being. With your child's developmental stages in mind, you'll be empowered to create a family discipline plan that manages misbehavior and encourages positive behavior. High Five Discipline is packed with developmentally appropriate strategies to tame tantrums, stop sibling squabbles, and reward better behavior, to create a calmer, more harmonious home"--Page [4] of cover.

    Contents:
    Personal history: My "her"story
    Essential discipline dynamics
    Adult in the mirror
    Child basics: Act like a parent but think like a child
    Establishing a family discipline plan.
    Digital Access AAP ebooks 2022
  • Digital
    Annalisa Carlucci, Salvatore M. Maggiore, editors.
    Summary: This book presents the state of the art in high-flow nasal cannula (HFNC), an oxygen therapy technique that has recently proven to be a very promising approach to supporting respiratory function in several medical fields. In the opening part of the book, readers will learn the differences between high-flow and low-flow techniques and gain an overview of HFNCs technical aspects and physiological effects. The book subsequently describes the pathophysiological mechanisms involved in different respiratory diseases, analyzing how this technique positively impacts patients respiratory status. The authors highlight clinical applications of HFNC, both in adults and in children, in various clinical settings e.g. intensive care and semi-intensive care unit, emergencies, rehabilitation etc. and present tips, tricks and pitfalls, as well as up-to-date reports on technical issues. The book is intended for pneumologists, intensivists, anesthesiologists, ED doctors, rehabilitation therapists, internists and oncologists, as well as fellows and nurses in these fields.

    Contents:
    1 Conventional oxygen therapy: technical and physiologic issues
    2 High-flow: technical aspect
    3 Physiological effects of high flow
    4 Clinical applications of high flow nasal cannula in hypoxemic acute respiratory failure
    5 Clinical applications of high flow nasal cannula during intubation and weaning from mechanical ventilation
    6 Clinical applications of high flow nasal cannula in the operating room
    7 Clinical applications in the acute setting: obstructive lung diseases
    8 Clinical applications in Pulmonary rehabilitation
    9 Clinical applications in particular setting
    10 Physiological Effects and clinical applications in children
    11 Future perspectives.
    Digital Access Springer 2021
  • Digital
    Thomas Bodenheimer [and eight others].
    Summary: "Residency teaching programs have two equally important missions: educating tomorrow's doctors and caring for today's patients. This report offers observations made in 23 family medicine, internal medicine, and pediatric resident teaching clinics around the United States. We found that several of those residency programs are demonstrating that good education for tomorrow's doctors requires excellent care for today's patients. Currently, clinics that train the nation's future primary care physicians face major challenges. Faculty physicians and resident learners often spend only one to two half-days per week in clinic, making it difficult to provide continuity of care and prompt access for patients, who are often from underserved communities. Moreover, a "training gap" exists between the inpatient focus of many residency programs and the reality that the majority of health care occurs in the outpatient setting. Residents and medical students are less likely to enter ambulatory primary care careers as a result of poor experiences in teaching clinics. The observations offered in this report are based on detailed site visits conducted from 2013 to 2015 by a team from the Center for Excellence in Primary Care (CEPC) at the University of California, San Francisco. The observations are organized according to the primary care improvement model—the Building Blocks of High-Performing Primary Care—which includes 10 features of good primary care"--Executive summary.

    Contents:
    Executive summary
    Introduction
    Conceptual model: the building blocks of high-performing primary care
    Building block 1: Engaged leadership
    Building block 2: Data-driven improvement
    Building block 3: Empanelment
    Building block 4: Team-based care
    Building block 5: Patient-team partnership
    Building block 6: Population management
    Building block 7: Continuity of care
    Building block 8: Prompt access to care
    Building blocks 7 and 8: Continuity of care and prompt access to care
    Building block 9: Comprehensiveness and care coordination
    Building block 10: Template of the future
    Resident building block 1: Resident scheduling
    Resident building block 2: Resident engagement
    Resident building block 3: Resident worklife
    Conclusion
    References.
    Digital Access R2Library 2016
  • Digital
    Brendon Burchard.
    Summary: "THESE HABITS WILL MAKE YOU EXTRAORDINARY. Twenty years ago, author Brendon Burchard became obsessed with answering three questions: 1. Why do some individuals and teams succeed more quickly than others and sustain that success over the long term? 2. Of those who pull it off, why are somemiserableand others consistently happy on their journey? 3. What motivates people to reach for higher levels of success in the first place, and what practices help them improve the most? After extensive original research and a decade as the world's leading high performance coach, Burchard found the answers. It turns out that just six deliberate habits give you the edge. Anyone can practice these habits and, when they do, extraordinary things happen in their lives, relationships, and careers. Which habits can help you achieve long-term success and vibrant well-being no matter your age, career, strengths, or personality? To become a high performer, you must seek clarity, generate energy, raise necessity, increase productivity, develop influence, and demonstrate courage. This book is about the art and science of how to cultivate and practice these proven habits. Whether you want to get more done, lead others better, develop skill faster, or dramatically increase your sense of joy and confidence, the habits in this book will help you achieve it faster. Each of the six habits is illustrated by powerful vignettes, cutting-edge science, thought-provoking exercises, and real-world daily practices you can implement right now. If you've ever wanted a science-backed, heart-centered plan to living a better quality of life, it's in your hands. Best of all, you can measure your progress. A link to a free professional assessment is included in the book"-- Provided by publisher.

    Contents:
    Beyond natural: the quest for high performance
    Section one. Personal habits
    Seek clarity
    Generate energy
    Raise necessity
    Section two. Social habits
    Increase productivity
    Develop influence
    Demonstrate courage
    Section three. Sustaining success
    Beware three traps
    The #1 thing
    Summary guide.
    Digital Access OverDrive 2017
    Limited to 1 simultaneous userSUNet ID login required
  • Digital
    Kazuyuki Akasaka, Hitoshi Matsuki, editors.
    Contents:
    Part I. Why and how proteins denature under prssure?
    Part II. Volume, compressibility, fluctuation and interaction in proteins
    Part III. Pressure and functional sub-states in proteins
    Part IV. Pressure and protein folding and assembly
    Part V. Pressure effects on biological membranes
    Part VI. Pressure adaptation and tolerance of proteins and living organisms
    Part VII. High pressure food processing and sterilization
    Part VIII. Pressure effects on motility, physiology and health
    Part IX. Methodology.
    Digital Access Springer 2015
  • Digital
    [edited by] Cynthia A. Oster, Jane S. Braaten.
    Summary: "Patient safety and quality of care are critical concerns of healthcare consumers, payers, providers, organizations, health systems, and governments. Although a strong body of knowledge shows that high-reliability methods enable the most efficient, safe, and effective care, these methods have yet to be completely implemented across healthcare. According to authors Cynthia Oster and Jane Braaten, nurses-who are on the frontline of providing safe and effective care-are ideally situated to drive high reliability. High Reliability Organizations: A Healthcare Handbook for Patient Safety & Quality, Second Edition, equips nurses and healthcare professionals with the tools necessary to establish an error detection and prevention system. This new edition builds on the foundation of the first book with best practices, relevant exemplars, and important discussions about cultural aspects essential to sustainability. New material focuses on: High-reliability performance during a pandemic, organizational learning and tiered safety huddles, high reliability in infection prevention and ambulatory care, the emerging field of human factors engineering within healthcare, creating a virtual resource toolkit for frontline staff"-- Provided by publisher
    Digital Access
    Provider
    Version
    AccessAPN
    R2Library
    2021 Limited to 1 simultaneous user
  • Digital
    W. Richard Webb, MD, Professor Emeritus of Radiology and Biomedical Imaging, Emeritus Member, Haile Debas Academy Educators, University of California San Francisco, San francisco, California, Nestor L. Müller, MD, PhD, David P. Naidich, MD, FACR, FAACP, Professor Emeritus of Radiology, Department of Radiology, University of British Columbia, Vancouver, British Columbia, Canada, Profressor of Radiology and Medicine, New York University, Langone Medical center, New York, New York.
    Contents:
    Technical aspects of HRCT
    Normal lung anatomy
    HRCT findings : linear and reticular opacities
    HRCT findings : multiple nodules and nodular opacities
    HRCT findings : parenchymal opacification
    HRCT findings : air-filled cystic lesions
    HRCT findings : decreased lung attenuation
    The idiopathic interstitial pneumonias, part 1: usual interstitial pneumonia/idiopathic pulmonary fibrosis and nonspecific interstitial pneumonia
    The idiopathic interstitial pneumonias, part 2 : cryptogenic organizing pneumonia, acute interstitial pneumonia, respiratory bronchiolitis-interstitial lung disease, desquamative interstitial pneumonia, lymphocytic interstitial pneumonia, and pleuroparenchymal fibroelastosis
    Collagen vascular diseases
    Diffuse pulmonary neoplasms and pulmonary lymphoproliferative diseases
    Sarcoidosis
    Pneumoconiosis, occupational, and environmental lung disease
    Hypersensitivity pneumonitis and eosinophilic lung diseases
    Drug-induced lung diseases and radiation pneumonitis
    Miscellaneous infiltrative lung diseases
    Infections
    Pulmonary edema and the acute respiratory distress syndrome
    Cystic lung diseases
    Emphysema and chronic obstructive pulmonary disease (COPD)
    Airways diseases
    Pulmonary hypertension and pulmonary vascular disease
    Illustrated glossary of high-resolution CT terms
    Appearances and characteristics of common diseases.
    Digital Access Ovid 2015
  • Digital
    Josef F. Bille, editor.
    Summary: This open access book provides a comprehensive overview of the application of the newest laser and microscope/ophthalmoscope technology in the field of high resolution imaging in microscopy and ophthalmology. Starting by describing High-Resolution 3D Light Microscopy with STED and RESOLFT, the book goes on to cover retinal and anterior segment imaging and image-guided treatment and also discusses the development of adaptive optics in vision science and ophthalmology. Using an interdisciplinary approach, the reader will learn about the latest developments and most up to date technology in the field and how these translate to a medical setting. High Resolution Imaging in Microscopy and Ophthalmology - New Frontiers in Biomedical Optics has been written by leading experts in the field and offers insights on engineering, biology, and medicine, thus being a valuable addition for scientists, engineers, and clinicians with technical and medical interest who would like to understand the equipment, the applications and the medical/biological background. Lastly, this book is dedicated to the memory of Dr. Gerhard Zinser, co-founder of Heidelberg Engineering GmbH, a scientist, a husband, a brother, a colleague, and a friend.

    Contents:
    PART ONE
    Breaking the Diffraction Barrier in Fluorescence Microscopy.- High-Resolution 3D Light Microscopy with STED and RESOLFT.- PART TWO
    Retinal Imaging and Image Guided Retina Treatment.- Scanning Laser Ophthalmoscopy (SLO).- Optical Coherence Tomography (OCT) -Principle and Technical Realization.- Ophthalmic Diagnostic Imaging
    Retina. .- Ophthalmic Diagnostic Imaging
    Glaucoma.- OCT Angiography (OCTA) in Retinal Diagnostics.- OCT-based Velocimetry for Blood Flow Quantification.- In Vivo FF-SS-OCT Optical Imaging of Physiological Responses to Photostimulation of Human Photoreceptor Cells.- Two-Photon Laser Scanning Ophthalmoscope.- Fluorescence Lifetime Imaging Ophthalmoscopy (FLIO).- Selective Retina Therapy.- PART THREE
    Anterior Segment Imaging and Image Guided Treatment.- In Vivo Confocal Scanning Laser Microscopy.- Anterior Segment OCT.- Femtosecond-Laser-Assisted Cataract Surgery (FLACS).- Refractive Index Shaping
    In-Vivo Optimization of an Implanted Intraocular Lens (IOL).- PART FOUR- Adaptive Optics in Vision Science and Ophthalmology.- The Development of Adaptive Optics and its Application in Ophthalmology.- Adaptive Optics for Photoreceptor-Targeted Psychophysics.- Compact Adaptive Optics Scanning Laser Ophthalmoscope with Phase Plates.
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Digital
    senior editor, Nan H. Troiano ; editors, Patricia M. Witcher, Suzanne McMurtry Baird.
    Summary: This comprehensive analysis of critical care obstetrics concepts offers a summary of research findings and top-notch clinical expertise. Made for perinatal clinicians who provide care to pregnant women with high-risk or critical care conditions -- Cover.

    Contents:
    Maternal morbidity and mortality / Patricia M. Witcher and Michael Lindsey
    Improving maternal outcomes / Patricia M. Witcher, Cynthia Chazott, and Bonnie Flood Chez
    Critical care obstetric capabilities : development strategies / Suzanne Mcmurtry Baird and Stephanie Martin
    Invasive hemodynamic and oxygen transport monitoring during pregnancy / Nan H. Troiano And Sreedhar Gaddipati
    Mechanical ventilation during pregnancy / Nan H. Troiano and Thomas M. Jenkins
    Pharmacologic agents / Suzanne Mcmurtry Baird, Stephen D. Krau, and Michael A. Belfort
    Hypertension in pregnancy / Carol J. Harvey and Baha M. Sibai
    Cardiac disorders in pregnancy / Sreedhar Gaddipati and Nan H. Troiano
    Pulmonary disorders in pregnancy / Brian A. Mason and Karen Dorman
    Diabetic ketoacidosis and continuous insulin infusion management in pregnancy / Maribeth Inturrisi, Nancy C. Lintner, and Kimberlee Sorem
    Anesthesia emergencies in the obstetric setting / Patricia M. Witcher and Keith Mclendon
    Induction of labor / Washington C. Hill and Carol J. Harvey
    Acute renal failure /Betsy B. Kennedy, Carol J. Harvey, and George R. Saade
    Cardiopulmonary resuscitation in pregnancy / Deborah Anne Cruz, Patricia Marie Constanty, and Shailen S. Shah
    Obstetric hemorrhage / Carol J. Harvey and Gary A. Dildy
    Disseminated intravascular coagulation in pregnancy / Melissa C. Sisson and Marcy M. Mann
    Venous thromboembolism in pregnancy / Patricia M. Witcher and Lewis Hamner
    Sepsis in pregnancy / Julie M. R. Arafeh and Bonnie K. Dwyer
    Amniotic fluid embolus (anaphylactoid syndrome of pregnancy) / Renee' Jones and Steven L. Clark
    Perinatal infection / Patrick Duff
    Trauma in pregnancy / Donna Ruth and Richard S. Miller
    Maternal obesity : effects on pregnancy / Amy H. Picklesimer and Karen Dorman.
    Digital Access
    Provider
    Version
    Ovid
    LWW Health Library
  • Print
    Ronald W. Dudek, Professor, Brody School of Medicine, East Carolina University, Department of Anatomy and Cell Biology, Greenville, North Carolina, Thomas M. Louis, Professor, Brody School of Medicine, East Carolina University, Department of Anatomy and Cell Biology, Greenville, North Carolina.
    Summary: "High-Yield Gross Anatomy addresses many of the recurring clinical themes of the USMLE Step 1. The information presented in this text prepares you to handle not only the clinical vignettes found on the USMLE Step 1, but also the questions concerning basic gross anatomy concepts"--Provided by publisher.

    Contents:
    1. Vertebral column
    2. Spinal cord and spinal nerves
    3. Autonomic nervous system
    4. Lymphatic System
    5. Chest wall
    6. Pleura, tracheobronchial tree, lungs
    7. The heart
    8. Abdominal wall
    9. Peritoneal cavity
    10. Abdominal vasculature
    11. Abdominal viscera
    12. Sgmod colon, rectum, and anal canal
    13. Spleen
    14. Kidney, ureter, bladder, and urethra
    15. Suprarenal (adrenal)
    16. Female reproductive system
    17. Male reproductive system
    18. Pelvis
    19. Perineum
    20. Upper limb
    21. Lower limb
    22. Head
    23. Neck
    24. Eye
    25. Ear
    Appendices
    Credits
    Index.
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Exam Review Books (shelved at Information Desk)
    QM31 .D83 2015
    1
  • Print
    Douglas J. Gould, PhD, Professor and Vice Chair, Department of Biomedical Sciences, William Beaumont School of Medicine, Oakland University, Rochester, Michigan, Jennifer K. Brueckner-Collins, PhD, Professor and Vice- Chair, Department of Anatomical Sciences and Neurobiology, University of Louisville School of Medicine, Louisville, Kentucky ; author of first-fourth editions James D. Fix (1931-2010).
    Summary: Now significantly revised based on student feedback, this best-selling text provides a quick, authoritative review of the most important clinical aspects of neuroanatomy. A new, full-color design highlights the essential information you need to know to excel on course exams and the USMLE Step 1. New objectives begin every chapter, contents have been reorganized and streamlined, and all information has been completely updated. A new Gross Structure chapter lays the foundation for understanding the sectional anatomy in the Atlas chapter, and all terminology is now consistent with Terminologia Anatomica.

    Contents:
    Machine generated contents note: 1. Gross Structure Of The Brain
    I. Divisions of the Brain
    2. Development Of The Nervous System
    I. The Neural Tube
    II. The Neural Crest
    III. The Cranial Neuropore
    IV. The Caudal Neuropore
    V. Microglia
    VI. Myelination
    VII. The Optic Nerve and Chiasma
    VIII. The Hypophysis (pituitary gland)
    IX. Congenital Malformations of the CNS
    3. Neurohistology
    I. Neurons
    II. Nissl Substance
    III. Axonal Transport
    IV. Anterograde (Wallerian) Degeneration
    V. Chromatolysis
    VI. Regeneration of Nerve Cells
    VII. Neuroglia
    VIII. The Blood-Brain Barrier
    IX. The Blood-CSF Barrier
    X. Pigments and Inclusions
    XI. Classification of Nerve Fibers
    XII. Tumors of the CNS and PNS
    XIII. Cutaneous Receptors
    4. Blood Supply
    I. The Spinal Cord and Caudal Brainstem
    II. The Internal Carotid System
    III. The Vertebrobasilar System
    IV. The Blood Supply of the Internal Capsule
    V. Veins of the Brain
    VI. Venous Dural Sinuses. Note continued: VII. Angiography
    VIII. The Middle Meningeal Artery
    5. Meninges, Ventricles, And Cerebrospinal Fluid
    I. Meninges
    II. Ventricular System
    III. Cerebrospinal Fluid
    IV. Herniation
    6. Spinal Cord
    I. Gray and White Rami Communicans
    II. Spinal Nerves
    III. Conus Medullaris
    IV. Location of the Major Motor and Sensory Nuclei of the Spinal Cord
    V. The Cauda Equina
    VI. The Myotatic Reflex
    Case 6
    1
    I. Posterior (Dorsal) Column
    Medial Lemniscus Pathway
    II. Anterolateral System
    III. Lateral Corticospinal Tract
    Case 6
    2
    I. Diseases of the Motor Neurons and Corticospinal Tracts
    II. Sensory Pathway Lesions
    III.Combined Motor and Sensory Lesions
    IV. Peripheral Nervous System (PNS) Lesions
    V. Intervertebral Disk Herniation
    VI. Cauda Equina Syndrome (Spinal Roots L3 to CO)
    VII. Conus Medullaris Syndrome (Cord Segments S3 to C0)
    7. Brainstem
    I. Introduction
    II. Cross Section Through the Caudal Medulla. Note continued: III. Cross Section Through the Mid-Medulla
    IV. Cross Section Through the Rostral Medulla
    V. Cross Section Through the Caudal Pons
    VI. Cross Section Through the Mid-Pons
    VII. Cross Section Through the Rostral Pons
    VIII. Cross Section Through the Caudal Midbrain
    IX. Cross Section Through the Rostral Medulla
    X. Corticonuclear Fibers
    Lesions of the Brainstem
    I. Lesions of the Medulla
    II. Lesions of the Pons
    III. Lesions of the Midbrain
    IV. Acoustic Neuroma (Schwannoma)
    V. Jugular Foramen Syndrome
    VI."Locked-in" Syndrome
    VII. Central Pontine Myelolysis
    VIII."Top of the Basilar" Syndrome
    IX. Subclavian Steal Syndrome
    X. The Cerebellopontine Angle
    8. Autonomic Nervous System
    I. Introduction
    II. Cranial Nerves (CN) With Parasympathetic Components
    III.Communicating Rami
    IV. Neurotransmitters
    V. Clinical Correlation
    9. Cranial Nerves
    I. The Olfactory Nerve
    II. The Optic Nerve (CN II). Note continued: III. The Oculomotor Nerve (CN III)
    IV. The Trochlear Nerve (CN IV)
    V. The Trigeminal Nerve (CN V)
    VI. The Abducent Nerve (CN VI)
    VII. The Facial Nerve (CN VII)
    VIII. The Vestibulocochlear Nerve (CN VIII)
    IX. The Glossopharyngeal Nerve (CN IX)
    X. The Vagal Nerve (CN X)
    XI. The Accessory Nerve (CN XI)
    XII. The Hypoglossal Nerve (CN XII)
    10. Trigeminal System
    I. Introduction
    II. The Trigeminal Ganglion
    III. Trigeminothalamic Pathways
    IV. Trigeminal Reflexes
    V. The Cavernous Sinus
    11. Diencephalon
    I. Introduction
    II. The Thalamus
    III. Blood Supply
    IV. The Internal Capsule
    V. The hypothalamus
    12. Auditory System
    I. Introduction
    II. The Auditory Pathway
    III. Hearing Defects
    IV. Auditory Tests
    13. Vestibular System
    I. Introduction
    II. The Labyrinth
    III. The Vestibular Pathways
    IV. Vestibulo-ocular Reflexes
    14. Visual System
    I. Introduction
    II. The Visual Pathway. Note continued: III. The Pupillary Light Reflex Pathway
    IV. The Pupillary Dilation Pathway
    V. The Near Reflex and Accommodation Pathway
    VI. Cortical and Subcortical Centers for Ocular Motility
    VII. Clinical Correlation
    15. Limbic System
    I. Introduction
    II. Major Components
    III. The Papez Circuit
    IV. Clinical Correlations
    16. Basal Nuclei And Extrapyramidal Motor System
    I. Basal Nuclei (Ganglia)
    II. The Extrapyramidal (Striatal) Motor System
    III. Clinical Correlation
    17. Cerebellum
    I. Function
    II. Anatomy
    III. The Deep Cerebellar Nuclei
    IV. The Major Cerebellar Circuit
    V. Cerebellar Dysfunction
    VI. Cerebellar Syndromes and Tumors
    18. Cerebral Cortex
    I. Introduction
    II. The Six-Layered Neocortex
    III. Functional Areas
    IV. Focal Destructive Hemispheric Lesions and Symptoms
    V. Cerebral Dominance
    VI. Split Brain Syndrome
    VII. Other Lesions of the Corpus Callosum
    VIII. Brain and Spinal Cord Tumors
    IX. Apraxia. Note continued: X. Aphasia
    XI. Dysprosodies
    19. Cross-Sectional Anatomy Of The Brain
    I. Introduction
    20. Neurotransmitters
    I. Major Neurotransmitters
    II. Functional and Clinical Considerations.
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Exam Review Books (shelved at Information Desk)
    QM451 .F588 2016
    1
  • Digital
    Ganga Ram Regmi, Falk Huettmann, editors.
    Summary: This book describes the myriad components of the Hindu Kush-Himalaya (HKH) region. The contributors elaborate on challenges, failures, and successes in efforts to conserve the HKH, its indigenous plants and animals, and the watershed that runs from the very roof of the planet via world-rivers to marine estuaries, supporting a human population of some two billion people. Readers will learn how the landforms, animal species and humans of this globally fascinating region are connected, and understand why runoff from snow and ice in the world's tallest mountains is vital to inhabitants far downstream. The book comprises forty-five chapters organized in five parts. The first section, Landscapes, introduces the mountainous watersheds of the HKH, its weather systems, forests, and the 18 major rivers whose headwaters are here. The second part explores concepts, cultures, and religions, including ethnobiology and indigenous regimes, two thousand years of religious tradition, and the history of scientific and research expeditions. Part Three discusses policy, wildlife conservation management, habitat and biodiversity data, as well as the interaction of animals and humans. The fourth part examines the consequences of development and globalization, from hydrodams, to roads and railroads, to poaching and illegal wildlife trade. This section includes studies of animal species including river dolphins, woodpeckers and hornbills, langurs, snow leopards and more. The concluding section offers perspectives and templates for conservation, sustainability and stability in the HKH, including citizen-science projects and a future challenged by climate change, growing human population, and global conservation decay. A large assemblage of field and landscape photos, combined with eye-witness accounts, presents a 50-year local and wider perspective on the HKH. Also included are advanced digital topics: data sharing, open access, metadata, web portal databases, geographic information systems (GIS) software and machine learning, and data mining concepts all relevant to a modern scientific understanding and sustainable management of the Hindu Kush-Himalaya region. This work is written for scholars, landscape ecologists, naturalists and researchers alike, and it can be especially well-suited for those readers who want to learn in a more holistic fashion about the latest conservation issues.

    Contents:
    Preface
    Part 1. Landscapes
    1. Mountain Landscapes and Watersheds of the Hindu Kush-Himalaya (HKH) and Their Biogeography: A Descriptive Overview and Introduction for 18 Nations in the Anthropocene
    2. The Hindu Kush-Himalaya (HKH) Region in the Modern Global and Climate Context: Major Weather Systems, Monsoon, Asian Brown Clouds (ABCs), Digital Data/Models and Global Linkages of Telecoupling and Teleconnection all Affecting Global Human Well
    3. From the Mountains and Glaciers Down to the Rivers to the Estuaries and Oceans: Another Sad Tale of 18 or so Rivers
    4. The Hindu Kush-Himalaya (HKH) in the Global and Marine Context: Major Estuaries, Coast-Scapes, Ocean Coupling, Seawalls, over 2 Billion People and Global (Food) Security
    5. A View from Space on Poyang Lake: What We Can Already See and What It Means
    6. Effective Poyang Lake Conservation? A Local Ecology View from Downstream Involving Internationally Migratory Birds When Trying to Buffer and Manage Water from HKH with 'Modern' Concepts
    7. The Future of Biodiversity in the Changing Watersheds of Kashmir Himalaya, Pakistan: Conservation Challenges and Opportunities 15. Settling the Terror of Your Mind with the Deities: About Fear, Anxiety, Inherent Chaos and Self-Doubt in Hind Kush-Himalaya Expeditions and Associated Research
    Part 3. Real-World Policy, Conservation Management of Wildlife, Habitat, and Biodiversity Data
    16. The Relevance and Significant Role of Mid-elevation for the Watersheds and Biodiversity Conservation in the Hindu Kush-Himalaya: The Case of Nepal in the Anthropocene
    17. Nature and Landscape Governance in Royal Times: Experiences from the Shah and Rana Regimes in Nepal Re-assembled from Literature and Interview Data
    18. Swallows and Sparrows in the Human Street-Market Interface of Urban Nepal: Towards a First Open Access GIS Data and Model Inference on the Role of Religion and Culture in Bird Distribution
    19. Pallas's Cat in Annapurna, Nepal: What We Know Thus Far and What Is to Come
    20. Status of Otters in Nepal: A Link with Ancient Waterways and People
    21. Wildlife Diplomacy and Gifting in the Hindu Kush-Himalaya Region: A Chronological History and Opinion of Nepalese Literates
    22. Birds of Nepal: Their Status and Conservation Especially with Regards to Watershed Perspectives 23. A Governance Analysis of the Snow Leopard, Its Habitat and (Digital) Data: Who Owns Charismatic Animals and Who Drives and Uses the Agenda for What?
    24. The Annapurna Conservation Area Project (ACAP): Towards a Success Story in Landscape Feature and Watershed Conservation Management
    25. The Forgotten Data: A Rather Short but Deep Story of Museums and Libraries in HKH and Similar Information Sources in Support of the Global Biodiversity Information System (GBIF.org) and Model-Predictions for Improved Conservation Management
    26. A Rather Short Story of Shared GIS Data Layers in the Hindu Kush-Himalayas: State of the Art, Justifications and Urgent Suggestions for a Sustainable Global Data Governance with Open Access and Open Source Coming to the Rescue
    27. Insect Pollinators, Threats For Survival and Ecosystem Service: An Outlook From Hindu-Kush Himalaya Region
    28. A First High-Resolution Open Access Data and Open Source GIS Model-Prediction for the Globally Threatened Sarus Crane (Antigone antigone) in Nepal: Data Mining of 81 Predictors Support Evidence for Ongoing Declines in Distribution and Abunda
    Part 4. A Fresh Look and Successful Templates for HKH: 'Business as Usual' Is Dead 39. Small and Effective NGOs as a Role Model for Bigger Success: The Global Primate Network (Now 'Third Pole Conservancy')
    40. When Micro Drives the Macro: A Fresh Look at Disease and its Massive Contributions in the Hindu Kush-Himalaya
    41. Water in Mongolia: Sources, Uses and Issues, with Special Emphasis on Mining
    42. Good Citizen Science Experience Downstream of Everest Helps Monitor Status of Wetland Birds
    43. A Citizen Science Experience: Green Youth of Lumbini (GYL) Promoting Globally Threatened Bird Species (Cranes/Storks) and Holistic Landscape Conservation in the Lumbini Region of Nepal, on the Ground as well as with Social Media
    44. When Governments Cannot Do It Anymore and When Capitalism, Neoliberal Policies and Globalization Get Imposed Without Democracy: Self-Organization in the HKH Region Beyond E. Ostrom and Facebook
    45. Quo Vadis HKH? 'Sustainable Development' as a Horror Scenario while Climate Change, Human Population Increase and Global Conservation Decay are on the Rise Further
    Index. 8. Towards a Landscape Perspective of Diseases in Plants: An Overview and Review of a Critical but Overlooked Ecology Issue in the Hindu Kush-Himalayan Region
    9. Showing True Change of the Hindu Kush Himalaya Region Through the Power of Photo Monitoring as a Visual Memory of Change
    10. A First-Hand Narrative Account on Tibet's Paper Parks: How China's Greenwashing in Tibet Flies Under the Radar
    11. Forestry Management in Nepal: An Example and a Review of Growth & Yield
    Part 2. Concepts, Cultures, Religions and the Mind
    12. What It Is Like to Be a Land-Locked Nation: Some Discriminatory Examples and Details from National Watersheds of the Hindu Kush-Himalaya Under the Neoliberal 'Free Market' Participation Paradigm
    13. Ethnobiology and Indigenous Regimes in the Conservation of Species, Watersheds, and Landscapes: Experiences and Evidences from the Hindu Kush-Himalayan Nations for a Global Application
    14. Spirituality Beats It All: A Quick Conservation Overview, Self-Organization and the Great Value of (Indigenous) Religions for Hindu Kush-Himalaya Landscapes, Its Geo-Parks, Species, Ecological Processes and Watersheds
    Digital Access Springer 2020
  • Digital
    [edited by] Joseph A. Smith, Jr., Stuart S. Howards, Glenn M. Preminger, Roger R. Dmochowski.
    Contents:
    Surgical basics
    Suture techniques
    Reconstructive techniques
    Bowel stapling and closure techniques
    Methods of nerve block
    Basic laparoscopy
    Basics of robotic surgery
    Surgical approaches for open renal surgery, including open radical nephrectomy
    Open partial nephrectomy
    Open and laparoscopic nephroureterectomy
    Vena caval thrombectomy
    Laparoscopic nephrectomy
    Laparoscopic and robotic-assisted laparoscopic partial nephrectomy
    Percutaneous resection of upper tract urothelial carcinoma
    Open pyeloplasty
    Surgery of the horseshoe kidney
    Repair of renal injuries
    Surgery for renal vascular disease and principles of vascular repair
    Renal transplant recipient
    Endoscopic management of ureteral strictures
    Percutaneous endopyeloplasty
    Laparoscopic and robotic pyeloplasty
    Laparoscopic live donor nephrectomy
    Open stone surgery : anatrophic nephrolithotomy and pyelolithotomy
    Anatomic basis for renal endoscopy
    Percutaneous renal access
    Percutaneous nephrolithotomy
    Laparoscopic access
    Renal cryosurgery
    Renal radiofrequency ablation
    Robotic, laparoscopic, and open approaches to the adrenal gland (benign)
    Open and laparoscopic approaches to the adrenal gland (malignant)
    Ureteroneocystostomy
    Bladder flap repair (Boari)
    Ureteral stricture repair and ureterolysis
    Ureteroureterostomy and transureteroureterostomy
    Ileal ureteral replacement
    Ureterolithotomy
    Endoscopic management of vesicoureteral reflux
    Ureteroscopic instrumentation
    Ureteroscopic management of ureteral calculi
    Ureteroscopic management of renal calculi
    Ureteroscopic endopyelotomy and endoureterotomy
    Ureteroscopic management of upper tract urothelial carcinoma
    Endoscopic incision of ureteroceles
    Transurethral resection of bladder tumors
    Partial cystectomy
    Radical cystectomy in male patients
    Radical cystectomy in female patients
    Urethrectomy
    Pelvic lymphadenectomy
    Excision of vesical diverticulum
    Cystolithotomy
    Laparoscopic/robotic radical cystectomy
    Ileocecal reservoir
    Appendicovesicostomy
    Ureterosigmoidostomy and mainz pouch ii
    Ileal orthotopic bladder substitution
    Robotic urinary diversion
    Ileocystoplasty
    Colocystoplasty
    Ureterocystoplasty
    Transvaginal repair of vesicovaginal fistula
    Transvesical repair of vesicovaginal fistula
    Transperitoneal vesicovaginal fistula repair
    Female vesical neck closure
    Transurethral resection and transurethral incision of the prostate
    Laser treatment of benign prostatic disease
    Suprapubic prostatectomy
    Retropubic prostatectomy
    Laparoscopic and robotic simple prostatectomy
    Anatomy and principles of excision of the prostate
    Transrectal ultrasound-directed prostate biopsy
    Transperineal prostate biopsy
    Prostate biopsy with MR fusion
    Radical retropubic prostatectomy
    Radical perineal prostatectomy
    Pelvic lymph node dissection
    Robotic-assisted laparoscopic prostatectomy
    Cryotherapy
    Focal therapies in the treatment of prostate cancer
    Brachytherapy
    Vaginal reconstruction
    Urethrovaginal fistula repair
    Bulbocavernosus muscle and fat pad supplement
    Female urethral diverticulum
    Female urethral reconstruction
    Urethral prolapse-caruncle
    Anterior pelvic organ prolapse repair
    Enterocele repair
    Rectocele repair
    Reconstruction of the fossa navicularis
    Reconstruction of strictures of the penile urethra
    Reconstruction of strictures of the bulbar urethra
    Reconstruction of pelvic fracture urethral distraction defect
    York--mason closure of rectourinary fistula in the male
    Direct vision internal urethrotomy
    Autologous pubovaginal sling
    Tension-free vaginal tape/suprapubic midurethral sling
    Transobturator midurethral sling
    Bulking agents for incontinence
    Artificial urinary sphincter
    Male urethral sling
    Neuromodulation
    Botox injection for urologic conditions
    Testis biopsy
    Sperm retrieval
    Varicocele ligation
    Simple orchiectomy
    Vasectomy
    Vasovasostomy and vasoepididymostomy
    Spermatocelectomy
    Epididymectomy
    Undescended testis
    Reduction of testicular torsion
    Testis-sparing surgery for benign and malignant tumors
    Radical orchiectomy
    Retroperitoneal lymph node dissection
    Laparoscopic and robotic retroperitoneal lymph node dissection
    Circumcision and dorsal slit or preputioplasty circumcision
    Penile curvature in pediatric patients
    Hidden penis
    Insertion of semirigid penile prostheses
    Inflatable penile prosthesis implantation
    Penile arterial revascularization
    Procedures for peyronie disease
    Operations for priapism
    Repair of genital injuries
    Pediatric meatotomy and distal reconstruction
    Repair of proximal hypospadias
    Partial penectomy
    Total penectomy
    Ilioinguinal lymphadenectomy
    Laser treatment of the penis.
    Digital Access ClinicalKey 2018
  • Digital
    [edited by] Daniel J. Berry, William J. Maloney.
    Contents:
    pt. I Surgical Approaches
    ch. 1 Anterior Approach Total Hip Arthroplasty / Michael Taunton
    ch. 2 The Direct Lateral Approach for Total Hip Arthroplasty / Stuart B. Goodman
    ch. 3 Posterolateral Approach (Including Minimally Invasive Variations) / James I. Huddleston
    ch. 4 Conventional Trochanteric Osteotomies and the Trochanteric Slide / Andrew H. Glassman
    pt. II Nonarthroplasty Approaches
    ch. 5 Extended Trochanteric Osteotomy / Wayne G. Paprosky
    ch. 6 Hip Arthroscopy for Nonstructural Pathology / Elizabeth Ford
    ch. 7 Arthroscopy for Structural Hip Problems / Bruce A. Levy
    ch. 8 Head-Sparing Procedures for Osteonecrosis of the Femoral Head / Michael A. Mont
    ch. 9 Periacetabular Osteotomy and Femoral Osteotomy / John C. Clohisy
    ch. 10 Hip Arthrodesis / Clive Duncan
    pt. III Primary Total Hip Arthroplasty
    ch. 11 Principles, Planning, and Decision Making / Young-Min Kwon
    ch. 12 Cemented Acetabular Component in Total Hip Arthroplasty / Andrew John Timperley
    ch. 13 The Uncemented Socket / John C. Clohisy
    ch. 14 The Polished Tapered Cemented Stem / Jonathan R. Howell
    ch. 15 Extensively Coated Stems / C. Anderson Engh Jr.
    ch. 16 The Tapered Stem / William J. Hozack
    ch. 17 Double-Tapered Primary Stems / Thomas P. Schmalzried
    ch. 18 Modular Stems / David A. Mattingly
    pt. IV Complex Primary Total Hip Arthroplasty
    ch. 19 Techniques for DDH Cup and Femur / Steven J. MacDonald
    ch. 20 Total Hip Arthroplasty in Patients with Proximal Femoral Deformity / Daniel J. Berry
    pt. V Revision Total Hip Arthroplasty
    ch. 21 Principles, Planning, and Decision Making / Nicholas J. Giori
    ch. 22 Component Removal / Rafael J. Sierra
    ch. 23 Uncemented Acetabular Revision with Hemispherical Cups / Erdan Kayupov
    ch. 24 Uncemented Acetabular Revision with Metal Augments or Cup-Cage Combinations / David G. Lewallen
    ch. 25 Custom Triflanged Devices in the Revision Acetabulum / Douglas A. Dennis
    ch. 26 Cemented Stems, Impaction Grafting, and Cement in Cement Revision / Donald William Howie
    ch. 27 Extensively Porous-Coated Cylindrical Uncemented Femoral Stems / Scott M. Sporer
    ch. 28 Tapered Fluted Titanium Stems in Revision Total Hip Arthroplasty / Donald S. Garbuz
    ch. 29 Allograft Prosthetic Composite and Endoprosthetic Replacement of the Proximal Femur / Chris Beauchamp
    pt. VI Special Revision Techniques
    ch. 30 Techniques to Manage Infection around Total Hip Arthroplasty and Antibiotic-Loaded Spacers for Infection / Bassam A. Masri
    ch. 31 Techniques to Manage Osteolysis Around Well-Fixed Acetabular Components / William J. Maloney.
    Digital Access
    Provider
    Version
    Ovid
    LWW Health Library
  • Digital
    Marc Safran, Mustafa Karahan, editors.
    Summary: This book presents the latest knowledge in the evaluation and management of hip- and groin-related injuries in athletes. Techniques of hip arthroscopy, as well as their limitations and possible complications, are clearly described, and guidance is provided on the use of periarticular hip endoscopy in patients with periarticular problems. A series of chapters address the potential approaches in the various conditions that may be encountered in athletes, including femoroacetabular impingement, athletic pubalgia, chondral and labral injuries, and hip instability by world renowned experts in the field. Considerations in particular age groups, especially adolescents, are highlighted. Rehabilitation is discussed in detail, and a concluding chapter examines emerging perspectives on the management of hip injuries. The book is published in collaboration with ISAKOS and combines the international expertise of ISAKOS members renowned for their management of injuries to the hip and groin. Hip and Groin Pain in the Athlete will be a must-read for team physicians and all clinicians who treat athletes.

    Contents:
    Physical Examination and Imaging of the Painful Athletic Hip
    Portal Anatomy and Patient Positioning
    Hip Arthroscopy: Anatomy and Techniques
    Endoscopic Peritrochanteric Space: Evaluation and Treatment
    Clinical Examination and Diagnosis of Extra-Articular Hip and Groin Pain
    Muscular Function and Treatment of Musculotendinous Groin Pain
    Surgical Dislocation for FAI in Athletes
    Arthroscopic Management of Femoroacetabular Impingement in Athletes
    Arthroscopic Management of Chondral and Labral Injuries
    Hip Instability in the Athlete
    Special Issues Related to Hip Pain in the Adolescent Athlete
    Hip Dysplasia in Athletes
    Complications Related to the Arthroscopic Treatment of the Femoroacetabular Impingement
    Hip Arthroscopy: What Are the Limitations
    Rehabilitation Following Hip Arthroscopy: Takla-O’Donnell Protocol (TOP) for Physical Therapy
    Future of Hip Arthroscopy in the Management of the Athlete’s Hip
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Digital
    Steven D. Waldman.
    Digital Access
    Provider
    Version
    ScienceDirect
    ClinicalKey
  • Digital
    Peter H. Seidenberg, Jimmy D. Bowen, David J. King, editors.
    Summary: Now in a revised and updated second edition, this practical guide remains an invaluable resource for improving the management of hip and pelvis injuries and presents a spectrum of treatment options for children, adolescents, adults and special populations. Opening with valuable clinical pearls for each topic, differential diagnosis is emphasized throughout the chapters, and evidence-based guidelines and sport-specific considerations aid the reader with injury evaluation and care. From fundamentals--including epidemiology, history and physical examination, imaging and gait assessment--to functional therapeutic interventions, injection techniques, taping and bracing, and both surgical and non-surgical interventions, The Hip and Pelvis in Sports Medicine and Primary Care, Second Edition is ideal for sports medicine physicians, primary care physicians, physical therapists and athletic trainers alike.
    Digital Access Springer 2017
  • Digital
    Shane J. Nho, Michael Leunig, Christopher M. Larson, Asheesh Bedi, Bryan T. Kelly, editors
    Summary: Hip pathology and nonarthritic hip conditions have only recently been recognized as a cause of hip pain. In 2003, Ganz, Leunig and colleagues described the concept of femoroacetabular impingement (FAI) as a cause of hip pain and a mechanism for end-stage hip osteoarthritis.Ganz et al. also postulated that 70-90% of hip osteoarthritis is likely due to abnormal hip mechanics related to FAI, dysplasia, or other hip deformities. Over the past ten years, the treatment of these non-arthritic hip pathologies has grown dramatically, and has been estimated to grow by 15% each year. It is the largest segment of grown in sports medicine and orthopedics as a whole. However, no definitive reference yet exists on hip arthroscopy and hip joint preservation surgery. While books have been published on hip arthroscopy, these texts are limited to the technical aspects of the procedure and do not explore content related to hip joint preservation surgery. The scope of this book covers the basic science of hip pathology, anatomy, biomechanics, pathology, and treatment.℗ℓ It has put together up-to-date research and has invited opinion leaders in the field to contribute to the text. The book is focused on disease pathology and provides comprehensive information on each disease topic, which is followed by technique-driven chapters to provide surgeons a reference for any procedure related to non-arthritic conditions of the hip.
    Digital Access Springer 2015
  • Digital
    Shane J. Nho, Asheesh Bedi, Michael J. Salata, Richard C. Mather III, Bryan T. Kelly, editors.
    Summary: The field of hip preservation surgery has evolved over the past decade as our understanding of hip pathomechanics and pathomorphology has expanded. The published literature on non-arthritic hip pathology, for example, has grown exponentially. The topics of controversy in the past decade have been answered in some cases, but new questions have also arisen. In addition to the 99 chapters in the original edition most of which will be retained and updated as applicable there will be over 30 brand new chapters focusing on new and more sophisticated techniques from authors that have been the pioneers of the field. The text is divided into nine thematic sections, covering the breadth of the topic and the current state of the art: basic science of the hip; operative basics for hip arthroscopy and open hip preservation surgery; pediatric hip conditions; approaches to disorders of the hip and pelvis; enthesopathy and neuromuscular disorders; hip fractures and instability; avascular necrosis; hip cartilage restoration; and oncologic conditions. Throughout, there is a heavy emphasis on surgical techniques, and video clips will be included in selected chapters. Written by edited by thought leaders and seasoned practitioners in the field, this new edition of Hip Arthroscopy and Hip Joint Preservation Surgery will remain the gold standard for orthopedic surgeons and sports medicine specialists, expanding on the range of techniques available to clinicians treating injuries to and disorders of the hip.
    Digital Access Springer 2022
  • Digital
    Paul E. Beaulé, editor.
    Summary: This book represents the most advanced understanding of diagnosis and management of hip dysplasia in the young adult, written by the worlds leading experts and covering advanced imaging and biomechanical studies as well as latest surgical techniques. This is especially timely, as the field of hip preservation surgery is in constant evolution, and it is critical that surgeons and researchers combine their efforts to provide the best evidence-based knowledge to all health care providers evaluating and treating patients suffering from pre-arthritic hip pain. Not only does this book discuss the most up-to-date information on the etiology and natural history of hip dysplasia, as well as pathomechanics and traditional and advanced imaging, it also presents new conceptions of its classification and subsequent management. The focus throughout the book is that hip dysplasia is a problem of instability, where both the bony structure and the soft tissue envelope (i.e., capsule, ligaments and muscles) are at play. Moreover, although corrective osteotomies such as the peri-acetabular osteotomy will remain the dominant treatment option, non-surgical treatments as well as hip arthroscopy are now being increasingly recognized as useful adjuncts in order for our patients to return to their desired activities. Finally, as the longevity of joint replacement surgery has improved dramatically, this should be strongly considered in cases where the outcome of joint preserving surgery is not as predictable. Orthopedic surgeons, sports medicine physicians, physiatrists and physiotherapists alike will find this book a valuable resource when treating the young adult with symptomatic hip dysplasia.

    Contents:
    Etiology of Hip Dysplasia
    Natural History of Residual Hip Dysplasia
    Anatomical Description-Classification of Hip Dysplasia
    Pathomechanics of the Dysplastic Hip
    Biomechanics of the Native Hip from Normal to Instability
    Traditional Imaging
    Advancing Imaging of the Hip
    Non-Surgical Management of Pre-Arthritic Dysplastic Hip Pain
    Adjuvant Therapies in the Treatment of Pre-Arthritic Hip Disease
    Role and Indications of Hip Arthroscopy for Hip Dysplasia
    Proximal Femoral Osteotomy
    The Periacetabular Osteotomy
    Other Pelvic Osteotomies
    Joint Replacement in the Dysplastic Patient.
    Digital Access Springer 2020
  • Digital
    Joseph C. McCarthy, Philip C. Noble, Richard N. Villar, editors.
    Summary: Hip Joint Restoration is a comprehensive yet practical guide to the basic science and clinical applications of arthroscopy, arthroplasty, osteotomy and preservation surgery for the treatment of diseases and conditions of the hip. This generously illustrated text offers a comprehensive introduction to essential features of hip evaluation, the medical management of hip procedures, and treatment of specific conditions, and covers practical topics such as surgical anatomy of the hip, surgical approaches, instrumentation, and indications for arthroscopy and other surgical procedures aimed at restoration of the hip joint. Additional chapters cover clinical outcomes and equality of life following hip surgery, the current state of research and education of arthroscopic hip procedures throughout the world, other topics such as complications and rehabilitation in different patient populations. This book will be a useful resource for Orthopedic Surgeons and Osteopaths who perform open and arthroscopic hip preservation and total joint replacement, as well as for orthopedic residents and researchers. .

    Contents:
    Part One: Structure and Function of the Tissues of the Hip (Normal and Diseased)
    Development of the Hip: Phylogeny and Ontogeny
    Anatomy
    Cartilage
    Anatomy
    Labrum
    Anatomy
    Capsule and Synovium
    Fundamental and Clinical Considerations of the Muscles of the Hip
    Ligamentum Teres: Anatomy, Structure and Function
    Functional Mechanics of the Human Hip
    Part Two: Clinical Evaluation of Hip Function
    Function of the Normal Hip
    Outcome Instruments for Assessment of Hip Function
    Gait Analysis
    Evaluation of the Painful Hip
    Clinical Evaluation of Hip Function
    Essential Features in the History
    Essential Findings in the Clinical Exam
    Part Three: Hip Pathology
    Osteoarthritis of the Hip
    Hip Disease Etiologies: FAI and Dysmorphias
    Synovial Pathology of the Hip
    Hip Pathology
    Overload Syndromes
    Hip Disease Etiologies
    Trauma
    The Understanding of Hip Etiologies
    Osteonecrosis of the Femoral Head
    Part Four: Imaging Advances
    The Bony Morphology of Femoro-Acetabular Impingement
    Imaging of Cartilage Patho-Anatomy
    Magnetic Resonance Imaging of the Hip Labrum, Capsule and Synovium
    Extra-Articular Pathology of the Hip
    Magnetic Resonance Imaging of the Hip
    Imaging the Previously Operated Hip
    Advances in 2D and 3D Imaging for FAI Surgical Planning
    Part Five: Non Arthroscopic Treatment of Hip Disease
    The Natural History of Untreated Osteoarthritis of the Hip
    Non-Surgical Treatment (Indications, Limitations, Outcomes)
    Injections
    Groin Pain in Athletes: Assessment and Non-Surgical Treatment
    The Painful Groin
    Limited Open Procedures
    Limitations of Open and Arthroscopic Surgical Technique for the Treatment of Femoroacetabular Impingement
    Open Surgical Treatment -Advantages and Complications of Modern Surgical Approaches
    Part Six: Arthroscopic Treatment of Hip Disease
    The History of Hip Arthroscopy
    Indications for Hip Arthroscopy
    Arthroscopic Treatment -Surgical Anatomy
    Hip Arthroscopy: Anatomy and Technical Pearls of the Procedure
    Arthroscopic Treatment
    Principles of Hip Distraction
    Arthroscopic Treatment
    Fundamentals of Hip Joint Instrumentation
    Arthroscopic Treatment
    Principles and Devices for Hip Joint Access
    Arthroscopic Treatment- Layout of the Operating Room Surgical Approaches-Lateral
    Arthroscopic Treatment
    Layout of the Operating Room- Surgical Approaches-Supine
    Optimizing Exposure and Accessibility for Arthroscopic Correction of Femoroacetabular Impingement
    Anesthesia and Analgesia for Hip Surgery
    Part Seven: Surgical Treatment of Specific Hip Conditions
    Biologic Labrum
    Specific Tissues and Conditions
    Chondral Lesions
    Special Patients and Conditions
    Femoro- Acetabular Impingement
    Arthroscopic Treatment of Combined Cam and Pincer-type Femoroacetabular Impingement
    Special Patients & Conditions: Other Forms of Impingement (Ischiofemoral, Pectineofoveal)
    Synovial Disease
    Surgical Treatment of Specific Hip Conditions: Ligamentum Teres Injuries
    Treatment of Specific Conditions: Loose Bodies
    Specific Tissues and Conditions
    Trauma
    Arthroscopic Treatment- Bony Lesions
    Specific Tissues and Conditions
    Osteonecrosis, Avascular Necrosis
    Specific Tissues and Conditions
    Pediatric Conditions
    Specific Tissues and Conditions
    Extra-Articular Pathologic Conditions
    Part Eight: Special Patients and Conditions
    Elite Athletes
    Special Patients and Conditions
    Capsular Laxity Including Ehlers-Danlos
    Current Procedures and Techniques for the Treatment of Osteonecrosis of the Hip
    Special Patients and Conditions
    Sports Hernia
    Acetabular Dysplasia: A Classification
    Quality-of-Life after Hip Arthroscopic Surgery
    Evaluating the Outcome of Hip Preserving Procedures: Patient Function, Satisfaction, and Impairment
    Part Nine: Articular Lesions: Prevention and Treatment
    Biology of Cartilage Regeneration
    Microfracture in the Hip
    Cartilage Grafting
    The Use of Fibrin Adhesive for Cartilage Repair in Hip Arthroscopy
    Novel Techniques in the Treatment of Chondral Lesions of the Hip
    Osteochondral Allografting of the Hip
    Part Ten: Hip Osteotomies
    Special Patients and Conditions
    Acetabular Dysplasia
    Hip Osteotomies
    Acetabular
    Birmingham Interlocking Periacetabular Osteotomy
    Mini-Incision Periacetabular Osteotomy
    Results of Periacetabular Osteotomy (PAO)
    Proximal Femoral Osteotomy in Hip Preservation
    Combined Periacetabular Osteotomy and Proximal Femoral Osteotomy for Severe Hip Deformity
    Part Eleven: Joint Replacement
    Partial Joint Replacement
    Metal on Metal Hip Resurfacing: Current Indications and Results
    Total Hip Replacement in the Young Patient
    Short Stem Total Hip Replacement
    Hip Replacement in the Athlete
    Arthroscopy Following Total Hip Replacement
    Part Twelve: Functional Outcomes
    Activities, Symptoms and Expectations of Patients Undergoing Hip Surgery
    Rehabilitation after Hip Arthroscopy
    The Importance of Validated Scoring Systems for the Hip
    Survivorship and Clinical Results after Hip Arthroscopy: How Should We Define a Good Treatment Option?
    Part Thirteen: Worldwide Experience with Hip Arthroscopy
    UK and European Experience with Hip Arthroscopy
    Africa
    History of Hip Arthroscopy in the United States
    Worldwide Experience with Hip Arthroscopy
    Australia
    Worldwide Experience of Hip Arthroscopy: Mexican Experience
    Worldwide Experience with Hip Arthroscopy: South America
    Hip Arthroscopy in India: A Perspective
    The Worldwide Experience with Hip Arthroscopy
    Japan
    Hip Arthroscopy in China
    Part Fourteen: Practice Management and Education
    Setting Up a Hip Arthroscopy Service
    Education and Hip Arthroscopy
    Part Fifteen: Research
    Development Anatomy and Its Impact on Hip Function
    Research Advances in Understanding the Genetic Basis of Hip Disease
    Fluid Mechanics Pre and Post Capsulotomy
    Research into the Application of Imaging to the Diagnosis of Hip Disease
    Cell Therapy in Hip Surgery
    Surgical Navigation of the Hip for Femoroacetabular Impingement
    Outcomes Following Hip Surgery
    The Critical Role of Registries in Documenting the Outcomes of Hip Preservation Surgery
    Part Sixteen: The Critical Role of Registries in Documenting the Outcomes of Hip Preservation
    The Future of Hip Arthroscopy>.
    Digital Access Springer 2017
  • Digital
    Young-Jo Kim, Tallal Charles Mamisch, editors.
    Summary: Hip Magnetic Resonance Imaging presents a basic yet comprehensive discussion of the role and use of MRI in the diagnosis and treatment of injuries and diseases of the hip, highlighting common concerns and procedures. Beginning with the principles of MRI and dGEMRIC and moving on to normal and abnormal hip anatomy, the focus shifts to the MRI techniques used in the detection of disease conditions of the hip, including labral disease, osteonecrosis, extra-articular conditions and cartilage damage. Chapters on the utilization of biochemical imaging biomarkers in the treatment of hip disorders round out the text. Written by experts in radiology and orthopedics and generously illustrated with MRI radiographs, this book will be an important reference work for clinicians in those fields, as well as practitioners of sports medicine and primary care physicians.

    Contents:
    Part I: MRI Principles
    Basic MRI Physics and Artifacts
    Non-contrast Biochemical Imaging
    Delayed Gadolinium Enhanced MRI of Cartilage
    Clinical Application of Biochemical Imaging of Cartilage
    Part II: Hip Joint Anatomy and Diseases
    Normal Articular Anatomy
    Abnormal Osseous Anatomy
    Abnormal Articular Anatomy
    Developmental Hip Disorders
    Extra-articular Hip Conditions and Sports Injuries
    Part III: MRI Techniques to Detect Disease Conditions
    Overview of Diagnostic Imaging of Hip Joint
    Labral Disease
    Osteonecrosis
    Extra-articular Conditions
    Cartilage Damage
    Structural Assessment
    Part IV: Utilization of Biochemical Imaging Biomarkers in Treatment of Hip Disorders
    Application of dGEMRIC to the Study of Hip Disorders
    Application of T1rho to the Hip.
    Digital Access Springer 2014
  • Digital
    Nicolas Bonin, Filippo Randelli, Vikas Khanduja, editors.
    Summary: This book offers practical guidance on all procedures that may be performed within the field of hip preservation surgery, arthroscopy, and endoscopy. European experts share their experiences on everything from basic injections to the most challenging hip procedures, offering step-by-step tutorials and highlighting important tips and tricks. Whereas most books on hip arthroscopy and hip preservation surgery concentrate on pathologies, surgical indications, and the basics of the treatment, here the focus is very much on the individual techniques and recognized variants. These techniques are clearly and precisely described with the aid of a wealth of photo and video illustrations. The coverage encompasses procedures applicable in the widest range of scenarios, including synovial pathologies, labral, chondral, and bony injuries, hip impingement, dysplasia and instability, snapping hips, gluteus medius and minimus tendonitis and tears, other tendinopathies, post-arthroplasty complications, and rehabilitation. The book is published in cooperation with ESSKA and will be an essential aid for orthopaedic surgeons at all levels of experience.

    Contents:
    Joint lavage, synovectomy, biopsy and loose body removal
    Painful hip Arthroplasty assessment, Removal of cement or Loose Bodies
    Femoral osteochondroplasty
    Acetabular rim trimming
    Open femoral osteochondroplasty and rim trimming
    Subspine impingement decompression
    Ischiofemoral impingement decompression
    Osacetabuli removal or fixation
    Core decompression
    Fracture osteosynthesis
    Periacetabular osteotomy
    Reverse periacetabular osteotomy
    Proximal Femoral osteotomy
    Labral debridement-repair-reattachment
    Labral reconstruction
    Ligamentum teres reconstruction
    Capsular plication and repair
    Chondral debridement-abrasion-Microfracture
    Open femoral head mosaic plasty
    Trochanteric bursectomy and spur removal
    Iliotibial band release and Gluteus maximus tendon release (Polesello)
    Open Adductor Tenotomy
    Psoas tenotomy
    Hamstring repair/reinsertion
    Open
    Hamstring repair/reinsertion
    Endoscopic
    Sciatic nerve release / piriformis tenotomy.
    Digital Access Springer 2020
  • Digital
    Young-Jo Kim, Eduardo N. Novais ; Sarah D. Bixby [and others], contributors.
    Digital Access Ovid 2021
  • Digital
    Changqing Zhang, editor.
    Summary: This book discusses disorders affecting the hip joint as well as its related structures, to help orthopedists develop an integrated way of thinking, and improve their decision-making strategies and treatment skills. The specific anatomy of the hip joint and the related structures provides vital motor functions. It also presents a challenge for orthopedists in terms of early diagnosis of disorders, which is essential for appropriate and effective treatment. The first part of the book provides a step-by-step introduction to intra-articular and abarticular hip disorders in both adults and children. It then describes the techniques and practicalities of managing various conditions in detail, presenting stereoscopic chromatic line drawings along with intraoperative illustrated figures. By demonstrating the regional anatomy, pathophysiology and related disorders in hip region, this book helps readers gain an understanding based on basic science and clinical research. It also offers instructive guidance to learners at different levels, including orthopedists, general practitioners and rehabilitation practitioners.
    Digital Access Springer 2021
  • Digital
    volume editors, K. Szabo, M.G. Hennerici.
    Contents:
    Anatomy of the hippocampal formation / Schultz, C.; Engelhardt, M.
    Structure and vascularization of the human hippocampus / Tatu, L.; Vuillier, F.
    Coordinated network activity in the hippocampus / Draguhn, A.; Keller, M.; Reichinnek, S.
    What animals can teach clinicians about the hippocampus / Lavenex, P.; Banta Lavenex, P.; Favre, G.
    Memory function and the hippocampus / Opitz, B.
    Neuropsychological measures of hippocampal function / Wicking, M.; Nees, F.; Steiger, F.
    Conventional and diffusion-weighted MRI of the hippocampus / Szabo, K.; Forster, A.; Gass, A.
    Functional MRI studies of the hippocampus / Nees, F.; Pohlack, S.T.
    The hippocampus in neurodegenerative disease / Moodley, K.K.; Chan, D.
    Stress, memory, and the hippocampus / Wingenfeld, K.; Wolf, O.T.
    Epilepsy and the hippocampus / Chatzikonstantinou, A.
    Transient global amnesia / Szabo, K.
    Hippocampal stroke / Szabo, K.
    Digital Access Karger 2014
  • Print
    Print
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Varies.
    Call number varies. Search for Hirschberg History of ophthalmology. Monographs to find individual volumes of this title.
  • Digital
    edited by Prem Puri.
    Summary: The fourth edition of this leading book provides an authoritative, comprehensive and complete account of the neuronal disorders of the lower gastrointestinal tract in children. The book has been thoroughly revised and updated to reflect major advances that have occurred both in the understanding as well as the treatment of Hirschsprung's disease. Contents discuss the latest therapies such as stem cell therapies, the epidemiology and association with multiple endocrine neoplasia and approaches to diagnosis such as radiology and manometry as well as Hirschsprung's disease in adolescents and adults. Surgical approaches are thoroughly covered and include a new chapter on intestinal transplantation options. The follow-up care and long-term outcomes of patients who have undergone therapy are also addressed in this edition. With several new chapters added and the contents updated and re-worked, this edition is authored by the leading current experts in their respective fields. It is a must-have book for pediatric surgeons, pediatricians, gastroenterologists, and colorectal surgeons.

    Contents:
    Hirschsprung's Disease: A Historical Perspective
    Development of the Enteric Nervous system
    Functional Anatomy of the Enteric System
    Normal Colonic Morphology and Motor Function
    Animal Models of Hirschsprung's Disease
    Familial Hirschsprung's Disease
    Genetics of Hirschsprung's Disease
    Stem cell Therapy for Enteric neuropathies
    Pathophysiology of Hirschsprung's Disease
    Epidemiology and Clinical Characteristics of Hirschsprung's Disease
    Associated Anomalies and Syndromes in Hirschsprung's Disease
    Association between Hirschsprung's Disease and Multiple Endocrine Neoplasia Type 2a
    Hirschsprung's Associated Enterocolitis
    Radiological Diagnosis of Hirschsprung's Disease
    Manometeric Diagnosis of Hirschsprung's Disease
    Rectal Biopsy for the diagnosis of Hirschsprung's Disease
    Histopathological Diagnosis of Hirschsprung's Disease
    Total Colonic Aganglionosis
    Hirschsprung's Disease in adolescents and adults
    Variants of Hirschsprung's Disease
    Megacystis-Microcolon-Intestinal Hypoperistalsis syndrome
    Degenerative Hollow Visceral Myopathy Mimicking Hirschsprung's Disease
    Transanal Pull-Through operation for rectosigmoid Hirschsprung's Disease
    Laparoscopically Assisted Pull-Through operation for Hirschsprung's Disease
    Redo Surgery for Hirschsprung's Disease
    Early and late Complications following Pull-Through operation for Hirschsprung's Disease.-Morphological Basis of Persistent bowel problems following a properly performed pull-through operation for Hirschsprung's Disease
    Bowel Management for the treatment of Chronic constipation and soiling in patients operated for Hirschsprung's Disease
    Inflammatory Bowel Disease in patients with Hirschsprung's Disease
    Intestinal Transplantation for Total Intestinal Aganglionosis
    Urological and Sexual outcome in patients with Hirschsprung's Disease
    Longterm Outcome and Quality of life after treatment of Hirschsprung's Disease.
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Digital
    Tomoaki Taguchi, Hiroshi Matsufuji, Satoshi Ieiri, editors.
    Summary: This book provides essential information on the status quo and changing profile of Hirschsprung's disease and allied disorders. Hirschsprung's disease is a common cause of neonatal intestinal obstruction and one of the most important and most fascinating diseases in pediatric surgery throughout the world. Currently, the diagnosis and treatment of Hirschsprung's disease and allied disorders are in a state of constant development. Written by expert pediatric surgeons, Hirschsprung's Disease and the Allied Disorders presents state-of-the-art information, such as new genetic evidence, and historical operative techniques that were less invasive and resulted in fewer follow-up operations. It offers a highly informative guide that will greatly benefit all readers engaged in pediatric medicine, pediatric surgeons, and the medical staff of NICUs around the globe.
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Digital/Print
    Jon Meacham ; afterword by John Lewis.
    Summary: "John Lewis, who at age twenty-five marched in Selma and was beaten on the Edmund Pettus Bridge, is a visionary and a man of faith. Using intimate interviews with Lewis and his family and deep research into the history of the civil rights movement, Meacham writes of how the activist and leader was inspired by the Bible, his mother's unbreakable spirit, his sharecropper father's tireless ambition, and his teachers in nonviolence, Reverend James Lawson and Martin Luther King, Jr. A believer in hope above all else, Lewis learned from a young age that nonviolence was not only a tactic but a philosophy, a biblical imperative, and a transforming reality. At the age of four, Lewis, ambitious to become a preacher, practiced by preaching to the chickens he took care of. When his mother cooked one of the chickens, the boy refused to eat it--his first act of non-violent protest. Integral to Lewis's commitment to bettering the nation was his faith in humanity and in God, and an unshakable belief in the power of hope. Meacham calls Lewis "as important to the founding of a modern and multiethnic twentieth- and twenty-first century America as Thomas Jefferson and James Madison and Samuel Adams were to the initial creation of the nation-state in the eighteenth century. He did what he did--risking limb and life to bear witness for the powerless in the face of the powerful--not in spite of America, but because of America, and not in spite of religion, but because of religion"-- Provided by publisher.

    Contents:
    Overture: the last march
    A hard life, a serious life: Troy, Alabama: beginnings to 1957
    The spirit of history: Nashville, Tennessee: 1957-60
    Soul force: the freedom rides: 1961
    In the image of God and democracy: Birmingham and Washington: 1963
    We are going to make you wish you was dead: Freedom Summer and Atlantic City: 1963-64
    I'm going to die here: Selma, Alabama: 1965
    This country don't run on love: New York, Memphis, Los Angeles: 1966-68
    Epilogue: against the rulers of the darkness.
    Digital Access 2020
    Limited to 1 simultaneous userSUNet ID login required
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    E840.8.L43 M43 2020
    1
  • Digital
    Reinhart Jarisch, editor.
    Summary: Histamine is an important mediator of allergic diseases such as hay fever and bronchial asthma, food allergies, urticaria, and drug hypersensitivity. Knowledge of histamine as a cause of numerous non-allergic symptoms and signs is, however, limited. In fact, histamine intolerance can be responsible for conditions as diverse as seasickness, headaches and migraine, tachycardia, gastric disorders, diarrhea, intolerance to contrast media, parodontosis, period pains, nausea and vomiting in pregnancy, atopic dermatitis, and osteoporosis. This book offers wide-ranging coverage of histamine intolerance. There is extensive background discussion of the origin of histamine, its content in food and alcoholic beverages, and intolerance to red wine. Diagnosis of histamine intolerance is explained, and the various symptoms of histamine intolerance are clearly described. Subsequent chapters cover the conditions mentioned above and also consider the relation of histamine to vitamin B6 and the specific immunotherapy of allergies. This book will prove of value in clinical practice by facilitating differential diagnosis, which is by no means straightforward given the multiplicity of symptoms of histamine intolerance, and by assisting in the selection of therapeutic measures.

    Contents:
    Introduction
    Histamine and biogenic amines
    Symptoms of histamine intolerance
    Allergy and intolerance to drugs
    Surgery and dental operations
    Histamine intolerance in females
    Atopic dermatitis
    Specific immunotherapy of allergies
    Histamine and vitamin B6
    Histamine and seasickness
    Histamine and osteoporosis.
    Digital Access Springer 2015
  • Digital
    Guido Massi, Philip E. LeBoit.
    Summary: The histopathologic interpretation of melanocytic neoplasms is probably the most difficult task in the field of dermatopathology. The second edition of this text and atlas depicts a broad range of the most important and most challenging melanocytic lesions that histopathologists might encounter. Each case is illustrated with at least three high-quality color photographs and is commented on at length, highlighting the diagnostic clues. The goal of the authors is to assist both general pathologists and dermatopathologists in making an accurate diagnosis applicable to their daily practice, and one that can be understood by clinicians. They achieve this by providing criteria that can serve as a sound basis for an unequivocal diagnosis in most cases. The reader will find Histological Diagnosis of Nevi and Melanoma to be an invaluable guide to correct diagnosis even in difficult or rare cases.

    Contents:
    Criteria for the Diagnosis of Benign Melanocytic Nevus
    Melanocytic Hyperplasia
    Melanotic Macules
    Commonon Nevus
    Congenital Nevus
    Junctional Anomalies in Congenital and Acquired Nevi in the First Year of Life
    Proliferative Nodules in Congenital Nevi
    Nevus Spilus
    Dermal Melanocytoses
    Common Blue Nevus
    Cellular Blue Nevus
    SPITZ Nevus
    Reed Nevus
    Deep Penetrating Nevus
    Dysplastic & Clarkss Nevus
    Combinedin Nevus
    Nevi on Acral Skin
    Nevi on Genital Skin
    Nevi in the Oral Cavity
    Polypoid Nevus of Pregnancy and Milk Line Nevi
    Nevi OF the Conjunctiva
    Melanocytic Nevi Affected by inflammatory Skin Dideases
    Halo Nevus
    Recurrent and Persistent Nevus
    Traumatised Nevi
    Benign Melanocytoma
    Medicolegal Cases
    Criteria for the Diagnosis OF Malignant Melanoma
    Melanoma in situ
    Lentigo Maligna
    Superficial Spreading Pattern of Melanoma
    Nodular Pattern of Melanoma
    Melanoma with Spindle Cell
    Nevoid Melanoma
    Spitzoid Melanoma
    Desmoplastic Melanoma
    Neurotropic Melanoma
    Melanoma with Neural Differentiaton
    Myxoid Melanoma
    Melanoma with Features of Blue Nevus
    Animal Type Melanoma
    Melanoma on Blue Nevus
    Unusual and Bizarre forms of Melanoma
    Melanoma on Nevus
    Melanoma on Palms, Soles and Subungual Bed
    Melanoma on Genital Skin
    Melanoma on Oral Cavity
    Melanoma on Conjunctiva
    Recurrent and Persistent Melanoma
    Regressing and Regressed Melanoma
    Cutaneous Metastatic Melanoma
    Malignant Melanocytoma
    Medicolegal Cases
    Molecular Biology in the Diagnosis of Nevi and Melanoma
    Histological Prognostic Factors.
    Digital Access Springer 2014
  • Digital
    Michael H. Ross, PhD (deceased), Professor and Chair Emeritus, Department of Anatomy and Cell Biology, University of Florida College of Medicine, Gainesville, Florida, Wojciech Pawlina, MD, FAA, Professor of Anatomy and Medical Education, Fellow of the American Association of Anatomists, Chair, Department of Anatomy, Department of Obstetrics and Gynecology, Director of Procedural Skills Laboratory, Mayo college of Medicine, Rochester, Minnesota.
    Summary: Now in its seventh edition, Histology: A Text and Atlas is ideal for medical, dental, health professions, and undergraduate biology and cell biology students. This best-selling combination text and atlas includes a detailed textbook, which emphasizes clinical and functional correlates of histology fully supplemented by vividly informative illustrations.

    Contents:
    Methods
    Cell cytoplasm
    The cell nucleus
    Tissues : concept and classification
    Epithelial tissue
    Connective tissue
    Cartilage
    Bone
    Adipose tissue
    Blood
    Muscle tissue
    Nerve tissue
    Cardiovascular system
    Lymphatic system
    Integumentary system
    Digestive system I : oral cavity and associated structures
    Digestive system II : esophagus and gastrointestinal tract
    Digestive system III : liver, gallbladder, and pancreas
    Respiratory system
    Urinary system
    Endocrine organs
    Male reproductive system
    Female reproductive system
    Eye
    Ear.
  • Digital
    Wojciech Pawlina, Michael H. Ross.
    Summary: "Histology: A Text and Atlas is ideal for medical, dental, health professions, and undergraduate biology and cell biology students. This best-selling combination text and atlas includes a detailed textbook, which emphasizes clinical and functional correlates of histology fully supplemented by vividly informative illustrations and photomicrographs. Separate, superbly illustrated atlas sections follow almost every chapter and feature large-size, full-color digital photomicrographs with labels and accompanied descriptions that highlight structural and functional details of cells, tissues, and organs"--Provided by publisher.

    Contents:
    Methods
    Cell cytoplasm
    The cell nucleus
    Tissues : concept and classification
    Epithelial tissue
    Connective tissue
    Cartilage
    Bone
    Adipose tissue
    Blood
    Muscle tissue
    Nerve tissue
    Cardiovascular system
    Immune system and lymphatic tissues and organs
    Integumentary system
    Digestive system I : oral cavity and associated structures
    Digestive system II : esophagus and gastrointestinal tract
    Digestive system III : liver, gallbladder, and pancreas
    Respiratory system
    Urinary system
    Endocrine organs
    Male reproductive system
    Female reproductive system
    Eye
    Ear.
  • Digital
    Abraham L. Kierszenbaum, Laura L. Tres.
    Contents:
    Epithelium
    Epithelial glands
    Cell signaling
    Connective tissue
    Osteogenesis
    Blood and hematopoiesis
    Muscle tissue
    Nervous tissue
    Sensory organs vision and hearing
    Immune-lymphatic system
    Integumentary system
    Cardiovascular system
    Respiratory system
    Urinary system
    Upper digestive system
    Lower digestive system
    Digestive glands
    Neuroendocrine system
    Endocrine system
    Spermatogenesis
    Sperm transport and maturation
    Follicle development and the menstrual cycle
    Fertilization, placentation, and lactation.
    Digital Access ClinicalKey 2016
  • Digital
    [edited by] Stacey E. Mills.
    Summary: "The fourth edition of Histology for Pathologists was published in 2012 and, as before, it is again reasonable to ask if "normal" has changed enough in the ensuing 6 years to justify a new edition. The answer, of course, is that normal has not changed at all (evolution is indeed a slow process!) but our perception of normal continues to expand and improve. In particular, we have developed many new immunohistochemical markers, and the ever-growing spectrum of their expression in normal tissues provides insights into pathologic processes arising from or differentiating toward these tissues. We also continue to recognize new variations of normal that cause diagnostic confusion and touch on the interface between normal and disease. Accordingly, the fifth edition brings incremental but valuable improvements in our perceptions of human histology"--Provided by publisher.
    Digital Access Ovid 2020
  • Digital
    Shabir Ahmad Ganai.
    Summary: This book provides an outline of epigenetics as a whole, while also specifically examining a range of epigenetic players, including histone acetyl transferases (HATs) and histone deacetylases (HDACs). It chiefly focuses on the emerging targets of HDACs and their implications for various neurological disorders, while also discussing the drawbacks of current therapeutic strategies, the classification of HDAC inhibitors, and their promising effects in connection with specific neurological disorders. The book explores the potential use of these inhibitors as novel therapeutic agents, considers the current challenges involved in using them to tackle neurological complications, and offers a novel solution by designing isoform-selective inhibitors and employing combinatorial therapeutic strategies. Its final section, which explores future directions, elaborates on the possibility of enhancing HDAC inhibitors therapeutic efficacy against various neurological complications.

    Contents:
    Chapter 1. Role of Epigenetics in neurological diseases
    Chapter 2. Epigenetic enzymes and the drawbacks of conventional therapeutic regimens
    Chapter 3. Distinct classes of HDACs
    Chapter 4. HDAC implications in neurological diseases
    Chapter 5. HDAC inhibitors and their structurally distinct groups
    Chapter 6. HDAC inhibitors as novel therapeutic option against therapeutically challenging neurological disorders
    Chapter 7. Current Challenges with HDAC inhibitor based therapeutic intervention against neurological maladies
    Chapter 8. Escalating need of isoform selective inhibitors for enhanced therapeutic efficacy
    Chapter 9. Combinatorial therapeutic regimens using HDAC inhibitors in conjunction with conventional therapeutic agents
    Chapter 10. Future directions of epigenetic research in tackling neurological complications.
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Digital
    Dong Fang, Junhong Han, editors.
    Summary: This book focuses on histone mutations, especially those mutations closely related to cancer. Genetic mutations and epigenetic alterations contribute to the development of a variety of cancers: recent genetic studies have identified e.g. H3K27M and H3G34R/V mutation in over 75% of DIPG cases, H3.3K36M mutation in more than 90% of chondroblastoma cases, and H3G34W/L mutation in over 90% of giant cell tumors of bone. Given the high incidence and tumorigenesis effects of histone H3 mutations, they are also referred to as oncohistones. This book highlights the advances made in the area over the past 10 years, and offers a state-of-the-art summary of epigenetic alternation, gene expression, protein structure, drug discovery, immunotherapy, and mouse modeling of histone H3 mutations in various tumors. Chiefly intended to provide researchers and graduate students with an overall picture of these mutations, it will also be of interest to researchers in basic oncology, clinical oncology, and epigenetics, as well as academics and clinical oncology practitioners.

    Contents:
    Chapter 1: Overview of histone modification
    Chapter 2: The histone H3 family and its deposition pathways
    Chapter 3: Histone H3K27M Mutation in Brain Tumors
    Chapter 4: Histone Mutations and Bone Cancers
    Chapter 5: Histone H3G34 mutation in brain and bone tumors
    Chapter 6: Epigenetic-targeted treatments for H3K27M-mutant midline gliomas
    Chapter 7: Histone lysine to methionine mutation as anti-cancer drug target.
    Digital Access Springer 2021
  • Digital/Print
    von dr. W. Spielmeyer.
    Digital Access Google Books 1922-
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Stored offsite. Please request print.
    E575 .S74
    1
  • Digital
    Henrik Hellquist, Alena Skalova.
    Summary: Over the past 25 years it has become more and more evident that salivary gland pathology is by far the subject within head and neck pathology that causes the most diagnostic challenges and problems for general pathologists. Among the reasons for this are the relative rarity of salivary gland tumors (as a result of which the general pathologist does not gain sufficient personal experience in their diagnosis), their striking diversity (there are almost 40 different histological tumor entities), and the fact that some tumours dedifferentiate and some benign tumors progress to become malignant. This book is a comprehensive guide to salivary gland pathology that illustrates almost every type of salivary gland tumor and will assist greatly in routine diagnostic work. Non-neoplastic lesions, benign epithelial tumors, malignant epithelial tumors, and non-epithelial and secondary tumors are all covered in detail, and the WHO and TNM classifications are clearly explained. Another significant feature is the incorporation of important knowledge gained during the past few years regarding the genetics of salivary gland tumors. Histopathology of the Salivary Glands will be of interest not only to pathologists but also to dentists, ENT and head and neck surgeons, and oncologists.

    Contents:
    Histology
    Non-neoplastic Lesions
    Pleomorphic Adenoma
    Myoepithelioma
    Warthin Tumour
    Other Adenomas
    Mucoepidermoid Carcinoma
    Adenoid Cystic Carcinoma
    Acinic Cell Carcinoma
    Carcinoma Ex Pleomorphic Adenoma
    Salivary Duct Carcinoma
    Polymorphous Low-Grade Adenocarcinoma
    Myoepithelial Carcinoma and Epithelial-Myoepithelial Carcinoma
    Mammary Analogue Secretory Carcinoma (MASC)
    Other Carcinomas
    Miscellaneous.
    Digital Access Springer 2014
  • Digital
    edited by David P. Boyle, Derek C. Allen.
    Summary: This book is an easily comprehensible and practicable framework for standardised histopathology reports in surgical cancer. The pathological features of the common carcinomas are detailed and non-carcinomatous malignancies are also summarised. 8th edition TNM and WHO classifications of cancers are incorporated, with comments on any associated pathology, diagnostic clues and prognostic criteria supplemented visually by line diagrams. Each chapter's introduction gives epidemiological, clinical, investigative and treatment summary details. Other pathology includes updated immunophenotypic expression and molecular techniques. The impact of these ancillary investigations on diagnosis, and as biomarkers of prognosis and prediction of response to treatment is summarised, as is the effect of adjuvant treatments on cancers. Experience based clues are given throughout as aids to tumour typing, grading, staging, and gauging prognosis and response to treatment. Histopathology Reporting: Guidelines for Surgical Cancer, Fourth Edition is invaluable for trainee and consultant diagnostic histopathologists all over the world, equipping the reader to produce high quality, clinically appropriate histopathology reports, and to participate in contemporary multidisciplinary team management of patients with surgical cancer.

    Contents:
    Introduction
    Gastrointestinal Cancer: Oesophageal Carcinoma
    Gastric Carcinoma
    Ampulla of Vater and Head of Pancreas Carcinomas
    Small Intestinal Carcinoma
    Colorectal Carcinoma
    Vermiform Appendix Tumours
    Anal Canal Carcinoma (with Comments on Pelvic Exenteration)
    Gall Bladder Carcinoma
    Extrahepatic Bile Duct Carcinoma
    Liver Carcinoma
    Head and Neck Cancer: General comments
    Lip and Oral Cavity Carcinomas
    Oropharyngeal Carcinoma (with comments on Nasopharynx and Hypopharynx)
    Nasal Cavity and Paranasal Sinus Carcinomas
    Laryngeal Carcinoma
    Salivary Gland Tumours
    Thyroid Gland Tumours (with comments on Parathyroid)
    Respiratory and Mediastinal Cancer: Lung Carcinoma
    Malignant Mesothelioma
    Mediastinal Cancer
    Skin Cancer: Non-Melanocytic Skin Carcinoma
    Malignant Melanoma
    Breast Cancer: Breast Carcinoma
    Gynaecological Cancer: Ovarian Carcinoma (with comments on Fallopian Tube Carcinoma)
    Endometrial Carcinoma
    Cervical Carcinoma
    Vaginal Carcinoma
    Vulval Carcinoma
    Gestational Trophoblastic Tumours
    Urological Cancer: Renal Cell and Renal Pelvis/Ureter Carcinomas
    Bladder Carcinoma
    Prostate Carcinoma
    Urethral Carcinoma
    Testicular Cancer
    Penile Carcinoma
    Lymph Node Cancer: Nodal Malignant Lymphoma (with comments on Extranodal Malignant Lymphoma and Metastatic Cancer)
    Bone and Soft Tissue Cancer: Bone and Soft Tissue Sarcomas (with comments on Retroperitoneum and Adrenal Gland)
    Ophthalmic Cancer: Intraocular Malignancy
    Extraocular Malignancy
    Endocrine Cancer: Thyroid Gland Tumours
    Adrenal Gland Tumours.
    Digital Access Springer 2020
  • Digital
    Derek C. Allen, R. Iain Cameron, editors.
    Summary: This book integrates tumour anatomy; clinical presentation and investigations; surgical considerations; pathology and clinically appropriate dissection and reporting of surgical specimens. The 2nd edition is up-to-date with TNM 7 & RPath cancer datasets.
    Digital Access Springer 2017
  • Digital/Print
    Thomas J. Inzana, editor.
    Contents:
    Taxonomy of Histophilus somni
    Histophilosis as a Natural Disease
    Histophilus somni Genomics and Genetics
    Interactions on Histophilus somni with Host Cells
    Histophilus somni Surface Proteins
    Host Immune Response to Histophilus somni
    The Many Facets of Lipooligosaccharide as a Virulence Factor of Histophilus somni
    Exopolysaccharide Production and Biofilm Formation by Histophilus somni.
    Digital Access Springer 2016
  • Digital/Print
    Rafael Schiaffino.
    Digital Access
    Provider
    Version
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Stored offsite. Please request print.
    R482.U8 S3
    2
  • Digital
    Thomas S. Helling, Daniel Azoulay.
    Summary: For the surgeon of antiquity the liver has been an organ of mystery - and danger. Attempts to repair its wounds or remove tumors were fraught with hemorrhage and often a fatal outcome. Most forays were those to remove easily accessible tumors on the liver edge, but bleeding was a feared consequence still and surgeons wielded a plucky fortitude to take on even those. Not until the mid-20th Century were surgeons able to safely excise neoplasms that lay deep within the liver substance. Jean-Louis Lortat-Jacob achieved notoriety in his famous Paris hepatectomy of 1951 but he was not the first. That distinction may have belonged to German Professor Walther Wendel in 1910 or to Japanese surgeon Ichio Honjo who reported his operation in 1950, but in Japanese. It was not picked up by the Western surgical community until 1955. Names such as Hugo Rex, James Cantlie, Jean-Louis Lortat-Jacob, Tôn Thá̂t Tùng, Jacques Hepp, Claude Couinaud, Henri Bismuth, Thomas Starzl, Roy Calne, and a host of others highlight the extraordinary curiosity, tenacity, and skill of those surgeons who broached unknown territory to master understanding and techniques of manipulation, resection, and transplantation that were formerly considered unapproachable by the surgical world.

    Contents:
    Preface
    Introduction
    The Bold Adventure of Lortat-Jacob
    The Liver: Impossible Salvations
    The Art of Operating
    Fin de Siècle: Marvels of the Age
    The World Wars and Hemorrhage Control
    A World-Wide Phenomenon: Liver Surgery in the Far East
    Beginning the Modern Era
    The Anatomists
    The French School
    Bach, Beethoven, and Brahms
    The Era of Transplantation
    Splitting the Soul
    On Regeneration
    Prometheus Renewed.
    Digital Access Springer 2020
  • Digital
    Makini Chisolm-Straker, Katherine Chon, editors ; forewords by Joshua M. Sharfstein and Ruth J. Simmons.
    Summary: A public health approach to human trafficking requires a nuanced understanding of its root causes. This textbook applies a historical lens to human trafficking from expert resources for the multidisciplinary public health learner and worker. The book challenges the anti-trafficking paradigm to meaningfully understand historical legacies of present-day root-causes of human trafficking. This textbook focuses on history's utility in public health. It describes history to contextualize and explain present times, and provides public health lessons in trafficking prevention and intervention. Public health recognizes the importance of multiple systems to solve big problems, so the chapters illustrate how current anti-trafficking efforts in markets and public systems connect with historical policies and data in the United States. Topics explored include: Capitalism, Colonialism, and Imperialism: Roots for Present-Day Trafficking Invisibility, Forced Labor, and Domestic Work Addressing Modern Slavery in Global Supply Chains: The Role of Businesses Immigration, Precarity, and Human Trafficking: Histories and Legacies of Asian American Racial Exclusion in the United States Systemic and Structural Roots of Child Sex Trafficking: The Role of Gender, Race, and Sexual Orientation in Disproportionate Victimization The Complexities of Complex Trauma: An Historical and Contemporary Review of Healing in the Aftermath of Commercialized Violence Historical Context Matters: Health Research, Health Care, and Bodies of Color in the United States Understanding linkages between contemporary manifestations of human trafficking with their respective historical roots offers meaningful insights into the roles of public policies, institutions, cultural beliefs, and socioeconomic norms in commercialized violence. The textbook identifies sustainable solutions to prevent human trafficking and improve the health of the Nation. The Historical Roots of Human Trafficking is essential reading for students of public health, health sciences, criminology, and social sciences; public health professionals; academics; anti-trafficking advocates, policy-makers, taskforces, funders, and organizations; legislators; and governmental agencies and administrators.
    Digital Access Springer 2021
  • Digital
    editors K.-C. Bergmann and J. Ring.
    Digital Access Karger 2014
  • Digital
    Ugo Filippo Tesler.
    Summary: The beginning of cardiac surgery is generally considered to be the successful repair of a wound of the heart that took place on the 7th of September 1896 in Frankfurt am Main. This operation put an end to the widespread belief that nature had set the heart beyond the limits of surgery. The successive development of heart surgery moved together with other advances that were rapidly taking place in various fields of medicine and surgery and which, already in the first half of the 20th century, had allowed surgical pioneers to successfully correct a number of congenital and acquired heart disease.
  • Print
    edited by Christopher T. Leffler.
    Summary: "The History of Glaucoma, the latest in the Hirschberg series of the history of ophthalmology, covers the twists, turns, and paradigm-shifts in the glaucoma concept over the past two millennia. Previously, scholars were not able to agree on how the term glaucoma, which related in antiquity to the color of a diseased eye, ended up describing an excavated optic neuropathy which has nothing to do with color. The volume begins in the ancient world, and proceeds all the way to the modern era of optical coherence tomography, minimally invasive surgery, and anti-VEGF agents. Ophthalmic historians and glaucoma specialists from the United States, Europe, Asia, and Latin America have contributed their scholarship and recollections to this volume, which includes photographs from private collections, information from unpublished documents, and new translations from Latin, Arabic, French, German, and Spanish. The work of masters such as Julius Hirschberg and Max Meyerhof is supplemented by the latest scholarship, which has benefited from the explosion in digitally-accessible historical documents. This new scholarship has upended many deeply rooted beliefs about ophthalmology history. Most important, the volume relates the personal stories of eye surgeons and patients, to bring the past to life. The History of Glaucoma is a must-have for anyone interested in medical history"--Publisher information.

    Contents:
    Foreword / Robert N. Weinreb
    An Introduction to the History of Glaucoma / Christopher T. Leffler
    1. Glaucoma in the Ancient Greek and Roman Worlds / Christopher T. Leffler, Stephen G. Schwartz
    2. Glaucoma in the Medieval Arabic World / Christopher T. Leffler, Wasim A. Samara, Tamer M. Hadi, Ali Salman, Faraaz A. Khan
    3. Glaucoma in the European Middle Ages and Renaissance / Christopher Leffler, Eric Peterson
    4. Buphthalmos / Harry Mark
    5. The Early History of Glaucoma in East Asia / Christopher Leffler, Ka-Wai Fan
    6. Hydrophthalmia and Paracentesis / Christopher Leffler, Stephen G. Schwartz
    7. Glaucoma during the Enlightenment and Early Modern Periods (1700-1849) / Christopher Leffler, Stephen Schwartz
    8. John Thomas Woolhouse (1664-1733/4) and his Family of Oculists (1600-1751) / Christopher T. Leffler, Stephen G. Schwartz
    9. "Chevalier" John Taylor and His Descendants / Stephen G. Schwartz, Christopher T. Leffler
    10. Georg Joseph Beer and Glaucoma / Harry Mark
    11. Helmholtz and the Development of the Ophthalmoscope / Richard Keeler
    12. Glaucoma : A Pressure-Induced Optic Neuropathy (1850-1870) / Christopher Leffler
    13. Aqueous humor dynamics / Harry Mark
    14. Angle Closure Glaucoma Since 1871 / Christopher Leffler, Surbhi Bansal
    15. The History of Malignant Glaucoma / Andrzej Grzybowski, Piotr Kanclerz
    16. The History of Tonometry / Steven Newman
    17. A History of Perimetry and Visual Field Testing / Chris Johnson
    18. Open Angle Glaucoma in the Twentieth Century / Christopher Leffler
    19. The History of Glaucoma Medications / Tony Realini, Eva DeVience
    20. The History of the Surgical Microscope in Ophthalmology / Richard Keeler
    21. The History of Glaucoma Surgery and Laser Treatment / Reza Razeghinejad, Joanna Liput, George Spaeth
    22. Sympathectomy for glaucoma: its rise and fall (1898-1910) / Robert M. Feibel
    23. The Pathogenesis of Glaucomatous Optic Neuropathy / Sohan Singh Hayreh
    24. Mechanisms of Glaucoma Without Elevated Intraocular Pressure / Russell Swan, Brandon Baartman, Michael Greenwood, John Berdahl
    25. The History of Pediatric Glaucoma / Jana Bregman, Mona A. Kaleem, Janet Alexander, Sara Fard, Natario L. Couser
    26. The History of Glaucoma in Mexico / Rolando Neri-Vela
    27. The History of Neovascular Glaucoma / Adam Pflugrath
    28. The History of Iridocorneal Endothelial Syndrome / Surbhi Bansal
    29. The History of Pseudoexfoliation / Andrzej Grzybowski, Piotr Kanclerz
    30. The History of Pigment Dispersion Syndrome and Pigmentary Glaucoma / Lynn E. Harman, Curtis E. Margo
    31. Uveitic Glaucoma / Christopher Donovan, Lynn E. Harman
    32. Immunological Mechanisms in Glaucoma : History of Ideas and Hypotheses / Lynn E. Harman, Curtis E. Margo
    33. The Evolution of the Optic Disc Analysis : Past and Present / Fritz Dannheim
    34. The History of Optical Coherence Tomography / Rachel L. Anderson, Joel S. Schuman
    35. Glaucoma and other Ophthalmic Disorders in Selected Artists / James Ravin.
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Books: History - LC Classification (Downstairs)
    RE871 .H56 2020
    1
  • Digital
    Shaun R. McCann.
    Contents:
    1. Science before science
    2. The Enlightenment and the unravelling of the circulation
    3. From a dream to a nightmare: HIV, haemophilia, and AIDS
    4. Red cells: how they live and how they die
    5. Blood and the hidden virus
    6. Radiation and transplantation: towards an understanding od stem cells
    7. Leukaemia
    8. 'If you prick us do we not bleed?': bleeding and blood clotting
    9. Molecules, genes, and gene therapy
    10. The same specialty: different approaches!
    11. The role of technology in haematology
    12. Combination chemotherapy.
    Digital Access Oxford 2016
  • Print
    by G.P. Srivastava ; with a foreword from George Urdang.
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Books: History - LC Classification (Downstairs)
    RS67.I3 S7
    1
  • Print
    written and illustrated by Susan Dufresne.
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    LC212.2 .D84 2018
    1
  • Print
    Print
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Books: History - LC Classification (Downstairs)
    Call number varies. Search for History of international public health to find individual volumes of this title.
  • Digital
    Elie M. Ferneini, Michael T. Goupil, Steven Halepas, editors.
    Summary: The multi-authored, multi-institutional, and multi-specialty-based text is designed as a valuable resource for surgeons working on the maxillofacial region. Meant to be a clinically based history of the past, the present, and the future of the field, this is a one-of-a-kind text that will cater to a variety of professions: from oral & maxillofacial surgeons, plastic and reconstructive surgeons, otolaryngologists head and neck surgeons, cosmetic surgeons and the general dental practitioner. The History of Maxillofacial Surgery: An Evidence-Based Journey is divided into three sections for ease of understanding: The first section gives an overview of the early history; the second section provides a discussion of conventional procedures; and the third section gives a history of advanced procedures and techniques. By understanding the fundamental procedures and techniques of the field, practitioners can continue to further the field by building upon the past. Including historic case studies paired with real patient photos, this text details why professionals do what they do today with insight directly from the clinic. To provide a unique perspective the book is edited by three individuals at different stages of their careers. Each chapter is authored by a young surgeon paired with a seasoned surgeon.

    Contents:
    Intro
    Foreword
    Preface
    Contents
    Contributors
    Part I: Early History
    Saint Apollonia: Patron Saint of Dentistry
    1 Introduction
    2 Egypt 249 CE, the First Written Description of Saint Apollonia
    3 The Legend
    4 The Patroness of Dentistry and the Healer of Dental Pain
    5 Relics
    6 St. Apollonia Commemorations: Statues, Churches, Plazas, Paintings, Stained Glass Windows
    References
    Anatomists: The Basis of Surgery
    1 Introduction
    2 From Galen to Vesalius
    3 The Sphenoid Bone
    4 Modern Anatomical Imaging 5 A Brief History of Cadaver Acquisition for Education
    6 Anatomy Through Art and Atlases
    7 Summary
    References
    The Barber-Surgeons
    1 Introduction
    2 Origins
    3 Scope of Practice
    4 European Medical Education
    5 Notable Barber-Surgeons
    6 The London Barber-Surgeons' Guild
    7 Barber Pole
    8 End of an Era
    9 Summary
    References
    The Three Pillars of Surgery
    1 Introduction
    2 Hemostasis - Ambroise Paré
    3 Anesthesia - Horace Wells
    4 Asepsis - Joseph Lister
    5 Summary
    References
    Anesthesia
    1 Introduction
    2 Inhalation Anesthetic Agents 3 Intubation and Inhaled Anesthesia Technology
    4 Parenteral Anesthesia
    4.1 Opioids
    5 Sedative Hypnotics and Other Intravenous Anesthetics
    6 Neuromuscular Blockers
    7 Parenteral and Local Anesthesia Technology
    8 Local Anesthesia
    8.1 Local Anesthesia Drugs
    9 Summary
    References
    The Legacy of Maxillofacial Surgery During the Great War
    1 Introduction
    2 Front-Line Care: Origins of the Harvard Unit
    3 Tertiary Care-Sir Harold Delf Gillies and the Surgeons of Sidcup
    4 Maxillofacial Surgical Advances by the Central Powers 5 Anna Ladd and Jane Poupelet and Their Facial Masks
    6 Summary
    References
    Formation of Head and Neck Surgical Specialties
    1 Introduction
    2 Otolaryngology and Head and Neck Surgery
    2.1 Birth of the Specialty
    2.2 Organizations
    3 Ophthalmology
    3.1 Birth of the Specialty
    3.2 Organizations
    4 Oral and Maxillofacial Surgery
    4.1 Birth of the Specialty
    4.2 Organizations
    5 Plastic and Reconstructive Surgery
    5.1 Birth of the Specialty
    5.2 Organizations
    6 Summary
    References
    Part II: Conventional Procedures
    Head and Neck Infections
    1 Prehistory 2 Treatment of Infection in Antiquity
    References
    Evolution of Tooth Removal
    1 Introduction
    2 Ancient History
    2.1 Prehistory Humans
    2.2 Eastern and Egyptian Era
    2.3 Greek and Roman Era
    2.4 Practitioners
    3 Early Instruments
    4 Nineteenth-Century Pioneers
    5 Twentieth-Century Notables
    6 Summary
    References
    Dental Implants and Bone Augmentation
    1 Introduction
    2 Implants in the Early Twentieth Century
    3 Brånemark and the Foundations of Modern Implantology
    4 Bone Augmentation
    5 Guided Bone Regeneration
    6 Sinus Lifts
    7 The Twenty-First Century
    Digital Access Springer 2022
  • Digital
    Morris F. Collen, Marion J. Ball, editors.
    Summary: This is a meticulously detailed chronological record of significant events in the history of medical informatics and their impact on direct patient care and clinical research, offering a representative sampling of published contributions to the field. The History of Medical Informatics in the United States has been restructured within this new edition, reflecting the transformation medical informatics has undergone in the years since 1990. The systems that were once exclusively institutionally driven - hospital, multihospital, and outpatient information systems - are today joined by systems that are driven by clinical subspecialties, nursing, pathology, clinical laboratory, pharmacy, imaging, and more. At the core is the person - not the clinician, not the institution - whose health all these systems are designed to serve. A group of world-renowned authors have joined forces with Dr Marion Ball to bring Dr Collen's incredible work to press. These recognized leaders in medical informatics, many of whom are recipients of the Morris F. Collen Award in Medical Informatics and were friends of or mentored by Dr Collen, carefully reviewed, editing and updating his draft chapters. This has resulted in the most thorough history of the subject imaginable, and also provides readers with a roadmap for the subject well into later in the century.
    Digital Access Springer 2015
  • Digital
    Michael R. Kronenfeld, Jennie Jacobs Kronenfeld.
    Summary: "This book covers the history of medical libraries and librarianship from the founding of the Medical Library Association in 1898 to today. The authors present the different stages in the evolution of health science librarianship and conclude with a discussion of the new, digital era of health science libraries"-- Provided by publisher

    Contents:
    John Shaw Billings and the Library of the Office of the Army Surgeon General: 1836-1898
    The gentleman physician librarian era: 1898-1945
    The era of the development of the clinical research infrastructure (NIH), the rapid expansion in funded and published clinical research, and the emergence of the National Library of Medicine: 1945-1962
    The era of the development of the National Library of Medicine, online digital subject searching (MEDLINE) and the creation of the health science library infrastructure: 1962-1975
    The MEDLINE Era: The golden age of medical libraries: 1978-1995
    The era of universal access to information and the transition from paper to digitally based medical libraries: 1995-2015
    The emerging era of the digital health sciences library: 2015.
  • Digital/Print
    by Dr. Max Neuburger ... tr. by Ernest Playfair.
    Digital Access Google Books 1910
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Stored offsite. Please request print.
    R131 .N479p
    1
  • Print
    Plinio Prioreschi.
    Contents:
    v. 1. Primitive and ancient medicine
    v. 2. Greek medicine
    v. 3. Roman medicine
    v. 4. Byzantine and Islamic medicine
    v. 5. Medieval medicine.
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Books: History - LC Classification (Downstairs)
    R131 .P73
    4
  • Print
    Plinio Prioreschi.
    Contents:
    v. 1. Primitive and ancient medicine
    v. 2. Greek medicine
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Books: History - LC Classification (Downstairs)
    R131 .P73 1996
    2
  • Print
    Gill Paul.
    Summary: Takes readers on a 12,000-year journey to explore significant items that have advanced medical knowledge and practice. The fifty objects range from the everyday (a bottle of Aspirin) to singular medical advances (heart transplant pioneer Christian Bernard on the cover of TIME magazine). The objects are presented chronologically and described in two to four pages with illustrations, 150 beautiful archive images in all. Fact boxes note Location, Date, and Field, for example, epidemiology. Engaging text describes the artifacts in their social and cultural context, as well as their role in disease treatment and prevention.

    Contents:
    Neolithic Trepanned Skulls
    The Edwin Smith Papyrus
    Clay Tablets from Mesopotamia
    Atharva Veda
    Huangchi Neijing
    The Tree of Hippocrates
    The Aqua Appia
    Dioscorides' Materia Medica
    Galen's Phlebotome
    The Hôtel-Dieu
    Ten Treatises on the Eye
    The School of Salerno
    Avicenna's Tomb
    Plague Doctor's Mask
    De Humani Corporis Fabrica
    Santorio Santorio's Thermoscope
    Harvey's Diagram of Blood Circulation
    Chamberlen's Forceps
    Van Leeuwenhoek's Microscope
    The Cinchona Tree
    Edward Jenner's Lancet
    Laënnec's Stethoscope
    Morton's Ether Inhaler
    TB Sanatorium in Görbersdorf
    John Snow's Cholera Map
    Florence Nightingale's Lamp
    Louis Pasteur's Flask
    The Snellen Eye Chart
    The Red Cross Symbol
    Joseph Lister's Donkey Engine
    The X-ray Machine
    Bayer Aspirin
    Sigmund Freud's Couch
    Harold Gillies' Tubed Pedicle
    Spanish Flu Mask
    Lilly's Insulin Syringe
    The Iron Lung
    Alexander Fleming's Petri Dish
    Bryukhonenko's Autojektor
    Willem Kolff's Artificial Kidney
    World Health Organization Flag
    Crick and Watson's Double Helix
    Cigarette Package Health Warning
    The First Heart Transplant
    MRI Scanner
    Surgical Robots
    AIDS Awareness Ribbon
    Stem Cells
    Thought-Controlled Prosthesis
    Protective Clothing for Ebola.
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Books: History - LC Classification (Downstairs)
    R133 .P28 2016
    1
  • Digital
    Zoltan A. Nagy.
    Summary: A History of Modern Immunology: A Path Toward Understanding describes, analyzes, and conceptualizes several seminal events and discoveries in immunology in the last third of the 20th century, the era when most questions about the biology of the immune system were raised and also found their answers. Written by an eyewitness to this history, the book gives insight into personal aspects of the important figures in the discipline, and its data driven emphasis on understanding will benefit both young and experienced scientists. This book provides a concise introduction to topics including immunological specificity, antibody diversity, monoclonal antibodies, major histocompatibility complex, antigen presentation, T cell biology, immunological tolerance, and autoimmune disease. This broad background of the discipline of immunology is a valuable companion for students of immunology, research and clinical immunologists, and research managers in the pharmaceutical and biotechnology industries. Contains the history of major breakthroughs in immunology featured with authenticity and insider detailsGives an insight into personal aspects of the players in the history of immunologyEnables the reader to recognize and select data of heuristic value which elucidate important facets of the immune systemProvides good examples and guidelines for the recognition and selection of what is important for the exploration of the immune systemGives clear separation of descriptive and interpretive parts, allowing the reader to distinguish between facts and analysis provided by the author.
    Digital Access ScienceDirect 2014
  • Digital
    volume editors, J. Bogousslavsky, F. Boller, M. Iwata.
    Contents:
    The discovery of cerebral specialization / Harris, L.J
    The introduction of emotions and behavior in the assessment of neurological patients / Genetti Gatfield, M., Colombo, F., Annoni, J.-M
    Anatomical error of Pierre Marie's 'zone lenticulaire' / Iwata, M
    Gogi (word meaning) aphasia and its relation with semantic dementia / Yamadori, A
    Alexia and agraphia from 1861 to 1965 / Henderson, V.W
    Kanji (morphogram) and kana (phonogram) problem in Japanese alexia and agraphia / Sakurai, Y
    Early history of amnesia / Langer, K.G
    History of anosognosia / Gainotti, G
    History of amusia / Kawamura, M., Miller, M.W
    Hemineglect and attentional dysfunction / Langer, K.G., Piechowski-Jozwiak, B., Bogousslavsky, J
    History of frontal syndromes and executive dysfunction / DeRight, J
    History of subcortical cognitive impairment / Filley, C.M
    History of dementia / Assal, F
    Neurology versus psychiatry? Hallucinations, delusions, and confabulations / Carota, A., Bogousslavsky, J
    Developmental cognitive deficits : a historical overview of early cases / Eling, P
    History of neuropsychological assessment / Eling, P
    Historical pathway from description of cognitive recovery to formal neuropsychological rehabilitation / Magnin, E., Ryff, I., Brun, B., Decavle, P., Hague, S., Moulin, T
    Shining a light on some of the most famous 19th and 20th century's neuropsychologists / Walusinski, O., Boller, F., Henderson, V.W.
    Digital Access Karger 2019
  • Print
    by Adam Politzer ; an English translation by Stanley Milstein, Collice Portnoff, Antje Coleman.
    Contents:

    v. 1. From earliest times to the middle of the nineteenth century.
    Print Access
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Books: History - LC Classification (Downstairs)
    RF25 .P761
    1
  • Print
    Mudry, Albert.
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Books: History - LC Classification (Downstairs)
    RF110 .M837 2015
    1
  • Print
    by Johan P. Mackenbach.
    Summary: "In A History of Population Health Johan P. Mackenbach offers a broad-sweeping study of the spectacular changes in people's health in Europe since the early 18th century. Most of the 40 specific diseases covered in this book show a fascinating pattern of 'rise-and-fall', with large differences in timing between countries. Using a unique collection of historical data and bringing together insights from demography, economics, sociology, political science, medicine, epidemiology and general history, it shows that these changes and variations did not occur spontaneously, but were mostly man-made. Throughout European history, changes in health and longevity were therefore closely related to economic, social, and political conditions, with public health and medical care both making important contributions to population health improvement"-- Provided by publisher.

    Contents:
    Utopia come true?
    The epidemiologic transition theory
    How to read this book
    Part 1. Long-term trends: A bird's eye view
    Long-term trends in population health
    Changes in over-all population health
    Changes in disease patterns
    Epidemiologic transition
    Understanding trends in population health
    Theories of population health
    Economic, political and sociocultural conditions
    Public health and medical care
    Part 2. Zooming in: The rise and fall of diseases
    Health problems of pre-industrial societies
    Violence and hunger
    Great epidemics
    Health problems of industrializing societies
    Communicable diseases
    Maternal, infant and perinatal mortality
    Other health problems of industrializing societies
    Health problems of affluent societies
    Chronic diseases
    Injuries
    A new plague
    Part 3. Synthesis and outlook
    Why?
    Why did European population health improve?
    Why did some countries rush ahead or lag behind?
    Outlook
    Feathers of Icarus
    The way ahead
    By way of conclusion.
    Digital Access 2020
  • Digital
    Sutchin R. Patel, Michael E. Moran, Stephen Y. Nakada, editors.
    Digital Access Springer 2018
  • Digital
    edited by Jeremy C. Ganz.
    Contents:
    Ch. 1. Background knowledge in the early days
    Ch. 2. Some physics from 550 BC and AD 1948
    Ch. 3. Medical physics - particle accelerators - the beginning
    Ch. 4. From particle accelerator to radiosurgery
    Ch. 5. Stereotactic and radiosurgery concepts in Sweden
    Ch. 6. Stereotactic and radiosurgery research in Sweden
    Ch. 7. The journey from proton to gamma knife
    Ch. 8. The earliest gamma unit patients
    Ch. 9. Stockholm radiosurgery developing 1968-1982
    Ch. 10. From Stockholm to Pittsburgh
    Ch. 11. Changing times and early debates
    Ch. 12. The development of dose planning
    Ch. 13. Changing the gamma knife
    Ch. 14. Conclusion and possible future trends
    Index.
    Digital Access ScienceDirect 2014
  • Print
    J. Marion Read and Mary E. Mathes.
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Books: History - LC Classification (Downstairs)
    R10 .R28 1958
    1
  • Print
    abstracted from the manuscript notes of the late Cecil Wall by the late H. Charles Cameron ; rev., annotated, and ed. by E. Ashworth Underwood.
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Books: History - LC Classification (Downstairs)
    RS11 .W18 1963
    1
  • Print
    Guido Silvestri, Mathias Lichterfeld, editors.
    Contents:
    Molecular control of HIV and SIV latency
    Assays to measure latency, reservoirs, and reactivation
    The antiviral immune response and its impact on the HIV-1 reservoir
    Nonhuman primate models for studies of AIDS virus persistence during suppressive combination antiretroviral therapy
    SIV latency in macrophages in the CNS
    Mathematical models of HIV latency
    Residual immune activation and latency
    Immune interventions to eliminate the HIV reservoir
    Cell and gene therapy for HIV cure.
  • Digital
    Marc H V Van Regenmortel.
    Summary: This book gathers a series of pivotal papers on the development of an HIV/AIDS vaccine published in the last two decades. Accompanied by extensive comments putting the material into an up-to-date context, all three parts of the book offer a broad overview of the numerous unsuccessful attempts made in recent years to develop a preventive HIV vaccine. Providing a detailed review and analysis of studies published from 1998 to the present day, it examines the likely reasons for the failure to develop an HIV vaccine despite multi-million dollar investments.

    Contents:
    Part I.Immunochemistry
    1 What is a B cell epitope
    2 Molecular design versus empirical discovery in peptide-based vaccines. Coming to terms with fuzzy recognition sites and ill-defined structure-function relationships in immunology
    3 Synthetic Peptide Vaccines and the Search for Neutralization B Cell Epitopes
    4 Specificity, polyspecificity, and heterospecificity of antibody-antigen recognition
    Part II. Reductionism
    5 Reductionism and the search for structure-function relationships in antibody molecules
    6 Reductionism and complexity in molecular biology
    7 Editorial: Biological complexity emerges from the ashes of genetic reductionism
    8 The rational design of biological complexity: A deceptive metaphor., 9 Basic research in HIV vaccinology is hampered by reductionist thinking
    10 Commentary: Basic Research in HIV Vaccinology Is Hampered by Reductionist Thinking
    11 Nature and Consequences of Biological Reductionism for the Immunological Study of Infectious Diseases., Part III. Vaccinology
    12 Limitations to the structure-based design of HIV-1 vaccine immunogens
    13 Two meanings of reverse vaccinology and the empirical nature of vaccine science
    14 Requirements for empirical immunogenicity trials, rather than structure-based design, for developing an effective HIV vaccine
    15 Paradigm Changes and the Future of HIV Vaccine Research: A Summary of a Workshop Held in Baltimore on 20 November 2013
    16 Editorial: Paradigm changes are required in HIV vaccine research
    17 An outdated notion of antibody specificity is one of the major detrimental assumptions of the structure-based reverse vaccinology paradigm, which prevented it from helping to develop an effective HIV-1 vaccine
    18 More surprises in the development of an HIV vaccine
    19 Why Does the Molecular Structure of Broadly Neutralizing Monoclonal Antibodies Isolated from Individuals Infected with HIV-1 not Inform the Rational Design of an HIV-1 Vaccine?
    20 Old a nd New Concepts and Strategies in HIV Vaccinology: A Report from a Workshop held in Rome on 17 June 2016
    21 Structure-Based Reverse Vaccinology Failed in the Case of HIV Because it Disregarded Accepted Immunological Theory
    22 Immune systems rather than antigenic epitopes elicit and produce protective antibodies against HIV
    23 Development of a Preventive HIV Vaccine Requires Solving Inverse Problems Which Is Unattainable by Rational Vaccine Design
    24 Viral species, viral genomes and HIV vaccine design: is the rational design of biological complexity a utopia?.
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Digital/Print
    Craig Meyers, editor.
    Summary: In this book, leading experts examine the clinical and biological aspects of viruses known to play a role in the oncogenesis of AIDS-associated cancers and non-AIDS-defining malignancies more commonly observed in HIV-infected individuals. Among the malignancies considered are those associated with Kaposi sarcoma-associated herpesvirus (KSHV) or Epstein-Barr virus (EBV), Merkel cell carcinoma due to Merkel cell polyomavirus (MCPyV), human papillomavirus (HPV)-associated anogenital and oropharyngeal cancers, and hepatitis B and C virus (HBV/HCV)-associated liver cancers. It also provides detailed information on the molecular biology of the causative viral agents and guidance on the specific treatment required in this special population. Covering all the important advances in our understanding made since the first edition was published in 2007, including the discovery and characterization of MCPyV, which brought the number of known human oncoviruses to seven, this new edition is a valuable resource for members of the scientific and healthcare community and active researchers in this field.
    Digital Access Springer 2019
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Books: General Collection (Downstairs)
    RC261 .A335 2019
    1
  • Digital
    Zunyou Wu, Yu Wang, Roger Detels, Marc Bulterys, Jennifer M. McGoogan, editors.
    Summary: With HIV becoming the leading cause of infectious-disease mortality in Mainland China, this book focuses on tackling HIV/AIDS in the face of rapid political and economic change in China. Featuring contributions by over a dozen leading figures in the field, this book is the go-to text for any student or reader interested in how national and international organizations are attempting to control this epidemic. The book includes chapters on the epidemiology, treatment, and prevention of HIV, as well as several chapters that discuss in detail specific provincial- and national-level programs to control and treat HIV. It chronicles the Chinese governments amazing about-face, as it replaced underfunded, non-evidence based policy decisions with successful, science-based approaches to disease control and prevention, including the adoption of once controversial needle-exchange programs and the establishment of a national HIV/AIDS data registry. It measures the success of national policy decisions, the implementation of treatment policies, and discusses the difficulty of accessing high-risk communities, including people who inject drugs, sex workers, and men who have sex with men - groups not easy to reach, study, engage in prevention programs, or treatment, for fear of stigmatization and loss of social status. Further, it documents the spread of HIV to other provinces, and the tragedy that befell repeat plasma donors in Henan and other poor provinces, where reused or improperly sterilized lab equipment caused some villages to have epidemic-level incidence rates. This book represents a positive contribution to the field of AIDS research, making vital, new information available to an interested readership.

    Contents:
    Epidemiology
    Prevention
    Treatment
    Comprehensive Program
    Key Areas Response
    Conclusion.
    Digital Access Springer 2020
  • Digital
    Fayth M. Parks, Gregory S. Felzien, Sally Jue, editors.
    Digital Access Springer 2017
  • Digital/Print
    Digital Access Google Books 1999-
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Stored offsite. Please request print.
    RA644.A25 H679
    2
  • Digital
    volume editors, Mark Brennan-Ing, Rosanna F. DeMarco.
    Contents:
    Preface
    Local and global HIV aging demographics and research
    Are HIV-infected older adults aging differently?
    Cellular senescence, immunosenescence and HIV
    Biomarkers and clinical indices of aging with HIV
    Multimorbidity and burden of disease
    Polypharmacy, using new treatments to customize care for aging patients and adherence present and future
    Behavioral health
    Disability among persons aging with HIV/AIDS
    Application of geriatric principles and care models in HIV and aging
    Sexual health, risk and prevention
    Stigma in an aging context
    Social support systems and social network characteristics of older adults with HIV
    Remediating HIV-associated neurocognitive disorders via cognitive training: a perspective on neurocognitive aging
    Mental health, psychosocial challenges and resillence in older adults living with HIV
    Medical, social and supportive services for older adults with HIV
    The relevance of palliative care in HIV and aging
    Ageism, aging, and HIV: community responses to prevention, treatment, care and support
    Author index
    Subject index.
    Digital Access Karger 2017
  • Digital
    Lisa M. Chirch, Jurate Ivanaviciene, editors.
    Contents:
    Intro; Preface; Contents; Contributors;
    Chapter 1: Disorders of the Esophagus; Clinical Presentation; Opportunistic Infections; Esophageal Candidiasis; Histoplasmosis; Mycobacterium Species; Herpesviridae Family; CMV; HSV; HHV-8; Idiopathic Ulcer; Noninfectious Etiologies; Lymphoma; Non-AIDS-Defining Esophageal Cancer; Motility Disorders; References;
    Chapter 2: HIV and the Stomach;
    Chapter 3: Biliary Tree and Gallbladder Pathology in HIV; Introduction; AIDS Cholangiopathy; Opportunistic; Bacterial; Viral; Fungal; Parasitic/Protozoal; Noninfectious Etiologies; Vanishing Bile Duct Syndrome Antiretroviral Therapy-RelatedMalignancy; Diagnostic Testing; Cholangiography: MRCP and ERCP; Therapy; Procedural/Surgical; Prognosis; References;
    Chapter 4: Disorders of the Liver Excluding Hepatitis A, B, C, D, and E; Introduction; Histoplasmosis; Epidemiology; Pathophysiology; Clinical Presentation; Diagnosis; Treatment; Cryptococcus; Epidemiology; Pathophysiology; Clinical Presentation; Diagnosis; Treatment; Coccidioides; Epidemiology; Pathophysiology; Clinical Presentation; Diagnosis; Treatment; Candida; Epidemiology; Pathophysiology; Clinical Presentation; Diagnosis; Treatment PneumocystisEpidemiology; Pathophysiology; Clinical Presentation; Diagnosis; Treatment; Penicillium; Epidemiology; Pathophysiology; Clinical Presentation; Diagnosis; Treatment; Schistosomiasis; Epidemiology; Pathophysiology; Clinical Presentation; Diagnosis; Treatment; Bartonella; Epidemiology; Pathophysiology; Clinical Presentation; Diagnosis; Treatment; Tuberculosis; Epidemiology; Pathophysiology; Clinical Presentation; Diagnosis; Treatment; EBV; CMV; HSV; VZV; Adenovirus; HHV-8; HHV6; Drug-Induced Liver Injury in HIV; Antituberculosis Medications in HIV and the Liver Prevention of OI in HIV and the LiverConclusion; References;
    Chapter 5: Viral Hepatitis;
    Chapter 6: Disorders of the Pancreas; Epidemiology/Etiology; Acute HIV/Acute Pancreatitis; Antiretroviral (ART) Drug-Induced Pancreatitis; Nucleoside Reverse Transcriptase Inhibitors (NRTIs); Protease Inhibitors (PIs); Drug-Induced Pancreatitis Associated with Chemoprophylactic Drugs/Opportunistic Infections; Acute Pancreatitis Triggered by Opportunistic Infections; Mycobacterial Infections; Fungal Infections; Protozoan Parasitic Infections; AIDS-Associated Neoplasia; References
    Chapter 7: Disorders of the Small BowelViral Infections; Cytomegalovirus; Epidemiology; Clinical Presentation; Diagnosis; Treatment; Norovirus; Epidemiology; Clinical Presentation; Diagnosis; Treatment; Herpes Simplex Virus (HSV); Epidemiology; Clinical Manifestations; Diagnosis; Treatment; Adenovirus; Epidemiology; Clinical Manifestations; Diagnosis/Treatment; Mycobacterial Infections; Mycobacterium tuberculosis; Epidemiology; Clinical Manifestations; Diagnosis; Complications; Treatment; Mycobacterium avium Complex (MAC); Epidemiology; Clinical Presentation; Diagnosis; Treatment
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Digital
    edited by John A. Joska, Dan J. Stein, Igor Grant.
    Contents:
    Epidemiology of psychopathology in HIV / Milton L. Wainberg, Karen McKinnon and Francine Cournos
    Pathogenesis of mental health disorders in HIV / Gursharan Chana, Chad A. Bousman and Ian P. Everall
    Clinical aspects of HIV-related neurocognitive disorders / Nicholas W.S. Davies and Bruce J. Brew
    Treatment of psychiatric disorders in HIV / Maria Ferrara, Ignacio Perez Valero, David J. Moore, Adam F. Knight, Nichole A. Duarte and J. Hampton Atkinson
    Special populations and public health aspects / Francine Cournos, Karen McKinnon, Veronica Pinho and Milton Wainberg.
    Digital Access Wiley 2014
  • Digital
    Irini Sereti, Gregory P. Bisson, Graeme Meintjes, editors.
    Summary: Globally, HIV-associated tuberculosis is one of the most important causes of infection-related death, accounting for over 300,000 deaths worldwide in 2017. The HIV epidemic has undermined TB control efforts in many countries across the world, as the virus has important modifying effects on the pathogenesis, diagnosis, and treatment of TB. The management of HIV-associated TB is also complicated by rapid clinical progression, immune reconstitution inflammatory syndrome, drug-drug interactions, and shared toxicities. The past two decades have yielded thousands of research publications and review articles on HIV-associated TB. HIV and Tuberculosis: A Formidable Alliance consolidates this massive amount of data into a single resource. With contributions from myriad disciplines, including epidemiology, immunology, public health, and clinical medicine, this book provides well-rounded and thorough coverage that will appeal to researchers and clinicians alike.

    Contents:
    1. Overview of the HIV-associated tuberculosis epidemic
    2 . Epidemiology of Drug-susceptible, Drug-resistant Tuberculosis and HIV in Africa
    3. Modelling the HIV-associated TB epidemic and the impact of interventions aimed at epidemic control
    4. Immune responses to Mycobacterium tuberculosis and the impact of HIV infection
    5. Clinical Manifestations of HIV-associated tuberculosis in adults
    6. The tuberculosis-associated immune reconstitution inflammatory syndrome (TB-IRIS)
    7. Diagnosis of HIV-associated tuberculosis
    8. Recent advances in the treatment of latent tuberculosis infection among adults living with HIV
    9. Treatment of drug-sensitive tuberculosis in persons with HIV
    10. Drug-resistant TB and HIV
    11. Co-treatment of tuberculosis and HIV: pharmacologic considerations
    12. HIV and TB in children
    13. Neurological TB in HIV.
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Digital
    Gary Jones.
    Summary: Revisiting the thinking on vulnerability to HIV and risk of infection, this book provides better understanding by considering the risk of HIV infection alongside notions of personal and collective resilience, dignity and humiliation. The work shows that young people in the urban slum dignify their world and, in doing so, establish priorities and draw on a set of references oftentimes intelligible to them alone. Moreover, humiliation, as an interpersonal event, adds to a sense of vulnerability and lies closely behind choices directly affecting personal health and livelihood. Thus, dignity and humiliation are shown for the first time to have a critical role in health seeking and risky behavior related to HIV, and this is an area in great need of further research. The crucial focus of this work is further emphasized by the rapid growth of urban slums, and high rates of HIV among both slum dwellers and young people, who continue to bear the brunt of the AIDS epidemic, thirty years on. This comprehensive literature review provides a compelling argument that the time is right to further explore the nexus of risk and resilience from a people-centered perspective. Fresh insight is critical to reach the goal of ending AIDS by 2030.

    Contents:
    1. Introduction
    2. Vulnerability and Risk
    health and well being in the slum
    3. HIV as an urban epidemic
    4. Young people -vulnerability, risk and HIV in the urban slum
    5. Migration, young people and vulnerability in the urban slum
    6. Conclusion
    strengthening the evidence.
    Digital Access Springer 2016
  • Digital
    Marcus Hentrich, Stefan K. Barta, editors.
    Contents:
    Pathology
    Epidemiology
    Non-Hodgkin Lymphoma.-Hodgkin lymphoma
    Acute Myeloid Leukemia (AML) & Myelodysplastic Syndrome (MDS)
    Acute lymphoblastic leukemia (ALL)
    Autologous stem cell transplantation
    Allogeneic stem cell transplantation
    Multiple myeloma and monoclonal gammopathy of unknown significance
    Myeloproliferative disorders
    Multicentric Castelman's disease
    Chemotherapy and interactions with combination antiretroviral therapy (cART)
    Special considerations.
    Digital Access Springer 2016
  • Digital
    Ralph Pantophlet, editor.
    Summary: Glycosylation is a common and extremely important modification in biological molecules, particularly of proteins. HIV Glycans in Infection and Immunity provides an overview of the roles of glycans in the transmission/infection, antigenicity, and immunogenicity of HIV and the HIV envelope glycoprotein. It explores recent advances in the understanding of the impact of HIV glycans in infection and their promise for immunological and therapeutic intervention. Novel collaborations between glycobiologists and immunologists in recent years have led to key advances in the understanding of HIV glycans. These cross-disciplinary endeavors, their achievements and their impact on the field are all addressed, herein.-- Source other than Library of Congress.

    Contents:
    HIV glycomics and glycoproteomics / Camille Bonomelli ... [et al.]
    Innate recognition of HIV-1 glycans : implications for infection, transmission, and immunity / Angelic M.G. van der Aar, Sonja I. Gringhuis, and teunis B.H. Geijtenbeek
    The influence of HIV enveloppe glycosylation on adaptive immune response / Catarina E. Hioe, Rajnish Kumar, and Shiu-Lok Hu
    Role of HIV glycans in transmission and immune escape / Penny L. Moore, Megan K. Murphy, and Cynthia A. Derdeyn
    Molecular recognition of HIV glycans by antibodies / Leopold Kong, Robyn L. Stanfield, and Ian A. Wilson
    Anti-carbohydrate HIV vaccine design / Lai-Xi Wang ... [et al.]
    Lectins as HIV microbicides / Leonardus M.I. Koharudin and Angela M. Gronenborn.
    Digital Access Springer 2014
  • Digital
    Bisola O. Ojikutu, Valerie E. Stone, editors.
    Summary: More people in communities of color are contracting, living with, and being treated for HIV/AIDS than ever before. In 2005, 71% of new AIDS cases were diagnosed in people of color. The rate of HIV infection in the African-American community alone has increased from 25% of total cases diagnosed in 1985 to 50% in 2005. Latinos similarly comprise a disproportionate segment of the AIDS epidemic: though they make up only 14% of the U.S. population, 20% of AIDS cases diagnosed in 2004 were Latino/a. Though the number of racial and ethnic minority HIV/AIDS cases continues to grow, the health care community has been unable to adequately meet the unique medical needs of these populations. African-American, Latino/Latina, and other patients of color are less likely to seek medical care, have sufficient access to the health care system, or receive the drugs they need for as long as they need them. HIV/AIDS in Minority Communities acknowledges the prevalence of HIV/AIDS within minority communities in the U.S. and strives to educate physicians about the barriers to treatment that exist for minority patients. By analyzing the main causes of treatment failure and promoting respect for individual and cultural values, this book effectively teaches readers to provide responsive, patient-centered care and devise preventive strategies for minority communities. Comprehensive chapters contributed by physicians with extensive experience dealing with HIV/AIDS in minority communities cover issues as far-reaching as: anti-retroviral therapy; dermatologic manifestations and co-morbidities of the disease in patients of color; unique risks to women and MSMs of color; participation of minority cases in HIV research; and substance abuse and mental health issues.

    Contents:
    Achieving health equity among US communities of color at risk for or living with HIV
    Epidemiology of HIV infection in communities of color in the United States
    PrEP and the Black community
    HIV prevention, care, and treatment among Black men who have sex with men (MSM)
    HIV/AIDS and the Latino populations in the United States
    Women of color and HIV
    HIV and immigrants from sub-Saharan Africa and the Caribbean living in the United States
    HIV in the South
    Neighborhood-level structural factors, HIV and communities of color
    Substance use disorder and HIV
    HIV prevention, care and treatment for transgender communities of color
    Medical mistrust, discrimination, and the domestic HIV epidemic
    Incarceration and the HIV epidemic.
    Digital Access Springer 2021
  • Digital
    Raziya Bobat, editor.
    Summary: This book serves as a reference work on pediatric HIV infection and covers the full bandwidth of topics from an introduction to pathogenesis and epidemiology, over the transmission of the HI virus, to clinical manifestations, treatment, and prevention strategies. Diseases and disorders occurring in HIV infected persons are discussed in detail. The book covers special populations, such as neonates born to an HIV positive mother and adolescents and examines the specific ways of managing HIV disease in these patient groups. This is the first book to cover palliative care as well as ethical, legal and social issues of HIV infection. .

    Contents:
    Foreword
    Introduction and Epidemiology
    Transmission and Pathogenesis
    Diagnosis
    Clinical Manifestation
    Management
    HIV and TB
    Opportunistic Infections
    Immunisation of HIV infected child
    Special Populations, Neonates and Adolescents
    Cure
    HIV and the Microbiome.
    Digital Access Springer 2020
  • Digital
    James A. Bourgeois, Mary Ann Adler Cohen, Getrude Makurumidze, editors.
    Summary: This book is a practical guide in understanding how to prevent HIV transmission, to recognize risk behaviors, and to add something else to their repertoires. It aims to empower clinicians and provide a sense of security and competence with the recognition and understanding of some of the psychiatric illnesses that complicate and perpetuate the HIV pandemic that continue to persist throughout every area of the world despite the magnitude of the progress that has transformed the illness from a rapidly fatal to chronic illness that is no longer life-limiting. Missing in most of the literature on HIV is the subtle, and sometimes not so subtle, contribution of psychiatric symptoms, psychiatric illness, and risk behaviors that drive the pandemic and serve as catalysts for new infections. This practical guide provides state-of-the-art understanding of not only prevention but also a way to recognize risk behaviors, psychiatric symptoms, and psychiatric illnesses that will demystify and decode the sometimes enigmatic and frustrating reasons for nonadherence with diagnostic procedures and life-saving treatments and care. All behaviors and pathology are covered as well as the resources and treatments available. The goal of this text is to refresh knowledge on the current state of psychiatric illness management among people living with HIV, to provide a concise volume on the psychiatric aspects of HIV prevention and treatment that substantially impact the overall care of the patient, and to help understand the psychiatric catalysts of the pandemic Written by experts in the field, HIV Psychiatry: A Practical Guide for Clinicians provides enduring guidance to medical and other professionals caring for complicated clinical patients as they face ongoing challenges in working with persons with HIV and AIDS.

    Contents:
    The Definition and Scope of HIV Psychiatry - How to Provide Compassionate Care
    HIV Testing and Prevention
    HIV Stigma
    Consultation, Assessment, and Evaluation
    Screening for Psychiatric Disorders in HIV Care
    Depressive Disorders
    Trauma and Stressor-Associated Disorders
    Bipolar Disorders
    Anxiety Disorders
    HIV-Associated Neurocognitive Disorders and Delirium
    Substance-Related and Addictive Disorders
    HIV and Serious Mental Illness
    Suicide in HIV
    HIV Syndemics
    HIV in Specific Populations
    Principles of HIV Treatment
    Antiretrovirals and Psychotropics: Drug Interactions and Complications
    Treatment of Comorbid HIV/HCV
    Integrated and Collaborative Care
    Palliative and End-of-Life Care in HIV
    Legal and Ethical Aspects of HIV Psychiatry
    The COVID-19 Outbreak and the HIV Pandemic.
    Digital Access Springer 2022
  • Digital
    D. M. Basavarajaiah, Bhamidipati Narasimha Murthy.
    Digital Access Springer 2020
  • Digital
    Linqi Zhang, Sharon R. Lewin, editors.
    Summary: "This book provides a comprehensive review of the major barriers to HIV cure and vaccine. It covers the fundamental virology and immunology leading to HIV transmission, protection from infection and long term HIV persistence on antiretroviral therapy. In addition, strategies being tested to eliminate persistent HIV and the rational design of vaccines to induce protective immunity are covered. This book also discusses the challenges related to the design of clinical trials for testing the safety and efficacy of these innovative approaches. This book will provide a systematic overview and also discuss controversial issues for researchers in virology and immunology, as well as practicing physicians, and scientists in the pharmaceutical industry"--Publisher's description.

    Contents:
    HIV vaccines. HIV vaccine efficacy trials: RV144 and beyond / Elizabeth Heger, Alexandra Schuetz, Sandhya Vasan
    HIV T-cell vaccines / Beatriz Mothe, Christian Brander
    HIV broadly neutralizing antibodies: VRC01 and beyond / Xueling Wu
    Structural features of broadly neutralizing antibodies and rational design of vaccine / Tongqing Zhou, Kai Xu
    Monkey models and HIV vaccine research / Zhiwei Chen
    Treatment of HIV for the prevention of transmission in discordant couples and at the population level / M. Kumi Smith, Britta L. Jewell, Timothy B. Hallett, Myron S. Cohen
    HIV cure. HIV persistence on antiretroviral therapy and barriers to a cure / Julia Marsh Sung, David M. Margolis
    The molecular biology of HIV latency / Georges Khoury, Gilles Darcis, Michelle Y. Lee, Sophie Bouchat, Benoit Van Driessche, Damian F. J. Purcell [and others]
    Cellular determinants of HIV persistence on antiretroviral therapy / Anastassia Mikhailova, Jose Carlos Valle-Casuso, Asier Sáez-Cirión
    In vitro and in vivo models of HIV latency / James B. Whitney, R. Brad Jones
    Measuring HIV persistence on antiretroviral therapy / Bethany A. Horsburgh, Sarah Palmer
    Clinical interventions in HIV cure research / Thomas Aagaard Rasmussen, Ole S. Søgaard.
    Digital Access Springer 2018
  • Digital
    Carolyn I. Rodriguez, Randy O. Frost.
    Summary: "Accounts of hoarding behaviors stretch back thousands of years--most recently depicted in popular reality television series--but it wasn't until the publication of DSM-5 in 2013 that hoarding was classified as a disorder in its own right rather than as a symptom of obsessive-compulsive disorder or obsessive-compulsive personality disorder. In this single source, readers can access the most up-to-date comprehensive information on what is known about the disorder. Drawing on both the authors' own clinical experience and published research, Hoarding Disorder: A Comprehensive Clinical Guide examines the phenomenology and etiology of the disorder, as well as psychotherapeutic and pharmacological treatments, challenges, and future directions. Appendixes feature useful symptom rating scales that can be applied to practice. Whether readers are practicing psychiatrists, psychologists, or other mental health professionals; professionals in training; or peer support counselors and community advocates; all will benefit from the wealth of information in this volume--made more easily accessible through key points in each chapter--and find the guidance they need to effectively and compassionately treat patients with hoarding disorder"-- Provided by publisher.

    Contents:
    Introduction and history
    Diagnosis and comorbidity
    Assessment
    Insight and motivation
    Cognitive-behavioral model
    Neurobiology
    Cognitive-behavioral therapy
    Pharmacotherapy
    Harm reduction
    Community
    Elders
    Animal hoarding
    Squalor
    Conclusions and future directions.
  • Digital
    Nassim Agdari-Moghadam.
    Summary: This book offers in-depth information on pathological hoarding, describing both the root of the disorder and its progression. How can hoarding disorder be diagnosed? What are the challenges involved in treatment? How can professionals best deal with those affected? In this practical guide, health professionals will find the answers to these and many other questions. In the last few years the awareness of this disorder has gradually increased not only in the academic community, but also in the media and it has become clear that there are a considerable number of people worldwide who continue to suffer from it. The case studies presented here share essential insights into the diverse backgrounds and lives of affected individuals. In addition, hoarding disorder has since been classified as a new mental disorder by the WHO, which means many psychoanalysts, psychologists, psychiatrists and social workers will need to be trained accordingly. This book offers valuable guidance.

    Contents:
    Introduction
    Basics of Hoarding disorder
    Treatment Recommendations
    Psychodynamic
    Aspects: Self-Perspectives
    Summary and Outlook
    Messy-Quick-Test.
    Digital Access Springer 2021
  • Digital
    Andreas Engert, Anas Younes, editors.
    Summary: This book examines in detail the current treatment options for first-line, relapsed, and refractory Hodgkin lymphoma and the management appropriate in special clinical circumstances, including in the elderly, pregnant women, and those with lymphocyte-predominant disease. Careful attention is devoted to the emerging individually tailored treatment strategies that are especially appealing given their potential to reduce early and late treatment side effects in this generally young patient population. In addition, clear guidance is provided on the management of Hodgkin survivors. Other topics addressed include epidemiology, pathogenesis, the role of the microenvironment, initial clinical evaluation, imaging diagnosis, use of staging systems, and prognostic factors. The second edition of Hodgkin Lymphoma: A Comprehensive Overview has been revised and updated by the key opinion leaders to reflect recent progress in the field. It will be of great value to hematologists, oncologists, and all others with an interest in Hodgkin lymphoma. .

    Contents:
    Part I: From Hodgkin's disease to Hodgkin Lymphoma: Epidemiology
    The role of viruses in the genesis of Hodgkin Lymphoma
    Pathology and molecular pathology of Hodgkin Lymphoma
    Microenvironment, cross-talk and immune escape mechanisms
    What will we learn from Genomics and Proteomics in Hodgkin Lymphoma? Part II: Diagnosis and treatment: Clinical evaluation
    Functional imaging
    Prognostic factors
    Principles of radiation techniques in Hodgkin Lymphoma
    Principles of chemotherapy in Hodgkin Lymphoma
    Treatment of early favorable Hodgkin Lymphoma
    Treatment of early unfavorable Hodgkin Lymphoma
    Treatment of advanced-stage Hodgkin Lymphoma
    Relapsed and refractory Hodgkin Lymphoma
    Paediatric Hodgkin Lymphoma. Part III: Special Clinical Situations: Lymphocyte-predominant Hodgkin Lymphoma
    The management of Hodgkin Lymphoma during pregnancy
    The management of HIV-Hodgkin Lymphoma
    The management of elderly patients with Hodgkin Lymphoma
    Allogeneic transplantation for relapsed of Hodgkin Lymphoma
    Targeting CD 30
    Other new agents for patients with Hodgkin Lymphoma. Part IV: Survivorship: Quality of Life in Hodgkin Lymphoma
    Second malignancy risk after treatment of Hodgkin Lymphoma
    Cardiovascular and pulmonary late effects
    Gonadal dysfunction and fertility preservation in Hodgkin Lymphoma patients. .
    Digital Access Springer 2015
  • Digital
    Andreas Engert, Anas Younes, editors.
    Summary: This book, now in its third edition, examines the current treatment options for first-line, relapsed, and refractory Hodgkin lymphoma and the appropriate management in special clinical circumstances, including in the elderly, pregnant women, and those with nodular lymphocyte-predominant disease (NLPHL). Careful attention is devoted to the emerging individually tailored treatment strategies, including checkpoint inhibition, that are especially appealing given their potential to reduce early and late treatment side effects in this generally young patient population. In addition, clear guidance is provided on the management of Hodgkin survivors. Other topics addressed include epidemiology, pathogenesis, the role of the microenvironment, initial clinical evaluation, imaging diagnosis, use of staging systems, and prognostic factors. The new edition of Hodgkin Lymphoma: A Comprehensive Overview has been revised and updated by key opinion leaders to reflect recent progress in the field. It will be of great value to hematologists, oncologists, and all others with an interest in Hodgkin lymphoma.

    Contents:
    Intro
    Preface
    Contents
    Part I: Epidemiology and Pathogenesis
    1: Epidemiology of Hodgkin Lymphoma
    1.1 Introduction
    1.2 Definition and Histological Classification (WHO)
    1.3 Hodgkin Lymphoma Occurrence
    1.3.1 Overall Incidence
    1.3.2 Age-Specific Incidence Patterns Vary Geographically
    1.3.2.1 Historical Patterns
    1.3.2.2 Modern Age-Specific Incidence Patterns
    1.3.2.3 Age-Specific Incidence Patterns for Hodgkin Lymphoma Subtypes
    1.3.3 Incidence Trends
    1.3.4 Classifications for Epidemiological Studies: Multi-disease Models 1.3.5 Classifications by Age at Diagnosis, Histology and Tumour Epstein-Barr Virus Status
    1.3.6 Overlap Between Epidemiological Classifications of Hodgkin Lymphoma
    1.4 Familial Accumulation of Hodgkin Lymphoma: Genetic Predisposition
    1.4.1 Genetic Studies: Genome-Wide Association Studies
    1.4.1.1 Hodgkin Lymphoma Subtype-Specific Associations in Genetic Analyses
    1.5 Risk Factors
    1.5.1 Prevailing Hypotheses in Hodgkin Lymphoma Epidemiology
    1.5.1.1 Childhood Socio- Economic Environment
    1.5.2 Anthropometry
    1.5.3 Medical History
    1.5.3.1 Infections Epstein-Barr Virus Infection: Infectious Mononucleosis
    Epstein-Barr Virus Infection: Serological Evidence
    Epstein-Barr Virus Infection: Variation in Tumour Prevalence
    A Four-Disease Model for Hodgkin Lymphoma
    Other Childhood Infections
    1.5.3.2 Primary and Secondary Immune Deficiencies
    1.5.3.3 Autoimmune and Allergic Disorders
    Autoimmune and Allergic/Atopic Diseases
    1.5.3.4 Medications
    1.5.4 Environmental Exposures
    1.5.4.1 Ultraviolet Light
    1.5.4.2 Tobacco
    1.5.4.3 Alcohol
    1.6 Conclusion
    References 2: The Role of Viruses in the Genesis of Hodgkin Lymphoma
    2.1 Introduction
    2.2 Hodgkin Lymphoma and Epstein-Barr Virus
    2.2.1 Epstein-Barr Virus and the Pathogenesis of Hodgkin Lymphoma
    2.2.2 Risk Factors for Epstein-Barr Virus-Associated Hodgkin Lymphoma
    2.2.3 Epstein-Barr Virus and Hodgkin Lymphoma: A Causative Association?
    2.2.4 Epstein-Barr Virus and the Clinicopathological Features of Hodgkin Lymphoma
    2.3 Epstein-Barr Virus-Negative Hodgkin Lymphoma Cases
    2.3.1 Hodgkin Lymphoma and Herpesviruses Other Than Epstein-Barr Virus 2.3.2 Polyomaviruses and Hodgkin Lymphoma
    2.3.3 Measles Virus and Hodgkin Lymphoma
    2.3.4 The Virome, Anelloviruses, and Hodgkin Lymphoma
    2.4 Conclusions
    References
    3: Pathology and Molecular Pathology of Hodgkin Lymphoma
    3.1 Subclassification and Pathology
    3.1.1 Nodular Lymphocyte-Predominant Hodgkin Lymphoma
    3.1.2 Classical Hodgkin Lymphoma: The HRS Cells
    3.1.2.1 Nodular Sclerosis Classical Hodgkin Lymphoma
    3.1.2.2 Mixed Cellularity Classical Hodgkin Lymphoma
    3.1.2.3 Lymphocyte-Depleted Classical Hodgkin Lymphoma
    3.1.2.4 Lymphocyte-Rich Classical Hodgkin Lymphoma
    Digital Access Springer 2020
  • Print
    C.R. Taylor.
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Stored offsite. Please request print.
    RC280.L9 T39
    2
  • Digital
    A. Victor Hoffbrand, Paul A.H. Moss.
    Contents:
    Haemopoiesis
    Erythropoiesis and general aspects of anaemia
    Hypochromic anaemias
    Iron overload
    Megaloblastic anaemias and other macrocytic anaemias
    Haemolytic anaemias
    Genetic disorders of haemoglobin
    The white cells 1: granulocytes, monocytes and their benign disorders
    The white cells 2: lymphocytes and their benign disorders
    The spleen
    The aetiology and genetics of haematological malignancies
    Management of haematological malignancy
    Acute myeloid leukaemia
    Chronic myeloid leukaemia
    Myeloproliferative disease
    Myelodysplasia
    Acute lymphoblastic leukaemia
    The chronic lymphoid leukaemias
    Hodgkin lymphoma
    Non-Hodgkin lymphoma
    Multiple myeloma and related disorders
    Aplastic anaemia and bone marrow failure
    Stem cell transplantation
    Platelets, blood coagulation and haemostasis
    Bleeding disorders caused by vascular and platelet abnormalities
    Coagulation disorders
    Thrombosis 1: pathogenesis and diagnosis
    Thombosis 2: treatment
    Haematological changes in systemic disease
    Blood transfusion
    Pregnancy and neonatal haematology
    Appendix. World Health Organization classification of tumours of the haematopoietic and lymphoid tissues.
  • Print
    A. Victor Hoffbrand, David P. Steensma.
    Summary: "Essential Haematology is established as the most authoritative introduction to haematology. Beautifully presented, it introduces the formation and function of blood cells and diseases that arise from dysfunction and disruption of these processes. Basic science, diagnostic tests, clinical features and management are all clearly explained. The book outlines the basic principles of clinical and laboratory haematology and shows how manifestations of blood diseases can be explained by new knowledge of the disease processes"-- Provided by publisher.

    Contents:
    Haemopoiesis
    Erythropoiesis and general aspects of anaemia
    Hypochromic anaemias
    Iron overload
    Megaloblastic anaemias and other macrocytic anaemias
    Haemolytic anaemias
    Genetic disorders of haemoglobin
    The white cells, part 1: granulocytes, monocytes and their benign disorders
    The white cells, part 2: lymphocytes and their benign disorders
    The spleen
    The aetiology and genetics of haematological neoplasia
    Management of haematological malignancy
    Acute myeloid leukaemia
    Chronic myeloid leukaemia
    Myeloproliferative neoplasms
    Myelodysplastic syndromes
    Acute lymphoblastic leukaemia
    The chronic lymphocytic leukaemias
    Hodgkin lymphoma
    Non-hodgkin lymphomas
    Multiple myeloma and related plasma cell neoplasms
    Aplastic anaemia and bone marrow failure
    Haemopoietic stem cell transplantation
    Platelets, blood coagulation and haemostasis
    Bleeding disorders caused by vascular and platelet abnormalities
    Coagulation disorders
    Thrombosis 1: pathogenesis and diagnosis
    Thrombosis 2: treatment
    Haematological changes in systemic diseases
    Blood transfusion
    Pregnancy and neonatal haematology.
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Books: General Collection (Downstairs)
    RB145 .H698 2020
    1
  • Print
    Print
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Books: General Collection (Downstairs)
    Call number varies. Search for Hokkaido University Medical Library series to find individual volumes of this title.
  • Digital
    [edited by] George W. Holcomb, J. Patrick Murphy, Shawn D. St Peter ; associate editor John M. Gatti.
    Contents:
    Section I: General. Physiology of the newborn
    Nutritional support for the pediatric patient
    Anesthetic considerations for pediatric surgical conditions
    Renal impairment and renovascular hypertension
    Coagulopathies and sickle cell disease
    Extracorporeal membrane oxygenation
    Mechanical ventilation in pediatric surgical disease
    Vascular access
    Surgical infectious disease
    Fetal therapy
    Section II: Trauma. Ingestion of foreign bodies
    Bites
    Burns
    Early assessment and management of trauma
    Thoracic trauma
    Abdominal and renal trauma
    Head injury and facial trauma
    Pediatric orthopedic trauma
    Neurosurgical conditions
    Section III: Thoracic. Chest wall deformities
    Management of laryngotracheal obstruction in children
    Congenital bronchopulmonary malformations
    Acquired lesions of the lung and pleura
    Congenital diaphragmatic hernia and eventration
    Mediastinal tumors
    The esophagus
    Esophageal atresia and tracheoesophageal fistula malformations
    Section IV: Abdomen. Gastroesophageal reflux
    Lesions of the stomach
    Duodenal and intestinal atresia and stenosis
    Malrotation
    Meconium disease
    Necrotizing enterocolitis
    Hirschsprung disease
    Anorectal atresia and cloacal malformations
    Fecal incontinence and constipation
    Acquired anorectal disorders
    Intussusception
    Alimentary tract duplications
    Meckel diverticulum
    Inflammatory bowel disease
    Appendicitis
    Biliary atresia
    Choledochal cyst and gallbladder disease
    Solid organ transplantation in children
    Lesions of the pancreas
    Splenic conditions
    Congenital abdominal wall defects – gastroschisis and omphalocele
    Umbilical and other abdominal wall hernias
    Section V: Inguinal region and scrotum. Inguinal hernia
    Undescended testes and testicular tumors
    The acute scrotum
    Section VI: Urology. Developmental and positional anomalies of the kidneys
    Ureteral obstruction and malformations
    Urinary tract infections and vesicoureteral reflux
    Bladder and urethra
    Posterior urethral valves
    Bladder and cloacal exstrophy
    Hypospadias
    Circumcision
    Prune belly syndrome
    Differences of sexual development
    Section VII: Neoplasms. Principles of adjuvant therapy in childhood cancer
    Renal tumors
    Neuroblastoma
    Lesions of the liver
    Teratomas, dermoids, and other soft tissue tumors
    Lymphomas
    Rhabdomyosarcoma
    Section VIII: Skin and soft tissue diseases. Nevus and melanoma
    Vascular anomalies
    Head and neck sinuses and masses
    Section IX: Special topics. Pediatric and adolescent gynecology
    Breast diseases
    Endocrine disorders and tumors
    Bariatric surgical procedures in adolescence
    Digital Access ClinicalKey 2020
  • Digital
    American Holistic Nurses Association, American Nurses Association.
    Summary: Holistic nursing has as its goal healing the whole person, an approach that is grounded in the inherent interconnectedness of self, others, nature, and spirituality. The holistic nurse is an instrument of healing and a facilitator in the healing process, honoring the individual's subjective experience of health, health beliefs, and values, viewing the whole person and his/her needs in their entirety, with integration as the goal. This publication is a guide to the essentials of a distinctive practice specialty. -- Publisher description.

    Contents:
    Introduction :
    Function of the scope of practice statement of holistic nursing
    Function of the standard of holistic nursing
    Function of competencies accompanying standards of holistic nursing
    Development of the holistic nursing standards of practice: basic and advanced
    Summary. Holistic nursing scope of practice :
    Definition and overview of holistic nursing
    Evolution of holistic nursing
    Current state and trends of holistic nursing
    Philosophical principles of holistic nursing
    Integrating the art and science of nursing
    Settings for holistic nursing practice
    Educational preparation for holistic nursing practice
    Certification in holistic nursing
    Commitment to the nursing profession
    Care of older adults in holistic nursing
    Issues in holistic nursing
    Education
    Research
    Clinical practice
    Policy. Standards of holistic nursing practice :
    Overarching philosophical principles of holistic nursing
    Standards of practice for holistic nursing
    Standards of professional performance Glossary
    References and bibliography
    Appendix A: Holistic nursing: scope and standards of practice, second edition (2013)
    Appendix B: American Holistic Nurses Association (AHNA) position statement on holistic nursing ethics
    Appendix C: Position on the role of nurses in the practice of complementary and integrative health approaches (CIHA) June 2016
    Index.
    Digital Access R2Library 2019
    Limited to 1 simultaneous user
  • Digital
    Theresa Mallick-Searle, editor.
    Summary: This book presents a patient centric, holistic view and management strategy for registered nurses, advanced practice nurses and midwives to care for the pregnant female, including considerations in pregnancy planning. There is a significant gap in information about holistic care and nursing considerations of the pregnant female with regards to pain management, which this book fills. It develops on the preparation before pregnancy, as nutrition or exercise, on behavioural management of pain with the impact of anxiety and different therapies. The book examines the musculoskeletal pain, the headache and fibromyalgia occurring during pregnancy. It also informs on the nutraceuticals in pregnancy, the use of opioids and of nerve blocks. This book finally explores complementary treatments during pregnancy. Case-studies are presented for improved understanding and to provide a real-world perspective. This book, written by nursing and psychology experts in their fields of specialty practice, will appeal to nurses and midwives working with pregnant women or planning to have a baby.

    Contents:
    Chapter 1. Introduction
    Chapter 2. Background
    Chapter 3. In preparation for pregnancy
    Chapter 4. Musculoskeletal Pain during pregnancy
    Chapter 5. Headache/migraine during pregnancy
    Chapter 6. Fibromyalgia/generalized body pain during pregnancy
    Chapter 7. Nutraceuticals in pregnancy
    Chapter 8. Opioids in pregnancy (outside OUD)
    Chapter 9. Use of nerve blocks in pregnancy
    Chapter 10. Complementary treatments in pregnancy
    Chapter 11. Behavioural management in pregnancy
    Chapter 12. Additional Case-studies.
    Digital Access Springer 2022
  • Digital
    editors, Robert C. Bast, Jr, Carlo M. Croce, William Hait, Waun Ki Hong, Donald W. Kufe, Martine Piccart-Gebhart, Raphael E. Pollock, Ralph R. Weichselbaum, Hongyang Wang, James F. Holland.
    Summary: "The original reference resource for medical oncologists, radiation oncologists, internists, and allied specialties involved in the treatment of cancer patients, Holland-Frei Cancer Medicine covers the ever-expanding field of current cancer science and clinical oncology practice. In this new ninth edition an outstanding editorial team from world-renowned medical centers continue to hone the leading edge forged in previous editions, with timely information on biology, immunology, etiology, epidemiology, prevention, screening, pathology, imaging, and therapy. Holland-Frei Cancer Medicine, Ninth Edition, brings scientific principles to clinical practice and is a testament to the ethos that innovative, comprehensive, multidisciplinary treatment of cancer patients must be grounded in a fundamental understanding of cancer biology. This ninth edition features hundreds of full color illustrations, photographs, tables, graphs and algorithms that enhance understanding of complex topics and make this text an invaluable clinical tool. Over 15 brand new chapters covering the latest advances, including chapters on Cancer Metabolism, Bioinformatics, Biomarker Based Clinical Trial Design, Health Services Research and Survivorship bring this comprehensive resource up-to-date. Each chapter contains overview boxes, select references and other pedagogic features, designed to make the content easy to access and absorb"--Provided by publisher.
    Digital Access Wiley 2016
  • Digital
    edited by Nuria Torrescano- Valle, Gerald A. Islebe, Priyadarsi D. Roy.
    Summary: This book provides essential information on Mexico's Holocene and Anthropocene climate and vegetation history. Considering the geography of Mexico - which is home to a variety of climatic and environmental conditions, from desert and tropical to high mountain climates - this book focuses on its postglacial paleoecology and paleoclimatology. Further, it analyses human intervention since the middle Holocene as a major agent of environmental change. Offering a valuable tool for understanding past climate change and its relationship with present climate change, the book is a must-read for botanists, ecologists, palaeontologists and graduate students in related fields.

    Contents:
    1) Introduction: The Holocene and Anthropocene Environmental History, of Mexico
    2) Paleoclimate of the Gulf of California (Northwestern Mexico) during the last 2000 years
    3) Holocene hydroclimate of the subtropical Mexico: a state of the art
    4)The Environment of Ancient Cloud Forests in the Mexican Pacific
    5) Sea level change and its influence on the coastal landscape in the Gulf of Mexico during the Holocene
    6) Insights into the Holocene environmental history of the highlands in central Mexico
    7) Integration of landscape approaches for the spatial reconstruction of the vegetation
    8) Volcanic Activity in Mexico during the Holocene
    9) Human Influence vs Natural Climate Variability
    10) Holocene Paleoecology and Paleoclimatology of south and south-eastern Mexico: a palynological approach
    11) From Calakmul to the Sea: The Historical Ecology of a Classic Maya City that Controlled the Candelaria/Champoton Watersheds
    12) Lidar at El Pilar: Understanding Vegetation Above and Discovering the Ground Features Below in the Maya Forest.
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Digital
    Dierck Hillmann ; with a foreword by Gereon Hüttmann.
    Summary: Holoscopy is a new tomographic imaging modality that combines techniques of digital holography with Fourier-domain optical coherence tomography (FD-OCT). Dierck Hillmann gives a theoretical introduction to the mathematics and physics of holoscopy and develops an efficient numerical reconstruction procedure. Compared to FD-OCT, holoscopy provides unique advantages by enabling tomographic imaging without a limited depth of focus, but results in an increased numerical cost for reconstruction. In further chapters, the author introduces techniques for FD-OCT that are relevant to holoscopy as well. He demonstrates and compares numerical reconstruction methods for FD-OCT and shows how motion and dispersion artifacts in FD-OCT can be numerically compensated. Contents Theoretical Introduction to Optical Coherence Tomography and Digital Holography FD-OCT Signal Processing Using the Non-Equispaced Fast Fourier Transform Motion and Dispersion Correction in FD-OCT Holoscopy Target Groups Academics and practitioners in the fields of computer science, optical coherence tomography, digital holography, and medical imaging. The Author Dierck Hillmann received his doctoral degree in the group of Gereon Hüttmann at the Institute of Biomedical Optics in Lübeck and is currently working for a leading company in the fields of science and photonics. The Editor The series Aktuelle Forschung Medizintechnik is edited by Thorsten M. Buzug.

    Contents:
    Introduction
    Theory
    FD-OCT signal processing using the non-equispaced fast Fourier transform
    Motion and dispersion correction in FD-OCT
    Holoscopy
    Conclusion.
    Digital Access Springer 2014
  • Digital
    Jessica L. Colburn, Bruce Leff, Jennifer Hayashi, Mattan Schuchman, editors.
    Summary: This book aims to equip individual clinicians with the interdisciplinary knowledge, skills, and perspective they need to provide the best care possible. Written by experts in home-based medical care, this book consists of 20 of the most common scenarios that challenge physicians administering home-based care for geriatric patients. Each scenario requires an approach or leverages aspects of care delivery that most are not trained in. Additionally, each scenario reflects an approach to care that is enhanced by interdisciplinary input. Finally, each case lends itself to a practical problem-solving approach that could be accomplished by most home-based medical care providers, even in the absence of an interdisciplinary team. Home-Based Medical Care for Older Adults is a valuable resource for all clinicians who may administer medical care in a non-medical setting, including geriatricians, family medicine physicians, psychiatrists, home nurses, social workers, students, and other interdisciplinary team members.

    Contents:
    1. Involuntary Weight Loss
    2. Assessing Decision-Making Capacity
    3. Acute Illness at Home
    4. Dementia Behavior Management
    5. Bacteriuria in a Patient with Incident Delirium
    6. Caregiver Burden
    7. Elder Abuse and Neglect
    8. Management of Frequent Falls
    9. Home Assessments: Improving Patients' Capacity for Self-Management
    10. Transitioning to Long-Term Care
    11. Pressure Injuries
    12. Opioid Management
    13. Social Isolation
    14. Serious Mental Illness
    15. Functional Rehabilitation and Realistic Goals
    16. Polypharmacy
    17. Telephone Medicine
    18. Morbid Obesity
    19. Urinary Catheter Management at Home
    20. End of Life Care.
    Digital Access Springer 2020
  • Digital
    George S. Stergiou, Gianfranco Parati, Giuseppe Mancia, editors.
    Summary: Hypertension remains a leading cause of disability and death worldwide. Self-monitoring of blood pressure by patients at home is currently recommended as a valuable tool for the diagnosis and management of hypertension. Unfortunately, in clinical practice, home blood pressure monitoring is often inadequately implemented, mostly due to the use of inaccurate devices and inappropriate methodologies. Thus, the potential of the method to improve the management of hypertension and cardiovascular disease prevention has not yet been exhausted. This volume presents the available evidence on home blood pressure monitoring, discusses its strengths and limitations, and presents strategies for its optimal implementation in clinical practice. Written by distinguished international experts, it offers a complete source of information and guide for practitioners and researchers dealing with the management of hypertension.

    Contents:
    1. Devices for home BP monitoring
    2. Cuff design for home BP monitors
    3. Home BP and preclinical organ damage
    4. Prognostic studies of home BP
    5. Diagnostic value of home BP
    6. Home BP monitoring schedule
    7. Home BP for treatment titration
    8. Home BP monitoring, treatment adherence and hypertension control
    9. Home BP monitoring: Cost-effectiveness patients' preference and barriers for use
    10. Home BP monitoring in clinical research
    11. Home BP tele-monitoring and mobile digital health technology
    12. Nocturnal home BP monitoring
    13. Home BP monitoring in children, pregnancy, renal disease
    14. Home BP variability
    15. Home versus ambulatory BP monitoring
    16. Guidelines for home BP monitoring.
    Digital Access Springer 2020
  • Digital
    Tina Marrelli.
    Summary: Tina M. Marrelli's new book, Home Care Nursing: Surviving in an Ever-Changing Care Environment is a practical and comprehensive guidebook written concisely and without jargon or insider acronyms, making the book accessible to anyone whose work is connected to home care nursing services. Designed to provide chapters as stand-alone resources for readers with previous experience seeking updated guidance, Home Care Nursing is also an excellent guide for course or orientation material. Each chapter is packed with practical questions, discussion topics, and additional resources, such as a complete Medicare Benefit Policy for reference. Additionally, offering more than just an overview of the healthcare and home care markets, this book discusses the unique practice setting and environment of home care nursing, the laws regulations, and quality, and how to make the leap into the field, document your home visit, and improve your professional growth and development. -- Provided by publisher.

    Contents:
    Foreword
    Introduction
    Chapter 1. Healthcare: Overview of Change and Complexity
    Chapter 2. What Is Home Healthcare and Home Care Comprised of Exactly?
    Chapter 3. What Makes Home Care the Most Unique Practice Setting?
    Chapter 4. Becoming a Home Care Clinician or Manager: Information Needed for Success
    Chapter 5. The Environment of Care: The Home and Community Interface
    Chapter 6. The Fundamentals: The Interface of Law, Regulation, and Quality. Chapter 7. The Home Visit: The Important Unit of Care
    Chapter 8. Documentation of Care and Related Processes
    Chapter 9. Where to From Here? Or Welcome to the Most Exciting Healthcare Setting There Is!
    Appendix A. Home Care and Hospice/Palliative Care Organizations/Associations
    Appendix B. Resources for Clinicians and Patient/Caregiver Education
    Appendix C. Home Health & Hospice MAC Areas
    Appendix D. Medicare Benefit Policy Manual: Chapter 7-Home Health Services.
    Digital Access AccessAPN 2017
  • Digital/Print
    Thema Bryant, PhD.
    Summary: A road map for dismantling the fear and shame that keep you from living a free and authentic life. In the aftermath of stress, disappointment, and trauma, people often fall into survival mode, even while a part of them longs for more. Juggling multiple demands and responsibilities keeps them busy, but not healed. As a survivor of sexual assault, racism, and evacuation from a civil war in Liberia, Dr. Thema Bryant knows intimately the work involved in healing. Having made the journey herself, in addition to guiding others as a clinical psychologist and ordained minister, Dr. Thema shows you how to reconnect with your authentic self and reclaim your time, your voice, your life. Signs of disconnection from self can take many forms, including people-pleasing, depression, anxiety, and resentment. Healing starts with recognizing and expressing emotions in an honest way and reconnecting with the neglected parts of yourself, but it can't be done in a vacuum. Dr. Thema gives you the tools to meaningfully connect with your larger community, even if you face racism and sexism, heartbreak, grief, and trauma. Rather than shrinking in the face of life's difficulties, you will discover in Homecoming the therapeutic approaches and spiritual practices to live a more expansive life characterized by empowerment, healthier relationships, gratitude, and a deeper sense of purpose.

    Contents:
    Introduction: Homesick and disconnected
    part 1. Longing for home: Ring the alarm : I need a homecoming ; Internal signs of disconnection ; External signs of disconnection
    part 2. Packing light : what to carry on the journey home: Reparenting yourself ; Emotional intelligence ; Community care and self-care ; Building self-confidence ; Spiritual practices
    part 3. Recovering from roadblocks on the journey home: Mourning invisible losses ; Healing from breakups and divorce ; Coping and healing from a toxic workplace ; Recovering from childhood trauma ; Resisting oppression
    Conclusion: Welcome home : the journey continues.
    Digital Access 2022
    Limited to 1 simultaneous userSUNet ID login required
    Print
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Books: General Collection (Downstairs)
    BF175.5.P75 B7935 2022
    1
  • Digital/Print
    Yaa Gyasi.
    Summary: "Two half sisters, Effia and Esi, unknown to each other, are born into two different tribal villages in 18th century Ghana. Effia will be married off to an English colonial, and will live in comfort in the sprawling, palatial rooms of Cape Coast Castle, raising half-caste children who will be sent abroad to be educated in England before returning to the Gold Coast to serve as administrators of the Empire. Her sister, Esi, will be imprisoned beneath Effia in the Castle's women's dungeon, and then shipped off on a boat bound for America, where she will be sold into slavery. Stretching from the tribal wars of Ghana to slavery and Civil War in America, from the coal mines in the north to the Great Migration to the streets of 20th century Harlem, Yaa Gyasi's has written a modern masterpiece, a novel that moves through histories and geographies and--with outstanding economy and force--captures the troubled spirit of our own nation"-- Provided by publisher.
    Print Unavailable: Checked out Recall Item
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    S3607.Y37 H66 2017
    1
  • Digital
    Muhammad Naveed Noor.
    Summary: While homeless young people (HYP) are typically perceived as irresponsible and morally suspect individuals who lack essential social skills to navigate their lives, this book offers an alternative and more positive perspective. It demonstrates that HYP improvise with resources available on the streets to improve their social and financial status, although they experience significant social structural constraints. This ground-breaking text provides an analysis of social processes that contribute to young people's homelessness, their engagement in sex work, their establishment of intimate partnerships, and sexual practices which may increase their risk of HIV and other sexually transmitted infections (STIs). The book demonstrates how the ongoing social and financial instability and insecurity neutralises HYP's knowledge of HIV/STIs, and how financial considerations, fear of violence by clients, and social obligations in intimate partnerships contribute to their sexual risk-taking. The author argues that the conventional approach of promoting health through raising awareness regarding HIV/STI prevention may continue to bring less than promising outcomes unless we focus on how structural and contextual conditions operate in the backdrop and produce conditions less conducive for young people. Included in the coverage: factors that contribute to youth homelessness factors that shape sexual practice a Bourdieusian analysis of youth homelessness and sexual risk-taking a health promotion approach that can potentially reduce youth homelessness and their risk of HIV/STIs Homeless Youth of Pakistan: Survival Sex and HIV Risk will attract undergraduate and postgraduate students, and researchers interested in exploring issues such as youth homelessness, sexual risk-taking, and HIV/STIs.

    Contents:
    Chapter 1. Introduction
    Chapter 2. Understanding Youth Homelessness
    Chapter 3. Understanding Sexual Behaviour
    Chapter 4. The Theory of Capital and Social Practice
    Chapter 5. Methodological Approach to the Study
    Chapter 6. Capital-deficit and Youth Homelessness
    Chapter 7. The Street-field: A Capital-building Site
    Chapter 8. Sexual Risk-taking: Competing Priorities of Capital-building, Physical Safety, and Sexual Health
    Chapter 9. Key Messages and Implications for Health Promotion.
    Digital Access Springer 2021
  • Digital
    Edzard Ernst.
    Contents:
    Part I: The Facts of the Matter
    Introduction
    Definition and Main Principles of Homeopathy
    Myths about Homeopathy
    Current Popularity, Acceptance, and Regulation of Homeopathy
    History of Homeopathy
    Different Types of Homeopathy and Homeopaths
    The Patients of Homeopaths
    Homeopathy as a Criticism of Conventional Medicine
    Scientific Evidence
    Spurious Arguments for and Counter-Arguments against Homeopathy
    Part II: Lexicon of Homeopathy.
    Digital Access Springer 2016
  • Digital
    Natalie Grams.
    Summary: Homeopathy is over 200 years old and is still experiencing an uninterrupted influx of new practitioners and patients. Many patients and therapists swear by this "alternative healing method", which in some countries is even financed by health insurances. This seems completely incomprehensible to critics: For them it is clearly evident that homeopathy is hopelessly unscientific and has at best a placebo effect. The positions of supporters and opponents seem to be just as immutable as they are incompatible. This book answers some essential and fascinating questions: What remains of the founding ideas of homeopathy in 21st century medicine? Does it really work and, if so, how? Which of the original theories can we still apply today with a clear conscience and use for the benefit of patients and the healthcare system? Where does homeopathy have its limits and does it indeed need to be critically reconsidered and evaluated? The author has dealt with the points of criticism for years, but at the same time also takes seriously the wishes and concerns of patients who often feel insufficiently cared for by conventional medical practice. Against the background of her own personal history, her book attempts to bridge the gap between these two traditionally opposing camps.

    Contents:
    Preface to the English Edition
    How and on what basis does homeopathy treat?
    Homeopathy- What are we talking about?
    Is homeopathy part of today's medicine?
    Why do patients turn to homeopathy?
    What remains of homeopathy in the 21st century?
    Here and Now.
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Digital
    Gaspar Banfalvi.
    Summary: Human homeostasis refers to complex interactions to regulate and maintain the internal conditions of the organism under stable condition. In spite of the progress made on cell growth and division, the circuits that coordinate these processes and maintain the homeostatic balance between cell growth and cell death have not been clarified. Deregulation of homeostatic processes results in different forms of imbalances that can turn to diseases including hepatitis, cyrrhosis and tumor formation. Abnormal growth of tissues can lead to a broad spectrum of neoplastic diseases from tissue swelling, primary tumor formation, cancer and ultimately to secondary tumors known as metastases. Tumor formation is a complex process, that develops through many steps. The discussion of balance and its loss in cell growth, primary and secondary tumor formation necessitate basic information in chemistry (carcinogenesis), biochemistry (metabolism), physics (instrumentation), cell biology (compartments), anatomy, physiology, clinical experience (screening, medical imaging, therapy). The focus of this book has been placed on: a) balance of cell growth, b) tumor formation, c) development of cancer and metastasis, e) diagnosis and treatment of cancer. The steps of the lymphatic type of metastatic tumor spread are described. Due to the interdisciplinary nature, the book gives information for a wide audience including biology, biotechnology, molecular, ecology, medical, pharmacist, chemist students. Additional information is provided for biomedical, pharma, medical and life scientists, physicians and health care professionals.

    Contents:
    Preface.- Homeostasis
    Cell cultures
    Loss of homeostasis
    Tumor development
    Metastasis
    References
    Abbreviations.
    Digital Access Springer 2014
  • Digital
    edited by Detlev Boison and Susan Masino.
    Summary: 'Homeostatic Control of Brain Function' offers a broad view of brain health and diverse perspectives for potential treatments, targeting key areas such as mitochondria, the immune system, epigenetic changes, and regulatory molecules such as ions, neuropeptides, and neuromodulators. Loss of homeostasis becomes expressed as a diverse array of neurological disorders.
    Digital Access Oxford 2016
  • Digital
    edited by David R. Edgell.
    Contents:
    Homing endonucleases : from genetic anomalies to programmable genomic clippers / Marlene Belfort and Richard P. Bonocora
    Bioinformatic identification of homing endonucleases and their target sites / Eyal Privman
    PCR-based bioprospecting for homing endonucleases in fungal mitochondrial rRNA genes / Mohamed Hafez [and four others.]
    Mapping homing endonuclease cleavage sites using in vitro generated protein / Richard P. Bonocora and Marlene Belfort
    Mapping free-standing homing endonuclease promoters using 5'RLM-RACE / Ewan A. Gibb
    PCR analysis of chloroplast double-strand break (DSB) repair products induced by I-CreII in chlamydomonas and arabidopsis / Taegun Kwon [and three others ]
    A two-plasmid bacterial selection system for characterization and engineering of homing endonucleases / Ning Sun and Huimin Zhao
    Rapid screening of endonuclease target site preference using a modified bacterial two-plasmid selection / Jason M. Wolfs, Benjamin P. Kleinstiver, and David R. Edgell
    A yeast-based recombination assay for homing endonuclease activity / Jean-Charles Epinat
    Rapid determination of homing endonuclease DNA binding specificity profile / Lei Zhao and Barry L. Stoddard
    Quantifying the information content of homing endonuclease target sites by single base pair profiling / Joshua I. Friedman, Hui Li, and Raymond J. Monnat, Jr.
    Homing endonuclease target site specificity defined by sequential enrichment and next-generation sequencing of highly complex target site libraries/ Hui Li and Raymond J. Monnat Jr.
    Homing endonuclease target determination Using SELEX adapted for yeast surface display / Kyle Jacoby and Andrew M. Scharenberg
    Engineering and flow-cytometric analysis of chimeric LAGLIDADG homing endonucleases from homologous I-OnuI-family enzymes / Sarah K. Baxter, Andrew M. Scharenberg, and Abigail R. Lambert
    Bioinformatics identification of coevolving residues / Russell J. Dickson and Gregory B. Gloor
    Identification and analysis of genomic homing endonuclease target sites / Stefan Pellenz and Raymond J. Monnat Jr.
    Redesigning the specificity of protein-DNA interactions with Rosetta / Summer Thyme and David Baker.
    Digital Access Springer 2014
  • Digital
    Karolína Skorkovská, editor.
    Summary: This book provides a concise and up-to-date overview on homonymous visual field defects, with the focus especially on homonymous hemianopia. All aspects of the subject are covered, from anatomy and pathophysiology to diagnosis and management. Emphasis is placed on practical issues and major advances in ophthalmology, neurology, imaging techniques, and psychology. Rehabilitation strategies are described, and methods supporting compensation strategies are recommended. A separate chapter considers driving with homonymous hemianopia, which represents one of the critical issues in traffic ophthalmology. Homonymous Visual Field Defects will be of particular value to ophthalmologists, neurologists, neurosurgeons, and neuroscientists. It will be an invaluable asset in diagnostic and treatment decision making in patients with such defects, which occur primarily as a result of stroke, trauma, or tumor, cause reading and orientation disorders, and are the most frequent type of visual field deficit after acquired unilateral postchiasmal brain damage.--Page 4 cover.

    Contents:
    Anatomy of the human visual pathway
    Pathophysiology
    3. Perimetry and types of homonymous hemianopsia / topographic localization / clinical anatomical correlations
    Neuro-ophthalmological examination in homonymous hemianopsia / clinical symptoms and functional abilities
    Novel imaging techniques and neuroradiologic imaging
    Pupillary disorders
    Visual search disorders and ocular motility
    Driving with homonymous hemianopsia
    Neuropsychological / neurological testing in homonymous hemianopsia / central visual
    Rehabilitation strategies
    Compensational strategies of patients wth homonymous hemianopsia.
    Digital Access Springer 2017
  • Print
    Mikki Kendall.
    Summary: "A collection of essays taking aim at the legitimacy of the modern feminist movement, arguing that it has chronically failed to address the needs of all but a few women"-- Provided by publisher. "Today's feminist movement has a glaring blind spot, and paradoxically, it is women. Mainstream feminists rarely talk about meeting basic needs as a feminist issue, argues Mikki Kendall, but food insecurity, access to quality education, safe neighborhoods, a living wage, and medical care are all feminist issues. All too often, however, the focus is not on basic survival for the many, but on increasing privilege for the few. That feminists refuse to prioritize these issues has only exacerbated the age-old problem of both internecine discord, and women who rebuff at carrying the title. Moreover, prominent white feminists broadly suffer from their own myopia with regard to how things like race, class, sexual orientation, and ability intersect with gender. How can we stand in solidarity as a movement, Kendall asks, when there is the distinct likelihood that some women are oppressing others? In her searing collection of essays, Mikki Kendall takes aim at the legitimacy of the modern feminist movement arguing that it has chronically failed to address the needs of all but a few women. Drawing on her own experiences with hunger, violence, and hypersexualization, along with incisive commentary on politics, pop culture, the stigma of mental health, and more, Hood Feminism delivers an irrefutable indictment of a movement in flux. An unforgettable debut, Kendall has written a ferocious clarion call to all would-be feminists to live out the true mandate of the movement in thought and in deed." -- Publisher's description

    Contents:
    Solidarity is still for white women
    Gun violence
    Hunger
    Of #FastTailedGirls and freedom
    It's raining patriarchy
    How to write about black women
    Pretty for a ...
    Black girls don't have eating disorders
    The fetishization of fierce
    The hood doesn't hate smart people
    Missing and murdered
    Fear and feminism
    Race, poverty, and politics
    Education
    Housing
    Reproductive justice, eugenics, and maternal mortality
    Parenting while marginalized
    Allies, anger, and accomplices.
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    E185.86 .K49 2020
    1
  • Digital
    Tomás G. Villa, Miguel Viñas, editors.
    Summary: The book focuses on the evolutionary impact of horizontal gene transfer processes on pathogenicity, environmental adaptation and biological speciation. Newly acquired genetic material has been considered as a driving force in evolution for prokaryotic genomes for many years, with recent technical developments advancing this field further. However, the extent and implications of gene transfer between prokaryotes and eukaryotes still raise controversies. This multi-authored volume introduces various means by which DNA can be exchanged, covers gene transfer between prokaryotes and their viruses as well as between bacteria and eukaryotes, such as fungi, plants and animals, and addresses the role of horizontal gene transfer in human diseases. Aspects discussed also include the relevance for virulence and drug resistance development on one hand, and for the occurrence of naturally derived antibiotics and other secondary metabolites on the other hand. This book offers new insights to anyone interested in genome evolution and the exchange of DNA between the different domains of life, the genetic toolkit for adaptation and the emergence of multidrug resistant bacteria.

    Contents:
    Intro; Contents; Part I: Horizontal Gene Transfer Among Bacteria and Bacteriophages; Horizontal Gene Transfer in Bacteria, an Overview of the Mechanisms Involved; 1 Introduction; 2 Transformation; 2.1 Transformation in Gram-Positive Bacteria; 2.1.1 Development of Competence; 2.1.2 DNA Fixation to the Recipient Cell Surface and DNA Uptake; 2.1.3 Eclipse; 2.1.4 ssDNA Integration into the Recipient dsDNA; 2.2 Transformation in Gram-Negative Bacteria; 2.2.1 Development of Competence; 2.2.2 DNA Fixation to the Recipient Cell Surface and DNA Uptake; 2.2.3 Eclipse 2 HGT in Free-Living, Antibiotic-Producing Streptomyces and Salinispora3 HGT in the Pathogens Mycobacterium, Rhodococcus, and Corynebacterium; 4 Actinobacteria as HGT Donors in Microbial Communities; 5 HGT and Genomic Heterogeneity Within Species; 6 Conclusions and Future Outlook; References; Photobacterium damselae: How Horizontal Gene Transfer Shaped Two Different Pathogenic Lifestyles in a Marine Bacterium; 1 Introduction; 2 P. damselae subsp. damselae: A Generalist Pathogen with High Genetic Diversity 2.2.4 ssDNA Integration into the Recipient dsDNA3 Transduction; 3.1 Specialized Transduction; 3.2 Generalized Transduction; 4 Conjugation; 4.1 F+ x F- Crosses in E. coli; 4.2 Genesis of Hfr Strains and Hfr (F+) x F- Crosses in E. coli; 5 Bacterial Vesicles as Possible Source of HGT; References; Alternative Ways to Exchange DNA: Unconventional Conjugation Among Bacteria; 1 Introduction; 2 Conjugation in Mycobacterium; 3 Conjugation in Streptomyces; 4 Conjugation in Mollicutes; 5 Conjugation in Thermus spp.; 6 Concluding Remarks; References 3.10 Listeria monocytogenes Toxins3.11 Helicobacter pylori Toxins; References; Genomic Islands and the Evolution of Multidrug-Resistant Bacteria; 1 Horizontal Gene Transfer of Resistance Genomic Islands; 2 GI3 in MDR Escherichia coli O104:H4; 3 SGI/PGI/AGI-Like GIs in MDR Salmonella enterica, Proteus mirabilis and Acinetobacter baumannii; 4 SCCmec in MDR Staphylococcus aureus; 5 GIs in MDR Pseudomonas aeruginosa; 6 Conclusions; References; Horizontal Gene Transfer and Genome Evolution in the Phylum Actinobacteria; 1 Introduction
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Digital
    Liane Deligdisch-Schor, Angelica Mareş Miceli, editors.
    Summary: Hormonal influences, both natural and iatrogenic, are implicated in the most frequent health issues of women. Endometrial cancer is now the most common gynecologic cancer in the United States and the industrialized world. This cancer is strongly related to hormonal and metabolic factors. In addition, breast cancer treated with hormone therapy (Tamoxifen) may, in some cases, be associated with uterine pathology. Hormone therapy is used to improve the physiological effects and counteract abnormal and deleterious effects of "natural" hormonal activity. Millions of women receive hormone therapy at some point of their life: using oral contraceptives, reproductive technology, treatment for post-menopausal symptoms, among other uses. This book addresses a range of women's health issues, from fertility to neoplasms, and their relationship with natural and iatrogenic hormonal effects. Chapters include clinical and pathological descriptions, theoretical and practical medical issues, and original studies and cases. Controversial issues in certain hormone therapies are presented with updated concepts based on clinical studies and novel statistical methods. The book will be useful for specialized and general physicians, oncologists, endocrinologists, researchers, medical students, and others in the field of women's health.

    Contents:
    1. Biophysiology of the uterus: development, cyclic changes, menopause
    2. Hormonal effects in reproductive technology (ovulation stimulation, in vitro fertilization)
    3. Hormonal role and therapy in common benign uterine lesions: endometrial polyps, leiomyomas, adenomyosis
    4. Endometrial hyperplasia; precancerous lesions of the endometrium. Hormone therapy
    5. Endometrial Carcinoma. Endometriosis, Hormonal Role in Carcinogenesis. Hormonal Therapy
    6. Menopausal Hormone Therapy. Contraceptives
    7. Replacement hormone therapy for gender dysphoria and congenital sexual anomalies
    8. Hormone therapy for endometrial neoplasia related to breast cancer therapy (Tamoxifen)
    9. Endometrial histopatholigic changes in hormonal therapy (contraceptives, ovulation stimulation, hormone replacement therapy, hormonal antitumoral therapy).
    Digital Access Springer 2020
  • Digital
    Mahfoozur Rahman, Waleed H. Almalki, Majed Alrobaian, Sarwar Beg, Khalid S. Alharbi, editors.
    Summary: The nanotheranostics sector provides a very promising strategy for monitoring drug biodistribution and pathology longitudinal processes by integrating the imaging and drug delivery functions in one single nanoformulation, providing vital insights into the identification of tumour and predicting the efficacy of nanomedicine. For its unique properties, which include their small size and biocompatibility and ability to permeate the cellular membrane with carrying drugs, nanomaterials have been used for various biomedical applications. This book covers the progress made in hormone-related cancer and their management by nonmedicinal therapy for targeting the hormone regulated cancer with their clinical progress and clinical hurdles.

    Contents:
    Chapter 1. Conventional Treatment Approaches in Hormonal Cancer Treatment and Challenges
    Chapter 2. Concept of Nanomedicine in Endocrine Hormone Cancer Treatment
    Chapter 3. Progress of Cancer Nanomedicine, Clinical Hurdles and Opportunities
    Chapter 4. Emergence of Nanohybrids in Hormonal Cancer Targeted Therapy
    Chapter 5. Conventional to Nanoscale-Based Carrier System in Management of Ovarian Cancer
    Chapter 6. Pancreatic Cancer Nanoparticles Targeted Therapy via Epidermal Growth Factor Receptor
    Chapter 7. Nanocarriers Based Targeted Therapies for Pancreatic Cancer and Challenges Ahead
    Chapter 8. Pancreatic Cancer Treatment by Using of Theranostics Nanoparticles
    Chapter 9. Nanomedicine Based Combinational Therapy for Breast Cancer
    Chapter 10. Nano-Liposomal System for Breast Cancer Therapy
    Chapter 11. Conventional to Nanotherapeutic Strategies against Triple-Negative Breast Cancer
    Chapter 12. Effect of Thymoquinone and Its Delivery Through Using of Nanomedicine in Benign Prostatic Hyperplasia
    Chapter 13. Concept of Nanotechnology in Management of Neuroendocrine Tumours
    Chapter 14. Neurocognitive Underpinning of Neurological Disorders: The Role of Default Mode Network
    Chapter 15. Neuroendocrine Carcinoma of The Endometrium: Conventional Treatment Approach to Nanomedicine
    Chapter 16. Effective Luteinizing Hormone Drug Delivery by Gold Nanoparticles in Hormonal Cancer Treatment
    Chapter 17. Regulatory Landscapes in Approval of Cancer Vaccines.
    Digital Access Springer 2022
  • Digital
    Yoichi Arai, Osamu Ogawa, editors.
    Summary: This comprehensive reference expounds the current state of hormone therapy and castration resistance of prostate cancer (PCa). Previously, the incidence of PCa in Asian countries was relatively low, but it has been increasing dramatically in recent years. Although most of the new cases are diagnosed in early stages, a significant proportion of patients receive hormone therapy for metastatic disease or for relapse after local treatment. Thus the situation has gradually changed toward earlier and longer use of hormone therapy. The malignancy finally forms castration-resistant prostate cancer (CRPC) despite the lack of testicular androgen. With advances in understanding of the molecular basis of hormone dependence and CRPC, many new androgen receptor-targeted agents have emerged. During the last decade, much evidence on hormone therapy has been accumulated in Japan. Interestingly, some of these findings are different from those reported from Western countries, suggesting ethnic variation in the outcome of hormone therapy. In the chapters of this book, expert authors provide exhaustive interpretations of the evidence recently reported from Japan and provide important Asian perspectives on hormone therapy for PCa. This work benefits not only Asian urologists but also their Western counterparts and all physicians and medical personnel who are involved in the treatment of PCa.
    Digital Access Springer 2018
  • Digital
    Bernhard Kleine, Winfried G. Rossmanith.
    Contents:
    Introduction.-History of Hormones and Endocrinology
    I. Hormone biochemistry.-Hormones: Definitions.-Vertebrate Protein and Peptide Hormones.-Invertebrate protein and peptide hormones.-Hormones from Mevalonate: JH and Steroids.-Hormones Derived by Amino Acid Conversion.-Receptors.-II. Endocrine physiology.-Synthesis, Release, and Action.-Endocrine active organs.-Regulatory Patterns.-Endocrine Rock 'n Roll: Rhythms and Secretion
    Evolution of the Endocrine System.-III. Hormones and medicine.-Diseases of the Endocrine System.-Boosting Performance-Legally or Not.-IV. Appendix.-A. Appendix.-B. References.-C. Index.
    Digital Access Springer 2016
  • Digital
    Tina M. Marrelli.
    Contents:
    Hospice Care: An Overview of Quality and Compassionate Care
    Documentation: An Important Driver for Care and Coverage
    Planning, Managing, and Coordinating Care
    Hospice Diagnoses and Guidelines for Care
    Hospice Conditions of Participation: Subpart B-Eligibility, Election, and Duration of Benefits
    Hospice Conditions of Participation: Subpart F-Covered Services
    State Hospice and Palliative Care Organizations.
    Digital Access AccessAPN 2018
  • Digital
    edited by Amir Shanan, Jessica Pierce, Tamara Shearer.
    Summary: "Hospice and Palliative Care for Companion Animals: Principles and Practice offers the first comprehensive reference to veterinary hospice and palliative care, with practical guidance and best practices for caring for sick and dying animals. Presents the first thorough resource to providing veterinary hospice and palliative care Offers practical guidance and best practices for caring for sick and dying animals Provides an interdisciplinary team approach, from a variety of different perspectives. Gives concrete advice for easing pets more gently through their final stage of life Includes access to a companion website with client education handouts to use in practice"-- Provided by publisher.

    Contents:
    Introduction
    What is animal hospice and palliative care? / Amir Shanan and Tamara Shearer
    The interdisciplinary team / Tammy Wynn and Amir Shanan
    Quality of life in the animal hospice and palliative care patient / Jessica Pierce and Amir Shanan
    Bond -centered animal hospice and palliative care / Laurel Lagoni and Amir Shanan
    Ethical decision making in animal hospice and palliative care / Jessica Pierce and Amir Shanan
    Animal hospice models of care / Kathleen Cooney
    Prevalence of diseases, causes of death, and common disease trajectories in hospice and palliative care patients / Tamara Sheare
    Cancers in dogs and cats / Alice Villalobos
    Chronic kidney disease / Shea Cox
    Congestive heart failure / Shea Cox
    Respiratory distress / Cheryl Braswel
    Gastrointestinal conditions / Shea Cox
    Musculoskeletal disorders / Tamara Shearer
    Nervous system disease / Tamara Shearer
    Cognitive dysfunction / Tamara Shearer
    Recognizing distress / Suzanne Hetts and Kristina August
    Pharmacology interventions for symptom management / Shea Cox
    Physical medicine, rehabilitation, and complementary and integrative medicine treatment modalities / Tamara Shearer and Kristina August
    Balancing efficacy of treatments against burdens of care / Kristina August
    Nursing care for seriously ill animals: art and techniques / Shea Cox and Mary Ellen Goldberg
    Comfort care during active dying / Gail Pope and Amir Shanan
    Euthanasia in animal hospice / Kathleen Cooney
    Mental health considerations in caring for animal hospice and palliative caregivers and providers / Amir Shanan
    Addressing spiritual needs of caregivers / Carol Rowehl
    Supporting other needs / Shea Cox and Mary Ellen Goldberg
    Aftercare / Coleen Ellis.
    Digital Access Wiley 2017
  • Digital
    Perry G. Fine.
    Summary: The Hospice Companion is an easy-to-navigate clinical decision support tool for caregivers of those with life-limiting illnesses. It features a thoroughly current guide to clinical processes and symptom management, providing hospice professionals with a concise summary of changes that have influenced clinical practice.

    Contents:
    General processes
    Personal, social, and environmental processes
    Clinical processes and symptom management.
    Digital Access Oxford 2016
  • Digital
    [edited by] Perry G. Fine.
    Summary: "The overarching purpose of this manual, reflecting the essential goals of hospice, is to help maximize the quality of living and dying of patients during the last phase of life. It will be through disciplined clinical uniformity and standardized practices that personalized, tailored care can then be aptly applied. And with that, hopes for individual epiphany may have the chance to be realized as those who entrust their care to us meet their earthly ends. With due regard for the complexities of peoples' lives, especially during severe illness, it is premised that identification and understanding of discrete situations (intertwined and enmeshed as they may be) will promote the elaboration of a care plan that will have the greatest likelihood of meeting these worthy ends"-- Provided by publisher.
    Digital Access Oxford 2021
  • Digital
    editors, Lorraine Holtslander, Shelley Peacock and Jill Bally.
    Summary: This book provides an unique resource for registered nurses working in hospice palliative care at home and for the community, outside of acute care settings and also incorporates literature related to palliative care in acute health care settings, as part of the overall services and supports required. Very few resources exist which specifically address hospice palliative care in the home setting, despite the fact that most palliative care occurs outside acute care settings and is primarily supported by unpaid family caregivers. An overview of the concerns for individuals and families, as well as specific nursing interventions, from all ages would be an excellent support for nursing students and practicing registered nurses alike. The book structure begins with a description of the goals and objectives of hospice palliative care and the nursing role in providing excellent supportive care. Chapters include research findings and specifically research completed by the authors in the areas of pediatric palliative care, palliative care for those with dementia, and the needs of family caregivers in bereavement. Interventions developed by the editors are provided in this book, such as the “Finding Balance Intervention” for bereaved caregivers; the “Reclaiming Yourself” tool for bereaved spouses of partners with dementia; and The Keeping Hope Possible Toolkit for families of children with life threatening and life limiting illnesses. The development and application of these theory-based interventions are also highlighted. Videos and vignettes written by family caregivers about what was helpful for them, provide a patient-and family-centered approach. The book will benefit nursing students, educators and practicing registered nurses by providing information, theory, and evidence from research. -- Provided by publisher.

    Contents:
    Chapter 1. Overview of Hospice Palliative Care in a Community and Home Setting (theoretical and conceptual models, populations, ages, diseases, transitions, bereavement support)
    Chapter 2. The Formal Caregiver Perspective
    Chapter 2. Global Perspectives from the UK
    Chapter 3. The Family Caregiver Perspective
    Chapter 3. Global Perspectives from Europe
    Chapter 4. Global Perspectives: Nigerian Context
    Chapter 5. Palliare (UK/Europe)
    Chapter 6. Global Perspectives from Canada
    Chapter 7. Global Perspectives: New Zealand
    Chapter 8. Global Perspectives: US
    Chapter 9. Global Perspectives: Conclusions
    Chapters 10. Finding Balance
    Chapter 11. Keeping hope possible
    Chapter 12. Reclaiming Yourself
    Chapter 13. Living with Hope
    Chapter 14.COPE intervention for caregiver
    Chapter 15. Dementia
    Chapter 16. Heart Failure
    Chapter 17. Older Adults with Cancer
    Chapter 18. Long Term Care
    Chapter 19. Prisons
    Chapter 20. Pediatric Home Care
    Chapter 23. Looking ahead.
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Digital
    edited by Chaim J. Wender, Patricia E. Morrison.
    Limited to 1 simultaneous user
  • Digital
    Christy Adams, Glen Tinkoff, editors.
    Summary: This book offers the first comprehensive insight into hospital-based injury and violence prevention programs and describes a public health approach for the integration of population-based injury prevention into trauma centers. This book meets the need for a public health informed approach, as a majority of hospital-based injury and violence prevention programs are positioned within hospital systems driven by patient-centered, acute care models. Significant variability in administration, staffing and reimbursement structures across trauma centers has historically hindered standardization of injury prevention program structure and the role of the injury prevention professional. Topics in the book include the history and development of hospital-based programs, the need and process for developing data-driven and evidence-based injury prevention interventions, building trauma center capacity for outreach through partnerships, developing prevention efforts using trauma-informed care approach, community based research and program evaluation, and the role of advocacy in injury and violence prevention. The multidisciplinary team of authors offers a collaborative approach to the implementation and development of Hospital-based Injury and Violence Prevention Programs which will serve acute care nurses, trauma program managers, hospital administrators, trauma surgeons, hospital-based injury prevention professionals, and local public health professionals.

    Contents:
    Chapter 1. Introduction. The Role of Prevention in Comprehensive Trauma Care Systems
    Chapter 2. History and Development of Hospital-based Injury Prevention
    Chapter 3. Public Health Fundamentals for Hospital-based Programs
    Chapter 4. Developing Data-Driven Programs: The value of data
    Chapter 5. Ensuring an Evidence Based Approach to Injury Prevention Interventions
    Chapter 6. Building Prevention Capacity through Community Partnership
    Chapter 7. Addressing Cultural Competence in Hospital Based Programs
    Chapter 8. Conducting Research in Community Injury Prevention
    Chapter 9. Understanding the Role of Advocacy
    Chapter 10. Making the Business Case for Hospital-based Injury and Violence Prevention Programs
    Chapter 11. Resources for Hospital-based Injury and Violence Prevention Professionals.
    Digital Access Springer 2023
  • Digital
    editors, Thomas P. Sculco [and others].
    Summary: "This book has nine chapters of accurate, relevant, and, most important, high-yield orthopaedic facts, organized by the subspecialties"--Provided by publisher.

    Contents:
    Arthroplasty
    Sports
    Pediatrics
    Trauma
    General/basic science
    Tumors
    Hand
    Foot and ankle
    Spine.
    Digital Access LWW Health Library 2014
  • Digital
    editors, Andrew J. Rosenbaum, David Levine.
    Contents:
    I: Conditions of the hallux
    II: Metatarsalgia and lesser toe deformity
    III: Adult acquired flatfoot deformity
    IV: Cavovarus foot deformity
    V: Ankle arthritis
    VI: Tendon disorders
    VII: Stress fractures of the foot and ankle
    VIII: Ankle trauma
    IX: Foot trauma.
    Digital Access Ovid 2020
  • Digital
    edited by Chand Wattal, Nancy Khardori.
    Summary: The art of medicine becomes science when supported by evidence. The recommended practices of infection prevention are based on scientific and epidemiologic evidence. However,most health care professionals see them as mandates and fail to incorporate them into their routine patient care activities. Thecore goal of this publication is to link the practices to theprinciples they are based on. The expectation is that understanding ofthe principles willchange thepractices from mandates to "should do" in the minds of health care professionals. This will lead to improvement inhealth care by preventing unintended harm to patients, co-workers and the communities at large. At the same time, the text provides a comprehensive, thorough and up to date information on all aspects of infection prevention in a reader-friendly manner and therefore, will serve as a valuable reference.

    Contents:
    The Mighty World of Microbes - An Overview
    Vaccinations and infection prevention
    Hospital Infection Prevention Program
    Current practices for infection prevention in the hospital settings
    Hospital Infection Prevention Program
    The Role of Microbiology Laboratory in Infection Prevention
    Role of Antimicrobial Stewardship in Infection Prevention
    A Four step approach to Antibiotic stewardship in India: Formulation of antibiotic policy
    Role of Hospital Housekeeping and Materials Management Including Disinfection and Waste Management
    Hand Hygiene and Personal Protective Equipment
    Decontamination and Sterilization Procedures
    Monitoring of High Risk Areas - Intensive care units
    Monitoring of High Risk Areas: Operating Suite
    Monitoring of High Risk Areas: Maternity wards
    Monitoring of High Risk Areas: Cancer wards
    Monitoring of High Risk Areas: Dialysis Units
    Monitoring of High Risk Areas: Burn units
    Infection Prevention for Procedures in wards.
    Digital Access Springer 2014
  • Digital
    Robert J. Habicht, Mangla S. Gulati, editors.
    Summary: This practical resource provides hospitalists of all levels a comprehensive foundation for understanding the critical elements of hospital medicine. Beginning with an overview of the healthcare system, chapters provide relevant insights on management, regulations, evidence-based approaches, an awareness of safety and economic concerns and professional development skills. Perspectives on how hospitalist and hospital medicine teams can effectively engage this system to provide cost-effective, high-quality care are offered throughout this volume. With real-world guidance on the major tenets of hospital medicine, Hospital Medicine will serve as the definitive guide to a successful career in this rapidly evolving specialty.

    Contents:
    Primer on the healthcare system / Norman F. Retener and Andrew Delapenha
    Knowing yourself and your style / Neda Frayha and Robert J. Habicht
    Planning for a career in hospital medicine / Kathryn Novello Silva and Abel Joy
    Common career pitfalls : real-world guidance of common mistakes to avoid that may impact a hospitalist's ability to be successful / Christopher Jason and Himati P. Patel
    Goal setting : effective strategies to plan for a successful career / Christopher Jason and Lana R. Elpert
    Work-life balance and preventing burnout / Lana R. Elpert and Lee-Ann Wagner
    Women in medicine / Ada Ibe Offurum, Kathrun Novello Silva and Mangla S. Gulati
    Basics of billing and coding : a primer for the new hospitalist attending / Himati P. Patel and Negin J. Ahadi
    Incorporating evidence-based medicine into your daily life / Negin J. Ahadi and Robert J. Habicht
    Interprofessional collaboration / Abel Joy and Philip C. Dittmar
    Transitions of care / Danielle Y. Baek and Nidhi Goel
    Patient experience / Brian E. Edwards and Christopher Jason
    Consultative medicine and co-management / Lee-Ann Wagner and Saverio Mirarchi
    Introduction to patient safety and quality / Mangla S. Gulati and Kathryn Novello Silva
    Financial and regulatory drivers in health care / Mangla S. Gulati and Shiva K. Ganji
    Demonstrating value and gaining visibility : 13 key questions to success / Ada Ibe Offurum
    Cost-conscious care / Philip C. Dittmar and Brian E. Edwards
    Managing from the middle / Ada Ibe Offurum
    Teaching and feedback / Darlene Tad-y and Ethan Cumbler
    Engaging others in patient safety and quality improvement / Darlene Tad-y and Patrick Kneeland
    Introduction to research as an early career hospitalist / Nidhi Goel and Robert J. Habicht.
    Digital Access Springer 2017
  • Digital
    [edited by] Arash Salardini, José Biller.
    Contents:
    Chapter 1: Introduction to Hospital Neurology
    Chapter 2: Potential Harms to Physician and Patient
    Chapter 3: General Care of the Hospitalized Patient
    Chapter 4: Womenʹs Issues in Hospital Neurology
    Chapter 5: Principles of Care for the Hospitalized Geriatric Patient
    Chapter 6: Chronic Pain in Neurological Patients
    Chapter 7: Infections of the Central Nervous System
    Chapter 8: The Neurological Examination
    Chapter 9: Neurophysiology
    Chapter 10: Imaging
    Chapter 11: Interpretation of Common Laboratory Tests
    Chapter 12: Common Laboratory Diagnosed Conditions
    Chapter 13: Stroke Neurology
    Chapter 14: First-Time Seizure Episode and Status Epilepticus in Adults
    Chapter 15: Neurotrauma and Myelopathies
    Chapter 16: Neuromuscular Emergencies
    Chapter 17: Movement Disorders Emergencies
    Chapter 18: Some Common Neurological Emergencies
    Chapter 19: Cardiovascular Emergencies on the Neurology Wards
    Chapter 20: Airway and Respiratory Emergencies on the Neurology Ward
    Chapter 21: Principles of Neurocritical Care
    Chapter 22: Altered Mental Status
    Chapter 23: Aphasia
    Chapter 24: Spells, Not Epileptic or Vascular
    Chapter 25: Approach to Acute Visual Changes, Abnormal Eye Movements, and Double Vision
    Chapter 26: Dizziness and Vertigo
    Chapter 27: Headache and Facial Pain
    Chapter 28: Neurologic Patterns of Weakness
    Chapter 29: Gait Disorders
    Chapter 30: The Ataxias
    Chapter 31: Epilepsy
    Chapter 32: Rapidly Progressing Dementias
    Chapter 33: Chronically Progressing Dementias
    Chapter 34: Movement Disorders
    Chapter 35: Perioperative Management
    Chapter 36: Coma and Other States of Altered Consciousness
    Chapter 37: Genetic Neurological Diseases in the Adult
    Chapter 38: Spinal Cord Neurology
    Chapter 39: Back, Neck, and Limb Pain
    Chapter 40: Approach to Sensory Changes
    Chapter 41: Neuropathies and Motor Neuron Disease
    Chapter 42: Myopathies and Neuromuscular Junction Disease
    Chapter 43: Demyelinating Diseases
    Chapter 44: Common Tumors of the Nervous System
    Chapter 45: Common Gastrointestinal and Hepatic Disorders
    Chapter 46: Common Metabolic Problems on the Neurology Wards
    Chapter 47: Common Cardiorespiratory Problems on the Neurology Ward
    Chapter 48: Fever, Hypotension, and Reduced Urine Output
    Chapter 49: Common Psychiatric Conditions
    Chapter 50: Adverse Neurologic Effects of Commonly Used Medications
    Chapter 51: Internal Medicine and Neurology
    Chapter 52: Medication and Dosing.
    Digital Access AccessNeurology 2016
  • Print
    Contents:
    sect. 1. The development of sound personnel practices in hospitals
    sect. 2. Conference techniques.
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Stored offsite. Please request print.
    I971 .A58
    2
  • Digital
    Derek Burke, Prasad Godbole, Andrew Cash, editors.
    Summary: This book discusses the factors that contribute to the success of hospitals from a theoretical, practical and operational perspective to allow hospital managers both clinical and non-clinical at all levels to achieve success via a turnaround process where necessary. A robust performance management framework is detailed to make this success sustainable. Case studies where appropriate support the relevant chapters. Chapters can be read sequentially or as a stand-alone chapter. Hospital Transformation: From Failure to Success and Beyond enables readers to develop their hospital management skills. Issues of patient care, resource allocation, staff management, leadership, risk management, infection control, and financial sustainability are all covered. This book is relevant to hospital administrators, clinicians involved in hospital management, independent consultants, and healthcare providers responsible for day to day operations of healthcare facilities.

    Contents:
    Intro; Foreword; Preface; Contents; Contributors; Part I: Requirements of Basic Healthcare Globally;
    1: Regulatory Requirements for Healthcare Globally; Introduction; Is Regulation of Healthcare Services Truly Global?; Structural Regulations; Licensing and Accreditation; Medical Regulatory Authorities; Evidence Based Medicine and Regulation; Quality Assurance and Regulation; Conclusion; References;
    2: Opportunities and Challenges in Global Healthcare; Introduction; Global Healthcare Challenges; Population Demographics and Disease Pattern; Cost Control; Human Resources and the Workforce Medical EducationAccessibility and Rationalisation of Healthcare Services; Quality and Outcome Measures; Patient Centric Healthcare; Global Healthcare Opportunities; Investment; Teaching and Training; Research; Careers; Conclusion; References; Part II: Models of Healthcare Provision;
    3: Models of Healthcare in Developed and Developing Countries; Introduction; The Beveridge Model; The Bismarck Model; The National Health Insurance Model; Private Insurance and Out of Pocket Model; What about the U.S.A.?; How Can Governments Choose the Best Model of Healthcare?; Conclusion; References Part III: Provision of Effective, Safe and Good Quality Car
    e4: How Do Hospitals Deliver Safe, Effective and High Quality Care?; Leadership; Responsiveness; Culture; Sheffield Teaching Hospitals; Tees Esk and Wear Valley; Ashford and St Peter's Hospitals NHS Foundation Trust; Monitor; Sharing and Learning; Conclusions; References; Part IV: Identifying Failure;
    5: Transforming Hospital Accreditation: From Assurance to Improvement; Data Driven Improvement; Types of Regulation; Problems with Current Hospital Accreditation Systems; A New Model for Accreditation; A New Approach to Safety Assurance The Implications of the New ModelConclusion; References;
    6: Key Features in Identifying Failing Hospitals; Introduction; Leadership; Culture; Vision; Information Gathering and Management Systems; Planning Processes; Conclusion; References;
    7: The Illness of the Health Care Systems; Introduction; Epistemological Issues; Science and Knowledge; Power Relations and the Political Economy; Alternatives, Approaches and Practical Implications; Conclusion; References;
    8: The Political Economy of Health Reforms in Chile: A Case Study of the Privatization Process; Introduction; Theoretical Concerns Chilean Health Reforms and Negotiation Through HistoryThe Development of the Welfare State; The End of the Welfare State and a New Market Model; Conclusion; References; Part V: The Turnaround Process;
    9: The Role of Medical Leadership in the Hospital Turnaround Process; Introduction; Who Are Medical Leaders?; Wider Context; How Can Medical Leaders Assist in the Turnaround Process?; Background; Strategic Objectives of Hospitals; The Medical Director in a Failing Hospital Undergoing Transformation; References;
    10: Public Health Service Governance: Principles and Framework; About This Chapter
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Digital
    David A. Edwards, Padma Gulur, Christopher M. Sobey, editors.
    Summary: This practical guide provides the perspectives needed to treat acute and chronic pain in the hospital. Authored by experts of diverse specialty backgrounds, chapters bring the available evidence together with modern strategies for caring for patients with complex pain. Basic considerations and multimodal and multidisciplinary approaches with the greatest impact on minimizing suffering and burden of care are covered in detail. The material in this text will assist the learner, the teacher, and the life-long learning practitioner by providing basic considerations for treating acute and chronic pain in the hospital. This book may also serve as a quick reference, review manual or teaching tool by teachers on rounds.

    Contents:
    Preface
    Introduction to the Chronic Pain Patient
    Definitions
    Acute Pain
    Chronic Pain
    Opioid-induced Hyperalgesia
    History
    Physical Examination
    The SCRIPT History Template
    Patient Reported Outcomes
    Clinical and Experimental Tools for Measuring Pain
    Case 1: High Dose Opioids & Multiple Pain Medications
    Case 2: Buprenorphine
    Case 3: Methadone
    Case 4: Abdominal Pain
    Case 5: Unknown Pain Source
    Case 6: Sickle Cell Disease
    Case 7: A Cancer Pain Crisis
    Case 8: Spasticity & Pain
    Case 9: Renal & Hepatic Disease
    Case 11: Angry Patient
    Case 12: Intrathecal Pain Pump
    Case 13: Spinal Cord Stimulation
    Case 14: Opioid Use Disorder
    Case 15: Comorbid Psychological Condition
    Case 16: Poor Prognosis in a Palliative Care Patient
    Case 17: Management of a Pain/Dyspnea in an Actively Dying Patient
    Opioids
    Nonsteroidal Anti-Inflammatory Drugs (NSAIDs)
    Acetaminophen
    Local Anesthetics
    NMDA Antagonists
    Alpha-2 Agonists
    Gabapentin & Pregabalin
    Tricyclic Antidepressants & Serotonin-Norepinephrine Reuptake Inhibitors
    Steroids
    Cannabinoids
    Peripheral Regional Anesthesia Blocks
    Neuraxial Blocks
    Vertebroplasty & Kyphoplasty
    Surgical Interventions for Pain
    Opioid and Non-Opioid Therapies in Palliative Care
    Crisis Management and Refractory Pain
    Transition to Outpatient Care & Readmissions
    Opioid Tapering for Acute on Chronic Non-Cancer Pain. .
    Digital Access Springer 2022
  • Digital
    edited by Gottfried Unden, Eckhard Thines, and Anja Schüffler.
    Contents:
    Adaptation of Microbial Metabolism in Host/Pathogen Interaction. Metabolic Adaptation of Human Pathogenic / Ann Kathrin Heroven, Petra Dersch
    Crosstalk between Metabolism and Virulence of / Klaus Heuner, Wolfgang Eisenreich
    Metabolism of Intracellular / Peter Holtkötter, Michael Hensel
    The Human Microbiome in Health and Disease / Cian Hill, R Paul Ross, Catherine Stanton, Paul W O'Toole
    Mechanisms of Dysbiosis in the Inflamed Gut / Sebastian E Winter
    Strategies for Nutrient Acquisition by during the Infection of Rice / Andrew J Foster, George R Littlejohn, Darren M Soanes, Nicholas J Talbot
    New Inhibitors and Targets of Infectious Diseases. Outer Membrane Proteins as Potential Anti-infective Drug Targets in / Robert L Davies
    Identification of Anti-infective Compounds Using Amoebae / Christopher F Harrison, Hubert Hilbi
    Stress Biology in Fungi and "Omic" Approaches as Suitable Tools for Analyzing Plant-Microbe Interactions / Stefan Jacob, Alexander Yemelin
    Targeting Plasmids: New Ways to Plasmid Curing / Anja Schüffler, Corinna Kübler
    Regulation of Secondary Metabolism in the Gray Mold Fungus / Muriel Viaud, Julia Schumacher, Antoine Porquier, Adeline Simon.
    Digital Access Wiley 2016
  • Digital
    edited by Annette C. Vergunst and David O'Callaghan.
    Contents:
    Galleria mellonella as an infection model for select agents / Nicolas Sprynski, Eric Valade, and Fabienne Neulat-Ripoll
    Drosophila as a model for intestinal infections / Matthieu Lestradet, Kwang-Zin Lee, and Dominique Ferrandon
    Zebrafish embryos as a model to study bacterial virulence / Jennifer Mesureur and Annette C. Vergunst
    Studying host-pathogen interaction events in living mice visualized in real time using biophotonic imaging / Gary Splitter ... [et al.]
    Intravital two-photon imaging to understand bacterial infections of the mammalian host / Ferdinand X. Choong and Agneta Richter-Dahlfors
    Cre reporter assay for translocation (CRAfT) : a tool for the study of protein translocation into host cells / Amke den Dulk-Ras, Annette C. Vergunst, and Paul J.J. Hooykaas
    Detection of the interaction between host and bacterial proteins : eukaryotic nucleolin interacts with Francisella elongation factor Tu / Monique Barel and Alain Charbit
    Hijacking the host proteasome for the temporal degradation of bacterial effectors / Tomoko Kubori, Andree M. Hubber, and Hiroki Nagai
    Live cell imaging of phosphoinositide dynamics during Legionella infection / Stephen Weber and Hubert Hilbi
    Investigating interference with apoptosis induction by bacterial proteins / Hua Niu and Yasuko Rikihisa
    Bimolecular fluorescence complementation for imaging protein interactions in plant hosts of microbial pathogens / Lan-Ying Lee and Stanton B. Gelvin
    Investigating TLR signaling responses in murine dendritic cells upon bacterial infection / Suzana Pinto Salcedo and Lena Alexopoulou
    siRNA screens using Drosophila cells to identify host factors required for infection / Aseem Pandey ... [et al.]
    Purification of intracellular bacteria : isolation of viable Brucella abortus from host cells / Esteban Chaves-Olarte ... [et al.]
    RNA sequencing of FACS-sorted immune cell populations from zebrafish infection models to identify cell specific responses to intracellular pathogens / Julien Rougeot ... [et al.]
    Taking the shortcut for high-throughput shotgun proteomic analysis of bacteria / Erica Marie Hartmann ... [et al.]
    Comparative genomic analysis at the PATRIC, a bioinformatic resource center / Alice R. Wattam ... [et al.]
    Markerless deletion method for genetic manipulation of Burkholderia cenocepacia and other multidrug-resistant gram-negative bacteria / Daniel F. Aubert, Mohamad A. Hamad, and Miguel A. Valvano
    Gene inactivation in Coxiella burnetii / Paul A. Beare and Robert A. Heinzen
    Chemical mutagenesis approach to identify virulence determinants in the obligate intracellular pathogen Chlamydia trachomatis / Bidong Nguyen and Raphael Valdivia.
    Digital Access Springer 2014
  • Digital
    Maryam Yavari, editor.
    Summary: This book is about the theory of Hot and Cold, a mutual fundamental base of traditional medicines all around the world. The theory describes the dynamic balance state of the body on the axis of hot and cold for each individual and proposes the fact that deviation from this equilibrium is a predisposing factor for diseases. Such an approach helps practitioners to provide treatments tailored to the patients condition, not the disease. This book, for the first time, has gathered native descriptions of Hot and Cold theory in different traditional medicines, including traditional Chinese medicine, Persian (Humoral, Unani) medicine, Ayurvedic medicine and Latin American and Caribbean medicines. After defining the common ground, contemporary research - in nutrition, pharmacology, physiology and systems biology - has been explored using scientific methodology. This work is the result of an international collaboration of more than 30 scientists and scholars with high reputations in their fields. Hot and Cold theory, as a holistic individualized approach in prevention, diagnosis and treatment, can be merged into the novel fast-paced concepts in systems biology and precision medicine. Through this bridge, the authors propose that the Hot and Cold theory should be revisited more deeply by medical scientists, who are the main audience of this book, to pave the way towards integrated holistic personalized medicine.

    Contents:
    1. Introduction
    PART I: DEFINITIONS AND BELIEFS
    2. Principle of Hot and Cold and its Clinical Application in Traditional Chinese Medicine
    3. Principle of Hot and Cold and its Clinical Application in Persian Medicine
    4. Principle of Hot (Ushna) and Cold (Sheeta) and its Clinical Application in Ayurvedic Medicine
    5. Principle of Hot and Cold and its Clinical Application in Latin American and Caribbean Medicines
    PART II: SCIENTIFIC EVIDENCE
    6. Hot and Cold Theory: Evidence in Nutrition
    7. Hot and Cold Theory: Evidence in Pharmacology
    8. Hot and Cold Theory: Evidence in Physiology
    9. Hot and Cold Theory: Evidence in Systems Biology
    PART III: PERSPECTIVE
    10. Hot and Cold Theory: A Personalized Medicine Approach
    11. Hot and Cold Theory: Future Perspective.
    Digital Access Springer 2021
  • Digital
    [edited and] foreword written by Ifty Ahmed.
    Contents:
    Biomedical materials science / Ifty Ahmed
    Photopolymerizable hydrogels in regenerative medicine and drug delivery / Rúben F. Pereira & Paulo J. Bártolo
    Micro- and nano-modified surfaces for better polymeric implants / Vasif Hasirci
    Bionanomaterials : current developments to prevent biofilm formation by Candida species / Mayra Cuéllar-Cruz, Daniel Hernández-Cruz, Everardo López-Romero & Arturo Vega-González
    Bioactive glasses : traditional and prospective applications in healthcare / Wei Li & Aldo R. Boccaccini
    Biomaterials in spine surgery : the goal of enhancing spinal fusion / Sabrina A. Gonzalez-Blohm, James J. Doulgeris & Frank D. Vrionis
    Biomedical materials for cardiovascular stents / Kadem Al-Lamee & Rasha Al-Lamee
    PEGylated ceramic nanophosphors : latest developments and applications / Masao Kamimura & Yukio Nagasaki
    Development of phosphate-based glass fibers for biomedical applications / Kazi M. Zakir Hossain, Muhammad Sami Hasan, Reda Felfel & Ifty Ahmed
    Index.
    Digital Access Future Med 2014
  • Digital
    Alexandra Hough.
    Summary: The latest edition of this must-have text book promises an evidence-based and practical approach covering the very latest in cardiorespiratory care. The textbook covers a wide range of cardiorespiratory conditions and discusses treatment of patients in different clinical settings such as critical care, the ward area and out-patient departments. It begins with physiology and pathology and progresses into a detailed patient assessment section and a discussion of specific respiratory and cardiac conditions. The final section covers different groups of people who may require physiotherapy such as infants, children, and adults with specific conditions including a considered section on palliative care. Critical thinking is facilitated by clinical reasoning boxes in the text, and problem-solving is aided by case studies at the end of each chapter. There are also relevant practice tips to enable transfer of learning into the clinical environment. The text is supported by over 280 line drawings and diagrams along with over 70 x-rays and photographs to further illustrate the points under discussion. Authoritative and accessible, the new fifth edition of Hough's Cardiorespiratory Care continues to stimulate critical thought and ensure that practice is evidence based. The logical format and analytic style encourages clinical reasoning, and the problem-solving approach makes it suitable for readers from student to advanced practitioner level. Integration of theory and practice is aided by extensive referencing, and specialist contributors provide thought-provoking chapters on cardiovascular management, paediatric/neonatal physiotherapy, and critical care. New for the fifth edition: expanded cardiovascular section; updated practical details on physiotherapy techniques; extra chapters on surgical complications and interventions; comprehensive coverage of critical care procedures and rehabilitation; practicalities of the management of children and infants; update on the evaluation of outcomes. Key features: Q&A case studies, with scans and x-rays; outcome measures for problems and diseases; boxes with learning and practice tips to encourage reflection; tables with definitions, normal values and comparisons; practical techniques described with precision. Online resources: image bank; references; bibliography; appendices, including guidelines for health professionals, links for patients, and further case studies. -- From back cover.

    Contents:
    Part I Physiology and pathology. 1. Physiological basis of clinical practice ; 2. Assessment ; 3. Respiratory disorders ; 4. Cardiovascular disorders ; 5. General management
    Part II Physiotherapy techniques. 6. Physiotherapy to increase lung volume ; 7. Physiotherapy to clear secretions ; 8. Physiotherapy to decrease the work of breathing ; 9. Pulmonary rehabilitation ; 10. Physiotherapy for people with cardiovascular disorders ; 11. Cardiac rehabilitation
    Part III Surgery. 12. Complications ; 13. Physiotherapy for surgical patients ; 14. Modifications for different types of surgery
    Part IV Physiotherapy for specific groups of people. 15. Infants ; 16. Children ; 17. Hyperventilation syndrome ; 18. Elderly people with cardiorespiratory disease ; 19. Palliative respiratory physiotherapy
    Part V Critical care ; 20. Critical care, support and monitoring ; 21. Physiotherapy for critically ill patients ; 22. Modifications for different disorders
    Part VI Does it work?. 23. Evaluation of cardiorespiratory physiotherapy.
    Digital Access ClinicalKey Nursing 2018
  • Digital/Print
    Contents: <br/
    >6. Dietary levels of households in the United States, Spring, 1965.
    Digital Access Google Books [1968-]
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Stored offsite. Please request print.
    I784 .U58
    1
  • Digital
    Donald Pfaff.
    Summary: This concise, ground-breaking book expands past theories limited to the cerebral cortex and emphasizes the longitudinally-integrated brainstem systems that 'wake up the brain' from deep anesthesia, sleep and brain injury. For neurologists, neuroscientists, psychologists and psychiatrists, as well as readers interested in the workings of the brain.

    Contents:
    Introduction
    Concept
    Giant cells in the medullary reticular formation
    Pons
    Midbrain
    Hypothalamus: low road
    Thalamus: high road
    High arousal
    Phase transitions from low GA states
    Roots of consciousness and its disorders
    A vertically integrated system.
    Digital Access Cambridge 2018
  • Digital
    edited by Iben Akselbo, Ingvild Aune.
    Summary: This open access book offers an overview of theories related to simulation and describes different simulation areas within nursing. It illustrates how simulation may be used in different levels in professional education. The book deals with the role of the Simulation Facilitator, peer learning and the use of Virtual Reality in simulation. It provides new insights and paths to the development of the use of simulation within nursing and healthcare and contributes with new knowledge from research and experiences of implementation of different simulating scenarios within nursing and midwifery. It is intended to teachers in nursing and other healthcare professionals with an interest in the use of active learning methods. -- Provided by publisher.

    Contents:
    Chapter 1. Simulation: A historical and pedagogical perspective
    Chapter 2. How to use simulation as a learning method in bachelor and postgraduate/master education of nurses and teachers in healthcare
    Chapter 3.Facilitating learning activities in further education and master's program in oncology nursing
    Chapter 4. Simulating preoperative preparations with focus on non-technical skills in an OR nursing education program in Norway
    Chapter 5. Training Interprofessional Teamwork in Palliative Care: A Pilot study of Online Simulation Activity for Registered Nurses and Nursing Associates
    Chapter 6. The use of Critical Response Process as a debriefing structure in simulation activity in nursing education
    Chapter 7. Learning without a teacher: perceptions of peer-to-peer learning activities in simulation training
    Chapter 8. Train the trainer course
    How can the skills of a facilitator benefit academic staff in nursing and other health education programmes
    Chapter 9. Playful learning with VR- SIMI model- the use of 360-degree video as a learning tool for nursing students in a psychiatric simulation setting
    Chapter 10. Virtual Reality (VR) in anatomy teaching and learning in higher healthcare education.
    Digital Access Springer 2023
  • Digital
    M. Andrea Azcarate-Peril, Roland R. Arnold, José M. Bruno-Bárcena.
    Summary: This book examines the role of fermented foods on human gut health and offers a unique contribution to this rapidly growing area of study. Fermented foods have been consumed by humans for millennia. This method of food preservation provided early humans with beneficial bacteria that re-populated the gut microbiota upon consumption. However, novel methods of production and conservation of food have led to severed ties between the food that modern humans consume and the gut microbiota. As a consequence, there has been a documented increase in the prevalence of autoimmune diseases and obesity, which has been correlated to decreased diversity of gut microbes, while infectious disorders have decreased in the three past decades. With the intention of providing a thorough overview of the relationship between fermented foods, nutrition, and health, the editors have grouped the chapters into three thematic sections: food and their associated microbes, the oral microbiome, and the gut microbiome. After an introduction dedicated to the environmental microbiome, Part I provides an overview of what is currently known about the microbes associated with different foods, and compares traditional forms of food preparation with current industrial techniques in terms of the potential loss of microbial diversity. The chapters in Part 2 explore the oral microbiota as a microbial gatekeeper and main contributor to the gut microbiota. Part 3 introduces beneficial modulators of the gut microbiome starting with the establishment of a healthy gut microbiota during infancy, and continuing with the role of probiotics and prebiotics in health preservation and the imbalances of the gut microbiota. In the final section the editors offer concluding remarks and provide a view of the future brought by the microbiome research revolution. This study is unique in its emphasis on the convergence of two very relevant fields of research: the field of studies on Lactic Acid Bacteria (LAB) and fermented foods, and microbiome research. The relationship between these fields, as presented by the research in this volume, demonstrates the intimate connection between fermented foods, the oral and gut microbiota, and human health. Although research has been done on the impact of diet on the gut microbiome there are no publications addressing the restorative role of food as microbe provider to the gut microbiota. This novel approach makes the edited volume a key resource for scientific researchers working in this field.

    Contents:
    Introduction: The environmental microbiome and the interdependence of all life
    Rob Dunn Part 1
    Foods and their associated microbesChapter 1. Infant nutrition: The microbiome of breast milk
    Alison Stuebe Chapter 2. Dairy: Cheese and yogurt
    Jose M. Bruno-Barcena Chapter 3. Breads
    Maria De Angelis or Marco GobbettiChapter 4. Meats
    Silvina Fadda Chapter 5. Vegetables
    Ilenys DiazChapter 6. Current methods of production and conservation of food
    Jose M. Bruno-Barcena Part 2
    The oral microbiome as gatekeeperChapter 1. The healthy oral microbiota
    Roland Arnold Chapter 2. Dysbioses of the oral microbiota and disease
    Apoena RibeiroChapter 3. The role on uncultivable organisms in oral health
    Flavia TelesChapter 4. The oral microbiome and health implications
    Eva Helmerhorst Part 3
    Gut MicrobiomeChapter 1. Early gut microbiome, a good start in nutrition and growth may have lifelong lasting consequences
    Amanda ThompsonChapter 2. Probiotics
    Todd Klaenhammer Chapter 3. Prebiotics
    Jens Walter Chapter 4. The disappearing microbiota: Diseases of the Western civilization
    M. Andrea Azcarate-PerilChapter 5. Infectious diseases and Antibiotics
    Sophia KathariouChapter 6. The future: Personalized nutrition
    Lawrence David.
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Digital
    volume editors, Patric J.D. Delhanty, Aart J. van der Lely.
    Contents:
    Hormonal control of metabolism by the hypothalamus-autonomic nervous system-liver axis / Kalsbeek, A.; Bruinstroop, E.; Yi, C.-X.; Klieverik, L.; Liu, J.; Fliers, E.
    The blood-brain barrier as a regulator of the gut-brain axis / Schaeffer, M.; Hodson, D.J.; Mollard, P.
    The brain modulates insulin sensitivity in multiple tissues / Parlevliet, E.T.; Coomans, C.P.; Rensen, P.C.N.; Romijn, J.A.
    The important role of sleep in metabolism / Copinschi, G.; Leproult, R. ; Spiegel, K.
    Metabolic interplay between gut bacteria and their host / Duca, F.; Giard, P.; Covasa, M.; Lepage, P.
    The brain-stomach connection / Folgueira, C.; Seoane, L.M.; Casanueva, F.F.
    Prader-Willi syndrome as a model of human hyperphagia / Tauber, M.; Diene, G.; Mimoun, E.; Aabal-Berthoumieu, S.; Mantoulan, C.; Molinas, C.; Muscatelli, F.; Salles, J.P.
    Interactions between the gut, the brain and brown adipose tissue function / van den Beukel, J.C.; Grefhorst, A.
    Gut sweet taste receptors and their role in metabolism / Meyer-Gerspach, A.C.; Wilnerhanssen, B.; Beglinger, C.
    What is the role of metabolic hormones in taste buds of the tongue / Cai, H.; Maudsley, S.; Martin, B.
    Protein PYY and its role in metabolism / Price, S.L.; Bloom, S.R.
    Nutropioids regulate the gut-brain circuit controlling food intake / Mithieux, G.
    Should we consider des-acyl ghrelin as a separate hormone and if so, what does it do? / Delhanty, P.J.D.; Neggers, S.J.; van der Lely, A.J.
    Obestatin : is it really doing something? / Trovato, L.; Gallo, D.; Settanni, F.; Gesmundo, I.; Ghigo, E.; Granata, R.
    Digital Access Karger 2014
  • Digital/Print
    William Horsnell, editor.
    Summary: "Helminth infections are common, cause considerable pathology, and alter a host's immune profile. This can have important consequences not only on the host's ability to control a helminth infection, but also on their ability to control unrelated infections. In endemic areas, understanding how helminth infection influences the outcome of common infectious diseases and changes the efficacy of childhood vaccination programs is an important public health question. This book reviews how host immunity to helminths alters our ability to respond to the major pathogens that exist in helminth endemic regions. Current understanding of how helminths alter important but relatively neglected contributors to the host's anti-helminth immune responses are addressed, namely host antibody responses and how maternal infection may alter a child's immune development. These are discussed in relation to the control of helminth infection and unrelated infections. Also covered are how helminth infections alter the host's ability to control TB, HIV and malarial infections along with neglected bacterial infections, such as cholera, and how endemic helminth infections are likely to alter our ability to respond to life-saving vaccination strategies"--Publisher's description.

    Contents:
    The role of antibody in parasitic helminth infections
    Maternal helminth infections
    Helminth-M. tb co-infection
    Bacterial infections and vaccines
    Helpful or a hindrance: co-infections of helminth during malaria
    Immune system modulation by helminth infections: potential impact on HIV transmission and disease progression.
    Digital Access Springer 2014
  • Digital
    Lisa Vozza (Italian Association for Cancer Research, Italy), Maurizio D'Incalci (Istituto di Ricerche Farmacologiche Mario Negri, Italy) ; translated by: Andreas Gescher.
    Summary: "This book is an excursion into the drug development process, from the initial conception in a chemical or molecular biology lab, via tests in isolated cells and animals, to the stage of clinical trials. The human body is a complex ecosystem where little is conclusively known in terms of its response to medication, for both sick and healthy individuals. The considerable degree of uncertainty inherent in health-related research can lead to approval of controversial medicines, particularly in high-stakes scenarios and medical crises. Real-life examples are drawn on here to explain the decision making processes behind the acceptance of new drugs, disproving misconceptions around medicines by delving into the history and current practice of the drug development process. Originally written in Italian, How Medicines are Born helps patients, students, public health officials physicians, healthcare practitioners and biomedical scientists make informed decisions on the benefits and disadvantages of select medicine based on an understanding of the history of drug development. Published in Italian (2014), M D'Incalci et L Vozza, Come Nascono le Medicine; La scienza imperfetta dei farmaci. Bologna: Zanichelli"--Publisher's website.

    Contents:
    To cure, heal or repair
    Hunting for drugs
    Laboratory studies
    First time in humans
    Only probabilities, never certainties
    Approval or rejection
    Vigilance, revisions, new indications
    Predicting the drugs of the future
    Not every pill is a proper drug
    If you want to know more
    Myths to be dispelled
    Did you know that.
    Digital Access World Scientific 2017
  • Digital
    Markus K. Heinemann, MD, PhD, editor-in-chief.
    Summary: Writing a medical paper, or any other scientific text, is full of pitfalls which make it difficult to get it accepted for publication. This unique book gives practical advice on how one can circumvent these dangers. It is richly filled with examples, predominantly negative ones. which exhibit how one should not write a medical paper. This book highlights the fallibilities that manuscripts are often susceptible to, and hence will help writers avoid committing those mistakes. Special Features: Abundant information about a complex subject condensed in a small format Numerous examples from bad man.

    Contents:
    Introduction
    Why editors accept/reject manuscripts
    Types of scientific articles
    Manuscript components: dos and don'ts
    Review process and corrections
    Publication ethics
    Good-to-know
    Final advance
    References.
  • Digital
    Markus K. Heinemann, MD, PhD, editor-in-chief.
    Summary: Writing a medical paper, or any other scientific text, is full of pitfalls which make it difficult to get it accepted for publication. This unique book gives practical advice on how one can circumvent these dangers. It is richly filled with examples, predominantly negative ones. which exhibit how one should not write a medical paper. This book highlights the fallibilities that manuscripts are often susceptible to, and hence will help writers avoid committing those mistakes. Special Features: Abundant information about a complex subject condensed in a small format Numerous examples from bad man.

    Contents:
    Introduction
    How to use this book
    Why editors accept/reject manuscripts
    Types of scientific articles
    Manuscript components: dos and don'ts
    Review process and corrections
    Publication ethics
    Good-to-know
    Glossary
    Final advice
    References.
  • Digital/Print
    Lauren Sompayrac.
    Contents:
    1. An overview
    2. The innate immune system
    3. B cells and antibodies
    4. The magic of antigen presentation
    5. T cell activation
    6. T cells at work
    7. Secondary lymphoid organs and lymphocyte trafficking
    8. Restraining the immune system
    9. Self tolerance and MHC restriction
    10. Immunological memory
    11. The intestinal immune system
    12. Vaccines
    13. The immune system gone wrong
    14. Immunodeficiency
    15. Cancer and the immune system.
    Limited to 3 simultaneous users
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Books: General Collection (Downstairs)
    QR181 .S697 2016
    1
  • Digital
    Lauren Sompayrac.
    Summary: How the Immune System Works is not a comprehensive textbook. It's the book thousands of students have used to help them understand what's in their big, thick, immunology texts. In this book, Dr. Sompayrac cuts through the jargon and details to reveal, in simple language, the essence of this complex subject. Fifteen easy to follow lectures, featuring the uniquely popular humorous style and engaging analogies developed by Dr Sompayrac, provide an introduction to the 'bigger picture', followed by practical discussion on how each of the components interacts with one another.

    Contents:
    The innate immune system
    B cells and antibodies
    The magic of antigen presentation
    T cell activation
    T cells at work
    Secondary lymphoid organs and lymphocyte trafficking
    Restraining the immune system
    Self tolerance and MHC restriction
    Immunological memory
    The intestinal immune system
    The immune system gone wrong
    Immunodeficiency
    Vaccines
    Cancer and the immune system
    Immunotherapy.
    Digital Access R2Library 2019
    Limited to 3 simultaneous users
  • Print
    Lauren Sompayrac.
    Contents:
    The Innate Immune System
    B Cells and Antibodies
    The Magic of Antigen Presentation
    Activating T Cells
    T Cells at Work
    Secondary Lymphoid Organs and Lymphocyte Trafficking
    Restraining the Immune System
    Tolerance Induction and MHC Restriction
    Immunological Memory
    The Intestinal Immune System
    The Immune System Gone Wrong
    Immunodeficiency
    Vaccines
    Cancer and the Immune System
    Immunotherapy
    COVID-19 and the Immune System.
    Print
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
  • Print
    Michelle L. Kienholz and Jeremy M. Berg.
    Summary: How the NIH Can Help You Get Funded takes a novel, non-formulaic approach in teaching readers how to "write a grant" -- and much more. The authors draw on their decades of experience working with both investigators and NIH personnel to anticipate their questions and concerns and help establish a comfortable, productive partnership between them. The authors advise readers on developing each component of the grant application in order of the components' influence on the final impact score. Individual funding mechanisms are reviewed along with grantsmanship tips specific to each. Readers learn the importance of reviewer-friendly formatting and organization of the text. The final chapters cover next steps after the application has been submitted-before, during, and after the review and funding decision. Strategies for resubmitting or repurposing applications are provided for those readers whose applications do not receive awards. The authors likewise anticipate the needs of readers who do receive funding but have questions on managing and maintaining their award. Amid ever-increasing competition for government research grants, How the NIH Can Help You Get Funded is an invaluable manual for how to pursue -- and sustain -- NIH funding.

    Contents:
    National Institutes of Health
    Institutes and centers
    Center for scientific review and the peer review process
    Office of Extramural Research
    Federal budget process
    NIH funding data and trends
    Getting at mechanism
    Telling your story well
    Presenting your message well
    Getting by with a little help from your friends
    Before and after your study section meets
    Is the check in the mail?
    The check is not in the mail
    The check is in the mail but.
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Books: General Collection (Downstairs)
    R853.R46 K54 2014
    1
  • Digital/Print
    Ibram X. Kendi
    Summary: "'The only way to undo racism is to consistently identify and describe it -- and then dismantle it.' Ibram X. Kendi's concept of antiracism reenergizes and reshapes the conversation about racial justice in America -- but even more fundamentally, points us toward liberating new ways of thinking about ourselves and each other. In How to Be an Antiracist, Kendi asks us to think about what an antiracist society might look like, and how we can play an active role in building it. In this book, Kendi weaves an electrifying combination of ethics, history, law, and science, bringing it all together with an engaging personal narrative of his own awakening to antiracism. How to Be an Antiracist is an essential work for anyone who wants to go beyond an awareness of racism to the next step: contributing to the formation of a truly just and equitable society."-- Provided by publisher.

    Contents:
    Definitions
    Dueling consciousness
    Power
    Biology
    Ethnicity
    Body
    Culture
    Behavior
    Color
    White
    Black
    Class
    Space
    Gender
    Sexuality
    Failure
    Success
    Survival.
    Digital Access EBSCO 2019
    Limited to 2 simultaneous users
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    E184.A1 K344 2019
    1
  • Digital
    edited by Lisa Taylor.
    Contents:
    What is employability and what does it mean for you? / Lisa Taylor
    Career planning and management / Adrienne Jolly
    Professionalism / Rosemarie Mason
    Continuing professional development (CPD) / James Gazzard
    Leadership / Neil Sellen
    Service improvement / Jon Larner
    Business skills / David Dowdeswell Allaway
    The job application process / Stephanie Allen
    Consolidation of learning chapter and moving forward.
    Digital Access Wiley 2016
  • Digital
    Michael J. Englesbe, Michael O. Meyers, editors.
    Summary: This book discusses personal traits and rationale for any student considering a career in surgery. The authors review accomplishments as a medical student that are key components of beginning a surgical career, and highlight what makes a student competitive for a surgical program. While much of the focus is on an academic career in surgery, sections are devoted to mentorship, research experience and personal experiences that lead to success and are relevant to anyone pursuing a surgery. The editors also focus on gender and work-life balance issues that are often perceived as barriers to a career in surgery. A How To Guide For Medical Students provides help to medical students interested in pursuing a career in surgery. The chapters also include key dates and sample application information for students to use as templates.

    Contents:
    Part 1. Clinical Training and Making Sure Surgery is Right for You
    Part 2. Building a Portfolio for Success
    Part 3. The Residency Search and Match
    Part 4. Appendices.
    Digital Access Springer 2017
  • Digital
    edited by Gab Kovacs, Monash University, Robert Norman, University of Adelaide.
    Summary: "In order to maximize the chance of IVF success, couples need to ensure that their preconceptual health is optimal to increase the quality of gametes and reproductive fitness. This text reviews the medical and lifestyle factors that can affect the body at preconception stage, such as micronutrients, stress, hormonal and gynecologic assessment, as well as environmental factors such as optimal weight and age for childbirth. This book will enable all medical practitioners and healthcare professionals to give evidence-based advice to influence the success rate of subsequent IVF cycles, and ensure that every child is born in the best possible condition. Part of a four-book series on optimizing different aspects of the IVF cycle, this book focusses on preparing the body for assisted conception. Other books in the series focus on the egg and embryo, the endometrium, and the sperm"-- Provided by publisher. "Nutrition and lifestyle choices hold implications for general health, as well as real and potential effects on fertility and reproductive health. While the effects of diet on health and risk of chronic disease have been well described, there is relatively little research on fertility per se. It is likely that the majority of men and women with sub-fertility, regardless of weight, have a form of intrinsic insulin resistance that underlies the downstream effects on oocyte and sperm quality (Dunaif, et al., 1989). Insulin resistance results in compensatory hyperinsulinaemia, which plays an important role in all the manifestations of sub-fertility, including androgen excess, inflammation and anovulation in women with polycystic ovarian syndrome (PCOS)"-- Provided by publisher.

    Contents:
    Machine generated contents note: 1. The effects of nutrition and micronutrients on reproductive success Mu Li, Kyra Sim, Adrienne Gordon and Jennie Brand-Miller; 2. The effects of stress on conception and pregnancy Jeremy J. Cottle, Jacky Boivin and Alice D. Domar; 3. Preparing for IVF: an endocrine perspective Clare Bothroyd; 4. Assessment of endometriosis before conception Endah Rahmawati, Chien-Wen Chen, Yu-Wen Chen, Chang-Chih Hsieh, Pei-Chun Ma, Shun-Jen Tan and Chii-Ruey Tzeng; 5. Assessment of pelvic abnormalities prior to assisted reproduction Anusch Yazdani; 6. Immunological preparation, including vaccinations and microbiome management, prior to ART Ashley Gilman and William Buckett; 7. Optimising body weight to improve reproductive success Kelton Tremellen; 8. Lifestyle modifications
    alcohol, caffeine, smoking, drugs before ART V. Nisenblat and M. Johnson; 9. Environmental factors to consider prior to conception Mark P. Green and Alexandra J. Harvey; 10. Pre-pregnancy genetic carrier screening Saioa Torrealday, Kyle J. Tobler and Pasquale Patrizio; 11. The optimal age for childbearing Rina Fyfe and Jon Hyett; 12. Alternative therapies to improve conception rates Caroline A. Smith and Mike Armour; 13. Preconception lifestyle modification of decidua to decrease early pregnancy loss: feeding the endometrium Alexandra Kermack, Ka Ying Bonnie Ng and Nick Macklon; 14. Antenatal factors that may contribute toward the development of polycystic ovary syndrome Roy Homburg and Panagiota Filippou.
    Digital Access Cambridge 2018
  • Digital
    edited by Amin Al-Ahmad, Andrea Natale, Paul J. Wang, James P. Daubert, Luigi Padeletti.
    Contents:
    1. How to access the cephalic vein using a cut-down approach
    2. Extrathoracic subclavian vein access
    3. Subcutaneous implantable cardioverter-defibrillator
    4. Internal jugular venous access and lead implantation for cardiac implantable electronic devices
    5. Implantation of the left ventricular lead
    6. How to place a lead in the azygos vein
    7. Alternative site pacing: a guide to implantation techniques
    8. How to maximize CRT response at implant
    9. How to perform sub-pectoral device implants
    10. Device extractions
    11. How to extract pacemaker and defibrillator leads from the femoral approach
    12. How to extract leadds form the jugular approach
    13. How to perform venoplasty for access
    14. How to perform defibrillation threshold testing
    15. Use of chest X-ray, computed tomography and 3-D imaging to evaluate lead location
    16. How to evaluate postoperative device complications
    17. How to program pacemakers for patients with sinus node disease
    18. How to interpret pacemaker electrocardiograms
    19. How to perform pacemaker troubleshooting
    20. How to program an ICD to program ATP, and program for VT/VF storm
    21. How to troubleshoot an ICD
    22. Management of ICD device and lead failures and recalls
    23. How to program an ICD to minimize inappropriate shocks
    24. How to perform CRT optimization
    25. How to manage device infections and when to reimplant after device extraction
    26. How to implement a remote follow-up program for patients with cardiac implantable electronic devices
    27. How to set up an HF monitoring service
    28. How to deactivate cardiac implantable electric devices in patients nearing the end of life and/or requesting withdrawal of therapies.
    Digital Access Wiley 2018
  • Digital/Print
    Marc Stadler, Petra Dersch, editors.
    Contents:
    Tackling threats and future problems of multidrug-resistant bacteria.-Emergence and spread of antimicrobial resistance: recent insights from bacterial population genomics
    Epidemiology of Staphylococcus aureus nasal carriage patterns in the community
    Diagnostics and resistance profiling of bacterial pathogens
    Use of antibiotics and antimicrobial resistance in veterinary medicine as exemplified by the swine pathogen Streptococcus suis.-Antibiotics and the intestinal microbiome: individual responses, resilience of the ecosystem and the susceptibility to infections
    Anti-virulence strategies to target bacterial infections
    Strategies to block bacterial pathogenesis by interference with motility and chemotaxis
    New horizons in the development of novel needle-free immunization strategies to increase vaccination efficacy
    History of antibiotics research
    Actinobacteria and Myxobacteria
    Two of the most important bacterial resources for novel antibiotics
    Exploitation of fungal biodiversity for discovery of novel antibiotics
    Strategies for the discovery and development of new antibiotics from natural products: Three Case Studies
    New structural templates for clinically validated and novel targets in antimicrobial drug research and development
    Synthesis of antibiotics
    Antibiotics clinical development and pipeline
    Anti-infectives in drug delivery
    overcoming the Gram-negative bacterial cell envelope.
    Digital Access Springer 2016
  • Digital
    Edward Purssell, Niall McCrae.
    Summary: The systematic review is a rigorous method of collating and synthesizing evidence from multiple studies, producing a whole greater than the sum of parts. This textbook is an authoritative and accessible guide to an activity that is often found overwhelming. The authors steer readers on a logical, sequential path through the process, taking account of the different needs of researchers, students and practitioners. Practical guidance is provided on the fundamentals of systematic reviewing and also on advanced techniques such as meta-analysis. Examples are given in each chapter, with a succinct glossary to support the text. This up-to-date, accessible textbook will satisfy the needs of students, practitioners and educators in the sphere of healthcare, and contribute to improving the quality of evidence-based practice. The authors will advise some freely available or inexpensive open source/access resources (such as PubMed, R and Zotero) to help students how to perform a systemic review, in particular those with limited resources.

    Contents:
    Intro
    Contents
    1: Introduction
    1.1 How to Read This Book
    References
    2: A Brief History of the Systematic Review
    2.1 Literature Past and Present
    2.2 A Man with a Mission
    2.3 Hierarchy of Evidence
    2.4 The Rise of the Systematic Review
    2.5 Numbers Are Not Enough
    2.6 Conclusion
    References
    3: The Aim and Scope of a Systematic Review: A Logical Approach
    3.1 Aim of a Review
    3.2 PICO
    3.3 Types of Review Questions
    3.4 Eligibility Criteria
    3.5 Inclusion Versus Exclusion
    References
    4: Searching the Literature 4.1 An Initial Foray
    4.2 Facet Analysis
    4.3 Sources
    4.4 Using PubMed
    4.4.1 Index Terms
    4.4.2 Text Words
    4.4.3 Truncation and Wildcards
    4.4.4 Conditioning the Search
    4.4.5 Filtering
    4.4.6 Using PubMed
    4.5 Running and Recording Your Search
    4.6 Other Data Sources
    4.6.1 Google Scholar
    4.6.2 Grey Literature
    4.6.3 Reference Management
    4.7 Conclusion
    References
    5: Screening Search Results: A 1-2-3 Approach
    5.1 Reference Management Software
    5.2 Three Stages of Screening
    5.3 Screening Form
    5.4 Sharing the Load 5.5 Flowchart
    5.6 Reporting the Screening Outcome
    References
    6: Critical Appraisal: Assessing the Quality of Studies
    6.1 Assessing Quality
    6.2 Critical Appraisal
    6.3 Hierarchies of Evidence
    6.4 Quality of Reporting
    6.5 Methodological Quality of Studies
    6.6 Risk of Bias
    6.7 Choosing a Tool
    6.7.1 Study-Level Assessment
    6.7.2 Randomised Studies: Cochrane Risk of Bias Tool-2
    6.7.3 ROBINS-I
    6.8 Reliability and Validity
    6.8.1 Reliability
    6.8.2 Validity
    6.9 Qualitative Studies 6.9.1 Why Might Reliability and Validity Apply Differently in Qualitative Research?
    6.10 Risk of Bias in Qualitative Research: Dependability and Credibility
    6.11 How to Use Your Appraisal Results
    6.12 What's Next?
    6.12.1 Narrative Assessment
    6.12.2 Sensitivity Analysis
    6.12.3 Restriction to Higher-Quality Studies
    6.13 Conclusion
    References
    7: Reviewing Quantitative Studies: Meta-analysis and Narrative Approaches
    7.1 Types of Quantitative Research
    7.2 The Logic of Quantitative Research
    7.3 More About p-values 7.3.1 Why the p-value Is Not the Probability That the Result Is Due to Chance, and the Probability of Getting Your Result May Be Zero
    7.4 Statistical Errors
    7.5 Introducing Meta-analysis
    7.6 Extracting the Data
    7.7 Calculate a Pooled Estimate of the Effect
    7.7.1 Interpreting Standardised Effect Sizes
    7.8 Vote Counting
    7.9 Models of Meta-analysis
    7.10 Weighting
    7.11 Assess the Heterogeneity of the Results
    7.12 Investigating Heterogeneity: Subgroup Analysis and Meta-regression
    7.13 Forest Plots
    7.14 Publication Bias and Funnel Plots
    Digital Access Springer 2020
  • Digital
    editors, Stefano Guerriero, George Condous, Juan Luis Alcázar.
    Summary: This structured dynamic book outlines, step by step, an evidence-based systematic approach to the sonographic evaluation of the pelvis in women with suspected endometriosis. This “how to” guide is intended for those with basic ultrasonography skills who want to further develop their capabilities in performing the relevant sonographic techniques to identify endometriosis. Detailed schematics, and corresponding high-resolution ultrasound images and intuitive videos support readers in expanding their technical skills and bridging the gaps in their knowledge of endometriosis ultrasound. The International Deep Endometriosis Analysis (IDEA) group consensus statement was the culmination of the work of 29 authors from 5 continents. With the publication of How to Perform Ultrasonography in Endometriosis the authors intend to provide the basis for quality improvement and benchmarking of ultrasound in the world of endometriosis. This book not only offers sonologists, radiologists and sonographers valuable insights into the field of endometriosis ultrasound, but also enables them to develop their practical skills in assessing women with chronic pelvic pain.
    Digital Access Springer 2018
  • Digital
    edited by Gabor Kovacs, Lois Salamonsen.
    Summary: The last step in the IVF treatment cycle, embryo transfer, is also the process with the highest failure rate. No matter how good the laboratory technique is, a successful pregnancy will not be achieved without meticulous preparation of the uterus to accept the embryo. This book reviews the scientific evidence on endometrial receptivity, including histological, hormonal, biochemical, and immunological factors. Practical and concise, it supports gynecologists and embryologists to make evidence-based decisions that can influence the success rates of implantation and live births. Part of a series of books offering treatments and strategies for fertility and conception to optimize IVF outcomes, this volume is for all clinicians and embryologists working in reproductive medicine.

    Contents:
    Physiology of endometrial development through the cycle and implantation / Annabelle Brennan and Martha Hickey
    Molecular and cellular basis of human embryo implantation / Guiying Nie and Eva Dimitriadis
    Protein biomarkers of endometrial receptivity / Tracey A. Edgell
    Genetic markers of endometrial receptivity (GMER) / Patricia Diaz-Gimeno and Juan A Garcia-Velasco
    Effects of superovulation on the endometrium / Natalie Hannan and Jemma Evans
    Screening the uterine microbiome prior to embryo transfer / Inmaculada Moreno and Carlos Simon
    Estrogen and progesterone support in ART : optimizing implantation / Jamie Stanhiser and Steven L. Young
    The role of hysteroscopy and endometrial scratch in improving endometrial receptivity / Yuval Or and Zeev Shoham
    Fibroids and polyps : their effect on implantation / Beverley Vollenhoven and Sarah Hunt
    Cleavage stage or blastocyst transfer : which is better? / Jason Kasraie
    Dummy embryo transfer / Khaldoun Sharif and Gamal I Serour
    Does the type of catheter used for embryo transfer matter? / Tia Hunjan, Shirin Khanjani and Stuart Lavery
    Should all embryos be transferred in unstimulated cycles? / Nikoletta Panagiotopoulou and Siladitya Bhattacharya
    Rest after embryo transfer is unhelpful / Giuseppe Botta and Gedis Grudzinska
    Ectopic pregnancies : why do they happen? / R.R. Chodankar and Andrew Horne
    The role on NK cells in implantation after IVF and treatment strategies / Norman Shreeve and Ashley Moffett
    Sex and immune receptivity for embryo transfer / David J. Sharkey and Sarah A. Robertson
    Immunotherapy/IVIG, prednisolone and intralipid in IVF / Ole Bjarne Christiansen and Kathinka Marie Nyborg
    The role of heparin and aspirin to aid implantation / Luciano Nardo and Tarique Salman
    Early pregnancy loss : causes and prevention / Shreeya Tewary and Jan J. Brosens
    Is the endometrium in women with PCOS compromised? / Terhi T. Piltonen.
    Digital Access Cambridge 2019
  • Digital
    Trisha Greenhalgh.
    Summary: This book addresses the common criticisms of evidence-based healthcare, dispelling many of its myths and misconceptions, while providing a pragmatic framework for testing the validity of healthcare literature. It also helps readers to understand the central principles of evidence-based medicine, critically evaluate published data, and implement the results in practical settings. The readers are guided through each fundamental step of inquiry, from searching the literature, to assessing methodological quality, and appraising statistics. -- Publisher description

    Contents:
    Why read papers at all?
    Searching the literature
    Getting your bearings : what is this paper about?
    Assessing methodological quality
    Statistics for the non-statistician
    Papers that report trials of drugs and other simple interventions
    Papers that report trials of complex interventions
    Papers that report diagnostic or screening tests
    Papers that summarise other papers (systematic reviews and meta-analyses)
    Papers that tell you what to do (guidelines)
    Papers that tell you what things cost (economic analyses)
    Papers that go beyond numbers (qualitative research)
    Papers that report questionnaire research
    Papers that report quality improvement case studies
    Papers that describe genetic association studies
    Applying evidence with patients
    Criticisms of evidence-based healthcare.
    Digital Access R2Library 2019
    Limited to 1 simultaneous user
  • Digital
    Mary Seabrook.
    Contents:
    Creating an effective learning environment
    Teaching in clinical contexts
    Workplace-based assessment and feedback
    Common problems in clinical teaching
    Next steps.
    Digital Access Wiley 2014
  • Digital
    Paul J. Silvia, PhD.
    Summary: "All academics need to write, and many struggle to finish their dissertations, articles, books, or grant proposals. Writing is hard work and can be difficult to wedge into a frenetic academic schedule. This revised and updated edition of Paul Silvia's popular guide provides practical, lighthearted advice to help academics overcome common barriers and become productive writers. Silvia's expert tips have been updated to apply to a wide variety of disciplines, and this edition has a new chapter devoted to grant and fellowship writing"-- Provided by publisher.

    Contents:
    Introduction
    Specious barriers to writing a lot
    The care and feeding of writing schedules
    Starting a writing group
    A brief foray into style
    Writing journal articles
    Writing books
    Writing proposals for grants and fellowships
    "The good things still to be written."
  • Print
    Barbara Gastel and Robert A. Day.
    Summary: "This newly updated version of the classic guide to writing and publishing scientific papers provides the tools needed to succeed in the communication aspects of a scientific career"--Provided by publisher. "Now thoroughly updated and expanded, this new edition of a classic guide offers practical advice on preparing and publishing journal articles as well as succeeding in other communication-related aspects of a scientific career. Provides practical, easy-to-read, and immediately applicable guidance on preparing each part of a scientific paper: from the title and abstract, through each section of the main text, to the acknowledgments and references. Explains step by step how to decide to which journal to submit a paper, what happens to a paper after submission, and how to work effectively with a journal throughout the publication process. Includes key advice on other communication important to success in scientific careers, such as giving presentations and writing proposals. Presents an insightful insider's view of how journals actually work--and describes how best to work with them."--Publisher's description.

    Contents:
    Part I: Some preliminaries. What is scientific writing? ; Historical perspectives ; Approaching a writing project ; What is a scientific paper? ; Ethics in scientific publishing ; Where to submit your manuscript
    Part II: Preparing the text. How to prepare the title ; How to list the authors and addresses ; How to prepare the abstract ; How to write the introduction ; How to write the materials and methods section ; How to write the results ; How to write the discussion ; How to state the acknowledgments ; How to cite the references
    Part III: Preparing the tables and figures. How to design effective tables ; How to prepare effective graphs ; How to prepare effective photographs
    Part IV: Publishing the paper. Rights and permissions ; How to submit the manuscript ; The review process (how to deal with editors) ; The publishing process (how to deal with proofs) and after publication
    Part V: Doing other writing for publication. How to write a review paper ; How to write opinion (letters to the editor, editorials, and book reviews) ; How to write a book chapter or a book ; How to write for the public ; How to present a paper orally ; How to prepare a poster ; How to write a conference report
    Part VII: Scientific style. Use and misuse of English ; Avoiding jargon ; How and when to use abbreviations ; Writing clearly across cultures and media ; How to write science in English as a foreign language
    Part VIII: Other topics in scientific communication. How to write a thesis ; How to prepare a curriculum vitae, cover letter, and personal statement ; How to prepare grant proposals and progress reports ; How to write a recommendation letter : and how to ask for one ; How to work with the media ; How to provide peer review ; How to edit your own work ; How to seek a scientific-communication career
    Appendix 1: Selected journal title word abbreviations
    Appendix 2: Words and expressions to avoid
    Appendix 3: SI (Système International) prefixes and their abbreviations
    Appendix 4: Some helpful websites
    Glossary.
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Books: General Collection (Downstairs)
    T11 .D33 2016
    1
  • Print
    Barbara Gastel and Robert A. Day.
    Summary: "'The purpose of scientific writing,' according to Barbara Gastel and Robert A. Day, 'is to communicate new scientific findings. Science is simply too important to be communicated in anything other than words of certain meaning.' This clear, beautifully written, and often funny text is a must-have for anyone who needs to communicate scientific information, whether they're writing for a professor, other scientists, or the general public. The thoughtfully revised ninth edition retains the most important material-including preparing text and graphics, publishing papers and other types of writing, and plenty of information on writing style-while adding up-to-date advice on copyright, presenting online, identifying authors, creating visual abstracts, and writing in English as a non-native language.A set of valuable appendixes provide ready reference, including words and expressions to avoid, SI prefixes, a list of helpful websites, and a glossary. Students and working scientists will want to keep How to Write and Publish a Scientific Paper at their desks and refer to it at every stage of writing and publication."-- Back cover.
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Books: General Collection (Downstairs)
    T11 .D33 2022
    1
  • Digital
    Michael Hanna.
    Summary: This book guides medical researchers through all stages of transforming their data and ideas into a published paper. Many researchers in medicine struggle to get their research written and published. One reason for this is that most medical researchers have not received much instruction in the subjects needed to write and publish scientific papers: research methodology, ethics, statistics, data visualization, writing, revising, and the practicalities of publishing. This book tackles all the major scientific issues that routinely lead to manuscripts getting rejected from the journals. The section "Preparing" covers the range of methodological, ethical, and practical aspects that researchers need to address before starting to write their paper. The section "Analyzing" reviews commonplace problems in the statistical analysis and presentation, and how to resolve those problems. The section "Drafting" describes what to write in the various parts of a paper (the Introduction, Methods, Results, Discussion, Abstract, etc.). The section "Revising" explains and illustrates how to improve the writing style of any manuscript. The section "Publishing" discusses how to navigate the peer review process and all other practical aspects of the publishing phase. The entire book draws on the author's decade of experience as an independent medical writer and research consultant. More importantly, the book is grounded in the existing scientific and scholarly literature, with extensive references and an annotated bibliography. After reading this book, medical researchers will know how to write better quality medical papers, so they can publish their work in better journals with less time and struggle.
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Digital/Print
    edited and introduced by Keeanga-Yamahtta Taylor.
    Summary: The Combahee River Collective, a group of radical black feminists, was one of the most important organizations to develop out of the anti-racist and women's liberation movements of the 1960s and 70s. In this collection, founding members of the organization and contemporary activists reflect on the legacy of its contributions to black feminism and its impact on today's struggles. "In the last several years, Black feminism has reemerged as the analytical framework for the activist response to the oppression of trans women of color, the fight for reproductive rights, and, of course, the movement against police abuse and violence. The most visible organizations and activists connected to the Black Lives Matter movement speak openly about how Black feminism shapes their politics and strategies today. The interviews I have compiled in this book -- with the three authors of the Combahee River Collective Statement, Barbara Smith, Beverly Smith, and Demita Frazier, #BlackLivesMatter cofounder Alicia Garza, and historian and activist Barbara Ransby -- are an attempt to show how these politics remain historically vibrant and relevant to the struggles of today. As Demita Frazier says, the point of talking about Combahee is not to be nostalgic; rather, we talk about it because Black women are still not free." -- Keeanga-Yamahtta Taylor, from the introduction.

    Contents:
    Introduction
    The Combahee River Collective statement
    Barbara Smith
    Beverly Smith
    Demita Frazier
    Alicia Garza
    Comments by Barbara Ransby
    Acknowledgments
    Contributor biographies.
    Digital Access EBSCO 2017
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    HQ1426 .H689 2017
    1
  • Digital
    edited by Yacine Graba, René Rezsohazy.
    Contents:
    Discovery and classification of homeobox genes in animal genomes / Ferdinand Marlétaz, Jordi Paps, Ignacio Maeso, and Peter W. H. Holland
    How to study hox gene expression and function in mammalian oocytes and early embryos / Delphine Paul, Caroline Sauvegarde, René Rezsohazy, and Isabelle Donnay
    Genetic lineage tracing analysis of anterior hox expressing cells / Brigitte Laforest, Nicolas Bertrand, and Stéphane Zaffran
    A genetic strategy to obtain P-Gal4 elements in the Drosophila hox genes / Luis de Navas, David Foronda, Delia del Saz, and Ernesto Sánchez-Herrero
    Hox complex analysis through BAC recombineering / Mark Parrish, Youngwook Ahn, Christof Nolte, Bony De Kumar and Robb Krumlauf
    The genetics of murine Hox loci : TAMERE, STRING, and PANTHERE to engineer chromosome variants / Patrick Tschopp and Denis Duboule
    Topological organization of Drosophila hox genes using DNA fluorescent in situ hybridization / Frédéric Bantignies and Giacomo Cavalli
    Mining the Cis-regulatory elements of hox clusters / Navneet Kaur Matharu and Rakesh K. Mishra
    Functional analysis of hox genes in Zebrafish / Franck Ladam and Charles G. Sagerström
    Transgenesis in non-model organisms : the case of Parhyale / Zacharias Kontarakis and Anastasios Pavlopoulos
    Tissue specific RNA isolation in Drosophila embryos : a strategy to analyze context dependent transcriptome landscapes using FACS / Arnaud Defaye and Laurent Perrin
    Hox transcriptomics in Drosophila embryos / Maria Polychronidou and Ingrid Lohmann
    Measuring hox-DNA binding by electrophoretic mobility / Kelly Churion [and four others]
    Chromatin immunoprecipitation and chromatin immunoprecipitation with massively parallel sequencing on mouse embryonic tissue / Shilu Amin and Nicoletta Bobola
    chIP for hox proteins from Drosophila imaginal discs / Pavan Agrawal and L. S. Shashidhara
    SELEX-seq : a method for characterizing the compete repertoire of binding site preferences for transcription factor complexes / Todd R. Riley [and six others]
    DamID as an approach to studyinhg long-distance chromatin iteractions / Fabienne Cléard, François Karch, and oRbert K. Maeda
    cgCHIP : a cell type- and gene-specific method for chromatin analysis / Marios Agelopoulos, Daniel J. McKay, and Ricahrd S. Mann
    Bimolecular fluorescence complementation (biFC) in live Drosophila embryos / Marilyne Duffraisse, Bruno Hudry, and Samir Merabet
    Rational drug repurposing using sscMap analysis in a HOX-TALE model of leukemia / Laura M. Kettyle, Fabio G. Liberante, and Alexander Thompson.
    Digital Access Springer 2014
  • Digital
    Carole Fakhry, Gypsyamber D'Souza, editors.
    Contents:
    Anatomical sites and subsites of head and neck cancer
    Epidemiology of oral HPV infection and HPV-associated head and neck cancer
    Frequent behavioural questions with an HPV-positive malignancy of the head and neck
    The molecular biology of HPV-related head and neck cancer
    The diagnosis of HPV-related head and neck squamous cell carcinoma: Recognition of its microscopic appearance and the use of ancillary detection assays
    Clinical management of HPV-related oropharyngeal cancer
    The role of vaccines for HPV-related head and neck cancers
    The care of the HPV-negative head and neck cancer patient: Presentation, prognosis, treatment. .
    Digital Access Springer 2015
  • Digital/Print
    Wojciech Golusiński, C. René Leemans, Andreas Dietz, editors.
    Contents:
    Epidemiology and molecular biology of HPV positive HNSCC
    HPV testing
    Non-surgical treatment of HPV positive tumours
    Surgical treatment of HPV Positive tumours
    Predictive factors for outcome and quality of life in HPV positive and HPV negative
    HPV
    prevention vaccination, ongoing trials.
    Digital Access Springer 2017
  • Digital
    Marc Laurence Mendillo, David Pincus, Ruth Scherz-Shouval, editors.
    Summary: Protein homeostasis, or "Proteostasis", lies at the heart of human health and disease. From the folding of single polypeptide chains into functional proteins, to the regulation of intracellular signaling pathways, to the secreted signals that coordinate cells in tissues and throughout the body, the proteostasis network operates to support cell health and physiological fitness. However, cancer cells also hijack the proteostasis network and many of these same processes to sustain the growth and spread of tumors. The chapters in this book are written by world experts in the many facets of the proteostasis network. They describe cutting-edge insights into the structure and function of the major chaperone and degradation systems in healthy cells and how these systems are co-opted in cancer cells and the cells of the tumor microenvironment. The chapters also cover therapeutic interventions such as the FDA-approved proteasome inhibitors Velcade and Krypolis as well as other therapies currently under clinical investigation to disarm the ability of the proteostasis network to support malignancy. This compendium is the first of its kind and aims to serve as a reference manual for active investigators and a primer for newcomers to the field. This book is dedicated to the memory of Susan Lindquist, a pioneer of the proteostasis field and a champion of the power of basic scientific inquiry to unlock the mechanisms of human disease.

    Contents:
    Intro
    Preface: Dedication to Susan Lindquist
    Contents
    Part I: Structure
    1: Structural and Biochemical Properties of Hsp40/Hsp70 Chaperone System
    1.1 Hsp70 Chaperone System
    1.1.1 Hsp70 Domain Structure and Functional Cycle
    1.1.2 Substrate Recognition and Remodeling by the Hsp70 Chaperones
    1.2 Regulation of Hsp70 Function by Co-chaperones
    1.2.1 J-Domain Proteins
    1.2.2 Nucleotide Exchange Factors
    1.2.2.1 Nucleotide Cycle Regulation Beyond JDPs and NEFs
    1.3 Hsp70s Interaction with Other Cellular Chaperone Systems 1.3.1 Hsp70 Chaperones in Protein Disaggregation
    1.4 Conclusion and Perspectives
    References
    2: The TRiC/CCT Chaperonin and Its Role in Uncontrolled Proliferation
    2.1 Introduction
    2.2 The Structure of CCT
    2.3 CCT Substrates and Specificity
    2.4 Conformational Changes and Nucleotide Hydrolysis
    2.5 CCT and Cancer
    2.6 CCT as Key Regulator of Cell Cycle
    2.7 Is CCT a Possible Antiproliferation Target?
    References
    3: Regulation of Hsf1 and the Heat Shock Response
    3.1 Introduction: The HSR in Health and Disease 3.2 Defining the Transcriptional Response to Heat Shock
    3.3 What Activates the HSR?
    3.4 Hsp70 and Hsf1 Constitute a Negative Feedback Loop That Controls the HSR
    3.5 Hsp90 Negatively Regulates Hsf1 Orthogonally to Hsp70
    3.6 Phosphorylation Is Dispensable for Hsf1 Activity During Heat Shock
    3.7 Coordination of the HSR Across Tissues
    3.8 Conclusion
    References
    Part II: Function
    4: Challenging Proteostasis: Role of the Chaperone Network to Control Aggregation-Prone Proteins in Human Disease
    4.1 Introduction 5: The Multifaceted Role of HSF1 in Tumorigenesis
    5.1 Introduction
    5.2 HSF1 Structure and Function
    5.2.1 HSF1 Regulation by Post Translational Modification
    5.3 HSF1 in Carcinogenesis
    5.4 How Is HSF1 Activated in Cancer?
    5.5 How Does HSF1 Support the Malignant State in Cancer?
    5.5.1 HSF1 Regulation of Cancer Cell Proteostasis
    5.5.2 HSF1 Regulation of mRNA Processing and Protein Synthesis
    5.5.3 HSF1 Regulation of DNA Repair
    5.5.4 HSF1 Regulation of Energy Metabolism
    5.5.5 HSF1 Regulation of Cell Motility, Migration and Adhesion
    Digital Access Springer 2020
  • Digital
    edited by Jennifer Isaacs and Luke Whitesell.
    Digital Access ScienceDirect 2016
  • Digital
    Graham Hughes.
    Contents:
    1. Sticky blood: the disease is common
    2. Main clinical features
    3. Clotting in veins
    4. Stroke
    5. Memory loss and "Alzheimers"
    6. Headaches, migraine and fits
    7. The spinal cord and "multiple sclerosis"
    8. The heart and arteries
    9. Other organs
    10. The "catastrophic" antiphospholipid syndrome
    11. Pregnancy and fetal loss
    12. Hughes' syndrome and lupus
    13. Treatment
    14. The outlook
    15. What blood tests do we use?
    16. Research
    17. Background
    18. An update
    19. Further reading and websites
    Index.
    Digital Access Springer 2016
  • Digital/Print
    Jahr, G. H. G.; Snelling, Frederick G.
    Contents:

    v. 1. Symptomatology.
    Digital Access Google Books 1860-
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Stored offsite. Please request print.
    X1101 .J25hu 1860
    1
  • Digital
    Ajaz Ahmad Malik, Shams ul Bari.
    Summary: The book explores various aspects of hydatid disease, including the background, parasitology, epidemiology, etiology, pathogenesis and presentation in humans. It features dedicated chapters on hydatidosis of liver, spleen, peritoneum, kidney, pelvis, and disseminated hydatid disease, and also provides detailed information on the latest surgical and non-surgical methods for treating the condition, such as drug therapy and laproscopic management. The book is primarily intended for undergraduate and postgraduate students of surgery and medicine, but is also useful to veterinary science students and pharmaceutical companies. Further, it serves as a valuable reference resource for academics and researchers in associated fields.

    Contents:
    Biology of the Echinococcus
    Hydatid disease of the liver : clinical presentation and complications
    Diagnosis of hydatid disease of the liver
    Surgical management of hydatid liver disease
    Drug therapy in hydatid disease of the liver
    Alveolar hydatid disease
    Primary splenic hydatidosis
    Hydatid disease of the kidney
    Primary extrahepatic abdominal hydatidosis
    Minimally invasive management of hepatic hydatidosis.
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Digital
    Suzana Herculano-Houzel.
    Summary: Herculano-Houzel shows that it is not the size of our brain that matters but the fact that we have more neurons in the cerebral cortex than any other animal, thanks to our ancestors' invention, some 1.5 million years ago, of a more efficient way to obtain calories: cooking. Because we are primates, ingesting more calories in less time made possible the rapid acquisition of a huge number of neurons in the still fairly small cerebral cortex -- the part of the brain responsible for finding patterns, reasoning, developing technology, and passing it on through culture. Herculano-Houzel shows us how she came to these conclusions -- making "brain soup" to determine the number of neurons in the brain, for example, and bringing animal brains in a suitcase through customs. --Publisher's description.

    Contents:
    Preface
    Humans rule!
    Brain soup
    Got brains?
    Not all brains are made the same
    Remarkable but not extraordinary
    The elephant in the room
    What cortical expansion?
    A body matter?
    So how much does it cost?
    Brains or brawn : you can't have both
    Thank cooking for your neurons
    ... But plenty of neurons are not enough
    Epilogue : our place in nature
    Appendix A: Body mass, brain mass, and number of neurons
    Appendix B: Scaling rules.
    Digital Access EBSCOhost 2016
  • Digital
    J.A. Gosling, P.F. Harris, J.R. Humpherson, I. Whitmore, P.L.T. Willan.
    Contents:
    Basic anatomical concepts
    Thorax
    Upper limbs
    Abdomen
    Pelvis and perineum
    Lower limbs
    Head and neck.
    Digital Access ClinicalKey 2017
  • Print
    edited by Edouard Kurstak and Christine Kurstak.
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Books: General Collection (Downstairs)
    RC114.5 .H85 1977
    2
  • Digital
    edited by Michael J. Aminoff, François Boller and Dick F. Swaab.
    Digital Access ScienceDirect 2015
  • Digital
    Gerald Litwack.
    Summary: "Human Biochemistry' includes clinical case studies and applications that are useful to medical, dentistry and pharmacy students. It enables users to practice for future careers as both clinicians and researchers. The book also provides extensive online support for students to assist with further understanding and comprehension of advanced concepts, including sample questions that will help them prepare for medical exams. In addition, instructor's ancillaries include PowerPoint presentations and testbanks. Offering immediate application of biochemical principles into clinical terms in an updated way, this book is the unparalleled textbook for medical biochemistry courses in medical, dental and pharmacy programs."-- $c Provided by publisher.

    Contents:
    Organ systems and tissues
    The cell
    Introductory discussion on water, pH, buffers, and general features of receptors, channels, and pumps
    Proteins
    Enzymes
    Insulin and sugars
    Glycogen and glycogenolysis
    Glycolysis and gluconeogenesis
    Lipids
    Nucleic acids and molecular genetics
    Protein biosynthesis
    Transcription
    Metabolism of amino acids
    Metabolism of fat, carbohydrate, and nucleic acids
    Polypeptide hormones
    Steroid hormones
    Growth factors and cytokines
    Membrane transport
    Micronutrients (metals and iodine)
    Vitamins and nutrition
    Blood and lymphatic system
    Appendix 1: Abbreviations of the common amino acids
    Appendix 2: The genetic code
    Appendix 3: Weights and measures
    Appendix 4: Answer key for chapter questions.
    Digital Access ClinicalKey 2022
  • Digital
    edited by Sudhir Dixit, Ramjee Prasad.
    Contents:
    1. Introduction to human bond communication
    2. General concepts behind human bond communication
    3. Advanced reconfigurable 5G architectures for human bond communication
    4. Data mining of the human being
    5. Human-centric IoT networks
    6. Body as a network node: key is the oral cavity
    7. Human bond communication using cognitive radio approach for efficient spectrum utilization
    8. Technology advancement and integration in the context of wildlife conservation
    9. An investigation of security and privacy for human bond communication
    10. The Internet of Everything and beyond: the interplay between things and humans
    11. Human bond communications in health: ethical and legal issues
    12. Human bond communication: a new and unexplored frontier for intellectual property and Information and Communciation Technology law
    13. Predicting the future of ICT: a historical perspective
    14. Human bond communication beyond 2050
    Index.
    Digital Access Wiley 2017
  • Digital
    Johng S. Rhim, Anatoly Dritschilo, Richard Kremer, editors.
    Contents:
    Intro; Preface; Acknowledgments; Contents; Part I: Mechanisms of Tumor Progression; Mechanisms Underlying Metastatic Pancreatic Cancer; PDAC Metastasis and Outcomes; Models of Metastasis; Genetically Engineered Mouse Models of Metastatic PDAC; Orthotopic Models of Pancreatic Cancer Metastasis; Mechanisms of Metastasis; EMT-MET Axis and Cellular Plasticity; Metastatic Organotropism: The Role of Exosomes and EMT Modulators; Epigenetic and Post-Transcriptional Regulators of EMT and Metastasis; Concluding Remarks; References; Current Perspectives on Nasopharyngeal Carcinoma; Introduction Historic PerspectiveCurrent Perspectives; Epidemiology; Incidence Rate; Impact of Human Migration on NPC Incidents; Risk Factors; Epstein Barr Virus (EBV); Single Nucleotide Polymorphisms (SNPs); Intake of Certain Foods; Model System for Investigating Nasopharyngeal Carcinoma; Potential Use of Zebrafish for Modeling Human NPC; Immunotherapy for Nasopharyngeal Carcinoma; Immunotherapy: General Concepts; Relevant Cancer Mouse Models for Preclinical Investigation of Immunotherapy; Immunotherapeutic Approaches for Cancer Treatment; Immunotherapy in NPC; Concluding Remarks; References An In Vitro Model of Triple-Negative Breast Cancer17€-Estradiol Induces Transformation and Tumorigenesis in Human Breast Epithelial Cells; Epithelial to Mesenchymal Transition in Human Breast Epithelial Cells Transformed by 17-Beta-Estradiol; Developing a Unique Model of Triple Negative Breast Cancer; Chromatin Remodeling During Human Breast Epithelial Cell Transformation; Concluding Remarks; References; Emerging Role of Novel Biomarkers of Ly6 Gene Family in Pan Cancer; Introduction; Expression of Ly6D, E, H, and K Genes in Normal Tissues; Ly6D; Ly6E; Ly6H; Ly6K Expression of Ly6D, E, H, and K Genes in Tumor TissuesLy6D; Ly6E; Ly6H; Ly6K; Mechanisms Associated Ly6D, E, H, and K Gene Family; Ly6D; Ly6E; Ly6H; Ly6K; Summary; References; The Oncoprotein Gankyrin/PSMD10 as a Target of Cancer Therapy; Isolation of Gankyrin from Hepatocellular Carcinoma; Enhanced Degradation of RB (Retinoblastoma-Associated Protein) and p53 (Cellular Tumor Antigen p53) by Gankyrin; Gankyrin as a Killer of Multiple Tumor Suppressor Proteins; Animal Models Overexpressing Gankyrin in the Liver Importance of Non-Parenchymal Cells in Carcinogenesis as Demonstrated by Gankyrin-Knockout MiceGankyrin as a Promising Therapeutic Target; Experimental Anti-Gankyrin Agents; Conclusion; References; Contributing Roles of CYP2E1 and Other Cytochrome P450 Isoforms in Alcohol-Related Tissue Injury and Carcinogenesis; Introduction; Updated Mechanisms of Ethanol-Mediated Carcinogenesis; Contributing Roles of CYP2E1 and Other P450 Isoforms in Tissue Injury and Cancer Development; Multiple Regulations of CYP2E1 and Alcohol-Related Tissue Injury and Carcinogenesis Distribution of CYP2E1 and Carcinogenesis in Extra-Hepatic Tissues
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Digital
    Philippe Bardy.
    Summary: Telepatients using connected objects to collect time-sensitive data about their health are not neutral carriers of diagnosable symptoms. Patients are persons, or personal beings as well as co-carers, whose personal experience, history and know-how must be acknowledged in time-sensitive telecare practices. Such practices require a relational ethics, inspired by medical ethics and an ethics of virtues, focusing on vulnerability and emotional health, to oversee telecare good practices, define a new therapeutic alliance compliant with patients' values, and reconcile the technical and human sides of telemedicine.

    Contents:
    Part 1. The Person in the Age of Telecare ; 1. The Advent of Digital Healthcare ; 2. The Human Ethical Challenge
    Part 2. Telecare Phenomenology ; 3. A Cross-Dimensional Look at the 'Patient Experience' ; 4. The Patient Experience Under Telemonitoring ; 5. The Person Standing the Test of Digital Clocks ; 6. Experiential knowledge of the 'Subject of Care
    Part 3. Toward an Ethics of "Time-sensitive" Telecare ; 7. Subjectivising the Future: or the 'Patient Project' Temporality ; 8. 'Chrono-Sensitivity': From Concepts to Ethics.
    Digital Access ScienceDirect 2019
  • Digital
    Kostas N. Fountoulakis.
    Summary: This book constitutes the end result of 20 years-long effort that goes beyond a Psychiatrists standard clinical training and education, even that of a Psychiatrist that follows an academic career. Trying to explain how the human mind works is hard and the heterogeneity of the audience make the attempt even more difficult. There is a conceptual difference between the words brain and mindand this makes the effort even more difficult since the present book tries to preserve the strict scientific approach concerning all the topics discussed. The work elaborates and tries to answer questions frequently phrased by audiences in teaching classes and in conferences and does not avoid any question. In order to achieve this goal, it is structured in chapters all the way from the molecule and the cell to consciousness and free will. The book targets mainly the mental health care professionals as an audience, and to a lesser extend the other health professionals. It is written according to the authors view concerning the training and educational needs of Psychiatrists and Psychologists and to a lesser degree of Neurologists and Neuroscientists in general.

    Contents:
    Introductory remarks
    Macroscopic structure of the brain
    Microscopic structure of the brain
    The cell membrane
    Neurotransmitters. The synapse
    Function of neurotransmitter systems
    Second messengers
    Neurotrophic factors
    Functional organization of the brain
    Higher cognitive function
    Thought and intelligence
    Mood
    Sleep
    Consciousness and free will
    Temperament and personality
    Sex differences
    Brain genetics
    Sociobiology.
    Digital Access Springer 2022
  • Digital
    edited by Andrew D. Yurochko, William E. Miller.
    Contents:
    History of the molecular biology of cytomegaloviruses / Mark F. Stinski
    Overview of human cytomegalovirus pathogenesis / Maciej T. Nogalski, Donna Collins-McMillen, and Andrew D. Yurochko
    Distinct properties of human cytomegalovirus strains and the appropriate choice of strains for particular studies / Giada Frascaroli and Christian Sinzger
    Use of diploid human fibroblasts as a model system to culture, grow, and study human cytomegalovirus infection / Elizabeth A. Fortunato
    Use of recombinant approaches to construct human cytomegalovirus mutants / Iryna Dekhtiarenko, Luka éCiécin-éSain, and Martin Messerle
    Use of primary human cells (fibroblasts, monocytes, and others) to assess human cytomegalovirus function / Emma Poole, Matthew Reeves, and John H. Sinclair
    Hematopoietic long-term culture (hLTC) for human cytomegalovirus latency and reactivation / Mahadevaiah Umashankar and Felicia Goodrum
    Analysis of cytomegalovirus binding/entry-mediated events / Gary C.T. Chan and Andrew D. Yurochko
    Use of 5-Ethynyl-2' -deoxyuridine labelling and flow cytometry to study cell cycle-dependent regulation of human cytomegalovirus gene expression / Lèuder Wiebusch and Christian Hagemeier
    Methods for studying the function of cytomegalovirus GPCRs / Christine M. O'Connor and William E. Miller
    Methods for the detection of cytomegalovirus in glioblastoma cells and tissues / Charles S. Cobbs, Lisa Matlaf, and Lualhati E. Harkins
    Methods to study the nucleocytoplasmic transport of macromolecules with respect to their impact on the regulation of human cytomegalovirus gene expression / Marco Thomas ... [et al.]
    Fluorescence-based laser capture microscopy technology facilitates identification of critical in vivo cytomegalovirus transcriptional programs / Craig N. Kreklywich ... [et al.]
    Techniques for characterizing cytomegalovirus-encoded miRNAs / Lauren M. Hook ... [et al.]
    What we have learned from animal models of HCMV / Pranay Dogra and Tim E. Sparer
    Rodent models of congenital cytomegalovirus infection / Djurdjica Cekinovic, Vanda Juranic Lisnic, and Stipan Jonjic
    Recent approaches and strategies in the generation of antihuman cytomegalovirus vaccines / Suresh B. Boppana and William J. Britt
    Approaches for the generation of new anti-cytomegalovirus agents : identification of protein-protein interaction inhibitors and compounds against the HCMV IE2 protein / Beatrice Mercorelli ... [et al.].
    Digital Access Springer 2014
  • Digital
    Ryo Sakurai.
    Summary: This book discusses the findings of research on the human dimensions of wildlife management conducted in Japan, demonstrating how such research and approaches have contributed to mitigating human-wildlife conflicts. Human-wildlife conflicts, including agricultural and property damage as well as occasional casualties, are a global problem for which local residents, managers, and stakeholders around the world are struggling to find solutions. Human dimensions of wildlife management (HDW) is an academic field developed in North America in the 1970s to gather information on the social aspects of human-wildlife issues to help wildlife managers and stakeholders implement effective decision-making measures. However, HDW is not widely recognized or applied outside North America, and few studies have investigated whether HDW approaches would be effective in different cultural settings. This is the first book written in English to introduce the HDW theories and practices implemented in Asia. Presenting innovative approaches and research techniques, as well as tips on how to introduce HDW methods into culturally different societies, it is a valuable resource not only for researchers and students in this field, but also for government officials/managers, NGOs, residents and other stakeholders who are affected by human-wildlife conflicts around the globe.

    Contents:
    Introduction : new perspectives of wildlife management
    What is "human dimensions"?
    Wildlife management in Japan
    Studies on the human dimension of black bear management in Japan
    Human dimensions studies on programs for reducing human-wildlife conflicts in Tochigi Prefecture, Japan
    Introducing ideas and approaches of human dimensions in Japan
    Educating international students about the human dimensions of wildlife management.
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Digital
    Gautam Allahbadia, Claudio Chillik, editors.
    Summary: This concise work on embryo transfer is yet another contribution to the persevering effort to disseminate latest information on the science and skill of performing a traumatic and successful embryo transfer. It is the most critical culmination of the assisted reproductive technology (ART) stimulation cycle, and a rate-limiting step in dictating the success of treatment. The well-worded chapters draw the reader's attention to significant aspects before initiating the actual embryo transfer, such as possible causes of failure at the embryo transfer stage, uterine evaluation, mock embryo transfer (ET), experience of the physician, and the use of ultrasound-guidance to monitor ET. The protocol for difficult transfers, variables that affect the success of ET, and the influence of the catheter used for ET have also been dealt with. The unique feature of this book is its pragmatic approach that can translate into solutions to the numerous frustrating ART failures that more often than not, may be attributed to an inefficient ET procedure. It helps the reader understand the integrity of embryo transfer, unravel its obvious simplicity and bridge the success between the several steps of ART. By highlighting the impeding problems associated with ET procedure and providing valid, scientific solutions, this stimulating edition will help the readers improve the ART success rates in their clinical practice. .

    Contents:
    Evaluation of the uterus prior to embryo transfer.-Trial Embryo Transfer (Mock Transfer)
    Does the Experience of the Provider Affect Pregnancy Rates After Embryo Transfer?
    Ultrasound-Guided ETs or Clinical Touch ETs?
    Variables That Affect a Successful Embryo Transfer
    Management of Difficult Embryo Transfers
    Facts and Myths of Embryo Transfer .-Uterine Contractility and Embryo Transfer.- Embryo Transfer Media and Catheters
    Is There A Role for Tubal Transfers?
    Loading and Expulsion of Embryos.
    Digital Access Springer 2015
  • Digital
    Bruce M. Carlson.
    Summary: Master the concepts you need to know with Human Embryology and Developmental Biology. Dr. Bruce M. Carlson's clear explanations provide an easy-to-follow "road map" through the most up-to-date scientific knowledge, giving you a deeper understanding of the key information you need to know for your courses, exams, and ultimately clinical practice. Visualize normal and abnormal development with hundreds of superb clinical photos and embryological drawings.Access the fully searchable text online, view animations, answer self-assessment questions, and much more at www.studentconsult.com.

    Contents:
    Getting ready for pregnancy
    Transport of gametes and fertilization
    Cleavage and implantation
    Molecular basis for embryonic development
    Formation of germ layers and early derivatives
    Establishment of the basic embryonic body plan
    Placenta and extraembryonic membranes
    Developmental disorders : causes, mechanisms, and patterns
    Integumentary, skeletal, and muscular systems
    Limb development
    Nervous system
    Neural crest
    Sense organs
    Head and neck
    Digestive and respiratory systems and body cavities
    Urogenital system
    Cardiovascular system
    Fetal period and birth.
    Digital Access ScienceDirect 2014
  • Digital
    Bruce M. Carlson ; contributor, Piranit Nik Kantaputra.
    Summary: "Completely revised from cover to cover, Human Embryology and Developmental Biology, 6th Edition, helps you master complex concepts on every aspect of normal and abnormal human development. Dr. Bruce M. Carlson provides authoritative, readable coverage of today's scientific knowledge in this fast-changing field, keeping you up to date with what you need to know for coursework, exams, and clinical practice"--Publisher's description.

    Contents:
    Developmental tables
    Part 1: Early developmental and the fetal-maternal relationship. Getting ready for pregnancy
    Transport of gametes and fertilization
    Molecular basis for embryonic development
    Cleavage and implantation
    Formation of germ layers and early derivatives
    Establishment of the basic embryonic body plan
    Placenta and extraembryonic membranes
    Developmental disorders: causes, mechanisms, and patterns
    Part 2: Development of the body systems. Integumentary, skeletal, and muscular systems
    Limb development
    Nervous system
    Neural crest
    Sense organs
    Head and neck
    Digestive and respiratory systems and body cavities
    Urogenital system
    Cardiovascular system
    Fetal period and birth
    Answers to clinical vignettes and review questions.
    Digital Access ClinicalKey 2019
  • Digital
    edited by Kursad Turksen.
    Contents:
    Derivation of human embryonic stem cell lines from vitrified human blastocysts / Cara K. Bradley ... [et al.] - Characterizing pluripotent stem sells using the TaqMan® hPSC scorecardTM panel / Jeffrey Fergus, Rene Quintanilla, and Uma Lakshmipathy
    Growth of human pluripotent stem cells using functional human extracellular matrix / Andres Sanz-Garcia, Miodrag Stojkovic, and Carmen Escobedo-Lucea
    Efficient expansion of dissociated human pluripotent stem cells using a synthetic substrate / Eihachiro Kawase
    Microarray approach to identify the signaling network responsible for self-renewal of human embryonic stem cells / Noboru Sato and Ali Brivanlou
    Monitoring stemness in long-term hESC sultures by real-time PCR / Amparo Galan and Carlos Simon
    Study of gap junctions in human embryonic stem cells / Alice Pebay and Raymond C.B. Wong
    Immunofluorescence microscopy and mRNA analysis of human embryonic stem cells (hESCs) including primary cilia associated signaling pathways / Maj Linea Vestergaard ... [et al.]
    Analysis of intracellular calcium signaling in human embryonic stem cells / Adrienn Pentek, Katalin Paszty, and Agota Apati
    Genetic manipulation of human embryonic stem cells / Rachel Eiges
    Genetic modification in human pluripotent stem cells by homologous recombination and CRISPR/Cas9 system / Haipeng Xue ... [et al.]
    Use of multicolor flow cytometry for isolation of specific cell populations deriving from differentiated human embryonic stem cells / Isabella Mengarelli, Andrew Fryga, and Tiziano Barberi
    Definitive endoderm differentiation of human embryonic stem cells combined with selective elimination of undifferentiated cells by methionine deprivation / Tomonori Tsuyama, Nobuaki Shiraki, and Shoen Kume
    Derivation of endothelial cells and pericytes from human pluripotent stem cells / Sravanti Kusuma and Sharon Gerecht
    Differentiation of human embryonic stem cells on periodontal ligament fibroblasts / Y. Murat Elcin, Bulend Inanc, and A. Eser Elcin
    Derivation of epithelial cells from human embryonic stem cells as an in vitro model of vocal mucosa / Vlasta Lungova, Ciara Leydon, and Susan Thibeault
    Human embryonic and hepatic stem cell differentiation visualized in two and three dimensions based on serial sections / Peter S. Vestentoft ... [et al.]
    Derivation of chondrogenic cells from human embryonic stem cells for cartilage tissue engineering / Wei Seong Toh and Tong Cao
    Microgrooved surface modulates neuron differentiation in human embryonic stem cells / David Lu ... [et al.]
    Directed differentiation of human embryonic stem cells into neural progenitors / Erin Banda and Laura Grabel
    Direct conversion of pluripotent human embryonic stem cells under defined culture conditions into human neuronal or cardiomyocyte cell therapy derivatives / Xuejun H. Parsons
    Generation of epithelial cell populations from human pluripotent stem cells using a small-molecule inhibitor of Src family kinases / Joshua A. Selekman, Xiaojun Lian, and Sean P. Palecek
    Dual-SMAD inhibition/WNT activation-based methods to induce neural crest and derivatives from human pluripotent stem cells / Stuart M. Chambers ... [et al.]
    Accelerated three-dimensional neuroepithelium formation from human embryonic stem cells and its use for quantitative differentiation to human retinal pigment epithelium / Yu Zhu, Sven Schreiter, and Elly M. Tanaka
    Efficient production of photoreceptor precursor cells from human embryonic stem cells / Anat Yanai ... [et al.]
    Generation of megakaryocytes and platelets from human pluripotent stem cells / Marjorie Pick
    Simple protocol for the generation of cardiomyocytes from human pluripotent stem cells / Glen Lester Sequiera, Ashish Mehta, and Winston Shim
    Erratum to: Microgrooved surface modulates neuron differentiation in human embryonic stem cells / David Lu ... [et al.].
    Digital Access Springer 2015
  • Digital
    Carsten Carlberg, Ferdinand Molnár.
    Summary: The view "Its all in our genes and we cannot change it" developed in the past 150 years since Gregor Mendels experiments with flowering pea plants. However, there is a special form of genetics, referred to as epigenetics, which does not involve any change of our genes but regulates how and when they are used. In the cell nucleus our genes are packed into chromatin, which is a complex of histone proteins and genomic DNA, representing the molecular basis of epigenetics. Our environment and lifestyle decisions influence the epigenetics of our cells and organs, i.e. epigenetics changes dynamically throughout our whole life. Thus, we have the chance to change our epigenetics in a positive as well as negative way and are able to prevent the onset of diseases, such a type 2 diabetes or cancer. This book provides a molecular explanation how our genome is connected with environmental signals. It outlines that epigenetic programming is a learning process that results in epigenetic memory in each of the cells forming our body. The central importance of epigenetics during embryogenesis and cellular differentiation as well as in the process of aging and the risk for the development of cancer are discussed. Moreover, the role of the epigenome as a molecular storage of cellular events not only in the brain but also in metabolic organs and in the immune system is described. The book represents an updated but simplified version of our textbook "Human Epigenomics" (ISBN 978-981-10-7614-8). The first five chapters explain the molecular basis of epigenetics, while the following seven chapters provide examples for the impact of epigenetics in human health and disease.

    Contents:
    Introduction
    Chromatin and gene expression
    DNA methylation
    Histone modifications
    Chromatin modifying proteins and RNAs
    Embryogenesis and cellular differentiation
    Population epigenetics and aging
    Cancer epigenetics
    Neuroepigenetics
    Nutritional epigenetics
    Epigenetics of immune function
    Epigenome-environment interactions and their therapy.
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Digital
    by Carsten Carlberg, Ferdinand Molnár.
    Summary: The term epigenetics describes regulatory and information storing mechanisms of specific genes that do not involve any change of their DNA sequence. Epigenetics is closely related to the extensively folded state, in which the genome is packaged, known as chromatin. New genomic tools nowadays allow the genome-wide assessment of, for example, chromatin states and DNA modifications, and led to the discovery of unexpected new epigenetic principles, such as epigenomic memory. This was the start of the field of epigenomics, the relation of which to human health and disease is discussed in this textbook. This book aims to summarize, in a condensed form, the role of epigenomics in defining chromatin states that are representative of active genes (euchromatin) and repressed genes (heterochromatin). Moreover, this book discusses the principles of gene regulation, chromatin stability, genomic imprinting and the reversibility of DNA methylation and histone modifications. This information should enable a better understanding of cell type identities and will provide new directions for studies of, for example, cellular reprograming, the response of chromatin to environmental signals and epigenetic therapies that can improve or restore human health. In order to facilitate the latter, we favor a high figure-to-text ratio following the rule "a picture tells more than thousand words". The content of the book is based on the lecture course "Molecular Medicine and Genetics" that is given by one of us (C. Carlberg) in different forms since 2002 at the University of Eastern Finland in Kuopio. Thematically, this book is located between our textbooks "Mechanisms of Gene Regulation" (ISBN 978-94-017-7741-4) and "Nutrigenomics" (ISBN 978-3-319-30415-1), studying of which may also be interesting to our readers. The book is sub-divided into three sections and 13 chapters. Following the Introduction (section A), section B will explain the molecular basis of epigenomics, while section C will provide examples for the impact of epigenomics in human health and disease. The lecture course is primarily designed for Master level students of biomedicine, but is also frequented by PhD students as well as by students of other bioscience disciplines. Besides its value as a textbook, Human Epigenomics will be a usefull reference for individuals working in biomedicine.

    Contents:
    What is epigenomics?
    Methods and applications of epigenomics
    The structure of chromatin
    DNA methylation
    The histone code
    Chromatin modifiers
    Chromatin remodelers and organizers
    Embryogenesis and cellular differentiation
    Population epigenomics and aging
    Cancer epigenomics
    Neuroepigenetics
    Epigenomics of immune function
    Nutritional epigenomics.
    Digital Access Springer 2018
  • Digital
    Tara N. Cohen, Eric J. Ley, Bruce L. Gewertz, editors.
    Summary: This book delivers a comprehensive review of human factors principles as they relate to surgical care inside and outside of the operating theatre. It provides multi-dimensional human-centered insights from the viewpoint of academic surgeons and experts in human factors engineering to improve workflow, treatment time, and outcomes. To guide the reader, the book begins broadly with Human Factors Principles for Surgery then narrows to a discussion of surgical specialties and scenarios. Each chapter follows the following structure: (1) An overview of the topic at hand to provide a reference for readers; (2) a case study or story to illustrate the topic; (3) a discussion of the topic including human factors insights; (4) lessons learned, or personal "pearls" related to improving the specific system described. Written by experts in the field, Human Factors in Surgery: Enhancing Safety and Flow in Patient Care describes elements of the surgical system and highlights the lessons learned from systems engineering. It serves as a valuable resource for surgeons at any level in their training that wish to improve their practice.

    Contents:
    Intro
    Foreword
    Acknowledgments
    About the Book
    Contents
    Editors and Contributors
    About the Editors
    Contributors
    Part I: Introduction
    1: Introduction to Human Factors in Surgery
    Part II: Human Factors
    2: Human Factors Principles of Surgery
    What Is Human Factors?
    A (Very) Brief History of Human Factors
    What Is a System?
    What Does This Mean for Surgery?
    The Person
    Teamwork/Communication
    Tasks
    Tools/Technologies
    Physical Environment
    Organizational Conditions
    Human Factors Methods
    Conclusion
    References 3: The Person: Individual- and Team-Level Factors Contributing to Safe and Successful Surgery
    Who is Involved in Surgery?
    Case Study
    Overview
    Methods for Measuring and Optimizing Individual- and Team-Level Constructs
    Individual-Level Constructs
    Team-Level Constructs
    Conclusion
    References
    4: Safe and Effective Use of Tools and Technology in the Operating Room
    Inroduction
    Case Study
    Methods
    Workflow Analysis
    Ethnography Analysis
    Future Technologies and Considerations
    References
    5: Work System Tasks: Blending Art and Science
    The Task Example of Task-Specific Surgical Workload
    Surgical Tasks
    Surgical Task Factors and Task Implications
    Human Factors Approach to the Task
    Task Analysis
    Workflow Analysis
    Workload Measurement
    Outcome Measures
    References
    6: Surgical Performance and the Working Environment
    Case Studies
    The Surgical Work Environment
    The Built Environment
    The Operating Room Layout
    Ancillary Space and the OR Suite
    Ventilation, Temperature, and Humidity
    Visual Environment
    Acoustic Environment
    Human Factors Approaches
    Summary
    References 7: Organizational Influences and Surgical System Safety
    What Role Does the Organization Play in Surgical Safety and Performance?
    Applying the Concepts in Real Life
    Organizational Influences
    Resource Allocation
    Operational Aspects
    Organizational Culture
    Tools and Techniques to Understand Organizational Influences
    Using the Human Factors Analysis and Classification System as a Framework to Understand Organizational Influences on Surgery
    The Categorization of Unsafe Acts
    The Just Culture
    Creating a Safe Error Reporting Environment Organizational Change and Persistence
    Responding to the Wrong-Side Surgery
    Conclusion
    References
    Part III: Broad Surgical Considerations
    8: Human Factors in Perioperative Care
    Introduction/Overview
    Preoperative Considerations/Human Factors
    Case
    Intraop Emergencies/Incidents
    Case
    Postoperative Care
    Case
    References
    9: Counting Backwards: Tracing the Effect of Human Factors in Anesthesiology
    What Is Anesthesiology
    Case Study
    How Can We Improve Anesthesiology Using Human Factor Principles?
    Physical Ergonomics
    Cognitive Support
    Communication
    Digital Access Springer 2020
  • Digital
    edited by Zev Rosenwaks, Paul M. Wassarman.
    Contents:
    General aspects of fertility and infertility / Mark A. Damario
    Genetics of male fertility / Yi-Nan Lin and Martin M. Matzuk
    Genetics of female infertility due to anomalies of the ovary and mullerian ducts / Joe Leigh Simpson
    Gene polymorphisms in female reproduction / Livio Casarini and Manuela Simoni
    Understanding the spermatozoon / Queenie V. Neri ... [et al.]
    Derivation of human embryonic stem cells (hESC) / Nikica Zaninovic, Qiansheng Zhan, and Zev Rosenwaks
    Endocrinology of the menstrual cycle / Robert L. Barbieri
    Assisted reproductive techniques / Jack Yu Jen Huang and Zev Rosenwaks
    Novel markers of male infertility / Michael Funaro and Darius A. Paduch
    Luteal phase support in ART treatments / Yuval Or, Edi Vaisbuch, and Zeev Shoham
    General principles of cryopreservation / Roger G. Gosden
    In vitro maturation of immature human oocytes for clinical application / Ri-Cheng Chian and Yun-Xia Cao
    GnRH antagonist-based protocols for in vitro fertilization / David Reichman and Zev Rosenwaks
    Ovarian stimulation for IVF : mild approaches / O. Hamdine, F. J. Broekmans, and B. C. J. M. Fauser
    IVF stimulation : protocols for poor responders / Owen K. Davis
    Oocyte retrieval and quality evaluation / Lucinda Veeck Gosden
    Sperm retrieval and quality evaluation / Peter J. Stahl, Peter N. Schlegel, and Marc Goldstein
    Treatment of male infertility / Gianpiero D. Palermo, Justin Kocent, Devin Monahan, Queenie V. Neri, and Zev Rosenwaks
    Techniques for slow cryopreservation of embryos / Lucinda Veeck Gosden
    Cryopreservation of eggs / Zsolt Peter Nagy ... [et al.]
    Ovarian tissue cryopreservation and transplantation : a realistic, effective technology for fertility preservation / Dror Meirow, Hila Raanani, and Hannah Biderman
    Detection of monogenic disorders and chromosome aberrations by preimplantation genetic diagnosis / Kangpu Xu and David Reichman
    Embryo culture and selection : morphological criteria / Aparna Hegde and Barry Behr
    Embryo selection using metabolomics / D. Sakkas
    Embryo transfer / Anate Aelion Brauer and Glenn Schattman
    Safety of intracytoplasmic sperm injection / Gianpiero D. Palermo, Queenie V. Neri, and Zev Rosenwaks
    Human germ cell differentiation from pluripotent embryonic stem cells and induced pluripotent stem cells / Jose V. Medrano, Carlos Simon, and Renee Reijo Pera.
    Digital Access Springer 2014
  • Digital
    Niranjan Bhattacharya, Phillip G. Stubblefield, editors.
    Contents:
    Part I. Introduction
    Part II. Structural and functional fetal development up to second trimester
    Part III. Gene and human fetal development up to second trimester
    Part IV. Impact of stem cell on growth and development of human fetus
    Part V. Fetal endocrine development up to second trimester
    Part VI. Fetal immune development: up to second trimester
    Part VII. Fetal hepatic development: up to second trimester
    Part VIII. Fetal cardiovascular development: up to second trimester
    Part IX. Fetal neurological development: up to second trimester and its implication in adult neurodegenerative diseases
    Part X. Fetal neuropsychiatric development: up to second trimester
    Part XI. Fetal nephrological development: up to second trimester
    Part XII. Fetal haematological development
    Part XIII. Pharmacological implication of fetal development: up to second trimester
    Part XIV. Surgical implications of fetal development: up to second trimester
    Part XV. Fetal growth and adult life implications
    Part XVI. Understanding fetal growth from the perspective of alternative medicine
    Part XVII. Miscellaneous
    Part XVIII. Ethics and human fetal tissue research.
    Digital Access Springer 2016
  • Digital
    Gail L. Carlson.
    Summary: "Written specifically for undergraduate students, Human Health and the Climate Crisis examines the direct and indirect human health impacts of climate change while uniquely exploring climate justice - the equitable protection of all people from climate impacts and the participation of all people in climate-related decision-making regardless of race/ethnicity, class, national origin, indigenous status and gender. This comprehensive text balances appropriate technical content with sufficient contextual information about public health, epidemiology, and climate modeling for students to be able to comprehend the scientific literature on health impacts"-- Provided by publisher.
    Limited to 3 simultaneous users
  • Digital
    edited by Yasushi Kawaguchi, Yasuko Mori, Hiroshi Kimura.
    Summary: This book introduces and reviews several topics for each human herpesvirus. One of the most important features of the book is that it covers aspects of both basic research and clinical medicine. Herpesviridae, a family of double-strand DNA viruses, has unique biological features by which these viruses establish latency after primary infection and reactivate in later life. Nine human herpesviruses are known so far, and each of them causes a variety of diseases in both primary infection and reactivation. Since the discovery of each human herpesvirus, an abundance of findings related to them has accumulated in basic research and clinical medicine. However, the vast majority of biological features is still masked in mystery. Furthermore, a strategy of treatment and prevention has not yet been established for most human herpesviruses. A wide range of readers will be interested in this volume with its treatment of problematic points and latest findings in the field.

    Contents:
    Preface
    Part I. Alphaherpesviruses
    Chapter 1.The Role of Herpes Simplex Virus Glycoproteins in Mediating Cell Entry
    Chapter 2. Virus assembly and egress of HSV
    Chapter 3. Us3 protein kinase encoded by HSV: the precise function and mechanism on viral life cycle
    Chapter 4. Oncolytic virotherapy by HSV
    Chapter 5. Neurological disorders by human alphaherpesviruses
    Chapter 6. Antiviral drugs against alphaherpesvirus
    Chapter 7. Vaccine development for VZV
    Part II. Betaherpesviruses
    Chapter 8. Glycoproteins of HHV-6A and HHV-6B
    Chapter 9. Betaherpesvirus virion assembly and egress
    Chapter 10. Chromosomal Integration by Human Herpesviruses 6A and 6B
    Chapter 11. Structural aspects of betaherpesvirus-encoded proteins
    Chapter 12. Betaherpesvirus complications and management during stem cell transplantation
    Chapter 13. Vaccine development for Cytomegalovirus
    Part III. Gammaherpesviruses
    Chapter 14. KSHV genome replication and maintenance in latency
    Chapter 15. Signal transduction pathways associated with Kaposi's sarcoma-associated herpesvirus-related tumors
    Chapter 16. Pathological features of Kaposi's sarcoma-associated herpesvirus infection
    Chapter 17. EBV-encoded latent genes
    Chapter 18. Encyclopedia of EBV-encoded lytic genes: an update
    Chapter 19. Animal models of human gammaherpesvirus infections
    Chapter 20. Gastritis-infection-cancer sequence of Epstein Barr virus-associated gastric cancer
    Chapter 21. EBV in T/NK-cell tumorigenesis
    Chapter 22. Vaccine development for Epstein-Barr Virus.
    Digital Access Springer 2018
  • Digital
    Bertalan Dudás.
    Summary: Visually engaging and easy to use, Human Histology: A Text and Atlas for Physicians and Scientists covers the normal histology of every organ in the human body. This book presents full-page high-definition photomicrographs for organs and tissues, followed by a compact and simple-to-read description of the structures identified on the micrographs, offering a clear, visual understanding of this complex subject. With over 300 outstanding images, this reference is an invaluable resource for every clinical researcher and pathologist in need of easily accessible, relatively simple but detailed enough information on normal histology of different organs systems. Due to its compact, but detailed layout, the volume is an excellent tool for medical board review and can be recommended for medical students and histology course directors.

    Contents:
    Basic Tissues
    Lymphatic System
    Cardiovascular System
    Integumentary System
    Digestive System I: Upper Alimentary Tract
    Digestive System II: Lower Alimentary Tract
    Digestive System III: Liver and Pancreas
    Respiratory System
    Urinary System
    Male Reproductive System
    Female Reproductive System
    Endocrine System
    Nervous System
    Sensory Organs.
    Digital Access ClinicalKey 2023
  • Digital
    Gabriel I. Uwaifo, editor.
    Summary: The hypothalamus is an anatomically small but functionally important part of the brain. In functional and pathophysiological terms, the hypothalamus represents the intersection of several areas of clinical and medical expertise. The human hypothalamus can be astutely referred to as the crossroad of endocrinology, psychiatry, neurology and neurosurgery. Because of its involvement in myriad physiologic functions and the varied ways disorders involving it can manifest, hypothalamic disease can initially come to medical attention in widely disparate settings and with widely different clinicians. Therefore, the detection and proper care of hypothalamic dysfunction and disease often requires carefully coordinated multidisciplinary care. This volume fills a significant void in the medical professional community, comprehensively presenting the scope of hypothalamic structure, function, dysfunction and disease to cater to the various clinical, teaching and research professionals that have a stake in this part of the human brain. This text captures in one place all the information that practicing clinicians, clinician scientists, and researchers need to be adequately informed about various aspects of the hypothalamus in all its complexity. It is comprehensive and broad in scope so that it provides relevant reference information for the wide range of professionals involved in the pre- and post-mortem detection, diagnosis, characterization, care and management of various hypothalamic disorders and diseases in addition to providing a sound anatomic and physiologic foundation of the normal human hypothalamus. The Human Hypothalamus can be used to differing degrees by medical professionals and students alike, finding utility for interested general clinicians, medical school and allied health professional teaching faculty as well as subspecialists in domains as wide as neurosurgery, neuroendocrinology, clinical psychiatry and neuro-oncology.

    Contents:
    Part I: Structure and Function of the Hypothalamus
    Introduction to the Hypothalamus: Correlates from Animal Studies
    Anatomy and Topography of the Hypothalamus
    Neuroimaging of the Hypothalamus
    Neurophysiology of the Hypothalamus
    Neuroendocrinology of the Hypothalamic-Pituitary-Adrenal Axis
    Part II: Pathobiology and Dysfunction of the Hypothalamus
    Neuropsychiatric, Neurologic, and Neurobehavioral Syndromes of the Hypothalamus
    Neurosurgical Aspects of Hypothalamic Disease
    Hormone Excess Syndromes of the Hypothalamic-Pituitary-Adrenal Axis
    Hormone Deficiency Syndromes of the Hypothalamic-Pituitary-Adrenal Axis
    Hypothalamic Obesity and Wasting Syndromes
    Hypothalamic Sleep Disorders
    Genetic Syndromes of Hypothalamic Dysfunction
    Neuroendocrine Tumors of the Hypothalamus
    Non-endocrine Tumors of the Hypothalamus
    Non-neoplastic Mass Lesions of the Hypothalamus
    Rapid-onset Obesity with Hypothalamic Dysregulation, Hypoventilation, and Autonomic Dysregulation (ROHHAD) and ROHHAD Association Syndromes
    Infectious and Inflammatory Hypothalamic Diseases
    Traumatic and Degenerative Hypothalamic Diseases
    Iatrogenic Hypothalamic Diseases
    Idiopathic Diseases of the Hypothalamus.
    Digital Access Springer 2021
  • Digital
    edited by Dick F. Swaab, Felix Kreier, Paul J. Lucassen, Ahmad Salehi, Ruud M. Buijs.
    Contents:
    1. Introduction: The anterior hypothalamus
    2. History of hypothalamic research: "The spring of primitive existence"
    3. Anatomy and cytoarchitectonics of the human hypothalamus
    4. Morphology and distribution of hypothalamic peptidergic systems
    5. MRI maps, segregation, and white matter connectivity of the human hypothalamus in health
    6. Magnetic resonance imaging of the hypothalamo-pituitary region
    7. Resting-state functional connectivity of the human hypothalamus
    8. Neurogenesis in the adult hypothalamus: A distinct form of structural plasticity involved in metabolic and circadian regulation, with potential relevance for human pathophysiology-- 9. Matching of the postmortem hypothalamus from patients and controls
    10. Spatial topography of the basal forebrain cholinergic projections: Organization and vulnerability to degeneration
    11. The diagonal band of Broca in health and disease
    12. Nucleus basalis of Meynert degeneration predicts cognitive impairment in Parkinson's disease
    13. Enlargement of early endosomes and traffic jam in basal forebrain cholinergic neurons in Alzheimer's disease
    14. Gene and cell therapy for the nucleus basalis of Meynert with NGF in Alzheimer's disease
    15. The circadian system: From clocks to physiology
    16. Development of the circadian system and relevance of periodic signals for neonatal development
    17. Disrupted circadian rhythms and mental health
    18. Diurnal and seasonal molecular rhythms in the human brain and their relation to Alzheimer disease
    19. Circadian changes in Alzheimer's disease: Neurobiology, clinical problems, and therapeutic opportunities
    20. The circadian system in Parkinson's disease, multiple system atrophy, and progressive supranuclear palsy
    21. Retina and melanopsin neurons
    22. Melatonin and the circadian system: Keys for health with a focus on sleep
    23. Melatonin receptors, brain functions, and therapies
    24. Chronotherapy
    25. The use of melatonin to mitigate the adverse metabolic side effects of antipsychotics 26. Chemoarchitecture of the bed nucleus of the stria terminalis: Neurophenotypic diversity and function
    27. Functional anatomy of the bed nucleus of the stria terminalis-hypothalamus neural circuitry: Implications for valence surveillance, addiction, feeding, and social behaviors
    28. Roles of the bed nucleus of the stria terminalis and amygdala in fear reactions
    29. The median preoptic nucleus: A major regulator of fluid, temperature, sleep, and cardiovascular homeostasis
    30. The neuroendocrinology of the preoptic area in menopause: Symptoms and therapeutic strategies
    31. The intermediate nucleus in humans: Cytoarchitecture, chemoarchitecture, and relation to sleep, sex, and Alzheimer disease.
    Digital Access ScienceDirect 2021
  • Digital
    edited by Dick F. Swaab, Felix Kreier, Paul J. Lucassen, Ahmad Salehi, Ruud M. Buijs.
    Digital Access ScienceDirect 2021
  • Digital
    edited by Dick F. Swaab, Ruud M. Buijs, Paul J. Lucassen, Ahmad Salehi, Felix Kreier.
    Digital Access ScienceDirect 2021
  • Digital
    edited by Dick F. Swaab, Ruud M. Buijs, Felix Kreier, Paul J. Lucassen, Ahmad Salehi.
    Digital Access ScienceDirect 2021
  • Digital
    Vasu D. Appanna.
    Summary: "This book offers a unique perspective on the invisible organ, a body part that has been visualized only recently. It guides the readers into the world of the microbial constituents that make humans the way they are. The vitamins they produce, the smell they generate, the signals they create, and the molecular guards they elaborate are some of the benefits they bestow on humans. After introducing the notion as to why microbes are an integral component in the development of humans, the book examines the genesis of the microbiome and describes how the resident bacteria work in partnership with the skin, digestive tract, sexual organs, mouth and lungs to execute vital physiological functions. It then discusses the diseases that are triggered by the disruption of the harmonious relationships amongst these diverse systems and provides microbial cures to ailments such as obesity and digestive complications. Finally, the book focuses on the future when the workings of the human microbes will be fully unravelled. Societal changes in health education, the establishment of the microbiome bank, the fight against hunger, space travel, designer traits and enhanced security are explained. Each chapter is accompanied by captivating illustrations and ends with a visual summary. Dr. Appanna has been researching for over 30 years on various aspects of microbial and human cellular systems. He is a professor of biochemistry and has also served as Department Chair and Dean of the Faculty at Laurentian University, Sudbury, Canada. The book is aimed at readers enrolled in medical, chiropractic, nursing, pharmacy, and health science programs. Practicing health-care professionals and continuing education learners will also find the content beneficial."-- Provided by publisher.
    Digital Access Springer 2018
  • Digital
    Sabu Thomas, editor.
    Summary: The human microbiome refers to the complete microorganisms inhabiting the human body sites including skin, ear, nose, oral cavity, the genital, gastrointestinal and respiratory tracts, and body fluids such as breast milk, saliva, and urine. It is a significant and essential organ recognized for the body and has an established involvement in the host wellbeing, in terms of nutritional requirements and immunomodulation. This book talks about how alteration and imbalance in the same can have clinical implications associated with a multitude of gastrointestinal, lifestyle-associated, and neurodegenerative disorders. How the proliferation of specific groups of bacteria and their metabolic activities, as a result of intestinal dysbiosis leads to the 'leaky gut' condition thereby influences brain activity via the bidirectional gut-brain axis. It also coves the importance of microbial seeding and how it can be influenced by the mode of delivery, nutrition, and medication. This book also provides various therapeutic interventions such as the establishment of stool banks and Faecal microbiota transplantation (FMT) that have recently proved promising in the treatment of ASD, Inflammatory Bowel Disease, and Ulcerative Colitis. This book provides a deeper understanding of the development of the human gut microbiome and the factors driving its dysbiosis. This book is a valuable read for health professionals, medical students, nutritionists, and scientific research communities who are eager to update themselves with recent trends in microbiome research. It will also aid gastroenterologists and nutritionists to make well-informed choices regarding therapeutic regimes.

    Contents:
    1 Human Microbiome: Implication of Age and External factors
    2 Oral Microbiome: An Opening to Healthy Possibilities
    3 Emerging role of gut microbiota in functional gastrointestinal disorders
    4 The Human Gut Microbiota and Gastrointestinal Cancer: Current Status and Therapeutic Perspectives
    5 Genetic and Epigenetic Regulation by Gut Microbe-Modulated Metabolites in Chronic Metabolic Diseases
    6 Gut Microbiota Related Clinical Events and Therapeutic Interventions in Alcohol Associated Liver Disease
    7 Microbiota
    Gut
    Brain Axis in Neurological Disorders
    8 Modern Perspectives in Controlling Human Diseases through Probiotic Intervention
    9 Microbiome Association of Polypharmacy in Geriatric Population
    10 Virome: Sentinels or marauders in the microbiome
    11 Unlocking the Mysteries of the Human Microbiome to Combat COVID-19.
    Digital Access Springer 2022
  • Digital
    edited by Brian Henderson and Luigi Nibali.
    Contents:
    An introduction to the human tissue microbiome. The human microbiota / Michael Wilson
    An introduction to microbial dysbiosis / Mike Curtis
    The gut microbiota / Herve M Blottiere, Joel Dore
    The oral microbiota / William G Wade
    The skin microbiota / Patrick LJM Zeeuwen, Joost Schalkwijk
    Metagenomic analysis of the human microbiome / Luis G Bermudez-Humaran
    Microbiota-microbiota and microbiota-host interactions in health and disease. Systems biology of bacteria-host interactions / Almut Heinken, Dmitry A Ravcheev, Ines Thiele
    Bacterial biofilm formation and immune evasion mechanisms / Jessica Snowden
    Co-evolution of microbes and immunity and its consequences for modern day life / Markus B Geuking
    How viruses and bacteria have shaped the human genome / Frank Ryan
    The microbiota as an epigenetic control mechanism / Boris A Shenderov
    The emerging role of propionibacteria in human health and disease / Holger Bruggemann
    Dysbioses and bacterial diseases. The periodontal diseases / Luigi Nibali
    The polymicrobial synergy and dysbiosis model of periodontal disease pathogenesis / George Hajishengallis, Richard J Lamont
    New paradigm in the relationship between periodontal disease and systemic diseases / Kazuhisa Yamazaki
    The vaginal microbiota in health and disease / S Tariq Sadiq, Phillip Hay
    Dysbioses and chronic diseases. Reactive arthritis / John D Carter
    Rheumatoid arthritis / Jacqueline Detert
    Inflammatory bowel disease and the gut microbiota / Nik Ding, Ailsa Hart
    Ankylosing spondylitis, Klebsiella and the low-starch diet / Alan Ebringer, Taha Rashid, Clyde Wilson
    Microbiome of chronic plaque psoriasis / Lionel Fry
    Liver disease / Katharina Brandl, Bernd Schnabl
    The gut microbiota / Frida Fak
    The microbiota and susceptibility to asthma / Olawale Salami, Benjamin J Marsland
    Microbiome and cancer / Ralph Francescone, Debora B Vendramini-Costa
    Colorectal cancer and the microbiota / Iradj Sobhani, Severine Couffin
    The gut microbiota and the CNS / Aadil Bharwani, Paul Forsythe
    Genetic dysbiosis / Luigi Nibali
    Mirroring the future. Diet and dysbiosis / Mehrbod Estaki, Candice Quin, Deanna L Gibson
    Probiotics and prebiotics / Marie Jose Butel, Anne-Judith Waligora Dupriet
    The microbiota as target for therapeutic intervention in pediatric intestinal diseases / Andrea Lo Vecchio, Alfredo Guarino
    Microbial therapy for cystic fibrosis / Eugenia Bruzzese, Vittoria Buccigrossi, Giusy Ranucci, Alfredo Guarino.
    Digital Access Wiley 2016
  • Digital
    editors, Sharon M. Donovan, J. Bruce German, Bo Lönnerdal, Alan Lucas.
    Contents:
    Scientific evidence for breastfeeding / Lucas, A.
    The biomechanics of breastfeeding : bridging the gap between engineering-based studies and clinical practice / Woolridge, M.
    Summary of session 1 / Lucas, A.
    Physiological effects of feeding infants and young children formula supplemented with milk fat globule membranes / Hernell, O.; Domellöf, M.; Grip, T.; Lönnerdal, B.; Timby, N.
    Human milk oligosaccharides : factors affecting their composition and their physiological significance / Sprenger, N.; Binia, A.; Austin, S.
    Fatty acids and fat-soluble vitamins in breast milk : physiological significance and factors affecting their concentrations / Morrow, A.L.; Dawodu, A.
    Water-soluble vitamins in human milk : factors affecting their concentration and their physiological significance / Allen, L.H.; Hampel D.
    Human milk micrornas/exosomes : composition and biological effects / Lönnerdal, B.
    Human milk proteins : composition and physiological significance / Donovan, S.M.
    Summary of session 2 / Lönnerdal, B.
    Early-life nutrition, growth trajectories, and long-term outcome / Haschke, F.; Binder, C.; Huber-Dangl, M.; Haiden, N.
    Early-life nutrition and cognitive development : imaging approaches / Lin, W.; Baluyot, K.R.; Yao, M.; Yan, J.; Wang, L.; Li, G.; Howell, B.; Elison, J.T.; Shen, D.
    Early-life nutrition and gut immune development / van den Elsen, L.; Rekima, A.; Verhasselt, V.
    Early-life nutrition and microbiome development / Isolauri, E.; Rautava, S.; Salminen, S.; Collado, M.C.
    Human milk and clinical outcomes in preterm infants / Meier, P.P.
    Summary of session 3 / Donovan, S.M.
    Metabolomics in human milk research / Slupsky, C.M.
    Human milk oligosaccharides : next-generation functions and questions / Bode, L.
    Guiding development of the neonate : lessons from mammalia / Nicholas, K.R.; Modepalli V.; Watt, A.P.; Hinds, L.A.; Kumar, A.; Lefevre, C.; Sharp, J.A.
    Milk lipids : a complex nutrient delivery system / German, J.B.; Argov-Argaman, N.; Boyd, B.
    Summary of session 4 / German, J.B.
    Digital Access Karger 2019
  • Digital
    Tom Strachan, Andrew Read.
    Summary: Human Molecular Genetics has been carefully crafted over successive editions to provide an authoritative introduction to the molecular aspects of human genetics, genomics and cell biology. Maintaining the features that have made previous editions so popular, this fifth edition has been completely updated in line with the latest developments in the field. Older technologies such as cloning and hybridization have been merged and summarized, coverage of newer DNA sequencing technologies has been expanded, and powerful new gene editing and single-cell genomics technologies have been added. The coverage of GWAS, functional genomics, stem cells, and disease modeling has been expanded. Greater focus is given to inheritance and variation in the context of populations and on the role of epigenetics in gene regulation. Key features: Fully integrated approach to the molecular aspects of human genetics, genomics, and cell biology Accessible text is supported and enhanced throughout by superb artwork illustrating the key concepts and mechanisms Summary boxes at the end of each chapter provide clear learning points Annotated further reading helps readers navigate the wealth of additional information in this complex subject and provides direction for further study Reorganized into five sections for improved access to related topics Also new to this edition - brand new chapter on evolution and anthropology from the authors of the highly acclaimed Human Evolutionary Genetics A proven and popular textbook for upper-level undergraduates and graduate students, the new edition of Human Molecular Genetics remains the 'go-to' book for those studying human molecular genetics or genomics courses around the world.

    Contents:

    Part 1: Basics of DNA, Chromosomes, Cells, Development, and Inheritance1. Basic Principles of Nucleic Acid Structure and Gene Expression. 2. Fundamentals of Cells and Chromosomes. 3. Fundamentals of Cell-Cell Interactions and Immune System Biology. 4. Aspects of Early Mammalian Development, Cell Differentiation, and Stem Cells. 5. Patterns of Inheritance.
    Part 2: Understanding Genomes6. Core DNA Technologies: Amplifying DNA, Nucleic Acid Hybirdization, and DNA Sequencing. 7. Analyzing the Structure and Expression of Genes and Genomes. 8. Principles of Genetic Manipulation of Mammalian Cells. 9. Uncovering the Architecture and Workings of the Human Genome. 10. Gene Regulation and the Epigenome.
    Part 3: Genetic Variation Between Individuals and Species11. An Overview of Human Genetic Variation. 12. Human Population Genetics. 13. Comparative Genomics and Genome Evolution. 14. Human Evolution.
    Part 4: Human Genetic Disease15. Chromosomal Abnormalities and Structural Variants. 16. Molecular Pathology: Connecting Phenotypes to Genotypes. 17. Mapping and Identifying Genes for Monogenic Disorders. 18. Complex Disease: Identifying Susceptibility Factors and Understanding Pathogenesis. 19. Cancer Genetics and Genomics.
    Part 5: Applied Human Molecular Genetics 20. Genetic Testing in Healthcare and the Law. 21. Model Organisms and Modeling Disease. 22. Genetic Approaches to Treating Disease.
    Limited to 3 simultaneous users
  • Digital
    edited by Michael Steinitz.
    Contents:
    Human monoclonal antibodies : the residual challenge of antibody immunogenicity / Herman Waldmann
    Technical and ethical limitations in making human monoclonal antibodies (an overview) / Mark C. Glassy and Rishab Gupta
    Therapeutic human monoclonal antibodies in inflammatory diseases / Sotirios Kotsovilis and Evangelos Andreakos
    Therapeutic human monoclonal antibodies against cancer / Jamie Jarboe, Anumeha Gupta, and Wasif Saif
    Polyclonal and monoclonal antibodies in clinic / Bharath Wootla, Aleksandar Denic, and Moses Rodriguez
    Production of human monoclonal Antibodies by the Epstein-Barr virus method / Michael Steinitz
    Humanization and simultaneous optimization of monoclonal antibody / T. Kuramochi, T. Igawa, H. Tsunoda, and K. Hattori
    Chimeric Antibodies / Kohei Kurosawa, Waka Lin, and Kunihiro Ohta
    Recombinant genetic libraries and human monoclonal antibodies / Jarrett J. Adams, Bryce Nelson, and Sachdev S. Sidhu
    Production of stabilized scFv antibody fragments in the E. coli bacterial cytoplasm / Lilach Vaks and Itai Benhar
    Construction and production of an IgG-like tetravalent bispecific antibody, IgG-single-chain Fv fusion / Dan Lu and Zhenping Zhu
    Construction of human antibody gene libraries and selection of antibodies by phage display / André Frenzel [and others]
    Antigen-specific human monoclonal antibodies from transgenic mice / Susana Magadán Mompó and África González-Fernández
    Phage display technology for human monoclonal antibodies / Cecilia Deantonio [and others]
    Antigen-specific in vitro immunization : a source for human monoclonal antibodies / Kosuke Tomimatsu and Sanetaka Shirahata
    Methods for radiolabelling of monoclonal antibodies / Vladimir Tolmachev, Anna Orlova, and Karl Andersson
    Purification of human monoclonal antibodies and their fragments / Thomas Müller-Späth and Massimo Morbidelli
    Idiotype-specific intravenous immunoglobulin (IVIG) for therapy of autoimmune diseases / Miri Blank, Tomer Bashi, and Yehuda Shoenfeld.
    Digital Access Springer 2014
  • Print
    Print
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Books: General Collection (Downstairs)
    Call number varies. Search for Human nutrition to find individual volumes of this title.
  • Digital
    Enzo Grossi, Fabio Pace, editors ; foreword by Reinhold Stockbrugger.
    Contents:
    1. Advances in the comprehension of the diet as a magic bullet to prevent cancer of the gastrointestinal system
    2. How a gastroenterologist interprets the mediterranean diet
    3. The gut microbiota and obesity in humnas
    4. Gut-brain axis: a new revolution to understand the pathogenesis of autism and other severe neurological diseases
    5. Does diet still retain a value in gastrointestinal pathology?
    6. Diet as therapy for IBD?
    7. Diverticular diseases and western diet: another metropolitan legend?
    8. How much fat does one need to eat to get a fatty liver? a dietary view of NAFLD
    9. Tasters, supertasters, genes and environment: how dietary choices influence our health
    10. From food map to FODMAP in irritable bowel syndrome
    11. The role of diet in counteracting gastroparesis
    12. How the precious role of wine in mediterranean diet is mediated by the gastrointestinal tract
    13. Why overweight/obesity leads to GERD.
    Digital Access Springer 2016
  • Digital
    volume editors, Marigdalia K. Ramírez-Fort, Farhan Khan, Peter L. Rady, Stephen K. Tyring.
    Summary: "Human papillomavirus (HPV) infection transcends multiple fields of science and medicine. The management of HPV-related disease is demanding and often requires a persistent multimodal approach involving various medical disciplines. In this volume, experts present a comprehensive view of HPV research with an emphasis on clinical presentations, diagnosis, management and vaccine development. The state of the art in molecular biology is provided in addition to discussions on clinical morphology and the utility of dermatoscopy in identifying HPV disease. In a multidisciplinary approach to dermatological, plastic and reconstructive, gynecological, otolaryngological and colorectal management, different treatment strategies are highlighted"--Publisher's description.

    Contents:
    Human papillomavirus genomics : past, present and future / Harari, A., Chen, Z., Burk, R.D.
    The biology of human papillomaviruses / Nguyen, H.P., Ramirez-Fort, M.K., Rady, P.L.
    Viral oncogenesis / Doan, H.Q., Ramirez-Fort, M.K., Rady, P.L.
    Pathogenesis of infection by human papillomavirus / Brendle, S.A., Bywaters, S.M., Christensen, N.D.
    Host responses to infection with human papillomavirus / Stanley, M.A.; Sterling, J.C.
    Cutaneous human papillomavirus infection : manifestations and diagnosis / Tschandl, P., Rosendahl, C., Kittler, H.
    Epidermodysplasia verruciformis / Burger, B., Itin, P.H.
    Human papillomavirus infections of the oral mucosa and upper respiratory tract / Nguyen, H.P., McNiece, K.L., Duong, A.A., Khan, F.
    Human papillomavirus and immunosuppression / Wieland, U., Kreuter, A., Pfister, H.
    Laboratory diagnosis of human papillomavirus infection / Ikenberg, H.
    Management of cutaneous human papillomavirus infection: pharmacotherapies / Ramirez-Fort, M.K.; Au, S.-C., Javed, S.A., Loo, D.S.
    Management of cutaneous human papillomavirus infection : surgery / Ramirez-Fort, M.K., Sam, H., Manders, E.K.
    Management of cutaneous human papillomavirus infection in immunocompromised patients / Varada, S., Posnick, M., Alessa, D., Ramirez-Fort, M.K.
    Management of human papillomavirus-related gynecological malignancies / Heinzelmann-Schwarz, V.A., Kind, A.B., Jacob, F.
    Management of human papillomavirus-related anal and colon cancer / Yen Moore, A., Tong, L.X., Moore, T.
    Management of human papillomavirus-related head and neck cancer / Coughlin, A.M., Qiu, S., Underbrink, M.P.
    Vaccines and immunization against human papillomavirus / Christensen, N.D., Budgeon, L.R.
    Digital Access Karger 2014
  • Print
    MacInnis, A. J.; Ruitenberg, E. Joost.
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Books: General Collection (Downstairs)
    RC119 .H918
    3
  • Digital
    Burton J. Bogitsh, Clint E. Carter, Thomas N. Oeltmann.
    Digital Access ScienceDirect 2019
  • Digital
    Toshitaka Oohashi, Hirokazu Tsukahara, Francesco Ramirez, Chad L. Barber, Fumio Otsuka, editors.
    Summary: This textbook uses a case-study approach to present the core principles of biochemistry and molecular biology in the context of human disease to students who will be involved in patient care. The 29 clinical cases have been carefully selected to cover key scientific concepts and some common, and other not so common, diseases. While the principal focus is on topics relating to metabolic disease, further subjects such as connective tissue disorders, neurological disorders, auto-inflammatory disorders, infective diseases, and cancer are also addressed. Each chapter provides a specific patient report that includes the natural history, pertinent clinical laboratory data, physical findings, subsequent diagnosis, and therapy. This is followed by a comprehensive discussion of the normal biochemical processes and reactions pertaining to the case, along with the pathophysiological mechanisms of the disease. Graphical diagrams are provided in each chapter for ease of comprehension.

    Contents:
    Part 1 Metabolic Disorders. Citrin deficiency"
    Homocystinuria No Acquaintance
    Phenylketonuria
    Urea cycle disorders (such as defects of OTCD)"
    Wilson disease
    Diabetes Mellitus type I
    Lipid storage disorder, namely Niemann-Pick C1 disease
    Gaucher disease
    Fabry disease
    Mitochondrial disease (such as defects of MELAS)
    Heme oxygenase deficiency
    Collagen metabolism (such as OI)
    Organic acid metabolism disorders
    Part 2 Genetic Disorders. Glucose 6-Phosphate Dehydrogenase Deficiency
    Familial Hypercholesterolemia
    Fukuyama muscular dystrophy
    Hemoglobin
    Huntington disease
    Anti-coagulant deficiency
    Auto-inflammatory disorders
    Cancer
    Marfan syndrome
    Human immunodeficiency virus infection
    Hepatitis virus C
    Cytomegalovirus infection (especially congenital infection)
    Addiction.
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Digital
    edited by Jason R. Spence.
    Contents:
    Intro
    Human Pluripotent Stem Cell Derived Organoid Models
    Copyright
    Contents
    Contributors
    Chapter 1: Generation of esophageal organoids and organotypic raft cultures from human pluripotent stem cells
    1. Introduction
    2. Significance and applications
    3. Morphological and transcriptional analysis of developing esophageal cultures
    4. Overview of differentiation protocol
    5. Step-by-step protocol
    5.1. Coating plates for stem cell culture maintenance and directed differentiation
    5.1.1. Materials and reagents
    5.1.2. Protocol 5.2. Differentiation of stem cells into esophageal organoids
    5.2.1. Materials, reagents and equipment
    5.2.2. Solutions preparation
    5.2.3. Protocol (Fig. 2A)
    5.2.3.1. hPSC dissociation and plating in 24-well plate (day-1)
    5.2.3.2. Differentiation protocol
    5.2.3.3. Embedding foregut spheroids in Matrigel
    5.2.3.4. Reduction of HEOs density
    5.3. Esophageal raft culture protocol
    5.3.1. Materials and reagents
    5.3.2. Coating 100mm plates with collagen IV
    5.3.3. Dissociation of HEOs and culturing in keratinocyte media 5.3.4. Preparing collagen-Mouse fibroblasts gels for raft cultures
    5.3.5. Transferring cells from keratinocyte media to raft cultures
    5.4. Immunofluorescence analysis of HEOs and organotypic raft cultures (Fig. 4)
    5.4.1. Materials and reagents
    5.4.2. Tissue fixation, preparation and cryosection
    5.4.3. Immunofluorescent protocol
    6. Future directions
    7. Summary
    Acknowledgments
    References
    Chapter 2: Generation and use of gastric organoids for the study of Helicobacter pylori pathogenesis
    1. Introduction
    2. Significance and applications of gastric organoids 3. Overview of the protocol
    4. Step-by-step protocol
    4.1. Generation of human-derived gastric organoids from normal and tumor tissues
    4.1.1. Materials and reagents
    4.1.2. Procedure: Generation of human-derived normal gastric organoids
    4.1.3. Procedure: Generation of human-derived tumor gastric organoids
    4.2. Generation of human-PBMC derived immune cells
    4.2.1. Materials and reagents
    4.2.2. Procedure: Isolation of PBMCs from whole blood using Ficoll-Paque density gradient medium
    4.2.3. Procedure: Isolation of PBMCs from whole blood using Lymphoprep 4.2.4. Procedure: Freezing of PBMCs
    4.2.5. Procedure: Culture of dendritic cells (DCs)
    4.2.6. Procedure: Culture of cytotoxic T lymphocytes (CTLs)
    4.2.7. Procedure: Culture of myeloid-derived suppressor cells (MDSCs)
    4.3. Organoid/immune cell co-culture
    4.3.1. Procedure: DCs and CTL co-culture
    4.3.2. Procedure: Organoid-immune cell co-culture
    4.4. Orthotopic transplantation
    4.4.1. Materials and reagents
    4.4.2. Procedure: Orthotopic transplantation of human-derived gastric organoids
    5. Precursor techniques
    6. Safety considerations and standards
    Digital Access ScienceDirect 2020
  • Digital
    Uma Lakshmipathy, Chad C. MacArthur, Mahalakshmi Sridharan, Rene H. Quintanilla.
    Digital Access Wiley 2018
  • Digital
    Kirk E. Lohmueller, Rasmus Nielsen, editors.
    Springer Nature eBook.
    Summary: This textbook provides a concise introduction and useful overview of the field of human population genomics, making the highly technical and contemporary aspects more accessible to students and researchers from various fields. Over the past decade, there has been a deluge of genetic variation data from the entire genome of individuals from many populations. These data have allowed an unprecedented look at human history and how natural selection has impacted humans during this journey. Simultaneously, there have been increased efforts to determine how genetic variation affects complex traits in humans. Due to technological and methodological advances, progress has been made at determining the architecture of complex traits. Split in three parts, the book starts with the basics, followed by more advanced and current research. The first part provides an introduction to essential concepts in population genetics, which are relevant for any organism. The second part covers the genetics of complex traits in humans. The third part focuses on applying these techniques and concepts to genetic variation data to learn about demographic history and natural selection in humans. This new textbook aims to serve as a gateway to modern human population genetics research for those new to the field. It provides an indispensable resource for students, researchers and practitioners from disparate areas of expertise.

    Contents:
    Intro
    Preface
    Contents
    Part I Population Genetic Theory
    1 Coalescent Models
    1.1 Aims and Clarifications
    1.2 Introduction: Gene Genealogies Within a Population or Species
    1.2.1 Organismal Pedigrees and Gene Genealogies
    1.3 The Standard Neutral Model: The Kingman Coalescent
    1.3.1 The Sampling Structure of Coalescent Gene Genealogies
    1.3.2 Including Mutations in the Coalescent
    1.4 Fundamental Predictions for Single Loci in Well-Mixed Populations
    1.4.1 The Size and Shape of a Gene Genealogy
    1.4.2 Levels and Patterns of Genetic Variation 1.4.3 Tests of the Standard Neutral Coalescent Based on Site Frequencies
    1.5 Extensions of the Standard Model
    1.5.1 Fluctuations in Population Size over Time
    1.5.2 Population Subdivision and Migration
    1.6 Conclusion: Current Challenges of Big Data
    References
    2 Linkage Disequilibrium
    2.1 Introduction
    2.2 Tests of whether D == 0
    2.3 More than Two Alleles per Locus
    2.4 More than Two Loci: Haplotype Blocks and the HapMap Project
    2.5 Dynamics of D
    2.6 Genetic Drift and LD
    2.7 Genealogical Interpretation of LD
    2.8 Natural Selection and LD 2.9 Genetic Hitchhiking
    2.10 Population Subdivision
    2.11 Conclusion
    References
    3 Analysis of Population Structure
    3.1 What Is Population Structure?
    3.2 Individual-Based and Unsupervised Methods for Inferring Population Structure
    3.2.1 Tree Construction Methods at the Individual Level
    3.2.2 Principal Component Analysis and Related Approaches
    3.2.3 Ancestry Component Estimation with Few Model Assumptions
    3.3 Population-Based and Supervised Methods
    3.3.1 Genetic Differentiation at the Population Level
    3.3.1.1 FST
    3.3.1.2 Other Measures of Genetic Distance 3.3.2 Formal Tests for Admixture Under a Population Tree-Model
    3.3.3 More Advanced Modeling
    3.3.3.1 Population Graph Fitting
    3.3.3.2 Isolation-Migration Models
    3.3.3.3 Approximate Bayesian Computation
    3.4 Summary and Guidelines
    References
    4 Types of Natural Selection and Tests of Selection
    4.1 Types of Selection and Their Effect on Linked Neutral Sites
    4.1.1 Types of Selection
    4.1.2 The Effect of Selection on Linked Neutral Sites
    4.2 Tests of Selection
    4.2.1 Tests of Selection Based on the Site Frequency Spectrum
    4.2.1.1 Tajima's D
    4.2.1.2 Fay and Wu's H 4.2.1.3 Likelihood Ratio Tests
    4.2.2 Tests of Selection Based on Haplotypes
    4.2.2.1 Extended Haplotype Homozygosity (EHH)
    4.2.2.2 Integrated Haplotype Score (iHS)
    4.2.2.3 Cross-Population EHH (XP-EHH)
    4.2.3 Tests Based on both Diversity and Divergence:The McDonald-Kreitman Test
    4.3 How to Choose a Specific Test of Selection?
    References
    Part II Association Studies and Medical Genetics
    5 Methods for Association Studies
    5.1 Introduction
    5.2 Types of Association Studies
    5.2.1 Candidate Gene Studies
    5.2.2 Genome-Wide Association Studies
    5.2.2.1 Background
    Digital Access Springer 2021
  • Digital
    edited by Maurizio Pocchiari, Jean Manson.
    Summary: Human Prion Diseases, Volume 153 is designed to update the reader on the latest advances and clinical aspects of prion diseases. The book is organized into five sections, including the pathophysiology of prions and a description of animal and human diseases. This is followed by detailed reports on recent advances in diagnosis strategies for the development of novel anti-prion molecules and possible designs of clinical trials in such a rare disease. An introductory chapter gives an extensive historical background of prion research, with a final chapter highlighting recent progress, and more importantly, unsolved problems"--Publisher's description.

    Contents:
    Historical view
    Section I: Pathophysiology of prions. The cellular and pathological prion protein
    Cell biology of prion infection
    Experimental models of human prion diseases and prion strains
    The role of the immune system in prion infection
    Section II: Animal prion diseases (clinical, epidemiology, neuropathological, biochemical, biomarker, and genotypes). Typical and atypical scrapie
    Typical and atypical BSE
    Chronic Wasting Disease
    Section III: Human prion diseases (clinical, epidemiology, neuropathological, biochemical, biomarker, and genotypes). Sporadic Creutzfeldt-Jakob Disease
    Variably protease-sensitive prionopathy
    Variant Creutzfeldt-Jakob Disease
    Iatrogenic Creutzfeldt-Jakob Disease
    Genetic Creutzfeldt-Jakob Disease
    Gerstmann-Sträussler-Scheinker disease
    Sporadic and fatal Familial Insomnia
    Section IV: Prion-like mechanisms in other neurodegenerative diseases. Prion-like mechanisms in Alzheimer
    Prion-like mechanisms in Parkinson
    Prion-like mechanisms in ALS
    Section V: Diagnosis and treatment. Prion protein amplification techniques
    Differential diagnosis with other rapid progressive dementias
    Symptomatic treatment, care and support of CJD patients
    Identifying therapeutic targets and treatment in model systems
    Vaccination strategies
    Clinical trials
    Section VI: Public health issues. Animal diseases and the zoonotic potential
    Safety of blood, blood derivatives and plasma-derived products
    Safety in clinical practice
    Concluding thoughts.
    Digital Access ScienceDirect 2018
  • Print
    edited by I. Hindmarch and P.D. Stonier.
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Books: General Collection (Downstairs)
    RM315 .H85
    2
  • Digital
    edited by Heide Schatten.
    Contents:
    Sperm Selection Techniques and their Relevance to ART / Luke Simon, Monis B Shamsi, Douglas T Carrell
    In Vitro Maturation of Human Oocytes: Current Practices and Future Promises / Catherine MH Combelles
    Molecular Biology of Endometriosis / Jayasree Sengupta, G Anupa, Muzaffer Ahmed Bhat, Debabrata Ghosh
    Novel Immunological Aspects for the Treatment of Age-induced Ovarian and Testicular Infertility, Other Functional Diseases, and Early and Advanced Cancer Immunotherapy / Antonin Bukovsky
    Mitochondrial Manipulation for Infertility Treatment and Disease Prevention / Tetsuya Ishii
    Novel Imaging Techniques to Assess Gametes and Preimplantation Embryos / Jason E Swain
    Clinical Application of Methods to Select In Vitro Fertilized Embryos / Kirstine Kirkegaard, Thomas F Dyrlund, Hans Jakob Ingerslev
    New Horizons/Developments in Time-Lapse Morphokinetic Analysis of Mammalian Embryos / Serdaroğullari Munevver, Necati Findikli, Mustafa Bahceci
    The Non-Human Primate Model for Early Human Development / Stuart Meyers, Renee Riejo-Pera
    Cytoskeletal Functions, Defects, and Dysfunctions Affecting Human Fertilization and Embryo Development / Heide Schatten, Qing-Yuan Sun.
    Digital Access Wiley 2017
  • Digital
    Gael Cristofari, editor.
    Contents:
    Retrotransposons and the Mammalian Germline
    L1 regulation in Mouse and Human Germ Cells
    Retrotransposon Contribution to Genomic Plasticity
    The Mobilization of Processed Transcripts in Germline and Somatic Tissues
    Neuronal Genome Plasticity: Retrotransposons, Environment and Disease
    Activity of Retrotransposons in Stem Cells and Differentiated Cells
    Environment, Cellular Signaling and L1 activity
    Retrotransposon-derived Regulatory Regions and Transcripts in Stemness
    Roles of Endogenous Retrovirus-encoded Syncytins in Human Placentation
    Alu-Alu Recombinations in Genetic Diseases
    Retrotransposon-driven Transcription and Cancer
    LINE-1 retrotransposons as Neoplastic Biomarkers
    Contribution of Retrotransposable Elements to Aging.
    Limited to 1 simultaneous users
  • Digital
    edited by Elisa Vicenzi and Guido Poli.
    Contents:
    Virion attachment and entry : HIV gp120 env biotinylation, gp120 env, or integrin ligand-binding assay / Claudia Cicala and James Arthos
    CryoEM analysis of capsid assembly and structural changes upon interactions with a host restriction factor, TRIM5[alpha] / Gongpu Zhao and Peijun Zhang
    The fate of HIV-1 capsid : a biochemical assay for HIV-1 uncoating / Yang Yang, Jeremy Luban, and Felipe Diaz-Griffero
    The cyclosporin A washout assay to detect HIV-1 uncoating in infected cells / Amy E. Hulme and Thomas J. Hope
    Imaging HIV-1 nuclear pre-integration complexes / Anna Cereseto and Mauro Giacca
    HIV-1 reverse transcription / Andrea Cimarelli and Jean-Luc Darlix
    RNase H : specificity mechanisms of action, and antiviral target / Karin Moelling, Felix Broecker, and John E. Kerrigan
    HIV-1 chromatin, transcription, and the regulatory protein Tat / Laurence Colin, Eric Verdin, and Carine Van Lint
    HIV-1 Rev function and RNA nuclear-cytoplasmic export / Alan Cochrane
    HIV-1 accessory proteins : Nef / Anke Heigele [and three others]
    HIV-1 accessory proteins : VpR / Richard Y. Zho and Michael I. Bukrinsky
    HIV-1 accessory proteins : Vpu and Vif / Amy Andrew and Klaus Strebel
    SIVSM/HIV-2 Vpx proteins : function and uses in the infection of primary myeloid cells / Gregory Berger and Andrea Cimarelli
    Imaging of HIV assembly and release / Barbara Müller and Jacomine Krijnse-Locker
    HIV-1 isolation from infected peripheral blood mononuclear cells / Stefania Dispinseri [and four others]
    Determination of HIV-1 co-receptor usage / Mariangela Cavarelli and Gabriella Scarlatti
    The macrophage and HIV : basic concepts and methodologies / Suzanne Gartner
    HIV infection of dendritic cells / Najla Nasr [and three others]
    Histocultures (tissue explants) in human retrovirology / Anush Arakelyan [and four others]
    Single-copy quantification of HIV-1 in clinical samples / Ann Wiegand and Frank Maldarelli
    Quantification of total HIV1-DNA in peripheral blood mononuclear cells / Christine Rouzioux, Adeline Mélard, and Véronique Avéttand-Fénoël
    HIV-1 based lentiviral vectors / Ying Poi Liu and Ben Berkhout
    Quantification of miRNA by poly(A)-RT-qPCR arrays and verification of target sites in HIV-1 using a one-LTR infectious molecular clone / Zachary A. Klase, Laurent Houzet, and Kuan-Teh Jeang
    Investigating human T cell lymphotropic retrovirus (HTLV) Tax function with molecular and immunophenotypic techniques / Greta Forlani, Roberto S. Accolla, and Giovanna Tosi
    Proviral load determination of HTLV-1 and HTLV-2 in patients' peripheral blood mononuclear cells by real-time PCR / Claudio Casoli, Elisabetta Pilotti, and Umberto Bertazzoni
    Quantitative analysis of human T-lymphotropic virus type 1 (HTLV-1) gene expression using nucleo-cytoplasmic fractionation and splice junction-specific real-time RT-PCR (qRT-PCR) / Ilaria Cavallari, Francesca Rende, and Vincenzo Ciminale.
    Digital Access Springer 2014
  • Digital
    edited by Jon Leefmann, Elisabeth Hildt.
    Contents:
    Introduction
    I. Prospects and limitations of neuroscience research in the humanities and social sciences. Neurophilosophy or philosophy of neuroscience? : what neuroscience and philosophy can and cannot do for each other / Michael Jungert
    Philosophical puzzles evade empirical evidence : some thoughts and clarifications regarding the relation between brain sciences and philosophy of mind / Işik Sarihan
    "Who's afraid of the big bad neuroscience?" : neuroscience's impact on our notions of self and free will / Rui Vieira da Cunha and João Bettencourt Relvas
    Free will--between philosophy and neuroscience / Anna Drozdzewska
    Histories of the brain : toward a critical interaction of the humanities and neurosciences / Mattia Della Rocca
    II. The neurosciences of social sciences and ethics. The theory of brain-sign : a new model of brain operation / Philip Clapson
    On the redundancies of "social agency" / Alexandros Tillas
    Two kinds of reverse inference in Cognitive neuroscience / Guillermo del Pinal and Marco J. Nathan
    The neuroscience of ethics beyond the is-ought orthodoxy : the example of the dual process theory of moral judgment / Nadia El Eter
    III. The neurosciences in society : social, cultural, and ethical implications of the neuro-turn. Effects of the neuro-turn : the neural network as a paradigm for human self-understanding / Yvonne Förster
    Brain, art, salvation : on the traditional character of the neuro-hype / Gerd Grübler
    "A mind plague on both your houses" : imagining the impact of the neuro-turn on the neurosciences / Melissa M. Littlefield
    Being a good external frontal lobe : parenting teenage brains / Ties van de Werff
    Toward neuroscience literacy? : theoretical and practical considerations / Alexander Bergmann, Anne Biehl and Jörg Zabel
    "Strangers" in neuroscientific research / Berit Bringedal, Markus Christen, Nikola Biller-Andorno, Hironori Matsuzaki and Alberto Rábano
    At the push of a button, narrative strategies and the image of deep brain stimulation / Oonagh Hayes.
    Digital Access ScienceDirect 2017
  • Digital
    Sheldon Rubenfeld, Susan Benedict, editors ; foreword by Arthur L. Caplan.
    Summary: 'An engaging, compelling and disturbing confrontation with evil...abook that will be transformative in its call for individual and collective moral responsibility." - Michael A. Grodin, M.D., Professor and Director, Project on Medicine andtheHolocaust, Elie Wiesel Center for Judaic Studies, Boston University Human Subjects Research after the Holocaust challenges you to confront the misguided medical ethics of the Third Reich personally, and to apply the lessons learned to contemporary human subjects research. While it is comforting to believe that Nazi physicians, nurses, and bioscientists were either incompetent, mad, or few in number, they were, in fact, the best in the world at the time, and the vast majority participated in the government program of 'applied biology.' They were not coerced to behave as they did-they enthusiastically exploited widely accepted eugenic theories to design horrendous medical experiments, gas chambers and euthanasia programs, which ultimately led to mass murder in the concentration camps. Americans provided financial support for their research, modeled their medical education and research after the Germans, and continued to perform unethical human subjects research even after the Nuremberg Doctors' Trial. The German Medical Association apologized in 2012 for the behavior of its physicians during the Third Reich. By examining the medical crimes of human subjects researchers during the Third Reich, you will naturally examine your own behavior and that of your colleagues, and perhaps ask yourself "If the best physicians and bioscientists of the early 20th century could do evil while believing they were doing good, can I be certain that I will never do the same?" · Presents relatively unknown aspects of human subjects research during the Third Reich · Reveals surprising relationships between German and American human subjects research · Dispels myths about Nazi human subjects research · Compels introspection and self-examination by today's medical and research practitioners · Addresses contemporary bioethical issues affecting vulnerable populations · Brings together experts in the history of medicine during the Third Reich and thoughtful new voices

    Contents:
    Introduction: How Did It Go So Wrong?
    Twin Experiments at Auschwitz: A First-Person Account
    Eugenics and Racial Hygiene: Applied Research Strategies before, during, and after National Socialism
    Medical Ethics and Medical Research on Human Beings in National Socialism
    Sulfonamide Experiments on Prisoners in Nazi Concentration Camps: Coherent Scientific Rationality Combined with Complete Disregard of Humanity
    Stages of Transgression: Anatomical Research in National Socialism
    Nurses and Human Subjects Research during the Third Reich and Now
    Involuntary Abortion and Coercive Research on Pregnant Forced Laborers in National Socialism
    Abusive Medical Practices on "Euthanasia" Victims in Austria during and after World War II
    Medical Research and National Socialist Euthanasia: Carl Schneider and the Heidelberg Research Children from 1942 until 1945
    Victims of Human Experiments and Coercive Research under National Socialism: Gender and Racial Aspects
    The White Rose: Resisting National Socialism-with an Introduction by Susan Benedict
    The Origins and Impact of the Nuremberg Doctors' Trial
    In the Shadow of Nuremberg: Unlearned Lessons from the Medical Trial
    The Ethics of Medical Experiments: Have We Learned the Lessons of Tuskegee and the Holocaust?
    Human Subjects Research during and after the Holocaust: Typhus Vaccine Development and the Legacy of Gerhard Rose
    Ethics in Space Medicine: Holocaust Beginnings, the Present, and the Future
    Reproduction Then and Now: Learning from the Past
    Promoting Clinical Research and Avoiding Bad Medicine: A Clinical Research Curriculum
    The Psychophysiology of Attribution: Why Appreciative Respect Can Keep Us Safe
    Confronting Medicine during the Nazi Period: Autobiographical Reflections
    Teaching the Holocaust to Medical Students: A Reflection on Pedagogy and Medical Ethics
    No Exceptions, No Excuses: A Testimonial.
    Digital Access Springer 2014
  • Digital
    Eugene H. Wissler.
    Summary: The principal objective of this book is to provide information needed to define human thermal behavior quantitatively. Human thermal physiology is defined using mathematical methods routinely employed by physicists and engineers, but seldom used by physiologists. Major sections of the book are devoted to blood flow, sweating, shivering, heat transfer within the body, and heat and mass transfer from skin and clothing to the environment. Simple algebraic models based on experimental data from a century of physiological investigation are developed for bodily processes. The book offers an invaluable source of information for physiologists and physical scientists interested in quantitative approaches to the fascinating field of human thermoregulation.

    Contents:
    Animal heat and thermal regulation
    Conservation of energy
    Temperature measurement
    Circulation
    Sweating
    Shivering
    Temperature distribution in the body
    Clothing
    Heat and mass transfer from the skin and clothing
    The development of a mathematical human thermal model.
    Digital Access Springer 2018
  • Digital
    Makini Chisolm-Straker, Hanni Stoklosa, editors.
    Summary: "This clear-sighted reference examines the public health dimensions of labor and sex trafficking in the United States, the scope of the crisis, and possibilities for solutions. Its ecological lifespan approach globally traces risk and protective factors associated with this exploitation, laying a roadmap towards its prevention. Diverse experts, including survivors, describe support and care interventions across domains and disciplines, from the law enforcement and judicial sectors to community health systems and NGOs, with a robust model for collaboration. By focusing on the humanity of trafficked persons, a public health paradigm broadens our understanding of and ability to address trafficking while adding critical direction and resources to the criminal justice and human rights structures currently in place. Among the topics covered: Children at Risk: Foster Care and Human Trafficking LGBTQ Youth and Vulnerability to Sex Trafficking Physical Health of Human Trafficking Survivors: Unmet Essentials Research Informing Advocacy: An Anti-Human Trafficking Tool Caring for Survivors Using a Trauma-Informed Care Framework The Media and Human Trafficking: Discussion and Critique of the Dominant Narrative Human Trafficking Is a Public Health Issue is a sobering read; a powerful call to action for public health professionals, including social workers and health care practitioners providing direct services, as well as the larger anti-trafficking community of advocates, prosecutors, taskforce members, law enforcement agents, officers, funders, and administrators. "An extraordinary collection of knowledge by survivors, academics, clinicians, and advocates who are experts on human trafficking. Human Trafficking is a Public Health Issue is a comprehensive offering in educating readers on human trafficking through a multi-pronged public health lens. Margeaux Gray: Survivor, Advocate, Artist, Public Speaker"--Page 4 of cover.

    Contents:
    Introduction to Human Trafficking: Who Is Affected? / Jordan Greenbaum
    Sex Trafficked and Missed / Wendy J. Barnes and Holly Austin Gibbs
    The Lost Boy: How a Forgotten Child Became a Victim of Labor Trafficking / James L. Dold
    Sex Trafficking in the USA / Clydette L. Powell and Cyril Bennouna
    The Ignored Exploitation: Labor Trafficking in the United States / Nicole Littenberg and Susie Baldwin
    Trafficking of Children Within the United States / Carol Smolenski and Sarah Ingerman
    Children at Risk: Foster Care and Human Trafficking / Madeline Hannan, Kathryn Martin, Kimberly Caceres, and Nina Aledort
    Sex Trafficking in Indian Country / Erin Shanley and Robyn Jordan
    LGBTQ Youth and Vulnerability to Sex Trafficking / Kathryn Xian, Shaylin Chock, and Dustin Dwiggins
    The Multimodal Social Ecological (MSE) Approach: A Trauma-Informed Framework for Supporting Trafficking Survivors' Psychosocial Health / Elizabeth K. Hopper
    Physical Health of Human Trafficking Survivors: Unmet Essentials / Wendy Macias-Konstantopoulos and Zheng B. Ma
    Trauma-Informed Treatment of Substance Use Disorders in Trafficking Survivors / Elizabeth K. Hopper
    The Development and Psychology of Young Minds: Communities Can Prevent Exploitation and Facilitate Rehabilitation / Sandra Gasca-Gonzalez and Dianna L. Walters
    Legal Supports for Trafficked Persons: Assisting Survivors via Certification, State/Federal Benefits, and Compensation / Lennon Moore and Brendan Milliner
    NGOs and the Anti-Trafficking Movement: Advocacy and Service / Valerie Schmitt
    The Role of Faith-Based Organizations in the US Anti-Trafficking Movement / Jeffrey Barrows
    Research Informing Advocacy: An Anti-Human Trafficking Tool / Cathy L. Miller and Michelle Lyman
    Caring for Survivors Using a Trauma-Informed Care Framework / Annie Lewis-O'Connor and Elaine J. Alpert
    Sex Trafficking in One US City: Traditional Policing and Boston's Shift to a Survivor-Centered Response / Donna Gavin and Cassandra Thomson
    The Role of Community Health Centers in Addressing Human Trafficking / Kimberly S.G. Chang and A. Seiji Hayashi
    The Media and Human Trafficking: A Discussion and Critique of the Dominant Narrative / Erin Albright and Kate D'Adamo
    Human Trafficking: Perspectives on Prevention / Elaine J. Alpert and Sharon E. Chin
    Combating Modern Bondage: The Development of a Multi-Disciplinary Approach to Human Trafficking / Laura J. Lederer
    Moving Forward: Next Steps in Preventing and Disrupting Human Trafficking / Katherine Y. Chon and Smitha Khorana.
    Digital Access Springer 2017
  • Digital
    edited by Beatrice Frank, Jenny A. Glikman, Silvio Marchini.
    Summary: "Human-wildlife conflict (HWC) is one of the most complex and urgent issues facing wildlife management and conservation today. Originally focused on the ecology and economics of wildlife damage, the study and mitigation of HWC has gradually expanded its scope to incorporate the human dimensions of the whole spectrum of human-wildlife relationships, from conflict to coexistence. Having the conflict-to-coexistence continuum as its leitmotiv, this book explores a variety of theories and methods currently used to address human-wildlife interactions, illustrated by case studies from around the world. It presents some key concepts in the field, such as values, emotions, social identity and tolerance, and a variety of insights and solutions to turn conflict into coexistence, from individual level to national scales, including conservation marketing, incremental and radical innovation, strategic planning, and socio-ecological systems. This volume will be of interest to a wide range of readers, including academics, researchers, students, practitioners and policy-makers"-- Provided by publisher.
    Digital Access Cambridge 2019
  • Digital
    Antoine Douaihy, H. Patrick Driscoll.
    Summary: This original, eloquent, compassionate, and timely book offers all healthcare practitioners interested and involved in addiction practice a powerful account of an addiction psychiatrist's journey of professional and personal growth, thereby offering readers a unique opportunity to learn deeply from the author's insights, experiences, and struggles in becoming a patient-centered empathic healer. Through sharing and exploring clinical experiences in addiction practice, this fascinating title delves into the lead author and his mentee's personal, professional, and ethical challenges and weaves together science and humanism, offering a wealth of experiential wisdom and tools that have the power to transform our understanding of therapeutic work with people with addictions. Written with empathy and humility, Humanizing Addiction: Blending Science and Personal Transformation provides a compelling argument and framework for integrating humanism with empirically grounded practices. This important book is an invaluable resource for healers from a range of backgrounds: physicians, physician assistants, nurse practitioners, social workers, case managers, patient navigators, clinical and health psychologists, pharmacists, counselors, graduate students, and medical trainees involved in clinical care of people with addiction and substance use problems.
    Digital Access Springer 2018
  • Digital
    Mario Milco D'Elios, Marta Rizzi, editors.
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Digital
    [edited by] Orlando R. Hung, Michael F. Murphy.
    Summary: This book was written by the creators of the Difficult Airway Course: Anesthesia, this illustrated and extensively referenced text delivers a comprehensive review of the latest options available for airway management and offers expert coverage of the full spectrum of airway management techniques. Within its pages you will find the most up-to-date review available of the many innovations that been introduced since publication of the previous edition. This is accompanied by a thorough review of the pharmacology of airway management designed to help you understand how to achieve the desired effects on ventilation and muscle strength. You will also find numerous algorithms, many of which have been revised for this edition. ... These cases teach trainees the fundamental approaches to airway management, and include self-evaluation questions to reinforce the lesson. For experienced anesthesiologists, the cases present an opportunity to learn about recently introduced devices and techniques they may wish to incorporate into their clinical practice.

    Contents:
    Principles of airway management
    Airway techniques
    Pre-hospital airway management
    Airway management in the emergency room
    Airway management in the intensive care unit (ICU)
    Airway management in the operating room
    Airway management in the pediatric population
    Airway in the obstetrics
    Airway management in unique environment
    Practical considerations in airway management.
  • Print
    Roxane Gay.
    Summary: Roxane Gay addresses the experience of living in a body that she calls 'wildly undisciplined.' She casts an insightful and critical eye over her childhood, teens, and twenties -- including the devastating act of violence that was a turning point at age 12 -- and brings readers into the present and the realities, pains, and joys of her daily life. With candor, vulnerability, and authority, Roxane explores what it means to be overweight in a time when the bigger you are, the less you are seen.
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    BF697.5.B63 G39 2018
    1
  • Digital
    edited by Daniel H. Temple, Christopher M. Stojanowski.
    Summary: "Hunter-gatherer lifestyles defined the origins of modern humans and for tens of thousands of years were the only form of subsistence our species knew. This changed with the advent of food production at different times throughout the world. The chapters in this volume explore the different way that hunter-gatherer societies around the world adapted to changing social and ecological circumstances while still maintaining a predominantly hunter-gatherer lifestyle. Couched specifically with the framework of resilience theory, the authors use contextualized bioarchaeological analyses of health, diet, mobility, and funerary practices to explore how hunter-gatherers in different parts of the world responded to challenges and actively resisted change that formed the core of their social identity and worldview"-- Provided by publisher.
    Digital Access Cambridge 2019
  • Digital
    Edward T. Ryan MD, FACP, FIDSA, FASTMH, FAAM, David R. Hill MD, DTM & H, FRCP, FFTM (RCPS Glasg), FASTMH, Tom Solomon BA, BM, BCh, FRCP, DCH, DTM & H, PhD, Naomi E. Aronson MD and Timothy P. Endy MD, MPH, FACP, FIDSA, FASTMH
    Contents:
    Part 1: Clinical practice in the tropics. Section A: Organ-based chapters. Tropical lung diseases
    Cardiovascular diseases
    Gastrointestinal diseases
    Hepatobiliary diseases
    Hematologic diseases
    Genitourinary diseases
    Sexually transmitted infections
    Tropical dermatology
    Ophthalmological diseases
    Neurologic diseases
    Psychiatric diseases
    ENT
    Diseases of the musculoskeletal system
    Section B: Skills-based chapters. General surgery in the tropics
    Oral health and disease in the tropics
    Maternal and newborn health
    Pediatrics in a resource-constrained setting
    Section C: Service-based chapters. Diagnostic imaging in the tropics
    Blood transfusion in resource-limited settings
    Infection control in the tropics
    Microbiology
    Section D: Topic-based chapters. Approach to the patient with diarrhea
    Cancer in the tropics
    Heat-associated illness
    Traditional medicine
    Environmental health hazards in the tropics
    Neglected tropical diseases: public health control programs and mass drug administration
    Health systems and health care delivery
    The health care response to disasters, complex emergencies, and population displacement
    Part 2: Viral diseases. Introduction and general principles
    Human immunodeficiency virus infection
    HIV, tuberculosis, malaria and Streptococcus pneumoniae
    Viral infections with cutaneous lesions
    Measles
    Poxviruses
    Nonpolio enterovirus mucocutaneous infections
    Kaposi's sarcoma-associated herpesvirus
    Viral respiratory infections
    Viral gastroenteritis
    Rotavirus
    Norovirus
    Enteric adenoviruses
    Astroviruses
    Sapovirus
    Viral hepatitis (Hep A, B, C, D, E and non A to E)
    Viral febrile illnesses and emerging pathogens
    Dengue and Dengue hemorrhagic fever
    Chikungunya fever
    Zika
    O'nyong Nyong fever
    Ross River virus disease
    Oropouche virus
    Mayaro virus
    Pathogenic phleboviruses (old: sandfly fever)
    Sindbis fever
    Viral hemorrhagic fevers: introduction
    Yellow fever
    Lassa fever
    South American hemorrhagic fevers
    Ebola and Marburg virus infections
    Crimean-Congo hemorrhagic fever
    Diseases caused by hantaviruses
    Rift Valley fever
    Viral CNS infections
    Rabies & related viruses
    Enterovirus infections that cause central nervous system disease (including poliomyelitis)
    Venezuelan, Eastern and Western equine encephalitis
    Japanese encephalitis
    West Nile virus
    Saint Louis encephalitis and Rocio encephalitis
    Other arboviral encephalitides
    Prion disease
    Human T-lymphotropic virus type I and II infection
    Part 3: Bacterial infections. Section A: Infections of the eye and throat. Trachoma and inclusion conjunctivitis
    Group A Streptococcus
    Diphtheria
    Section B: Respiratory tract infections
    Bacterial pneumonia
    Tuberculosis
    Pertussis
    Section C: Gastrointestinal tract infections
    Helicobacter pylori infection
    Escherichia coli diarrhea
    Cholera and other vibrios
    Shigellosis
    Nontyphoid Salmonella disease
    Campylobacter infections
    Miscellaneous bacterial enteritides
    Yersinia enterocolitica
    Clostridium infections
    Aeromonas
    Section D: Sexually transmitted diseases. Chlamydial infections
    Lymphogranuloma venereum
    Gonorrhea
    Chancroid
    Granuloma inguinale
    Syphilis and the endemic treponematoses
    Section E: Infections causing neurologic manifestations. Acute bacterial meningitis
    Tetanus
    Botulism
    Section F: Infections of skin and soft tissues. Bacterial skin and soft tissue infections in the tropics
    Leprosy
    Buruli ulcer
    Mycobacterium marinum infection
    Anthrax
    Section G: Febrile systemic syndromes with or without lymphadenopathy. Epidemic louse-borne typhus
    Murine typhus
    Scrub typhus
    Tick-borne spotted fever rickettsioses
    Rickettsialpox
    Q fever
    Trench fever
    Bartonellosis : Carrion's disease and other bartonella infections
    Typhoid and paratyphoid (enteric) fever
    Brucellosis
    Melioidosis and glanders
    Plague
    Tularemia
    Leptospirosis
    Relapsing fever and borrelioses
    Part 4: The mycoses. General principles
    Superficial mycoses
    Subcutaneous mycoses : general principles
    Protothecosis
    Histoplasmosis
    Coccidioidomycosis
    Blastomycosis
    Paracoccidioidomycosis
    Cryptococcosis
    Penicilliosis marneffei
    Pneumocystis pneumonia
    Treatment of systemic mycoses
    Part 5: Protozoal infections. General principles
    Section A: Intestinal and genital infections
    Entamoeba histolytica (amebiasis)
    Giardiasis
    Cryptosporidiosis
    Cyclosporiasis
    Cystoisospora belli (syn. Isospora belli )
    Miscellaneous intestinal protozoa
    Trichomoniasis
    Section B: Infections of the blood and reticuloendothelial system. Malaria
    African trypanosomiasis
    American trypanosomiasis (Chagas disease)
    Leishmaniasis
    Babesiosis
    Section C: Tissue infection. Toxoplasmosis
    Pathogenic and opportunistic free-living ameba infections
    Sarcocystosis
    Microsporidiosis
    Part 6: Helminthic infections. General principles
    Section A: Intestinal nematode infections. Nematodes limited to the intestinal tract ( Enterobius vermicularis , Trichuris trichiura , Capillaria philippinensis and Trichostrongylus spp.)
    Intestinal nematodes: ascariasis
    Hookworm and strongyloides infections
    Section B: Filarial infections. Lymphatic filariasis
    Loiasis
    Onchocerciasis
    Miscellaneous filariae
    Section C: Other tissue nematode infections. Dracunculiasis
    Trichinellosis
    Toxocariasis
    Gnathostomiasis
    Eosinophilic meningitis ( Angiostrongylus cantonensis , Parastrongylus cantonensis )
    Abdominal angiostrongyliasis
    Cutaneous larva migrans
    Anisakidosis
    Section D: Trematodes infections. Schistosomiasis
    Intestinal fluke infections
    Liver fluke infections
    Paragonimiasis
    Section E: Cestode infections. Tapeworm Infections
    Larval cestode infections (cysticercosis)
    Cystic echinococcosis
    Alveolar echinococcosis (alveolar hydatid disease)
    Polycystic echinococcosis (polycystic neotropical disease)
    Sparganosis
    Coenuriasis
    Part 7: Poisonous and toxic plants and animals. Animals hazardous to humans: venomous bites, stings and envenoming
    Injurious arthropods
    Poisonous plants and aquatic animals
    Pentastomiasis
    Bats
    Part 8: Nutritional problems and deficiency diseases. General principles
    Protein-energy malnutrition in children
    Vitamin deficiencies
    Mineral deficiencies
    Part 9: Vector transmission of diseases and zoonoses. Section A: Medical entomology. Introduction medical entomology
    Section B: Diseases associated with vectors (arthropods in disease transmission). Diseases associated with vectors (arthropods in disease transmission)
    Section C: Vector control. Vector control
    Part 10: The sick returning traveler. General principles
    Fever in the returned traveler
    Malaria in the returned traveler
    Screening of the asymptomatic long-term traveler
    Persistent diarrhea in the returned traveler
    Skin lesions in returning travelers
    Eosinophilia in migrants and returned travelers: a practical approach
    Immigrant medicine
    International adoption
    Medical tourism
    Transplant patients and tropical diseases
    Delusional parasitosis
    Part 11: Laboratory diagnosis of parasitic diseases. General principles
    Preparation of samples for morphologic diagnosis of parasites in stool and urine specimens
    Examination of blood, other body fluids, tissues, and sputum
    Part 12: Drugs used in tropical medicine. Albendazole
    Artemisinin
    Benznidazole
    Dapsone
    DEC
    Eflornithine
    Ivermectin
    Miltefosine
    Nifurtimox
    Nitazoxanide
    Pentamidine
    Pentavalent antimony
    Praziquantel
    Digital Access ClinicalKey 2020
  • Digital
    edited by Andrew S. Feigin and Karen E. Anderson
    Summary: "Huntington Disease summarizes the most recent findings related to the disease, providing both cutting edge coverage for clinical/research specialists looking to expand their knowledge base of Huntington disease information, as well as solid groundwork for advanced students from various backgrounds (neurology, psychiatry, neuropsychology, genetics). The volume includes all major areas of Huntington disease clinical care and research, whereas many other HD texts focus solely on neurological symptoms. This book also addresses behavioral and cognitive symptoms, brain imaging, and family dynamics and therapeutic alliances in working with individuals affected by HD. Clinical trials are covered extensively, including design considerations for therapeutic studies. The devastating nature of Huntington's disease is well appreciated throughout the neuroscience, neurology, and psychiatric communities, and a great amount of basic and clinical research is currently taking place. However, much of that occurs in isolated research silos, and it is critical that an interdisciplinary resource be developed to provide in depth information to enhance communication and collaboration. This volume in the Handbook of Clinical Neurology series is that resource"--Publisher's description.

    Contents:
    Section 1: Basic science. Genetics of Huntington disease
    Mechanisms underlying neurodegeneration in Huntington disease: Applications to novel disease-modifying therapies
    Section 2: Clinical aspects. Epidemiology of Huntington disease
    Statistical modelling of Huntington disease onset
    The diagnosis and natural history of Huntington's disease
    Preclinical cognitive and behavioral changes in Huntington disease
    Preclinical motor manifestations of Huntington disease
    The highly anxious individual presenting for Huntington disease predictive genetic testing: the psychiatrist's role in assessment and counseling
    Reproductive options for Huntington disease families
    Genetic testing for Huntington disease
    Section 3: Treatment of Huntington disease. Medical treatment of behavioral manifestations of Huntington disease
    Medical management of motor manifestations of Huntington disease
    The role of rehabilitation therapy in Huntington disease
    Contemporary health care for Huntington disease
    The impact of Huntington disease on young people
    Making a measurable difference in advanced Huntington disease care
    Section 4: Experimental Therapeutics. New symptomatic therapies for Huntington disease
    Motor outcome measures in Huntington disease clinical trials
    Cognitive outcome measures in Huntington disease clinical drug trials
    Section 5: Biomarkers. Structural imaging in premanifest and manifest Huntington disease
    Functional imaging in Huntington disease.
    Digital Access ScienceDirect 2017
  • Digital
    editors, Laura A. Huppert, Timothy G. Dyster.
    Summary: "A manual connecting pathophysiology to clinical management principles encountered on medical clerkship rotations. The author, through her own recent experiences as a medical student and resident in internal medicine, has succinctly organized foundational science learned in years one and two of medical school and provides a framework for clinical learning encountered in year three clerkship and beyond. This marriage of pathophysiology and basic treatment principles helps users make sense of clinical concepts mechanistically, rather than through memorization. Filled with visuals and pearls, this portable guide will help medical students bridge the gap between science lectures and patient wards"-- Provided by publisher.

    Contents:
    Part 1: Cardiology. Anatomy and physiology in cardiology
    Diagnostics in cardiology
    Approaches and chief complaints in cardiology
    Diseases and pathophysiology in cardiology
    Key medications and interventions in cardiology
    Key clinical trials and publications in cardiology
    Part 2: Pulmonology. Anatomy and physiology in pulmonology
    Diagnostics in pulmonology
    Approaches and chief complaints in pulmonology
    Diseases and pathophysiology in pulmonology
    Key medications and interventions in pulmonology
    Key clinical trials and publications in pulmonology
    Part 3: Critical care medicine. Introduction in critical care medicine
    Anatomy, physiology, and diagnostics in critical care medicine
    Approaches and chief complaints in critical care medicine
    Diseases and pathophysiology in critical care medicine
    Common complications of ICU admission in critical care medicine
    Key medications and interventions in critical care medicine
    Key clinical trials and publications in critical care medicine
    Part 4: Gastroenterology. Anatomy and physiology in gastroenterology
    Diagnostics in gastroenterology
    Approaches and chief complaints in gastroenterology
    Diseases and pathophysiology in gastroenterology
    Key medications and interventions in gastroenterology
    Key clinical trials and publications in gastroenterology
    Part 5: Endocrinology. Anatomy and physiology in endocrinology
    Reproductive endocrinology
    Key clinical trials and publications in endocrinology
    Part 6: Nephrology. Anatomy and physiology in nephrology
    Diagnostics in nephrology
    Approaches and chief complaints in nephrology
    Diseases and pathophysiology in nephrology
    Key medications and interventions in nephrology
    Key clinical trials and publications in nephrology
    Part 7: Hematology and oncology. Anatomy & physiology in hematology
    Diagnostics in hematology
    Approaches & chief complaints in hematology
    Diseases & pathophysiology: non-malignant hematology in hematology
    Diseases & pathophysiology: malignant hematology in hematology
    Key medications & interventions in hematology
    Key clinical trials & publications in hematology
    Anatomy & physiology in oncology
    Diagnostics in oncology
    Approaches & chief complaints in oncology
    Diseases & pathophysiology in oncology
    Key medications & interventions in oncology
    Key clinical trials & publications in oncology
    Part 8: Infectious diseases. Microbiology in infectious diseases
    Approaches & chief complaints in infectious diseases
    Diseases & pathophysiology in infectious diseases
    Key medications & interventions in infectious diseases
    Key clinical trials & publications in infectious diseases --
    Digital Access AccessMedicine 2021
  • Digital
    editors, Valentin Fuster, Robert A. Harrington, Jagat Narula, Zubin J. Eapen.
    Digital Access
    Provider
    Version
    AccessCardiology
    AccessMedicine
  • Digital
    Keith Wesley.
    Summary: "Huzar's ECG and 12-Lead Interpretation, 5th Edition, by Keith Wesley, M.D., helps you correlate ECG interpretation with clinical findings to identify and address selected heart rhythms. The text is structured to match the order in which you learn specific skills: ECG components are presented first, followed by rhythm interpretation and clinical implications. Take-Home Points, key definitions, chapter review questions, and practice strips help you understand and retain complex information."--Publisher.

    Contents:
    Anatomy and physiology of the heart
    ECG leads and cardiac monitoring
    Components of the ECG waveform
    Step-by-step ECG interpretation
    Sinus rhythms
    Atrial rhythms
    Junctional rhythms
    Ventricular rhythms
    Atrioventricular blocks
    Implanted pacemaker rhythms
    Treatment of rhythm disturbances
    The 12-lead ECG: leads and axis
    Bundle branch and fascicular blocks
    Hypertrophy, electrolytes, and other ECG findings
    Coronary heart disease and the 12-lead ECG
    ECG diagnosis of myocardial infarction
    Diagnosis and treatment of acute coronary syndromes
    Appendices. Methods of determining the GRS axis
    Answers to chapter review questions
    Rhythm interpretation self-assessment
    Self-assessment answer key
    Digital Access ClinicalKey Nursing 2017
  • Digital
    edited by Michael Glynn, William M. Drake.
    Contents:
    Doctor and patient: General principles of history taking
    General patient examination and differential diagnosis
    The next steps: Differential diagnosis and initial management
    Ethical considerations
    Women
    Children and adolescents
    Older people
    Psychiatric assessment
    Patients presenting as emergencies
    Patients with a fever
    Patients in pain
    Respiratory system
    Cardiovascular system
    Gastrointestinal system
    Locomotor system
    Nervous system
    Urogenital system
    Endocrine and metabolic disorders
    Skin, nails and hair
    Eyes
    Ear, nose and throat.
    Digital Access ClinicalKey 2018
  • Digital
    edited by Michael Glynn, William M. Drake.
    Contents:
    Doctor and patient : General principles of history taking
    General patient examination and differential diagnosis
    The next steps : Differential diagnosis and initial management
    Ethical considerations
    Women
    Children and adolescents
    Older people
    Psychiatric assessment
    Patients presenting as emergencies
    Patients with a fever
    Patients in pain
    Respiratory system
    Cardiovascular system
    Gastrointestinal system
    Locomotor system
    Nervous system
    Renal and urology system
    Sexually transmitted infections
    Endocrine and metabolic disorders
    Skin, nails and hair
    Eyes
    Ear, nose and throat
    SARS-CoV-2 and the COVID-19 pandemic.
    Digital Access ClinicalKey 2023
  • Digital
    edited by Melanie A. Simpson, Paraskevi Heldin.
    Contents:
    Ch. 1. Emerging roles for hyaluronidase in cancer metastasis and therapy
    Ch. 2. Targeting hyaluronic acid family for cancer chemoprevention and therapy
    Ch. 3. Aberrant posttranscriptional processing of hyaluronan synthase 1 in malignant transformation and tumor progression
    Ch. 4. Hyaluronan synthases posttranslational regulation in cancer
    Ch.4. Hyaluronan synthases posttranslational regulation in cancer
    Ch. 5. Hyaluronan-coated extraellular vesicles, a novel link between hyaluronan and cancer
    Ch.6.Hyaluronan in the healthy and malignant hematopoietic microenvironment
    Ch. 7. Hyaluronan regulation of endothelial barrier function in cancer
    Ch. 8. HAS2 and CD44 in breast tumorigenesis
    Ch. 9. CD44 is a multidomain signaling platform that integrates extracellular matrix cues with growth factor and cytokine signals
    Ch. 10. Hyaluronan-CD44 interaction promotes oncogenic signaling, microRNA functions, chemoresistance, and radiation resistance in cancer stem cells leading to tumor progression
    Ch. 11. Advances and advantages of nanomedicine in the pharmacological targeting of hyaluronan-CD44 interactions and signaling in cancer
    Ch.12. Hyaluronan/RHAMM interactions in mesenchymal tumor pathogenesis: role of growth factors
    Ch. 13. CD147: regulator of hyaluronan signaling in invasiveness and chemoresistance
    Index.
    Digital Access ScienceDirect 2014
  • Digital
    Paul D. Scanlon, Robert E. Hyatt.
    Contents:
    Introduction
    Spirometry: dynamic lung volues
    Static (absolout) lung volumes
    Diffusing capacity of the lungs
    Bronchodilators and bronchial challenge testing
    Arterial blood gases
    Other tests of lung mechanics: resistance and compliance
    Distribution of ventilation
    Maximal respiratory pressures
    Preoperative pulmonary function testing
    Simple tests of exercise capacity
    Patterns in various diseases
    When to test and what to order
    Interpreting pulmonary function tests
    Illustrative cases
    Digital Access Ovid 2020
  • Digital
    Stephan G. Nekolla, Christoph Rischpler, editors.
    Summary: This clinically oriented book provides an up-to-date review on the various hybrid imaging modalities that may be employed for the purpose of cardiac imaging. After discussion of generic aspects of hybrid imaging, SPECT/CT, PET/CT, and PET/MRI are each considered in depth. In addition, information is provided on upcoming technologies, such as dedicated so-called fast cardiac cameras (CZT detector technology) and novel probes and radiotracers. A wide variety of topics are addressed, including important technological aspects, possible applications, imaging protocols, peculiarities of the available modalities, radiation exposure, and dose reduction. Last but not least, an estimation of the cost efficiency of dedicated and hybrid imaging devices in cardiology is provided and possible scenarios with respect to health care economics are envisioned. Hybrid Cardiac Imaging will be of particular value for nuclear medicine specialists, cardiologists, and radiologists and will also be of interest to medical physicists, medical technicians, and cardiothoracic surgeons. .
    Digital Access Springer 2022
  • Digital
    Francesco Nudi, Orazio Schillaci, Giuseppe Biondi-Zoccai, Ami E. Iskandrian, editors.
    Summary: Performing any diagnostic test in medicine is always a matter of trying to get the condition of the patient diagnosed properly with the least effort, exposure, discomfort and at the same time with the lowest possible error probability. Pre-test probability is helpful but often imprecise, effectively overestimating the patient's risk profile. In a broader prevention objective, the phases of a disease, its onset, progression, and complications must be taken into account. The negative predictive value, which is so important, has in turn its main limitation in identifying the healthy patient, that is, the one who does not belong to any cluster of patients in which we would act in terms of prevention. In coronary syndromes, the goal is instead to evaluate coronary heart disease, from mild to more extensive and significant forms. For this purpose, it is necessary to use parameters that investigate different and complementary aspects: stenosis, ischemia, the morphology of the atherosclerotic plaque, metabolic processes, in particular vitality and apoptosis, the presence of inflammatory processes. The possibility, already present thanks to Hybrid Imaging, of 'joining exams that study different aspects, will allow the patient to be increasingly characterized not only from a diagnostic point of view but also from a prognostic and personalized therapeutic choice.

    Contents:
    PART I) SPECIALISTS PERSPECTIVES TO HYBRID CARDIAC IMAGING
    Chapter 1) Hybrid Cardiac Imaging for the Clinical Cardiologist
    Chapter 2) Hybrid Cardiac Imaging for the Cardiologist with Expertise in Echocardiography
    Chapter 3) Hybrid Cardiac Imaging for the Specialist with Expertise in Cardiac Magnetic Resonance
    Chapter 4) Hybrid Imaging Using Single Photon Emission Computed Tomography
    Chapter 5) Hybrid Cardiac Imaging for the Specialist with Expertise in Computed Tomography
    Chapter 6) Hybrid Cardiac Imaging for the Invasive Cardiologist
    Chapter 7) Hybrid Cardiac Imaging for the Interventional Cardiologist
    PART II) HYBRID IMAGING IN CLINICAL PRACTICE
    Chapter 8) Systematic Review of Hybrid Cardiac Imaging
    Chapter 9) Hybrid Cardiac Viability Assessment
    Chapter 10) Hybrid Cardiac Imaging in Clinical Practice: From Diagnosis to Prognosis and Management
    Chapter 11) Clinical Cases of Hybrid Cardiac Imaging
    Chapter 12) Hybrid Cardiac Imaging: The Role of Machine Learning and Artificial Intelligence.
    Digital Access Springer 2022
  • Digital
    Mussaad Al-Razouki, Sophie Smith, editors.
    Summary: This essential book reviews how digital health ventures can be integrated with more traditional techniques to revolutionize the healthcare system. Details of the current state of the digital marketplace, the available tools for early detection and diagnostics that presently employ digital technologies are provided. Relevant aspects of blockchain, artificial intelligence including data lake development and data analytics are described. The role of regulators and legislation including GDPR are also covered. Hybrid Healthcare provides a thorough overview of how digital health entrepreneurs will need to employ a hybrid approach to address many healthcare challenges of the 21st century. It is therefore an indispensable resource for all those seeking to develop their knowledge of this rapidly growing sector.

    Contents:
    Introduction: What is Hybrid Healthcare?
    Health is a Gift, Medicine is an Art, but Healthcare is a Business
    Antiquity The Evolution of Modern Medicine
    Modern Medicine 1.0 Why Healthcare Remains Broken Post WWII
    Health 2.0 The Rise of Digital Technologies in Healthcare
    Digital Marketplaces
    B2C Finding a Doctor Nearest to You
    B2B - The Rise and Fall of Practice Fusion
    B2G
    C2C Patient Support Groups
    Digital Diagnostics and Therapeutics
    Early Detection and Diagnosing At Scale Altoida and Alzheimers
    Priming
    Viral Vector Drugs
    Retail Medicine
    Current Examples
    Experimental Models
    Future Models
    Genetic Therapy
    Archaic Splicing: Vivisection
    The Modern Era and the DNA Double Helix
    Early Attempts at Gene editing: Zinc Finger Nucleases (ZFNs) and Transcription Activator-Like Effector Nucleases (TALENs)
    CRISPRs/Cas-9
    Other Experimental Models of Gene Therapy
    Cloud Biology
    Precision Medicine
    Uploading Your Genetic Code
    Downloading Therapies
    Digital Storage of Genetic Material
    Who Owns the Data?
    Artificial Intelligence
    Machine Learning
    Developing a Data Lake
    AI Triage and Treatment
    Blockchain
    Introduction to the Blockchain
    Blockchain in Healthcare Provision: Creating Value
    Ownership of the Distributed Ledger
    Regulating the Blockchain
    Communicating Via the Blockchain
    Robotic Surgery
    Hybrid Clinical Research
    Sourcing Participants
    Payment Models
    Accelerating Data Collection and Analysis
    Privacy in Hybrid Healthcare
    Your online profile
    HIPAA vs. GDPR
    The Role of Regulators
    Future Directions. .
    Digital Access Springer 2022
  • Digital
    Ana M. Franceschi, Dinko Franceschi, editors.
    Summary: This book serves as a reference and comprehensive guide for PET/MR neuroimaging. The field of PET/MR is rapidly evolving, however, there is no standard resource summarizing the vast information and its potential applications. This book will guide neurological molecular imaging applications in both clinical practice and the research setting. Experts from multiple disciplines, including radiologists, researchers, and physicists, have collaborated to bring their knowledge and expertise together. Sections begin by covering general considerations, including public health and economic implications, the physics of PET/MR systems, an overview of hot lab and cyclotron, and radiotracers used in neurologic PET/MRI. There is then coverage of each major disease/systemic category, including dementia and neurodegenerative disease, epilepsy localization, brain tumors, inflammatory and infectious CNS disorders, head and neck imaging, as well as vascular hybrid imaging. Together, we have created a thorough, concise and up-to-date textbook in a unique, user-friendly format. This is an ideal guide for neuroradiologists, nuclear medicine specialists, medical physicists, clinical trainees and researchers.

    Contents:
    SECTION I: Introdcution to PET/MR
    Introduction to PET/MR
    SECTION II: Public Health and Economic Implications
    Utility of PET/MRI in Private Practice
    SECTION III: Physics of PET/MR Systems
    Physics of PET/MR Systems
    SECTION IV: Overview of Hot Lab and Cyclotron
    Overview of Hot Lab and Cyclotron
    SECTION V: Radiotracers in Neurologic PET/MRI
    FDG Metabolic Imaging
    Amyloid Dementia Imaging
    TAU Dementia Imaging
    Amino Acid Tumor Imaging
    FDOPA Dopaminergic Imaging
    DASB Serotonin Receptor Imaging
    FEPPA Microglial Activation Imaging
    [150]-H2O/CO2 Perfusion Imaging
    Fluciclovine (Axumin) glioma imaging
    Ga68 Dotatate neuroendocrine imaging
    Radiotracers in development
    SECTION VI: Dementia and Neurodegenerative Disease
    Alzheimers disease
    MCI and dementia therapeutics
    Posterior cortical atrophy
    Dementia with Lewy Body
    Behavioral variant FTD (Picks disease)
    Semantic dementia
    Logopenic PPA
    Agrammatic PPA
    Progressive supranuclear palsy
    Multisystem atrophy
    Corticobasal degeneration
    Creutzfeld-Jacob disease
    Normal pressure hydrocephalus
    Crossed cerebellar diaschisis
    SECTION VII: Epilepsy Localization
    Seizure Focus Localization
    Developmental
    Acquired
    SECTION VIII: Brain Tumors
    Diagnosis
    Primary Brain Neoplasms
    Metastatic Disease
    Treatment Planning
    Treatment Response
    SECTION IX: Inflammatory and Infectious CNS Disorders
    Meningitis
    Encephalitis
    CNS Inflammatory Disease
    Demyelinating Disease
    Vasculitis
    SECTION X: Hybrid Imaging in Head and Neck
    Role of PET/MR in tumor staging
    Mucosal and nodal disease in the head and neck
    Extranodal disease in the head and neck
    Metastatic disease in the head and neck
    Salivary gland pathology
    Orbital pathology
    SECTION XI: Spine PET/MR
    Neoplastic Disease
    Non-Neoplastic
    SECTION XII: Vascular Hybrid Imaging
    Ischemic Disease
    Aneurysms and Vascular Malformations
    Genetic Disorders
    Perfusion and PET
    Advanced MR Techniques
    SECTION XIII: Future Trends
    Artificial Intelligence
    Utility of AI in Dementia/Neuroimaging.
    Digital Access Springer 2022
  • Digital
    Mehmet Turgut, editor.
    Summary: "Hydatid disease, a zoonotic infection caused by a tapeworm of the genus Echinococcus, has been encountered in various organs in humans. In spite of all the advances in imaging techniques and therapeutic methods, hydatidosis of the central nervous system is still a life-threatening condition in infested areas of the world. Geographical regions affected include the Middle East, Mediterranean countries, South America, Central and Eastern Europe, South Africa, India, and Australia. This is the first comprehensive reference book on hydatidosis of the central nervous system. It is written and edited by leading international authorities from infested areas and provides an in-depth review of diagnosis and management of the disease. Clinical and neuroradiological findings are extensively documented with the aid of numerous original photographs, and the role of surgical intervention and chemotherapy is carefully appraised. In addition to the provision of detailed current evidence, future avenues and innovative therapeutic philosophies are discussed. This book will serve as an ideal source of up-to-date information for all with an interest in this debilitating disease."--Publisher's website.

    Contents:
    Historical Aspects of Hydatidosis of Central Nervous system
    Hydatidosis of Central Nervous System in Mediterranean Countries and Middle East
    Hydatidosis of Central Nervous System in South America
    Hydatidosis of Central Nervous System in Central and Eastern Europe
    Clinical Manifestations of Hydatidosis of Central Nervous System
    Hydatidosis of the Skull
    Hydatidosis of the Brain
    Intraventricular Hydatidosis
    Hydatidosis of the Spinal Cord
    Hydatidosis of the Spine
    Laboratory Findings of Patients with Hydatidosis of Central Nervous System
    Imaging of Cerebral Hydatidosis Disease
    Imaging of Spinal Hydatid Disease
    In vivo Proton Magnetic Resonance Spectroscopy in Hydatidosis of the Central Nervous System
    Surgical Treatment of Spinal Hydatidosis
    Surgical Treatment of Cerebral Hydatidosis
    Chemotherapy for Hydatidosis of the Central Nervous System
    Complications of Cerebral Hydatidosis
    Complications of Spinal Hydatidosis
    Outcome and Follow-up of Patients with Cerebral Hydatidosis.- Outcome and Follow-up of Patients with Spinal Hydatidosis.- Unusual Presentations of Hydatidosis of the Central Nervous System
    Cerebrovascular Occlusive Disease: Hydatidosis
    Hydatidosis of the Orbit
    Alveolar Hydatidosis of the Central Nervous System
    Prevention and Control of Hydatidosis.
    Digital Access Springer 2014
  • Digital
    Ahmed Ammar, editor.
    Contents:
    Part I- Introduction: Preface
    Scientific History of Hydrocephalus
    Value based Medicine- Ethical issues and hydrocephalus
    Evidence Based Medicine- Hydrocephalus
    Part II Etiology and pathophysiology of hydrocephalus: Pathophysiology of hydrocephalus
    Understand Hydrocephalus-Genetic?s theories
    Post SAH hydrocephalus
    Normal Pressure hydrocephalus
    Post infection and multiple loculated hydrocephalus
    Arrested Hydrocephalus
    Part III- Clinical Presentation: Clinical presentations of hydrocephalus in neonates and children
    Clinical presentation of Hydrocephalus in Adults
    Radiological diagnosis of hydrocephalus
    Part IV- Management of hydrocephalus: Strategic plans for management of hydrocephalus
    Endoscopic management and CPC
    Shunts and shunt complications
    Anesthesia for hydrocephalic patient
    Anesthesia for large heads patients
    Good long time of hydrocephalus
    Part V- Complex hydrocephalus: Complex hydrocephalus
    Posterior fossa anomalies and hydrocephalus
    Dandy walker syndrome
    Brain atrophy and brain anomalies and hydrocephalus
    Part VI- Fetal hydrocephalus: Pros and cons of fetal surgery
    Intrauterine shunt.
    Digital Access Springer 2017
  • Digital
    edited by Enrique Cadenas and Lester Packer.
    Digital Access
    Provider
    Version
    ScienceDirect
    ScienceDirect
  • Digital
    Jan Tachezy, editor.
    Summary: "Hydrogenosomes and Mitosomes: Mitochondria of Anaerobic Eukaryotes, 2nd edition" provides a comprehensive summary of the current knowledge on these organelles, which occur in unicellular, often parasitic organisms, including human pathogens. It discusses the discovery of these widely distributed organelles, as well as their evolution and recent advances in the study of their structure and function. The book also describes their properties, such as protein import, structure, metabolism and adaptation, their proteome and their role in drug activation and resistance. The book will appeal to researchers and students interested in biology and medicine, and to those who are mainly interested in basic science-cell biology, parasitology, microbiology, evolution etc., but also to those interested in organelles as potential targets for chemotherapy.

    Contents:
    Chapter 1: Introduction
    Chapter 2: The evolution of oxygen independent energy metabolism in eukaryotes with hydrogenosomes and mitosomes
    Chapter 3: Protein Import into Hydrogenosomes and Mitosomes
    Chapter 4: Structure of the Hydrogenosome
    Chapter 5: Hydrogenosomes of Anaerobic Ciliates
    Chapter 6: Metabolism of Trichomonad Hydrogenosomes
    Chapter 7: Hydrogenosomes of Anaerobic Fungi: an Alternative Way to Adapt to Anaerobic Environments
    Chapter 8: The proteome of T. vaginalis hydrogenosomes
    Chapter 9: Mitosomes in parasitic protists
    Chapter 10: The Mitochondrion-Related Organelles of Crypto-sporidium species
    Chapter 11: The Mitochondrion-Related Organelles of Blastocystis
    Chapter 12: Mitochondrion-related organelles in free-living protists
    Chapter 13: Protists without mitochondria, how it may happen?
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Digital
    Peter Timmins, Samuel R. Pygall, Colin D. Melia, editors.
    Summary: This detailed volume addresses key issues and subtle nuances involved in developing hydrophilic matrix tablets as an approach to oral controlled release. It brings together information from more than five decades of research and development on hydrophilic matrix tablets and provides perspective on contemporary issues. Twelve comprehensive chapters explore a variety of topics including polymers (hypromellose, natural polysaccharides and polyethylene oxide) and their utilization in hydrophilic matrices, critical interactions impacting tablet performance, in vitro physical and imaging techniques, and microenvironmental pH control and mixed polymer approaches, among others. In one collective volume, Hydrophilic Matrix Tablets for Oral Controlled Release provides a single source of current knowledge, including sections of previously unpublished data. It is an important resource for industrial and academic scientists investigating and developing these oral controlled release formulations.

    Contents:
    1 Hydrophilic Matrix Dosage Forms: Definitions, General Attributes and the Evolution of Clinical Utilization
    2 Design and Evaluation of Hydroxypropyl Methylcellulose Matrix Tablets for Oral Controlled Release: a Historical Perspective
    3 An Industrial Perspective on Hydrophilic Matrix Tablets based on Hyproxypropyl Methylcellulose (Hypromellose)
    4 Natural Polysaccharides in Hydrophilic Matrices
    5 Applications of Polyethylene Oxide (POLYOX) in Hydrophilic Matrices
    6 A Formulation Development Perspective on Critical Interactions Affecting the Performance of Hydrophilic Matrix Tablets
    7 In vitro Physical and Imaging Techniques to Evaluate Drug Release Mechanisms from Hydrophilic Matrix Tablets
    8 Physiologically-Based Pharmacokinetic Modelling in the Development and Evaluation of Hydrophilic Matrix Tablets
    9 Approaches to Rapid In Vivo Optimization of Hydrophilic Matrix Tablets
    10 Extrusion: an Enabling Technology for Controlled Release Hydrophilic Matrix Systems
    11 Microenvironmental pH Control and Mixed Polymer Approaches to Optimize Drug Delivery with Hydrophilic Matrix Tablets
    12 Evolving Biopharmaceutics Perspectives for Hydrophilic Matrix Tablets: Dosage Form-Food Interactions and Dosage Form Gastrointestinal Tract Interactions.
    Digital Access Springer 2014
  • Digital
    David J. Browning.
    Summary: "Malpractice settlements are large for undetected hydroxychloroquine and chloroquine toxicity which, if untreated, can lead to permanent loss of central vision. Knowledge of the ocular toxicity of these drugs has increased during the past fifty years as their use has expanded. Hydroxychloroquine and Chloroquine Retinopathy is the first single-source book on the subject and is essential for the practicing ophthalmologists, rheumatologists, dermatologists, and internists who prescribe these drugs. It covers clinical topics such as signs and symptoms of toxicity, toxicity screening, ancillary testing, to whom and why the drugs are prescribed and dosing considerations. Additionally, the book addresses practice management considerations, including coding, reimbursement and equipment costs, and the medico-legal responsibilities of the rheumatologist and of the ophthalmologist. Guidelines for the management of hydroxychloroquine and chloroquine vary around the world and differences between the guidelines of the United Kingdom, the United States, and other countries are identified. The book concludes with a collection of case examples illustrating common clinical scenarios and their management. This book is a “must-have” resource for physicians who use these drugs."--Publisher's website.
    Digital Access Springer 2014
  • Print
    volume editors, Renato Pasquali, Duarte Pignatelli.
    Contents:
    In utero androgen excess : a developmental commonality preceding polycystic ovary syndrome? / Abbott, D.H.; Kraynak, M.; Dumesic, D.A.; Levine, J.E.
    Androgens, body composition and their metabolism based on sex / Giagulli, V.A.; Castellana, M.; Pelusi, C.; Triggiani, V.
    Understanding the role of androgen action in female adipose tissue / Schiffer, L.; Arlt, W.; O'Reilly, M.W.
    The role of androgen excess on insulin sensitivity in women / Diamanti-Kandarakis, E.; Pappalou, O.; Kandaraki, E.A.
    Androgens in congenital adrenal hyperplasia / Pignatelli, D.; Pereira, S.S.; Pasquali, R.
    Androgens in Cushing's disease and syndrome / Arnaldi, G.
    Hyperandrogenism : not only PCOS / Di Dalmazi, G.
    Androgen secreting ovarian tumors / Macut, D.; Ilic, D.; Mitrovic Jovanovic, A.; Bjekic-Macut, J
    Endocrinology of hirsutism : from androgens to androgen excess disorders / Yilmaz, B.; Yildiz, B.O.
    Obesity and androgens in women / Pasquali, R.; Oriolo, C.
    Androgens in menopausal women : not only PCOS / Kostakis, E.K.; Gkioni, L.N.; Macut, D.; Mastorakos, G.
    Androgen excess in women : proteomic and metabolomic approaches / Insenser, M.; Escobar-Morreale, H.F.
    Androgens and severe insulin resistance states : basic and clinical aspects / Gambineri, A.; Zanotti, L.; Ibarra-Gasparini, D.
    Digital Access Karger 2019
  • Digital
    Marcella Donovan Walker, editor.
    Summary: While there are some books that include discussions of individual causes of hypercalcemia, there are none that provide basic guidance on the approach, diagnosis and treatment of hypercalcemia, while also offering an in-depth, detailed, state-of-the-art review of the individual causes by world-renowned experts in the field. Topics discussed include pathophysiology, differing diagnostic strategies for both the pediatric and adult patient, the various forms and causes of hypercalcemia as well as current treatment regimens and algorithms. Selected chapters are enhanced with illustrative cases, thereby complementing theoretical matter with real-world applications to the practice of medicine, and tables and figures allow the reader to solidify concepts in an easily digestible format. By integrating an evidence- and guideline-based framework along with an up-to-date, research-based summary of each cause, Hypercalcemia is relevant for expert clinicians and up-and-coming medical students alike. .

    Contents:
    Normal Regulation of Serum Calcium
    Pathophysiology and Clinical Manifestations of Hypercalcemia
    Diagnostic Approach to the Adult Patient with Hypercalcemia
    Diagnostic Approach and Treatment of the Pediatric Patient with Hypercalcemia
    Primary Hyperparathyroidism
    Genetic Causes of Hypercalcemia/Primary Hyperparathyroidism
    Familial Hypocalciuric Hypercalcemia and Disorders of the Calcium Sensing Receptor
    Overview of Hypercalcemia of Malignancy
    Humoral Hypercalcemia of Malignancy/PTHRP
    Hypercalcemia Related to Osteolytic Metastases and Myeloma
    Hypercalcemia Due to Malignancy Related Production of 1,25 (OH)2
    Vitamin D Intoxication
    Benign 1,25(OH)2 Vitamin D-Mediated Hypercalcemia
    Medication-Induced Hypercalcemia
    Non-Parathyroid Hormone Mediated Endocrine Causes of Hypercalcemia
    Rare and Other Causes of Hypercalcemia.
    Digital Access Springer 2022
  • Digital
    Marcelo de Paula Loureiro, José Ribas M. de Campos, Nelson Wolosker, Paulo Kauffman, editors.
    Summary: "Hyperhidrosis is a medical condition in which a person sweats excessively and unpredictably. People with hyperhidrosis may sweat even when the temperature is cool or when they are at rest.Despite prevalence of at least 1% of the global population, Hyperhidrosis is still an unknown entity, for the most part -- an undertreated and even neglected medical condition. Moreover, there are few sources summarizing the knowledge on hyperhidrosis to a wider audience. The purpose of this book is to provide information regarding hyperhidrosis, ranging from basic information on pathophysiology to the most advanced therapeutic alternatives. From a therapeutic perspective, hyperhidrosis requires clinical treatment using topical and subdermal agents as well as surgical approaches. The book will not only cover these topics but will discuss all aspects of care -- from patient selection through post-surgical complications. Special attention will be given to sympathectomies. Medical and paramedical professionals, as well as students and researchers, interested in the topic will find the book comprehensive in scope and targeted in offering practical, clinical guidance. Diagnosis and Treatment of Hyperhidrosis - A Complete Guide counts with the collaboration of most renowned specialists of this field, and is intended as an easy to read and very practical reference book."-- Provided by publisher.
    Digital Access Springer 2018
  • Digital
    Giuseppe Sito, editor.
    Contents:
    Preface.- 1 General aspects of hyperhidrosis
    2 Anatomy and physiology of sweat glands
    3 Classification of hyperhidrosis
    4 Diagnosis of hyperhidrosis
    5 Therapies for hyperhidrosis involving topical agents
    6 Oral medication in hyperhidrosis
    7 Surgical therapy for hyperhidrosis
    8 Iontophoresis in hyperhidrosis
    9 The role of botulinum toxin in hyperhidrosis
    10 Practice skills (axillary, palmar, and plantar hyperhidrosis)
    11 Management of complications in hyperhidrosis
    12 Psychological management of patients with hyperhidrosis.
    Digital Access Springer 2016
  • Print
    Roger M. Kurlan, Paul E. Greene, Kevin M. Biglan.
    Contents:
    1. The Basal Ganglia
    2. Tremor
    3. Dystonia: Part I
    4. Dystonia: Part 2
    5. Chorea, Athetosis and Ballism
    6. Tourette's Syndrome and Other Tic Disorders
    7. Habits, Mannerisms, Compulsions, and Stereotypies --8. Myoclonus and Asterixis
    9. Restless Legs Syndrome
    10. Drug-Induced Movement Disorders
    11. Wilson's Disease
    12. Peripherally Induced Movement Disorders
    13. Psychogenic Hyperkinetic Movement Disorders
    14. The Ataxias
    Appendix. Resources for Clinicians and Patients
    Index.
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Books: General Collection (Downstairs)
    RC376.5 .K87 2015
    1
  • Digital
    Ann E. Kearns, Robert A. Wermers, editors.
    Contents:
    Asymptomatic Primary Hyperparathyroidism
    Severe Primary Hyperparathyroidism
    Nephrolithiasis in Primary Hyperparathyroidism
    Primary Hyperparathyroidism and Osteoporosis
    Parathyroid Hormone Measurement Considerations in Primary Hyperparathyroidism
    Parathyroidectomy Outcomes and Pathology in Primary Hyperparathyroidism
    Localization Considerations in Persistent Primary Hyperparathyroidism
    Ectopic Parathyroid Adenoma
    Parathyroid Surgery in Multiple Endocrine Neoplasia 1
    Parathyroid Carcinoma
    Primary Hyperparathyroidism Due to Parathyromatosis
    Familial Hypocalciuric Hypercalcemia
    Medical Management of Primary Hyperparathyroidism
    Primary Hyperparathyroidism in Children and Adolescents
    Primary Hyperparathyroidism in Pregnancy
    Primary Hyperparathyroidism: Association with Co-Existent Secondary Causes of Hypercalcemia
    Medication Considerations in Hypercalcemia and Hyperparathyroidism
    Normocalcemic Primary Hyperparathyroidism
    Secondary Hyperparathyroidism
    Tertiary Hyperparathyroidism.
    Digital Access Springer 2016
  • Digital
    [edited by] George L. Bakris, Matthew J. Sorrentino.
    Contents:
    General population and global cardiovascular risk prediction
    Hypertension in Latin/Hispanic population
    Hypertension in east Asians and native Hawaiians
    Hypertension in south Asians
    Pathogenesis of hypertension
    Genetics of hypertension
    Inflammation and immunity in hypertension
    The environment and high blood pressure
    Office blood pressure measurement
    Home monitoring of blood pressure
    Ambulatory blood pressure monitoring in clinical hypertension management
    White-coat and masked hypertension
    Renovascular hypertension and ischemic nephropathy
    Secondary hypertension : primary hyperaldosteronism and mineralocorticoid excess states
    Secondary hypertension : pheochromocytoma and paraganglioma
    Secondary hypertension : sleep disturbances including sleep apnea
    Hypertension in children : diagnosis and treatment
    The natural history of untreated hypertension
    Isolated systolic hypertension
    Assessment of target organ damage
    Diet and blood pressure
    Diuretics in hypertension
    Peripheral adrenergic blockers
    Renin angiotensin aldosterone system blockers
    Calcium channel blockers
    Central sympathetic agents and direct vasodilators
    Use of combination therapies
    Device therapies
    Alternative approaches for lowering blood pressure
    Approach to difficult to manage primary hypertension
    Hypertension in ischemic heart disease
    Heart failure
    Hypertension and chronic kidney disease
    Transplant hypertension
    Obesity
    Cerebrovascular disease
    Diabetes mellitus
    Dyslipidemia
    Hypertension in pregnancy
    Hypertension in older people
    Hypertension in African Americans
    Orthostatic hypotension
    Resistant hypertension
    Hypertension and the perioperative period
    Aorta and peripheral arterial disease in hypertension
    Hypertensive emergencies and urgencies
    Meta-analyses of blood pressure lowering trials and the blood pressure lowering treatment trialists' collaboration
    Team-based care for hypertension management
    Understanding and improving medication adherence
    Updated American Heart Association/American College of Cardiology; European Society of Hypertension/International Society of Hypertension guidelines.
    Digital Access
    Provider
    Version
    ScienceDirect
    ClinicalKey
  • Digital
    Md. Shahidul Islam, editor.
    Contents:
    Pathophysiological mechanisms and correlates of therapeutic pharmacological interventions in essential arterial hypertension / Francesco Maranta, Roberto Spoladore, and Gabriele Fragasso
    Impact of salt intake on the pathogenesis and treatment of hypertension / Petra Rust and Cem Ekmekcioglu
    Principles of blood pressure measurement - current techniques, office vs ambulatory blood pressure measurement / Annina S. Vischer and Thilo Burkard
    Blood pressure self-measurement / Stefan Wagner
    Ambulatory blood pressure monitoring in the diagnosis and treatment of hypertension / Md. Shahidul Islam
    Treatment of hypertension: which goal for which patient? / Faiçal Jarraya
    Adherence to treatment in hypertension / Carlos Menéndez Villalva [and 5 others]
    The role of beta-blockers in the treatment of hypertension / John M. Cruickshank
    Challenges in the management of hypertension in older populations / Lisa Pont and Tariq Alhawassi
    Resistant hypertension / Debbie Valsan, Umber Burhan, and Geoffrey Teehan
    Renal ultrasound (and doppler sonography) in hypertension: an update / Maria Boddi
    Atherosclerotic renal artery stenosis / Robert Schoepe [and 3 others]
    Endocrine hypertension: a practical approach / Joseph M. Pappachan and Harit N. Buch --Phaeochromocytoma and paraganglioma / P.T. Kavinga Gunawardane and Ashley Grossman
    Renal denervation / Mohammed Awais Hameed and Indranil Dasgupta
    Subclinical kidney damage in hypertensive patients: a renal window opened on the cardiovascular system. focus on microalbuminuria / Giuseppe Mulè [and 9 others]
    Hypertension in chronic kidney disease / Seyed Mehrdad Hamrahian and Bonita Falkner
    Hypertension in the hemodialysis patient / Musab Hommos and Carrie Schinstock
    Unique considerations when managing hypertension in the transplant patient / Donald Mitema and Carrie Schinstock
    Evidence-based revised view of the pathophysiology of preeclampsia / Asif Ahmed, Homira Rezai, and Sophie Broadway-Stringer
    Hypertension in pregnancy / Roopa Malik and Viral Kumar
    Chronic hypertension and pregnancy / Luís Guedes-Martins
    Superimposed preeclampsia / Luís Guedes-Martins
    Hypertension is a risk factor for several types of heart disease: review of prospective studies / Yoshihiro Kokubo and Chisa Matsumoto
    The relationship between aortic root size and hypertension: an unsolved conundrum / Giuseppe Mulè [and 9 others]
    Treating hypertension to prevent cognitive decline and dementia: re-opening the debate / M. Florencia Iulita and Helene Girouard
    Measurement of arterial stiffness: a novel tool of risk stratification in hypertension / János Nemcsik, Orsolya Cseprekal, and Andras Tisler
    Primordial prevention of cardiometabolic risk in childhood / Meryem A. Tanrikulu, Mehmet Agirbasli, and Gerald Berenson
    Emotional stress as a risk for hypertension in sub-saharan africans: are we ignoring the odds? / Leoné Malan and Nico T. Malan
    Endothelial dysfunction and hypertension / Dildar Konukoglu and Hafize Uzun
    Cerebellar adrenomedullinergic system. role in cardiovascular regulation / Leticia Figueira and Anita Israel
    Recent advances in the genetics of hypertension / Loo Keat Wei, Anthony Au, Lai Kuan The, and Huey Shi Lye
    The role of DNA methylation in hypertension / Masashi Demura and Kiyofumi Saijoh
    Metabolomics, lipidomics and pharmacometabolomics of human hypertension / Anthony Au, Kian-Kay Cheng, and Loo Keat Wei
    Index.
    Digital Access Springer v. 2, 2017
  • Digital
    Julian Segura.
    Summary: This book guides readers through the correct use and consequent diagnostic and therapeutic relevance of 24-h ambulatory blood pressure monitoring (ABPM) in a wide spectrum of clinical presentations and different phenotypes of arterial hypertension. On the basis of eight case studies, the author reviews and discusses current guidelines and recommendations aimed at optimizing the diagnostic and therapeutic approach in commonly encountered real-world clinical scenarios, including challenging cases of white-coat hypertension, masked hypertension, isolated nocturnal or diurnal hypertension, hypertension and obstructive sleep apnea, pseudo-resistant and true-resistant hypertension, and drug-induced hypotension. This handy and practical book provides physicians in the area of general and internal medicine, as well as specialists in cardiovascular risk, valuable insights for optimizing the treatment of these hypertensive patients.
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Digital
    Antonio Coca, editor.
    Contents:
    Chapter 1. Epidemiology of hypertension and brain disease
    Chapter 2. Comorbidities often associated to brain damage in hypertension: Dyslipidemia
    Chapter 3. Comorbidities often associated to brain damage in hypertension: Smoking habits and alcohol intake
    Chapter 4. Comorbidities often associated to brain damage in hypertension: CAD, CKD and SAOS
    Chapter 5. Pathophysiology of brain damage in hypertension: small vessel disease
    Chapter 6. Pathophysiology of brain damage in hypertension: large artery disease
    Chapter 7. Hypertension and ischemic stroke
    Chapter 8. Hypertension and hemorrhagic stroke
    Chapter 9. Imaging techniques for detection and diagnosis of brain damage
    Chapter 10. Primary prevention of stroke
    Chapter 11. Management of high blood pressure in acute ischemic stroke
    Chapter 12. Management of high blood pressure in acute hemorrhagic stroke
    Chapter 13. Secondary prevention of stroke
    Chapter 14. Hypertension and subjective cognitive failures
    Chapter 15. Hypertension, cognitive decline and dementia.
    Digital Access Springer 2016
  • Digital
    Emmanuel A. Andreadis, editor.
    Contents:
    Hypertension; A Growing Threat
    Blood Measuring Techniques
    Key Vascular Signaling In Hypertension
    The Progression Of Hypertensive Heart Disease To Left Ventricular Hypertrophy And Heart Failure
    Cardiac Output In Hypertension
    Structural Alterations In The Hypertensive Heart Disease Result In Maladaptive Gap Junction Remodeling That Promotes Development Of Fatal Arrhythmias
    Hypertension And Atrial Fibrillation
    Echocardiographic Findings In Hypertension
    Cardiovascular Biomarkers In Hypertension
    Cardiovascular Risk Assessment And The Role Of Lifestyle Modification In The Prevention Of Hypertensive Heart Disease
    The Role Of Exercise And Physical Activity In The Prevention Of Hypertensive Heart Disease
    Hypertension And Atherosclerosis
    Selecting Optimum Antihypertensive Therapy
    The J?Curve Phenomenon In Hypertension
    Follow?Up Of Hypertensive Patients With Cardiovascular Disease
    Hypertension As A Cause Of Sudden Cardiac Death
    Approach To Erectile Dysfunction In Patients With Hypertension And Coronary Artery Disease
    Postmenopausal Hypertension And Coronary Artery Disease Risk
    The Economic Burden Of Hypertensive Heart Disease
    Hypertension; Grey Zones, Future Perspectives.
    Digital Access Springer 2016
  • Digital
    C. Venkata S. Ram, Boon Wee Jimmy Teo, Gurpreet S. Wander, editors.
    Summary: This book will cover all aspects of hypertension and the manifestations of cardiovascular disease in the Asian population. Asia has the largest population of all the continents, and also has the largest number of people suffering from these diseases. Due to an expanding economy and increasing affluent lifestyles, their incidence is increasing at alarming rates - in fact, this continent is a ticking time bomb for HTN and CVD outbreaks. The book fills a large gap, as there are currently no volumes on this topic - and provides much-needed information for physicians not only in Asia but globally. Not only physicians, but also all related medical professionals and libraries will benefit from this book, to which renowned international experts contributed.

    Contents:
    1 Hypertension, a powerful risk factor for excess mortality and premature morbidity in Asia.-2 Summary of Recent Guidelines for hypertension.-3 Mechanisms of Hypertension
    4 Blood pressure levels and cardiovascular disease
    5 What is new in the non-pharmacological approaches to hypertension control
    6 Clinical Pharmacology of anti-hypertensive drugs
    7 Newer angiotensin receptor blockers
    8 Newer calcium channel blockers
    9 Blood Pressure measurements in clinical practice ---- methods and application
    10 True resistant hypertension: Recognition and treatment.-11 Cerebrovascular disease in Asia; causative factors
    12 Hypertension as a mechanism for dementia
    13 Blood pressure and Heart Rate Variability. What is the significance
    14 Blood Pressure levels and chronic kidney disease: A Powerful link
    15 Hypertension, diabetes, and metabolic syndrome
    16 Central aortic blood pressure, a possible marker of systemic hypertension.-17 Secondary causes of hypertension: An overview
    18 Iatrogenic causes of blood pressure elevation.-19 Renovascular Hypertension --- diagnosis and treatment options
    20 Mechanical interventional therapies for hypertension: Present status and future prospects
    21 Hypertensive disorders in pregnancy
    22 Hypertension in the elderly --- Pathophysiology and clinical significance
    23 Hypertension in children
    24 Hypertensive crises --- diagnostic and therapeutic considerations.
    Digital Access Springer 2022
  • Digital
    Agostino Virdis.
    Contents:
    1. Clinical case 1: patient with essential hypertension and systolic dysfunction
    2. Clinical case 2: patient with essential hypertension and myocardial infarction
    3. Clinical case 3: patient with diabetes mellitus
    4. Clinical case 4: patient with end-stage renal disease
    5. Clinical case 5: patient with essential hypertension and congestive heart failure
    6. Clinical case 6: patient with essential hypertension and atrial fibrillation
    7. Clinical case 7: patient with severe obesity
    8. Clinical case 8: patient with essential hypertension and previous stroke.
    Digital Access Springer 2016
  • Digital
    Maria Dorobantu, Giuseppe Mancia, Guido Grassi, Victor Voicu, editors.
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Digital
    Giuliano Tocci.
    Contents:
    Case 1 Patient with essential hypertension and left ventricular hypertrophy
    Case 2 Patient with essential hypertension and diastolic dysfunction
    Case 3 Patient with essential hypertension and microalbuminuria
    Case 4 Patient with essential hypertension and proteinuria
    Case 5 Patient with essential hypertension and atherosclerosis
    Case 6 Patient with essential hypertension and high pulse pressure.
    Digital Access Springer 2016
  • Digital
    Venkatesh Aiyagari, Philip B. Gorelick, editors.
    Contents:
    Blood Pressure: Definition, Diagnosis, and Management
    The Link Between Hypertension and Stroke: Summary of Observational Epidemiological Studies
    Blood Pressure Control and Primary Prevention of Stroke: Summary of Clinical Trial Data
    Mechanisms Underlying Essential Hypertension: Neurogenic and Non-neurogenic
    The Effects of Hypertension and Stroke on the Cerebral Vasculature
    Pathophysiology and Mechanisms Whereby Hypertension May Cause Stroke
    Cardiovascular Risk Assessment, Summary of Guidelines for the Management of Hypertension and a Critical Appraisal of the 2014 Expert Panel of the National Institutes of Health Report
    Acute Blood Pressure Management After Ischemic Stroke
    Hypertensive Encephalopathy, Posterior Reversible Encephalopathy Syndrome, and Eclampsia
    Acute Blood Pressure Management After Intracerebral Hemorrhage
    Blood Pressure Management in Subarachnoid Hemorrhage: The Role of Blood Pressure Manipulation in Prevention of Rebleeding and the Management of Vasospasm
    Recurrent Stroke Prevention I: Diuretic and Angiotensin-Converting Enzyme Inhibitors (ACEIs)
    The PROGRESS Trial
    Blood Pressure Variability, Antihypertensive Therapy and Stroke Risk
    A Review of Antihypertensive Drugs and Choosing the Right Antihypertensive for Recurrent Stroke Prevention
    Vascular Cognitive Impairment and Alzheimer Disease: Are These Disorders Linked to Hypertension and Other Cardiovascular Risk Factors?
    Hypertension, Cerebral Small Vessel Disease, and Cognitive Function
    Cerebral Microbleeds, Small-Vessel Disease of the Brain, Hypertension and Cognition
    Neuroimaging of Hypertension and Related Cerebral Pathology. .
    Digital Access Springer 2016
  • Digital
    Empar Lurbe, Elke Wühl, editors.
    Summary: This book is devoted to hypertension in children and adolescents, a clinical issue that -- thanks to the strides made in several areas of pathophysiological and clinical research -- has received growing interest in cardiovascular medicine over the last several years. Given the increasing prevalence of hypertension in children and adolescents, this book represents an important and useful tool to address what has become a significant public health issue. It covers a diverse range of topics, from advances in the definition of hypertension and the identification of new risk factors, to current treatment strategies. The book also presents an overview of the latest findings, including the clinical significance of isolated systolic hypertension (ISH) in youth, the importance of out-of-office and central blood pressure measurement, new methods for assessing vascular phenotypes, and clustering of CV risk factors. Gathering contributions by international experts and pursuing a practice-oriented approach, the book offers a valuable tool for cardiologists, pediatricians and nephrologists, as well as general practitioners.

    Contents:
    1 Introduction
    2 From pregnancy to childhood and adulthood: The trajectory of hypertension
    3 Perinatal programing and blood pressure
    4 Worldwide overview about the prevalence and trends of hypertension in Children and Adolescents
    5 Office and out of office blood pressure measurements
    6 Large vessels in hypertension: Central blood pressure
    7 Isolated systolic hypertension
    8 Secondary hypertension: Diagnostic and treatment
    9 Monogenic hypertension
    10 Neonatal hypertension
    11 The heart in hypertension
    12 The kidney in hypertension
    13 No pharmacological treatment of hypertension
    14Pharmacological approach to hypertension treatment
    15 Physical exercise in the treatment of obesity: New approach to individualize treatment
    16 Treatment of hypertension in chronic kidney disease
    17 Long term follow up
    18 Clinical trials.
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Digital
    Keith C. Ferdinand, editor.
    Summary: This volume discusses the many ways to prevent, identify and control hypertension in African Americans, a common and potent risk factor for virtually all forms of cardiovascular-renal diseases. Comprehensive chapters address modifiable risk factors, such as lifestyle changes, especially sodium restriction, and appropriate combination pharmacotherapy. Emerging devices and evidence-based approaches that may also enhance effective blood pressure control and decrease the disparate cardiovascular disease risks, including MI, stroke, HF, and cardiorenal metabolic syndrome and diabetes are also discussed in detail. Written by a wide-range of experts in the field, Hypertension in High Risk African Americans: Current Concepts, Evidence-based Therapeutics and Future Considerations is a valuable resource for clinicians, researchers, health administrators and public health policy leaders to better understand the best practices and unique aspects of risk assessment and treatment of hypertension and co-morbid conditions in African Americans.

    Contents:
    Overview
    Epidemiology Awareness, Prevalence, and Control: Newest Findings on Hypertension in Blacks
    Therapeutic Lifestyle Changes to Decrease Unhealthy Eating Patterns and Improve Blood Pressure in African Americans
    Community Programs for Hypertension: A Means of Identification and Intervention in the Highest Risk Population
    Stroke and Hypertension in High Risk African Americans
    Manifestations of Left Ventricular Hypertrophy and Coronary Heart Disease: The Contribution of Hypertension and the Paradox in Blacks
    Heart Failure Morbidity, Mortality and its Relationship to Hypertension
    Hypertension and Atrial Fibrillation in African Americans
    Cardiorenal Metabolic Syndrome and Diabetes in African Americans: Adding to the Risk of Hypertension
    Central Aortic Pressure, Arterial Compliance: Emerging Tools to Identify and Guide Therapy for High Risk African American Patients
    Renal Denervation Therapy and Baroreceptor Activation Therapy: Emerging Tools for Treating Resistant Hypertension
    Practical Approaches to Promote Adherence and Improve Blood Pressure Control in Black Patients
    Integration of a Team Approach to Hypertension Treatment
    Practical Pearls in the Treatment of Hypertension in Blacks
    Hypertension in African Americans
    New Guideline Recommendations on Hypertension: Preventing CVD and Renal Disease with Applications to Blacks.
    Digital Access Springer 2015
  • Digital
    Jonathan Elliott, Harriet M. Syme, Rosanne E. Jepson, editors.
    Summary: This book provides an in-depth review on various aspects of canine and feline hypertension. Physiology, pathophysiology, epidemiology and pathological consequences of high blood pressure in cats and dogs are discussed. A comparative approach is taken, the underpinning research is critically evaluated and knowledge gaps identified. In addition, the reader is presented with evidence-based treatment strategies. The book targets researchers, graduate students and clinical specialists in small animal internal medicine as well as veterinary clinicians with interest in nephrology, cardiology, neurology and ophthalmology.

    Contents:
    Part 1: Physiology, pathophysiology and epidemiology of hypertension
    Chapter 1: Physiology of blood pressure regulation and pathophysiology of hypertension
    Chapter 2: Measurement of blood pressure
    Chapter 3: Epidemiology of hypertension
    Chapter 4: Adrenal gland disease and hypertension
    Chapter 5: Thyroid gland disease and hypertension
    Chapter 6: Genetics of hypertension
    comparison between human and veterinary medicine
    Part 2: Clinical and pathological consequences of hypertension
    Chapter 7: Hypertension and the kidney
    Chapter 8: Hypertension and the heart and vasculature
    Chapter 9: Hypertension and the eye
    Chapter 10: Hypertension and the central nervous system
    Part 3: Pharmacology and therapeutic use of antihypertensive drugs
    Chapter 11: Pharmacology of antihypertensive drugs
    Chapter 12: Management of hypertension in cats
    Chapter 13: Management of hypertension in dogs
    Part 4: Future perspectives
    Chapter 14: Future perspectives: Unmet needs in hypertension in dogs and cats.
    Digital Access Springer 2020
  • Digital
    [edited by] Edgar V. Lerma, James M. Luther, Swapnil Hiremath.
    Contents:
    Measurement of blood pressure in the office
    Ambulatory and home blood pressure monitoring
    Clinical evaluation of the patient with hypertension
    Hypertensive emergencies and urgencies
    The epidemiology of hypertension
    Physiology of blood pressure regulation
    Target organ damage or why should we treat hypertension?
    Primary aldosteronism and mineralocorticoid hypertension
    Glucocorticoid hypertension
    Pheochromocytoma and paraganglioma
    Other endocrine causes of hypertension
    Renovascular hypertension
    Drug-induced hypertension
    Obstructive sleep apnea and hypertension
    Hereditary causes of hypertension
    Hypertension in children and adolescents
    Hypertension in chronic kidney disease and end-stage kidney disease
    Hypertension in diabetes
    Hypertension after transplantation
    Treatment of hypertension in obesity
    Hypertension in blacks
    Hypertension in the elderly
    Hypertension in pregnancy
    Hypertension in heart disease
    Hypertension in stroke
    Hypertension in the patient with aortic dissection
    Resistant and pseudoresistant hypertension
    Hyperkalemia in hypertension
    Lifestyle modifications for hypertension management
    Blood pressure treatment goals
    Angiotensin-converting enzyme inhibitors and angiotensin receptor blocker
    Calcium channel blockers
    Direct vasodilators
    Loop and thiazide diuretics
    Potassium-sparing diuretics
    Alpha antagonists
    Beta-blockers
    Alpha-agonists
    Drug-drug and pharmacogenetic interactions
    Role of device therapy
    Orthostatic hypotension
    Baroreflex dysfunction
    Hypertension: origins.
    Digital Access ClinicalKey 2023
  • Digital
    Satoshi Kokura, Toshikazu Yoshikawa, Takeo Ohnishi, editors.
    Contents:
    Part I. Basic Science in Cultured Cells
    1. Introduction
    2.Induction of oxidative stress by hyperthermia and enhancement of hyperthermia-induced apoptosis by oxidative stress modification
    3.Molecular Damage: Hyperthermia Alone
    4.Roles of HSF1 and Heat Shock Proteins in Cancer
    5.Cellular Responses in Signal Transduction Pathways Induced by Hyperthermia
    6.Cell cycle responses to hyperthermia
    7.Thermo-tolerance
    8.Enhancement of Hyperthermia on Radio-sensitivity
    9.Inhibition of DNA repair system activity
    10. Enhancement of Hyperthermia on Anti-tumor Drug Sensitivity
    11. Inhibition of epithelial-to-mesenchymal transition (EMT) by hyperthermia
    Part II. Basic Science in Whole Body
    12.Potentiating Immune System by Hyperthermia
    13. Magnetic Nanoparticle-Mediated Hyperthermia and Induction of Anti-Tumor Immune Responses
    14. Tumor Microenvironment and Hyperthermia Part III. Clinical Science in Cancer Patients.
    15. Hyperthermia Alone
    16.Combination by Hyperthermia and Radiation (and Chemotherapy): Oral and Maxillofacial Cancer
    17.Combination by Hyperthermia and Radiation (and Chemotherapy): Lung Cancer
    18.Efficacy of hyperthermia in combination with radiation therapy for breast cancer
    19.Combination by Hyperthermia and Radiation: Esophageal Cancer
    20.Combination by Hyperthermia and Radiation (and Chemotherapy): Gynecology Cancer
    21.Combination by Hyperthermia and Radiation and Chemotherapy: Soft Tissue Sarcoma
    22.Combination by Hyperthermia and Chemotherapy: Lung Cancer
    23. Combination by Hyperthermia and Chemotherapy: Breast Cancer
    24.Combination by Hyperthermia and Chemotherapy: Esophageal Cancer
    25.Combination by Hyperthermia and Chemotherapy: Liver Cancer
    26.Hyperthermia Combined with Chemotherapy: Pancreatic Cancer
    27.Effect of hyperthermia in combination with chemotherapy and radiation therapy for treatment of urological cancer (prostate cancer and urothelial cancer)
    28.Combination by Hyperthermia and Surgery
    29.Combining Hyperthermia and Immunotherapy: NK Therapy and Hyperthermia
    30.Combination by Hyperthermia and Immunotherapy: DC Therapy and Hyperthermia
    31.Effects of fever-range hyperthermia on T cell-mediated immunity: possible combination of hyperthermia and T cell-based cancer immunotherapy
    32.Combination of Hyperthermia and Immunotherapy: Hyperthermia and Naive T-cell Therapy
    33.HIPEC for Peritoneal Dissemination
    34.A new comprehensive treatment for peritoneal metastases using cytoreductive surgery combined with hyperthermic intraperitoneal chemoperfusion
    35.Non-invasive Temperature Moniterring
    36.Development of Heating Device
    37. Epilogue.
    Digital Access Springer 2016
  • Digital
    Srihari S. Naidu, editor ; foreword by Bernard Gersh and historical context by Eugene Braunwald.
    Summary: This book provides a comprehensive clinical review of Hypertrophic Cardiomyopathy (HCM), the most common genetic disorder of the heart characterized by dysfunctional contractility at the sarcomere level, resulting in the development of abnormal and occasionally focal hypertrophy on a macroscopic level. Editor, Srihari S. Naidu, has brought together a world renowned group of experts to review various different topics but, with a practical focus that will enable readers to establish the evidence-based best practice in any potential scenario. Treatment modalities including medications, pacemakers and defibrillators, and invasive septal reduction therapy (both surgical myectomy and alcohol septal ablation) will be discussed. Chapters on genetics, family screening, lifestyle concerns, and athletic screening have additionally been added given the ongoing controversies and differences of opinion on many of these issues. Each chapter within Hypertrophic Cardiomyopathy begins with key points of knowledge and ends with clinical pearls that have not previously been disseminated to the wider community. The practical approach of the entire book continues with dedicated chapters on creating a Center of Excellence, including how to facilitate the multi-disciplinary approach, and on case-based reviews and discussions allowing readers to further understand how to integrate the knowledge gained from each chapter into the comprehensive and longitudinal care of the individual patient and family. The last chapter takes the reader through the management of actual patients, showing over decades the nuances to diagnosis and management and the sometimes abrupt changes in the course of their diseases that necessitate correspondingly abrupt modifications in treatment. This book will be an essential text for Trainees, Fellows, Residents and board-certified physicians in cardiology, interventional cardiology, cardiac surgery, cardiac imaging, sports medicine, paediatric cardiology, genetics and genetic counselling, and electrophysiology.

    Contents:
    Introduction
    Foreword
    Hypertrophic Cardiomyopathy: The Past, The Present, and The Future
    Natural History of Untreated Hypertrophic Cardiomyopathy
    Pathology & Pathophysiology
    Approach to Diagnosis: Echocardiography
    Cardiac MRI in Diagnosis and Management
    Genetics of HCM and Role of Genetic Testing
    Assessment of Heart Failure: Invasive and Non-invasive Methods
    Assessment of Syncope
    Pediatric Diagnosis and Management
    Sudden Cardiac Death Risk Assessment
    Youth and Athletic Screening: Rationale, Methods and Outcome
    Lifestyle Modification: Diet, Exercise, Sports and Other Issues
    Family Screening: Who, When and How
    Medical Therapy: From Beta?Blockers to Disopyramide
    Indications and Outcome of PPM and ICD Placement
    Management of Arrhythmia: Medications, Electrophysiology Studies and Ablation
    Indications for and Individualization of Septal Reduction Therapy
    Surgical Myectomy and Associated Procedures: Techniques and Outcomes
    Alcohol Septal Ablation: Technique and Outcome
    End-Stage Diastolic and Systolic Heart Failure: Evaluation and Timing of Heart Transplantation
    Approach to the Initial and Follow-Up Visits
    Evaluation and Management of Hypertrophic Cardiomyopathy Patients through Noncardiac Surgery and Pregnancy
    Constructing a Hypertrophic Cardiomyopathy Center of Excellence
    Longitudinal Case-Based Presentations in HCM.
    Digital Access Springer 2015
  • Digital
    Orit Kaidar-Person, Ronald Chen, editors.
    Summary: This handbook summarizes the data and techniques for hypofractionation and stereotactic radiation in a clinically-accessible way. Hypofractionated radiation therapy, which consists of larger-dose radiation treatments that are given over a shorter time period compared to conventional radiation fraction sizes, is used to treat a variety of cancers, including prostate, breast, lung, and colorectal. Conventional radiation therapy and hypofractionated radiation therapy have different effectiveness rates for cancer treatment and have different impacts on normal tissues in terms of causing toxicity. There is a significant and growing body of literature on the use of different dosing regimens to treat a variety of cancers and radiation oncologists need to keep up with the various dosing schedules, the effect of each regimen on cancer control in different cancers, and how the different schedules affect each organ in terms of toxicity. The book thus provides concise information ranging from commonly-used dose-fractionation schemes for hypofractionated and stereotactic body radiotherapy to simulation and treatment specifications to published safety and efficacy data. Chapters additionally examine the biological rationales for the efficacy of hypofractionated radiation; present clinical studies that demonstrate the efficacy and safety of hypofractionated radiation treatment in a variety of cancers; and describe the advances in technology that have allowed hypofractionated radiation to be safely given. This is an ideal guide for radiation oncology clinicians and trainees.
    Digital Access Springer 2018
  • Digital
    edited by Brian M. Frier, Simon R. Heller, Rory J. McCrimmon.
    Contents:
    Normal glucose metabolism and responses to hypoglycaemia / Ian A. Macdonald and Paromita King
    Symptoms of hypoglycaemia and effects on mental performance and emotions / Ian J. Deary and Nicola N. Zammitt
    Counterregulatory deficiencies in diabetes / Rory J. McCrimmon
    Frequency, causes and risk factors for hypoglycaemia in type 1 diabetes / Mark W.J. Strachan
    Nocturnal hypoglycaemia / Elaine Chow, Simon R. Heller
    Impaired awareness of hypoglycaemia / Brian M. Frier
    Risks of intensive therapy / Stephanie A. Amiel
    Management of acute and recurrent hypoglycaemia / Rory J. McCrimmon
    Technology for hypoglycaemia: CSII and CGM / Josefine E. Schopman and J. Hans DeVries
    Hypoglycaemia in children with diabetes / Krystyna A. Matyka
    Hypoglycaemia during pregnancy in women with pregestational diabetes / Lene Ringholm, Peter Damm, Elisabeth R. Mathiesen
    Hypoglycaemia in type 2 diabetes and in elderly people / Nicola N. Zammitt and Brian M. Frier
    Mortality, cardiovascular morbidity and possible effects of hypoglycaemia on diabetic complications / Elaine Chow, Miles Fisher and Simon R. Heller
    Long-term effects of hypoglycaemia on cognitive function in diabetes / Christopher M. Ryan
    Neurological sequelae of hypoglycaemia / Petros Perros and Marit R. Bj́ørgaas
    Psychological effects of hypoglycaemia / Frank J. Snoek, Tibor R.S. Hajos, Stefanie A.M.P. Rondags
    Exercise management and hypoglycaemia in type 1 diabetes / Ian W. Gallen and Alistair Lumb
    Living with hypoglycaemia / Brian M. Frier.
    Digital Access Wiley 2014
  • Digital
    Maria Luisa Brandi, Edward Meigs Brown, editor.
    Summary: Hypoparathyroidism, a condition in which insufficient parathyroid hormone (PTH) is produced to maintain normocalcemia is associated with a variety of acute and chronic symptoms and complications due to hypocalcemia. Replacement therapy utilizing PTH has long been awaited, and this book is new and very timely as it coincides with the ℗ℓpublication of results on the role of the PTH molecule in the pharmacological management of this disorder. This advance is sparking renewed interest in hypoparathyroidism, which is attributable to neck surgery in most cases and to inherited disorders in a minority. Hypoparathyroidism has been written by acknowledged experts in the field and provides essential, up-to-date information on the pathology, diagnosis, and treatment of the condition. It opens by addressing in detail the anatomy and physiology of the parathyroids and describing the epidemiology and clinical presentation of hypoparathyroidism. The full range of hypoparathyroid disorders are then discussed, including the various genetic forms, postoperative hypoparathyroidism, and other forms of acquired hypoparathyroidism. Individual chapters focus on refractory disease, the impact of the condition on bone, and the management of acute hypocalcemia. Both conventional treatment for hypoparathyroidism and the novel replacement therapy with PTH ℗ℓpeptides are then thoroughly examined. Pseudohypoparathyroidism is also extensively discussed, with information on the various forms, differential diagnosis, and genetic testing. This book will be of interest to all endocrinologists, and also to surgeons and internal medicine physicians. ℗ℓ
    Digital Access Springer 2015
  • Digital
    Natalie E. Cusano, editor.
    Contents:
    Intro
    Preface
    Contents
    Contributors
    Chapter 1: Acute Postoperative Hypocalcemia After Neck Surgery
    Case Presentation
    Assessment and Diagnosis
    Management
    Outcome
    References
    Chapter 2: Acute Hypocalcemia from Proton Pump Inhibitor Use
    Case Presentation
    Assessment and Diagnosis
    Management
    Outcome
    References
    Chapter 3: Conventional Therapy of Hypoparathyroidism
    Case Presentation
    Assessment and Diagnosis
    Management
    Outcome
    References
    Chapter 4: Treatment with Parathyroid Hormone
    Case Presentation
    Assessment and Diagnosis Management
    Outcome
    References
    Chapter 5: Autoimmune Hypoparathyroidism
    Case Presentation
    Assessment and Diagnosis
    Management
    Outcome
    References
    Chapter 6: Syndromic Hypoparathyroidism Due to DiGeorge Syndrome
    Case Presentation
    Assessment and Diagnosis
    Management
    Outcome
    References
    Chapter 7: Autosomal Dominant Hypocalcemia Type 1
    Case Presentation
    Assessment and Diagnosis
    Management
    Outcome
    References
    Chapter 8: Idiopathic Hypoparathyroidism
    Case Presentation
    Assessment and Diagnosis
    Management
    Outcome
    References Chapter 9: Hypoparathyroidism in Children
    Case Presentation
    Assessment and Diagnosis
    Management
    Outcome
    References
    Chapter 10: Renal Complications in Hypoparathyroidism
    Case Presentation
    Diagnosis and Management
    Treatment
    Outcome
    References
    Chapter 11: Hypoparathyroidism and Cataract
    Case Presentation
    Assessment and Diagnosis
    Management
    Outcome
    References
    Chapter 12: Hypoparathyroidism and Seizure
    Case Presentation
    Assessment and Diagnosis
    Management
    Outcome
    References
    Chapter 13: Hypoparathyroidism and Quality of Life Case Presentation
    Assessment and Diagnosis
    Management
    Outcome
    References
    Chapter 14: Hypoparathyroidism and the Skeleton
    Case Presentation
    Assessment and Diagnosis
    Management
    Outcome
    References
    Chapter 15: Hypoparathyroidism in Pregnancy
    Case Presentation
    Assessment and Diagnosis
    Management
    Outcome
    References
    Index
    Digital Access Springer 2020
  • Digital
    volume editors Patrick J. Bradley, Hans E. Eckel.
    Digital Access Karger 2019
  • Digital
    Ahmed T. Hadidi, editor.
    Summary: This is the second edition of a well-received textbook that reflects the state of the art in Hypospadias Surgery. It provides a comprehensive reference that covers the History, Embryology, Anatomy, Morphology, Pathogenesis, Epidemiology, Genetics, all surgical techniques, their complications and long term follow up of Hypospadias. It is well illustrated with more than 2000 colour illustrations, operative photographs, surgical tips & tricks and complications. Hypospadias Surgery has become a true sub-specialty; however, there is a wide diversity of opinions, and a large number of operations have been described. In this unique volume, a team of world-class authors (42 experts from 19 countries) presents a professional and updated global overview on the management of this condition, highlighting and exploring the current philosophy and the different principles and techniques of hypospadias repair. Pediatric Urologists, Pediatric Surgeons, Plastic Surgeons and Urologists will benefit from reading this Second Edition. This book represents an excellent practical guide not only to surgeons in training, but also to more expert surgeons involved in the management of this common, but troublesome condition. "Surgeons should not operate on a patient with hypospadias unless they have read, marked, learnt and inwardly digested every word in every chapter in this book"--review of the first edition in the European Journal of Plastic Surgery, 2004.

    Contents:
    Section 1. General & Basic Science
    Preface of first and second editions
    1. History of hypospadias
    2. Men behind principles and principles behind techniques
    3. Normal Development of the Penis and Urethra
    4. Surgical Anatomy of the Penis
    5. Prepuce: Altered Development in Hypospadias and its Management based on Patho-embryologic Landmarks
    6. Morphology of hypospadias
    7. Pathogenesis of hypospadias
    8. The Urethral Plate and Chordee
    9. Classification & Assessment of hypospadias
    10. Epidemology of hypospadias
    11. Genetic Aspects of Hypospadias
    12. Hormones and Growth of the Genital Tubercle
    13. The Role of Preoperative Androgen Stimulation in the Management of Hypospadias
    14. Timing of Surgery
    15. General Principles
    16. Plastic Surgery Principles
    17. Principles of Hypospadias Surgery
    18. Analgesia
    Section 2. Surgical Techniques
    19. Grade I: Glanular Hypospadias Double Y Glanuloplasty (DYG) Technique
    20. MAGPI and Modified MAGPI
    21. The Meatal-based Flap Principle
    22. Slit-Like adjusted Mathieu technique (SLAM)
    23. Megameatus Intact Prepuce (MIP) Deformity
    24. Thiersch-Duplay Principle The Glans Approximation Procedure (GAP)
    25. The Inverted Y Thiersch Technique
    26. Incision of the Urethral Plate
    27. Dorsal Inlay TIP (DTIP)
    28. Urethral Advancement for Treatment of Distal Hypospadias
    29. Glanular urethral Disassembly (GUD) technique
    30. Proximal Hypospadias with Small Flat Glans; The Lateral Based Onlay (LABO) Flap Technique
    31. The Island Onlay Hypospadias Repair
    32. Perineal Hypospadias The Bilateral Based (BILAB) Skin Flap Technique
    33. Chordee Excision and Distal Urethroplasty (CEDU) for Perineal Hypospadias
    34. Preputial Island Flaps
    35. The modified Asopa (Hodgson XX) procedure to repair hypospadias with chordee
    36. Koyanagi Technique and its Modifications in Management of Proximal Hypospadias
    37. The Yoke Hypospadias Repair
    38. Dorsal Longitudinal Penile Skin Island Flap in One-Stage Repair of Hypospadias with Penoscrotal Transposition
    39. Grafts for one stage repair
    40. Two-Stage Graft Urethroplasty Free Full-Thickness Wolfe Graft
    41. The Cecil Culp Technique
    42. The Foreskin and Circumcision
    43. Protective intermediate layer
    44. Procedures to Improve the Appearance of the Meatus and Glans
    45. Buried penis
    46. Penile torsion
    47. Congenital Urethral Duplication
    48. Large Prostatic Utricle Associated to Hypospadias
    49. Penoscrotal Transposition
    50. Uncommon Conditions and Complications
    51. Hypospadias surgery in Adults
    52. Flaps versus Grafts
    53. Single Stage versus Two Stage Repair
    54. Stenting versus no stenting
    55. Dressing versus no dressing
    56. Editorial Overview of Current Management of Hypospadias
    Section 3. Complications
    57. Early complications
    58. Meatal stenosis and urethral stricture
    59. Functional Urethral obstruction (FUO)
    60. Hypospadias fistula
    61. Genital Lichen sclerosus (Balanitis Xerotica Obliterans) A review
    62. Urethral diverticulae and acquired megalo urethra
    63. Management of failed hypospadias surgery
    64. Complex and Redo Hypospadias Repairs: Management of 402 Patients
    Section 4. Long Term results
    65. Long term consequences of hypospadias repair
    66. Long term follow up in hypospadias repair: what is it and are we there yet?
    67. The Story of my Life with Hypospadias
    68. Tissue Engineering and Future Frontiers
    69. How to write a paper on hypospadias.
    70. Hypospadias Centers, Training and Hypospadias Diploma.
    Digital Access Springer 2022
  • Digital
    Amilal Bhat, editor.
    Summary: This book incorporates all aspects of hypospadias management, such as step-by-step correction of chordee and modifications in tabularized urethral plate repair, which is the commonest technique used in hypospadias repair, single-stage two-stage repairs of hypospadias with illustrated descriptions. It provides essential information like history, embryology, anatomy, Radiology in hypospadias, and classification of hypospadias. For the first time, this title presents separate chapters about female hypospadias, correction of torsion associated with hypospadias, and chordee without hypospadias. These chapters will improve the understanding of the subject for the reader and help them in modifying their surgical technique for these patients. Hypospadias surgery has a long learning curve, and the book will help the practitioners make them shorter. The book also deals with acute and chronic complications of surgery which will help the reader prevent complications and manage them. This is a complete book covering all aspects of the evaluation & management of hypospadias and their variants. It includes chapters on a healthy interposition and appropriate use of spongiosum and the techniques of spongioplasty, modifications in flap tube repair, along with the various types of prepuce and prepucioplasty. In conclusion, the book will provide a comprehensive read for all trainees/fellows and practitioners of Urology, Pediatric urology, Pediatric Surgery, and Plastic Surgery.

    Contents:
    1.Hypospadias history. The long way to perfection Sameh Shehata Egypt
    2. Hypospadias Embryology, Etiology and Classification
    3. Anatomy of penis in hypospadias.-4.Penile Anthropometry.-.General considerations in hypospadias surgery
    6.Chordee correction in hypospadias repair
    7.Management options in Anterior hypospadias
    8.Modified Tubularized incised urethral plate urethroplasty
    9. Current status of Single stage repair in severe hypospadias
    10. Incised plate urethroplasty in Severe hypospadias
    11. Spongioplasty in hypospadias repair
    12. Flaps and Grafts in hypospadias surgery
    13. The surgical approach to 2-stage hypospadias repair
    14. Modifications in inner prepucial flap repair of hypospadias
    15. Management of Chordee without hypospadias.-16. Management of Female hypospadias
    17. Management of Megmeatus Intact Prepuce
    18. Management of Penile Torsion in hypospadias and chordee without hypospadias
    19. Management of Iatrogenic hypospadias
    20. Management of acute complication of hypospadias repair
    21. Management of Late complication of hypospadias repair
    22. Management of hypospadias Cripples
    23. Management of hypospadias in DSD cases
    24. Management of Penoscrotal transposition
    25. The prepuce in hypospadias and Preputioplasty
    26. Dressing in hypospadias repair
    27. Psychosocial Sexual and fertility function of Hypospadiacs
    28. Current status Evaluation of hypospadias repair results
    29. Radiological evaluation of hypospadiacs
    30. Evolutions in Hypospadiology and current status of tissue Engineering
    31. Varables in hypospadias repair.
    Digital Access Springer 2022
  • Digital
    Kannayiram Alagiakrishnan, Maciej Banach, editors.
    Contents:
    Intro
    Disclaimer
    Contents
    Contributors
    1: Orthostatic Hypotension
    Introduction
    Pathophysiology
    Prevalence
    Symptoms
    Prognosis
    Treatment
    References
    2: Postprandial Hypotension
    Introduction
    Epidemiology
    Causes
    Pathophysiology
    Diagnosis
    Clinical Presentations
    Morbidity
    Mortality
    Differential Diagnosis
    Management
    Non-pharmacological
    Pharmacological
    Caffeine
    Octreotide
    Alpha-Glucosidase Inhibitors
    3,4-DL-Threo-Dihydroxyphenylserine
    Guar Gum
    Sitagliptin
    Other Pharmacologic Agents PPH with Chronic Medical Conditions
    PPH and Hypertension
    PPH and Diabetes
    PPH and Neurological Disorders
    PPH and Syncope, Falls
    Conclusions
    References
    3: Carotid Sinus Syndrome
    History
    The Carotid Artery Sinus
    Carotid Sinus Syndrome and Carotid Sinus Hypersensitivity: Epidemiology and Diagnosis
    Aetiology of CSS and CSH
    Carotid Artery Massage (CSM)
    Contraindications
    Complications
    CSS Treatment
    Cardioinhibitory Type of CSS
    Vasodepressive Type of CSS
    Prognosis
    Summary
    References
    4: Vasovagal Syncope
    Introduction
    Epidemiology Causes
    Mechanisms
    Clinical Presentation
    Evaluation/Diagnosis of VVS in Elderly
    Differential Diagnosis
    Treatment/Management
    Non-pharmacological
    Pharmacological
    Pacemaker Therapy
    VVS and Quality of Life (QoL)
    Driving Issues Related to Syncope
    Prevention of VVS
    Conclusions
    References
    5: Post-exercise Hypotension in the Elderly
    Introduction
    The Postulated Mechanisms of PEH
    Different Types of Exercises and PEH
    The Factors Influencing PEH
    Summary
    References
    6: Nocturnal Hypotension
    Introduction Nocturnal Hypotension and Cardiac Morbidities
    Coronary Artery Disease (CAD)
    Left Ventricular Hypertrophy (LVH)
    Nocturnal Hypotension and Cerebrovascular Disease (CVD)
    Nocturnal Hypotension and Eye Diseases
    Glaucoma
    Optic Ischemic Neuropathy
    Nocturnal Hypotension and Blood Pressure Dysregulation (Postural Hypertension and Early Morning Surge)
    Pathophysiology of Nocturnal Hypotension
    Measurement of Nocturnal Hypotension
    Management of Nocturnal Hypotension
    References
    7: Non-pharmacological Management of Hypotensive Syndromes
    Introduction Orthostatic Hypotension
    Educating the Patient
    Lifestyle Modifications
    Adequate Fluid Intake
    Salt Intake
    Sleeping in the Head-Up Position
    Waist-High Compression Stockings
    Postprandial Hypotension
    Patient Education
    Water Drinking
    Different Body Positions and Exercise
    Vasovagal Syndrome
    Patient Education
    Lifestyle Measures
    Physical Countermeasures
    Carotid Sinus Hypersensitivity
    Exercise-Induced Hypotension
    Nocturnal Hypotension
    Conclusions
    References
    8: Update on Pharmacological Management of Hypotensive Syndromes in the Elderly
    Digital Access Springer 2020
  • Digital
    Eliza B. Geer, editor.
    Summary: Cushing's syndrome is a rare disorder that is associated with many co-morbidities such as systemic hypertension, diabetes, osteoporosis, impaired immune function, and psychiatric disease, all of which severely reduce quality of life and life expectancy. This book reviews the role of cortisol in the human body, focusing on the effects of excess cortisol due to Cushing's syndrome as well as the role of the HPA axis in metabolism, inflammation, and neuropsychiatric function. The volume will cover basic mechanistic data, clinical outcomes data, and novel therapies. Also discussed are everything from abnormalities of the HPA axis, to the role of the HPA axis in the development of neuropsychiatric disorders and metabolic disorders, to new definitions of Cushing's remission and recurrence. The Hypothalamic Pituitary Adrenal Axis in Health and Disease will provide a comprehensive and multi-disciplinary review of the pathophysiology and outcomes of excess cortisol in the human body and brain as well as the role of the HPA axis in other disease states.

    Contents:
    Part 1. Hypothalamic-pituitary-adrenal axis regulation of the body, brain, and inflammation
    1. Glucocorticoid regulation of body composition and metabolism
    2. Glucocorticoid regulation of neurocognitive and neuropsychiatric function
    3. Glucocorticoids: Inflammation and Immunity
    Part 2. Cushing's Syndrome
    4. Pathogenesis, diagnosis and localization of Cushing's: Molecular pathogenesis of primary adrenal Cushing's syndrome
    5. Pathogenesis, diagnosis and localization of Cushing's
    5. Pathogenesis, diagnosis and localization of Cushing's: Pathogenesis and treatment of aggressive corticotroph pituitary tumors
    Yang Shen and Anthony P Heaney
    6. Pathogenesis, diagnosis and localization of Cushing's: Neoplastic/Pathologic and Non-neoplastic/Physiologic Hypercortisolism: Cushing verses Pseudo-Cushing Syndromes
    7. Pathogenesis, diagnosis and localization of Cushing's: Imaging strategies for localization of ACTH
    secreting tumors
    8. Recent Advances in the medical and surgical treatment of Cushing's: Surgical Treatment of Cushing's disease
    9. Recent Advances in the medical and surgical treatment of Cushing's: Medical therapies in Cushing's syndrome
    10. New themes in Cushing's definitions and outcomes: Mild adrenal cortisol excess
    11. New themes in Cushing's definitions and outcomes: Long term effects of prior Cushing's syndrome
    12. New themes in Cushing's definitions and outcomes: Cushing's disease: refining the definition of remission and recurrence
    Part 3. Beyond Cushing's: Glucocorticoid sensitivity, regulation and the metabolic syndrome
    13. Primary Generalized Glucocorticoid Resistance or Chrousos Syndrome: Allostasis through a Mutated Glucocorticoid Receptor
    14. Cortisol metabolism as a regulator of the tissue-specific glucocorticoid action
    15. Obesity and metabolic syndrome: a phenotype of mild long-term hypercortisolism.
    Digital Access Springer 2017
  • Digital
    Felipe F. Casanueva, Ezio Ghigo, editors.
    Summary: This book presents the state of the art in the pathophysiology, diagnosis, and therapy of hypothalamic and pituitary disorders. After an introduction devoted to the physiology of the neuroendocrine control of the hypothalamic-pituitary unit, the diverse disorders involving hormonal excess or deficiency are systematically addressed axis by axis. For each disorder, pathophysiology, clinical presentation, and management are discussed in detail. In addition, individual chapters focus on the neuroendocrinology of energy homeostasis and of bone metabolism, metabolic derangement secondary to pituitary dysfunction, and pituitary control of the endocrine pancreas. While the focus of the book is predominantly on pathophysiological and clinical aspects, due attention is also devoted to potential diagnostic and therapeutic innovations. The book is intended as a major reference for endocrinologists and basic and clinical scientists. .

    Contents:
    Chapter 1 Physiology of the hypothalamus pituitary unit
    Chapter 2 Physiopathology, diagnosis and treatment of GH Deficiency
    Chapter 3 Physiopathology, diagnosis and treatment of GH hypersecretion
    Chapter 4 Physiopathology, diagnosis and treatment of Non-functioning pituitary adenomas
    Chapter 5 Craniopharyngioma and Posttreatment Pituitary Dysfunction in Brain Tumors
    Chapter 6 Physiopathology, diagnosis and treatment of Functional pituitary dysfunction
    Chapter 7 Physiopathology, diagnosis and treatment of Secondary hypothyroidism
    Chapter 8 Physiopathology, diagnosis and treatment of Secondary hyperthyroidism
    Chapter 9 Physiopathology, Diagnosis, and Treatment of Secondary Female Hypogonadism
    Chapter 10 Central hypogonadism in the male: Physiopathology, diagnosis and treatment
    Chapter 11 Physiopathology, diagnosis and treatment of Hypercortisolism
    Chapter 12 Physiopathology, diagnosis and treatment of Diabetes insipidus
    Chapter 13 Physiopathology, Diagnosis and Treatment of Inappropriate ADH Secretion and Cerebral Salt Wasting Syndrome
    Chapter 14 Physiopathology, Diagnosis, and Treatment of Hyperprolactinemia
    Chapter 15 Neuroendocrinology of Energy Homeostasis
    Chapter 16 Neuroendocrine Control of Carbohydrate Metabolism
    Chapter 17 Neuroendocrinology of Bone Metabolism.
    Digital Access Springer 2018
  • Digital
    Michael Charles Tobias and Jane Gray Morrison.
    Summary: This book is a provocative and invigorating real-time exploration of the future of human evolution by two of the world's leading interdisciplinary ecologists - Michael Charles Tobias and Jane Gray Morrison. Steeped in a rich multitude of the sciences and humanities, the book enshrines an elegant narrative that is highly empathetic, personal, scientifically wide-ranging and original. It focuses on the geo-positioning of the human Self and its corresponding species. The book's overarching viewpoints and poignant through-story examine and powerfully challenge concepts associated historically with assertions of human superiority over all other life forms. Ultimately, The Hypothetical Species: Variables of Human Evolution is a deeply considered treatise on the ecological and psychological state of humanity and her options - both within, and outside the rubrics of evolutionary research - for survival. This important work is beautifully presented with nearly 200 diverse illustrations, and is introduced with a foreword by famed paleobiologist, Dr. Melanie DeVore.

    Contents:
    Intro; Foreword; Contents;
    1: Introduction; When Philosophy Confronts Trillions of Particulars; And There Is Linnaeus; Evolutionary Hybridism; Different Measures of the World; The Problem with Proofs; Something Else; Differentiating Meaning Within the Anthropocene;
    2: Between the Theoretical and the Hypothetical; Anthropic Individuals and Multiplicities; Pre-Socratic Fragments; The Paradox and Complexity of Species Definitions; Biosemiotic Variables; Life and Death; Contemporary Hieroglyphics; Biological Differentiations; Libraries of Life; Cultural Transitions; All the Rage
    8: Biological Consensus Mechanisms: The Future of CoexistenceThe Legacy of Bambi; At Home in the Wild; A Human Ethical Commons; The Future of Protection; A New Social Contract; Safeguarding the Biosphere; Emblematic Windows on Future Evolution; Vicissitudes and Pathways of Biological Security; Biological Complexities of the Truth; "Some Third Species"; Collective Consensus: The Future of Coexistence; Adaptation Versus Compensation: The Anthropocenic Double Bind; Future Species; Index Biological Fellowships and Falling-OutsFor the Love of Birds; Activist Exploration; Enduring Contradictions Within Natural History; Epiphanies and Radical Shifts in the Human Organism; Hypothetical Biologies; Formulating the History of an Idea; Compassion Probabilities; The Third Act; Ethical Suasion: The Tipping Point for Compassion Drift from the Individual to the Species;
    7: The Varieties of Social Contracts; The Embrace of Individual and Collective Non-violence in the Eighteenth and Nineteenth Centuries; Exile from the Garden of Eden; The Valuation of Human Nature What Can We Glean of the Other?Altruism in the Biosphere; The Jain Orientation to Ecology; Human Rights; Realms of the Ideal;
    3: Taxonomic Uncertainties; A Ghost in the Himalayas; Legacies of Aristotle, Linnaeus, and Darwin; Zoological Multitudes; A United Natures;
    4: A Biosphere in Flux; Hybrid Conceptualization; What's in a Name?; Re-evolution; Future Ancestors;
    5: " ... As Far as the Microscope Reveals ... "; Darwinian Convolutions; Ecological Ideation; A Proliferation of Syntheses; Existential Import; The Yasuni Effect; Ecological Benchmarks; It's Still All About People;
    6: Human Contradictions
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Digital/Print
    Robert C. Roach, Peter D. Wagner, Peter H. Hackett, editors.
    Contents:
    Epigenetic Mechanisms as an Interface Between the Environment and Genome
    Developmental Origins of Hypoxic Pulmonary Hypertension and Systemic Vascular Dysfunction: Evidence from Humans
    Acquired Mitochondrial Abnormalities, Including Epigenetic Inhibition of Superoxide Dismutase 2, in Pulmonary Hypertension and Cancer: Therapeutic Implications
    Epigenetics in Cardiovascular Regulation
    Why Are High Altitude Native So Strong at Altitude?: Maximal Oxygen Transport to the Muscle Cell in Altitude Natives
    Novel Insights into Cardiovascular Regulation in Patients with Chronic Mountain Sickness
    Why Are High Altitude Natives So Strong at High Altitude?: Nature vs. Nurture
    Functional Genomic Insights into Regulatory Mechanisms of High Altitude Adaptation
    Influence of Hypoxia on Cerebral Blood Flow Regulation
    Imaging the Respiratory Effects of Opioids in the Human Brain
    Regional Cerebrovascular Responses to Hypercapnia and Hypoxia
    Implications of Oxygen Homeostasis for Brain Tumors: Biology and Treatment
    Hyperoxia and Functional MRI
    Astrocytes and Brain Hypoxia
    Bidirectional Control of Blood Flow by Astrocytes: A Role for Tissue Oxygen and Other Metabolic Factors
    Hypoxic Adaptation in the Nervous System: Promise for Novel Therapeutics for Acute and Chronic Neurodegeneration
    Optical Analysis of Hypoxia Inducible Factor (HIF)-1 Complex Assembly: Imaging of Cellular Oxygen Sensing
    Modulation of the Hypoxic Response
    Central Sleep Apnea at High Altitude
    Multigenerational Effects of Reading Atmospheric Oxygen Level on the Tracheal Dimensions and Diffusing Capacities of Pupal and Adult Drosophila Melanogaster
    Hypoxia and Its Acid-base Consequences: From Mountains to Malignancy
    Physiological and Clinical Implications of Adrenergic Pathways at High Altitude
    Hemoglobin Mass and Aerobic Performance at Moderate Altitude in Elite Athletes
    Does the Sympathetic Nervous System Adapt to Chronic Altitude Exposure?
    Integrative Conductance of Oxygen During Exercise at Altitude
    Modeling Variable Phanerozoic Oxygen Effects on Physiology and Evolution
    Caudwell Xtreme Everest: An Overview
    Energy Flux, Lactate Shuttling, Mitochondrial Dynamics, and Hypoxia
    Everest Physiology Pre-2008.
    Digital Access Springer 2016
  • Digital
    Giovanni Melillo, editor.
    Contents:
    Hypoxia and breast cancer metastasis / Luana Schito and Gregg L. Semenza
    Hypoxia and DNA damage response / Monica M. Olcina and Ester M. Hammond
    Emerging roles of non-coding RNAs in the hypoxic response / Mircea Ivan ... [et al.]
    Hypoxia and reactive oxygen species / Agnes Gorlach
    Hypoxia and gene expression / Maria Carla Bosco and Luigi Varesio
    Carbonic anhydrase IX : from biology to therapy / Silvia Pastorekova and Claudiu T. Supuran
    Imaging the hypoxic tumor microenvironment in preclinical models / Mary-Keara Boss, Gregory M. Palmer and Mark W. Dewhirst
    Clinical imaging of hypoxia / Michael R. Horsman ... [et al.]
    Hypoxia, metastasis, and antiangiogenic therapies / Dietmar W. Siemann, Yao Dai and Michael R. Horsman
    Unfolded protein response and therapeutic opportunities / Carly M. Sayers ... [et al.]
    Small molecules targeting the VHL/hypoxic phenotype / Raymond J. Louie ... [et al.]
    Hypoxia and radiation therapy / Marianne Nordsmark ... [et al.]
    Prodrug strategies for targeting tumour hypoxia / William R. Wilson ... [et al.]
    Exploiting "Hif addiction" for cancer therapy / Nicole D. Fer and Annamaria Rapisarda
    Clinical exploitation of hypoxia / Geoff S. Higgins and Adrian L. Harris.
    Digital Access Springer 2014
  • Digital
    editor Daniele M. Gilkes.
    Summary: The present book is an attempt to provide a detailed review of studies that clarify our current understanding of the role of hypoxia in the progression of primary cancer to metastatic disease. It will enable researchers to discover the critical cellular changes that occur under hypoxic conditions and play a role in metastatic dissemination, from the activation of hypoxia-inducible factors, HIF-1 and HIF-2, to the transcriptional profile changes that occur in cancer cells and promote cancer cell survival under detrimental conditions. Readers will discover the methods and challenges involved in imaging and quantifying the degree of hypoxia in a primary tumor. We will provide an understanding of the hypoxia-induced phenotypes that influence heterogeneity, alter the secretome and tumor microenvironment, modify cellular metabolism, and promote immune suppression and resistance to chemotherapy. Finally, we will uncover the therapeutic strategies that are being devised to target the hypoxic microenvironment in the hopes of preventing metastasis and improving the efficacy of standard-of-care cancer treatments. This work is an up to date source of information on the challenges and complexity of the hypoxic tumor microenvironment. Basic and translational scientists, post-doctoral fellows, graduate students, and those interested in how tumors metastasize will find this book a reference that details how hypoxia influences metastatic disease.

    Contents:
    Preface
    Hypoxia mediates tumor malignancy
    Clinical methods for quanitifying hypoxia in human tumors
    Hypoxia-induced phenotypes that mediate tumor heterogeneity
    Hypoxia and the tumors secretome
    Hypoxic signaling in angiogenesis and lymphangiogenesis
    Hypoxia induced metabolic reprogramming in cancer metastasis
    The metastatic niche and hypoxia
    Hypoxia and immune suppression
    Hypoxia-induced resistance to cancer therapy
    Therapeutic stratagies to target the hypoxic microenvironment
    Index.
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Digital
    volume editor, J. Bogousslavsky.
    Contents:
    Before Charcot / Pearce, J.M.S
    Socioeconomic background of hysteria's metamorphosis from the 18th century to World War I / Edelman, N.; Walusinski, O.
    "Fin-de-siècle" epidemiology of hysteria / Luauté, J.-P.
    Clinical manifestations of hysteria: an epistemological perspective or how historical dynamics illuminate current practice / Medeiros De Bustos, E.; Galli, S.; Haffen, E.; Moulin, T.
    Jean-Martin Charcot and his legacy / Bogousslavsky, J.
    Hypnosis and the Nancy Quarrel / Piechowski-Jozwiak, B.; Bogousslavsky, J.
    The girls of La Salpêtrière / Walusinski, O.
    Public medical shows / Walusinski, O.
    Emma Bovary, Hedda Gabler, and Harold Brodkey would not have lived without Charcot: hysteria in novels / Kaptein, A.A.
    Traces of hysteria in novels / Haan, J.; Koehler, P.J.
    Sigmund Freud and hysteria: the etiology of psychoanalysis? / Bogousslavsky, J.; Dieguez, S.
    Paul Sollier, Pierre Janet, and their vicinity / Walusinski, O.
    Criticism of pithiatism: eulogy of Babinski / Poirier, J.; Derouesné, C.
    The borderland with neurasthenia ("functional syndromes") / Paciaroni, M.; Bogousslavsky, J.
    World War I psychoneuroses: hysteria goes to war / Tatu, L.; Bogousslavsky, J.
    Hysteria around the world / Carota, A.; Calabrese, P.
    History of physical and "moral" treatment of hysteria / Broussolle, E.; Gobert, F.; Danaila, T.; Thobois, S.; Walusinski, O.; Bogousslavsky, J.
    "Hysteria" today and tomorrow / LaFrance, W.C.
    Digital Access Karger 2014
  • Digital
    Andrea Tinelli, Luis Alonso Pacheco, Sergio Haimovich, editors.
    Digital Access Springer 2018
  • Digital
    Sunita Tandulwadkar, Bhaskar Pal, editors.
    Summary: The book covers all aspects of hysteroscopy, adenomyomas, diagnosis, management, fact and fiction, and related technological advances. It includes detailed descriptions of the history and evolution, instrumentation, and energy sources used in hysteroscopy. Further chapters cover the process of setting up hi-tech hysteroscopy units, and the maintenance and sterilization of all instruments used during surgery. The book also examines the role of hysteroscopy in infertility and recurrent pregnancy loss, uterine malformations and endometrial polyps in detail. All chapters were written by respected international experts, and are richly illustrated with colour hysteroscopic images. Given its scope, the book offers a valuable resource for all gynaecologists and graduate students.
    Digital Access Springer 2021
all 912 "H" titles

Lane Library Bookmarklet

Lane Library Bookmarklet

To install, drag this button to your browser bookmarks or tools bar.

What is it?

Lane Library Bookmarklet

Bookmark on Other Websites

Bookmark on Lane

  • To Install, Right Click this Button.
  • Select "Add to Favorites" (click “Continue” if you see a security alert)
  • From the "Create in" menu, select “Favorites Bar” (IE8, IE9) to install
  • Once installed it will look like this
  • Click "Bookmark on Lane" to bookmark any webpage
  • Your saved bookmark will appear on this page
To Install, Right Click this Button.

What is it?

Beyond Stanford

Derived from Current Medical Diagnosis & Treatment, AccessMedicine's Quick Medical Diagnosis & Treatment provides topic reviews with key diagnostic and treatment features for more than 500 diseases.

A repository of medical knowledge from internal medicine, cardiology, genetics, pharmacy, diagnosis and management, basic sciences, patient care, and more.

Continuously expanding, all databases in the repository contain the latest editions of selected medical titles.

MicroMedex: Premier pharmaceutical information source containing multiple databases and drug reference tools. Of particular value is DRUGDEX Evaluations, one of the most comprehensive drug sources available. DynaMed is a clinical information resource used to answer questions quickly at the point-of-care. Easy-to-interpret Levels of Evidence help clinicians rapidly determine the quality of the available evidence.

Biomedical and pharmacological abstracting and indexing database of published literature, by Elsevier. Embase® contains over 32 million records from over 8,500 currently published journals (1947-present) and is noteworthy for its extensive coverage of the international pharmaceutical and alternative/complementary medicine literature.

Scopus is the largest abstract and citation database of peer-reviewed literature: scientific journals, books and conference proceedings. A drug information resource containing: American Hospital Formulary System (AHFS), drug formulary for Lucile Packard Children's Hospital (LPCH) and Stanford Hospital & Clinics (SHC), Lexi-Drugs (adverse reactions, dosage and administration, mechanism of action, storage, use, and administration information), Lexi-Calc, Lexi-ID, Lexi-I.V. Compatibility (King Guide), Lexi-Interact, and Lexi-PALS. Cumulative Index to Nursing and Allied Health Literature (CINAHL) contains coverage of nursing and allied health literature. A knowledge database that provides access to topic reviews based on over 6000 clinically relevant articles. The evidence-based content, updated regularly, provides the latest practice guidelines in 59 medical specialties. Provides critical assessments of systematic reviews compiled from a variety of medical journals. Selects from the biomedical literature original studies and systematic reviews that are immediately clinically relevant and then summarizes these articles in an enhanced abstract with expert commentary.

Multidisciplinary coverage of over 10,000 high-impact journals in the sciences, social sciences, and arts and humanities, as well as international proceedings coverage for over 120,000 conferences.

Includes cited reference searching, citation maps, and an analyze tool.

Features systematic reviews that summarize the effects of interventions and makes a determination whether the intervention is efficacious or not.

Cochrane reviews are created through a strict process of compiling and analyzing data from multiple randomized control trials to ensure comprehensiveness and reliability.

Provides systematic coverage of the psychological literature from the 1800s to the present through articles, book chapters and dissertations. PIER (Physicians' Information and Education Resource) is a Web-based decision-support tool designed for rapid point-of-care delivery of up-to-date, evidence-based guidance for primary care physicians. Cochrane Central Register of Controlled Trials (CENTRAL) provides access to 300,000 controlled trials that have been identified the Cochrane Collaboration. Provides drug information targeted for patients. A continually updating drug monograph. ECRI Guidelines Trust: A comprehensive database of evidence-based clinical practice guidelines and related documents. MedlinePlus: A repository of health information from the National Library of Medicine. Links are from trusted sites. No advertising, no endorsement of commercial companies or products LPCH CareNotes via MicroMedex: Patient education handouts customized by LPCH clinical staff Micromedex Lab Advisor: Evidence based laboratory test information Provides patient handouts from the American Academy of Family Physician.

Largest, broadest eBook package; covers all sciences, as well as technology (including software), medicine, and humanities.

In addition to covering Wiley and Springer, MyiLibrary is also the only provider for Oxford and Cambridge University Press titles. No seat restrictions.

A collection of biomedical books that can be searched directly by concept, and linked to terms in PubMed abstracts.

A web-based, decision support system for infectious diseases, epidemiology, microbiology and antimicrobial chemotherapy. The database, updated weekly, currently includes 337 diseases, 224 countries, 1,147 microbial taxa and 306 antibacterial (-fungal, -parasitic, -viral) agents and vaccines.

Over 10,000 notes outline the status of specific infections within each country.

Large number of high quality software and database programming titles from O'Reilly. Other software titles are also available from Sams and Prentice Hall. Limited to 7 concurrent users. Includes peer-reviewed life science and biomedical research protocols compiled from Methods in Molecular Biology, Methods in Molecular Medicine, Methods in Biotechnology, Methods in Pharmacology and Toxicology, Neuromethods, the Biomethods Handbook, the Proteomics Handbook, and Springer Laboratory Manuals. Contains full text access to selected biomedical and nursing books.

Provides online, full-text access to Springer's journal titles as well as journals from other publishers.

Subjects include: life sciences, chemical sciences, environmental sciences, geosciences, computer science, mathematics, medicine, physics and astronomy, engineering and economics. Also includes eBooks.

Collection of over 8 thousand fulltext titles in engineering, math, and basic and applied biomedical research. Coverage is from 1967 to the present. A library of ebooks on a wide array of topics, digitized and made available online in conjunction with the original publishers.